HomeMy WebLinkAbout11/14/2023 - Formal Meeting - Meeting MaterialsSALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA
FORMAL MEETING
November 14, 2023 Tuesday 7:00 PM
Council meetings are held in a hybrid meeting format. Hybrid meetings allow people to join online or in person at
the City & County Building. Learn more at www.slc.gov/council/agendas.
Council Chambers
451 South State Street, Room 315
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
SLCCouncil.com
CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS:
Darin Mano, Chair
District 5
Victoria Petro, Vice Chair
District 1
Alejandro Puy
District 2
Chris Wharton
District 3
Ana Valdemoros
District 4
Dan Dugan
District 6
Sarah Young
District 7
Generated: 09:24:30
Please note: Dates not identified in the FYI - Project Timeline are either not applicable or not yet
determined.
WELCOME AND PUBLIC MEETING RULES
A.OPENING CEREMONY:
1.Council Member Victoria Petro will conduct the formal meeting.
2.Pledge of Allegiance.
3.Welcome and Public Meeting Rules.
4.The Council will approve the work session meeting minutes of September 19,
2023; October 3, 2023; and October 10, 2023, as well as the formal meeting
minutes of October 3, 2023.
5.The Council will consider adopting a joint ceremonial resolution with Mayor
Mendenhall recognizing December 1st as World AIDS Day in Salt Lake City.
B.PUBLIC HEARINGS:
1. Ordinance: Subdivision Code Amendments
The Council will accept public comment and consider adopting an ordinance repealing
and replacing all text, tables, and illustrations in Title 20 of the Salt Lake City Code
pertaining to subdivisions and condominiums. This proposal reorganizes the subdivision
regulations, updates application requirements, makes minor changes to subdivision
approval processes, updates the standards for approval for dividing land and modifying
lots and parcels, updates the subdivision standards to align with City goals identified in
the City's general plan, and makes changes necessary to align with State code mandates
for review times and review processes. The changes are necessary to bring the City's
subdivision regulations into compliance with recent State code changes that require Cities
to update their codes by February 1, 2024. Petition No.: PLNPCM2023-00494.
For more information visit tinyurl.com/SubdivisionCodeUpdates.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, November 7, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, November 7, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, November 14, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, December 5, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
2. 2023-2024 U.S. Housing and Urban Development General Community
Development Needs Annual Public Hearing
The Council will accept public comment for the 2023-2024 U.S. Housing and Urban
Development (HUD) General Community Development Needs. Each year Salt Lake City
receives several million dollars of grant funds from HUD for the Community
Development Block Grant (CDBG), Emergency Solutions Grant (ESG), HOME
Investment Partnership (HOME), and Housing Opportunities for Persons With
HIV/AIDS (HOPWA) programs. HUD requires an annual public hearing for the City to
hear about community development needs from the public. This feedback helps to
prioritize the grant funds between many competing needs.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - n/a
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, November 14, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
C.POTENTIAL ACTION ITEMS:
1. Ordinance: Rezone and Master Plan Amendment at 116 East Edith Avenue
The Council will consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the zoning of the
property located at 116 East Edith Avenue from R-1/5,000 (Single Family Residential
District) to CC (Corridor Commercial District). This proposal would also amend the
Central Community Future Land Use Map from Low-Density Residential to Community
Commercial. The proposed amendments would allow for further commercial and multi-
family development of the site and would make the property consistent with the adjacent
property that shares the same owner. Future development plans were not submitted by
the applicant at this time. Consideration may be given to rezoning the property to another
zoning district with similar characteristics. The project is within Council District 5.
Petitioner: Ian Kaplan of ADDVirtue, representing the property owners. Petition No.:
PLNPCM2022-01160 & PLNPCM2022-01161
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, November 7, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
2. Ordinance: Rezone and Master Plan Amendment at Approximately 1720
South and 1734 South West Temple
The Council will consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the zoning of the
properties located at 1720 South and 1734 South West Temple Street from R-1/5,000
(Single-Family Residential District) to R-MU-45 (Residential/Mixed Use District). This
proposal would also amend the Central Community Master Plan Future Land Use Map
from Low-Density Residential to Medium-Density Residential. Future development plans
were not submitted by the applicant at this time, however the applicant may consider a
medium-density residential development like the existing development to the north.
Consideration may be given to rezoning the property to another zoning district with
similar characteristics. The project is within Council District 5. Petitioner: Larsen
Sequist. Petition No.: PLNPCM2023-00106 & PLNPCM2023-00380
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 10, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, November 7, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
3. Ordinance: Historic Preservation Overlay District Text Amendment
The Council will consider adopting an ordinance that would amend various sections of
Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code pertaining to the H Historic Preservation Overlay
District. The proposal would also amend the consolidated fee schedule. The proposed
amendments would make the ordinance easier to use for applicants, property owners,
staff, and the Historic Landmark Commission in its administration, as well as create new
processes for adopting and updating historic resource surveys. The proposed
amendments would involve multiple chapters of the zoning ordinance related to the H
Historic Preservation Overlay District and changes would apply citywide. Petition No.:
PLNPCM2023-00123
For more information visit tinyurl.com/HistoricDistrictsSLC.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, November 7, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
4. Ordinance: Alley Vacation at Approximately 1518 South 300 West
The Council will consider adopting an ordinance that would vacate City-owned alleys
situated adjacent to properties located at 1518, 1528, 1540, and 1546 South 300 West,
325 and 333 West Andrew Avenue, and 352 West Van Buren Avenue. The proposal
would allow the property owner to redevelop the surrounding property, which would
include the right-of-way within the proposed development. The proposed vacation will
not impose access concerns as all of the subject properties that abut the alleys also have
frontage on a public street. Located within Council District 5. Petitioner: Jarod Hall,
representing the property owner, Petition No.:PLNPCM2023-00408
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, November 7, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
5. Ordinance: Northpoint Small Area Plan
The Council will consider an ordinance that would adopt the Northpoint Small Area Plan.
The Northpoint Small Area Plan is a land use plan for the land that is located between the
Salt Lake City International Airport and the northern boundary of the City along the
2200 West corridor. The updated plan will provide guidance on existing and anticipated
development in the area, as well as annexation-related issues. As part of the plan update,
the Salt Lake City Major Streets Plan will be amended to reflect recommended roadway
alignments. Petition No.: PLNPCM2022-00687
For more information on this item visit https://tinyurl.com/NorthpointSmallAreaPlan
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, February 21, 2023 and Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, February 21, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, March 7, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
D.COMMENTS:
1.Questions to the Mayor from the City Council.
2.Comments to the City Council. (Comments are taken on any item not scheduled
for a public hearing, as well as on any other City business. Comments are limited
to two minutes.)
E.NEW BUSINESS:
NONE.
F.UNFINISHED BUSINESS:
1. Resolution: Certification of Downtown Plan
The Council will consider approving a resolution about certifying the Downtown Plan as
the station area plan for 13 TRAX and Frontrunner stations in the downtown area.
Certification is necessary to be in compliance with recent state law requirements for
municipalities to have station area plans for all fixed rail transit stations within their
boundaries or within a half mile of City limits.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 10, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
2. Ordinance: Open Space Lands Amendments
The Council will consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the Open Space
Lands Ordinance to allow more flexibility for removing certain properties from the Open
Space Inventory. The amendments would provide more flexibility for granting utility
easements and the sale or exchange of de minimis parcels.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
G.CONSENT:
1. Ordinance: Rezone and Master Plan Amendment at 711 and 721 South 1200
East
The Council will set the date of Tuesday, December 5, 2023 at 7 p.m. to accept public
comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the zoning of the
properties located at 711 and 721 South 1200 East Street from R-2 (Single- and Two-
Family Residential District) to I (Institutional District). The proposal also would amend
the Central Community Master Plan Future Land Use Map. The proposal would allow the
use of the existing church building as a school. Consideration may be given to rezoning
the property to another zoning district with similar characteristics. The project is within
Council District 4. Petitioner: Jim Brewer, Head of the McGillis School. Petition No.:
PLNPCM2023-00496 & PLNPCM2023-00639
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, December 5, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, December 5, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Set date.
2. Ordinance: Rezone at 680 South Gladiola Street
The Council will set the date of Tuesday, December 5, 2023 at 7 p.m. to accept public
comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the zoning of the
property located at approximately 680 South Gladiola Street from M-2 (Heavy
Manufacturing District) to M-1 (Light Manufacturing District). This proposal would
enable the use of the property as a commercial truck driving school, classified as a
vocational school with outdoor activities. The applicant has not included development
plans with this request. Consideration may be given to rezoning the property to another
zoning district with similar characteristics. The project is within Council District 2.
Petitioner: Tony Sieverts. Petition No.: PLNPCM2023-00236
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, November 7, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, December 5, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, December 5, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Set date.
3. Ordinance: Rezone at Approximately 1380 South 900 West
The Council will set the date of Tuesday, December 5, 2023 at 7 p.m. to accept public
comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the zoning of the
properties located at approximately 1380 South 900 West, 1361 South 1000 West, and
1367 South 1000 West from R-1/7,000 (Single Family Residential District) to RMF-30
(Low-Density Multi-Family Residential District). The applicant owns the property
located at 1380 South 900 West and intends to only develop that property. The other two
properties are owned by a separate organization that asked to be included in this request
to enable additional development flexibility. This proposal would accommodate a
redevelopment proposal to be submitted at a later date. Consideration may be given to
rezoning the property to another zoning district with similar characteristics. The project
is within Council District 2. Petitioner: Drake Powell of TAG SLC, representing the
various property owners. Petition No.: PLNPCM2023-00172
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, November 7, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, December 5, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, December 5, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Set date.
4. Ordinance: Budget Amendment No.3 for Fiscal Year 2023-24
The Council will set the date of Tuesday, December 12, 2023 at 7 p.m. to accept public
comment and consider an ordinance amending the final budget of Salt Lake City,
including the employment staffing document, for Fiscal Year 2023-24. The proposed
amendment includes four new full-time paramedic employees in the Fire Department's
Medical Response Team, creation of a Legislative Division with four new full-time
employees in the City Attorney's Office, over $6 million of additional transportation
impact fees for reconstructing 2100 South through the Sugar House Business district and
the 600 North / 700 North corridor transformation project among other items.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, December 5, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, December 12, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - TBD
Staff Recommendation - Set date.
5. Board Appointment: City and County Building Conservation and Use
Committee – Robyn Taylor-Granda
The Council will consider approving the appointment of Robyn Taylor-Granda to the City
and County Building Conservation and Use Committee Board for a term ending July 19,
2027.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Approve.
6. Board Appointment: Planning Commission – Landon Kraczek
The Council will consider approving the appointment of Landon Kraczek to the Planning
Commission for a term ending November 14, 2027.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Approve.
H.ADJOURNMENT:
CERTIFICATE OF POSTING
On or before 5:00 p.m. on Thursday, November 9, 2023, the undersigned, duly appointed City
Recorder, does hereby certify that the above notice and agenda was (1) posted on the Utah Public
Notice Website created under Utah Code Section 63F-1-701, and (2) a copy of the foregoing provided
to The Salt Lake Tribune and/or the Deseret News and to a local media correspondent and any
others who have indicated interest.
CINDY LOU TRISHMAN
SALT LAKE CITY RECORDER
Final action may be taken in relation to any topic listed on the agenda, including but
not limited to adoption, rejection, amendment, addition of conditions and variations
of options discussed.
The City & County Building is an accessible facility. People with disabilities may make requests for
reasonable accommodation, which may include alternate formats, interpreters, and other auxiliary
aids and services. Please make requests at least two business days in advance. To make a request,
please contact the City Council Office at council.comments@slcgov.com, 801-535-7600, or relay
service 711.
PENDING MINUTES – NOT APPROVED
The City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, met in Work Session on Tuesday, September 19, 2023.
The following Council Members were present:
Ana Valdemoros, Victoria Petro, Daniel Dugan, Chris Wharton, Alejandro Puy, Darin Mano,
Sarah Young
Present Legislative leadership:
Cindy Gust-Jenson – Executive Director, Jennifer Bruno – Deputy Director, Lehua Weaver –
Associate Deputy Director
Present Administrative leadership:
Rachel Otto – Chief of Staff, Lisa Shaffer – Chief Administrative Officer, Lindsey Nikola –
Deputy Chief of Staff
Present City Staff:
Katherine Lewis – City Attorney, Cindy Lou Trishman – City Recorder, DeeDee Robinson –
Minutes & Records Clerk, Taylor Hill – Constituent Liaison/Policy Analyst, Scott Corpany –
Staff Assistant, Andrew Johnston – Director of Homelessness Policy and Outreach, Ben
Luedtke – Senior Public Policy Analyst, Brian Fullmer – Constituent Liaison, Policy Analyst,
Lorena Riffo Jenson – Economic Development Director, Mary Beth Thompson – Chief Financial
Officer, Nick Norris – Planning Director, Nick Tarbet – Senior Public Policy Analyst, Jorge
Chamorro – Director of Public Services, Jacob Maxwell – Deputy Director Economic
Development, Jonathan Larsen – Transportation Director, Jojo Liu – Justice Court Judge,
Alicia De Leon – Community Liaison, Cassie Younger – CAN Senior Planner, Sara Javoronok –
Senior Planner, Todd Andersen – Economic Development ARPA Project Coordinator
The meeting was called to order at: 2:05 pm.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, September 19, 2023
1
Work Session Items
1.Informational: Updates from the Administration ~ 2:00 p.m.
15 min.
The Council will receive information from the Administration on major items or projects
in progress. Topics may relate to major events or emergencies (if needed), services and
resources related to people experiencing homelessness, active public engagement efforts,
and projects or staffing updates from City Departments, or other items as appropriate.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Recurring Briefing
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a
Alicia De Leon provided information regarding:
Community Engagement Updates
•Ways to engage with the City: www.slc.gov/feedback/
•Public Lands events/projects
•Public Utilities events/projects
•Arts Council – 2023 Public Art Goals, engagement updates
•Mayor’s Office of Equity & Inclusion – ADA Workshops
•Mayor’s Office Community Office Hours dates/locations
•September 2023 City events
Andrew Johnston provided information regarding:
Homelessness Update
•Homeless Resource Center (HRC) utilization data
•Rapid Intervention/Encampment Impact Mitigation updates
•Kayak Court scheduled for September 22, 2023 canceled due to weather
•Winter overflow plans/temporary shelter community work updates
•Costs involved in running non-congregate shelter and service programs
•Community outreach teams would be on the streets to make persons aware of
shelter/overflow availability and how to transport to those locations
•The public could contact Central Intake for information on all shelters and winter
services (801 990-9999)
2.Ordinance: Rezone and Master Plan Amendments at
Approximately 135, 159, and 163 West Goltz Avenue and 1036
South Jefferson Street
~ 2:15 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would amend the zoning of
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, September 19, 2023
2
properties located at 135, 159, and 163 West Goltz Avenue and 1036 South Jefferson
Street from RMF-35 (Moderate Density Multi-Family Residential District) to R-MU
(Residential Mixed Use District). This proposal would also amend the Ballpark Station
Area Master Plan Future Land Use Designations from Medium-Density Residential to
High-Density Residential Mixed Use. The proposed amendments are intended to allow
the property owner to accommodate several multifamily developments. Future
development plans were not submitted by the applicant at this time. Consideration may
be given to rezoning the property to another zoning district with similar characteristics.
The project is within Council District 5. Petitioner: TAG SLC, LLC
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 3, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Item moved to a future agenda.
3.Ordinance: Zoning Map Amendment at 1018 East 900 South ~ 2:35 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would amend the zoning of the
property located at 1018 East 900 South from RMF-35 (Moderate Density Multi-Family
Residential) to RMF-30 (Low-Density Multi-Family Residential). The proposed
amendments are intended to allow the property owner greater flexibility in housing types
if the property were to be redeveloped. Future development plans were not submitted by
the applicant at this time. Consideration may be given to rezoning the property to
another zoning district with similar characteristics. The project is within Council District
5. Petitioners: Tina and Evan Jenkins
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 17, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 7, 2023
Brian Fullmer provided a brief introduction to the proposal.
Cassie Younger provided information regarding:
•Current and proposed zoning
•Surrounding property details
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, September 19, 2023
3
•Comparison of development standards (RMF-35 vs. RMF-30)
•Compatibility with the Master Plan
•Planning Commission having forwarded a positive recommendation for the
proposal
4.Ordinance: Affordable Housing Incentives ~ 2:55 p.m.
60 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about an ordinance that would amend various sections
of Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code establishing a chapter for zoning incentives and
adding affordable housing incentives. The proposed amendments would incentivize and
reduce barriers for affordable housing. The incentives would include administrative
design review and additional building height in various zoning districts, planned
development requirement modifications, removal of the density requirements in the
RMF zoning districts, and additional dwelling types in various zoning districts. Other
sections of Title 21A – Zoning may also be amended as part of this petition. The changes
would apply Citywide. The City Council may consider modifications to other related
sections of the code as part of this proposal.
For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/SLCHousingProposals.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 17, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - TBD
Nick Tarbet provided a brief introduction to the proposed ordinance.
Nick Norris and Sara Javoronok provided information regarding:
Affordable Housing Incentives
•Origin of the proposal
•Goals of the Affordable Housing Incentives
•Process timeline – surveys, internal draft with discussions, outreach, research, etc.
•Proposal summary: Incentive-based and income-restricted
•Defining “affordable” – income vs. cost of living
•Details of the focus group convened by the Office of the Mayor including
subsequent recommendations
•Incentives for multi-family and mixed-use zones
•2022 vs. 2023 incentive options for mixed-use and multi-family (not RMF)
•RMF zone affordability incentive thresholds, restrictions, etc.
•Single and two-family zoning district affordability incentive thresholds, permitted
housing types, etc.
•Design standards
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, September 19, 2023
4
•Historic preservation considerations
•How the program would be administered/Administrative considerations
•Enforcement penalties
•Incentives for preservation of existing housing
•Development and infrastructure requirements
Council Members discussed the above listed elements presented by Planning Staff.
Council Member Petro requested a future Work Session discussion, where the Council
could consider with Council Staff this topic universally/globally alongside the Thriving In
Place program to ensure the City was allocating appropriate attention, resources, and
strategy.
Council Member Wharton joined the meeting during this agenda item.
5.Tentative Break ~ 3:55 p.m.
20 min.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - n/a
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a
6.Ordinance: Residential Parking Permit Program
Amendment ~ 4:15 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would amend Section 12.64.040
of the Salt Lake City Code to allow the transportation director to waive the minimum
requirement of eight standard block faces for establishing a parking permit area. The
waiver is proposed to be limited to areas where parking impacts are created by a hospital
or medical building, a university or college building, or a TRAX station. The proposed
text changes could allow for the creation of a residential parking permit program in the
Central Ninth neighborhood. The standard process for creating a residential parking
permit area would still need to be followed including petitions, a parking study, ballot,
public hearing, and multiple public notices
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, September 19, 2023
5
Ben Luedtke provided an introduction to the proposal and provided information
regarding:
•Overview of the City’s parking permit program
•Details of the proposed amendment
•Presentation of a map of current permit parking areas
•Policy questions for the Council to consider
Jon Larsen said as a reminder, this change in ordinance would not guarantee the
creation of a new residential parking permit zone in Central Ninth (900 South and 200
West), but it would allow for discussions to move forward. Jon Larsen added that the
program worked well in the designated parking permit areas of the City, and stated there
was adequate staffing in the Transportation Department for the added work of a newly
designated parking area.
Council Member Petro expressed excitement for how the proposed amendment would
impact the Fairpark community of the City, resolving continual requests for a parking
program in the area.
Council Member Puy inquired about the capacity for enforcement of the newly added
parking permit area, the future costs involved, and the need for more enforcement
officers if more areas were designated. Jorge Chamorro spoke to the enforcement
aspect and said depending on the demand, it might require additional resources to move
forward with additional proposed parking permit areas for it to be effective and described
some of the equipment needed for efficient enforcement.
7.Ordinance: Budget Amendment No.2 for Fiscal Year 2023-24
~ 4:35 p.m.
45 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about Budget Amendment No.2 for the Fiscal Year
2023-24. Budget amendments happen several times each year to reflect adjustments to
the City’s budgets, including proposed project additions and modifications. The proposed
amendment includes $24.8 million from the first issuance of the Parks, Trails & Open
Space bond for several projects, creation of a new Planning & Design Division in the
Public Lands Department, $2 million from the U.S. Treasury’s Emergency Rental
Assistance Program, and a new position to facilitate creation of Special Assessment Areas
or SAAs for business districts among other items. The proposed amendment also includes
an ordinance to amend the Annual Compensation Plan for Non-represented Employees.
For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/SLCFY24.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 3, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, September 19, 2023
6
Ben Luedtke provided an introduction to the Budget Amendment and presented
information regarding:
•Fund Balance Chart (Page 5 of Staff Report)
•Tracking new ongoing General Fund Costs approved midyear Budget Amendments
(Pages 2 & 3 of Staff Report)
•Item G1 – Greater Salt Lake Area Clean Energy and Air Roadmap Grant ($1M
from Misc. Grants) – covering four years of salary and benefits for a new full-time
employee (FTE)
◦Mary Beth Thompson explained that when the grant was received, it was
the total amount of the grant and it was recognized revenue and off-setting
expenditures until the grant expired – if expenses were not used then money
would be returned to the federal government
•Item E1 – TANF Capacity Building grant-financial capability ($1,229,681 from
Misc. Grants)
•Item E2 – TANF Capacity Building Grant-Youth Development ($1,391,672 from
Misc. Grants)
◦Straw Poll: Support for both Items E1 & E2. All Council Members present
were in favor of the poll
•Item I1 – Council Added Item – Additional Funding for Sanctioned Camping
($TBD)
◦Andrew Johnston explained the use of the previously allocated funds
($500K) and the newly proposed funds, noting expenses would be tracked,
as well as time and funds expended throughout various departments of the
City and reported back to the Council
◦Straw Poll: Support for $1M for sanctioned camping (various funding
options), to be placed into a holding account subject to Council approval. All
Council Members present were in favor of the poll
•Item D5 – General Obligation Series 2023 Bonds ($24,885,893 from the First
Bond Issuance to the CIP Fund)
◦Straw Poll: Support for funding all proposed projects. All Council Members
present were in favor of the poll.
◦Jorge Chamorro spoke to the FTE position that had not yet been filled
and clarified that the Senior Project Manager (Engineering Division) position
was still needed but required reclassification to reflect the role of
construction management
8.Ordinance: American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) Local Nonprofit
Passthrough Assistance Grant Awards ~ 5:20 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about an ordinance that would approve the
disbursement of local nonprofit passthrough assistance grant awards from the City’s
American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) fiscal recovery funds. The grant funds would be
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, September 19, 2023
7
passed through the nonprofits to the local small businesses and artists that are the
ultimate beneficiaries. Applicants must meet eligibility and compliance standards per
federal ARPA guidance.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Ben Luedtke provided an introduction to the proposed ordinance, detailing the current
funding request for seven applicants as well as the scoring process for each
applicant/application, and noted the policy questions for the Council’s consideration.
Todd Andersen provided information regarding:
•Applicant scoring and awarding details
•Reasoning for why only $500K was requested for this proposal
•Details of the phasing of distributing ARPA funding (Phase I vs. Phase II)
Council Members expressed concern and frustration regarding the length of time it had
taken to disperse the ARPA funding, the funding disbursement phasing, and the
excessive amount of administrative time taken to release the funds. Lorena Riffo-
Jenson explained that Phase II of the small businesses had been completed and was
awaiting the Council’s approval and review of the non-profits that served small
businesses and noted that the Community Recovery Committee had just completed their
work for Phase II for small businesses. Jacob Maxwell added that it was noted during
the previous briefing that the impulse to create a Phase II was due to an equity best
practice of launching the program, providing awareness of the program, thus providing
additional time and opportunities for businesses to apply, noting at the time there
seemed to be Council support for the phasing.
Council Member Petro requested more information as to the prompt to which the
applicants responded and which components of the organizations applying matched the
criteria/which ones did not.
9.Ordinance: Establishing The Justice Court as a Third Branch
of Government ~ 5:40 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about an ordinance that would establish the Justice
Court as a third branch of government in Salt Lake City. In May 2023 a new law went
into effect which provides that a justice court must be independent from other branches
of municipal government and may not be treated as part of the executive or legislative
branches of government in a City.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, September 19, 2023
8
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - TBD
Hold hearing to accept public comment - TBD
TENTATIVE Council Action - TBD
Katie Lewis, Rachel Otto, and Judge Jojo Liu provided information regarding:
•Overview of the proposed ordinance
•Details of House Bill HB210 – passed in the 2023 Legislative Session, codified in
Utah Code 78A
•Justice Court’s personnel to remain Salt Lake City employees
•The ordinance establishes that the presiding judge and Justice Court Judges would
appoint the Justice Court Administrator who would have the authority to manage
all of the City employees and operations of the Justice Court
•The proposed ordinance included a mission statement/purpose of the Justice
Court
•Utah Law having required that Justice Court Judges were paid at a minimum 70%
and maximum of 90% of what District Court Judges were paid, and this proposed
ordinance proposes that Justice Court Judges would be paid at 90%
•The ordinance sets forth rules of the court and establishes the general rules of the
Court Administrator – overall, the purpose and parameters for the leadership and
operations of this new branch of government
•The proposed ordinance contained a reporting provision – on an annual basis, the
presiding judge would provide a report in a public meeting to the City Council and
Mayor regarding operations, rules, and objectives as well as a public hearing
10.Board Appointment: Arts Council Board – Caitlin Tursic ~ 6:00 p.m.
5 min
The Council will interview Caitlin Tursic prior to considering appointment to the Arts
Council Board for a term ending September 19, 2026.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, September 19, 2023
9
Interview held. Council Member Mano said Caitlin Tursic’s name was on the Consent
Agenda for formal consideration.
Standing Items
11.Report of the Chair and Vice Chair
Report of Chair and Vice Chair.
Item not held.
12.Report and Announcements from the Executive Director -
-
Report of the Executive Director, including a review of Council information items and
announcements. The Council may give feedback or staff direction on any item related to
City Council business, including but not limited to scheduling items.
Item not held.
13.Tentative Closed Session -
-
The Council will consider a motion to enter into Closed Session. A closed meeting described
under Section 52-4-205 may be held for specific purposes including, but not limited to:
a. discussion of the character, professional competence, or physical or mental
health of an individual;
b. strategy sessions to discuss collective bargaining;
c. strategy sessions to discuss pending or reasonably imminent litigation;
d. strategy sessions to discuss the purchase, exchange, or lease of real property,
including any form of a water right or water shares, if public discussion of the
transaction would:
(i) disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under
consideration; or
(ii) prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best
possible terms;
e. strategy sessions to discuss the sale of real property, including any form of a water
right or water shares, if:
(i) public discussion of the transaction would:
(A) disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under
consideration; or
(B) prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best
possible terms;
(ii) the public body previously gave public notice that the property would be
offered for sale; and
(iii) the terms of the sale are publicly disclosed before the public body
approves the sale;
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, September 19, 2023
10
f. discussion regarding deployment of security personnel, devices, or systems; and
g. investigative proceedings regarding allegations of criminal misconduct.
A closed meeting may also be held for attorney-client matters that are privileged pursuant to
Utah Code § 78B-1-137, and for other lawful purposes that satisfy the pertinent
requirements of the Utah Open and Public Meetings Act.
Item not held.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, September 19, 2023
11
Meeting adjourned at: 6:00 pm
Minutes Approved:
_______________________________
City Council Chair – Darin Mano
_______________________________
City Recorder
Please refer to Meeting Materials (available at https://data.slc.gov by selecting City Council
Meeting Information) for supportive content including electronic recordings and comments
submitted prior to or during the meeting. Websites listed within the body of the Minutes may
not remain active indefinitely.
This document along with the digital recording constitutes the official minutes of the City
Council Work Session meeting held Tuesday, September 19, 2023 and is not intended to serve as
a full transcript. Please refer to the electronic recording for entire content pursuant to Utah
Code §52-4-203.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, September 19, 2023
12
PENDING MINUTES – NOT APPROVED
The City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, met in Work Session on Tuesday, October 3, 2023.
The following Council Members were present:
Ana Valdemoros, Victoria Petro, Daniel Dugan, Chris Wharton, Alejandro Puy, Darin Mano,
Sarah Young
Present Legislative leadership:
Cindy Gust-Jenson – Executive Director, Jennifer Bruno – Deputy Director, Lehua Weaver –
Associate Deputy Director
Present Administrative leadership:
Lisa Shaffer – Chief Administrative Officer, Lindsey Nikola – Deputy Chief of Staff
Present City Staff:
Katherine Lewis – City Attorney, Cindy Lou Trishman – City Recorder, Michelle Barney –
Minutes & Records Clerk, Thais Stewart – Deputy City Recorder, Isaac Canedo – Public
Engagement Communication Specialist, Taylor Hill – Constituent Liaison/Policy Analyst, Scott
Corpany – Staff Assistant, Allison Rowland – Public Policy Analyst, Andrew Johnston –
Director of Homelessness Policy and Outreach, Ben Luedtke – Senior Public Policy Analyst,
Brian Fullmer – Constituent Liaison, Policy Analyst, Lorena Riffo Jenson – Economic
Development Director, Mary Beth Thompson – Chief Financial Officer, Nick Norris – Planning
Director, Nick Tarbet – Senior Public Policy Analyst, Tammy Hunsaker – Deputy Director of
Community Services, Roberta Reichgelt – Business Development Director, Weston Clark –
Mayor's Senior Advisor, Xris Macias – Language Access Coordinator, Michelle Mooney –
Equity Manager, Ashley Lichtle – Community Liaison, Lex Traughber – Senior Planner, John
Anderson – Planning Manager, Grant Amann – Associate Planner, Andrew Hulka – Principal
Planner, Greg Cleary – City Budget Director
The meeting was called to order at 2:05 pm
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
1
Work Session Items
1.Informational: Updates from the Administration ~ 2:00 p.m.
15 min.
The Council will receive information from the Administration on major items or projects
in progress. Topics may relate to major events or emergencies (if needed), services and
resources related to people experiencing homelessness, active public engagement efforts,
and projects or staffing updates from City Departments, or other items as appropriate.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Recurring Briefing
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a
Weston Clark provided information regarding:
Community Engagement Updates
• Ways to engage with the City www.slc.gov/feedback/
• Planning
◦ Transmitted projects
◾Reorganization of Local Historic District Chapter
◾Landscape Chapter Update
◦ Planning Commission
◾Adaptive Reuse Ordinance – September 27, 2023
◾Ballpark Station Area Zoning Map – October 11, 2023
◾Subdivision Code Updates – October 11, 2023
◾Community Benefit Requirements – October 11, 2023
• Transportation
◦ Capitol Hill Traffic Calming
◾Working with community to improve project
• Public Lands
◦ Glendale Regional Park Playground
◾Pickleball
◦ Making the Emerald Ribbon
◾Dinner Party – October 18, 2023 from 5:00pm to 7:00pm
◦ Allen Park
◾Phase 2 – active
• Public Utilities
◦ City Creek Water Treatment Upgrade
◾November 1, 2023 kick off
• Mayor’s Office Community Office hours and locations
• October Events
◦ Renter Resource Night – October 4, 2023 at Marmalade Library
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
2
◦ IRC’s Spice Kitchen Incubator Discover Food Festival – October 7, 2023 –
200 East between Library and City Hall
◦ Resource Fair – October 13, 2023 at Pioneer Park
Andrew Johnston provided information regarding:
Homelessness Update
• Resource Center utilization data
• Rapid Intervention/Encampment Impact Mitigation locations
• Resource Fair to be held Friday, October 13, 2023 at Pioneer Park with My
Hometown Chili Dog BBQ providing food
Council Members and Andrew Johnston discussed:
• The Huntsman Mental Health Facility would be offering beds for unhoused
individuals with mental health needs
• Thanked staff for working on the community outreach event held October 2, 2023
2.Informational: Equity Update ~ 2:15 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will hold a discussion about various initiatives led by the City's Office of
Equity and Inclusion. These initiatives include, but are not limited to, improving racial
equity and justice in policing. Discussion may also include updates on the City's other
work to achieve equitable service delivery, decision-making, and community engagement
through the Citywide Equity Plan, increased ADA resources, language access, and other
topics addressed in the ongoing work of the Human Rights Commission and the Racial
Equity in Policing Commission.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Recurring Briefing
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
3
Xris Macias presented the language access update including:
• 28 Language Liaisons
• 24 Workshop Sessions of which 11 are completed and 8 more are scheduled for
October
• Training Material content
Council Members and Xris Maxias discussed:
• Who attended the workshops and if the sessions were recorded
Michelle Mooney reported on the Eradicate Hate Global Summit.
Council Members and Michelle Mooney discussed:
• The way people are treating each other, especially immigrants and people of color
• Hate Crime brochures available for communities
Ashley Lichtle reported on the Disability Community Forum that will be held on
October 26, 2023, from 3:00 pm to 4:30 pm at Marmalade Library (280 West 500 North
Salt Lake City).
Council Members and Ashley Lichtle discussed:
• Thanked staff for all their hard work on helping people in the community and
representing Salt Lake City.
3.Ordinance: Rezone at 2157 South Lincoln Street ~ 2:35 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would amend the zoning of the
property located at 2157 South Lincoln Street from RB (Residential/Business District) to
CSHBD2 (Sugar House Business District). This proposal would facilitate the
redevelopment of this, and the adjacent parcels into a multi-family residential project.
The property is currently occupied by a Victorian home used as an office building. Under
the proposal, the home would be preserved and used as part of the project. Consideration
may be given to rezoning the property to another zoning district with similar
characteristics. The project is within Council District 7. Petitioner: Mark Isaac,
representing the property owners.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, November 7, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
4
Brian Fullmer gave a brief overview of the request to amend the zoning map for the
approximately 0.7-acre parcel at 2157 South Lincoln Street in City Council District Seven
from its current RB (Residential/Business District) zoning designation to C-SHBD2
(Sugar House Business District).
Lex Traughber presented the request highlighting
• Preservation of the Victorian home on the property
• Increasing the width of the sidewalk eliminating the park strip
• Planning Commission’s positive recommendation for the request
• Site maps of the property and surrounding area
Council Members and Lex Traughber discussed:
• The recommendation to remove the park strip, widen the sidewalk and what it
would look like if approved
• What would happen to the proposal if the Council choose to not adopt the sidewalk
condition
• If the current design allowed for affordable housing
• Parking requirements
• Preservation of the historic home and if it would benefit the development
agreement to require the home to be designated on the National Historical Registry
Mark Isaac (property owner’s representative) reviewed:
• Historic home was being remodeled/restored and used as the community facility
for the development
• Designating the home as historical would cause issues for ADA access to the upper
floors of the building
• Why the building had not been previously designated historic
• The request to widen the sidewalk and where it would and would not improve the
project regarding ADA access
• Exhibits of the pros and cons to sidewalk size would be provided at the public
hearing, for the Council to review prior to making a decision
Council Members, Brian Fullmer, Lex Traughber and Mark Isaac discussed:
• Electric vehicle (EV) station requirements
• Parking for all modes of transportation
• Current bike storage requirements
• Concerns with EV stations and the way it would be metered
• How preservation was defined in a development agreement and how to ensure the
next owner did not change what was agreed on
◦ The development agreement would stay with the land
• Whether or not to require ten foot sidewalks
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
5
Edith Avenue 20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would amend the zoning of
properties located at 116 East Edith Avenue from R-1/5,000 (Single Family Residential
District) to CC (Corridor Commercial District). This proposal would also amend the
Central Community Future Land Use Map from Low-Density Residential to Community
Commercial. The proposed amendments would allow for further commercial and multi-
family development of the site and would make the property consistent with the adjacent
property that shares the same owner. Future development plans were not submitted by
the applicant at this time. Consideration may be given to rezoning the property to
another zoning district with similar characteristics. The project is within Council District
5. Petitioner: Ian Kaplan of ADDVirtue, representing the property owners.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, November 7, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
6
4.Ordinance: Rezone and Master Plan Amendment at 116 East ~ 2:55 p.m.
Brian Fullmer gave a brief overview of the request to amend the zoning map for
property at 116 East Edith Avenue (approximately 1200 South) in City Council District
Five from its current R-1/5,000 (Single Family Residential) zoning designation to CC
(Corridor Commercial) and noted the proposal called for amending the Central
Community Master Plan future land use map from the current Low-Density
Residential designation to “Community Commercial”, the current R-1/5,000 and CC
zoning allowed buildings up to 28 feet and 30 feet respectively and an additional 15 feet
of height (45 feet total) could be approved in the CC zoning district through the design
review process.
Grant Amann presented the request highlighting:
• Project request
• Property size
• Current and surrounding zoning
• Required landscape buffer
• Currently no development proposal had been submitted
• Public response to the project
• Zoning district comparison
• Planning Commission’s negative recommendation
Iqbal Sial (Applicant) reviewed/stated:
• History of purchasing the properly and its use as a car lot
• Was not aware it was residential use upon purchase
• Would like to make the zoning commercial to match the current use
• Access to the property from Edith Avenue
• Property would be maintained and kept in good repair
Council Members, Grant Amann, John Anderson, Brian Fullmer, and Iqbal Sial
discussed:
• No house was or had been located on the lot
• Tax records showed it was used as commercial property
• Planning Staff’s positive recommendation to the Planning Commission and why
the Planning Commission forwarded a negative recommendation
• Use of the property for large truck rental
◦ Commercial vehicles would not be stored on the street
• Edith Avenue access would not be used
5.Ordinance: Text Amendment Related to Maximum Height in
the M-1 Light Manufacturing District ~ 3:15 p.m.
15 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would amend Section
21A.28.020 of the Salt Lake City Code pertaining to maximum height in the M-1 Light
Manufacturing District. The proposed amendment would allow bulk material storage
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
7
structures up to 150 feet in height to be built west of 5600 West, between 100 feet and
1000 feet south of Interstate 80. Petitioner: The Salt Lake Garfield and Western Railway
Company
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 17, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 7, 2023
Brian Fullmer gave a brief overview of the proposal initiated by the Salt Lake Garfield
and Western Railway Company to amend the zoning ordinance related to maximum
height in the M-1 Light Manufacturing District, noting the proposal would allow bulk
material storage structures associated with a railroad freight terminal up to 150 feet high
to be constructed west of 5600 West, and within the area between 100 feet and 1,000 feet
south of Interstate 80, in the Utah Inland Port jurisdiction.
Andrew Hulka presented the request including:
• Summary and recommendation
• Planning Commission having forwarded a positive recommendation
• Location and spacing in relation to height, neighboring buildings, and storage
structures
Council Members, Brian Fullmer, Nick Norris and Andrew Hulka discussed:
• Where zoning currently allowed bulk material storage structures
• The current allowable height for bulk material storage structures versus the request
• What would be stored in the structures and the requirements for hazardous
materials
◦ State regulations would determine the regulations that would be followed for
hazardous materials
• Reasoning for the height of the storage structures
• Reasoning for the 100 foot to 1000 foot buffer south of I-80
• Coming changes to the rail yards and how this proposal would benefit the changes
6.Ordinance: Budget Amendment No.2 for Fiscal Year 2023-24
Follow-up ~ 3:30 p.m.
30 min.
The Council will receive a follow-up briefing about Budget Amendment No.2 for the
Fiscal Year 2023-24 Budget. Budget amendments happen several times each year to
reflect adjustments to the City’s budgets, including proposed project additions and
modifications. The proposed amendment includes $24.8 million from the first issuance
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
8
of the Parks, Trails & Open Space bond for several projects, creation of a new Planning &
Design Division in the Public Lands Department, $2 million from the U.S. Treasury’s
Emergency Rental Assistance Program, and a new position to facilitate creation of
Special Assessment Areas or SAAs for business districts among other items. The
proposed amendment also includes an ordinance to amend the Annual Compensation
Plan for Non-represented Employees.
For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/SLCFY24.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023 and Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 3, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Ben Luedtke presented the budget amendment including:
• Items discussed at previous meetings regarding the budget request
• Council Member Young’s request for an amendment to the funding for Re-
Imagining Neighborhood parks, shifting funding from the McClelland trail to
lighting and safety improvements for Fairmont Park
◦ Council Member Young reviewed the need to address the time sensitive issue
of safety at Fairmont Park and asked the Council to support the change in
funding
◦ Council Members stated they did not have any concerns over redirecting the
funding
• Transmittal indicated there was an increase of eight full time employees (FTE’s)
◦ Five of the eight FTEs were being requested in Items A-1 & E-3 - State
Homeless Shelter Cities Mitigation Grant for FY2024 ($3,107,201)
•A-1: 50% Cost Share for a New FTE Community Development Grant Specialist in
the Housing Stability Division (Budget Neutral – Shifting $44,620 in the General
Fund from Street Ambassador Program to New FTE)
•A-2: U.S. Treasury Emergency Rent Assistance Program Funding ($2,339,009 to
Misc. Grants Fund)
•A-3: Liberty Park Basketball Court Donation from Utah Jazz ($100,000 to CIP
Fund)
•A-4: Rescope Miller Park Trail ADA Access Improvements and Historic Structure
Preservation (Budget Neutral in the CIP Fund)
•A-5: Create a Public Lands Planning & Design Division (Transfer $543,144 and
four FTEs from the Engineering Division)
•A-6: New FTE Senior Community Programs Manager (Budget Neutral – Shifting
$113,798 from County Contract for Sorenson Center Services to New Position)
•A-7: New FTE Economic Development Project Manager to Facilitate Special
Assessment Areas (SAAs) ($128,000 from General Fund Balance)
•G-1: Greater Salt Lake Area Clean Energy and Air Roadmap Grant ($1 million from
Misc. Grants)
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
9
•G-2: Utah Department of Natural Resources/Forestry Fire and State Lands
($50,000 from Misc. Grants)
•G-3: Utah Department of Natural Resources/Forestry Fire and State Lands
($150,000 from Misc. Grants)
•G-4: State of Utah Division of Outdoor Recreation ($150,000 from Misc. Grants)
•G-5: Backman Community Open Space ($200,000 from Misc. Grants)
•G-6: Utah Office for Victims of Crime – VOCA Misc Grants ($92,846 from Misc.
Grants)
•G-7: YouthCity Summer Food Service Program - Utah State Board of Education
($11,000 from Misc. Grants)
Council Members, Ben Luedtke, Tammy Hunsaker, Roberta Reichgelt, Lorena
Riffo-Jenson, Jennifer Bruno, Andrew Johnston, Mary Beth Thompson and
Greg Cleary discussed:
• Proposed Grant Manager position, how the position would be funded if the grant
was not awarded, position workload, funding, and how funding was divided
between divisions
• Funding for police services around homeless resource centers, how to ensure the
officers assigned to the homeless centers stayed in those areas
• Working with other cities to capture funding for homeless center mitigation and
lobbying the Legislature to assist with this process
• Item A4 -Rescope of Miller Park
◦ Council Member Dugan reviewed the meetings held with Parks Departments
regarding the rescope, stated he would like to discuss this with the project
team and return with more clarity on the request prior to Council approval
• FTE request for Public Services, the workflow they would cover and if transferring
the positions would leave a gap in the Engineering Department
• Funding for the Sorenson Unity Center programs and how the funding was divided
between the City and the County
• The process of creating a Special Assessment Area (SAA)
• Item A7 and reasoning why was this coming to the Council now and not when the
budget was being reviewed
• Workload for the FTE managing SAAs
• How many staff persons were currently working on SAAs
• Reviewing SAAs to ensure they were properly working and benefiting the
communities they served
• If the SAA could reimburse the City for the creation of an SAA
• Administrative fees included in the SAA that would compensate City staffing use
• Could an SAA be leveraged to get a community benefit from the programs such as
jobs
◦ Could be researched further
• Expanding the language in the SAA FTE job description to include working with
business districts
Straw Poll
Support for funding item G-1: Greater Salt Lake Area Clean Energy and Air Roadmap
Grant ($1 million from Misc. Grants). All present Council Members were in favor.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
10
7.Informational: UDOT Interstate 15 Study Follow-up: Potential
Widening and Interchange Improvements ~ 4:00 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a follow-up briefing from the Utah Department of
Transportation (UDOT) about an environmental study on the Interstate 15 corridor
between 400 South in Salt Lake City and the US-89 interchange in Farmington. The
study aims to provide solutions to improve safety and mobility for all users, meet future
demand, and replace aging infrastructure while better connecting communities. The
study examines issues and needs, proposes potential solutions, evaluates their
environmental impacts, and ultimately recommends a preferred option.
For more information visit https://i15eis.udot.utah.gov/.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, January 3, 2023 and October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a
Brandon Weston (UDOT Environmental Director), Shane Marshall (Consultant
Project Manager), Siobhan Locke (Public Involvement Specialist), and Mike Romero
(UDOT Project Director) presented the draft I-15 Environmental Impact Statement (EIS)
Release Update highlighting:
• I-15 EIS
• Draft EIS Release – i15eis.udot.utah.gov
• Public Comment
• Quality of Life – better mobility, good health, connected communities, and strong
economy
• Other Improvements
• I-15 EIS assumes all other projects in the 2050 Regional Transportation Plan are
successfully implemented
• Plan includes over 53 planned projects and improvements for all modes within the
study area
• Aging Infrastructure
• Existing travel times and what would happen if improvements were not made to I-
15
• Addressing the existing shape curves
• Interchange needs and options
• Limited connections
• Study purpose and need
• I-15 Mainline alternatives and travel times
• Proposed walking and biking improvements
• Local area working groups
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
11
• Alternative Open Houses
• Efforts to reduce barriers
• Alternatives Screening process – public input
• Draft EIS public meetings and comment period
• Public comments
Council Members, Brandon Weston, Shane Marshall, Siobhan Locke, and Mike Romero
discussed/stated:
• How the plan incorporated public input
• Other options to improve transportation that did not include increasing the size of
I-15
• The sacrifice the residents would be making in terms of health and wellbeing with
the construction of the expansion
• If changes to I-15 would happen regardless of what the public wanted
• The timeline of the expansion and other projects
• Accident rate decreases and other potential improvements with the expansion
• How the operations of the proposed interchanges would impact I-15
• Would the interchanges be enough to improve the traffic flow without expanding I-
15
◦ No, the traffic from the interchanges would back up onto I-15
• Most of the widening would take place in the existing footprint
• No homes would be lost in Salt Lake City with the expansion
• The current wall on the east side could be reconstructed but would not be moved
• On the west side, except around 500 North, there would be a small portion of
property encumbered into the project
• Residents should not have to leave their homes but they could choose to do so
during construction
• Topics the public could comment on that would still make an impact to the project
• Public trust was needed and the plan needed to reflect the public’s input to increase
trust
• The Council requested a report of the comments from the public to show how the
comments were incorporated in the plan and what could be done in the future to
address concerns
◦ Consultant was currently working with NeighborWorks on this
documentation
• Need to protect homes/properties and determine how this project benefited the
community
• Important to maintain the underpasses and other areas where the community
would be impacted
• Potential art installations included in the project
◦ Would be determined after the proposal was approved for construction
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
12
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - n/a
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
13
8.Tentative Break ~ 4:20 p.m.
20 min.
9.Ordinance: Affordable Housing Incentives Follow-up ~ 4:40 p.m.
45 min.
The Council will receive a follow-up briefing about an ordinance that would
amend various sections of Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code establishing a chapter for
zoning incentives and adding affordable housing incentives. The proposed amendments
would incentivize and reduce barriers for affordable housing. The incentives would
include administrative design review and additional building height in various zoning
districts, planned development requirement modifications, removal of the density
requirements in the RMF zoning districts, and additional dwelling types in various
zoning districts. Other sections of Title 21A – Zoning may also be amended as part of this
petition. The changes would apply Citywide. The City Council may consider
modifications to other related sections of the code as part of this proposal.
For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/AffordableHousingIncentives.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023 and Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 17, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - TBD
Nick Tarbet reviewed the purpose and history of the discussion and what was being
done in each program to address the concerns of the Council.
Council Members, Nick Norris, and Nick Tarbet discussed:
• If additional staff would be needed for affordable housing projects
• Time saving ways to allow affordable housing projects to move through the
approval process as fast as possible
• Addressing the prioritization between Thriving in Place and the Affordable
Housing plans
• Different areas where housing was being addressed within the City
• If the plan was creating an issue for projects to move forward and reach full
potential
◦ The plans were meant to incorporate and optimize all of the aspects of
housing not create issues
• Was everything premised on 80% Area Median Income (AMI) or were there other
opportunities for deeply affordable housing
• Outlining the incentives in the Affordable Housing Plan regarding for sale housing
• Affordable home ownership AMI percentages versus multi-family or rentals
• The City’s process for addressing construction outside of the permit and the
enforcement options
• Development requirements and setbacks in different zones, where the plan
proposed changes and how it would affect surrounding neighbors
• When reducing initial checks for these proposals, if something was violated down
the road, and how would the City address it
• What could property owners do outside of a City fine to help remedy potential
issues
• Incentives to build affordable housing in single family homes
• The options for qualifying for incentives in Type B and Type C zones, the number
of units accommodated in each zone and why for sale units were not included in
Type C
• Extending the for sale provisions to for sale units in the code
• Provisions that allowed for income averaging to allow for more people to qualify
for affordable housing
• The number of stories required in a development and if a maximum ceiling height
should be added to the language
• Staff asked the Council to send any questions prior to the item being listed on a
future agenda
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
14
45 min.
The Council will receive a follow-up briefing about an ordinance that would adopt the
Thriving in Place plan as part of the City’s general plan. Thriving in Place is the City's
proposed anti-displacement and mitigation plan, developed with public engagement
and feedback from experts and community organizations.
For more information visit http://tinyurl.com/thrivinginplace.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 12, 2023 and Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 3, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Allison Rowland stated the purpose for the discussion was for the Council to
determine whether the City’s anti-gentrification and anti-displacement plan, known as
Thriving in Place, was ready for adoption, noting the aim of the plan was to identify
policy measures that could help current residents remain in Salt Lake City during this
period of rapid growth and change. (For additional information, see the September 12,
2023, Staff Report in the meeting materials).
Council Members and Allison Rowland discussed/stated:
• Options for obtaining new funding sources for housing
• The funding request being appropriate as housing stability needed to be
addressed
• The goals outlined in the plan should be adopted and then funding could be
addressed down the road
• Concern over where the resources were coming from to address all needs of the
programs
• Creation of a high level timeline to assist the Council in making decision on
priority issues
• The plan was a road map moving in the right direction and the first three steps
were vital to moving forward
• Using existing programs such as the Good Landlord and Tenants Assistance to
improve services
• Using remaining funds from the Tenant Assistance programs to fund other areas
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
15
10.Ordinance: The Anti-Gentrification and -Displacement Plan,
Thriving in Place Follow-up ~ 5:25 p.m.
Park. The proposed amendment would add language to keep Madsen Park at its current
location and would also reimagine and improve the park.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, November 7, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 14, 2023
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
11.Ordinance: North Temple Boulevard General Plan
Amendment to Not Relocate Madsen Park Written Briefing
-
The Council will receive a written briefing about an ordinance that would amend the
North Temple Boulevard Plan to remove a recommendation to relocate Madsen
Written briefing only.
Kathryn Carlisle-Kesling
12.Board Appointment: Cultural Core Finance Committee –~ 6:10 p.m.
5 min
The Council will interview Kathryn Carlisle-Kesling prior to considering appointment to
the Cultural Core Finance Committee for a term ending October 3, 2027.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Interview was held. Council Member Mano said Kathryn Carlisle-Kesling’s name was on
the Consent Agenda for formal consideration.
16
Interview was held. Council Member Mano said Helen Langan’s name was on the
Consent Agenda for formal consideration.
14.Board Appointment: Transportation Advisory Board – Josh
Stewart ~ 6:20 p.m.
5 min
The Council will interview Josh Stewart prior to considering appointment to the
Transportation Advisory Board for a term ending September 28, 2026.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
17
13.Board Appointment: Utah Performing Arts Center Agency –
Helen Langan ~ 6:15 p.m.
5 min
The Council will interview Helen Langan prior to considering appointment to the Utah
Performing Arts Center Agency Board for a term ending October 3, 2027.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Interview was held. Council Member Mano said Josh Stewart’s name was on the
Consent Agenda for formal consideration.
Standing Items
15.Report of the Chair and Vice Chair
Report of Chair and Vice Chair.
No report
16.Report and Announcements from the Executive Director -
-
Report of the Executive Director, including a review of Council information items and
announcements. The Council may give feedback or staff direction on any item related to
City Council business, including but not limited to scheduling items.
No report
17.Tentative Closed Session -
-
The Council will consider a motion to enter into Closed Session. A closed meeting described
under Section 52-4-205 may be held for specific purposes including, but not limited to:
a. discussion of the character, professional competence, or physical or mental
health of an individual;
b. strategy sessions to discuss collective bargaining;
c. strategy sessions to discuss pending or reasonably imminent litigation;
d. strategy sessions to discuss the purchase, exchange, or lease of real property,
including any form of a water right or water shares, if public discussion of the
transaction would:
(i) disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under
consideration; or
(ii) prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best
possible terms;
e. strategy sessions to discuss the sale of real property, including any form of a water
right or water shares, if:
(i) public discussion of the transaction would:
(A) disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under
consideration; or
(B) prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best
possible terms;
(ii) the public body previously gave public notice that the property would be
offered for sale; and
(iii) the terms of the sale are publicly disclosed before the public body
approves the sale;
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
19
f. discussion regarding deployment of security personnel, devices, or systems; and
g. investigative proceedings regarding allegations of criminal misconduct.
A closed meeting may also be held for attorney-client matters that are privileged pursuant to
Utah Code § 78B-1-137, and for other lawful purposes that satisfy the pertinent requirements
of the Utah Open and Public Meetings Act.
Closed Session started at 6:39 pm
Held in the Work Session Room
Council Members in Attendance: Council Members Dugan, Petro, Mano, Wharton,
Young and Puy.
City Staff in Attendance: Mayor Erin Mendenhall, Lindsey Nikola, Katherine Lewis,
Katie Nichols, Cindy Gust-Jenson, Jennifer Bruno, Lehua Weaver, Nick Tarbet, Ben
Luedtke, Whitney Gonzalez-Fernandez, and Cindy Lou Trishman.
Closed Session ended at 6:58 pm
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Wharton, seconded by Council Member Dugan
to enter into Closed Session for the purposes of strategy sessions to discuss
pending or reasonably imminent litigation and attorney-client matters that
are privileged pursuant to Utah Code § 78B-1-137.
AYE: Victoria Petro, Daniel Dugan, Chris Wharton, Alejandro Puy, Darin Mano, Sarah
Young
ABSENT: Ana Valdemoros
Final Result: 6 – 0 Pass
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Petro, seconded by Council Member Wharton to
exit Closed Session.
AYE: Victoria Petro, Daniel Dugan, Chris Wharton, Alejandro Puy, Darin Mano, Sarah
Young
ABSENT: Ana Valdemoros
Final Result: 6 – 0 Pass
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
20
Meeting adjourned at 6:58 pm
Minutes Approved:
_______________________________
City Council Chair
_______________________________
City Recorder
Please refer to Meeting Materials (available at www.data.slc.gov by selecting Public Body
Minutes) for supportive content including electronic recordings and comments submitted prior
to or during the meeting. Websites listed within the body of the Minutes may not remain active
indefinitely.
This document along with the digital recording constitutes the official minutes of the City
Council Work Session meeting held Tuesday, October 3, 2023 and is not intended to serve as a
full transcript. Please refer to the electronic recording for entire content pursuant to Utah Code
§52-4-203.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
21
PENDING MINUTES – NOT APPROVED
The City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, met in Work Session on Tuesday, October 10, 2023.
The following Council Members were present:
Ana Valdemoros, Victoria Petro, Daniel Dugan, Chris Wharton, Alejandro Puy, Darin Mano,
Sarah Young
Present Legislative leadership:
Cindy Gust-Jenson – Executive Director, Jennifer Bruno – Deputy Director, Lehua Weaver –
Associate Deputy Director
Present Administrative leadership:
Mayor Erin Mendenhall, Rachel Otto – Chief of Staff
Present City Staff:
Katherine Lewis – City Attorney, Cindy Lou Trishman – City Recorder, Stephanie Elliott –
Minutes & Records Clerk, Thais Stewart – Deputy City Recorder, Taylor Hill – Constituent
Liaison/Policy Analyst, Scott Corpany – Staff Assistant, Allison Rowland – Public Policy
Analyst, Andrew Johnston – Director of Homelessness Policy and Outreach, Ben Luedtke –
Senior Public Policy Analyst, Brian Fullmer – Constituent Liaison, Policy Analyst, Mary Beth
Thompson – Chief Financial Officer, Bill Wyatt – Executive Director of Airports, Ashley
Cleveland – Mayor's Senior Advisor, Tammy Hunsaker – Deputy Director of Community
Services, Diana Martinez – Senior Planner - Community & Neighborhoods, Brooke Olson –
Principal City Planner, John Anderson – Planning Manager, Tony Milner – Director of Housing
& Neighborhood Development, Heather Royall – Deputy Director Housing & Neighborhood
Development, Brady Fredrickson – Director of Airport Planning & Capital Programming, Laura
Briefer – Director of Public Utilities
The meeting was called to order at 2:23 pm
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 10, 2023
1
Work Session Items
1.Informational: Updates from the Administration ~ 2:30 p.m.
15 min.
The Council will receive information from the Administration on major items or projects
in progress. Topics may relate to major events or emergencies (if needed), services and
resources related to people experiencing homelessness, active public engagement efforts,
and projects or staffing updates from City Departments, or other items as appropriate.
Ashley Cleveland and Andrew Johnston gave the following updates:
•Arts Council called for artists to participate in City Programs
•The I-15 Environmental Impact Statement available for the public
•Community office hours and events
•Homelessness Update
◦Homeless Resource Center Utilization and Capacities
◦Resource Fair was held Friday, October 13, 2023, at Pioneer Park
◦State Request for Purchasing closed and State decision being made
◦Outreach Centers
2.Informational: Initial Discussion of Legislative Intents for
Fiscal Year 2023-24 ~ 2:45 p.m.
40 min.
The Council will hold the first of three planned briefings on its Legislative Intent
statements for Fiscal Year 2023-24. Legislative Intents are formal requests the Council
makes of the Administration that are adopted along with the annual budget. This briefing
will consist of conversations with the Administration designed to exchange any
preliminary information and feedback needed to clarify each Intent. In addition, the
Council will review and consider any staff recommendations for closing some previous
years’ intents.
Allison Rowland gave the following updates on the Legislative Intent Statement, (see
staff report, attachment number two for the full list of intents):
•Intents Adopted in the 20023-2024 Budget
•Airport Legislative Intents
◦The department was asked to submit a written plan on air quality and
transit investment
•Attorneys Office Legislative Intents
◦Pay Compensation, City Code Review
•Community and Neighborhoods Zoning Intents
◦Trips to Transit intent to expand the program
•Finance Department Intents
•Public Services Intents
•Mayors Office Intents
◦Apprenticeship Incentive Program Intents
•Public Lands Intents
•Public Services Intents
◦Hiring a new Full Time Safety and Security Manager
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 10, 2023
2
•Council Led Intents
Bill Wyatt and Brady Fredrickson presented the following regarding the Airport
Intents:
•Additional public transit bus routes to and from the airport for employees
•Free Fair Months and other incentives to get more people out of single-rider cars
•Grant for electric buses/subway system in the airport
John Larson gave the following updates on the Trips to Transit Legislative Intent:
•Only 1% of rides were not fulfilled
•Expansion to different zones and neighborhoods needs more time to review and
discuss
•Timeline to roll out to different districts was 1-2 years
•Request for funding at the next budget discussion
•Revisit in 2025 for funding
Laura Briefer gave an update regarding the water usage report was upcoming and
would be made public.
Council Members requested the following:
•Running list of the Legislative Intents that need to be addressed in the upcoming
weeks.
•Trips to Transit updates on the timeline of Intent
•Cost analysis on the Boarded Business Intent
3.Resolution: Substantial Amendments to the 2020-2024
Consolidated Plan and 2023-2024 Annual Action Plan for
Unallocated Housing Program Income Funds
~ 3:25 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about substantial amendments to the City’s five-year
2020-2024 Consolidated Plan, and one-year 2023-2024 Annual Action Plan. The
amendments to recognize the funding and eligible uses are necessary for compliance with
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) regulations of the
Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) and HOME Investment Partnership
(HOME) programs. This is a follow-up from prior Council briefings about how to use
unallocated housing program income.
Ben Luedkte, Tammy Hunsaker, Tony Milner, and Heather Royall presented
the following;
•HUD Program Income
•HUD Timeline deadlines need to be reviewed
•Restricted Funds
•Accumulated funding sources
•$6.4 million approved in the Fiscal Year 2024 Budget to go into the RDA NOFA
Project for development plus an additional $463,696.23 received
•$5.6 million for the acquisition of property for future housing development
•$250,000 for Westside Improvements
•$250,000 for Facade Program AKA Neighborhood Business Improvement
Program
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 10, 2023
3
•$10 million for RDA NOFA program
•$3 million for Housing Development around the Ballpark Area
•Council to set a date for Public Hearing, adopt a resolution and submit
amendments to HUD, at which time HUD has 30 days to approve the
amendments
4.Ordinance: Budget Amendment No.2 for Fiscal Year 2023-24
Follow-up ~ 3:45 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a follow-up briefing about Budget Amendment No.2 for the
Fiscal Year 2023-24 Budget. Budget amendments happen several times each year to
reflect adjustments to the City’s budgets, including proposed project additions and
modifications. The proposed amendment includes $24.8 million from the first issuance
of the Parks, Trails & Open Space bond for several projects, creation of a new Planning &
Design Division in the Public Lands Department, $2 million from the U.S. Treasury’s
Emergency Rental Assistance Program, and a new position to facilitate creation of
Special Assessment Areas or SAAs for business districts among other items. The
proposed amendment also includes an ordinance to amend the Annual Compensation
Plan for Non-represented Employees.
For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/SLCFY24.
Ben Luedtke and Mary Beth Thompson presented the following:
•Item A8 – one-time transfer of remaining cash balances
•Love Your Neighbor – staffing was grant-funded but is now reliant on funding
from the City Budget
•City Pay Plan needed to match other plans in the City and Intents
•Accounting change for RDA – annual fund transfer from RDA back into the Grant
Account
•Sanctioned Camping funding account transfer of $1 million from canceled
development escrow grant
•Creation of a new department and move 4 Public Land Architects and a new
Division Director
◦Tyler Murdock from Public Lands explained the need to figure out how to
compensate the individual if the position became appointed
Council Member Wharton requested a meeting to understand the need for the new
position and structural changes.
5.Ordinance: Rezone and Master Plan Amendments at
Approximately 135, 159, and 163 West Goltz Avenue and 1036
South Jefferson Street
~ 4:05 p.m
20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would amend the zoning of
properties located at 135, 159, and 163 West Goltz Avenue and 1036 South Jefferson
Street from RMF-35 (Moderate Density Multi-Family Residential District) to R-MU
(Residential Mixed Use District). This proposal would also amend the Ballpark Station
Area Master Plan Future Land Use Designations from Medium-Density Residential to
High-Density Residential Mixed Use. The proposed amendments are intended to allow
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 10, 2023
4
the property owner to accommodate several multifamily developments. Future
development plans were not submitted by the applicant at this time. Consideration may
be given to rezoning the property to another zoning district with similar characteristics.
The project is within Council District 5. Petitioner: TAG SLC, LLC
Brian Fullmer, Brooke Olson, and John Anderson presented the following:
•Ballpark Station Area Plan
•Jefferson Park Mixed Use Area vs rezone proposal
•Future Land Use Description
◦Uses and Density
•Compatibility with Adjacent Properties concerns
•Public Input – over 20 emails and several calls opposing the master plan
•Commission recommended denial of the zoning map and master plan amendments
– did not align with the area
Jordan Atkin (applicant representative TAG) spoke on the properties in the application
proposed for rezoning to a mixed-used area.
Council Member Mano expressed concern with the proposed amendment so soon
after the Master Plan was approved with unanimous support from the community.
6.Tentative Break ~ 4:25 p.m
20 min.
7.Ordinance: Rezone and Master Plan Amendment at
Approximately 1720 South and 1734 South West Temple ~ 4:45 p.m.
15 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would amend the zoning of the
properties located at 1720 South and 1734 South West Temple Street from R-1/5,000
(Single-Family Residential District) to R-MU-45 (Residential/Mixed Use District). This
proposal would also amend the Central Community Master Plan Future Land Use Map
from Low-Density Residential to Medium-Density Residential. Future development plans
were not submitted by the applicant at this time, however the applicant may consider a
medium-density residential development like the existing development to the north.
Consideration may be given to rezoning the property to another zoning district with
similar characteristics. The project is within Council District 5. Petitioner: Larsen Sequist
Brian Fullmer and Diana Martinez presented the following;
•Rezone from R-1-5,000 (Single Family Residential) to R-MU-45 (Residential
Mixed-Use)
◦Subject properties are approximately 0.48 acres
◦Property was located in the Ballpark Area but not included in the Ballpark
Plan Area
◦Under R-MU-45 zoning will require at least 20% of the lot area to
be maintained as an open space
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 10, 2023
5
Lars Sequist (applicant) gave a presentation on the reasons for the rezoning request
highlighting consistency with the adjacent zoning regulations:
•Fairly large and underutilized properties
•Other adjacent properties were not following current zoning regulations
Council Member Mano and Diana Martinez discussed the adjacent zoning laws and
regulations of building setbacks from the street.
Council Member Valdemoros entered the meeting during this discussion.
8.Informational: Housing Report from the Gardner Policy
Institute ~ 5:00 p.m.
60 min.
The Council will have a presentation and discussion with James Wood, Ivory-Boyer
Senior Fellow at the Gardner Policy Institute, on their Housing Market Report, released
in September.
James (Jim) Wood (Ivory-Boyer Senior Fellow at Gardner Policy Institute) presented
a report on housing and discussed the following:
•Current decrease in building permits issued for Residential Units in Utah
•Utah housing shortage – new households would outnumber new housing units
being built
•Housing affordability continues to prevent homeownership opportunities for many
households
•Salt Lake City's Median sales price is $522,700 and ranks 27 in the highest price
•Median Middle as Measure of Affordability
◦Median price of a home divided by the median household income
•Housing situation was not sustainable
•Best practices of local municipalities to address housing affordability
◦Land use regulations determine effectiveness
◦Preservation of affordability
◦RDA’s and Tax Increment Financing
◦Leadership and Political Will
◦Accessory Dwelling Units (ADU’s)
•Wage increases are starting to slow
•Mortgage rates remain high at 7.5% and up
•No recession in Utah
•Many sectors would see a modest slowdown in economic growth and activity over
the next 12 months
•Home building drops to 22,750 in 2023, a 24% drop. A modest recovery in 2024
Council Member Petro requested a map depicting wage growth for the City.
9.Dinner Break ~ 6:00 p.m.
30 min.
10.Ordinance: Affordable Housing Incentives Follow-up ~ 6:30 p.m.
30 min.
th
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 10, 2023
6
The Council will receive a follow-up briefing about an ordinance that would
amend various sections of Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code establishing a chapter for
zoning incentives and adding affordable housing incentives. The proposed amendments
would incentivize and reduce barriers for affordable housing. The incentives would
include administrative design review and additional building height in various zoning
districts, planned development requirement modifications, removal of the density
requirements in the RMF zoning districts, and additional dwelling types in various
zoning districts. Other sections of Title 21A – Zoning may also be amended as part of
this petition. The changes would apply Citywide. The City Council may consider
modifications to other related sections of the code as part of this proposal.
For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/AffordableHousingIncentives.
Council Member Dugan read a statement regarding concerns from the community
and residents on homeownership/wealth building as a priority of the city and other
information. (See meeting materials for the attached statement.)
Council Members and Nick Tarbet discussed the following:
•Traffic safety
•Keeping low-income housing once it passed to the next resident by deed
restrictions
•Incentivizing homeownership
•Perpetual housing
•Making moderate increases to density in neighborhoods
◦Council would like additional information on this topic forwarded to them
•Avenues and the successful and unique zoning situation and how to replicate that
throughout the city
•There was a big investment in the Budget just passed towards more compliance
Council Member Wharton thanked Council Member Dugan for bringing up the
concerns of the residents around the City.
Nick Tarbet made a statement regarding the team and their efforts in the enforcement
of affordable housing regulations and requested more appreciation towards them.
11.Resolution: Certification of Downtown Plan Written Briefing
-
The Council will receive a written briefing about certifying the Downtown Plan as the
station area plan for 13 TRAX and Frontrunner stations in the downtown area.
Certification is necessary to be in compliance with recent state law requirements for
municipalities to have station area plans for all fixed rail transit stations within their
boundaries or within a half mile of City limits.
Written briefing no discussion held.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 10, 2023
7
Standing Items
12.Report of the Chair and Vice Chair
Report of Chair and Vice Chair.
No report.
13.Report and Announcements from the Executive Director -
-
Report of the Executive Director, including a review of Council information items and
announcements. The Council may give feedback or staff direction on any item related to
City Council business, including but not limited to scheduling items.
Cindy Gust-Jenson gave the following updates:
•The Board of Canvassers will be held on Wednesday, December 6, 2023, at 4 p.m.
•Will need a majority present to vote either in Zoom or in Person
14.Tentative Closed Session -
-
The Council will consider a motion to enter into Closed Session. A closed meeting described
under Section 52-4-205 may be held for specific purposes including, but not limited to:
a. discussion of the character, professional competence, or physical or mental
health of an individual;
b. strategy sessions to discuss collective bargaining;
c. strategy sessions to discuss pending or reasonably imminent litigation;
d. strategy sessions to discuss the purchase, exchange, or lease of real property,
including any form of a water right or water shares, if public discussion of the
transaction would:
(i) disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under
consideration; or
(ii) prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best
possible terms;
e. strategy sessions to discuss the sale of real property, including any form of a water
right or water shares, if:
(i) public discussion of the transaction would:
(A) disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under
consideration; or
(B) prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best
possible terms;
(ii) the public body previously gave public notice that the property would be
offered for sale; and
(iii) the terms of the sale are publicly disclosed before the public body
approves the sale;
f. discussion regarding deployment of security personnel, devices, or systems; and
g. investigative proceedings regarding allegations of criminal misconduct.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 10, 2023
8
A closed meeting may also be held for attorney-client matters that are privileged pursuant to
Utah Code § 78B-1-137, and for other lawful purposes that satisfy the pertinent
requirements of the Utah Open and Public Meetings Act.
Meeting adjourned at 7:24 pm
Minutes Approved:
_______________________________
City Council Chair Darin Mano
_______________________________
City Recorder
Please refer to Meeting Materials (available at www.data.slc.gov by selecting Public Body
Minutes) for supportive content including electronic recordings and comments submitted prior
to or during the meeting. Websites listed within the body of the Minutes may not remain active
indefinitely.
This document along with the digital recording constitutes the official minutes of the City
Council Work Session meeting held Tuesday, October 10, 2023 and is not intended to serve as a
full transcript. Please refer to the electronic recording for entire content pursuant to Utah Code
§52-4-203.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 10, 2023
9
PENDING MINUTES – NOT APPROVED
The City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, met in Formal Session on Tuesday, October 3, 2023.
The following Council Members were present:
Ana Valdemoros, Alejandro Puy, Chris Wharton, Daniel Dugan, Darin Mano, Sarah Young,
Victoria Petro
Present Legislative Leadership:
Cindy Gust-Jenson – Executive Director, Jennifer Bruno – Deputy Director, Lehua Weaver –
Associate Deputy Director
Present Administrative Leadership:
Mayor Erin Mendenhall, Lindsey Nikola – Deputy Chief of Staff
Present City Staff:
Katherine Lewis – City Attorney, Cindy Lou Trishman – City Recorder, Brian Fullmer – Public
Policy Analyst, Sylvia Richards – Public Policy Analyst, Stephanie Elliott – Minutes & Records
Clerk, Thais Stewart – Deputy City Recorder, Isaac Canedo – Public Engagement
Communication Specialist, Taylor Hill – Constituent Liaison/Policy Analyst, Scott Corpany –
Staff Assistant, Allison Rowland – Public Policy Analyst, Ben Luedtke – Senior Public Policy
Analyst
The meeting was called to order at 7:05 pm
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
1
A.OPENING CEREMONY:
1.Council Member Sarah Young will conduct the formal meeting.
2.Pledge of Allegiance.
3.Welcome and Public Meeting Rules.
4.The Council will approve the work session meeting minutes of June 12, 2023 and
July 13, 2023, as well as the formal meeting minutes of July 11, 2023; July 13,
2023; July 18, 2023 and August 8, 2023.
Motion:
Moved by Councilmember Puy, seconded by Councilmember Valdemoros to
approve work session minutes of June 12, 2023 and July 13, 2023 as well as
the formal meeting minutes of July 11, 2023; July 13, 2023; July 18, 2023 and
August 8, 2023.
AYE: Ana Valdemoros, Alejandro Puy, Chris Wharton, Daniel Dugan, Darin Mano, Sarah
Young, Victoria Petro
Final Result: 7 – 0 Pass
5.The Council will consider adopting a joint ceremonial resolution with Mayor
Mendenhall declaring the second Monday in October as Indigenous Peoples Day
in Salt Lake City.
Council Member Young welcomed guests from the Indigenous Community and the
Council took a photo with the group.
Council Member Puy read the Resolution 26 of 2023 regarding Indigenous Peoples Day
in Salt Lake City.
Council Member Valdemoros took a point of privilege to thank the Indigenous
community for the poncho gift.
Motion:
Moved by Councilmember Petro, seconded by Councilmember Wharton to
adopt Joint Ceremonial Resolution 26 of 2023 with Mayor Mendenhall
declaring the second Monday in October as Indigenous Peoples Day in Salt
Lake City.
AYE: Ana Valdemoros, Alejandro Puy, Chris Wharton, Daniel Dugan, Darin Mano, Sarah
Young, Victoria Petro
Final Result: 7 – 0 Pass
6.The Council will consider adopting a joint ceremonial resolution with Mayor
Mendenhall declaring November as Native American Heritage Month in Salt Lake
City.
Council member Young read the Resolution 27 of 2023 declaring November as Native
American Heritage Month in Salt Lake City.
Council Member Puy took a point of privilege to thank the Indigenous Community for the
gift of the Poncho and thanked them for their presence in Salt Lake City.
Motion:
Moved by Councilmember Puy, seconded by Councilmember Wharton to
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
2
adopt Joint Ceremonial Resolution 27 of 2023 with Mayor
Mendenhall declaring November as Native American Heritage Month in Salt
Lake City.
AYE: Ana Valdemoros, Alejandro Puy, Chris Wharton, Daniel Dugan, Darin Mano, Sarah
Young, Victoria Petro
Final Result: 7 – 0 Pass
B.PUBLIC HEARINGS:
Items B1 – B3 will be heard as one public hearing.
1. Grant Application: Marathon Community Investment Grant - Fire-Swift
Water Rescue
The Council will accept public comment for a grant application request from the Fire
Department to the Marathon Community Investment Program. If awarded, the grant
would fund two Ice Suits and two Water Rescue Dry Suits.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - n/a
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 3, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a
Staff Recommendation - Close and refer to future consent
agenda.
See item B3 for minutes.
2. Grant Application: 2024 Bureau of Emergency Medical Services Allocation
Grant
The Council will accept public comment for a grant application request from the Fire
Department to the Utah Department of Health and Human Services. If awarded, the
grant would fund medical supplies for the Fire Department.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - n/a
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 3, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - n/a
Staff Recommendation - Close and refer to future consent
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
3
agenda.
See item B3 for minutes.
3. Ordinance: Budget Amendment No.2 for Fiscal Year 2023-24
The Council will accept public comment and consider an ordinance amending the final
budget of Salt Lake City, including the employment staffing document, for Fiscal Year
2023-24. The proposed amendment includes $24.8 million from the first issuance of the
Parks, Trails & Open Space bond for several projects, creation of a new Planning &
Design Division in the Public Lands Department, $2 million from the U.S. Treasury’s
Emergency Rental Assistance Program, and a new position to facilitate creation of
Special Assessment Areas or SAAs for business districts among other items. The
proposed amendment also includes an ordinance to amend the Annual Compensation
Plan for Non-Represented Employees.
For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/SLCFY24.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023 and Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 3, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
Sylvia Richards and Ben Luedtke gave a brief introduction to items B1, B2, and B3.
Janet Hemming expressed the need for the money to be used for Miller Park and the
trail restoration.
Tom Lund expressed the need to use the Capitol Improvement Plan (CIP) money to
restore the upper trail in the Miller Park area and urged the Council to review the
engineering report.
Steve Long stated the need to have the money used for its original intent and re-install
the lower trail in Miller Park.
Lisa Long expressed disregard for the safety in Miller Park and the trail needs to be
moved back to its original location next to the stream.
Kristina Robb stated the need to support the Emergency Medical Support (EMS)
members in ice and swift water rescue for the Salt Lake City Area and thanked the
Council for working through the Special Assessment Districts along the 900 South
corridor.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
4
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Dugan, seconded by Council Member Petro to
close the public hearing and refer the budget amendment and two grants to a
future date for action.
AYE: Ana Valdemoros, Alejandro Puy, Chris Wharton, Daniel Dugan, Darin Mano,
Sarah Young, Victoria Petro
Final Result: 7 – 0 Pass
4. Ordinance: Rezone and Master Plan Amendment at Approximately 1435
South State Street
The Council will accept public comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would
amend the zoning of property located at 1433 and 1435 South State Street and 1420
South Edison Street from CC (Corridor Commercial) to FB-UN2 (Form Based Urban
Neighborhood 2), amending the zoning of property located at 121 East Cleveland Avenue
from R-1/5000 (Single Family Residential) to FB-UN2 (Form Based Urban
Neighborhood 2). This proposal would also amend the Central Community Future Land
Use Map and amend Subsection 21A.27.050.C.3 of the Salt Lake City code to include
additional land area eligible for additional building height. The applicant's intent of these
amendment requests is to accommodate a redevelopment proposal to be submitted at a
later date. Consideration may be given to rezoning the property to another zoning district
with similar characteristics. The project is within Council District 5. Petitioner: Matthew
Ratelle of Colmena Group, representing the property owners. Petition No.
PLNPCM2022-01183 & PLNPCM2022-01184
For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/1435SouthStateRezone.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 5, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 3, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
Brian Fullmer gave a brief introduction to the Rezone and Master Plan Amendment.
Joe Gallegos stated concerns about the development construction not being separated
from his property, creating parking issues, and suggested parking permits.
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Puy, seconded by Council Member Valdemoros to
close the public hearing and defer action to a future Council meeting.
AYE: Ana Valdemoros, Alejandro Puy, Chris Wharton, Daniel Dugan, Darin Mano,
Sarah Young, Victoria Petro
Final Result: 7 – 0 Pass
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
5
5. Ordinance: The Anti-Gentrification and -Displacement Plan, Thriving in
Place
The Council will accept public comment and consider an ordinance that would adopt the
Thriving in Place plan as part of the City’s general plan. Thriving in Place is the City's
proposed anti-displacement and mitigation plan, developed with public engagement and
feedback from experts and community organizations.
For more information visit http://tinyurl.com/thrivinginplace.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 12, 2023 and Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 3, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 17, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
Allison Rowland introduced the “Thriving in Place” Plan regarding the Anti-
Gentrification and Displacement Plan.
Cindy Cromer thanked the Council for doing a great job with the Thriving in Place plan
and the help it will have in the community.
Todd McMullin stated the dire need to engage the community with the homeless to
create a better situation for all.
Kristina Robb thanked the Council and City for putting together a plan that will help
the community.
Jason Wessel commended the team and Council for their work on the Thriving in Place
Plan.
Monica Hilding stated their concern for the plan not having enough support to enforce
the laws and regulations.
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Dugan, seconded by Council Member
Valdemoros to close the public hearing and defer action to a later date.
AYE: Ana Valdemoros, Alejandro Puy, Chris Wharton, Daniel Dugan, Darin Mano,
Sarah Young, Victoria Petro
Final Result: 7 – 0 Pass
C.POTENTIAL ACTION ITEMS:
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
6
NONE.
D.COMMENTS:
1.Questions to the Mayor from the City Council.
Council Member Valdemoros asked Mayor Mendenhall to talk about the
development agreement that was signed regarding the “Other Side Village".
The Mayor thanked the Council for their work and stated that the Other Side Village was
moving forward.
2.Comments to the City Council. (Comments are taken on any item not scheduled
for a public hearing, as well as on any other City business. Comments are limited
to two minutes.)
Bernie Hart thanked the Council for the work being done in the City and expressed
more need for community involvement.
Kristina Robb spoke in support of the zoning changes to bring in higher-density zoning
in certain residential areas that already allow for it.
E.NEW BUSINESS:
NONE.
F.UNFINISHED BUSINESS:
1. Ordinance: Residential Parking Permit Program Amendment
The Council will consider adopting an ordinance that would amend Section 12.64.040 of
the Salt Lake City Code to allow the transportation director to waive the minimum
requirement of eight standard block faces for establishing a parking permit area. The
waiver is proposed to be limited to areas where parking impacts are created by a hospital
or medical building, a university or college building, or a TRAX station. The proposed text
changes could allow for the creation of a residential parking permit program in the
Central Ninth neighborhood. The standard process for creating a residential parking
permit area would still need to be followed including petitions, a parking study, ballot,
public hearing, and multiple public notices.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
7
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Mano, seconded by Council Member Wharton to
adopt Ordinance 51 of 2023 Residential Parking Permit Program
Amendment, amending Section 12.64.040 of Salt Lake City Code related to
criteria for the Parking Permit Program.
AYE: Ana Valdemoros, Alejandro Puy, Chris Wharton, Daniel Dugan, Darin Mano, Sarah
Young, Victoria Petro
Final Result: 7 – 0 Pass
Council Member Mano thanked Central 9 Community Council for all the hard work
to get to this point in the ordinance.
2. Ordinance: American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) Local Nonprofit Passthrough
Assistance Grant Awards
The Council will consider adopting an ordinance that would approve the disbursement of
local nonprofit passthrough assistance grant awards from the City’s American Rescue
Plan Act (ARPA) fiscal recovery funds. The grant funds would be passed through the
nonprofits to the local small businesses and artists that are the ultimate beneficiaries.
Applicants must meet eligibility and compliance standards per federal ARPA guidance.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Refer to motion sheet(s).
Council Member Petro disclosed that they were on the organizing committee for the
Suazo Business Centers’ 20th Gala and stated they are no longer with the entity and will
not be benefiting from any of these grants.
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Puy, seconded by Council Member Wharton to
adopt Ordinance 52 of 2023 approving the American Rescue Plan Act
(ARPA) Local Nonprofit Passthrough Assistance Grant Awards as shown in
the Exhibit B Funding Log.
AYE: Ana Valdemoros, Alejandro Puy, Chris Wharton, Daniel Dugan, Darin Mano,
Sarah Young, Victoria Petro
Final Result: 7 – 0 Pass
th
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
8
G.CONSENT:
1. Ordinance: Affordable Housing Incentives
The Council will set the date of Tuesday, October 17, 2023 at 7 p.m. to accept public
comment and consider adopting an ordinance amending various sections of Title 21A of
the Salt Lake City Code establishing a chapter for zoning incentives and adding
affordable housing incentives. The proposed amendments would incentivize and reduce
barriers for affordable housing. The incentives would include administrative design
review and additional building height in various zoning districts, planned development
requirement modifications, removal of the density requirements in the RMF zoning
districts, and additional dwelling types in various zoning districts. Other sections of Title
21A – Zoning may also be amended as part of this petition. The changes would apply
Citywide. The City Council may consider modifications to other related sections of the
code as part of this proposal. Petition No. PLNPCM2019-00658
For more information visit https://tinyurl.com/AffordableHousingIncentives.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023 and Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 17, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - TBD
Staff Recommendation - Set date.
2. Ordinance: Zoning Map Amendment at 1018 East 900 South
The Council will set the date of Tuesday, October 17, 2023 at 7 p.m. to accept public
comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the zoning of the
property located at 1018 East 900 South from RMF-35 (Moderate Density Multi-Family
Residential) to RMF-30 (Low-Density Multi-Family Residential). The proposed
amendments are intended to allow the property owner greater flexibility in housing types
if the property were to be redeveloped. Future development plans were not submitted by
the applicant at this time. Consideration may be given to rezoning the property to
another zoning district with similar characteristics. The project is within Council District
5. Petitioners: Tina and Evan Jenkins. Petition No.PLNPCM2022-01120
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, September 19, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
9
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 17, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 7, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Set date.
3. Ordinance: Text Amendment Related to Maximum Height in the M-1 Light
Manufacturing District
The Council will set the date of Tuesday, October 17, 2023 at 7 p.m. to accept public
comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would amend Section 21A.28.020 of
the Salt Lake City Code pertaining to maximum height in the M-1 Light Manufacturing
District. The proposed amendment would allow bulk material storage structures up to
150 feet in height to be built west of 5600 West, between 100 feet and 1000 feet south of
Interstate 80. Petitioner: The Salt Lake Garfield and Western Railway Company. Petition
No. PLNPCM2023-00282
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Hold hearing to accept public comment - Tuesday, October 17, 2023 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, November 7, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Set date.
4. Board Appointment: Cultural Core Finance Committee – Kathryn Carlisle-
Kesling
The Council will consider approving the appointment of Kathryn Carlisle-Kesling to the
Cultural Core Finance Committee for a term ending October 3, 2027.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Approve.
5. Board Appointment: Utah Performing Arts Center Agency – Helen Langan
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
10
The Council will consider approving the appointment of Helen Langan to the Utah
Performing Arts Center Agency Board for a term ending October 3, 2027.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Approve.
6. Board Appointment: Transportation Advisory Board – Josh Stewart
The Council will consider approving the appointment of Josh Stewart to the
Transportation Advisory Board for a term ending September 28, 2026.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Approve.
7. Board Reappointment: Transportation Advisory Board Reappointment: Jim
Espeland
The Council will consider approving the reappointment of Jim Espeland to the
Transportation Advisory Board for a term ending September 28, 2026.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - n/a
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Approve.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
11
8. Term Correction: Board Appointment: Planning Commission – Turner
Bitton
The Council will consider approving a term correction for the reappointment of Turner
Bitton to the Planning Commission for a term ending September 5, 2027.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - n/a
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Approve.
9. Term Correction: Board Appointment: Planning Commission – Carlos
Santos-Rivera
The Council will consider approving a term correction for the appointment of Carlos
Santos-Rivera to the Planning Commission for a term ending September 5, 2027.
FYI – Project Timeline: (subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing - n/a
Set Public Hearing Date - n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment - n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action - Tuesday, October 3, 2023
Staff Recommendation - Approve.
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Wharton, seconded by Council Member Puy to approve
the Consent agenda.
AYE: Ana Valdemoros, Alejandro Puy, Chris Wharton, Daniel Dugan, Darin Mano, Sarah
Young, Victoria Petro
Final Result: 7 – 0 Pass
H.ADJOURNMENT:
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
12
Meeting adjourned at: 7:58 pm
Minutes Approved:
_______________________________
City Council Chair Darin Mano
_______________________________
City Recorder
Please refer to Meeting Materials (available at https://data.slc.gov by selecting City Council
Meeting Information) for supportive content including electronic recordings and comments
submitted prior to or during the meeting. Websites listed within the body of the Minutes may
not remain active indefinitely.
This document along with the digital recording constitutes the official minutes of the City
Council Formal meeting held Tuesday, October 3, 2023 and is not intended to serve as a full
transcript. Please refer to the electronic recording for entire content pursuant to Utah Code §52-
4-203.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday, October 3, 2023
13
JOINT RESOLUTION DECLARING
WORLD AIDS DAY 2023 IN SALT LAKE CITY
WHEREAS, according to estimates from the Joint United Nations Program on HIV/AIDS, there
are now more than 39 million people throughout the world living with human
immunodeficiency virus (HIV); of these, 51% are women and girls; 1.5 million are
children; 1.3 million new infections occurred among adults and children in 2023
alone; and
WHEREAS, in Utah, HIV incidence has not seen a significant decrease in new HIV infections
when other metropolitan areas have; and
WHEREAS, in Utah, the rate of new HIV diagnoses with stage 3 infections has not decreased in
the last five years; and
WHEREAS, up to 85 percent of people living with HIV in Utah reside along the Wasatch Front;
and
WHEREAS, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has found that HIV-related
stigma has a significant negative impact on people living with HIV, increases new
infections, and delays people seeking testing for HIV; and
WHEREAS, stigma, shame, and fear make people less likely to discuss their sexual health with
doctors and often lead to delays in seeking testing or treatment for sexually
transmitted infections and HIV, which can have serious long-term health
consequences; and
WHEREAS, people with HIV who take HIV medicine as prescribed maintain and keep an
undetectable viral load, can live long and healthy lives, and will not transmit HIV
to an HIV-negative partner; and
WHEREAS, pre-exposure prophylaxis (PrEP), a daily regimen of two oral antiretroviral drugs
in a single pill, has proven to be highly effective in preventing HIV infection for
individuals at high risk, reducing the risk of acquiring HIV from sex by about 99
percent; and
WHEREAS, Salt Lake City supports the efforts of the Utah AIDS Foundation in its mission to
provide support to people living with HIV/AIDS and prevention services for those
at risk for HIV. Salt Lake City also supports the important work of the Salt Lake
County Health Department Sexually Transmitted Disease (STD) Clinic, which
provides testing for HIV at no cost; and
WHEREAS, the elimination of stigma in Utah will lead to better physical and mental health
outcomes for people living with HIV, increased HIV disclosure, increased HIV
testing and decreased HIV infections; and
WHEREAS, World AIDS Day was established in 1988 and is observed each year on December 1
to provide an opportunity for individuals and communities to take action and help
educate for HIV/AIDS prevention, treatment, and care; and
WHEREAS, Salt Lake City has joined other cities around the world in an effort to increase
awareness, reduce stigma, provide education about HIV/AIDS and demonstrate
compassion for those affected by HIV.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED
the Salt Lake City Council and Mayor of Salt Lake City hereby recognize December
1, 2023, as World AIDS Day in Salt Lake City and encourage all residents to unite
together in the fight against HIV/AIDS, reduce the stigma of HIV/AIDS, and
support those who are living with or have been affected by HIV/AIDS.
BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED
Salt Lake City urges the FDA to rescind its recommendation that blood donation
centers turn away donors in the LGBTQ community based solely on sexual history
since, according to the CDC, all blood for transfusion is tested for evidence of
certain infectious disease pathogens such as HIV.
Adopted this _____ day of November 2023
__________________________ _____________________________
Erin Mendenhall Darin Mano, Chair
Salt Lake City Mayor Salt Lake City Council Member, District Five
__________________________ ____________________________
Victoria Petro, Vice Chair Alejandro Puy
Salt Lake City Council Member, District One Salt Lake City Council Member, District Two
______________________________ ________________________________
Chris Wharton Ana Valdemoros
Salt Lake City Council Member, District Three Salt Lake City Council Member, District Four
__________________________ _____________________________
Dan Dugan Sarah Young
Salt Lake City Council Member, District Six Salt Lake City Council Member, District Seven
Item B1
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: Subdivision Code Amendments
PLNPCM2023-00494
MOTION 1 (close and defer)
I move that the Council close the public hearing and defer action to a future Council meeting.
MOTION 2 (continue hearing)
I move that the Council continue the public hearing to a future Council meeting.
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM:Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: Subdivision Code Amendments
PLNPCM2023-00494
BRIEFING UPDATE
The City Planning Director briefed the Council on proposed changes to City code related to subdivisions.
These changes are intended to streamline the process and would bring the City into uniformity with State
code changes, and include the following:
•Reorganizes City code into a more logical order,
•Updates application requirements,
•Minor modifications of design standards to align with City goals and master plans,
•Changes or eliminates outdated standards,
•Clarifies existing regulations.
Changes made by the Utah State Legislature this year set “shot clocks” mandating review timelines and
processes for some subdivisions. These include:
•Applications must be reviewed for completeness within 15 days of submission,
•No more than four review cycles, each of which must be completed within 20 days,
•After the fourth review, the City must accept the proposal,
•Once the application complies with all standards, a subdivision must be approved.
Planning discussed the City process for subdivision approval. It was noted that a public hearing is not a
required step in the process. The Planning Commission reviewed a total of 119 subdivision applications in
2022. Requiring a public hearing would result in a 46% increase in the Planning Commission’s workload.
In response to a Council Member question, Planning said state law does not allow the City to request that
Salt Lake County withhold recording subdivisions until provided notice they were approved by the City.
Item Schedule:
Briefing: November 7, 2023
Set Date: November 7, 2023
Public Hearing: November 14, 2023
Potential Action: December 5, 2023
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
Date Received: _________________ ________________________
Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: October 17, 2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
__________________________
SUBJECT: Subdivision Code Amendments (petition PLNPCM2023-00494)
STAFF CONTACT: Nick Norris, Planning Director at nick.norris@slcgov.com or 801-535-6173
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: The Planning Commission adopted a motion that recommends that
the City Council adopt the proposed amendment.
BUDGET IMPACT: None
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: This proposal is an update to the city’s subdivision code. The
subdivision code establishes regulations related to the division of land, how lots and parcels can
be altered and combined, and how streets are dedicated. A subdivision is a technical type of
review that results in the layout of lots, the location of streets, and the construction of public
improvements. A public improvement is any sort of public infrastructure that is required to be
built as part of a subdivision of land. This includes streets, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, water and
sewer lines, storm drains, street lighting, and street trees. These are all installed and paid for by
the subdivider and turned over, or dedicated, to the city once the improvements are completed.
Under Utah Law, subdivisions are required to be approved if adopted standards are complied
with. The proposed subdivision chapter establishes the standards either directly in the code or by
adopting construction standards by reference. The code includes a long list of information that
must be shown on a plat, in public improvement construction agreements, or in supplementary
documents that are the responsibility of the applicant to provide. The city departments use this
information to determine if standards are complied with.
rachel otto (Oct 17, 2023 11:37 MDT)10/17/2023
10/17/2023
This proposal replaces the existing subdivision code in Chapter 20 of the City Code of Ordinances.
Most of the requirements are in the existing code, but the chapter is being reorganized so the
changes are shown as new. The proposed code is in Attachment A. The version in attachment A
is the legislative version that is prepared for the city council. The version that was presented to
the commission and the public included footnotes that indicate sections that are new and changes
that have been made based on the review done by various city departments. A link to that version
can be found in attachment C.
The proposed code is organized into the following sections:
• 20.02: Title, Authority, Purpose, and Applicability
o This establishes the legal purpose for the chapter, why the city has adopted the
regulations, and how the regulations apply.
• 20.04 Decision Making Bodies
o This describes the roles and powers of the different city departments and
individuals who are involved in any of the processes identified within the chapter.
• 20.10 Application Requirements
o This is a list of all the items that an applicant must submit for the specific type of
application.
• 20.12 Public Improvement Requirements and Agreements
o This chapter identifies all the public improvements (streets, curbs, gutters,
sidewalks, utilities, trees, and other infrastructure) that are necessary to serve the
subdivision. It also outlines the agreements between the city and the developer
installing the infrastructure to ensure it is installed according to adopted
standards.
• 20.14 Public Hearing and Notice Requirements
o This chapter identifies the noticing requirements for each type of application and
the way applications are approved. Please note, that public hearings are only
required if the Utah Code requires a public hearing or if the application includes a
planned development (or other zoning application) that requires a public hearing.
• 20.16 Preliminary and Final Plats
o This outlines the process for reviewing and approving subdivisions. It is typically
a two-step process, one process for preliminary plats and one process for final
plats. The state code mandates a certain number of review cycles for subdivision
improvement plans, which in Salt Lake City occurs during the final plat process.
• 20.18 Lot and Parcel Line Adjustments
o This outlines the process for reviewing and approving changes to a property line.
• 20.20 Lot and Parcel Consolidations
o This outlines the process for combining adjoining properties.
• 20.22 Street Dedication Plats
o This is a rarely used process for creating new streets when a subdivision plat is not
otherwise required.
• 20.26 Subdivision Standards
o This is a list of standards that must be included and implemented by the applicant.
• 20.30 Appeals
o The appeals chapter outlines the process for appealing a final decision related to a
subdivision application.
• 20.40 Enforcement
o Establishes the process for enforcing violations of the subdivision chapter.
• 20.50 Definitions
o The definitions are used to administer and interpret the subdivision code.
The Planning Commission held a briefing on August 23, 2023, and a public hearing on October
11, 2023. After the public hearing, the Planning Commission approved a motion that
recommended that the city council adopt the proposal. The motion included giving planning staff
the ability to modify some sections of the code prior to transmitting the proposal to the council.
Those modifications included clarifying how specific regulations in the subdivision code that
refer to other zoning districts apply. After the staff report was published, a few sections of the
code that reference specific categories of zoning districts did not include all zoning districts. The
modifications included:
• Clarifying that any reference to an underlying zoning district also included any
underlying overlay district; and
• Clarifying which sidewalk widths apply to which types of zoning districts (these are
existing standards but did not include references to all zoning districts which would have
resulted in sidewalks not being required).
These changes have been made to the version of the ordinance attached to this transmittal.
PUBLIC PROCESS: This proposal is subject to the required 45-day public input period
required by City Code 2.60 because it is a code amendment that impacts the process for someone
to obtain a permit or license (subdivision application approval). The 45-day public input process
started on August 8, 2023, and ended on September 22, 2023. All registered, recognized
organizations receive an email notice of the proposal, the public input period, a summary of the
proposal, and instructions regarding how to access project-specific information on the Planning
Division website. In addition, the same information was emailed to the Planning Division’s
email list which contains email addresses for people, businesses, and organizations that have
requested to receive information regarding land use and zoning applications.
The Planning Commission held a briefing on the proposed changes on August 23, 2023. The
briefing was a public meeting, open to the public, and broadcast on SLCTV and on the city’s
YouTube live channel. The briefing was advertised by posting the agenda as required by the
Utah State Code and City Code and emailed to those on the Planning Division email list.
The Planning Commission held a public hearing on October 11, 2023. The public hearing was
posted as required by the Utah State Code and City Code. Utah State Code 10-9a-602 requires
specific noticing requirements for adopting amendments to the city’s subdivision code. The
specific noticing requirements are identified as a class B Notice. A class B notice for a city the
size of Salt Lake City requires the following for noticing the first public hearing on a text
amendment:
• Posting a notice on the Utah Public Notice Website;
• Posting a notice on the city’s website;
• Posting a notice in a public location within the city that is reasonably likely to be seen by
residents of the municipality. To comply with this requirement, notice was posted within
three city libraries: the Main Library, Anderson Branch, and Glendale Branch.
One written comment was submitted prior to the Planning Commission Public Hearing. That
written comment was submitted 15 minutes before the start of the public hearing. It was not
included in the staff report for the commission due to the date and time it was submitted, but it
was provided to the commissioners and summarized by staff during the presentation of the
proposal.
Planning Commission Briefing Records
a) PC Agenda of August 23, 2023 (Click to Access)
b) PC Minutes of August 23, 2023 (Click to Access)
c) Planning Commission Staff Report for August 23, 2023 (Click to Access Report)
Planning Commission Public Hearing Records
a) PC Agenda of October 11, 2023 (Click to Access)
b) PC Minutes of October 11, 2023 (Due to the time frame required by Utah Code for
adoption, this link is to the general PC agenda page. For minutes, follow the link and
scroll down to the October 11, 2023 page. The minutes were not available at time of
transmittal)
c) Planning Commission Staff Report for October 11, 2023 (Click to Access Report)
EXHIBITS:
1) Chronology
2) Notice of City Council Public Hearing
3) Original Petition
4) Public Comment Received After Publishing of PC Staff Report
1. Chronology
June 20, 2023 Petition initiated by Mayor Erin Mendenhall.
June 22, 2023 Petition routed to city departments for review.
.
July 17, 2023 Department review comments due.
August 8, 2023 45-day public input period started.
August 23, 2023 Planning Commission briefing held.
September 22, 2023 45-day public input period ended.
September 28, 2023 Public Notice for planning commission public hearing sent and
posted.
October 11, 2023 Planning Commission public hearing held.
2. City Council Public Hearing Notice
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING
The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2023-00494 Subdivision Code
Updates. The changes are necessary to bring the city's subdivision regulations into compliance
with recent state code changes that require cities to update their codes by February 1, 2024.
This proposal reorganizes the subdivision regulations, updates application requirements, makes
minor changes to subdivision approval processes, updates the standards for approval for
dividing land and modifying lots and parcels, updates the subdivision standards to align with
city goals identified in the city's general plan, and makes changes necessary to align with state
code mandates for review times and review processes.
As part of their study, the City Council is holding an advertised public hearing to receive
comments regarding the petition. During the hearing, anyone desiring to address the City
Council concerning this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The Council may consider
adopting the ordinance the same night of the public hearing.
DATE: October 17, 2023, at 7:00 PM
PLACE: Electronic and in-person options.
451 South State Street, Roon 326, Salt Lake City, Utah
** This meeting will be held via electronic means, while also providing an in-person
opportunity to attend or participate in the hearing at the City and County Building, located at
451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah. For more information, including Zoom
connection information, please visit www.slc.gov/council/virtual-meetings. Comments may also
be provided by calling the 24-hour comment line at (801) 535-7654 or sending an email to
council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments received through any source are shared with the
Council and added to the public record.
If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please call
Nick Norris at 801-535-6173 between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through
Friday, or via e-mail at nick.norris@slcgov.com. The application details can be accessed at
https://citizenportal.slcgov.com/, by selecting the “planning” tab and entering the petition
number PLNPCM2023-00494.
The City & County Building is an accessible facility. People with disabilities may make
requests for reasonable accommodation, which may include alternate formats, interpreters, and
other auxiliary aids and services. Please make requests at least two business days in advance. To
make a request, please contact the City Council Office at council.comments@slcgov.com, 801-
535-7600, or relay service 711.
3. Original Petition
4. Public Comment Received After Publishing PC Staff Report
SHCC Letter to PC Subdivision Text Amendments www.sugarhousecouncil.org 1
October 11, 2023
TO: Salt Lake City Planning Commission
FROM: Judi Short, Vice Chair and Land Use Chair
Sugar House Community Council
RE: PLNPCM2023-00494Text Amendment Subdivision Code
The Subdivision Code Revision was necessitated by changes in Utah State Code and Salt Lake City is using this
opportunity to enact further revisions.
There are some proposed changes that are concerning, such as:
1. Proposed subdivisions, lot line, or parcel lot line adjustments and consolidations are deemed to be
administrative processes to be decided by the Planning Director or designee. While changing more and more
processes formerly requiring some form of public input into administrative decisions does cut down on the time
and effort by the Planning Commission, it removes valuable public oversight. It is a dangerous precedent and
can lead to outcomes that are sometimes contrary to the intent of zoning such as that promoting a more
pedestrian friendly environment. For example, the recent decision by the Planning Director for the sidewalk
widths in the 2157 S Lincoln project shows why this is a bad idea. The disregard for the hard-fought for new
sidewalk widths in the new zoning was extremely discouraging and disappointing to those who worked so hard
to try to make SLC more walkable.
2. There are no public hearings required for proposed subdivisions, lot line or parcel line adjustments or
consolidations. While this is current practice and “public notice " is required, which is entirely inadequate, and
"public input " is allowed, this is not enough public oversight for people who live in the neighborhood. We
should want more public engagement not less.
3. State mandated review times mean some projects will " go to the head of the line ". While this is probably
unavoidable, it is nonetheless not an optimal situation.
We ask that you approve this text amendment after the text is modified as described above.
1
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. _____ of 202_
(An ordinance repealing and replacing all text, tables, and illustrations in Title 20
of the Salt Lake City Code pertaining to subdivisions and condominiums)
An ordinance repealing and replacing all text, tables, and illustrations in Title 20 of the
Salt Lake City Code pertaining to the regulation of subdivisions and condominiums pursuant to
Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00494.
WHEREAS, on October 11, 2023, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission (“Planning
Commission”) held a public hearing to consider a petition submitted by Mayor Erin Mendenhall
(Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00494) to repeal and replace all of the text, tables, and illustrations
in Title 20 of the Salt Lake City Code pertaining to subdivisions and condominiums; and
WHEREAS, at its October 11, 2023 meeting, the Planning Commission voted in favor of
transmitting a positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) on said
petition; and
WHEREAS, after a public hearing on this matter the City Council has determined that
adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. Repealing and replacing the text, tables, and illustrations of Salt Lake City
Code Title 20. That Title 20 of the Salt Lake City Code (Subdivisions and Condominiums) as it
appears up to the time of adoption and publication of this ordinance, including all text, tables,
and illustrations, is hereby repealed in its entirety and is hereby replaced with the following text,
tables, and illustrations:
2
TITLE 20
SUBDIVISIONS
Title, Authority, Purpose, and Applicability 20.02
Decision Making Bodies 20.04
Application Requirements 20.10
Public Improvement Requirements and Agreements 20.12
Public Hearing and Notice Requirements 20.14
Preliminary and Final Plats 20.16
Lot and Parcel Line Adjustments 20.18
Lot and Parcel Consolidations 20.20
Street Dedication Plats 20.22
Subdivision Standards 20.26
Appeals 20.30
Enforcement 20.40
Definitions 20.50
CHAPTER 20.02
TITLE, PURPOSE, AUTHORITY, AND APPLICABILITY
20.02.010: TITLE:
This title shall be known and cited as TITLE 20, SUBDIVISIONS ORDINANCE OF SALT
LAKE CITY, UTAH.
20.02.020: AUTHORITY:
This title is enacted pursuant to Chapter 10-9a and Title 57 of the Utah Code, or their
successors. This title is further enacted as an implementation element of the adopted Salt
Lake City general plan and the components of the adopted general plan for Salt Lake City.
20.02.030: PURPOSE:
The purpose of this title, and any rules, regulations and specifications hereafter adopted, is to
regulate the subdivision of land, condominiums, and adjustments to and consolidations of
lots and parcels, within Salt Lake City to:
A. Acknowledge property ownership rights;
B. Preserve and enhance the health, safety, welfare, and amenities of the community; and
C. Implement the adopted general plan.
3
20.02.040: APPLICABILITY:
This title shall apply to all properties in the city where the owner of the property or
authorized agent of the property intends to:
A. Divide land within the city.
B. Amend or modify any existing subdivision within the city.
C. Create, modify, or dissolve any condominium within the city.
D. Modify any property line between adjacent properties.
E. Consolidate any number of existing lots or parcels with other lots or parcels.
F. Exceptions: This title is not applicable to properties owned by the federal government or
State of Utah or other entity that is exempt from local land use regulations applicable to
subdividing, amending, modifying, or consolidating land.
20.02.040: INTERPRETATION:
The regulations contained in this title shall be interpreted and applied in accordance with the
following rules:
A. Minimum Requirements: All regulations shall be construed as the minimum requirements
necessary to promote the public health, safety, morals, convenience, order, prosperity,
and welfare of the present and future inhabitants of the city.
B. Relationship to Easements, Covenants and Other Agreements: The provisions of this title
are not intended to interfere with, abrogate or require enforcement by the city of any
legally enforceable easements, covenants, or other agreements between private parties
that may restrict the use of land or dimensions of structures more than the provisions of
this title. When the regulations of this title impose greater restrictions than are imposed
by such easements, covenants, or other agreements between parties, or than are required
by laws or other applicable ordinances, the provisions of this title shall control.
C. Number: A word importing the singular number may be applied to plural persons and
things. The use of the plural number shall include any single person or thing.
D. Tense: The present tense of a word includes the future tense as well.
E. Shall, May: The word “shall” is mandatory; the word “may” is permissive.
F. Computation of Time: The time within which an act is to be done shall be computed by
excluding the first and including the last day. If the last day is a Saturday, Sunday or legal
4
holiday recognized by the city, that day shall be excluded. Deadlines shall be interpreted
to be 11:59 p.m. on the date listed.
G. Year: The word “year” shall mean any consecutive 12 month period unless otherwise
indicated.
H. The numbered sections of this title shall be referred to as follows:
1. Title shall be the first two numbers followed by a decimal point.
2. Chapter refers to the two numbers that follow the first decimal point.
3. Section refers to the three numbers that follow the chapter numbers and separated
from the chapter with a decimal point.
I. Conflicts with State or Federal Code: Whenever this code conflicts with a state or federal
requirement, the state or federal requirement shall take precedence.
J. Any reference to an underlying zoning district shall also include any applicable overlay
zoning district identified in Title 21A.
20.02.050: AMENDMENTS TO TITLE:
Any amendment to this title shall follow the requirements of Utah Code Section 10-9a Part 6,
the requirements of Chapter 2.60 and the noticing requirements in this title for public
hearings.
CHAPTER 20.04
DECISION MAKING BODIES
SECTION:
20.04.010: Summary of Authority
20.04.020: City Council
20.04.030: Mayor
20.04.040: Planning Commission
20.04.050: Other City Officials
20.04.010: SUMMARY OF AUTHORITY:
The entities described in this chapter, without limitation upon such authority as each may
possess by law, have responsibility for implementing and administering this title in the
manner described hereto.
5
20.04.020: CITY COUNCIL:
The city council shall have the authority for the following actions described in this title,
subject to the processes, standards, and factors identified hereto:
A. Initiating amendments to the text of this title.
B. Final approval of amendments to the text of this title.
C. Final decision authority for subdivision amendments involving closure, vacation (in
whole or in part), alteration, amendment, or dedication of public right of way or public
easements.
20.04.030: MAYOR:
The mayor, or the mayor’s designee, shall have the authority for the following action
described in this title, subject to the processes, standards, and factors identified hereto:
A. Initiating amendments to the text of this title.
B. Final approval of final subdivision plats or other recordable instruments evidencing any
action under this title.
C. Acceptance of lands and public improvements that may be proposed for dedication.
20.04.040: PLANNING COMMISSION:
The planning commission, or designee, shall have the authority for the following actions
described in this title, subject to the processes, standards, and factors identified hereto:
A. Initiate amendments to the text of this title.
B. Recommend amendments to the text of this title to the city council.
C. Provide a recommendation to the city council on subdivision amendments where the city
council has final authority to decide on a proposed amendment.
D. Final approval authority on applications required by this title that specify the planning
commission is the approval authority, when the planning director defers final authority to
the planning commission, or when associated with a planned development as defined in
Title 21A.
6
20.04.050: OTHER CITY OFFICIALS:
This title shall be administered by city staff as indicated in this section. The specific position
listed may designate another employee to fulfill the roles and authority granted within this
chapter. Each city position, when specifically authorized by this title, shall have the authority
to administer and interpret this title as indicated in the various chapters found within this title
and as listed in this section.
A. City Attorney: The city attorney shall be responsible for reporting to the mayor as to the
form of the final plat or other recordable instruments evidencing any action under this
title. The city attorney shall certify that any lands dedicated to the public are dedicated in
fee simple and that the person or persons subdividing and dedicating the land are the
owners of record.
B. City Engineer: The city engineer shall coordinate final approval authority over all
subdivision improvement plans with other city departments, inspect all public
improvements in coordination with the director of public utilities, administer any
assurance devices related to the installation of public infrastructure, and enforce the
provisions of this title as the subdivision is developed.
C. Director of Public Utilities: The public utility director shall have final approval authority
over all subdivision improvement plans involving utility infrastructure administered by
the department, inspect all public utility installations in coordination with the city
engineer, administer any agreements between a subdivider and the city related to the
department, and enforce the provisions of this title related to public utilities as needed.
D. Planning Director: The planning director has the responsibility to process and decide any
application required by this title. The planning director shall also interpret this title as it is
administered.
E. Building Official: the building official has the authority to review applications related to
condominiums as provided in this title.
F. Transportation Director: the transportation director has the authority as indicated in this
title.
G. Any of the above city officials may seek advice, input, and recommendations from other
city personnel not listed in this section at their discretion to ensure compliance with this
title.
CHAPTER 20.10
APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
20.10.010: Application Required
20.10.020: Fees
20.10.030: Complete Application
7
20.10.040: Submittal Requirements for Preliminary Subdivision Applications
20.10.050: Submittal Requirements for Final Plats and Other Recordable Instruments
20.10.060: Submittal Requirements for Lot and Parcel Line Adjustments
20.10.070: Submittal Requirements for Lot and Parcel Consolidations
20.10.080: Submittal Requirements for Street Dedication Plats
20.10.010: APPLICATION REQUIRED:
Any proposal that is authorized by this title is required to submit an application, provided by
the zoning administrator, to the city. The application shall include all information required
by this title.
20.10.020: FEES:
The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees shown on the Salt Lake City
consolidated fee schedule. The subdivider shall also be responsible for payment of all fees
established for providing the public notice required by this title, in accordance with the
consolidated fee schedule, including costs of mailing, preparation of mailing labels and all
other costs relating to notification. Plan review fees required for public utility requirements
and any public improvements shall be required to pay a separate fee when the fee is listed on
the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule.
20.10.030: COMPLETE APPLICATION:
An application required under this title will be considered complete when a completed
application form is submitted, all submittal requirements have been provided, and all
required fees paid. An application will not be processed until it is complete as required in
this section. A substantive review of a complete application will start after the application is
considered complete. The substantive review may identify missing or incorrect information
necessary to verify compliance with the requirements of this title. The applicant shall be
responsible for responding to requests for missing and to correct information as necessary for
the city to verify compliance with the requirements of this title.
A. Subdivisions that include single family, two family, and single family attached uses: A
subdivision that includes single family, two family, or single family attached uses shall
be reviewed for completeness as specific in Utah Code Section10-9a-604.2 or its
successor.
B. All other subdivisions: All other subdivisions shall be reviewed for completeness within
30 days of the subdivider submitting the application and paying the required fees.
C. Incomplete Applications: It shall be the responsibility of the subdivider to ensure that all
applications are completed in full, include all submittal requirements required by this
section, and pay all required applications fees. A subdivider who fails to provide all the
required information that is necessary to start a comprehensive, substantive review of the
8
application will be provided with one written notice of missing submittal requirements.
The notice shall itemize each item that is missing, including the citation from this code
and provide a deadline of 30 days to provide the missing information. A subdivider that
fails to submit the information or that fails to negotiate a different deadline to submit the
information, may be considered withdrawn and closed.
20.10.040: SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PRELIMINARY SUBDIVISIONS:
An application for a preliminary subdivision shall include all information listed in this
section. The preliminary subdivision application is required for all new subdivisions,
subdivision amendments, and condominiums, including new condominiums, conversions of
existing buildings to condominiums, and modifications to an existing condominium.
A. Required forms as provided by the planning director;
B. All applicable fees;
C. The name and address of the subdivider, if different than the recorded owner, there shall
be a statement from the recorded owner authorizing the subdivider to act on the owner’s
behalf;
D. The name, address, phone number, email, of the person and organization preparing the
subdivision documents;
E. A preliminary plat map that includes:
1. A name that is not a duplicate of any other subdivision in the city or county. Plat
maps that are amending an existing subdivision shall include in the name of the
original subdivision with the term “amendment” and a number indicating the next
number of amendment that is proposed. Example: “Subdivision X, Amendment 1” or
“Subdivision X, Amending Lot Y”;
2. The names and addresses of the record of owner or owners. Each name shall match
with the names that appear on the title report for the property;
3. The date the preliminary plat map was prepared;
4. A written and graphic scale that is adequate to be able to determine compliance with
all applicable subdivision and zoning standards;
5. A description that defines the location and boundaries of the proposed subdivision;
6. The location, names, and existing widths and grades of adjacent streets;
7. The location, name, widths, and grades of all proposed streets. All street names must
be approved by Salt Lake County prior to preliminary plat application being
submitted. If a street is a numbered road, such as 100 South Street, it must be
approved by the city engineer. To receive a name, a private street must be labeled as
such on the plat. A street name will not be provided for cross access easements;
8. The names of adjacent subdivisions and the names of owners of adjacent land that is
not within a recorded subdivision;
9
9. Elevation contours at one-foot intervals, for predominant ground slopes within the
subdivision between level and 5%, and five-foot contours for predominant ground
slopes within the subdivisions over 5%. Such contours shall be based on the Salt Lake
City datum. The elevation shall reference an existing benchmark or street monument
set by the surveyor provided the elevation is provided and it is consistent with the
vertical datum designation shown;
10. A statement about the present zoning and proposed use of the property;
11. Any proposed public areas;
12. Any proposed lands to be retained in private ownership for common use by the
owners of property within the subdivision. When a subdivision contains such lands,
the subdivider shall submit, with the preliminary plat, the name, and articles of
incorporation of the owner or organization empowered to own, maintain, and pay
taxes on such lands;
13. The approximate radius of each curve;
14. The approximate layout and dimensions of each lot;
15. The area of each lot in square feet;
16. A statement of the water source;
17. A statement of provisions for sewerage and sewage disposal;
18. All required or needed major storm drain facilities. This may be provided in public
improvement plans submitted with a final plat;
19. Any existing or proposed dedications, easements, and deed restrictions;
20. If the development contains lots that are units, the boundaries of such units shall be
shown on the preliminary plat;
21. A slope classification map that indicates slopes more than 30% (three feet of rise for
every ten horizontal feet) demarcated with a cross hatch and labeled as undevelopable
when located in a foothill zoning district;
22. Any required setback or no build area from any water body when required by the
adopted general plan or Title 21A Zoning;
23. The area of all blocks within the subdivision;
24. Demonstrate that the subdivision complies with all applicable subdivision design
standards found in Chapter 20.26 Subdivision Standards and any requests for a
modification to a subdivision design standard;
25. Identification of any adjacent parcels or lots that abut the subdivision, including
providing parcel or lot boundaries, tax identification numbers, and addresses; and
26. Identification of any special flood hazard areas subject to inundation by the 1%
annual chance (100 Year) flood based on the most recent FEMA FIRM panel.
F. Supplementary documents that include:
1. A grading plan, showing by appropriate graphic means the proposed grading of the
subdivision including existing and proposed contours and finished floor elevations of
all buildings;
2. The approximate location of all isolated trees with a trunk diameter of four inches or
greater, within the boundaries of the subdivision, and the outlines of wooded areas;
10
3. The approximate boundaries of areas subject to inundation or stormwater overflow,
and the location, width, and direction of flow of all watercourses. This may be
provided in public improvement plans submitted with a final plat;
4. The approximate widths, locations, and uses of all existing or proposed easements for
drainage, sewerage, and public utilities;
5. The existing use or uses of the property, and the outline of any existing buildings and
their locations in relation to existing or proposed street and lot lines, drawn to scale;
6. The locations, names, widths, approximate grades and a typical cross section of curbs,
gutters, sidewalks and other improvements of the proposed street and access
easements, including proposed locations of all underground utilities. This may be
provided in public improvement plans submitted with a final plat;
7. The location of any of the foregoing improvements which may require to be
constructed beyond the boundaries of the subdivision shall be shown on the
subdivision plat or on the vicinity map as appropriate. This may be provided in public
improvement plans submitted with a final plat;
8. A phase one environmental site assessment report to identify the presence of any
harmful, dangerous, or hazardous material or pollutant that may be present on any
land within a subdivision that is intended to be dedicated to the public. This is not
required if there is no land dedication within the boundaries of the subdivision; and
9. If the subdivision includes slopes over 30% or is in a fault rupture zone, a preliminary
geotechnical report prepared by a civil engineer specializing in soil mechanics and
registered by the State of Utah, based upon adequate test borings or excavations shall
be submitted. If the preliminary soil report indicates the presence of critically
expansive soils, or other soil problems which, if not corrected, would lead to
structural defects, a soil investigation of each lot in the subdivision may be required.
The soil investigation shall recommend corrective action intended to prevent
structural damage. This may be required to be submitted after the application is
considered complete as part of the substantive review of the application or as a
condition of preliminary approval;
G. If the preliminary plat map is for a condominium, the following information must be
provided:
1. A condominium declaration and plat that complies with applicable Utah Code
Chapter 57-8 Condominium Ownership Act or its successor. The declaration shall
also include:
a. A statement that the homeowners’ association may regulate, limit, or prohibit
rentals of condominium units;
b. A statement that the homeowners’ association may require the rental of
condominium units to be conducted through the homeowners’ association or a
designated management company, and may require that all lease agreements be
reviewed and approved by the homeowners’ association or the management
company, that any tenants be screened and approved by the homeowners’
association or the management company prior to renting the condominium, and
11
that the approval of the homeowners’ association or the management company
shall not be unreasonably withheld;
c. A statement that prior to renting any condominium unit, the condominium owner
and the tenant shall execute a written lease agreement which shall include the
following provisions:
(1) The tenant shall agree to comply with all the terms and conditions of the
condominium declaration and bylaws;
(2) The tenant shall agree not to allow or commit any nuisance, waste, unlawful
or illegal act upon the premises; and
(3) The owner and the tenant shall acknowledge that the homeowners’ association
is an intended third-party beneficiary of the lease agreement, that the
homeowners’ association shall have the right to enforce compliance with the
condominium declaration and bylaws and to abate any nuisance, waste,
unlawful or illegal activity upon the premises; and that the homeowners’
association shall be entitled to exercise all the owner’s rights and remedies
under the lease agreement to do so;
d. A statement requiring that prior to a tenant’s occupancy of a condominium unit,
the condominium owner must provide to the homeowners’ association the name,
address and telephone number of the tenant and a copy of the written lease
agreement;
e. A statement that the homeowners’ association shall have the right and the
obligation to enforce compliance with the condominium declaration and bylaws
against any owner and/or occupant of any condominium unit and shall have all
rights and remedies available under state or local law, in addition to its rights and
remedies as a third-party beneficiary under any lease agreement, to enforce such
compliance;
f. A statement that the maintenance of the shared utilities and other shared
infrastructure is the responsibility of the homeowner’s association; and
g. Each condominium unit must be identified by a number in numerical order;
2. If the proposed condominium is converting an existing building, the following
additional info is required:
a. A property report must be prepared consistent with the requirements of Section
18.32.050 of this code (adopted building code appendix; nonconforming building
conversion), and submitted as part of the application, together with a plan for
proposed improvements, renovations, or repairs to existing structures/facility;
b. Proof of notice to occupants shall be required before final approval. The notice
shall include the estimated purchase price of the units, and information regarding
proposed improvements. The notice shall describe any financing packages or
economic incentives being offered to tenants to assist in unit purchase. The notice
shall also include a date occupants must vacate or purchase, said date shall be no
earlier than 90 days after service of the notice. Relocation information for the
tenants, specifying available housing relocation resource agencies, and a plan of
12
any services to be voluntarily provided by the owner/developer, shall be included
in the notice; and
c. The preliminary plat map shall include all information required by Utah Code
Section 57-8-13 or its successor; and
H. If the application is a subdivision amendment, the following shall be provided in addition
to the previous listed items for preliminary plat:
1. A name that is not a duplicate of any other subdivision in the city or county. Plat
maps that are amending an existing subdivision shall include in the name of the
original subdivision with the term “amendment” and a number indicating the next
number of amendment that is proposed. Example: “Subdivision X, Amendment 1” or
“Subdivision X, Amending Lot Y”;
2. The boundaries of the proposed subdivision amendment and the total number of lots
being proposed because of the amendment;
3. Identification of the lots that are subject to the amendment;
4. If the amendment includes land that is outside of the existing boundary of the
subdivision, a new description of the boundary, the legal descriptions of the land that
is proposed to be added to the subdivision, the number, size, and dimensions of all
lots subject to the proposed amendment;
5. The signature of all owners within the subdivision indicating consent to the proposed
subdivision. If not all owners have consented, a list of recorded names of the owners
who have not consented to the subdivision amendment; and
6. If the amendment includes an alteration to a public street, alley or other right of way
or an alteration to any public easement or note on the plat that grants any public
interest, consent from the entity that has a right to the street, easement, or note that
the subdivider may proceed with the proposed amendment. In addition, the
application shall include the following information about any alterations:
a. The legal description of the public street, alley or other right of way or easement
or note as it currently exists and how it would be described if the amendment
were to be approved;
b. Appropriate infrastructure plans for the modification of any public street, alley, or
other right of way. This may be provided in public improvement plans submitted
with a final plat; and
c. If required, a draft written agreement to purchase the entirety or portion of any
street, alley, or right of way or any public easement that is proposed to be
amended by the subdivision.
20.10.050: SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FINAL PLATS AND OTHER
RECORDABLE INSTRUMENTS:
An application for a final plat shall include all information provided in this section. The final
plat application is required for all new subdivisions, subdivision amendments, and
condominiums, including new condominiums, conversions of existing buildings to
13
condominiums, and modifications to an existing condominium. All final plat documents shall
be consistent with the preliminary approval and reflect any conditions of approval. If a final
plat is not required, the application shall include all information provided for in the
applicable section below.
A. Submission Requirements for Final Plat:
1. At the time a final plat of a subdivision is submitted to the planning director, the
subdivider shall submit therewith the following documents:
a. The final plat shall be accompanied by a current property title report naming the
persons whose consent is necessary for the preparation and recordation of such
plat and for dedication of the streets, alleys and other public places shown on the
plat, and certifying that as of the date of the preparation of the report, the persons
therein named are all the persons necessary to give clear title to such subdivision;
b. If a preliminary soil report was required for the preliminary plat review, a copy of
that report shall be included with the final plat. The fact that a soil report has been
prepared shall be noted on the final plat and the report shall be recorded as a
supporting document with the plat;
c. Environmental site assessments and remediation, if remediation was needed, as
specified in Subsection 20.26.060.B.
d. The public improvement plans, agreement and bonds specified in Chapter 20.12
of this title, or successor sections; and
e. Copies of all proposed deed restrictions.
2. Preparation and Materials on Final Plat: A digital final plat shall be submitted by the
subdivider with the attributes listed below and that includes all the following
information:
a. 24 inches x 36 inches in size with a minimum of ½ inch margins from the edge of
the sheet;
b. The map shall be oriented with north or east at the top of the sheet, whichever
orientation best accommodates the proposed subdivision;
c. A north arrow, with all labels and descriptions oriented with the north direction;
d. The actual plat drawing shall be made on a scale large enough to clearly show all
details, and the workmanship on the finished drawing shall be neat, clear, and
readable. The preferred scales are one-inch equals twenty feet (1” = 20’) or one-
inch equals thirty feet (1” = 30’), but in no cases shall the scale be smaller than
one-inch equals one hundred feet (1” = 100’);
e. The location of the subdivision within the city shall be shown by a small-scale
vicinity map inset on the title sheet;
f. The title of each sheet of such final plat shall consist of the approved name of the
subdivision at the top center and lower right-hand corner of the sheet, followed by
the words “Salt Lake City”. Plats filed for the purpose of showing land previously
subdivided as acreage shall be conspicuously marked with the words “Reversion
to Acreage”;
14
g. An accurate and complete boundary survey to second order accuracy shall be
made of the land to be subdivided. A traverse of the exterior boundaries of the
tract, and of each block, when computed from field measurements on the ground,
shall close within a tolerance of one foot to 15,000’ of perimeter;
h. The final plat shall show all survey and mathematical information and data
necessary to locate all monuments and to locate and retrace all interior and
exterior boundary lines appearing thereon, including bearing and distance of
straight lines, and central angle, radius, and arc length of curves. Identify the basis
of bearing between two existing monuments;
i. All lots, blocks, and all parcels shall be delineated and include the following
information:
(1) All dimensions, boundaries, size, and courses clearly shown and labeled No
ditto marks shall be used for lot dimensions;
(2) Lot numbers shall begin with the numeral “1” and continue consecutively
throughout the subdivision with no omissions or duplications. Condominium
plats may use a number, such as “101” to label individual condominium units
when there are multiple buildings or floors; where the first number indicates a
different building or floor within an existing building;
(3) Addresses for each lot within the subdivision, assigned by the city engineer,
shall be shown on the plat. Parcels offered for dedication other than for streets
or easements shall be designated by letter and address;
(4) All common areas shall include a unique address;
(5) Sufficient linear, angular and curve data shall be shown to determine readily
the bearing and length of the boundary lines of every block, lot and parcel
which is a part thereof; and
(6) Sheets shall be so arranged that no lot is split between two or more sheets and,
wherever practicable, blocks in their entirety shall be shown on one sheet;
j. The plat shall show the right of way lines of existing and new streets with the
street name and number value of the street, the width of any portion being
dedicated, label all streets as private or public, and widths of any existing
dedications. The widths and locations of adjacent streets and other public
properties within 50’ of the subdivision shall be shown. If any street in the
subdivision is a continuation or an approximate continuation of an existing street,
the conformity, or the amount of nonconformity of such street to such existing
streets shall be accurately shown;
k. All easements shall be shown by fine dashed lines. The widths of all easements
and sufficient ties thereto to locate the same with respect to the subdivision shall
be shown. All easements shall be clearly labeled and identified;
l. If the subdivision is adjacent to a waterway or any portion of the subdivision is
located in special flood hazard area, the map shall show the line of high water
with a continuous line and shall also show with a fine continuous line any lots
subject to inundation by a 1% chance flood, frequency flood, i.e., a flood having
an average frequency of occurrence in the order of once in 100 years although the
flood may occur in any year (the 100-year floodplain is defined by the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers). Land that is subject to any overlay district in Chapter
15
21A.34 that requires a buffer from a waterway shall be depicted on the plat where
restrictions to future development apply and include appropriate notes on the plat
referencing the applicable overlay district restrictions including the minimum
flood elevation of all buildings;
m. The plat shall show fully and clearly:
(1) All monuments found, set, reset, replaced, or removed, stated at each point or
in legend. Monument caps set by surveyor must be stamped with L.S. number
or surveyor and/or company name, and date. Drawings of brass caps, showing
marked and stamped data for any existing monuments and the monuments to
be set, shall be included on the plat;
(2) Type of boundary markers and lot markers used; and
(3) Other evidence indicating the boundaries of the subdivision as found on the
site;
n. The title sheet of the plat shall show the following information:
(1) Name of the subdivision at the top center and lower right-hand corner of the
sheet; with location indicated by quarter section, township, range, base, and
meridian;
(2) Number of sheets in the lower right right-hand corner;
(3) Name of the engineer or surveyor with the date of the survey;
(4) North direction;
(5) Scale of the drawing;
(6) The location of the subdivision within the city shall be shown by a small-scale
vicinity map inset; and
(7) Plats filed for the purpose of showing land previously subdivided as acreage
shall be conspicuously marked with the words “Reversion to Acreage”;
o. The following certificates, acknowledgments, and boundary descriptions:
(1) Registered, professional land surveyor’s “certificate of survey” together with
the surveyor’s professional stamp, signature, name, business address, and
phone number;
(2) Owner’s dedication certificate (with subdivision name included);
(3) Notary public’s acknowledgment (with subdivision name included);
(4) A boundary description of all property being subdivided, with sufficient ties to
section corner, quarter corner, land corner or recorded subdivision, etc., and
with reference to maps or deeds of the property as shall have been previously
recorded or filed. Each reference in such description shall show a complete
reference to the book and page of records of the county. The description shall
also include reference to any vacated area with the vacation ordinance number
indicated;
(5) The tax parcel identification numbers for all existing parcels shown on the
plat; and
16
(6) Such other affidavits, certificates, acknowledgments, endorsements, and
notary seals as are required by law and by this chapter;
p. Signature blocks for all required entities that are required to sign the recordable
document shall include space for a signature and date of signing. Required
signature blocks include:
(1) The owners of the property to be subdivided, which shall be identical to the
recorded owners of record of the property as indicated in the title report;
(2) County health department;
(3) Public utilities director;
(4) City Engineer;
(5) Planning director;
(6) Building official, if the plat is a condominium;
(7) City attorney;
(8) Mayor;
(9) City recorder; and
(10) City surveyor.
q. If the final plat is a condominium: the final documents required under Subsection
20.10.040.C that are updated to include any requirement or condition approved as
part of the preliminary approval; and
r. After review and approval by the city of the draft final plat, the subdivider shall
provide the plat in a form that is acceptable to the county recorder’s office for
recording the plat after the plat has all required signatures. This version shall be
identical to the approved draft final plat.
B. Public Improvement Plans: Construction plans and details, reports, studies, and permit
applications for all required public improvements shall be provided at the time of final
plat applications. Public improvement plans shall include all required information to
address the requirements of Chapter 20.12 and any applicable provision of Chapter 20.26
and any other applicable section of the Salt Lake City Code of Ordinances, federal law,
or Utah Code that regulate the construction or improvement of public infrastructure and
improvements.
C. Final Plats for Subdivision Amendments: If a final plat is a subdivision amendment, the
final plat shall comply with all the requirements for final plats and include the following
additional information:
1. Final condominium declaration as required under applicable Utah Codes;
2. If the amendment includes a public street:
a. A binding agreement to pay the fair market value to the city for any portions of
the street that are proposed to be vacated; and
17
b. The plat shall indicate how the vacated portion of a public street will be
identified, whether added to an existing lot or creating a new lot if authorized by
this title; and
3. A traffic impact study that provides an analysis of the impacts of closing or vacating a
public street.
D. Exceptions to Final Plat: If, after preliminary approval, a subdivision plat is not required
as provided in this title or by Utah Code, a subdivider shall submit the following
documents to record the subdivision without a plat:
1. A draft “notice of subdivision approval for ten lots or less” on a form that is provided
by the planning director;
2. The legal descriptions of the existing parcels that are proposed to be subdivided; and
3. Copies of deeds that transfer the ownership of new lots that include the legal
descriptions of each lot that is within the proposed subdivision.
20.10.060: SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LOT AND PARCEL LINE
ADJUSTMENTS:
An application to amend a lot or parcel line shall include all the following information:
A. Required forms as provided by the planning director;
B. All applicable fees;
C. The name and address of the subdivider, if different than the recorded owner there shall
be a statement from the recorded owner authorizing the subdivider to act on the owner’s
behalf;
D. The name, address, phone number, email, of the person and organization preparing the
subdivision documents;
E. The signatures of all property owners of record whose land is involved in the adjustment;
F. Digital copies of a site plan, record of survey and other items necessary for proper review
as specified by the planning director. The site plan shall be verified by a Utah registered
land surveyor or licensed engineer and include the following information:
1. Current lot or parcel lines;
2. Proposed adjustment(s) to the existing and adjusted lot or parcel lines;
3. Location of the home(s) and/or building(s) on the parcels involved, including
accessory buildings;
4. Setbacks from all buildings to the existing and adjusted lor or parcel line(s);
5. Subdivision standards that are applicable to lot and parcel line adjustments;
18
G. A deed or other recordable instrument that will be used to execute the adjustment on a
form provided by the planning director; and
H. Verification that relocation of a lot or parcel line(s) will not leave in place a utility
easement(s) that will impede future development.
20.10.070: SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LOT AND PARCEL
CONSOLIDATIONS:
An application to combine lots or parcels shall include all the following information:
A. Required forms as provided by the planning director;
B. All applicable fees;
C. The name and address of the property owner, if different than the recorded owner(s) there
shall be a statement from the recorded owner(s) authorizing the subdivider to act on the
owner’s or owners’ behalf;
D. The name, address, phone number, email, of the person and organization preparing the
consolidation documents;
E. The signatures of all property owners of record whose land is involved in the
consolidation;
F. A site plan, verified by a Utah registered land surveyor depicting the following
information:
1. Current lot or parcel lines;
2. Location of any home(s) and/or building(s) on the lots or parcels involved, including
accessory buildings; and
3. Inclusion of all subdivision standards that are specifically applicable to
consolidations;
G. Verification that elimination of a lot or parcel line(s) will not leave in place any utility
easement(s) that will impede future development; and
H. A copy of the deed or other recordable instrument that will be used to execute the
consolidation on a form provided by the planning director. The instrument shall clearly
indicate that the parcels or lots are to be consolidated into one parcel or lot and one legal
description. If the consolidation includes land within an existing subdivision, the name of
the existing subdivision and recording reference to the subdivision plat or most recent
amended plat shall be referenced and the specific lots that are intended to be consolidated
identified.
19
20.10.080: SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR STREET DEDICATION PLATS:
An application to dedicate a street as a public street, whether the street is proposed or
existing, shall include the following information:
A. Required forms as provided by the planning director;
B. All applicable fees. A street dedication application shall be charged the same fee as a
final plat;
C. The name and address of the applicant. If different than the recorded owner there shall be
a statement from the recorded owner authorizing the subdivider to act on the owner’s
behalf;
D. The name, address, phone number, email, of the person and organization preparing the
dedication documents;
E. The signatures of all property owners of record whose land is involved in the dedication;
F. A draft plat that complies with all the requirements for a final plat, except those
requirements pertaining to proposed lots;
G. Construction plans that demonstrate compliance with all adopted and applicable
standards for public streets. If the street was approved as a substandard public street as a
planned development under Title 21A, the applicant shall provide evidence that the street
dedication plat complies with the planned development approval; and
H. If the street dedication plat is for an existing street that is not a public street, the applicant
shall demonstrate all requirements and processes required by Chapter 14.54 or its
successor.
I. Any private utilities located in the street dedication shall meet current standards or be
replaced and dedicated to Salt Lake City.
CHAPTER 20.12
PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT REQUIREMENTS AND AGREEMENTS
20.12.010: Subdivision Improvement Construction Agreement Required
20.12.020: Public Improvements Required
20.12.030: Timing and Phasing of Public Improvements
20.12.040: Underground Utility Installation
20.12.050: Subdivision Improvement Construction Agreements
20.12.060: Bond and Security Requirements
20.12.070: Security Devices Securing Payment Risk
20.12.080: No Public Right of Action
20.12.090: As Built Plans Filed for Public Improvements
20
20.12.010: SUBDIVISION IMPROVEMENT CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT
REQUIRED:
A subdivider for a subdivision that requires construction, repair, or replacement of public
improvements shall be required to provide subdivision improvement plans with a final plat
application. The review cycles in Utah Code Sections 10-9a-604.1 and 10-9a-604.2 or its
successor shall apply. When the only public improvements required by this chapter relate to
public utilities, any reference to the city engineer shall be interpreted to apply to the director
of public utilities.
20.12.020: PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS REQUIRED:
The subdivider shall be responsible for providing all public improvements as required by this
section. Any missing or deficient public improvement identified by this section shall be
brought up to current standards.
A. The subdivider shall improve all streets, pedestrianways or easements in the subdivision,
and adjacent streets required to serve the subdivision to the standards and specifications
adopted by the city that are found in the Salt Lake City Code of Ordinances or adopted by
reference. The subdivider may not begin permanent improvement work until public
improvement plans and profiles have been approved by the city engineer and a
subdivision improvement construction agreement has been executed between the
subdivider and the city. The subdivider shall cause improvements to be installed to
permanent line and grade and to the satisfaction of the city engineer, and in accordance
with the standard subdivision specifications contained in Chapter 20.12 of this title. The
subdivider shall pay the cost of inspection. The subdivider may request that certain public
improvements be waived by the city’s complete streets committee. The complete streets
committee may waive those improvements for which it has authority.
B. The following are minimum improvements that the subdivider normally must agree to
install at the subdivider’s cost before acceptance and approval of the final subdivision
plat by the city:
1. Grading, curbs and gutter, paving, drainage, and drainage structures necessary for the
proper use and drainage of streets and pedestrianways, and for the public safety;
2. Site grading and drainage, taking into consideration the drainage pattern of adjacent
improved and unimproved property and treating upstream areas, where appropriate,
as though fully improved. All site grading must conform to the specifications
contained in Chapter 20.12 of this title;
3. All streets and pedestrianways must be graded, and surfaced to widths and grades
shown on the improvement plans and profiles. The subdivider must improve the
extension of all subdivision streets and pedestrianways to any intercepting or
intersecting streets;
4. Sidewalks must be installed as shown on the improvement plans;
21
5. Sanitary sewer facilities connecting with the existing city sewer system must be
installed to serve the subdivision, with a separate private lateral for each lot, and to
grades and sizes shown on the plans;
6. Stormwater drains and detention/retention basins must be installed as shown on the
plans. Long term stormwater best management practices for stormwater quality must
be installed as shown on the plans and the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
(SWPPP). All other conditions of the SWPPP shall be completed and permits
terminated;
7. Water mains and fire hydrants connecting to the water system serving the city must
be installed as shown on the plans signed by the director of public utilities. Mains and
individual lot services must be of sufficient size to furnish an adequate water supply
for each lot or parcel in the subdivision and to provide adequate fire protection;
8. Street trees, if required, must be of a type approved by the city and planted in
approved locations;
9. Street lighting facilities must be provided in accordance with city policy for the area
of the city where the subdivision is located, and must be so screened as not to
interfere with views from hillsides of the city;
10. All natural gas lines, and telephone, electric power, cable television or other wires or
cables must be placed underground. Equipment appurtenant to the underground
facilities, such as surface mounted transformers, pedestal mounted terminal boxes and
meter cabinets, and concealed ducts may be above ground subject to compliance with
Section 21A.40.160, “Ground Mounted Utility Boxes”, of this code or its successor.
The subdivider shall make necessary arrangements with the utilities involved for the
installation of the underground facilities. All installed utilities must meet the
minimum separation requirements as shown on the plans; and
11. Provisions must be made for any railroad crossings necessary to provide access to or
circulation within the proposed subdivision.
C. All public improvements required by this section or provided by the subdivider must be
documented in the public improvement plans that show all public improvements are
constructed to comply with all applicable provisions of the Salt Lake City Code of
Ordinances, referenced standards adopted by the city, and any applicable federal standard
or Utah Code. All public improvements required by this section that are shown in the
public improvement plans shall meet the applicable standards, which include:
1. American Public Works Association Manual of Standard Specifications and Manual
of Standard Plans 2017 edition;
2. Standard Practices for Salt Lake City Public Utilities (January 2010) or its successor;
3. Any standard or reference to a standard specifically identified in the Salt Lake City
Code of Ordinances;
4. Any applicable standard that has been adopted by the State of Utah; and
5. Any applicable federal standard.
22
20.12.030: TIMING AND PHASING OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS:
The subdivider may propose a timing and phasing plan for installation of public
improvement that complies with this section.
A. All public improvements must be installed in each respective phase of the subdivision or
future subdivisions.
B. All public improvements must be designed such that the first phase has the capacity to
accommodate the capacity of future phases.
C. The subdivider shall include a phasing plan that details how each aspect of the
subdivision will be platted and subdivided and the anticipated public improvements for
each phase.
D. The subdivider shall provide an overall concept plan for required public improvements,
indicate on the plan what public improvements will be included in each phase, and
enough information to demonstrate that the capacity is sufficient for all phases of the
subdivision.
E. The public improvement plan must acknowledge that if a subdivision standard or public
improvement requirement changes before future phases are platted or constructed, the
future phases must comply with those future improvements.
F. Any monument or benchmark that is disturbed or destroyed before acceptance of all
improvements, must be replaced by the subdivider under the direction of the city
engineer.
20.12.040: UNDERGROUND UTILITY INSTALLATION:
All underground utilities including water mains and laterals, sanitary sewers and storm drains
installed in streets or alleys must be constructed before the surfacing of such streets or alleys.
Connections for all underground utilities and sanitary sewers must be laid to such length as
will avert the necessity for disturbing the street or alley improvements when service
connections thereto are made.
20.12.050: SUBDIVISION IMPROVEMENT CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT:
A. Before the approval by the mayor of the final plat, and if public infrastructure
improvements were conditions of preliminary approval, the subdivider shall execute and
file a subdivision improvement construction agreement between the subdivider and the
city, specifying the period within which the subdivider must complete all public
infrastructure improvement work to the satisfaction of the city engineer, and providing
that if the subdivider shall fail to complete the public improvement work within such
23
period, the city may complete the same and recover the full cost and expense thereof
from the subdivider’s security device. The subdivision improvement construction
agreement must also provide for inspection and testing of all public infrastructure
improvements and require the subdivider to pay the cost of such inspections and testing.
B. The subdivision improvement construction agreement may also provide for the
following:
1. Construction of the public infrastructure improvements in units or phases; or
2. An extension of time under the conditions specified in this agreement.
20.12.060: BOND AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS:
The subdivider shall file with the city engineer, together with the subdivision improvement
construction agreement, a security device in the manner and as described in the subdivision
improvement construction agreement.
20.12.070: SECURITY DEVICES SECURING PAYMENT RISK:
The terms of a corporate surety payment bond held by the city as a security device together
with the applicable provisions of the subdivision improvement construction agreement shall
govern claims to the corporate surety by a claimant.
20.12.080: NO PUBLIC RIGHT OF ACTION:
Sections 20.12.040 and 20.12.050 of this chapter shall not be construed to provide any
private right of action on either tort, contract, third party contract or any other basis on behalf
of any property holder in the subdivision as against the city or on the security device required
under Section 20.12.050 of this chapter or its successor in the event that the public
improvements are not constructed as required. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, any
security device obtained pursuant to Section 20.12.050 of this chapter to secure payment
obligations with respect to the public improvements shall provide a private right of action to
any person, at any tier, who supplies labor, material, or equipment with respect to the public
improvements.
20.12.090: AS BUILT PLANS FILED FOR PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS:
A complete improvement plan “as built” (a.k.a. “record documents”) shall be filed with the
city engineer upon completion of said improvements. The as built plans shall be in a digital
format and a minimum of 24”x36” in size.
24
CHAPTER 20.14
PUBLIC HEARING AND NOTICING REQUIREMENTS
20.14.010: Purpose
20.14.020: Public Hearing Requirements
20.14.030: Public Meeting Requirements
20.14.040: Notice of Application
20.14.050: Identifying Property Owners to be Noticed.
20.14.060: Noticing Errors
20.14.070: Subdivider Responsible for Posting of Property
20.14.080: Applications Not Requiring Public Notice
20.14.010: PURPOSE:
The purpose of this section is to identify required public processes for each application that is
required by this title. The intent of public notice and input is to provide an opportunity for
the public to learn about the application and provide input regarding the impact of the
proposed subdivision to their ability to utilize their own property.
20.14.020: PUBLIC HEARING REQUIREMENTS:
Public hearings shall be held and noticed as identified in this section.
A. A public hearing shall be held for the following applications required by this title:
1. Subdivision amendments that:
a. Include closing or vacating, in whole or in part, a public right of way;
b. Alters a public easement when the public easement restricts or prohibits
development other than public utility or public walkways or trails;
c. Originally were notified through a notice of application and where a property
owner within the subdivision has submitted a written objection to the proposed
amendment within the timeline identified on the notice of application; and
d. A public hearing for a subdivision amendment shall be heard within 45 days of
the application being considered complete.
2. Any application that includes an application for a planned development; and
3. Any application that includes a modification to a subdivision design standard.
B. Public Hearing Noticing Requirements: Any application that requires a public hearing
shall be subject to the noticing requirements found in Section 21A.10.020.
25
20.14.030: PUBLIC MEETING REQUIREMENTS:
The purpose of this section is to identify when a public meeting is required to be held to
approve an application under this Title. A public meeting is a meeting that is open to the
public to witness the discussion and decision-making process regarding an application that
may be required by this title but does not include a public hearing for the application.
A. A public meeting shall be held for subdivision amendments when eligible under Utah
Code Section 10-9a-608 or its successor.
B. Noticing Requirements for Public Meetings: Noticing requirements and notice content
shall be the same as in Section 21A.10.020 of this code.
C. The planning director may decide the matter during the public meeting or after the public
meeting. If the decision is made after the public meeting, the planning director shall
indicate the timeframe for a decision at the public meeting.
20.14.040: NOTICE OF APPLICATION:
The purpose of this section is to identify the public notice process for a notice of application
as required by this title.
A. When authorized: Notice of application shall be provided for the following applications
that may be required by this title:
1. Preliminary subdivisions that do not require a public hearing or public meeting;
2. Subdivision amendments that include the signatures of all property owners; and
3. Street dedication plats.
B. Noticing Requirements:
1. A notice of application shall be mailed to all property owners within 300 feet of the
property subject to the application. If the application is for a subdivision amendment,
the notice of application shall be mailed to all owners of property within the existing
subdivision in addition to the property owners within 300 feet of the properties
subject to the subdivision amendment. The notice shall provide at least 12 days for
public comment to be submitted to the city before a decision is rendered on the
application.
2. A notice of application shall be sent to all entities as required in Utah Code Sections
10-9a-206, 10-9a-207, 10-9a-208, and 10-9a-603 or the successors of each section.
3. The property shall be posted with a sign advertising the public hearing. Each street
frontage shall be posted with one sign that is posted within at least 10 feet of the
property line along the street.
C. Public Notice Content: Each public notice required under this section shall include:
26
1. The type of application that is subject to the public hearing;
2. The approximate address of the property subject to the application;
3. The date, time, and location of the public meeting, if required;
4. Information on how to attend the meeting if the meeting is an electronic meeting; and
5. Instruction on how the public may find out more information about the application
and how input may be submitted.
D. Timing of Notice: The notice of application shall indicate that no decision will be made
within 14 days of the date of the notice.
20.14.050: IDENTIFYING PROPERTY OWNERS TO BE NOTICED:
All notices shall be mailed to the property owners of record identified in the city’s GIS
database for parcel ownership.
20.14.060: NOTICING ERRORS:
If the noticing requirements of this chapter are not complied with, the required notice shall be
redone with the error corrected and the timing of the notice restarted.
20.14.070: SUBDIVIDER RESPONSIBLE FOR POSTING OF PROPERTY:
The subdivider shall be responsible for any notice required by this chapter to be posted on the
property. The posting shall be completed following the requirements of Subsection
21A.10.015.B.3.
20.14.080: APPLICATIONS NOT REQUIRNG PUBLIC NOTICE:
The following applications are not required to provide public notice:
A. Lot line or parcel line adjustments; and
B. Lot or parcel consolidations.
CHAPTER 20.16
PRELIMINARY AND FINAL PLATS
20.16.010: Purpose
20.16.020: When Required
27
20.16.030: Applications Entitled to Approval
20.16.030: Timing of Public Notice
20.16.040: City Review Process
20.16.050: Preliminary Approval Standards
20.16.060: Determination of Recordable Instrument
20.16.070: Final Plat Review Process
20.16.010: PURPOSE:
The purpose of this chapter is to identify the required process and standards for reviewing
and deciding applications to subdivide property. This section applies to any new or amended
subdivision, condominium, or condominium conversion.
20.16.020: WHEN REQUIRED:
A preliminary subdivision application is required for any proposal to create lots or parcels on
any land within the city. Preliminary subdivision applications are required for new or
amended subdivisions, new or amended condominiums, and condominium conversions. All
preliminary subdivision applications are subject to the provisions of this chapter.
20.16.030: SUBDIVIDER ENTITLED TO APPROVAL:
Any preliminary subdivision application that complies with all required standards shall be
approved provided all process requirements identified in this code are followed. A
preliminary subdivision that includes a planned development application shall only be
approved subject to the approval of the planned development as required in Chapter 21A.55
Planned Developments.
20.16.040: PRE-SUBMITTAL MEETINGS:
An application may request a pre-submittal application for the preliminary subdivision
application subject to the provisions of this section in accordance with Utah Code Section 10-
9a-604.1. Feedback at the pre-submittal meeting is limited to the information provided by the
applicant and is not considered binding.
20.16.040: CITY REVIEW PROCESS:
A. A preliminary subdivision application shall comply with Utah Code Chapter 10-9a Part 6.
Any public notice required by this Title or Utah Code Chapter 10-9a shall be started after
the application is considered complete.
28
B. A subdivision application that includes closing or vacating a public street, alley, or other
right of way or vacating an easement that the city has a right to shall be decided by the
city council after receiving a recommendation from the planning commission. The
process shall be in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 21A.10.
20.16.050: PRELIMINARY APPROVAL STANDARDS:
A. Timing of Approval: At the conclusion of any review cycle where no further corrections
or additional information is required, each city department shall indicate that the
application is eligible for approval. If all the requirements of Chapter 20.14 have been
satisfied, the application shall be approved upon finding it complies with all the
applicable standards found in this section, Chapter 20.26, and applicable provisions of
Utah Code Chapter 10-9a. For an application that does not comply with the applicable
standards in this title, and the subdivider has not responded within 90 days from the date
the subdivider was provided with an itemized, written notice of any deficiency or
noncompliance with the standards of this title shall be sent by the city and the application
may be denied by the planning director.
B. Approval Standards:
1. All preliminary subdivisions shall comply with the following standards:
a. The preliminary plat map and associated documents include all information and is
properly formatted as required by this title;
b. The subdivision shall comply with all subdivision design standards or with
approved modifications to the subdivision design standards in Chapter 20.26 of
this title;
c. Water supply and sewage disposal including all offsite utility improvements,
required easements and infrastructure upgrades shall be satisfactory to the public
utilities department director;
d. The location and design of all water supply and sanitary sewer facilities are
appropriately sized, connect to adequately sized infrastructure and found to be
compliant with the adopted standards;
e. The location and design of drainage elements to handle stormwater, ensure
compliance with floodplain regulations, prevent erosion, and minimize formation
of dust has been found to be compliant with adopted city standards and if
applicable, Salt Lake County Flood Control and the Utah Department of
Environmental Quality;
f. The subdivision provides access and infrastructure necessary for firefighting
equipment as required by the applicable fire code adopted by the city;
g. The subdivision provides adequate easements and locations for all necessary
utilities that are not provided by the city;
h. All required dedications of land for streets, midblock walkways, alleys, parks,
trails, and open space are provided for on the preliminary plat as indicated in the
29
adopted general plan of the city or as agreed to as part of any land use approval or
development agreement. Any exactions that are not agreed to as part of a land use
approval or development agreement shall be roughly proportionate and directly
related to the impact of the proposed subdivision;
i. The subdivision includes recommendations in the subdivider’s traffic impact
study when the transportation director indicates the recommendations are required
to mitigate adverse impacts; and
j. The proposed subdivision will not create any injury or harm to any other property
or persons.
2. Condominiums: The following additional standards shall apply to all condominium
conversions preliminary subdivisions:
a. The building official shall identify any improvements, repairs or replacements
which must be made to bring the structure into compliance with applicable
building codes prior to recording the final plat. The building official may require
any existing code violations identified to be corrected prior to final approval; and
b. Any existing nonconforming use or noncomplying structure that creates an
immediate health or safety hazard to the public or future owners within the
condominium has been brought into compliance with current standards or has
been identified as a condition of approval to be addressed prior to the planning
director signing the final plat.
C. Effect of Approval: The effect of preliminary subdivision approval shall authorize the
subdivider to prepare the final recording documents as required by this title.
D. Approval Expiration: Preliminary approval shall expire 18 months from the date of
preliminary approval unless a final plat has been submitted. If a final plat is not required,
the required recording documents shall be submitted within 18 months from the date of
preliminary approval. If the preliminary approval indicated that the subdivision will be
divided into phases, the final plat for the first phase shall be submitted within 18 months.
Future phases shall be subject to the phasing plan that was approved as part of the
preliminary plat.
20.16.060: RECORDABLE INSTRUMENT:
A. A final plat is required to be recorded for all subdivisions except those that contain fewer
than 10 lots and when the subdivision of fewer than 10 lots does not include any of the
following: new public improvements, dedications of land, easements, or amendments to
any existing public street or alley.
B. Subdivisions with fewer than 10 lots and when this title does not otherwise require a plat,
may be recorded without a final plat as authorized under Utah Code Chapter 10-9a Part 6
or its successor.
30
20.16.070: FINAL PLAT REVIEW PROCESS:
A. After preliminary subdivision approval has been granted, the subdivider may submit all
requirements for a final plat under Chapter 20.10. The final plat documents shall be
consistent with the approved preliminary subdivision documents and shall be approved if
it complies with applicable provisions of this title, matches the preliminary approval,
includes all conditions of preliminary approval, and all applicable provisions of Utah
Code Chapter 10-9a. All final plat applications shall be submitted within 18 months of
preliminary approval except for:
1. A subdivision that was indicated during preliminary approval to be phased; in which
case the final plat shall be consistent with the phasing plan approved as part of the
preliminary approval. Each phase shall require a separate final plat application; and
2. Condominiums where the subdivider desires to complete the framing of the building
to ensure the interior dimensions of the condominium as shown on the final plat are
consistent with the built dimensions of the building. In this case, the final plat shall
be submitted within 30 days of final framing inspection.
B. City Review: City review processes and timelines shall be consistent with Utah Code
Chapter 10-9a, Part 6 or its successor.
C. Subdivision Improvement Construction Agreement: The subdivider and the city shall
finalize an agreement regarding the construction of all public improvements required or
proposed as part of the subdivision. The agreement shall be finalized prior to the city
engineer signing the final subdivision plat.
D. The final plat to be recorded shall be on typical mylar material or the common material
for plats at the time. The printing or reproduction process used shall not incur any
shrinkage or distortions, and the reproduced copy furnished shall be of good quality, to
true dimension, clear and readable, and in all respects comparable to the approved final
plat. The mylar plat shall be signed separately by all required and authorized parties and
shall contain the information set forth in this chapter.
E. Prior to the filing of the final plat with the mayor, the subdivider shall file the necessary
tax lien certificates and documents.
CHAPTER 20.18
LOT AND PARCEL LINE ADJUSTMENTS
20.18.010: Purpose
20.18.020: Applicability
20.18.030: Standards for Lot or Parcel Line Adjustments
20.18.040: City Internal Review and Decision
31
20.18.050: Recordable Instrument
20.18.060: Expiration of Approval
20.18.010: PURPOSE:
The purpose of this chapter is to enable lot and parcel line adjustments to be considered and
approved administratively by the planning director or designee.
20.18.020: APPLICABILITY:
This chapter applies to property line adjustments of existing adjoining parcels or lots that are
described by either a metes and bounds description, a notice of subdivision approval, or a
recorded plat.
20.18.030: STANDARDS FOR LOT OR PARCEL LINE ADJUSTMENTS:
An application for a lot or parcel line adjustments shall result in lots or parcels that comply
with the following standards:
A. Existing structures comply with all applicable regulations in Title 21A regarding lot size,
lot width, and required setbacks unless modified through a planned development or when
necessary to comply with a finalized development agreement;
B. The resulting lots or parcels do not alter any existing easement unless the existing
easements are included in the application for an adjustment. If the easement is shown on
a recorded plat and is impacted by the proposed adjustment, a subdivision amendment is
required;
C. The proposed adjustment does not create any new or increase the amount of
noncompliance with Title 21A or does not result in a use expanding to a portion of a
property where the use is not authorized in the applicable land use tables in Chapter
21A.33;
D. The resulting adjustment will not result in more than one principal building on a single
lot unless authorized by Title 21A;
E. The resulting adjustment will not alter any public right of way; and
F. The resulting adjustment will not create any new lots or parcels.
G. The proposed adjustment complies with the applicable standards in Sections 20.26.070
and 20.26.080.
32
H. The proposed adjustment does not place the consolidated lot(s) into noncompliance with
public utility requirements, such as meter standards, utility placement, shared facilities,
and other adopted standards.
20.18.040: CITY INTERNAL REVIEW AND DECISION:
The planning director shall review the application for completeness and for compliance with
the standards of review for this type of application. The planning director shall forward the
lot line application to the city surveyor for review of the new legal descriptions. Upon review
of the application, site plan and finding that the standards of review are complied with, the
planning director shall approve the lot line adjustment. If the standards of review are not
complied with, the planning director shall deny the application.
20.18.050: RECORDABLE INSTRUMENT:
If the lot line adjustment is approved, the planning director shall provide the subdivider with
a document approving the adjustment that includes the director’s signature. The notice shall
contain the descriptions of both the original parcels and the modified parcels as provided by
the subdivider and approved by the city surveyor and state any conditions of approval. A
document of conveyance shall be recorded by the subdivider, property owner, or their
representative at the same time as the notice of approval with the Salt Lake County
Recorder’s office. The lot line adjustment is not valid unless the document of conveyance is
recorded.
20.18.060: EXPIRATION OF APPROVAL:
City approval for lot or parcel line adjustment is only valid upon recording of the approved
deed or other recordable instrument, and any document of approval issued by the city shall
clearly indicate the same. Furthermore, city approval shall expire 180 calendar days from the
date the city document was notarized unless both the city approval document and the
approved recordable instrument are recorded within that time.
CHAPTER 20.20
LOT AND PARCEL CONSOLIDATIONS
20.20.010: Purpose
20.20.020: Applicability
20.20.030: Standards for Lot or Parcel Consolidations
20.20.040: City Internal Review
20.20.050: Recordable Instrument
20.20.060: Expiration of Approval
33
20.20.010: PURPOSE:
The purpose of this chapter is to allow for the consolidation of adjacent parcels and/or
subdivision lots.
20.20.020: APPLICABILITY:
This section applies to adjacent lots or parcels, regardless of a lot or lots being part of a
previously recorded subdivision. An application to consolidate parcels is not required when
specifically exempt under Utah Code Section 10-9a-523.
20.20.030: STANDARDS FOR LOT OR PARCEL CONSOLIDATIONS:
For two or more adjacent lots or parcels to be consolidated into one lot, the following criteria
shall be met:
A. Compliance with all applicable zoning regulations including maximum lot size, if
applicable; and
B. A lot consolidation cannot yield two principal buildings on one lot, unless permitted in
the zoning district or by an approved planned development.
C. The proposed adjustment complies with the applicable standards in Sections 20.26.070
and 20.26.080.
D. The proposed adjustment does not place the consolidated lot(s) into noncompliance with
public utility requirements, such as meter standards, utility placement, shared facilities,
and other adopted standards.
20.20.040: CITY INTERNAL REVIEW:
The planning director shall review the application for completeness and for compliance with
the regulations of the zoning ordinance. Upon review of the application, the planning director
may either approve or deny the lot consolidation.
20.20.050: RECORDABLE INSTRUMENT:
City approval of the consolidation shall be in the form of a notarized findings and order
executed by the planning director and provided to the subdivider and/or owners. The findings
and order shall specify, according to Section 20.20.060 of this chapter, the period after which
city approval shall expire. If any portion of the consolidation includes land in a recorded
34
subdivision, the subdivision name shall be referenced in the recording document. The
subdivider shall record the approved recordable instrument and the associated findings and
order in the office of the Salt Lake County Recorder.
20.20.060: EXPIRATION OF APPROVAL:
City approval for lot consolidations is only valid upon recording of the approved deed or
other recordable instrument, and any document of approval issued by the city shall clearly
indicate the same. Furthermore, city approval shall expire 180 calendar days from the date
the city document was notarized unless both the city approval document and the approved
recordable instrument for transferring property are recorded within that time.
CHAPTER 20.22
STREET DEDICATION PLATS
20.22.010: Purpose
20.22.020: Applicability
20.22.030: Standards
20.22.040: City Internal Review
20.22.050: Recordable Instrument
20.22.010: PURPOSE:
The purpose of this section is to establish a process for dedicating streets that are not already
dedicated for public use and when no subdivision of land is proposed.
20.22.020: APPLICABILITY:
This process may be used when:
A. Additional right of way for an existing road is proposed by the adjacent landowner;
B. Additional right of way for an existing road is necessary to provide adequate width for
public improvements when the public improvements are required as part of a land use
application authorized under Title 21A or as a condition of approval for a land use
application under Title 21A.
C. A public street is proposed to access property that does not currently have access to a
public street; or
D. When a property owner is proposing to construct a public street or portion thereof on land
that is currently not part of a public street.
35
E. This process does not apply to the dedication of existing private streets unless the
requirements of Chapter 14.54 have been satisfied and after the city has accepted a
private street for donation to be a public street.
F. A street dedication application shall be charged the same fee as a final plat.
20.22.030: STANDARDS:
A street dedication plat shall be subject to the following standards:
A. The proposed street to be dedicated complies with all adopted standards for public streets
that apply to the classification, size, or typology for the area, property, or land use
identified in the general plan or the zoning map;
B. The land to be dedicated complies with all applicable subdivision standards in Chapter
20.26;
C. The proposed street does not create any new lots or result in any existing lot or parcel
being separated or split by the proposed street. In this case, the street can only be
dedicated through a subdivision plat; and
D. The proposed street does not create parallel streets that are separated by less than 200
feet.
20.22.040: CITY INTERNAL REVIEW:
A. A street dedication plat shall be submitted to the planning division and reviewed by the
necessary city departments who may be impacted by the proposed dedication.
B. Each city department shall review the street dedication plat to determine if it complies
with adopted regulations that apply to the width, construction, cross section, subdivision
design standards applicable to public streets, public improvements, and any other
applicable standard.
C. After each city department has indicated that the street dedication plat complies with all
applicable regulations, the subdivider shall prepare a final plat for recording the street
dedication. The final plat shall comply with all requirements for final plats that relate to
the dedication of public streets.
D. A public improvement agreement is required for all street dedication plats that include
any new public improvements or modifications to existing public infrastructure.
36
20.22.050: RECORDABLE INSTRUMENT:
The dedication of the street shall be recorded as a final plat, absent the creation of any new
lots, and only having to comply with the subdivision design standards related to streets. The
final plat shall comply with all the applicable requirements for preparation of a final plat. The
plat shall not be recorded until the public improvement agreement has been finalized and
agreed to by the applicant and the city.
CHAPTER 20.26
SUBDIVISION STANDARDS
20.26.010: Applicability
20.26.020: Modification to Standards
20.26.030: Standards for Utilities
20.26.040: Standards for Flood Control
20.26.050: Standards for Connectivity
20.26.060: Standards for Street Design
20.26.070: Standards for Natural Features
20.26.080: Standards for Blocks
20.26.090: Standards for Lots and Parcels
20.26.010: APPLICABILITY:
All subdivisions of land within Salt Lake City shall comply and conform with the standards
and requirements as set forth and as referred to in this section.
20.26.020: MODIFICATION TO STANDARDS:
A subdivider may request a modification to a subdivision standard as provided for in this
section.
A. Authority to Approve Modifications: The authority to approve modifications to a
subdivision design standard are as follows:
1. Standards for Public Utilities and Flood Control: Shall be determined by the director
of public utilities based on the standards for approving modifications in Subsection B.
2. Standards for Connectivity and Street Design: Shall be determined by the
transportation director based on the standards for approving modifications in
Subsection B.
3. Standards for Natural Features, Blocks, and Lots and Parcels: Shall be determined by
the planning director based on the standards for approving modifications in
Subsection B. Modifications may also be considered as part of a planned
37
development pursuant to Chapter 21A.55 Planned Developments when a subdivision
is associated with a planned development application. However, a planned
development may not be submitted when the only modification requested is a
modification to a subdivision standard.
B. Standards for Approving Modifications: Any request for a modification shall be
identified in the preliminary subdivision application or as a supplement to an application
in response to city review comments and include evidence provided by the subdivider
that the following standards are satisfied:
1. The proposed modification will not diminish the ability of the city to provide service
to the properties within the subdivision;
2. The proposed modification does not negatively impact any future city plans related to
transportation or public utilities;
3. The proposed modification complies with adopted engineering standards, or a
different engineering standard endorsed by a professional organization that provides
standards for public infrastructure and the authority identified in Paragraph A finds
that the modified standard is substantially similar to the city adopted standard;
4. The proposed modification does not jeopardize the integrity, structure, function,
future needs, capacity, or purpose of any other public infrastructure; and
5. The proposed modification does not result in a detrimental effect to nearby properties
that may be caused by the proposed modification during the construction process. A
detrimental effect includes:
a. Dirt, rock, or other debris falling or being placed on adjacent property;
b. Storm water, snow melt, or irrigation water flowing onto other property;
c. A decrease in access to adjacent properties;
d. Degradation of any public property or easement;
e. Any impact that jeopardizes the health or safety of any person, structure,
vegetation, or property.
20.26.030: STANDARDS FOR UTILITIES:
All subdivisions and subdivision amendments shall comply with the requirements of this
section. This section shall be administered by the director of public utilities.
A. All water and sewer shall be provided through underground services and connections;
B. Storm water may not use underground services and connections and shall be managed
through surface flow, swales, retention basins or other similar methods for storm water
management.
C. All lots within the subdivision that are developable shall be provided with access to all
required utilities by the subdivider with necessary and required easements shown on the
plat;
38
D. Easements for utility and drainage purposes shall be provided within the subdivision as
required by the director of public utilities. However, in no event shall such an easement
be less than five feet in width when proposed along the front lot line; and
E. Watercourses: The subdivider shall dedicate an easement for storm drainage conforming
substantially with the lines of any natural watercourse or channel, stream, creek, or
floodplain that enters or traverses the subdivision.
20.26.040: STANDARDS FOR FLOOD CONTROL:
All subdivisions and subdivision amendments shall comply with the requirements of this
section, any applicable requirements of Title 17, and the requirements of Chapter 18.68 of
this code. Any applicable state or federal requirement shall also apply. This section shall be
administered by the director of public utilities:
A. The subdivision design shall be consistent with the need to minimize flood damage;
B. Adequate drainage must be provided to reduce exposure to flood hazards;
C. All public utilities and facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical and water systems shall be
located, elevated, or constructed to minimize or eliminate flood damage; and
D. The subdivider shall dedicate an access easement for storm and flood management that
provides adequate access to perform flood control within any river, stream, creek, or
similar water way or floodplain that enters or traverses the subdivision.
20.26.050: STANDARDS FOR CONNECTIVITY:
All subdivisions and subdivision amendments shall comply with the standards of this section.
This section shall be administered by the transportation director unless otherwise indicated.
A. The subdivision design shall conform to the pattern of major street as designated in the
general plan or on the major street plan map of the city transportation master plan.
Whenever a subdivision fronts on a street so designated or contains within the boundaries
of the proposed subdivision a public street identified in the general plan, that street shall
be platted and dedicated by the subdivider in the location and width so indicated.
B. The street pattern in the subdivision shall be in general conformity with a plan for the
most advantageous development of adjoining areas and the entire neighborhood or
district. The following principles shall be observed:
1. Where appropriate to the design and terrain, proposed streets shall be continuous and
in alignment with existing planned or platted streets, or, if offset, streets shall be
39
offset a minimum of 100’ between centerlines of intersecting that are 50’ or less in
width and a minimum of 400’ between centerlines of intersecting streets that are
wider than 50 feet;
2. Where streets extend to the boundary of the property, resulting in dead end streets
may be approved with a temporary turnaround of a minimum 45’ radius. In all other
cases, a permanent turnaround shall conform to specifications in Subsection G,
“Turnaround”, of this section or have a design otherwise approved by the
transportation division;
3. Proposed streets shall intersect one another as nearly at right angles as topography
and other limiting factors of good design permit. “T” intersections rather than “cross”
intersections shall be used wherever possible for local streets; and
C. The proposed subdivision shall include street connections to any streets that abut, are
adjacent to, or terminate at the subdivision site. The proposed development shall also
include street connections in the direction of all existing or planned streets adjacent to the
development site as identified in the adopted general plan. Exceptions to this requirement
include situations where the street connection would alter a drainage channel, natural
feature, steep slope, utility easement that prohibits such a connection, or other legally
existing restriction on the land that would prohibit the street connection.
D. The proposed subdivision shall include streets that extend to the boundary of the
subdivision and undeveloped or partially developed land that is adjacent to the
subdivision. The streets shall be in locations that will enable adjoining properties to
connect to the proposed subdivision street system when the streets are public. Exceptions
to this requirement include situations where the adjacent land is separated from the
development site by a drainage channel, natural feature, steep slope, utility easement that
prohibits such a connection, or other legally existing restriction on the land that would
prohibit the future development of the land.
E. The subdivider shall dedicate or grant an easement for pedestrian and bicycle
infrastructure through the subdivision and connecting to similar infrastructure as required
by this section:
1. When in a right of way that is to be dedicated as part of the subdivision, the
pedestrian and bicycle infrastructure shall comply with the adopted general plan
related to pedestrian and bicycle infrastructure;
2. When the general plan identifies a trailhead or connects to a trail on land that is
within the proposed boundaries of the subdivision;
3. When the general plan identifies public pedestrian or bicycle infrastructure abutting
the proposed subdivision and connections to the pedestrian or bicycle infrastructure
within the boundaries of the proposed subdivision are necessary to complete the
pedestrian and bicycle infrastructure;
4. When existing trails, sidewalks, walkways, bike path, or other infrastructure is
located on land that is adjacent to the boundary of the proposed subdivision;
5. When required by Chapter 14.06 of this code; and
40
6. Any required pedestrian and bicycle infrastructure required by this section shall be
the minimum width necessary to provide the connection. The connection may be in
the form of a dedication of land on the plat or as a public access easement. The area
of the dedication or easement shall count towards the minimum lot areas of the
adjacent lots as determined by the subdivider.
F. Cul-De-Sacs: Cul-de-sacs are prohibited in new subdivisions or when new streets are
proposed as part of a subdivision amendment except as provided in this section.
1. Physical conditions are present that prohibits development of a connecting street. A
physical condition includes slopes over 30 degrees, the presence of a river, stream,
wetland, or other body of water, upland wildlife habitat area, the boundary of an
Open Space, Natural Open Space, or Foothill Protection zoning district, or other land
identified in Subsection C.1. If this condition is present, the subdivider may be
required to provide a public access easement through the cul-de-sac to any public
land where one of the physical conditions identified in this section exist;
2. The land adjacent to the subdivision is already developed in a manner that makes it
impracticable to connect the proposed subdivision to the existing streets; or
3. When required by the applicable fire code.
G. Turnaround: If allowed cul-de-sacs in residential zoning districts should be no longer
than 400’ (measured from centerline of intersecting street to radius point of turnaround)
and shall have a minimum of 45’ curb radius. Cul-de-sacs in all other zoning districts
should be no longer than 650’ and should have a minimum of 60’ curb radius. Other cul-
de-sac lengths or turnaround configurations may be approved by the fire department and
the transportation director.
20.26.060: STANDARDS FOR STREET DESIGN:
The following minimum standards apply to all public streets and design criteria shall apply
unless deemed unwarranted by written recommendation of the city engineer and
transportation division director. Said standards and criteria shall be supplemented by other
applicable existing engineering and construction requirements and standards as specified by
the city engineering and transportation divisions.
A. General:
1. Where higher standards have not been established as specified in Subsection A.1 of
this section, all streets shall be platted, designed, and constructed according to the
principles outlined in the transportation division’s Street and Intersection Typologies
Design Guide and the design and constructions for public streets adopted by the
city. Exceptions to the Street and Intersection Typologies Design Guide may be
granted through a planned development subject to Chapter 21A.55 or by the
transportation director based on the following standards:
41
a. The subdivision serves 10 lots or fewer and justifies a narrower cross section than
what is identified in the Street and Intersection Typologies Design Guide;
b. A different street design is warranted due to the slope, waterways, existing
infrastructure, or other similar unique circumstance that doesn’t generally exist on
other properties within the same zoning district;
c. The adopted general plan establishes a different guide or standard for streets in
the geographic area where the proposed subdivision is located; and
d. The subdivider provides an alternative cross section for a street that provides all
of the required components identified in the guide but in a different arrangement
that is consistent with the intent of the specific street type.
B. Street Grades: Curves and sight distances shall be subject to approval by the city
engineering division, to ensure proper drainage and safety for vehicles and pedestrians.
The following principles and standards shall be observed:
1. Grades of streets shall be not less than 0.5% and not greater than 7%;
2. The maximum grade applies at the street centerline; and
3. Short runs of steeper grades may be permitted if there are no objections from the fire
department, transportation division, and city engineer.
C. Vertical Alignment of Nonintersecting Streets: Transition curves over crests of hills shall
be designed to provide both a smooth transition from upward movement to minimize
potential roller coaster effect and to provide safe stopping sight distance at all times. The
stopping sight distance is the distance required to safely stop a vehicle after viewing an
object calculated on a formula set forth in standards adopted by the transportation
division.
D. Vertical Alignment at Street Intersections: Transition curves shall be required to provide
a smooth transition from road grade to intersections. For an approach distance (“A”) from
each edge of the intersecting street line, the grade may not exceed 2%. The minimum
length of the approaches (“A”) and transition curves (“L”) shall be calculated upon the
formulas below:
A = The minimum approach distance required where grade may not exceed 2%
from the curb line of the intersecting street. Said distance of “A” shall be not
less than 35’ for intersections with local streets and not less than 100’ for
intersections with major or arterial streets.
L = The minimum transition curve length required between points of tangency,
“X”, where L = 10(a), “a” being the difference between the grade of the road
less the grade of “A”.
42
E. Intersection Site Distance: Intersections shall be planned and located to provide as much
sight distance as possible. In achieving a safe road design, as a minimum, there shall be
sufficient corner sight distance for the driver on the approach roadway to cross the
intersecting street without requiring approaching traffic to reduce speed. Such corner
sight distance is a field of vision which shall be measured from a point on the approach
roadway at least 15’ from the edge of the intersecting roadway pavement at a height of
3.5’ on the approach roadway. The minimum corner sight distance for local streets (30
miles per hour design speed) shall be 350’. For collector streets (40 miles per hour design
speed) the minimum corner sight distance shall be 450’.
F. Horizontal Alignment of Streets: In addition to the specific street design standards set
forth above, horizontal alignment shall be subject to the following criteria:
1. Consistent with topography, alignments shall be as straight as possible;
2. Maximum curvatures shall be avoided whenever possible;
3. Consistent patterns of alignment shall be sought. Sharp curves at the end of long
tangents or at the end of long flat curves shall be avoided;
4. Short lengths of curves shall be avoided even for very small deflection angles;
5. Flat curvatures shall be provided on long fills;
6. Compound circular curves with large differences in radii shall be avoided;
7. Direct reverse curves shall be avoided; a tangent shall be used between them;
8. “Broken back curves” (two curves in the same direction on either side of a short
tangent or large radius curve) shall be avoided; and
43
9. To effectuate the above general criteria, the minimum curve centerline radii for local
streets and collector streets shall be 100’ and 150’, respectively. The maximum
allowable degree of curvature shall be 23° for local streets and 12.5° for collector
streets.
G. Street Lighting: Lighting shall comply with the policies and standards outlined in the Salt
Lake City Street Lighting Master Plan.
H. Curb, Gutter, and Sidewalks: The following principles and standards shall apply to the
design and installation of curbs, gutters, sidewalks, and pedestrianways. Low impact
development standards may be substituted at the discretion of the engineering and
transportation divisions, according to best practices as determined by the public utilities
department:
1. Vertical curbs and gutters as shown on the city’s standard detail drawings shall be
required in all subdivisions unless otherwise approved by the city engineer and
transportation director. The minimum gutter slope at a street intersection and at the
crest and sag of vertical curves is 0.5%;
2. Sidewalks shall be designed to comply with ADA Guidelines. Sidewalks are required
on both sides of a street except when the transportation director authorizes an
exception when a subdivision includes land that is in a manufacturing zone located
west of I-215, BP Business Park District located west of I-215, or EI Extractive
Industries District.
3. Sidewalks shall normally be located within the street right of way and shall be
required to be a minimum width as indicated in this subsection:
a. Four feet wide in any FR, R-1, R-2, or SR zoning districts when adjacent to a park
strip;
b. Five feet wide in any FR, R-1, R-2, or SR zoning districts zoning districts when
the sidewalk is directly adjacent to the back of curb;
c. Six feet wide in all other zoning districts unless specified otherwise in those
districts;
d. Eight feet wide in the central business district; or
e. Ten feet wide along Main Street in the central business district.
The transportation director may require the subdivider to provide a pedestrian impact
study to determine if additional width for a sidewalk is necessary based on the
proportional impact the subdivision may have on the sidewalks within the
subdivision;
I. Protection Strips: Protection Strips: Where subdivision streets create frontage for
contiguous property owned by others, the subdivider may, upon approval by the city
engineer create a protection strip not less than one foot in width between said street and
adjacent property, to be deeded into joint ownership between the city and subdivider.
Such a lot requires an agreement from the subdivider contracting to deed to the owners of
the contiguous property the one foot or larger protection strip lot for a consideration
44
named in the agreement, such consideration to be not more than the cost of street
improvements properly charged to the contiguous property as determined by the city
engineering division in their estimate of cost of improvements for the
subdivision. Jointly owned protection strip lots shall not be permitted at the end of or
within the boundaries of a public street, or proposed street, or within an area, or abutting
an area, intended for future public use.
J. Traffic Report: New subdivisions have traffic impacts on existing street systems that may
or may not be adverse in nature. The transportation director may require the subdivider to
provide a detailed traffic report of the effects and impacts of the proposed development.
This report shall detail the expected number of trips to be generated, the type of vehicles
expected, and the times of day that the most severe impact can be expected. It shall also
detail the effect on street capacity by the development, as well as nearby intersections
that will be impacted by the development’s traffic as may be designated by the
transportation division director. Based on a review of the traffic impact study, the
transportation division may require additional mitigations including street improvements
and other multi-modal transportation enhancements.
20.26.070: STANDARDS FOR NATURAL FEATURES:
All subdivisions and subdivision amendments shall comply with the provisions of this
section. This section shall be administered by the planning director.
A. Preservation of Natural Features: all subdivisions and subdivision amendments shall be
designed to preserve the natural features of a site as follows:
1. Rivers, streams and creeks shall not be piped or placed in any culvert or man-made
channel;
2. Wetlands shall be protected and buffered as required within the underlying zoning
district, overlay district, or as identified in the general plan;
3. Wooded areas within a subdivision shall be preserved. Lots that include wooded
areas are allowed to exceed the maximum lot size of the underlying zoning district
and may count towards any required landscaping, regardless of location of the
wooded area or the required landscaped area;
4. Wildlife habitat shall be preserved when the general plan identifies areas to be
protected or Title 21A specifically requires protection of habitat or buffers from
wildlife habitat. Area preserved as wildlife habitat may count towards the landscaping
requirements of the underlying zoning district, regardless of the location of the
wildlife habitat or the required landscaped area; and
5. Natural features identified in this section shall be identified as undevelopable areas on
the final plat. The size of the undevelopable area shall be determined by the general
plan if the general plan provides an objective metric to determine the area to be
protected or as required by Title 21A Zoning. If both the general plan and Title 21A
include conflicting regulations regarding this provision, the smaller requirement shall
take precedent. If the general plan or Title 21A does not provide a minimum
45
requirement, the document that does indicate a minimum requirement shall take
precedent.
B. Environmental Conditions of Land to Be Dedicated: Environmental Site Assessments
(ESAs) and remediation must be conducted on any land that is to be dedicated to the
public, as follows:
1. ESAs shall be performed in accordance with the most recent version of ASTM
Standard E1527.
2. The city reserves the right to conduct ESAs using a city-contracted environmental
consultant if needed to avoid legal liability, if there are concerns with the
environmental work conducted to date, or other reasons as determined by the director
of sustainability, other department directors as applicable, or their designees.
3. If remediation is required to clean up the land to the appropriate land use standards,
the remediation shall be completed prior to dedicating the land.
4. All ESAs and remediation reports shall be reviewed and approved by the director of
sustainability, other department directors as applicable, or their designees.
20.26.080: STANDARDS FOR BLOCKS:
All subdivisions and subdivision amendments shall comply with the provisions of this
section. This section shall be administered by the planning director.
A. Public Streets Required: All subdivisions shall include public streets as required by the
adopted general plan of the city. The subdivision may include additional streets not
identified in the general plan. Streets shall be used to create blocks that comply with this
section. Local streets within a subdivision shall be public unless private streets are
approved through a planned development in accordance with Chapter 21A.55.
B. Blocks shall be created by streets as required in the adopted general plan. For the purpose
of this section, a midblock walkway identified in the general plan shall be considered a
street for determining block size. Blocks shall be created by local streets as follows:
1. In zoning districts that allow residential uses, proposed streets that comply with the
applicable street cross section in the Street and Intersection Typologies Design Guide
are required when the proposed subdivision is over five acres in size unless the
subdivision is approved as part of a planned development. For the purpose of this
section, a residential use does not include a dwelling for a caretaker when allowed in
zoning districts that do not allow other residential land uses. This section shall also
apply to any lot/parcel line adjustment or lot/parcel consolidation; and
2. In all other zoning districts, there is no maximum block size.
46
20.26.090: STANDARDS FOR LOTS AND PARCELS:
All subdivisions and subdivision amendments shall comply with the provisions of this
section. This section shall be administered by the planning director.
A. Frontage on Public Streets: All lots or parcels shall have frontage on a public street and
the frontage shall comply with the minimum lot width requirements of the underlying
zoning district. This standard is not applicable if Title 21A allows lots or parcels without
street frontage. This provision may be modified as part of a planned development in
accordance with Chapter 21A.55. Access that crosses multiple lots shall include
appropriate cross access easements.
B. Buildable Areas: All subdivisions shall result in lots or parcels that provide a practically
sized buildable area except for lots or parcels that are:
1. Identified as undevelopable on a subdivision plat;
2. Identified as a public park or open space;
3. Identified as a protection strip intended to prevent access across property provided the
protection strip complies with the standards of this title; or
4. Intended to be used for public infrastructure.
C. Minimum Lot or Parcel Size: All lots or parcels shall comply with the minimum lot size
and lot width required within the applicable zoning district or overlay district in Title
21A.
D. Lot or Parcel Shape: all lots and parcels shall generally be rectangular in shape except
when one of the following conditions exist:
1. The lot or parcel shares a property line with a lot or parcel that is not part of the
subject subdivision and that property line is curved, angled, or has multiple angles
along the length of the property line;
2. The lot or parcel has frontage on a public right of way or private street and the
boundary of the public right of way or private street is curved, angled, or has multiple
angles along the length of the boundary. Side property lines shall be approximately at
right angles or radial to the street line;
3. The property line follows a natural feature that includes a water way, slope over 30
degrees, rockfall area, wetland, ridge line, or other natural area that necessitates a
different shape lot;
4. This standard does not apply when:
a. The shape is approved as part of a planned development;
b. The lot or parcel is a flag lot; or
c. The lot or parcel is in a special purpose zoning district other than MU Mixed Use
District.
47
E. Double Frontage Lots: Double frontage lots are prohibited in subdivisions located in
residential zoning districts.
F. Developable Area Limitation on Steep Slopes: The applicant shall provide a slope
classification map with any subdivision application when the subdivision is in any
foothill zoning district or open space zoning district. The slope classification map shall
use a “ten-foot averaging” to determine the locations of any slope that exceeds 30%. All
slopes that are 30% or greater shall be considered significant steep slopes and are
undevelopable. This section shall also apply to zoning map amendments that propose
changing the zoning from a foothill zoning district to any other zoning district.
1. All areas of significant steep slope shall be identified as “undevelopable area” on the
plat. A legal description of the undevelopable area shall also be included on the plat;
2. The boundary line of the undevelopable area shall be identified as a “transition area”
on the plat. The transition area shall be a minimum of 10 feet;
3. Undevelopable areas shall be protected from subsequent alteration or encroachment
by an open space preservation easement granted to Salt Lake City on the subdivision
plat;
4. Grading, landscaping, construction activities, streets (public or private) and other
disturbances of the land are prohibited within the portions of the plat designated as an
undevelopable area except as follows:
a. Any construction activity necessary to provide utility access to the lot when the
undevelopable area is located between the street and the developable area on a lot
and there is no other legally existing location to construct the necessary public
utilities. Any excavation and grading work necessary to construct necessary
utilities shall be the minimum necessary and any disturbance shall be returned to
its natural condition;
b. Any driveway or walkway and associated retaining walls necessary to provide
access to the building area when the undevelopable area is located between the
street and the developable area and there is no other legally existing location to
construct the driveway, walkway, and associated retaining walls. No driveway
that qualifies for this exception may exceed 15 feet in width and no walkway may
exceed six feet in width. All retaining walls shall comply with the applicable
provisions for retaining walls found in Title 21A;
c. Exceptions listed in Subsections a. and b. shall occupy the same space unless the
engineering specifications for either requires a different location. The preference
of the subdivider or property owner is not a valid reason to allow separate
locations; or
d. Modifications to landscaping when necessary to comply with requirements or
guidelines for vegetation in wildfire interface zones as recommended by a
government agency.
5. A lot that has undevelopable area within its boundaries is allowed to exceed the
maximum lot size in the underlying zone without a planned development and without
48
needing to comply with the provisions in Title 21A for exceeding maximum lot size
provided:
a. The parcel has a minimum of 1,500 square feet of net buildable area. The net
buildable area shall not include any areas of thirty percent (30%) or greater slope
or the required zoning setbacks or the portion of the transitional area that is
required that lies within the required ten foot (10’) minimum setback or twenty
foot (20’) average setback from the proposed development limit line, as defined
by the Salt Lake City Zoning Ordinance;
b. The parcel has city sewer and water services that are located or can be extended to
access the lot directly from the street; or
c. The applicant must present a construction plan, acceptable to the city, which
demonstrates the ability to manage staging for construction in a manner that will
not impact transitional or steep slope areas; and
6. The plat shall include the following language to indicate that the developable area
limitation on steep slopes shall be shown on all building permits for new buildings or
structures and additions to existing buildings or structures: “The developable area
limitations and all undevelopable areas shall be shown on all building permits when
the building permit includes the construction of any new building or structure and
additions to any existing building or structure. The undevelopable area shall not be
used for any construction activity, staging, or storage during the construction
process.”
G. Solar Oriented Lots: For subdivisions with 25 or more single-family residential lots at
least 50% of lots less than 15,000 square feet, upon which detached single-family
dwelling units are planned for construction, shall be oriented with the longest dimension
lot line oriented towards the south to accommodate future solar panel installations on the
property. Exceptions to this provision may be made by the planning director when:
1. The land that is proposed to be subdivided is along an existing street that is oriented
in a manner that does not make it practical for the lots to comply with this
requirement;
2. Where unusual topographic, environmental, soil, and similar conditions exist that, as
determined by the planning director, make compliance with these provisions
physically infeasible;
3. The property is within an existing subdivision and the proposal is a subdivision
amendment; or
4. The existing lot or parcel is proposed to be modified through a lot line adjustment,
parcel boundary adjustment, or consolidation.
49
CHAPTER 20.30
APPEALS
20.30.010: Appeal Authority
20.30.020: Appeal Procedures
20.30.010: APPEAL AUTHORITY:
A. Appeals of any final decision made under this Title shall be subject to the requirements of
this chapter.
B. Appeal of Final Decision: The applicant, a board or officer of the municipality, or an
adversely affected party may, within 10 days of a final decision regarding a preliminary
subdivision application, appeal that decision to the appeal hearing officer by alleging that
there is error in any order, requirement, decision, or determination made by the land use
authority who made the final decision. All appeals shall be based on the record and
subject to the appeal process established in Chapter 21A.16. An appeal filed under this
section does not require a public hearing with the appeals hearing officer. A final
decision that involves approving the recordable instrument cannot be appealed.
C. Appeal of decision regarding subdivision improvement plans. Any dispute between the
city and the subdivider shall be conducted in accordance with Utah Code Section 10-9a-
508(5) or its successor. Appeals under this section are limited in accordance to Utah
Code Section 10-9a-508(5).
D. Appeal of a residential roadway standard. Any appeal related to Utah Code Section 10-
9a-508(5) or its successor is subject to the specific appeal requirements of that section.
Any appeal filed under this section shall comply with the appeal application and fee
process required by this chapter.
20.30.020: APPEAL PROCEDURES:
A. All appeals shall be filed within 10 days of the final decision on an application provided
by the city and following the submittal process required by the city for filing an
application.
B. Any appeal of a subdivision approval shall be based on the record of approval. A public
hearing is not required for an appeal and no additional information may be presented by
the appellant that was not made available to the land use authority prior to the final
decision.
C. The process for filing an appeal, except as indicated in this chapter, shall be the same as
the process outlined in Chapter 21A.16. If Utah Code provides an appeal process that
differs from this chapter, Utah Code shall be followed.
50
CHAPTER 20.40
ENFORCEMENT
20.40.010: Unlawful Acts Involving Sale or Lease of Property
20.40.020: City Engineer to Enforce Subdivision Design Standards
20.40.030: Violation and Penalty
20.40.040: Issuing a Certificate of Occupancy
20.40.050: Illegal Subdivisions, Consolidations, and Adjustments
20.40.060: Civil Penalties
20.40.010: UNLAWFUL ACTS INVOLVING SALE OR LEASE OF PROPERTY:
A. No person shall offer to sell, contract to sell, sell, deed, or convey any property contrary
to the provisions of this title.
B. The city, in addition to any other remedy provided by law, may seek to prevent any
remedy or violation of this title that has occurred or is about to occur by instituting a
proceeding for an injunction, mandamus, abatement or any other appropriate action.
C. The city may enforce the provisions of this title by refusing to issue building permits.
20.40.020: CITY ENGINEER TO ENFORCE SUBDIVISION DESIGN STANDARDS:
The city engineering division will have responsibility for inspection and enforcement of
subdivision design standards and requirements of this title. When it is found by inspection
that conditions are not substantial as stated or shown in the approved subdivision plans, the
city engineering division shall stop further work until approval is obtained for an amended
subdivision plan.
20.40.030: VIOLATION AND PENALTY:
It shall be unlawful for any person to fail to comply with the provisions of this title, and
failure to comply with the provisions of this title shall constitute a class C misdemeanor.
20.40.040: ISSUING A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY:
The building official may withhold the issuance of certificate of occupancy for any building
within a subdivision if the subdivider or designee violates any provision of this title and fails
to correct the violation to the satisfaction of the city engineer.
51
20.40.050: ILLEGAL SUBDIVISIONS, CONSOLIDATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENTS:
Any subdivision, consolidation, or adjustment to land that is not authorized and approved
under this title or Utah Code shall not be recognized by the city and no future land use
approval or building permit shall be issued until the subdivision, consolidation, or adjustment
complies with the requirements of this title and is approved by the city.
20.40.060: CIVIL PENALTIES:
Any violations of the provisions of this title shall subject the violator to a civil penalty in the
following amounts:
A. $200.00 per day if the violation occurs in FR-1, FR-2, or FR-3 districts as listed in Title
21A.
B. $100.00 per day for any other violation.
CHAPTER 20.50
DEFINITIONS
20.50.010: Definitions Generally
20.50.020: Definition of Terms
20.50.010: DEFINITIONS GENERALLY:
Terms used within this title shall be defined as indicated. Terms defined in Utah Code
Section 10-9a-103 shall take precedence. Terms not defined in Utah Code shall be as defined
in this section. Terms not defined in Utah Code Chapter 10-9a or in this section shall be as
defined in Title 21A. Any words that remain undefined shall be defined as stated in Miriam-
Webster Online Dictionary.
20.50.020: DEFINITION OF TERMS:
ALLEY: A public or private right of way within a block primarily intended for service and
access to abutting property by vehicles and not designated for general travel.
ADA: Americans With Disabilities Act.
APPLICATION: A form provided by the zoning administrator that is required to initiate a
process identified by this chapter.
52
ARTERIAL STREET: A street that facilitates through traffic movement over relatively long
distances such as from one end of the city to the other. Arterials are generally multilane
streets carrying high traffic volumes at relatively high-speed limits. These are commuter
streets and sometimes offer controlled access to abutting property, and curbside parking may
be restricted or prohibited. Arterial streets are designated as such on the major street plan
map of the transportation master plan.
BICYCLE INFRASTRUCTURE: Public facilities intended to support the use of a bicycle or
similar vehicles which may include, but is not limited to, paved ramps, paths, bridges,
bicycle storage facilities, trails, and the accessory structures necessary to support the
facilities.
BLOCK: An area of land within a subdivision entirely bounded by streets (other than alleys),
freeways, and other types of rights of way identified by this chapter.
BUILDABLE AREA: That portion of the lot remaining after required yards have been
provided and after the limitations of any pertinent environmental regulations have been
applied. Buildings may be placed in any part of the buildable area subject to complying with
other applicable standards.
CITY ATTORNEY: The Salt Lake City Attorney or designee.
CITY COUNCIL: The legislative body of Salt Lake City.
CITY ENGINEER: The Salt Lake City Engineer or designee.
CITY RECORDER: The Salt Lake City Recorder or designee.
COLLECTOR STREET: A street that provides the connection between arterial and local
streets. Collector streets can be multilane, but they are meant to carry less traffic at lower
speeds and for shorter distances than arterial streets. They provide direct access to abutting
property and carry a mix of local and commuter traffic headed for nearby destinations.
Collector streets are identified as such on the major street plan map of the transportation
master plan.
CONDOMINIUM: A property or portions thereof conforming to the definition set forth in
Utah Code Section 57-8-3 or its successor.
CONDOMINIUM CONVERSION: The process of converting an existing building(s) into a
condominium.
CONDOMINIUM DECLARATION: As defined in Utah Code Section 57-8-3, or its
successor.
CONSERVATION EASEMENT: An encumbrance against real property that restricts uses of
the land to protect the land for conservation purposes.
53
CONSOLIDATION: The act of combining two or more lot or parcels into one lot or parcel.
CONTOUR LINE: A line on a map joining points of equal elevation as measured from sea
level.
COUNTY RECORDER: The Salt Lake County Recorder or designee.
CUL-DE-SAC: A local street open at only one end which has a turnaround for vehicles at the
closed end.
DEDICATION: The act of converting private land to public land.
DEED: A legal document that transfers an ownership interest in real property to another
person or entity.
DEED RESTRICTION: A signed document recorded against the title of a property that
limits the use of the property.
DEVELOPMENT LIMIT LINE: A line on a plat which defines the boundary between
developable and undevelopable areas. This line may be identified with different terms, such
as nonbuildable area line, on existing recorded plats.
DOUBLE FRONTAGE LOT: A lot that has frontages on two different streets where the
streets do not intersect adjacent to the property. This term shall also apply to double frontage
parcels.
DRIVEWAY: A way or route for use by a vehicle leading from a parking area or from a
house, garage, or other structure to a road or street.
EASEMENT: An interest in land owned by another that entitles its holder to a specific
limited use or enjoyment.
ENVIRONMENTAL REMEDIATION: The cleanup of pollution or contaminants from the
environment to the standards appropriate for the proposed land use, including the soil,
groundwater, surface water, or air.
EXCAVATION: Any act by which vegetation, earth, sand, gravel, rock, or any other similar
material is cut into, dug, quarried, uncovered, removed, displaced, relocated, or bulldozed,
and shall include the conditions resulting therefrom.
FINAL SUBDIVISION PLAT: A map of real property in the form of lands and/or building
units being laid out and prepared in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 10-9a or Title
57, Utah Code or its successor, and of this title, designed to be placed on record in the office
of the Salt Lake County Recorder.
54
FOOTHILL SUBDIVISION: A subdivision of property located within the FP Foothills
Protection District or the FR-1/43,560, FR-2/21,780, or FR-3/12,000 Districts.
FREEWAY: Routes, typically divided arterial highways, provide for rapid movement of
large volumes of vehicles between urban areas. No local access to individual sites is
provided.
GENERAL PLAN: Land use planning policy document(s) adopted by the Salt Lake City
Council in accordance with the provisions of Utah Code Chapter 10-9a, Part 4 and defined in
Title 19 General Plan.
GRADING: Excavation or fill or any combination thereof that alters the elevation of the
terrain and shall include the conditions resulting from any excavation or fill.
GRADING PLAN: A plan that shows the extent of all grading activity that is proposed to
occur within the boundaries of a subdivision or on a lot or parcel.
LEGAL DESCRIPTION: The written description of a lot or parcel. The legal description
may be metes and bounds, a lot number or combination of lot numbers when located within a
subdivision recorded by plat, or other lawful description of land that is recorded with the
county recorder’s office.
LOCAL STREET: A street which provides direct access to and from abutting properties they
serve. Local streets are usually relatively narrow and meant to carry traffic over short
distances and at low speeds.
LOT: A tract of land, regardless of any label, that is created by and shown on a subdivision
plat that has been recorded in the office of the county recorder.
LOT LINE ADJUSTMENT: The relocation of the property boundary lines, with the consent
of the owners of record as required by this title, between adjoining lots or parcels that are
described by either a metes and bounds description or a recorded plat.
MIDBLOCK WALKWAY: A pedestrian walkway that provides access through a block.
NONCOMPLIANCE: The result of an action that does not comply with a requirement of this
title.
NOTICE OF APPLICATION: A public notice sent to property owners or tenants within a
specified distance of a property that is subject of a land use application that is intended to
provide information about a proposed application authorized by this title.
NOTICE OF SUBDIVISION APPROVAL FOR 10 LOTS OR LESS: A document that is
recorded with the Salt Lake County Recorder’s Office that indicates the approval of a
subdivision of 10 lots or fewer as authorized by this title.
55
PARCEL: Any unit of real property that is not a lot.
PEDESTRIAN INFRASTRUCTURE: Public facilities intended to support the movement of
people in a safe, inclusive, and protected space separated from automobiles. This may
include, but is not limited to, paved ramps, sidewalks, paths, bridges, trails, street crossings,
and the accessory structures necessary to support the facilities.
PHASE ONE ENVIRONMENTAL SITE ASSESSMENT: A report that identifies potential
or existing environmental contamination that impacts or may impact land.
PLANNING COMMISSION: The Salt Lake City Planning Commission.
PLANNING DIRECTOR: The director of the Salt Lake City Planning Division or designee.
PREAPPLICATION MEETING: A meeting between a subdivider and various city
representatives where initial subdivision applications, process, and regulations are discussed.
PRELIMINARY PLAT MAP: A plat showing the design of a proposed subdivision and the
existing conditions in and around the subdivision. It need not be based upon a detailed final
survey of the property, except as provided in Chapter 20.16 of this title.
PRELIMINARY GEOTECHNICAL REPORT: A report that describes the general
topography and geology of land which includes subsurface conditions and that is intended to
provide information about the structural needs of future development based on the soil
characteristics.
PRELIMINARY SUBDIVISION: The first phase of the subdivision approval process that
precedes final subdivision.
PROPERTY REPORT: A report that analyzes all structures, building systems, and
infrastructure on a property that is proposed to be converted to a condominium. The report
includes information about the status, age, anticipated future maintenance needs, and other
issues associated with the property and is intended to be disclosed to future purchasers of
units within a condominium.
PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT: Street work, utilities, public landscaping improvements, public
infrastructure improvements, and other facilities proposed or required to serve a subdivision
and be installed within the public way.
PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE IMPROVEMENT: An infrastructure improvement as
defined in Utah Code Section 10-9a-103 required by this title that is intended to be dedicated
or granted for public use.
PUBLIC LANDSCAPING IMPROVEMENT: Landscaping described in Utah Code Section
10-9a-604.5 or its successor.
56
PRIVATE STREET: A street that is not dedicated for public use by a legally binding
document.
RECORDABLE INSTRUMENT: The documents that are used to document the approval of
any application required by this title and recorded with the Salt Lake County Recorder’s
office.
RECORDED PLAT: A subdivision plat that has been recorded with the Salt Lake County
Recorder’s office.
RESIDENTIAL LAND USE: A principal use of the land for primarily residential purposes.
RESIDENTIAL ROADWAY: As defined in Utah Code Section 10-9a-103.
RETAINING WALL: A structure that is used to hold earth in place.
REVIEW CYCLE: A subdivision review process defined in Utah Code Section 10-9a.604.2
SECURITY DEVICE: Any of the following, in a form acceptable to the city attorney, that
secures the performance of the subdivider’s obligations under the subdivision improvement
construction agreement:
1. A separate payment bond and a separate performance bond provided by a corporate
surety company;
2. A cash bond or escrow agreement; or
3. A letter of credit.
SIGNIFICANT STEEP SLOPE: An area of 30% or greater slope, as determined using 10’
averaging, which is intended to be protected from development or other disturbance.
SITE: A lot or parcel of land, or a contiguous combination thereof, where grading work is
performed as a single unified operation.
SITE PREPARATION: Grading and underground utility installation in preparation for an
approved, pending development.
SLOPE: The slant of the earth within a lot or parcel or other defined area of land.
SLOPE CLASSIFICATION MAP: A map prepared as a colored exhibit by a registered
professional engineer or land surveyor based upon a contour map of the specified scale and
contour interval, upon which the measured and calculated percent of slope (measured
between every contour interval on the map) is classified or grouped into percentage of slope
data in 10% slope groupings as follows:
57
Slope Classification Percent Of Slope Mapped Color
Level 0 - 9.9% Uncolored
Slight 10 - 19.9% Yellow
Moderate 20 - 29.9% Orange
Severe 30% and greater Red
SOILS ENGINEER: A registered civil engineer of the state of Utah, specializing in soil
mechanics and foundation engineering, familiar with the application of principles of soil
mechanics in the investigation and analysis of the engineering properties of earth materials.
SOLAR ORIENTED LOT:
A. A lot with a front line oriented to within 30° of a true east-west line. When the lot line
abutting a street is curved, the “front lot line” shall mean, for the purposes of this
definition, the straight-line connecting ends of the curve. For a flag lot, the “front lot line”
shall mean the lot line that is most parallel to the closest street, excluding the pole portion
of the flag lot; or
B. A lot that, when a straight line is drawn from a point midway between the side lot lines at
the required front yard setback to a point midway between the side lot lines at the
required rear yard setback, is oriented to within 30° of true north along such line; or
C. A corner lot with a south lot line oriented to within 30° of a true east-west line, where the
south lot line adjoins a public street or open space and the abutting street right of way or
open space has a minimum north-south dimension of at least 50’. For purposes of this
definition, “open space” shall include, without limitation, parks, cemeteries, golf courses
and similar outdoor recreation areas, drainage ditches and ponds, irrigation ditches and
reservoirs, lakes, ponds, wetlands, open spaces reserved for use of residents of the
development, and other similar open space.
SPECIAL NATURAL TOPOGRAPHIC FEATURE: A naturally occurring feature which is
determined to be unique among similar features of its kind (i.e., rock formation, water
feature) or has historical associations (e.g., Ensign Peak).
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS: All the specific requirements and standard detailed
drawings adopted, utilized, and administered by the responsible city departments.
STREET: A public or private vehicular way, between property or boundary lines and
including parking, sidewalks, and gutters, that may also serve for all or part of its width as a
way for pedestrian traffic, whether called street, highway, thoroughfare, parkway,
throughway, road, avenue, boulevard, lane, place, alley, mall or otherwise designated.
STREET DEDICATION PLAT: A plat that is used to dedicate streets for public use but does
not create any additional lots. A street dedication plat cannot be used when the land to be
dedicated is part of an existing subdivision.
58
SUBDIVIDER: Any person, firm, corporation, partnership, or association who causes land to
be divided into a subdivision.
SUBDIVISION: Any land that is divided, resubdivided or proposed to be divided into two
(2) or more lots, parcels, sites, units, plots, or other division of land for the purpose, whether
immediate or future, for offer, sale, lease, or development. For purposes of this chapter,
“subdivision” includes:
A. The division or development of land whether by deed, metes and bounds description,
devise and testacy, lease, map, plat, or other recorded instruments, for all residential and
nonresidential uses; and
B. Any condominium project which involves dedication of real property to the ownership
and use of the public.
SUBDIVISION AMENDMENT INVOLVING STREETS: An application that includes a
proposed change to any subdivision for which a subdivision plat has been previously
approved and recorded and which proposes to vacate all or a portion of any of the dedicated
public streets, rights of way, or easements of the original subdivision plat.
SUBDIVISION AMENDMENT NOT INVOLVING STREETS: An application that
includes a proposed change to any subdivision, for which a subdivision or plat has been
previously approved and recorded and which does not propose to vacate all or a portion of
any of the dedicated public streets, rights of way, or easements of the original subdivision
plat.
SUBDIVISION DESIGN: The overall layout of the proposed subdivision, including, but not
limited to, the arrangement of streets and intersections, the layout and size of lots, the widths
and locations of easements and rights of way for utilities, drainage structures, sewers and the
nature and location of public or semipublic facilities, programs for the preservation of natural
features, and the installation of public improvements.
SUBDIVISION IMPROVEMENT CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT: An agreement
between the city and subdivider regarding constructing subdivision improvements required
by this title.
SUBDIVISION IMPROVEMENT PLANS: As defined in Utah Code Section 10-9a-604.2.
SUBDIVISION ORDINANCE REVIEW: As defined in Utah Code Section 10-9a-604.2.
SUBDIVISION PLAN REVIEW: As defined in Utah Code Section 10-9a.604.2
SUBSTANTIVE REVIEW: The review of a subdivision application and all submittal
requirements to determine if the documents comply with the requirements of this title.
TEN FOOT AVERAGING: Calculating the percent of slope between 10’ elevation intervals
on an accurate slope classification map. The first interval can start at any elevation line, and
59
subsequent intervals shall be set at 10-foot increments. For example, if the first interval starts
at 4721, the next interval line must be 4731, followed by 4741 and so forth. This technique is
used to determine areas of significant steep slope.
TRAFFIC IMPACT STUDY: A study performed by a transportation engineer that analyzes
the impact future development has on public streets to determine how the impacts can be
mitigated or if the development is appropriate.
TRAILHEAD: The point of public access to a public trail.
UNDEVELOPABLE AREA: The portion of a lot that is unusable for or not adaptable to the
normal uses made of the property, which may include areas covered by water, areas that are
excessively steep, included in certain types of easements, or otherwise not suitable for
development, including areas designated on a plat as undevelopable.
WATERCOURSE: A path where water flows in a natural, altered, or artificial manner.
WATER SOURCE: A source for drinking water.
WETLAND, FUNCTIONAL: Areas inundated, permanently or intermittently, with water
that contain wetland plant species. Functional wetlands do not include jurisdictional
wetlands.
WETLAND, JURISDICTIONAL: Areas that are inundated by water and declared as
wetlands by the United States Army Corp of Engineers.
WILDLIFE HABITAT: Land in a natural state with minimum human disturbances that is
used by wildlife.
WOODED AREAS: Areas of land that are naturally and primarily covered by trees and are a
minimum of ¼ acre in size.
SECTION 2. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall become effective on the date of its
first publication.
60
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ______________,
202_.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
Mayor’s Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
______________________________
MAYOR
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ________ of 202_.
Published: ______________.
Ordinance repeal and replace Title 20 subdivisions (final) 10-12-23
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:__________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Paul C. Nielson, Senior City Attorney
October 12, 2023
Item B2
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Ben Luedtke
Budget & Public Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: U.S. Housing and Urban Development Department (HUD) General Community
Development Needs Annual Public Hearing Motion Sheet
Staff note: HUD requires two public hearings annually: one to hear from the community about
"general needs" early in the process and another when the Council is considering specific funding
awards in the spring. This is the first of the two annual public hearings. There is nothing for the
Council to adopt at this stage.
MOTION 1 – CLOSE PUBLIC HEARING
I move that the Council close the public hearing.
MOTION 2 – CONTINUE PUBLIC HEARING
I move that the Council continue the public hearing to a future date.
SALT LAKE CITY 2020-2024 CONSOLIDATEDPLAN GOALS
S L C H O U S I N G & N E I G H B O R H O O D
D E V E L O P M E N T
HOUSING
Improve bus stop amenities as a way to encourage the accessibility of public transit and
enhance the experience of public transit in target areas
To promote accessibility and affordability of multimodal transportation options
1.
2. Support access to transportation prioritizing very low-income and vulnerable populations
3. Expand and support the installation of bike racks, stations, and amenities as a way to
encourage use of alternative modes of transportation in target areas
To provide expanded housing options for all economic and demographic segments of Salt
Lake City’s population while diversifying the housing stock within neighborhoods.
1.Support housing programs that address the needs of aging housing stock through targeting
rehabilitation efforts and diversifying the housing stock within neighborhoods
2.Support affordable housing development that increases the number and types of units available for
income eligible residents
3.Support programs that provide access to home ownership via down payment assistance, and/or
housing subsidy, and/or financing
4.Support rent assistance programs to emphasize stable housing as a primary strategy to prevent and
end homelessness
5.Expand housing support for aging resident that ensure access to continued stable housing
Provide job training/vocational training programs targeting low-income and vulnerable
populations including, but not limited to; chronically homeless; those exiting treatment
centers/programs and/or institutions; and persons with disabilities
Economic Development efforts via supporting the improvement and visibility of small
businesses through façade improvement programs
Provide economic development support for microenterprise businesses
Direct financial assistance to for-profit businesses
Expand access to early childhood education to set the stage for academic achievement, social
development, and change the cycle of poverty
Promote digital inclusion through access to digital communication technologies and the internet
Build resiliency by providing tools to increase economic and/or housing stability
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7. Provide support for programs that reduce food insecurity for vulnerable population
1. Expand support for medical and dental care options for those experiencing homelessness
2. Provide support for homeless services including Homeless Resource Center Operations and
Emergency overflow operations.
3. Provide support for programs providing outreach services to address the needs of those living an
unsheltered life.
4. Expand case management support as a way to connect those experiencing homelessness with
permanent housing and supportive services
To provide support for low-income and vulnerable populations experiencing behavioral
health concerns such as substance abuse disorders and mental health challenges
To expand access supportive programs that help ensure that homelessness is rare, brief, and non
recurring.
1. Expand treatment options, counseling support, and case management for those experiencing
behavioral health crisis
2. Support programs that provide connection to permanent housing upon exiting behavioral
health programs. Support may include, but is not limited to supporting obtaining housing via
deposit and rent assistance and barrier elimination to the extent allowable to regulation
BUILD COMMUNITY RESILIENCY
TRANSPORTATION
HOMELESS SERVICES
Behavioral Health
Item C1
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: 116 East Edith Avenue Zoning Map and Master Plan Amendments
PLNPCM2022-01160/01161
MOTION 1 (adopt)
I move that the Council adopt the ordinance.
MOTION 2 (reject)
I move that the Council reject the ordinance.
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM:Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:November 7, 2023
RE: 116 East Edith Avenue Zoning Map and Master Plan Amendments
PLNPCM2022-01160/01161
PUBLIC HEARING UPDATE
Three people spoke at the November 7, 2023 public hearing. Two shared concerns with unsheltered
individuals at the site as well as noise and U-Haul truck parking issues related to the property. The owner’s
representative spoke in support of the proposed amendments. He noted that the property has been used
for commercial purposes and no home has been on the site for many years. If the zoning remains
residential, nothing will be built there. The owner asked for the trucks to be removed and it is his
understanding they have been. The owner wants to bring the property into compliance.
The Council closed the hearing and deferred action to a future meeting.
The following information was provided for the Council briefing and public hearing. It
is included again for background purposes.
BRIEFING UPDATE
During the October 3, 2023 briefing the Council confirmed there is not a home on the subject property and
no housing loss mitigation is required. The petitioner stated that although the City recognizes the property
is zoned residential, Salt Lake County records indicate that it is commercial and is charging taxes as such.
Staff note: taxes are assessed based on the use of the property and not the underlying zoning. The
petitioner would like to consolidate the parcel with his abutting parcel at 1207 South State Street.
The Council asked Planning staff about use of the property for rental truck parking. That is happening on
the 1207 South State Street property and would be allowed on the subject property if the rezone request is
Item Schedule:
Briefing: October 3, 2023
Set Date: October 17, 2023
Public Hearing: November 7, 2023
Potential Action: November 14, 2023
Page | 2
approved by the Council. In response to nearby resident concerns about increased truck traffic on Edith
Avenue, the petitioner committed to keeping an existing blocked driveway onto Edith Avenue closed so
vehicles would be required to enter or exit on State Street.
The following information was provided for the September 5, 2023 Council briefing
and public hearing. It is included again for background purposes.
The Council will be briefed about a proposal to amend the zoning map for property at 116 East Edith
Avenue (approximately 1200 South) in City Council District Five from its current R-1/5,000 (Single Family
Residential) zoning designation to CC (Corridor Commercial). In addition, the proposal calls for amending
the Central Community Master Plan future land use map from the current “Low-Density Residential”
designation to “Community Commercial.” Current R-1/5,000 and CC zoning allow buildings up to 28 feet
and 30 feet respectively. (An additional 15 feet of height (45 feet total) can be approved in the CC zoning
district through the design review process.)
The 0.12-acre parcel is used as parking for the adjacent parcel at 1207 South State Street where a magazine
and smoke shop is located. The property reportedly has also been used as U-Haul storage. Both parcels are
under the same ownership.
Planning staff referenced a 1950 Sanborn map that indicates a single-family residence was located at 116
East Edith Avenue. There is no record of a building permit since 1979, so Planning estimates the home was
demolished sometime between 1950 and 1979. Planning staff believes the current commercial use has
existed since at least 1979.
Edith Avenue properties between the subject property and 200 East are zoned R-1/5,000 and properties
fronting State Street and 1300 South are zoned CC as shown in the zoning map below.
Amending the zoning map and master plan future land use map would allow the current use to be a
conforming use, and potentially combine 1207 South State Street and 116 East Edith Avenue into one
parcel, giving potential to redevelop the site. It is worth noting that to date no concept plans have been
submitted to the City.
Page | 3
Area zoning map with the subject property outlined in blue.
As outlined in Key Consideration 1 below, Planning staff’s opinion was that the proposed zoning map and
master plan amendments are consistent with adopted City plans and recommended the Planning
Commission forward a positive recommendation to the City Council. However, at its May 24, 2023
meeting the Commission voted unanimously to forward negative recommendations to the
Council on both the zoning map and future land use map amendments. Commissioners felt
expanding auto centric use into a residential neighborhood is inconsistent with Plan Salt Lake.
Goal of the briefing: Review the proposed zoning and future land use map amendments, determine if
the Council supports moving forward with the proposal.
POLICY QUESTIONS
1. The Council may wish to discuss whether aligning the zoning with current use of the property, and
redevelopment potential outweighs impacts to the adjacent single-family neighborhood.
2. The Corridor Commercial zone is designed to be adjacent and compatible with residential
neighborhoods, however, the Council may wish to consider whether another zone could be
considered to resolve the non-conforming use, open opportunities for future plans, and be
supportive of the residential neighborhood.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Council is only being asked to consider rezoning the property and amending the future land use map.
No formal site plan has been submitted to the City, nor is it within the scope of the Council’s role to review
such plans. Because zoning of a property can outlast the life of a building, any rezoning application should
be considered on the merits of changing the zoning of that property, not simply based on a potential
project.
Page | 4
KEY CONSIDERATIONS
Planning staff identified two key considerations related to the proposal which are found on pages 5-8 of the
Planning Commission staff report and summarized below. For the complete analysis, please see the staff
report.
Consideration 1 – Relevant Adopted Master Plan Documents
Central Community Master Plan (2005)
The subject property is within the Central Community Master Plan area, and the future land use map
designates the property as low density residential. The adjacent property at 1207 South State Street is
designated Corridor Commercial.
Planning staff pointed to a section of the master plan that addresses “preventing zoning changes for
commercial land use encroachment into residential neighborhoods.”
Commercial land use encroachment occurs when new businesses are established on formerly
residential properties and when existing neighborhood businesses appropriate contiguous
residential properties. Both types of expanding commercial development often cause the
demolition of residential structures for commercial land use. This has a severe impact on the
character, livability, and stability of the existing residential neighborhood.
Planning noted that demolition of an existing building would be discouraged but reiterated that the
building on the subject property was demolished prior to 1980. Use of the property is believed to have been
commercial since then, and Planning staff stated the proposal would allow commercial use on the property
without demolishing a building. It would also allow continued use of the site which is already impacting the
community as a commercial use.
Planning staff included the following from the master plan:
The location of neighborhood businesses within residential areas shortens travel times and makes
it possible to walk, cycle, or take the bus rather than using the automobile, thus benefiting the
community through improved air quality and reduced congestion on the City’s streets.
and
…non-conforming land uses, such as a commercial business on residentially zoned property, can
serve the local community. In some cases, these businesses may be 20 to 50 years old and have
provided convenient service to the neighborhood. These types of businesses also add character
and opportunities for social exchanges in the neighborhood.
Plan Salt Lake (2015)
Planning staff felt the proposal aligns with the Neighborhoods, and Growth guiding principles. They
outlined that the proposal supports the Neighborhoods principle because it does not change the
expectation of commercial use for the property, and provides neighborhood services and amenities.
Regarding support of the Growth guiding principle, Planning referenced that the proposal includes a mix of
land uses in the neighborhood, includes potential to redevelop the property, and any new development
would be in an area with existing infrastructure.
As noted above, the Planning Commission felt the proposal is inconsistent with Plan Salt Lake and
forwarded a negative recommendation to the City Council.
Consideration 2 – Comparison of R-1/5,000 and Corridor Commercial Zones
Page | 5
Planning staff found the current R-1/5,000 single-family zoning is appropriate for residential uses along
Edith Avenue, and the proposed Corridor Commercial zone is congruent with existing properties on State
Street north and south of the subject property.
R-1/5,000 zoning limits development on the 116 East Edith Avenue property to a single-family dwelling,
while CC zoning would allow for more intense uses such as a bar/tavern/brewpub, veterinary office,
convenience store/gas station, check cashing payday loan business, medical clinic, multi-family dwelling,
and mixed-use development, among others. (For a more comprehensive list of permitted and conditional
uses, please see Attachment D (pages 18-20) of the Planning Commission staff report.) Planning also noted
the current use of 116 East Edith Avenue as off-site U-Haul parking was created through City processes,
and is considered a legal, non-conforming use. Corridor Commercial zoning would allow this as a
permitted use.
If rezoned to CC zoning the subject parcel would not conform to lot width standards for the zone. However,
if the parcel and adjacent parcel at 1207 South State Street were combined the larger lot would conform to
lot width standards.
Rezoning the subject parcel to Corridor Commercial would allow more intense uses than the existing R-
1/5,000 zoning. If the property is redeveloped or the current building at 1207 South State Street were to be
expanded under the proposed zoning, greater height would be allowed and there would be fewer setbacks.
However, a landscaped buffer would be required on the east property line adjacent to the single-family
residential.
ZONING COMPARISON
The following table compares current and proposed zoning districts.
R-1/5,000 (current)CC (proposed)
Maximum Building Height 28 feet to the ridge of the roof or
the average height of other
principal buildings on the block
face.
20 feet to the top of a flat roof
30 feet
(An additional 15 feet of
building height can be
approved through the
design review process.)
Front and Corner
Side Yard Setback
Average of block face or 20 feet.
Corner side yard: 10 feet
15 feet
Interior Side Yard Setback 4 feet on one side,
10 feet on the other.
None required
Rear Setback 25% of lot depth or 20 feet,
whichever is less.
10 feet
Upper-Level Step Back None None
Minimum Lot Width 50 feet 75 feet
Minimum Lot Size Single-family detached: 5,000
square feet
10,000 square feet
Open Space 60% (40% maximum building
coverage)
None other than
required yard areas.
Analysis of Factors
Attachment E (pages 21-24) of the Planning Commission staff report outlines master plan and zoning map
amendment standards that should be considered as the Council reviews this proposal. Please see the Planning
Commission staff report for additional information.
Page | 6
Factor Planning’s Finding
Whether a proposed map amendment is consistent
with the purposes, goals, objectives, and policies of
the city as stated through its various adopted
planning documents.
Proposal is consistent with Plan
Salt Lake and the Central
Community Master Plan and is
accordance with their goals,
standards, and policies.
Whether a proposed map amendment furthers the
specific purpose statements of the zoning ordinance.
Complies
The extent to which a proposed map amendment will
affect adjacent properties
The proposed CC zone will
impose different development
regulations that the R-1/5,000
district but as the property has
been historically utilized as a
commercial use the impacts
would be negligible.
Whether a proposed map amendment is consistent
with the purposes and provisions of any applicable
overlay zoning districts which may impose additional
standards.
Does not conflict with any
overlays that affect the property.
The adequacy of public facilities and services
intended to serve the subject property, including, but
not limited to, roadways, parks and recreational
facilities, police and fire protection, schools,
stormwater drainage systems, water supplies, and
wastewater and refuse collection.
Complies
City Department Review
During City review of the petitions, no responding departments or divisions expressed objections to the
proposal, but additional comments will be provided if the property is redeveloped.
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
• February 10, 2023 – Petition submitted.
• March 7, 2023 –
o Petition assigned to staff.
o Early notification sent to Central City Community Council and residents and property
owners living within 300 feet of the project site.
o Beginning of 45-day comment period.
• April 21, 2023 - The 45-day public comment period for recognized organizations ended.
• May 10, 2023 – Planning Commission public hearing notice sign posted on the property.
• May 12, 2023 - Public hearing notice mailed to residents and property owners within 300 feet of
the project site. Newspaper notice published.
• May 24, 2023 - Planning Commission public hearing and negative recommendation.
• June 23, 2023-Draft ordinance requested from Attorney’s Office.
• July 7, 2023-Planning received draft ordinance from the Attorney’s Office.
• August 8, 2023-Transmittal received in City Council Office.
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
________________________ Date Received: _________________
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: August 7, 2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
__________________________
SUBJECT: Petition PLNPCM2022-01160 & PLNPCM2022-01161
116 E Edith Ave. - R-1-5000 to CC Zoning Map & Master Plan Amendment
STAFF CONTACT: Grant Amann, Associate Planner
grant.amann@slcgov.com, 801-535-6171
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: Deny the ordinance amending the zoning map for the property at 116
E Edith Ave as recommended by Planning Commission
BUDGET IMPACT: None
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: The applicant is requesting to amend the zoning map and the
Central Community Master Plan Future Land Use Map for the property located at 116 E Edith
Ave which is approximately 5,100 square feet in size. The proposal involves two requests: (1) to
amend the Central Community Future Land Use Map from Low Density Residential (5-10
dwelling units per acre) to Community Commercial and (2) to amend the zoning map
designation from R-1/5000 (Single Family Residential) to CC (Corridor Commercial) zoning
district. The property has acted as ancillary parking for the commercial business located at 1207
S State Street for several decades. The rezone to CC would make the property consistent with
the adjacent property that shares the same owner.
Lisa Shaffer (Aug 8, 2023 16:34 MDT)08/08/2023
08/08/2023
The applicant is requesting the rezone as they are considering alternative options for the business
on the property.
PUBLIC PROCESS:
•Notice of the project and request for comments was sent to the Central City Community
Council on March 7th, 2023.
•Also on March 7th, 2023, early notification of the project was mailed to property
owners/residents within 300 feet of the proposal informing them of the proposal, where to
get more information, and who to contact for questions and comments.
o No letters or emails were received in opposition to the proposal.
•The Planning Commission public hearing was held on May 24th, 2023. Several neighbors
spoke during the public hearing in opposition to the proposal, citing concerns about the
site regarding safety, and an increase of intensity of use.
•The Planning Commission motion recommended denial for the reason that it is
inconsistent with Plan Salt Lake.
•The Planning Commission voted unanimously to forward a negative recommendation to
the City Council for the proposal as requested by the applicant.
Planning Commission (PC) Records
a)PC Agenda of May 26, 2021 (Click to Access)
b)PC Minutes of May 26, 2021 (Click to Access)
c)Planning Commission Staff Report of May 26, 2021 (Click to Access Report)
EXHIBITS:
1.Project Chronology
2.Notice of City Council Hearing
3.Original Petition
4.Mailing List
5.Ordinance
1.PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
Petition:
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
PLNPCM2022-01160/PLNPCM2022-01161 – 116 E. Edith Ave.
Zoning Map and Master Plan Amendment
February 10, 2023 Petition for the amendments were received by the Salt Lake City
March 7, 2023
March 7, 2023
April 21, 2023
May 10, 2023
May 12, 2023
May 24, 2023
Planning Division.
Petition PLNPCM2022-01160, -01161 assigned to Grant Amann,
Associate Planner, for staff analysis and processing.
Early notification announcement of the project to Central City
Community Council, and all residents and property owners living
within 300 feet of the project site providing information about the
proposal and how to give public input on the project. Beginning of
45-day input and comment period.
End of 45-day Recognized Community Organization notice period.
Public hearing notice sign with project information and notice of
the Planning Commission public hearing physically posted on the
property.
Planning Commission public hearing notices mailed to residents
and property owners within 300 feet. Newspaper notice published.
Public hearing notice signs posted on the site.
Planning Commission holds a public hearing and makes a negative
recommendation to deny the proposed Zoning Map Amendment.
2.NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING
The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petitions PLNPCM2022-01160 and PLNPCM2022-
01161- A request by Ian Kaplan of ADDVirtue, representing the owner of the properties, to
rezone the parcels located at approximately 116 E Edith from R-1/5,000 (Single Family
Residential) to CC (Corridor Commercial). The site currently is a vacant lot but serves as
ancillary parking to the existing commercial use located at 1207 S State Street. Although the
applicant has no current intentions of redeveloping the site, the proposed CC zone would allow
for further commercial and multi-family development of the site that is not currently allowed
under its current designation. The properties are located in Council District 5, represented by
Darin Mano.
As part of their study, the City Council is holding two advertised public hearings to receive
comments regarding the petition. During these hearings, anyone desiring to address the City
Council concerning this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The Council may consider
adopting the ordinance on the same night of the second public hearing. The hearing will be held
electronically:
DATE:
TIME: 7:00 p.m.
PLACE: Room 315, 451 South State Street Salt Lake City, Utah
** This meeting will be held in-person, to attend or participate in the hearing at the City and
County Building, located at 451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah. For more
information, please visit www.slc.gov/council. Comments may also be provided by calling the 24-
Hour comment line at (801) 535-7654 or sending an email to council.comments@slcgov.com. All
comments received through any source are shared with the Council and added to the public record.
If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please call
Grant Amann at 801-535-6171 or via e-mail at grant.amann@slcgov.com. The application details
can be accessed at https://citizenportal.slcgov.com/, by selecting the “planning” tab and entering the
petition number PLNPCM2022-01160 and PLNPCM2022-01161.
The City and County Building is an accessible facility. People with disabilities may make
requests for reasonable accommodation no later than 48 hours in advance in order to participate
in this hearing. Please make requests at least two business days in advance. To make a request,
please contact the City Council Office at council.comments@slcgov.com , 801-535-7600, or
relay service 711.
3.PETITION
Zoning Amendment
Amend the text of the Zoning Ordinance Amend the Zoning Map
OFFICE USE ONLY
Received By: Date Received: Project #:
Name or Section/s of Zoning Amendment:
PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION
Address of Subject Property (or Area):
Name of Applicant: Phone:
Address of Applicant:
E-mail of Applicant:Cell/Fax:
Applicant’s Interest in Subject Property:
Owner Contractor Architect Other:
Name of Property Owner (if different from applicant):
E-mail of Property Owner:Phone:
Please note that additional information may be required by the project planner to ensure adequate
information is provided for staff analysis. All information required for staff analysis will be copied and
made public, including professional architectural or engineering drawings, for the purposes of public
review by any interested party.
AVAILABLE CONSULTATION
If you have any questions regarding the requirements of this application, please contact Salt Lake City
Planning Counter at zoning@slcgov.com prior to submitting the application.
REQUIRED FEE
Map Amendment: $1,142 filing fee, plus $121 per acre (excess of one acre), plus additional public notice fee.
Text Amendment: $1,142 filing fee, plus additional public notice fee.
Public noticing fees will be assessed after the application is submitted.
SIGNATURE
If applicable, a notarized statement of consent authorizing applicant to act as an agent will be required.
Signature of Owner or Agent: Date:
SA
L
T
L
A
K
E
C
I
T
Y
P
L
A
N
N
I
N
G
UPDATED 6/28/22
Ian Kaplan
ian@addvirtue.com
miqbalsial48@gmail.com
10.29.2022
4 4
1207 S State Street
9897 S 2700 E
4 4
Ikbal Sial
116 E Edith Avenue
DocuSign Envelope ID: 3E4684B4-F37F-4FE4-8E62-B882F173E21C
Updated 9/14/22
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
This is to certify that I am making an application for the described action by the City and that I am responsible for
complying with all City requirements with regard to this request. This application will be processed under the name
provided below. By signing the application, I am acknowledging that I have read and understood the instructions
provided by Salt Lake City for processing this application. The documents and/or information I have submitted are true
and correct to the best of my knowledge. I understand that the documents provided are considered public records and
may be made available to the public. I understand that my application will not be processed until the application is
deemed complete by the assigned planner from the Planning Division. I acknowledge that a complete application
includes all of the required submittal requirements and provided documents comply with all applicable requirements for
the specific applications. I understand that the Planning Division will provide, in writing, a list of deficiencies that must
be satisfied for this application to be complete and it is the responsibility of the applicant to provide the missing or
corrected information. I will keep myself informed of the deadlines for submission of material and the progress of this
application. I understand that a staff report will be made available for my review prior to any public hearings or public
meetings. This report will be on file and available at the Planning Division and posted on the Division website when it has
been finalized.
AFFIRMATION OF SUFFICIENT INTEREST
I hereby affirm that I am the fee title owner of the below described property or that I have written authorization from
the owner to pursue the described action.
The following shall be provided if the name of the applicant is different than the name of the property owner:
1.If you are not the fee owner attach a copy of your authorization to pursue this action provided by the fee owner.
2.If a corporation is fee titleholder, attach copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the action.
3.If a joint venture or partnership is the fee owner, attach a copy of agreement authorizing this action on behalf of
the joint venture or partnership
4.If a Home Owner’s Association is the applicant than the representative/president must attach a notarized letter
stating they have notified the owners of the proposed application. A vote should be taken prior to the submittal
and a statement of the outcome provided to the City along with the statement that the vote meets the
requirements set forth in the CC&Rs.
Be advised that knowingly making a false, written statement to a government entity is a crime under Utah Code
Chapter 76-8, Part 5. Salt Lake City will refer for prosecution any knowingly false representations made pertaining to
the applicant’s interest in the property that i s the subject of this application.
APPLICANT SIGNATURE
Name of Applicant: Application Type:
Mailing Address:
Email: Phone:
Signature: Date:
FEE TITLE OWNER SIGNATURE
Legal Description of Subject Property:
Name of Owner:
Mailing Address Street Address:
Signature: Date:
Ian Kaplan Zoning & Masterplan Amendment
ian@addvirtue.com
10.29.2022
9897 S 2700 E, Sandy, UT 84092
9897 S 2700 E, Sandy, UT 84092
DocuSign Envelope ID: 3E4684B4-F37F-4FE4-8E62-B882F173E21C
St
a
f
f
R
e
v
i
e
w
SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
1.Project Description (please electronically attach additional sheets. See Section 21A.50 for the
Amendments ordinance.)
A statement declaring the purpose for the amendment.
A description of the proposed use of the property being rezoned.
List the reasons why the present zoning may not be appropriate for the area.
Is the request amending the Zoning Map?
If so, please list the parcel numbers to be changed.
Is the request amending the text of the Zoning Ordinance?
If so, please include language and the reference to the Zoning Ordinance to be changed.
WHERE TO FILE THE COMPLETE APPLICATION
Apply online through the Citizen Access Portal. There is a step-by-step guide to learn how to submit online.
INCOMPLETE APPLICATIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED
______ I acknowledge that Salt Lake City requires the items above to be submitted before my application can be processed. I
understand that Planning will not accept my application unless all of the following items are included in the
submittal package.
UPDATED 6/28/22
4
4
4
4
DocuSign Envelope ID: 3E4684B4-F37F-4FE4-8E62-B882F173E21C
Advocacy | Design | Development
RE: Application for Zoning Amendment Supplemental Information
Prepared By: Date:
Ian Kaplan (Owner Representative) October 31st, 2022
ADDvirtue LLC
Ian@ADDvirtue.com
Owner Information:
Iqbal Sial
Nazar Enterprises
miqbalsial48@gmail.com
Project Addresses Parcel Number: Site Area:
116 E Edith Ave 357-047 .12 Acres
Existing Zone: R-1-5000 (Single Family Residential)
Proposed Zone: CC (Corridor Commercial)
Master Plan: Central Community
Subject Property:
Advocacy | Design | Development
Purpose For Amendment: The property located at 1207 S State Street is composed of two
contiguous parcels each with separate zoning designations. The smaller
of the two parcels, zoned R-1-5000, is a vacant lot and has historically
been accessory to the commercial use of the State Street parcel. Due to
the adjacency of a commercial structure on two of its four property lines
and it’s proximity to State Street, the vacant residential parcel has a low
likelihood of being used for new residential construction in the future. The
land would be better utilized as Corridor Commercial space that can
serve the adjacent neighborhood.
Proposed Use: Corridor Commercial
Present Zoning Conflicts:
1. The location of the residential parcel with its adjacency to two
commercially zoned properties and its historic use as accessory to a
commercial property presents a low likelihood of being utilized as single
family residential.
Central Community Master Plan Findings:
The future land use is designated as R-1-5000 on PG.2 of the Central Community Master plan
(CCMP). The Community Commercial zone is intended to provide the close integration of
moderately sized commercial areas with adjacent residential neighborhoods (See PG. 10,
CCMP). Additionally, the community input received during the Master Planning phase of this
neighborhood notes that residents do not want commercial activities in low density
neighborhoods and prefer to keep them in areas already plagued with noise, trash and traffic
(See PG 9, CCMP).
Due to the adjacency of existing Commercially zoned property on State street, a Zoning
Amendment of this parcel would keep in line with the intent of the CC zone, as established in the
CCMP, in maintaining larger scale community commercial in zones along arterial roadways.
Furthermore, by amending the zoning of the vacant residential lot, any future commercial
business development on the property would be required to meet the buffer requirements as
established in 21.A.48.080 of the Salt Lake City Municipal Code, which would increase privacy
and protection of the adjacent residential neighborhood.
Advocacy | Design | Development
Plan Salt Lake Findings:
The zoning amendment of this residential property adjacent to larger scale commercial property
would positively contribute to the goals set forth in Plan Salt Lake by contributing to the following:
● Locating new development in areas with existing infrastructure and amenities, such as
transit and transportation corridors.
● Promoting infill and redevelopment of underutilized land.
4. MAILING LIST
OWN_FULL_NAME OWN_ADDR
Own
_unit OWN_CITY
OWN_
STATE OWN_ZIP
1700 INVESTMENTS, LLC 1207 S MAIN ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
1200 STATE PROPERTY LLC 1418 E MICHIGAN AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84105
BING KONG TONG, INC PO BOX 735 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84110
GARY L PETERSON; KATHRYN A
PETERSON (JT) 1220 S STATE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
LANDEN PROPERTIES, LLC
13 E WANDERWOOD
WY SANDY UT 84092
BING KONG TONG, INC PO BOX 735 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84110
RESCUE MISSION OF SALT LAKE INC PO BOX 1431 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84110
AXIS T PROPERTIES, LLC 351 W 400 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84101
MARGARET H CLAYTON 116 E KELSEY AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
RACHEL E SANDERS 122 E KELSEY AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
PETER GOODWIN 126 E KELSEY AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
LAURA KRAMER; MATTHEW PETTIT
(JT) 132 E KELSEY AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
JUDITH M BEESLEY TRUST
04/20/1989 169 N STATE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84103
KATHERINE J YOUNG
6908 S HOLLOW MILL
DR COTTONWOOD HTS UT 84121
CONSUELO R HARRIS; TERESA M
HARRIS; BRENNA HARRIS (JT) 146 E KELSEY AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
AXIS T PROPERTIES LLC 351 W 400 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84101
SERGIO GOMEZ 115 E EDITH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
TIA P MARTINEZ 119 E EDITH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
NICOLE A JOHNSTON; RYAN K
JOHNSTON (JT) 125 E EDITH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
DAVID SHEARER; STACEY SHEARER
(JT)
131 E EDITH AVE #
SOUTH SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
CONRAD NAGEL 135 E EDITH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
LANCE B SAUNDERS 983 N POINSETTIA DR SALT LAKE CITY UT 84116
BRIAN J FIEDLER; JESSICA
ROESTENBURG (JT) 145 E EDITH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
JESSICA M REECE 149 E EDITH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
DREW HANSEN 120 E EDITH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
DAVID A SALTSMAN 142 E EDITH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
SALT LAKE COUNTY PO BOX 144575 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84114
ADEQUATE INVESTMENTS, LLC 40 S SAMARA ST VINEYARD UT 84059
LYNN LOSELI KATOA 156 E EDITH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
AUTONOMY INC 6036 S LINDEN ST HOLLADAY UT 84121
AUTONOMY INC 6036 S LINDEN ST HOLLADAY UT 84121
ADEQUATE INVESTMENTS, LLC 40 S SAMARA ST VINEYARD UT 84059
DOE MAYERS TRUST 09/27/2019
1057 E BELLE
MEADOWS WY SALT LAKE CITY UT 84121
TERRY GORSETH; STACY GORSETH (JT) 136 E EDITH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
PAUL H WHITE; JEANNENE WHITE (JT) 152 E EDITH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
SALT LAKE COUNTY PO BOX 144575 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84114
WILLISTON SLOULIN FIELD PAD LLC;
UFPRP LLC
5670 WILSHIRE BLVD
#1250 LOS ANGELES CA 90036
FIRST UTAH BANK 3826 S 2300 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84109
RICK ROSS 126 E EDITH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
JEFFREY KATZ 130 E EDITH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
NAZAR, ENTERPRISES, LLC 1207 S STATE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
NAZAR ENTERPRISES, LLC 1207 S STATE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
Current Occupant 1190 S STATE ST Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 1200 S STATE ST Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 1216 S STATE ST Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 85 E 1300 S Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 1212 S STATE ST Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 1165 S STATE ST Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 1169 S STATE ST Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 136 E KELSEY AVE Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 140 E KELSEY AVE Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 1185 S STATE ST Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 131 E EDITH AVE Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 139 E EDITH AVE Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 144 E EDITH AVE Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 146 E EDITH AVE Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 120 E EDITH AVE Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 142 E EDITH AVE Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 146 E EDITH AVE Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 156 E EDITH AVE Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 1297 S STATE ST Salt Lake City UT 84111
Current Occupant 145 E 1300 S Salt Lake City UT 84115
Current Occupant 115 E 1300 S Salt Lake City UT 84115
Current Occupant 116 E EDITH AVE Salt Lake City UT 84111
5. ORDINANCE
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. _____ of 2023
(Amending the zoning of property located at 116 East Edith Avenue from R-1/5,000 Single-
Family Residential District to CC Corridor Commercial District, and amending the
Central Community Master Plan Future Land Use Map)
An ordinance pertaining to property located at 116 East Edith Avenue (the “Property”) as
described in Exhibit A, attached hereto, amending the zoning map from R-1/5,000 Single-Family
Residential District to CC Corridor Commercial District pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2022-
01160 and amending the Central Community Master Plan Future Land Use Map with respect to
the Property to change the future land use designation from Low Density Residential to
Community Commercial pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2022-01161.
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission (“Planning Commission”) held a
public hearing on May 24, 2023 on an application submitted by Ian Kaplan of ADDvirtue, LLC
(“Applicant”) to rezone the Property from R-1/5,000 Single-Family Residential District to CC
Corridor Commercial District pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2022-01160 and to amend the
Central Community Master Plan Future Land Use Map with respect to the Property to change the
future land use designation from Low Density Residential to Community Commercial pursuant
to Petition No. PLNPCM2022-01161; and
WHEREAS, at its May 24, 2023 meeting, the Planning Commission voted to recommend
that the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) deny said application; and
WHEREAS, after a public hearing on this matter the City Council has determined that
adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. Amending the Zoning Map. The Salt Lake City zoning map, as adopted
by the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the fixing of boundaries and zoning districts, shall be and
hereby is amended to reflect that the Property identified on Exhibit “A” attached hereto shall be
and hereby is rezoned from R-1/5,000 Single-Family Residential District to CC Corridor
Commercial District.
SECTION 2. Amending the Central Community Master Plan. The Future Land Use
Map of the Central Community Master Plan shall be and hereby is amended to change the future
land use designation of the Property identified in Exhibit “A” attached hereto from Low Density
Residential to Community Commercial.
SECTION 3. Effective Date. This ordinance shall take effect immediately after it has
been published in accordance with Utah Code Section 10-3-711 and recorded in accordance with
Utah Code Section 10-3-713.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ____ day of ___________, 2023.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
Mayor's Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
______________________________
MAYOR
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ________ of 2023.
Published: ______________.
Ordinance amending zoning and MP 116 E Edith Ave
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:__________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Paul C. Nielson, Senior City Attorney
June 23, 2023
EXHIBIT “A”
Affects property located at:
116 East Edith Avenue
Tax ID No. 16-07-357-047-0000
LOT 14, BLOCK 1, WALKER PLACE PLAT A. ALSO BEG SW COR OF SD LOT 14,
BLOCK 1, WALKER PLACE PLAT A; N 89^56'40" E 42.36 FT; S 0^01'52" W 9.54 FT; N
89^50'11" W 42.36 FT; N 0^01'52"E 9.38 FT TO BEG.
Item C2
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: 1720 and 1734 South West Temple Zoning Map and Master Plan Amendments
PLNPCM2023-00106/00380
MOTION 1 (adopt)
I move that the Council adopt the ordinance.
MOTION 2 (reject)
I move that the Council reject the ordinance.
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM:Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: 1720 and 1734 South West Temple Zoning Map and Master Plan Amendments
PLNPCM2023-00106/00380
PUBLIC HEARING UPDATE
Seven people spoke at the November 7, 2023 public hearing. Three were opposed expressing concern about
adding to existing parking issues, and citing the 2016 downzone intended to preserve single-family homes
in the area. Three people including the petitioner spoke in support of the proposed amendments. It was
noted that most downzoned properties are north of 1700 South and on smaller lots. Other remarked this
area is a good location moderate density. The Ballpark Community Council Chair expressed concern with
the heat island effect in this neighborhood and said the area is underserved by an urban forest in the public
right-of-way and on private land. She would like additional trees in the neighborhood.
The Council closed the hearing and deferred action to a future meeting.
The following information was provided for the Council briefing and public hearing. It
is included again for background purposes.
BRIEFING UPDATE
During the October 10, 2023 briefing a question was raised about proposed area zoning called for in the
upcoming South Ballpark area plan. Council staff checked with Planning and learned it is too early to know
what specific recommendations will be. Draft scenarios provided by the consultant on this plan suggest two
to four story buildings may be proposed for public input.
Planning staff noted that West Temple has historically been used as a dividing line for density. Density
increases moving west toward the Trax line, and properties to the east are generally lower density.
Item Schedule:
Briefing: October 10, 2023
Set Date: October 17, 2023
Public Hearing: November 7, 2023
Potential Action: November 14, 2023
Page | 2
Planning also reminded the Council of the variety of zoning designations in this area. The map below
showing the properties downzoned in 2016 was also discussed. Of the 155 properties downzoned, eight are
south of 1700 South. The petitioner noted that downzoned properties north of 1700 South are generally
smaller than the subject parcels.
The following information was provided for the October 10, 2023 Council briefing and
public hearing. It is included again for background purposes.
The Council will be briefed about a proposal to amend the zoning map for properties at 1720 and 1734
South West Temple (0.24 acres each) from their current R-1/5,000 (Single-family Residential) zoning, to
R-MU-45 (Residential Mixed Use). In addition, the proposal calls for amending the Central Community
Master Plan future land use designations from Low-Density Residential to Medium-Density Residential.
The proposed amendments would allow the property owner to potentially construct a medium-density
residential development on the properties like a development immediately adjacent to the north, though no
development plans have been submitted.
A single-family home constructed in 1931 is on the 1720 South property. A duplex built in 1906 and
remodeled in the early 2000s is at 1734 South. Both properties are market rate rental units. The parcels
have frontage on West Temple and are near 1700 South, both of which are collector streets. Single-family
homes, duplexes, townhomes, and multi-family buildings are in the vicinity, with bars, restaurants, a
church and commercial uses within a few blocks. Jefferson Circle Park is adjacent to the west of the subject
parcels.
Planning staff noted that given the subject properties’ combined size of approximately ½ acre, and a
minimum of 20% open space, limited buildable area will keep a potential building’s scale compatible with
adjacent development. Residential use parking and height will be restricted due to fire codes and zoning
ordinance requirements. Commercial uses involving alcohol would be prohibited because of the abutting
park to the west.
Area zoning is a mix of R-1/5,000, R-MU-45, CG (General Commercial), CB (Community Business), RMF-
35 (Moderate Density Multi-Family Residential), RO (Residential/Office) and R-2 (Single- and Two-Family
Residential) as shown in the zoning map below.
Page | 3
Area zoning map with subject parcels outlined in red.
It is important to note that an ordinance was adopted in 2016 that downzoned 155 properties in an area
bordered by 1300 South, Main Street, 2100 South, and 200 West from RMF-35 to R-1/5,000. The
properties impacted by the rezone are not all adjacent to each other. The properties being considered by
the Council are two of eight located on West Temple south of 1700 South that were rezoned in 2016 as
shown below.
Page | 4
Image showing properties downzoned in 2016.
Courtesy of Salt Lake City Planning Division.
The Planning Commission reviewed this proposal during its July 26, 2023 meeting and held a public
hearing at which seven people spoke, six of whom were opposed to the proposal. Concerns cited include no
development proposal, parking issues, the 2016 downzone was intended to maintain the core of
neighborhood homes. The person who spoke in support noted the properties are on and near collector
streets, are close to transit, and a need for moderate density in the area.
During their discussion, Commissioners clarified that the subject parcels are not included in the Ballpark
Station Area Plan. (Staff note: The parcels are within the draft 300 West Corridor and Central Pointe Plan
Page | 5
area currently being drafted. That plan is not far enough along to provide specific recommendations for the
subject parcels.) Some Commissioners expressed a desire to preserve the character of the street, felt the
development and use potential are not appropriate for the parcels, and the small setbacks are an issue.
Planning staff’s opinion was that the proposed zoning map and future land use map amendments met
factors to consider in City Code and recommended the Planning Commission forward a positive
recommendation to the Council with a condition that the petitioner enter a development agreement with
the City for replacement of the three dwelling units. The Commission voted 5-2 to forward a
negative recommendation to the Council for both the zoning map and future land use map
amendments.
Goal of the briefing: Review the proposed zoning and future land use map amendments, determine if
the Council supports moving forward with the proposal.
POLICY QUESTIONS
1. The Council may wish to ask the applicant if they plan to include any affordable housing in
potential future projects on the subject sites. If yes, is the Council interested in asking the applicant
if they would be willing to enter into a development agreement pertaining to affordable housing
units?
2. The Council may wish to discuss how the forthcoming Affordable Housing incentives overlay
proposal could be utilized to guarantee affordability is included in future projects on this property.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Council is only being asked to consider rezoning the property and amending the future land use map.
No site plan has been submitted to the City, nor is it within the scope of the Council’s role to review the
plans. Because zoning of a property can outlast the life of a building, any rezoning application should be
considered on the merits of changing the zoning of that property, not simply based on a potential project.
KEY CONSIDERATIONS
Planning staff identified three key considerations related to the proposal which are found on pages 6-8 of
the Planning Commission staff report and summarized below. For the complete analysis, please see the
staff report.
Consideration 1 – Adopted City Plan Considerations
Planning reviewed how the proposal aligns with the Central Community Master Plan, Plan Salt Lake, and
Housing SLC 2023-2027.
Central Community Master Plan
The subject parcels are within the Central Community Master Plan area and is shown on the published
future land use map for this plan as Medium-Density Residential (15-30 dwelling units/acre). The map is
inaccurate as the 2016 downzone discussed above designates the properties as Low-Density Residential (1-
15 dwelling units/acre). The map was published in 2005, well before the parcels were downzoned.
In the Planning Commission staff report Planning staff stated:
The subject properties are no longer compatible with the surrounding uses by remaining labeled
“low-density residential” among “medium-residential/mixed-use” and “residential/office mixed-
use” on the
future land use map. Most of the development and the zoning has been designated for higher
densities. Therefore, the master plan should be amended to show these two properties as
“medium-density residential” to allow for future multi-family and/or mixed-use development
Page | 6
potential and to make the subject properties more compatible with the uses around them.
Plan Salt Lake
Planning staff cited the city’s need for housing in Plan Salt Lake which calls for “access to a wide variety of
housing types for all income levels, providing the basic human need for safety and responding to
changing demographics.” Two key components in the initiative are:
•Ensure access to affordable housing citywide (including rental and very low income, and
•Increase the number of medium density housing types and options.
Housing SLC 2023-2027
It is Planning staff’s option that amending the master plan to designate the subject properties as medium-
density residential aligns with the main objective in Housing SLC to “make progress toward closing the
housing gap of 5,500 units of deeply affordable housing and increase the supply of housing at all levels of
affordability.”
Consideration 2 – Compatibility with Adjacent Properties
Planning staff noted the low-density residential neighborhood that was part of the larger area. They also
acknowledged changes over the past decade including townhomes, multi-family developments, and
commercial uses. The tallest buildings in the immediate area include the townhome development adjacent
to the subject parcels to the north, and a senior resident apartment building.
Consideration 3 – R-MU-45 Zoning vs R-1/5,000 Zoning Development Potential
R-MU-45 development potential is very different than the current R-1/5,000 zoning. Building setbacks in
R-MU-45 are much less than R-1/5,000, and there would be more dwelling units allowed if the proposal is
adopted.
R-MU-45 zoning allows for buildings up to 45 feet tall, but as noted above the maximum building height on
the subject parcels would likely be lower. It is Planning staff’s opinion that the parcels’ size along with
landscaping and on-site parking requirements would allow a building similar in height to the adjacent
townhome development.
ZONING COMPARISON
Attachment C (pages 15-16) of the Planning Commission staff report includes a comparison of existing R-
1/5,000 and proposed R-MU-45 zoning. It is replicated here for convenience.
Regulation Existing Zoning (R-1/5,000)Proposed Zoning (R-MU-45)
Lot Area/Width 5,000 square feet- lot size
50 feet -lot width
5,000 square feet for new lots.
No minimum for existing lots.
50 feet -lot width
Setbacks 1. Front Yard: The minimum depth of
the front yard for all principal
buildings shall be equal to the average
of the front yards of existing buildings
within the block face. Where there are
no existing buildings within the block
face, the minimum depth shall be
twenty feet (20'). Where the minimum
front yard is specified in the recorded
3. Nonresidential, Multi-Family
Residential and Mixed-Use
Developments:
a. Front Yard: Minimum five feet (5’).
Maximum fifteen feet (15’).
b. Corner Side Yard: Minimum five
feet (5’). Maximum fifteen feet (15’).
Page | 7
subdivision plat, the requirement
specified on the plat shall prevail. For
buildings legally existing on April 12,
1995, the required front yard shall be
no greater than the established
setback line of the existing building.
2. Corner Side Yard: Ten feet (10').
3. Interior Side Yard:
a. Corner lots: Four feet (4').
b. Interior lots: Four feet (4') on one
side and ten feet (10') on the other.
4. Rear Yard: Twenty-five percent
(25%) of the lot depth, or twenty feet
(20'), whichever is less.
c. Interior Side Yard: No setback is
required unless an interior side yard
abuts a Single- or Two-Family
Residential District. When a setback is
required, a minimum ten-foot (10')
setback must be provided, and the
minimum side yard setback shall be
increased one foot (1') for every one
foot (1') increase in height above thirty
feet (30'). Buildings may be stepped so
taller portions of a building are farther
away from the side property line. The
horizontal measurement of the step
shall be equal to the vertical
measurement of the taller portion of
the building.
d. Rear Yard: Twenty-five percent
(25%) of lot depth but need not exceed
thirty feet (30').
Parking Two parking spaces per dwelling unit Min: Studio and 1+ bedrooms: 1 space
per DU
Max: All Contexts: Studio & 1
Bedroom: 2 spaces per DU 2+
bedrooms: 3 spaces per DU
Building Height 1. The maximum height of buildings
with pitched roofs shall be:
a. Twenty-eight feet (28') measured to
the ridge of the roof; or
b. The average height of other
principal buildings on the block face.
2. The maximum height of a flat roof
building shall be twenty feet (20').
Maximum Building Height: The
maximum building height shall not
exceed forty-five feet (45'), except that
nonresidential buildings and uses shall
be limited by subsections E1, E2, E3
and E4 of this section. Buildings taller
than forty-five feet (45'), up to a
maximum of fifty-five feet (55'), may
be authorized through the design
review process (chapter 21A.59 of this
title) and provided that the proposed
height is supported by the applicable
master plan.
1. Maximum height for nonresidential
buildings: Twenty feet (20').
Coverage/Open space The surface coverage of all principal
and accessory buildings shall not
exceed forty percent (40%) of the lot.
Minimum Open Space Area: For
residential uses and mixed uses
containing residential uses, not less
than twenty percent (20%) of the lot
area shall be maintained as an open
space area. This open space area may
take the form of landscaped yards or
plazas and courtyards, subject to site
plan review approval.
Analysis of Factors
Attachment E (pages 31-33) of the Planning Commission staff report outlines master plan and zoning map
Page | 8
amendment standards that should be considered as the Council reviews this proposal. Please see the Planning
Commission staff report for additional information.
Factor Finding
Whether a proposed map amendment is consistent
with the purposes, goals, objectives, and policies of
the city as stated through its various adopted
planning documents.
Complies if multi-family
development is constructed.
Whether a proposed map amendment furthers the
specific purpose statements of the zoning ordinance.
Generally complies.
The extent to which a proposed map amendment will
affect adjacent properties
Complies
Whether a proposed map amendment is consistent
with the purposes and provisions of any applicable
overlay zoning districts which may impose additional
standards.
Complies
The adequacy of public facilities and services
intended to serve the subject property, including, but
not limited to, roadways, parks and recreational
facilities, police and fire protection, schools,
stormwater drainage systems, water supplies, and
wastewater and refuse collection.
Some public facilities and
services may need to be
upgraded if a more intense use
is permitted in the R-MU-45
zone.
City Department Review
During City review of the petitions, no responding departments or divisions expressed objections to the
proposal, but additional comments will be provided if the property is developed.
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
• February 13, 2023 – Petition for the zoning map amendment received by Planning Division.
• March 3, 2023 – Petition assigned to Diana Martinez, Senior Planner.
• March 17, 2023 – Information about the proposal sent to the Ballpark Community Council Chair.
• March 20, 2023 – Early notification announcement sent to all residents and property owners
living within 300 feet of the project site.
• May 10, 2023 – It was determined that a petition for a master plan amendment would be required
to amend the Central Community Master Plan future land use map from low-density residential to
medium-density residential.
• May 17, 2023 – Master plan amendment petition received by Planning Division.
• May 19, 2023 – Master plan amendment petition assigned to Diana Martinez, Senior Planner.
• July 17, 2023 – Public hearing notice sign with project information and notice of the Planning
Commission public hearing posted on property.
• July 21, 2023 – Public notice posted on City and State websites and sent via the Planning list serve
for the Planning Commission meeting of July 26, 2023. Public hearing notice mailed.
• July 26, 2023 – Petitions reviewed by the Planning Commission and a public hearing was held.
The Commission votes 5-2 to forward negative recommendations to the City Council for the
Page | 9
zoning map and future land use map amendments.
• July 31, 2023 – Draft ordinance sent to the City Attorney’s Office.
• August 3, 2023 – Signed ordinance sent to Planning Division.
• September 8, 2023-Transmittal received in City Council Office.
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
Date Received: _________________ ________________________
Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: September 6, 2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
__________________________
SUBJECT: Petitions PLNPCM2023-00106 & PLNPCM2023-00380
Zoning Map Amendment and Master Plan Amendment
1720 S. & 1734 S. West Temple St.
STAFF CONTACT: Diana Martinez, Senior Planner
(801) 535-7215 or diana.martinez@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council follows the recommendations of the Planning
Commission to deny the petitions for a zoning map amendment and a master plan amendment.
BUDGET IMPACT: None
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: Larsen Sequist requests to amend the zoning map for the
properties at approximately 1720 S. and 1734 S. West Temple St. (15-13-427-006-0000 and 15-
13-427-007-0000). The proposal would rezone the subject properties from R-1-5,000
(Residential) to R-MU-45 (Residential Mixed Use), as well as to amend the Future Land Use
Map in the Central Community Master Plan from “Low-Density Residential” to “Medium-
Density Residential”. The subject properties are both 0.24 acres (10,454 square feet each), a total
of approximately 0.48 acres. No development plans were submitted with this application.
The applicant, who is the current owner of the subject properties, is requesting that the zoning be
changed to R-MU-45, a medium-density residential zone. For this zone change to be considered,
rachel otto (Sep 8, 2023 09:13 MDT)09/08/2023
09/08/2023
a Master Plan Amendment application must also be considered to change the future land use
designation from low- to medium-density residential.
The subject properties front along West Temple Street just south of 1700 South. Both 1700 South
and West Temple are collector roads. This area is a mixed-use area, with many townhomes,
duplexes, multi-family structures in the immediate vicinity, and also nearby commercial and
residential/office buildings.
On August 26th, 2016, an ordinance was adopted (Ordinance 14 of 2016) that changed the zoning
for 155 individual properties located in an area bounded by 1300 South and 2100 South Streets
and Main and 200 West Streets. These properties were not all adjacent properties. The zoning for
these properties was changed from RMF-35 (Moderate Density Multi-Family Residential District)
to R-1-5,000 (Single-Family Residential). The ordinance also amended the Central Community
Master Plan Future Land Use Map by identifying these 155 properties from “Medium Density
Residential” to “Low-Density Residential”.
The applicant does not have an intended use proposal for the property. However, in discussions
with the applicant, he may consider a medium-density residential development like the existing
development to the north.
The application request for zoning map amendment must comply with the standards of review
listed in the Zoning Ordinance as well as the goals of the adopted master plans or request to
amend the master plan, as the applicant did make an application for. Planning Staff believed that
those standards and goals were met and had recommended approval of these petitions to the
Planning Commission.
PUBLIC PROCESS:
● Early Notification –
o Notification of the proposal was sent to all property owners and tenants located
within 300 feet of the subject parcels on March 20, 2023.
o Notification of the proposal was sent to the Ballpark Community Council on
March 17, 2023. No comment was received from the Ballpark Community
Council prior to the meeting.
● Planning Commission Meeting –
On July 26, 2023, the Planning Commission held a public hearing regarding the proposed
master plan amendment. The Planning Commission voted 5-2 to forward a negative
recommendation to the City Council for decision. The findings for recommending denial
were:
1. It’s inappropriate without a development plan.
2. It does not conform to the Central City Master Plan.
3. It is not compatible with the neighboring uses.
In addition, the Planning Commission voted 5-2 to forward a negative recommendation to
the City Council for the zoning map amendment petition. The finding for recommending
denial was:
• It does not conform to the Central City Master Plan.
PLANNING RECORDS:
a) PC Agenda of July 26, 2023 (Click here)
b) PC Minutes of July 26, 2023 (Click here)
c) PC Staff Report of July 26, 2023 (Click here)
d) PC Meeting of July 26, 2023 Time 1:56:05 to 2:31:04 (Click here)
EXHIBITS:
1. PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
2. NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
3. ORIGINAL PETITION
4. MAILING LIST
5. ORDINANCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
2. NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
3. ORIGINAL PETITION
4. MAILING LIST
5. ORDINANCE
1. PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
Petition: PLNPCM2023-00106 – Zoning Map Amendment Request
PLNPCM2023-00380- Master Plan Amendment Request
approximately 1720 S. and 1734 S. West Temple St.
February 13, 2023 Petition for the zoning map amendment received by the Salt Lake
City Planning Division.
March 3, 2023 Petition assigned to Diana Martinez, Senior Planner, for staff
analysis and processing.
March 17, 2023 Information about the proposal was sent to the Chair of the Ballpark
Community Council to solicit public comments and start the 45-day
Recognized Organization input and comment period.
March 20, 203 Staff sent an early notification announcement of the project to all
residents and property owners living within 300 feet of the project
site providing information about the proposal and how to give public
input on the project.
May 4, 2023 The 45-day public comment period for Recognized Organizations
ended. Formal comments were submitted to staff by the recognized
organizations to date related to this proposal.
May 10, 2023 It was determined that a petition for a Master Plan Amendment
would be required to amend the Future Land Use Map of the
Central City Master Plan from “low-density residential” to
“medium-density residential”.
May 17, 2023 Petition for the master plan amendment received by the Salt Lake
City Planning Division.
May 19, 2023 Petition assigned to Diana Martinez, Senior Planner, for staff
analysis and processing.
July 17, 2023 Public hearing notice sign with project information and notice of the
Planning Commission public hearing physically posted on the property.
July 21, 2023 Public notice posted on City and State websites and sent via the
Planning list serve for the Planning Commission meeting of
July 26, 2023. Public hearing notice mailed.
July 21, 2023 The Planning Commission held a Public Hearing July 26, 2023. By a
vote of 5 - 2 , the Planning Commission forwarded a negative
recommendation to City Council for the proposed Zoning Map
Amendment and the Master Plan Amendment.
2. NOTICE OF CITY
COUNCIL HEARING
NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2023-00106 – Larsen Sequist
requests to amend the zoning map for the properties at approximately 1720 S. and 1734 S. West
Temple St. (15-13-427-006-0000 and 15-13-427-007-0000). The proposal would rezone the
subject properties from R-1-5,000 (Residential) to R-MU-45 (Residential Mixed Use), as well
as to amend the Future Land Use Map in the Central Community Master Plan from “Low-
Density Residential” to “Medium-Density Residential”. The subject properties are both 0.24
acres (10,454 square feet each), a total of approximately 0.48 acres. No development plans
were submitted with this application.
The following two petitions are associated with this request:
A. Master Plan Amendment – The associated future land use map in the Central
Community Master Plan currently designates the subject properties as “Low-Density
Residential”. The request is to amend the designation to “Medium-Density
Residential”. Case Number PLNPCM2023-00380
B. Zoning Map Amendment- The subject properties are currently zoned R-1-5,000
(Single Family Residential). The request is to amend the zone to R-MU-45
(Residential Mixed Use). Case Number PLNPCM2023-00106
As part of their study, the City Council is holding an advertised public hearing to receive
comments regarding the petition. During the hearing, anyone desiring to address the City
Council concerning this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The Council may
consider adopting the ordinance the same night of the public hearing. The hearing will be
held:
DATE:
TIME: 7:00 pm
PLACE: 451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah
** This meeting will be held in-person, to attend or participate in the hearing at the City
and County Building, located at 451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah.
For more information, please visit www.slc.gov/council. Comments may also be provided
by calling the 24-Hour comment line at (801) 535-7654 or sending an email to
council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments received through any source are shared
with the Council and added to the public record.
If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please call Diana
Martinez at 801-535-7215 between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday,
or via e-mail at diana.martinez@slcgov.com. The application details can be accessed at
https://citizenportal.slcgov.com/, by selecting the “planning” tab and entering the petition
number PLNPCM2023-00106 or PLNPCM2023-00380.
People with disabilities may make requests for reasonable accommodation, which may include
aids and services. Please make requests at least advance. To make a request, please contact the
City Council Office at council.comments@slcgov.com, 801-535-7600, or relay service 711.
3. ORIGINAL PETITION
4. MAILING LIST
OWN FULL NAME OWN ADDR own unit OWN CITY OWN STATE OWN ZIP
SUSANNE GUSTIN FURGIS; GEORGE E FURGIS (JT)1181 E CHANDLER DR SALT LAKE CITY UT 84103
LESLEY ULIBARRI 124 W 1700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
Current Occupant 129 W 1700 S Salt Lake City 84115 UT
SYDNEE SCARBOROUGH; MAUREEN O'DONNELL (JT)134-136 W 1700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
NATOSHA WASHINGTON 1628 S WESTTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
GEORGE S RUSTER 1629 S JEFFERSON ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
JEREMY JOHN NEFF 163 W 1700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
MAXINE POTTER 1631 S WESTTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
JAMES M WILLARD 1634 S WESTTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
JOEL G ARMENDARIZ 1637 S JEFFERSON ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
CINDY KHA 1638 S JEFFERSON ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
Current Occupant 1639 S JEFFERSON ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1640 S WEST TEMPLE ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1646 S JEFFERSON ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1646 S WEST TEMPLE ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1689 S WEST TEMPLE ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1709 S WEST TEMPLE ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1710 S WEST TEMPLE ST 1 Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1710 S WEST TEMPLE ST 21 Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1710 S WEST TEMPLE ST 17 Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1710 S WEST TEMPLE ST 15 Salt Lake City 84115 UT
ANNE KENDALL GOTTWALT 1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST 2 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
MARGARET SCHAUFLER 1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST # 3 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
GREGORY M HARRIS; MIGUEL E GARCIA 1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST # 4 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
CATHERINE MARY CHRISTOPHER; CHIBUEZE DEREK UCHENDU (JT)1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST 5 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
ALEXANDRA MARKS; MARIE MARKS (JT)1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST 6 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
1710 SOUTH, A SERIES OF ILLAHEE, LLC 1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST # 7 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
ALEXA NORLIN; KEVIN BOLGER (JT)1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST # 8 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
JAMES B CURRAN; ROBERT E TOWNE (JT)1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST #9 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
DAVID BENJAMIN DICKSHINSKI; JESSICA BAZZELLE (JT)1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST # 10 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
ROBERT WILLIAM NAYLOR 1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST # 11 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
BRYCE NELSON; ERIC ADAMS (JT)1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST # 23 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
SHANE M STEPHENSON; HANNAH M STEPHENSON (JT)1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST # 22 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
ANDREW E MARR; CHLOE A RUEBECK MARR (JT)1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST # 20 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
JENNIFER MCCALLUM 1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST 19 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
FRANK FELDMAN; DAVID S RABIGER (JT)1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST 18 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
OLIVIA J AKERLEY 1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST # 16 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
TYSON HATCH 1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST SUITE 500 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
DAVID JOSEPH JANGRO 1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST 13 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
JOHN MCKENZIE-CARTER; MARINA QUEVEDO (JT)1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST 14 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
SEAN HOUSEHOLDER; TRACI RESTON-HOUSEHOLDER (JT)1710 S WESTTEMPLE ST 12 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
Current Occupant 1712 S JEFFERSON ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1715 S WEST TEMPLE ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1717 S JEFFERSON ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1719 S WEST TEMPLE ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
JESSICA ARMSTRONG 1720 S WESTTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
JAVIER H ALEGRE-ALCAYAGA 1722 S RICHARDS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
Current Occupant 1723 S JEFFERSON ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
JUDITH WILLIAMS; ANDREW KITER 1723 S WESTTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
Current Occupant 1726 S JEFFERSON ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
ALLISON K COFFELT; BRITT HULTGREN (JT)1728 S RICHARDS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
Current Occupant 1729 S WEST TEMPLE ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1733 S JEFFERSON ST NFF1 Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1734 S WEST TEMPLE ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 1735 S WEST TEMPLE ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
MEGAN RADVANSKY 1738 S WESTTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
CHRISTIAN L CASE 1741 S WESTTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
HUGH VANN 1742 S RICHARDS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
MARY L COX 1746 S WESTTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
TRUST NOT IDENTIFIED 1748 S RICHARDS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
Current Occupant 1750 S JEFFERSON CIR NORTH Salt Lake City 84115 UT
FRANCISCO AVILA-CRUZ; PAULA B AVILA (JT)1751 S WESTTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
ALEXANDRA H GIBSON 1754 S RICHARDS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
CODY C CARVER 1755 S WESTTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
Current Occupant 1758 S WEST TEMPLE ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
WILLIAM L CARR; WENDY L T CARR (JT)1759 S WESTTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
DIANE VAN ROOSENDAAL; STEPHANIE VAN ROOSENDAAL (JT)1760 S RICHARDS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
Current Occupant 1760 S WEST TEMPLE ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
WILLIAM L CARR; WENDY T CARR (JT)1767 S WESTTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
HOUSING AUTHORITY OF SALT LAKE CITY 1776 S WESTTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
Current Occupant 1790 S WEST TEMPLE ST Salt Lake City 84115 UT
YING-TING LIN 336 S 800 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
AXIST PROPERTIES LLC 351 W 400 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84101
ROY SISTO ALIRES & ARLENE W ALIRES TRUST 09/16/2020 3899 S BURNINGHAM DR WEST VALLEY UT 84119
Current Occupant 58 W 1700 S Salt Lake City 84115 UT
Current Occupant 59 W 1700 S Salt Lake City 84115 UT
JACK H KOLKMAN 64 W 1700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
GRANT J NORTON; COLLEEN C NORTON (JT)657 WINDSOR CT ALPINE UT 84004
Current Occupant 67 W 1700 S Salt Lake City 84115 UT
17TH TOWNHOMES, LLC 70 NORTH MAIN STREET #106 BOUNTIFUL UT 84010
KENNETH OWEN NAIL 736 S 300 E UNIT 5E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
ROBERT J RILEY; GARY AYTON (JT)74 W QUAYLE AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84115
1709 SOUTH, A SERIES OF UNSTOPPABLE REAL ESTATE, LLC 7901 S 3200 W # 443 WEST JORDAN UT 84088
FAMILY PROMISE-SALT LAKE 814 W 800 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
COLE SQUARED L.L.C.851 S 600 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
TRUST NOT IDENTIFIED 879 N LITTLE VALLEY RD SALT LAKE CITY UT 84103
1734 S WEST TEMPLE L.L.C.909 S 1000 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84105
SALT LAKE COUNTY PO BOX 144575 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84114
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION PO BOX 145460 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84114
Diana Martinez, Principal Planner 451 S. State St. / P.O. Box 145480 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84114-5480
Larsen Sequist 909 S 1000 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84105
5. ORDINANCE
1
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. of 2023
(Amending the zoning of properties located at 1720 South and 1734 South West Temple Street
from R-1/5,000 Single-Family Residential District to R-MU-45 Residential/Mixed Use District,
and amending the Central Community Master Plan Future Land Use Map)
An ordinance amending the zoning map pertaining to properties located at 1720 South and
1734 South West Temple Street from R-1/5,000 Single-Family Residential District to R-MU-45
Residential/Mixed Use District pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00106 and amending the
Central Community Master Plan Future Land Use Map with respect to those properties from Low
Density Residential to Medium Density Residential pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00380.
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission (the “Planning Commission”) held
a public hearing on July 26, 2023, on a petition submitted by Larsen Sequist (“Petitioner”) to
rezone two parcels located at 1720 South West Temple Street (Tax ID No. 15-13-427-006-0000)
and 1734 South West Temple Street (Tax ID No. 15-13-427-007-0000) (collectively, the
“Properties”) from R-1/5,000 Single-Family Residential District to R-MU-45 Residential/Mixed
Use District, and a petition to amend the Central Community Master Plan Future Land Use Map
with respect to the Properties from Low Density Residential to Medium Density Residential;
WHEREAS, at its July 26, 2023, meeting, the Planning Commission voted in favor of
forwarding a negative recommendation to the Salt Lake City Council (the “City Council”) on the
petitions; and
WHEREAS, after holding a public hearing on this matter, the City Council has
determined that adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
2
SECTION 1. Amending the Zoning Map. The Salt Lake City zoning map, as adopted
by the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the fixing of boundaries and zoning districts shall be and
hereby is amended to reflect that the Property, identified on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, shall be
and hereby is rezoned from R-1/5,000 Single-Family Residential District to R-MU-45
Residential/Mixed Use District.
SECTION 2. Amending the Central Community Master Plan. The Future Land Use Map
within the Central Community Master Plan shall be and hereby is amended to change the future land
use designation of the Propertes identified in Exhibit “A” attached hereto from Low Density
Residential to Medium Density Residential.
SECTION 3. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall take effect immediately after
it has been published in accordance with Utah Code §10-3-711 and recorded in accordance with
Utah Code §10-3-713.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ____ day of ___________, 2023.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
4
EXHIBIT “A”
Legal Description of Properties to be Rezoned:
1720 South West Temple Street
Tax ID number: 15-13-427-006-0000
COM 4.35 RDS N FR SE COR LOT 12 BLK 7 5 AC PLAT A BIG FIELD SUR W 9 RDS N
4.35 RDS E 9 RDS S 4.35 RDS TO BEG 8923-0487 9283-9367 09283-9369 11181-1070
and
1734 South West Temple Street
Tax ID number: 15-13-427-007-0000
COM AT SE COR OF LOT 12 BLK 7 5 AC PLAT A B F SUR W 9 RDS N 4.35 RDS E 9 RDS
S 4.35 RDS TO BEG 5820-2802 6497-0799 6548-1936 6606-0482,0489,0491 6781-0714 7597-
0552 8353-6519 8387-2544 8409-4333 8413-4101 8422-2142 8648-4144 8743-4086 8743-4107
9535-711 10377-4386 10753-9793 10754-8050
Item C3
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: Text Amendment Related to Historic Preservation Overlay District
PLNPCM2023-00123
MOTION 1 (adopt)
I move that the Council adopt the ordinance.
MOTION 2 (reject)
I move that the Council reject the ordinance.
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM:Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: Text Amendment Related to Historic Preservation Overlay District
PLNPCM2023-00123
BRIEFING UPDATE
One person spoke during the November 7, 2023 public hearing noting the robust public process for
identifying building status in historic districts during building surveys. The proposal does not include an
opportunity for public input if a building’s status is changed from contributory to non-contributory. The
commenter requested that the City require some notification of proposals to change a building’s status.
The Council closed the public hearing and deferred action to a future meeting.
The following information was provided for the Council briefing and public hearing. It
is included again for background purposes.
BRIEFING UPDATE
During the October 17, 2023 briefing Council Members expressed general support for the proposed text
amendment and removing unnecessary barriers to the public for minor modifications.
Under the proposal certificates of appropriateness could be denied at the staff level. Planning staff noted
that a property owner who did not agree with the denial could appeal the decision to the City’s Appeals
Hearing Officer.
When asked about protections for non-contributing structures that still add character to a neighborhood,
Planning explained that if alterations which rendered the building non-contributing can be removed, there
Item Schedule:
Briefing: October 17, 2023
Set Date: October 17, 2023
Public Hearing: November 7, 2023
Potential Action: November 14, 2023
Page | 2
is potential to change the building’s status to contributing. However, there are some alterations such as
adding stucco to brick that cannot be removed, so the status would not be changed.
A question was raised about the process for obtaining a demolition permit for non-contributing vs.
contributing structures. Planning staff explained that the process for a non-contributing structure
demolition permit is more streamlined and could be approved administratively following a notice mailed to
neighbors which includes more information than is currently required. Demolition of contributing
buildings is much more robust and requires Historic Landmark Commission approval following a notice
mailed to a larger area.
During a discussion about the process for claiming financial hardship, Planning staff clarified that the
financial hardship is for the building being economically unfeasible to maintain, and not economic
hardship for the building owners. There was mention of a penalty for property owners who allow a
contributing building to fall into disrepair through willful neglect, though it was acknowledged this is
outside the scope of this text amendment. Planning staff stated they will discuss the concept with the
Attorney’s Office.
The following information was provided for the October 17, 2023 Council briefing and
public hearing. It is included again for background purposes.
The Council will be briefed about a proposal initiated by the Administration to amend the City zoning
ordinance related to the Historic Preservation Overlay District. If adopted, changes would apply citywide to
properties within a local historic district or landmark site. Salt Lake City currently has 14 local historic
districts, and approximately 150 landmark sites.
Proposed changes would make the ordinance easier for applicants, property owners, staff, and for the
Historic Landmark Commission in its administration. The proposal would also create new processes for
adopting and updating historic resource surveys. Changes would reorganize and add clarity to existing
processes and create new ones for updates to historic resource surveys, and factors to consider for historic
status determinations (e.g., contributing, or noncontributing status) for individual properties in some
circumstances.
The following summarizes proposed ordinance changes:
Reorganization
•Reorganizes City Code to remove repetition, move definitions to definition chapter in Code, creates
a new chapter in Code and moves the following to a new chapter:
o Local historic district (LHD) designation,
o Boundary adjustments to existing LHDs,
o Revocation of landmark site designation.
o (Note-Processing steps, requirements and standards for designations and amendments are
not changed from current processes for the above items.)
Proposed Changes/Additions
•Some work would be exempt from requiring a Certificate of Appropriateness (CoA)
o Installation of storm windows
o Small plaques
o Mailboxes
o Utility meters/charging stations, solar panels not visible from right-of-way
•Review and approval of all solar panels at staff level (currently the Historic Landmark Commission
(HLC) must review solar panels on front façades).
Page | 3
•Adds ability for some CoA requests to be denied at staff level if standards are not met.
•Adds language to reflect HLC duties not currently listed such as making recommendations to the
Board of State History for National Register Nominations and making recommendations to the City
Council on development of incentive programs to encourage preservation of the City’s historic
resources.
•Adds mailing notice content requirements for demolition of a noncontributing building.
•Requires application fees for determination of economic hardship, LHD boundary reduction,
revocation of landmark site.
•Increases application fees for some applications reviewed by HLC.
•Adds new definitions-period of significance and historic integrity.
•Adds language to have the City Council adopt historic resource surveys and associated reports
accompanying local historic designations.
•Fine tunes language.
New Processes
•Creates process and factors to consider for updates to historic resource surveys.
•Creates process and factors to consider for historic status determinations (contributing or
noncontributing status) for individual properties in some circumstances (e.g., property was not
rated or warrants reconsideration).
Planning staff recommended the Planning Commission forward a positive recommendation to the City
Council for the proposed text amendment. The Commission reviewed the proposal at its May 24, 2023
meeting and held a public hearing at which two people spoke. One person expressed concern with a lack of
public process for changing a building’s status from contributory to non-contributory. Such a change is
sometimes a precursor to demolition of the building. Planning staff noted there are no changes to the
current process. The other person who spoke is with the East Liberty Park Community Organization. She
thanked Planning staff for the proposal and for meeting with an ELPCO representative. She expressed
concern about noticing requirements for changes to properties outside of local historic districts. Planning
staff said there are no process or noticing requirement changes for landmark sites or properties in national
historic districts.
The Commission voted unanimously to forward a positive recommendation to the City Council for the
proposed text amendment. It is worth noting the Historic Landmark Commission reviewed the proposal at
its May 4, 2023 meeting and also voted unanimously to recommend the City Council adopt the text
amendment.
Goal of the briefing: Review the proposed text amendment, determine if the Council supports moving
forward with the proposal.
POLICY QUESTION
1. The Council may wish to discuss whether to include noticing requirements and opportunities for
public input when changes to a building’s contributory status are being considered. There is
currently no public notice requirement when changing a building’s status from contributing to non-
contributing.
KEY CONSIDERATIONS
Planning staff identified three key considerations related to the proposal which are found on pages 4-11 of
the Planning Commission staff report and summarized below. For the complete analysis, please see the
staff report.
Page | 4
Consideration 1 – Historic Resource Survey Updates
Each local historic district in the city has an associated historic resource survey which summarizes the
study area and includes an inventory of each property, along with its contributory/non-contributory status.
The Community Preservation Plan has policies to update resource surveys every 5-10 years. The proposed
text amendment includes putting this process into the zoning ordinance. Updates to historic resource
surveys would then be a decision made by the City Council, with public hearings at the Historic Landmark
Commission and Planning Commission.
The City will soon issue a request for proposals to contract with consultants who will update several
historic resource surveys. Surveys are more useful the more current they are. Time, maintenance, and
changes to properties can impact the historic integrity of a property and whether its contributory status
should be updated.
Consideration 2 – Historic Status Determinations
The proposed text amendment includes a process and standards for historic status determinations. The
Zoning Administrator has authority to interpret zoning code standards and has issued historic status
determinations for individual properties when there are questions about the historic status. The proposed
text amendment puts this process into the zoning ordinance.
There are instances where a timely determination of a property’s historic status is needed. Some examples
are when a property is missed in a survey, is not given a historic status rating or rated incorrectly and needs
to be reconsidered. These determinations can be initiated by the property owner or the Planning Director.
If a property had alterations that are considered non-reversable, its status may change from contributory to
non-contributory. On the other hand, if alterations to a building made it non-contributory and those
alterations were removed, the building’s historic status may be changed to contributory. Some examples of
buildings that had historic status review are included on pages 6-7 of the Planning Commission staff
report.
Consideration 3-Compliance with City Goals, Policies, and Master Plans
Planning staff reviewed the proposed text amendment against the following City goals, policies, and master
plans and found the proposal are consistent with the City’s Historic Preservation Plan.
•Preservation Philosophy (Resolution 53 of 2011)
•Community Preservation Plan (2012)
•Central Community Master Plan (2005)
•Avenues Master Plan (1987)
•Capitol Hill Master Plan (2001)
•Downtown Master Plan (2016)
•Plan Salt Lake (2015)
ZONING TEXT AMENDMENT STANDARDS
Planning staff reviewed the proposed text amendment against the following criteria City Code says the City
Council should consider. Please see Attachment B (pages 10-11) of the Planning Commission staff report
for additional information.
Factor Finding
Whether a proposed text amendment is consistent
with the purposes, goals, objectives, and policies of
Complies
Page | 5
the City as stated through its various adopted
planning documents.
Whether a proposed text amendment furthers the
specific purpose statements of the zoning
ordinance.
Complies
Whether a proposed text amendment is consistent
with the purposes and provisions of any applicable
overlay zoning districts which may impose
additional standards.
Complies
The extent to which a proposed text amendment
implements the best current, professional practices
of urban planning and design.
Complies
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
• February 8, 2023-Mayor Mendenhall initiated the petitioner for amendments to the H Historic
Preservation Overlay District.
• March 13, 2023-Notice emailed to all SLC registered recognized organizations including a draft of
the proposed changes.
• March 20, 2023-Information and a draft of the proposed changes was posted to the Planning
Division’s online open house webpage.
• April 17, 2023-Planning staff attended the Sugar House Community Council meeting to discuss
the proposed text amendment and answer any questions from the community.
• April 20, 2023-Historic Landmark Commission public hearing notices were posted on City and
state websites and Planning Division listserv.
• May 3, 2023-Planning staff attended the Central City Neighborhood Council meeting to discuss
the proposed text amendment and answer any questions from the community.
• May 4, 2023-Historic Landmark Commission held a public hearing and forwarded a unanimous
positive recommendation to the City Council.
• May 11, 2023-Planning Commission public hearing notices were posted on City and State websites
and Planning Division listserv.
• May 24, 2023-Planning Commission meeting and public hearing. The Commission forwarded a
unanimous positive recommendation for the proposed text amendment to the City Council.
• May 30, 2023-Draft ordinance forwarded to the Attorney’s Office for review.
• June 29, 2023-
o Revised draft ordinance sent to the Attorney’s Office for review (technical changes were
made to the draft during the month of June).
o Planning received the final ordinance from the Attorney’s Office.
• June 30, 2023-Transmitted to Mayor’s Office.
• August 8, 2023-Transmittal received in City Council Office.
1
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. _____ of 202_
(An ordinance amending various sections of Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code
pertaining to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District and
amending the consolidated fee schedule.)
An ordinance amending various sections of Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code and the
consolidated fee schedule pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00123 pertaining to the H
Historic Preservation Overlay District.
WHEREAS, on May 4, 2023, the Salt Lake City Historic Landmark Commission
(“Landmark Commission”) held a public hearing to consider a petition submitted by Mayor Erin
Mendenhall (“Applicant”) (Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00123) to amend various sections of
Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code pertaining to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District;
and
WHEREAS, at its May 4, 2023 meeting, the Landmark Commission voted in favor of
transmitting a positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Planning Commission (“Planning
Commission”) and the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) on said petition; and
WHEREAS, on May 24, 2023 the Planning Commission held a public hearing on said
petition; and
WHEREAS, at its May 24, 2023 meeting, the Planning Commission voted in favor of
transmitting a positive recommendation to the City Council on said petition; and
WHEREAS, after a public hearing on this matter the city council has determined that
adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
2
SECTION 1. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.06.040. That
Section 21A.06.040 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Decision Making Bodies and Officials:
Appeals Hearing Officer) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.06.040: APPEALS HEARING OFFICER:
A. Creation: The position of appeals hearing officer is created pursuant to the enabling
authority granted by the Municipal Land Use, Development, and Management Act,
Section 10-9a-701 of the Utah Code.
B. Jurisdiction and Authority: The appeals hearing officer shall have the following powers
and duties in connection with the implementation of this title:
1. Hear and decide appeals from any administrative decision made by the zoning
administrator in the administration or the enforcement of this title pursuant to the
procedures and standards set forth in Chapter 21A.16, “Appeals of Administrative
Decisions”, of this title;
2. Authorize variances from the terms of this title pursuant to the procedures and
standards set forth in Chapter 21A.18, “Variances”, of this title;
3. Hear and decide appeals of any decision made by the historic landmark commission,
or the planning director in the case of administrative decisions, pursuant to the
procedures and standards set forth in Section 21A.34.020, “H Historic Preservation
Overlay District”, of this title;
4. Hear and decide appeals from decisions made by the planning commission
concerning subdivisions or subdivision amendments pursuant to the procedures and
standards set forth in title 20, “Subdivisions and Condominiums”, of this code; and
5. Hear and decide appeals from administrative decisions made by the planning
commission pursuant to the procedures and standards set forth in this title.
C. Qualifications: The appeals hearing officer shall be appointed by the mayor with the
advice and consent of the city council. The mayor may appoint more than one appeals
hearing officer, but only one appeals hearing officer shall consider and decide upon any
matter properly presented for appeals hearing officer review. The appeals hearing officer
may serve a maximum of two (2) consecutive full terms of five (5) years each. The
appeals hearing officer shall either be law trained or have significant experience with
land use laws and the requirements and operations of administrative hearing processes.
3
D. Conflict of Interest: The appeals hearing officer shall not participate in any appeal in
which the appeals hearing officer has a conflict of interest prohibited by Title 2, Chapter
2.44 of this code.
E. Removal of The Appeals Hearing Officer: The appeals hearing officer may be removed
by the mayor for violation of this title or any policies and procedures adopted by the
planning director following receipt by the mayor of a written complaint filed against the
appeals hearing officer. If requested by the appeals hearing officer, the mayor shall
provide the appeals hearing officer with a public hearing conducted by a hearing officer
appointed by the mayor.
SECTION 2. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.06.050. That
Section 21A.06.050 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Decision Making Bodies and Officials:
Historic Landmark Commission) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.06.050: HISTORIC LANDMARK COMMISSION:
A. General Provisions: The provisions of Title 2, Chapter 2.07 of this code shall apply to the
historic landmark commission except as otherwise set forth in this section.
B. Creation: The historic landmark commission was created pursuant to the enabling
authority granted by the Historic District Act, Section 11-18-1 et seq., of the Utah Code
(repealed), and continues under the authority of Utah Code Section 10-8-85.9 and the
Land Use Development and Management Act, Utah Code Chapter 10-9a.
C. Jurisdiction and Authority: The historic landmark commission shall:
1. Review and approve or deny an application for a certificate of appropriateness
pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 21A.34 of this title;
2. Participate in public education programs to increase public awareness of the value of
historic, architectural and cultural preservation; Communicate the benefits of historic
preservation for the education, prosperity, and general welfare of residents, visitors
and tourists;
3. Review and approve or deny applications for the demolition of contributing principal
structures in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District pursuant to Chapter
21A.34 of this title;
4
4. Review designations, amendments to and boundaries of a local historic district,
thematic designation and landmark sites, and make a recommendation to the planning
commission and the city council;
5. Make recommendations on applications for zoning amendments involving properties
within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District when requested by the applicant,
planning director, planning commission or the city council;
6. Review and approve or deny certain modifications to dimensional standards for
properties located within an H Historic Preservation Overlay District. This authority
is also granted to the planning director or designee for applications within the H
Historic Preservation Overlay District that are eligible for an administrative decision
by the planning director or zoning administrator. The certain modifications to zoning
district specific development standards are listed as follows and are in addition to any
modification authorized elsewhere in this title:
a. Overall building and accessory structure height;
b. Building and accessory structure wall height;
c. Accessory structure square footage;
d. Fence and retaining wall height;
e. Signs pursuant to Section 21A.46.070 of this title; and
f. Any modification to bulk and lot regulations, except density, of the underlying
zoning district where it is found that the proposal complies with the applicable
standards identified in Section 21A.34.020 and is compatible with the surrounding
historic structures;
7. Make recommendations to the planning commission in connection with the
preparation of the general plan of the city;
8. Make recommendations to the city council on design guidelines, policies and
ordinances that may encourage preservation of buildings and related structures of
historical and architectural significance;
9. Review historic resource surveys for designations and all subsequent updates and
make recommendations to the planning commission and the city council;
10. Review National Register of Historic Places nominations or amendments and make a
recommendation to the Utah Board of State History; and
11. Recommend to the city council development of incentive programs, either public or
private, to encourage the preservation of the city’s historic resources.
5
D. Membership: The historic landmark commission shall consist of not less than seven (7)
nor more than eleven (11) voting members appointed in a manner providing balanced
geographic, professional, neighborhood and community interests representation. In
situations where a member resigns or is removed as prescribed in this code and adopted
policies and procedures and as a result, the number of members drops to less than seven
(7), the commission may still function until a 7th member is appointed. Appointment to a
position created by any vacancy shall not be included in the determination of any
person’s eligibility to serve two (2) consecutive full terms.
E. Qualifications of Members: Each voting member shall be a resident of the city interested
in preservation and knowledgeable about the heritage of the city. Members shall be
selected so as to ideally provide representation from the following groups of experts and
interested parties whenever a qualified candidate exists:
1. At least two (2) architects, and
2. Residents at large possessing preservation related experience in archaeology,
architecture, architectural history, construction, history, folk studies, law, public
history, real estate, real estate appraisal, or urban planning.
F. Meetings: The historic landmark commission shall meet at least once per month or as
needed.
G. Commission Action: A simple majority of the voting members present at a meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be required for any action taken.
H. Public Hearings: The historic landmark commission shall schedule and give public notice
of all public hearings pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 21A.10 of this title.
I. Removal of a Member: Any member of the historic landmark commission may be
removed by the mayor for violation of this title or any policies and procedures adopted by
the historic landmark commission following receipt by the mayor of a written complaint
filed against the member.
J. Policies and Procedures: The historic landmark commission shall adopt policies and
procedures for the conduct of its meetings, the processing of applications and for any
other purposes considered necessary for its proper functioning.
SECTION 3. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.10.020.B. That
Subsection 21A.010.020.B of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: General Application and Public
6
Hearing Procedures: Public Hearing Noticing Requirements: Special Noticing Requirements for
Administrative Approvals) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
B. Special Noticing Requirements for Administrative Approvals:
1. Notice of Application for Design Review:
a. Notification: At least twelve (12) days before a land use decision is made for an
administrative design review application as authorized in Chapter 21A.59 of this
title, the planning director shall provide written notice to the following:
(1) All owners and identifiable tenants of the subject property, land abutting the
subject property, and land located directly across the street from the subject
property. In identifying the owners and tenants of the land the city shall use
the Salt Lake City geographic information system records.
(2) Recognized community organization(s) in which the subject property is
located.
b. Contents of the Notice of Application: The notice shall generally describe the
subject matter of the application, where the public may review the application, the
expected date when the planning director will authorize a final land use decision,
and the procedures to appeal the land use decision.
c. End of Notification Period: If the planning director receives comments identifying
concerns related to the design review application not complying with the
requirements of Chapter 21A.59, the planning director may refer the matter to the
planning commission for their review and decision on the application.
2. Notice of Application for Demolition of a Noncontributing Principal Structure Within
An H Historic Preservation Overlay District: Prior to the approval of a certificate of
appropriateness for demolition of a noncontributing principal structure, the city shall
provide written notice by first class mail a minimum of twelve (12) calendar days in
advance of the requested action to all owners of the land and tenants of abutting
properties and those properties across the street from the subject property as shown
on the Salt Lake City geographic information system records.
a. Contents of the Notice of Application: The mailing notice shall generally describe
the subject property, include a vicinity map, include a photograph of the
noncontributing structure, date of construction, historic status from the most
recent historic survey on file or from a historic status determination, where the
application can be inspected by the public, and the date when the planning
director will issue a certificate of appropriateness for demolition.
3. Notice of Application for TSA Development Reviews: Prior to the approval of a
development review score as authorized in Section 21A.26.078 of this title, the
planning director shall provide written notice by first class mail a minimum of twelve
7
(12) days in advance of the requested action to all abutting properties and those
properties located across the street from the subject property, and to all property
owners and tenants of the land subject to the application, as shown on the Salt Lake
City geographic information system records.
a. Contents of the Mailing Notice of Application: The notice for mailing shall
generally describe the subject matter of the application, the place where such
application may be inspected by the public, the date when the planning director
will authorize a final administrative decision, and include the procedures to appeal
an administrative decision set forth in Chapter 21A.16 of this title.
SECTION 4. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.34.020. That
Section 21A.34.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Overlay Districts: H Historic
Preservation Overlay District) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.34.020: H HISTORIC PRESERVATION OVERLAY DISTRICT:
A. Purpose Statement
B. Applicability
C. Local Historic Designation, Amendments or Revocation
D. Historic Status Determination
E. Certificate of Appropriateness Required
F. Procedures for Issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness
G. Standards for Alteration of a Landmark Site, Contributing Structure or New
Construction of an Accessory Structure
H. Standards for New Construction or Alteration of a Noncontributing Structure
I. Standards for Relocation
J. Standards for Demolition of a Landmark Site
K. Standards for Demolition of a Contributing Principal Building
L. Economic Hardship Determination
M. Reconstruction of a Carriage House on a Landmark Site
A. Purpose Statement:
In order to contribute to the welfare, prosperity and education of the people of Salt Lake City,
the purpose of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District is to:
1. Provide the means to protect and preserve areas of the city and individual structures
and sites having historic, architectural or cultural significance;
8
2. Provide the means to manage alterations to historic structures to encourage beneficial
use and viability of the building while protecting an individual building’s contributing
status.
3. Encourage new development and redevelopment of properties that is compatible with
the character of existing development of historic districts or individual landmarks;
4. Abate the destruction and demolition of historic structures;
5. Implement adopted plans of the city related to historic preservation;
6. Foster civic pride in the history of Salt Lake City;
7. Protect and enhance the attraction of the city’s historic landmarks and districts for
tourists and visitors;
8. Foster economic development consistent with historic preservation; and
9. Encourage social, economic and environmental sustainability.
B. Applicability: All properties located within the boundaries of a local historic district, part
of a thematic designation, or designated as a landmark site are subject to the requirements
of this chapter.
1. Applicable Standards: The applicable standards of this chapter are determined by the
historic status rating of the property, either contributing or noncontributing, as
identified in the most recent historic resource survey on file with the Salt Lake City
Planning Division or a historic status determination issued in accordance with
Subsection 21A.34.020.D.
C. Local Historic Designation, Amendments, or Revocation: Local Historic Designation,
Adjustment, Expansion, or Revocation of a Landmark Site, Local Historic District or
Thematic Designation shall follow the applicable procedures and standards in Chapter
21A.51 Local Historic Designation and Amendments.
D. Historic Status Determination:
1. Purpose: Historic status determinations are to address the historic status of individual
structures within a local historic district on a case-by-case basis through robust review
of documentation in order to render a timely decision on the historic status for
circumstances outlined below.
2. Applicability: Historic status determinations may be rendered for properties within an
existing local historic district using the considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7
9
to determine whether they are contributing or noncontributing to the local historic
district for the following:
a. Unrated Properties: Properties that were inadvertently missed in a survey or not
given a historic status rating;
b. Incorrectly Rated Properties: Properties that may have been given an incorrect
status rating in a survey;
3. Authority: Historic status determinations shall be made by the zoning administrator in
the form of an administrative interpretation.
4. Persons Entitled to Seek Historic Status Determinations: Application for a historic
status determination may be made by the owner of the subject property or the owner’s
authorized agent. The planning director may also initiate a petition for a historic
status determination.
5. Limitations: A historic status determination shall not:
a. Change the boundaries of the local historic district;
b. Be issued for landmark sites;
c. Be issued for structures that are not within period of significance in an adopted
historic resource survey.
6. Application for Historic Status Determination: An administrative interpretation
application may be made to the zoning administrator on a form provided, which shall
include at least the following information, unless deemed unnecessary by the zoning
administrator:
a. The applicant’s name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and interest in
the subject property. The owner’s name, address and telephone number, if
different than the applicant, and the owner’s signed consent to the filing of the
application;
b. The street address, legal description and tax number of the subject property;
c. Current and historic photographs;
d. Any historic resource surveys and reports on record in the Planning Division or
the Utah State Historic Preservation Office;
e. Description of any alterations to the structure and the date of approval for any
alterations;
f. The historic status rating the applicant believes to be correct. When the request is
to change the historic status rating, the applicant shall state in the application the
reason(s) the existing historic rating is incorrect and why it should be changed
10
based on the considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7, or provide an
intensive level historic resource survey conducted in accordance with the Utah
State Preservation Office standards for building surveys addressing the
considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7 for analysis by the zoning
administrator.
g. Any other information the zoning administrator deems necessary for a full and
proper consideration of the particular application.
7. Considerations for Historic Status Determinations: A historic status determination
may include the following considerations:
a. Whether alterations that have occurred are generally reversible.
b. Whether the building contributes to an understanding of a period of significance
of a neighborhood, community, or area.
c. Whether or not the building retains historic integrity in terms of location, design,
setting, materials, workmanship, feeling and association as defined in Section
21A.62.040. The analysis shall take into consideration how the building reflects
the historical or architectural merits of the overall local historic district in which
the resource is located. When analyzing historic integrity of a building as part of a
local historic district, the collective historic value of the buildings and structures
in a local historic district taken together may be greater than the historic value of
each individual building or structure in a district.
8. Decision: Written findings documenting the historic status determination shall be sent
to the applicant and members of the historic landmark commission and kept on file in
city records.
9. Updating Records: If the historic status determination is different than the property’s
historic rating in the most recent historic resource survey, the determination will
stand, and the city’s applicable historic resource survey(s) will be updated to reflect
the determination.
10. Appeal of Decision: Any person adversely affected by a final decision made by the
zoning administrator interpreting a provision of this title may appeal to the appeals
hearing officer in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 21A.16 of this title.
E. Certificate of Appropriateness Required: No alteration in the exterior appearance of a
structure, site, or object affecting a property within the H Historic Preservation Overlay
District shall be made until an application for a certificate of appropriateness is approved
by the historic landmark commission, or administratively by the planning director, as
applicable, pursuant to Subsection F of this section.
11
1. A certificate of appropriateness shall be required for all of the following:
a. Any exterior alteration to the property or any structure on the property unless
specifically exempted under Subsection 21A.34.020.E.2;
b. New Construction;
c. Relocation of a structure or object on the same site or to another site;
d. Demolition;
2. Exemptions: The following are exempt from obtaining a Certificate of
Appropriateness:
a. Installation of storm windows;
b. Landscaping that:
(1) Complies with the standards of this title;
(2) Does not include a wall fence or grade changes; and
(3) Is not an attribute that is a character defining feature of the property or
streetscape;
c. Painting of surfaces that does not include unpainted stone, brick or cement;
d. Plaques, boxes, and other similar objects that measure 18 inches or less in any
dimension, contain no electrical components, and are attached to exterior finish
material or mounted through mortar joints when on a masonry wall;
e. Electrical, gas, or water meters or outlets, including electric vehicle charging
outlets, that are in a location that is not visible from the public right of way;
f. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems that do not require new conduit
and are not visible from the public right of way; and
g. Solar energy collection systems meeting the priority locations outlined in
Subsections 21A.40.190.B.3.a through 21A.40.190.B.3.c.
F. Procedure for Issuance of Certificate of Appropriateness:
1. Administrative Authority: The following may be decided by the planning director or
designee:
a. Minor alteration of or addition to a landmark site or contributing building or
structure;
b. Alteration of or addition to a noncontributing building or structure;
c. Partial demolition of either a landmark site or a contributing principal building or
structure;
12
d. Demolition of an accessory building or structure; and
e. Demolition of a noncontributing building or structure.
2. Historic Landmark Commission Authority: The following shall only be decided by
the historic landmark commission:
a. Substantial alteration or addition to a landmark site or contributing site, building,
and/or structure;
b. New construction of principal building in the H Historic Preservation Overlay
District;
c. Relocation of landmark site or contributing principal building;
d. Demolition of landmark site or contributing principal building;
e. Economic hardship determination;
f. Reconstruction of a carriage house on a landmark site; and
g. Applications referred by the planning director.
3. Submission of Application: An application for a certificate of appropriateness shall be
made on an application form prepared by the zoning administrator and accompanied
by applicable fees as noted in the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The
applicant shall also be responsible for payment of all mailing fees established for
required public noticing.
a. General Application Requirements: A complete application shall include the
following unless deemed unnecessary by the zoning administrator:
(1) The applicant’s name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and interest
in the subject property;
(2) The owner’s name, address and telephone number, if different than the
applicant, and the owner’s signed consent to the filing of the application;
(3) The street address and legal description of the subject property;
(4) A narrative including a complete description of the project and how it meets
review standards with citation of supporting adopted city design guidelines;
(5) Current and historic photographs of the property
(6) A site plan or drawing drawn to a scale which includes the following
information: property lines, lot dimensions, topography, adjacent streets,
alleys and walkways, landscaping and buffers, existing and proposed
buildings and structures, lot coverage, grade changes, parking spaces, trash
receptacles, drainage features, proposed setbacks and other details required for
project evaluation;
13
(7) Elevation drawings and details for all impacted facades;
(8) Illustrative photos and or samples of all proposed façade materials;
(9) Building, wall, and window section drawings;
(10) Any further information or documentation as the zoning administrator deems
necessary in order to fully consider and analyze the application.
b. New Construction Application Requirements: In addition to the general
application requirements listed above, applications for new construction of a
primary structure shall include the following unless deemed unnecessary by the
zoning administrator:
(1) A context plan showing property lines, building footprints, front yard
setbacks, adjacent streets and alleys, historic district boundaries,
contributing/noncontributing structures and landmark sites;
(2) A streetscape study which includes height measurements for each primary
structure on the block face;
(3) Renderings that show the new construction in relation to neighboring
buildings; and
(4) Renderings that show the new construction from the pedestrian perspective.
4. Notice: Applications for a certificate of appropriateness are subject to the notification
requirements of Chapter 2.60 of this code. An application for a certificate of
appropriateness for demolition of a noncontributing building or structure shall require
notice pursuant to Chapter 21A.10 of this title. The applicant shall be responsible for
payment of all fees established for providing the public notice required by Chapters
2.60 and 21A.10 of this title.
5. Standards for Approval: Applications for a certificate of appropriateness shall be
reviewed according to the standards set forth in Subsections G through M of this
section, whichever are applicable.
6. Administrative Decisions: The planning director or designee shall approve,
conditionally approve, or deny the application for a certificate of appropriateness
based upon written findings of fact. The decision of the planning director or designee
shall become effective upon issuance of the certificate of appropriateness.
a. Referral of Application to Historic Landmark Commission: The planning director
or designee may refer any application to the historic landmark commission due to
the complexity of the application, the significance of change to the structure or
site, or the need for consultation for expertise regarding architectural or other
preservation issues.
14
7. Historic Landmark Commission Decisions: The historic landmark commission shall
hold a public hearing to review the application in accordance with the standards and
procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10 of this title. The historic landmark
commission shall approve, conditionally approve, or deny the application based upon
written findings of fact. The decision of the historic landmark commission shall
become effective at the time the decision is made. Following a decision from the
historic landmark commission to approve a certificate of appropriateness, the
planning director or designee shall issue a certificate of appropriateness after all
conditions of approval are met except for demolition of contributing principal
buildings and landmark sites as outlined in Subsection 21A.34.020.F.8.
8. Requirements for Certificate of Appropriateness for Demolition: The certificate of
appropriateness for demolition of a contributing principal building or landmark site
shall not be issued until the following criteria is satisfied:
a. The appeal period associated with the approval has expired.
b. The landmark commission has granted approval for a new building that will
replace the landmark site or contributing principal building to be demolished. The
requirement for replacing the contributing principal building or landmark site with
a new building may be waived by the historic landmark commission if a new
development or redevelopment plan that includes the principal building to be
demolished is approved by the historic landmark commission.
c. The certificate of appropriateness for demolition shall be issued simultaneously
with the certificate of appropriateness and building permits for the replacement
building.
9. Revocation of the Designation of a Landmark Site: If a landmark site is approved for
demolition, the property shall not be removed from the H Historic Preservation
Overlay District until the building has been demolished and revocation of the
designation of a landmark site has been approved in accordance with Section
21A.51.050, Local Historic Amendments Process.
10. Exceptions of Certificate of Appropriateness for Demolition of Hazardous Buildings:
A hazardous building shall be exempt from the provisions governing demolition if the
building official determines, in writing, that the building currently is an imminent
hazard to public safety. Prior to the issuance of a demolition permit, the building
official shall notify the planning director for consultation and of the final decision.
11. Expiration of Approvals: No certificate of appropriateness shall be valid for a period
of longer than one (1) year unless a building permit has been issued or complete
building plans have been submitted to the Salt Lake City Division of Building
Services and Licensing within that period and is thereafter diligently pursued to
15
completion; or unless a longer time is requested and granted by the historic landmark
commission, or in the case of an administrative approval, by the planning director or
designee. Any request for a time extension shall be required not less than thirty (30)
days prior to the one (1) year time period.
12. Appeal of Decisions: Any person adversely affected by a final decision of the historic
landmark commission, or in the case of administrative decisions, the planning
director or designee, may file an appeal in accordance with the provisions of Chapter
21A.16 of this title.
G. Standards for Alteration of a Landmark Site or Contributing Structure Including New
Construction of an Accessory Structure: In considering an application for a certificate of
appropriateness for alteration of a landmark site or contributing structure, or new
construction of an accessory structure associated with a landmark site or contributing
structure, the historic landmark commission, or the planning director, for administrative
decisions, shall, using the adopted design guidelines as a key basis for evaluation, find
that the project substantially complies with all of the following standards:
1. A property shall be used for its historic purpose or be used for a purpose that requires
minimal change to the defining characteristics of the building and its site and
environment;
2. The historic character of a property shall be retained and preserved. The removal of
historic materials or alteration of features and spaces that characterize a property shall
be avoided;
3. All sites, structures and objects shall be recognized as products of their own time.
Alterations that have no historical basis and which seek to create a false sense of
history or architecture are not allowed;
4. Alterations or additions that have acquired historic significance in their own right
shall be retained and preserved;
5. Distinctive features, finishes and construction techniques or examples of
craftsmanship that characterize a historic property shall be preserved;
6. Deteriorated architectural features shall be repaired rather than replaced wherever
feasible. In the event replacement is necessary, the new material should match the
material being replaced in composition, design, texture and other visual qualities.
Repair or replacement of missing architectural features should be based on accurate
duplications of features, substantiated by historic, physical or pictorial evidence rather
than on conjectural designs or the availability of different architectural elements from
other structures or objects;
7. Chemical or physical treatments, such as sandblasting, that cause damage to historic
materials shall not be used. The surface cleaning of structures, if appropriate, shall be
undertaken using the gentlest means possible;
8. Contemporary design for alterations and additions to existing properties shall not be
discouraged when such alterations and additions do not destroy significant cultural,
historical, architectural or archaeological material, and such design is compatible with
16
the size, scale, color, material and character of the property, neighborhood or
environment;
9. Additions or alterations to structures and objects shall be done in such a manner that
if such additions or alterations were to be removed in the future, the essential form
and integrity of the structure would be unimpaired. The new work shall be
differentiated from the old and shall be compatible in massing, size, scale and
architectural features to protect the historic integrity of the property and its
environment;
10. Certain building materials are prohibited:
a. Aluminum, asbestos, or vinyl cladding; and when applied directly to an original
or historic material.
b. Vinyl fencing.
11. Any new sign and any change in the appearance of any existing sign located on a
landmark site or within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District, which is visible
from any public way or open space shall be consistent with the historic character of the
landmark site or H Historic Preservation Overlay District and shall comply with the
standards outlined in Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
H. Standards for New Construction or Alteration of a Noncontributing Structure: In
considering an application for a certificate of appropriateness involving new construction
of a principal building, or alterations of noncontributing structures, the historic landmark
commission, or planning director when the application involves the alteration of a
noncontributing structure, shall using the adopted design guidelines as a key basis for
evaluation, determine whether the project substantially complies with each of the
following standards that pertain to the application to ensure that the proposed project fits
into the established context in ways that respect and contribute to the evolution of Salt
Lake City’s architectural and cultural traditions:
1. Settlement Patterns and Neighborhood Character:
a. Block and Street Patterns: The design of the project preserves and reflects the
historic block, street, and alley patterns that give the district its unique character.
Changes to the block and street pattern may be considered when advocated by an
adopted city plan.
b. Lot and Site Patterns: The design of the project preserves the pattern of lot and
building site sizes that create the urban character of the historic context and the
block face. Changes to the lot and site pattern may be considered when advocated
by an adopted city plan.
c. The Public Realm: The project relates to adjacent streets and engages with
sidewalks in a manner that reflects the character of the historic context and the
block face. Projects should maintain the depth of yard and height of principal
17
elevation of those existing on the block face in order to support consistency in the
definition of public and semi-public spaces.
d. Building Placement: Buildings are placed such that the project maintains and
reflects the historic pattern of setbacks and building depth established within the
historic context and the block face. Buildings should maintain the setback
demonstrated by existing buildings of that type constructed in the district or site’s
period of significance.
e. Building Orientation: The building is designed such that principal entrances and
pathways are oriented such that they address the street in the pattern established in
the historic context and the block face.
2. Site Access, Parking, and Services:
a. Site Access: The design of the project allows for site access that is similar, in
form and function, with patterns common in the historic context and the block
face.
(1) Pedestrian: Safe pedestrian access is provided through architecturally
highlighted entrances and walkways, consistent with patterns common in the
historic context and the block face.
(2) Vehicular: Vehicular access is located in the least obtrusive manner possible.
Where possible, garage doors and parking should be located to the rear or to
the side of the building.
b. Site and Building Services and Utilities: Utilities and site/building services (such
as HVAC systems, venting fans, and dumpsters) are located such that they are to
the rear of the building or on the roof and screened from public spaces and public
properties.
3. Landscape and Lighting:
a. Grading of Land: The site’s landscape, such as grading and retaining walls,
addresses the public way in a manner that reflects the character of the historic
context and the block face.
b. Landscape Structures: Landscape structures, such as arbors, walls, fences, address
the public way in a manner that reflects the character of the historic context and
the block face.
c. Lighting: Where appropriate lighting is used to enhance significant elements of
the design and reflects the character of the historic context and the block face.
4. Building Form and Scale:
a. Character of the Street Block: The design of the building reflects the historic
character of the street facade in terms of scale, composition, and modeling.
18
(1) Height: The height of the project reflects the character of the historic context
and the block face. Projects taller than those existing on the block face step
back their upper floors to present a base that is in scale with the historic
context and the block face.
(2) Width: The width of the project reflects the character of the historic context
and the block face. Projects wider than those existing on the block face
modulate the facade to express a series of volumes in scale with the historic
context and the block face.
(3) Massing: The shape, form, and proportion of buildings, reflects the character
of the historic context and the block face.
(4) Roof Forms: The building incorporates roof shapes that reflect forms found in
the historic context and the block face.
5. Building Character:
a. Facade Articulation and Proportion: The design of the project reflects patterns of
articulation and proportion established in the historic context and the block face.
As appropriate, facade articulations reflect those typical of other buildings on the
block face. These articulations are of similar dimension to those found elsewhere
in the context, but have a depth of not less than twelve inches (12”).
(1) Rhythm of Openings: The facades are designed to reflect the rhythm of
openings (doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) established in the historic
context and the block face.
(2) Proportion and Scale of Openings: The facades are designed using openings
(doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) of similar proportion and scale to
that established in the historic context and the block face.
(3) Ratio of Wall to Openings: Facades are designed to reflect the ratio of wall to
openings (doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) established in the historic
context and the block face.
(4) Balconies, Porches, and External Stairs: The project, as appropriate,
incorporates entrances, balconies, porches, stairways, and other projections
that reflect patterns established in the historic context and the block face.
6. Building Materials, Elements and Detailing:
a. Materials: Building facades, other than windows and doors, incorporate no less
than eighty percent (80%) durable material such as, but not limited to, wood,
19
brick, masonry, textured or patterned concrete and/or cut stone. These materials
reflect those found elsewhere in the district and/or setting in terms of scale and
character.
b. Materials on Street-Facing Facades: The following materials are not considered to
be appropriate and are prohibited for use on facades which face a public street:
vinyl siding and aluminum siding.
c. Windows: Windows and other openings are incorporated in a manner that reflects
patterns, materials, profile, and detailing established in the district and/or setting.
d. Architectural Elements and Details: The design of the building features
architectural elements and details that reflect those characteristic of the district
and/or setting.
7. Signage Location: Locations for signage are provided such that they are an integral
part of the site and architectural design and are complementary to the principal
structure.
I. Standards for Relocation of Landmark Site or Contributing Structure: In considering an
application for a certificate of appropriateness for relocation of a landmark site or a
contributing structure, the historic landmark commission shall find that the project
substantially complies with the following standards:
1. The proposed relocation will abate demolition of the structure;
2. The proposed relocation will not diminish the overall physical integrity of the district
or diminish the historical associations used to define the boundaries of the district;
3. The proposed relocation will not diminish the historical or architectural significance
of the structure;
4. The proposed relocation will not have a detrimental effect on the structural soundness
of the building or structure;
5. A professional building mover will move the building and protect it while being
stored; and
6. A financial guarantee to ensure the rehabilitation of the structure once the relocation
has occurred is provided to the city. The financial guarantee shall be in a form
approved by the city attorney, in an amount determined by the planning director
sufficient to cover the estimated cost to rehabilitate the structure as approved by the
historic landmark commission and restore the grade and landscape the property from
which the structure was removed in the event the land is to be left vacant once the
relocation of the structure occurs.
20
J. Standards for Demolition of Landmark Site: In considering an application for a certificate
of appropriateness for demolition of a landmark site, the historic landmark commission
shall only approve the application upon finding that the project fully complies with one of
the following standards:
1. The demolition is required to alleviate a threat to public health and safety pursuant to
Subsection 21A.34.020.F.10; or
2. A determination of economic hardship has been granted by the historic landmark
commission pursuant to the provisions of Subsection 21A.34.020.L.
K. Standards for Demolition of a Contributing Principal Building: When considering a
request for approval of a certificate of appropriateness for demolition of a contributing
principal building, the historic landmark commission shall determine whether the request
substantially complies with the following standards:
1. The historic integrity of the site as defined in Section 21A.62.040 is no longer evident
and the site no longer meets the definition of a contributing building or structure in
Section 21A.62.040;
2. The streetscape within the context of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District
would not be negatively materially affected if the contributing principal building were
to be demolished;
3. The demolition would not create a material adverse effect on the concentration of
historic resources used to define the boundaries or maintain the integrity of the
district;
4. The base zoning of the site does not permit land uses that would allow the adaptive
reuse of the contributing principal building;
5. The contributing principal building has not suffered from willful neglect, as
evidenced by the following:
a. Willful or negligent acts that have caused significant deterioration of the
structural integrity of the contributing principal building to the point that the
building fails to substantially conform to applicable standards of the state
construction code,
b. Failure to perform routine and appropriate maintenance and repairs to maintain
the structural integrity of the contributing principal building, or
c. Failure to secure and board the contributing principal building, if vacant, per
Section 18.64.045 of this code.
L. Economic Hardship Determination: Upon denial of a certificate of appropriateness for
demolition of a contributing principal building by the historic landmark commission, the
owner and/or owner’s representative will have one year from the end of the appeal period
as described in Chapter 21A.16 of this title, to submit an application for determination of
21
economic hardship. In the case of a landmark site, an application for determination of
economic hardship shall be submitted at the same time as an application for demolition of
a landmark site to meet the standard of Subsection 21A.34.020.J.2 of this section.
1. Application for Determination of Economic Hardship: An application for a
determination of economic hardship shall be made on a form provided by the zoning
administrator and accompanied by applicable fees as noted in the Salt Lake City
consolidated fee schedule.
2. Evidence for Determination of Economic Hardship: The burden of proof is on the
owner or owner’s representative to provide sufficient evidence to demonstrate an
economic hardship. Any finding in support of economic hardship shall be based
solely on the hardship of the property. Evidence may include, but is not limited to:
a. Physical condition of the property at time of purchase and the applicant’s plans
for the property at time of purchase.
b. The current level of economic return on the property as considered in relation to
the following:
(1) The amount paid for the property, the date of purchase, and party from whom
purchased, including a description of the relationship, if any, between
applicant, and the person from whom the property was purchased;
(2) The annual gross and net income, if any, from the property for the previous
three (3) years; itemized operating and maintenance expenses for the previous
three (3) years; and depreciation deduction and annual cash flow before and
after debt service, if any, for the previous three (3) years;
(3) Real estate taxes for the previous three (3) years by the Salt Lake County
Assessor;
(4) An appraisal, no older than six (6) months at the time of application for
determination of economic hardship conducted by an MAI certified appraiser
licensed within the State of Utah. Also all appraisals obtained within the
previous three (3) years by the owner or applicant in connection with the
purchase, financing or ownership of the property;
(5) The fair market value of the property taking into consideration the H Historic
Preservation Overlay District; and
(6) For non-residential or multifamily properties, any state or federal income tax
returns on or relating to the property for the previous three (3) years.
c. The marketability of the property for sale or lease, as determined by any listing of
the property for sale or lease, and price asked and offers received, if any, within
the previous two (2) years. This determination can include testimony and relevant
documents regarding:
(1) Any real estate broker or firm engaged to sell or lease the property;
22
(2) Reasonableness of the price in terms of fair market value or rent sought by the
applicant; and
(3) Any advertisements placed for the sale or rental of the property.
d. The feasibility of alternative uses for the property as considered in relation to the
following:
(1) Report from a licensed engineer or architect with demonstrated experience in
rehabilitation of older buildings as to the structural soundness of any building
on the property;
(2) An estimate of the cost of the proposed construction or alteration, including
the cost of demolition and removal, and potential cost savings for reuse of
materials;
(3) The estimated market values of the property in current condition, after
completion of the demolition; and after renovation of the existing property for
continued use; and
(4) The testimony of a professional with demonstrated experience in
rehabilitation of older buildings as to the economic feasibility of rehabilitation
or reuse of the existing building on the property. An experienced professional
may include, but is not limited to, an architect, developer, real estate
consultant, appraiser, or any other professional experienced in preservation or
rehabilitation of older buildings and licensed within the State of Utah.
e. Economic incentives and/or funding available to the applicant through federal,
state, city, or private programs.
f. Description of past and current use.
g. An itemized report that identifies what is deficient if the building does not meet
minimum city building code standards or violations of this code and whether any
exceptions within Chapter 12 Historic Buildings of the IEBC, or its successor,
could be used to resolve those deficiencies.
h. Consideration of map amendment, conditional use, or other land use processes to
alleviate hardship.
3. Procedure for Determination of Economic Hardship:
a. Appointment of Qualified Expert: The planning director shall appoint a qualified
expert to evaluate the application and provide advice and/or testimony to the
historic landmark commission concerning the value of the property and whether
or not the denial of demolition could result in an economic hardship.
(1) The extent of the Authority: The planning director’s appointed qualified
expert is limited to rendering advice and testimony to the historic landmark
commission and has no decision-making capacity.
23
(2) The planning director’s appointed qualified expert shall have considerable and
demonstrated experience in appraising, renovating, or restoring historic
properties, real estate development, economics, accounting, finance and/or
law.
(3) The historic landmark commission may also consider other expert testimony
upon reviewing the evidence presented by the applicant or receiving the
advice/testimony of the planning director’s appointed qualified expert as
necessary.
b. Review of Evidence: The historic landmark commission shall hold a public
hearing in accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter
21A.10 of this title to consider the evidence submitted, and the advice and
testimony of the planning director’s appointed qualified expert.
c. Finding of Economic Hardship: If after reviewing all of the evidence presented by
the applicant and the advice/testimony of the planning director’s appointed
qualified expert, and if the historic landmark commission finds that the applicant
has presented sufficient information supporting a determination of economic
hardship, then the historic landmark commission shall approve the demolition. In
order to show that all beneficial or economically viable use cannot be obtained,
the historic landmark commission must find that all of the following are met:
(1) The contributing principal building or landmark site cannot be economically
used or rented at a reasonable rate of return in its present condition or if
rehabilitated;
(2) The contributing principal building or landmark site cannot be put to any
reasonable beneficial use in its present condition or if rehabilitated; and
(3) Bona fide efforts during the previous year to sell or lease the contributing
principal building or landmark site at a reasonable price have been
unsuccessful.
d. Certificate of Appropriateness for Demolition: If the historic landmark
commission finds an economic hardship, a certificate of appropriateness for
demolition shall be issued in accordance with Subsection 21A.34.020.F.8.
e. Denial of Economic Hardship: If the historic landmark commission does not find
an economic hardship, then the application for a certificate of appropriateness for
demolition shall be denied. No further economic hardship determination
applications may be considered for the subject property for three (3) years from
the date of the final decision of the historic landmark commission. The historic
landmark commission may waive this restriction if the historic landmark
commission finds there are circumstances sufficient to warrant a new hearing
other than the re-sale of the property or those caused by the negligence or
intentional acts of the owner.
M. Reconstruction of a Carriage House on a Landmark Site:
24
1. Applicability: The reconstruction of a historic carriage house is allowed if the
following criteria are satisfied:
a. The property and address are a landmark site. For the purpose of this section, any
site that has been further subdivided since the construction of the last principal
building on the site shall be considered part of the landmark site.
b. Documentation has been provided that indicates a carriage house associated with
the historic period of the landmark site existed on the site. Documentation may
include any property related record, prior survey, photographs, site plans, or
similar records. It is the responsibility of the applicant to provide the necessary
documentation and justification for the proposed dimensions and details of the
carriage house that is proposed to be reconstructed. Documentation shall provide
sufficient detail to estimate the approximate details of the carriage house,
including:
(1) The approximate location of the carriage house on the site and estimated
setbacks;
(2) The approximate footprint shape and size;
(3) The approximate shape, slope, and details of the roof of the structure proposed
to be reconstructed;
(4) The approximate height of the structure in feet, based on the scale of existing
buildings or structures that are also visible in historic documentation or the
dimensions of the historic building materials, if available. The approximate
height shall include wall height and roof height; and
(5) The location, arrangement, size, and details of any window or door, including
carriage entries.
2. Application Requirements: An application to reconstruct a historic carriage house
shall be considered an application for new construction and include all the application
requirements for new construction in this section and documentation requirements in
Subsection 1.b above.
3. Approval Standards: An application to reconstruct a historic carriage house shall be
subject to the following standards. An application shall be approved if the following
standards are complied with:
a. Reconstruction shall only be used to depict vanished or non-surviving portion of a
property when documentary and physical evidence is available to permit accurate
reconstruction with minimal conjecture;
b. Reconstruction will include measures to preserve any remaining historic
materials, features, and spatial relationships;
c. Reconstruction will be based on the accurate duplication of historic features and
elements substantiated by documentary or physical evidence rather than on
conjectural designs or the availability of different features from other historic
properties. A reconstructed property will re-create the appearance of the non-
surviving historic property in materials, design, color, and texture;
25
d. Proposed designs that were never executed historically will not be constructed or
considered;
e. The proposed carriage house shall match the footprint size, shape, and location on
the property based on the historic documentation provided by the applicant.
Historic documentation shall be used to approximate the location and dimensions
of the structure;
f. The proposed carriage house shall match the approximate roof shape of the
original carriage house;
g. The entryways into the house, including reconstructed entryways for carriages,
shall approximately match historic entryways commonly found on carriage
houses from the same era as the original carriage house; and
h. Impacts to adjacent properties, including but not limited to solar access, noise,
light trespass, refuse storage, and mechanical equipment locations, parking
locations, have been mitigate or can be mitigated through the site layout,
appropriate buffering, and/or building designs.
4. Complying With Additional Codes: An application approved under this section shall
comply with all applicable codes, regulations and engineering standards that have
been adopted by the State of Utah or the city.
5. Subdivision Prohibited: Further subdivision of the property after approval of a
reconstruction under this section is prohibited and portions of Section 21A.38.060
authorizing subdivisions of lots with more than two principal buildings shall not be
applicable.
6. Allowed Uses After Reconstruction: The following uses shall be allowed in a
reconstructed carriage house approved under this section:
a. A single family dwelling, regardless of lot area, lot width or street frontage;
b. Any accessory use authorized in the underlying zoning district or overlay district;
or
c. Accessory dwelling units subject to the applicable regulations for accessory
dwelling units.
7. Modifications Authorized: In considering a proposal to reconstruct a carriage house
under this section, the historic landmark commission may modify the following
standards upon finding that the proposal complies with the applicable standards:
a. Minimum lot area when the lot does not contain the minimum lot area for an
additional dwelling unit;
b. Modifications to Sections 21A.36.010 and 21A.36.020; and
c. Any authorized modification identified in Section 21A.06.050.
8. Updated Intensive Level Survey Required: If approved, the applicant shall provide
the city and updated intensive level survey to document the changes to the site.
26
SECTION 5. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.40.190.B. That
Subsection 21A.40.190.B of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Accessory Uses, Buildings and
Structures: Small Solar Energy Collection Systems: Small Solar Energy Collection Systems and
Historic Preservation Overlay Districts or Landmark Sites) shall be, and hereby is amended to
read as follows:
B. Small Solar Energy Collection Systems and Historic Preservation Overlay Districts:
1. General: In addition to meeting the standards set forth in this section, all applications to
install a small solar energy collection system within the Historic Preservation Overlay
District shall obtain a certificate of appropriateness in accordance with Section
21A.34.020 prior to installation. Small solar energy collection systems shall be allowed
in accordance with the location priorities detailed in Subsection B.3 of this section. If
there is any conflict between the provisions of this Subsection B, and any other
requirements of this section, the provisions of this Subsection B shall take precedence.
2. Installation Standards: The small solar energy collection system shall be installed in a
location and manner on the building or lot that is least visible and obtrusive and in such a
way that causes the least impact to the historic integrity and character of the historic
building, structure, site or district while maintaining efficient operation of the solar
device. The system must be installed in such a manner that it can be removed and not
damage the historic building, structure, or site it is associated with.
3. Small Solar Energy Collection System Location Priorities: In approving appropriate
locations and manner of installation, consideration shall include the following locations
in the priority order they are set forth below. The method of installation shall be the least
visible from a public right-of-way, not including alleys, and most compatible with the
character defining features of the historic building, structure, or site.
a. Rear yard in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-way.
b. On accessory buildings or structures in a location not readily visible from a public
right-of-way.
c. In a side yard in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-way.
d. On the principal building in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-
way.
e. On the principal building in a location that may be visible from a public right-of-
way, but not on the structure’s front facade.
f. On the front facade of the principal building in a location most compatible with
the character defining features of the structure.
27
SECTION 6. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.50.020. That
Section 21A.50.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Authority) shall be, and
hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.50.020: AUTHORITY:
The text of this title and the zoning map may be amended by the passage of an ordinance
adopted by the city council in accordance with the procedures set forth in this chapter.
Applications related to H Historic Preservation Overlay District or Landmark Sites are
subject to the procedures in Chapter 21A.51, Local Historic Designations and Amendments.
SECTION 7. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.50.030. That
Section 21A.50.030 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Initiation) shall be, and
hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.50.030: INITIATION:
Amendments to the text of this title or to the zoning map may be initiated by filing an
application for an amendment addressed to the planning commission. Applications for
amendments may be initiated by the mayor, the city council, the planning commission, or the
owner of the property included in the application, or the property owner’s authorized agent.
Applications related to the Homeless Resource Center Overlay shall be initiated as provided
in Chapter 21A.34 of this title.
SECTION 8. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.50.040.B That
Section 21A.50.030.B of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Procedure: Fees) shall
be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
B. Fees: The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees shown on the Salt
Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible for payment
of all fees established for providing the public notice required by Chapter 21A.10 of this
title. Application and noticing fees filed by the city council, planning commission or the
mayor shall not be required. Application and noticing fees filed to establish a character
conservation district shall not be required.
28
SECTION 9. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.50.060 That
Section 21A.50.060 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Limitation on
Amendments) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.50.060: LIMITATION ON AMENDMENTS:
A. No application for an amendment to this title shall be considered by the city council or
the planning commission within one year of the withdrawal by the applicant or final
decision of the city council upon a prior application covering substantially the same
subject or substantially the same property.
B. This determination shall be made by the zoning administrator upon receipt of an
application pursuant to Section 21A.50.030 of this chapter. This provision shall not
restrict the mayor, the city council or the planning commission from proposing any text
amendment or change in the boundaries of any of the districts in this title at any time.
SECTION 10. Adopting a new Chapter 21A.51 of Salt Lake City Code 21A. Chapter 21A of
the Salt Lake City Code (Local Historic Designation and Amendments) shall be and hereby is
amended to include a new Chapter 21A.51 Local Historic Designation and Amendments and shall
read as follows:
Chapter 21A.51
LOCAL HISTORIC DESIGNATON & AMENDMENTS
21A.51.010: Purpose Statement
21A.51.020: Authority
21A.51.030: Local Historic Designation Process
21A.51.040: Local Historic Designation Criteria
21A.51.050: Existing Local Historic Amendment Process
21A.51.060: Existing Local Historic Amendment Criteria
21A.51.070: Limitations
21A.51.080: Historic Resource Surveys
21A.51.090: Appeal of Decision
21A.51.010: PURPOSE STATEMENT:
The purpose of this chapter is to provide standards and procedures for making amendments
to the zoning map related to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. The H Historic
29
Preservation Overlay District applies to all properties within the boundaries of a local historic
district, part of a thematic designation, or a landmark site.
21A.51.020: AUTHORITY:
A. Authority: Pursuant to the procedures and standards in this chapter and the standards for
general amendments in Section 21A.50.050, the city council may amend the zoning map
and apply the H Historic Preservation Overlay District by the passage of an ordinance
and:
1. Designate a landmark site;
2. Designate as a local historic district;
3. Designate as a thematic designation;
4. Amend designations to add or remove features or property to or from a landmark site,
local historic district or thematic designation;
5. Revoke designation of a landmark site;
6. Adopt comprehensive historic resource surveys and associated reports for new
landmark sites, local historic districts or thematic designations; and
7. Adopt updates to historic resource surveys and associated reports for existing local
historic districts or thematic designations in accordance with the provisions in Section
21A.51.080.
21A.51.030: LOCAL HISTORIC DESIGNATION PROCESS:
Salt Lake City will consider the local designation of a landmark site, local historic district or
thematic designation in order to protect the best examples of historic resources which
represent significant elements of the city’s prehistory, history, development patterns or
architecture. Local designation must be in the best interest of the city and achieve a
reasonable balance between private property rights and the public interest in preserving the
city’s cultural, historic, and architectural heritage.
A. Process for Designation of a Local Historic District or Thematic Designation:
1. Procedures Required Before an Application Can be Submitted: Prior to the submittal
of an application for the designation or amendment local historic district or thematic
designation, and prior to gathering any signatures for an application, the following
steps must be completed:
a. Pre-application Conference: A potential applicant shall attend a pre-application
conference with the planning director or designee. The purpose of this meeting is
to discuss the merits of the proposed designation and the amendment processes as
outlined in this section.
30
b. Notification to Affected Property Owners: Following the preapplication
conference outlined in Subsection A.1.a of this section, the city shall send by first
class mail a neutral informational pamphlet to owners of record for each property
potentially affected by a forthcoming application. The informational pamphlet
shall be mailed after a potential applicant submits to the city a finalized proposed
boundary of an area to be included in the H Historic Preservation Overlay
District. The informational pamphlet shall contain, at a minimum, a description of
the process to create a local historic district or thematic designation and will also
list the pros and cons of a local historic district or thematic designation. Once the
city sends the informational pamphlet, gathering of property owner signatures
may begin per Subsection A.2 of this section. The informational pamphlet sent
shall remain valid for ninety (90) days. If an application is not filed with the city
within ninety (90) days after the date that the informational pamphlet was mailed,
the city shall close its file on the matter. Any subsequent proposal must begin the
application process again.
2. Application:
a. Parties Entitled to Submit Application: The mayor or the city council, by a
majority vote, may initiate a petition to consider designation of a local historic
district or thematic designation. A property owner submitting such application
shall demonstrate, in writing, support of more than thirty three percent (33%) of
the property owners of lots or parcels within the proposed boundaries of an area to
be included in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
(1) For purposes of this subsection, a lot or parcel of real property may not be
included in the calculation of the required percentage unless the application is
signed by property owners representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the
interest in that lot or parcel.
(2) Each lot or parcel of real property may only be counted once toward the thirty
three percent (33%), regardless of the number of owner signatures obtained
for that lot or parcel.
(3) Signatures obtained to demonstrate support of more than thirty three percent
(33%) of the property owners within the boundary of the proposed local
historic district or thematic designation must be gathered within a period of
ninety (90) days as counted between the date that the informational pamphlet
was mailed as required per Subsection 21A.51.030.A.1.b and the date of the
last required signature.
b. Submittal Requirements: An application shall be made to the zoning administrator
on a form or forms provided by the office of the zoning administrator, which shall
31
include at least the following information unless deemed unnecessary by the
zoning administrator:
(1) Information demonstrating the procedures in Subsections 21A.51.030.A.1.a
and 21A.51.030.A.1.b have been followed;
(2) Information demonstrating the requirements in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.2.a
have been met;
(3) Street addresses and parcel numbers of all properties included in the proposed
local designation;
(4) Photos of all properties included in the proposed designation;
(5) Narrative demonstrating compliance with the standards and considerations in
Section 21A.51.040; and
(6) Any other information the zoning administrator deems necessary for
consideration of a particular application.
c. Fees: Application and noticing fees for designation of a local historic district or
thematic designation shall not be required.
3. Notice of Designation Application Letter: Following the receipt by the city of an
application for the designation of a local historic district or thematic designation, the
city shall send a notice of designation application letter to owner(s) of record for each
property affected by said application along with a second copy of the informational
pamphlet described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.1.b. In the event that no application
is received following the ninety (90) day period of property owner signature
gathering, the city will send a letter to property owner(s) of record stating that no
application has been filed, and that the city has closed its file on the matter.
4. Planning Director Report to the City Council: Following the receipt by the city of an
application for the designation to a local historic district or thematic designation and
following mailing of the notice of designation application letter described in
Subsection 21A.51.030.A.3, the planning director shall submit a report based on the
following considerations to the city council:
a. Whether a current historic survey meeting the standards prescribed by the State
Historic Preservation Office is available for the landmark site or the area proposed
for a local historic district or thematic designation. If a suitable survey is not
available, the report shall propose a strategy to gather the needed survey data.
32
b. The city administration will determine the priority of the petition and determine
whether there is sufficient funding and staff resources available to allow the
planning division to complete a community outreach process, historic resource
analysis and to provide ongoing administration of the new local historic district or
thematic designation if the designation is approved by the city council. If
sufficient funding is not available, the report shall include a proposed budget.
c. Whether the proposed designation is generally consistent with the purposes, goals,
objectives and policies of the city as stated through its various adopted planning
documents.
d. Whether the proposed designation would generally be in the public interest.
e. Whether there is probable cause to believe that the proposed landmark site, local
historic district or thematic designation may be eligible for designation consistent
with the purposes and designation criteria in Section 21A.51.040 and the zoning
map amendment criteria in Section 21A.50.050, “Standards for General
Amendments”, of this title.
f. Verification that a neutral informational pamphlet was sent per Subsection
21A.51.030.A.3 of this section to all property owners within a proposed local
historic district following the preapplication process outlined in Subsections
21A.51.030.A.1.a and 21A.51.030.A.1.b.
5. Notification to Recognized Community Organizations: Notification to recognized
community organizations shall be provided as set forth in Section 2.60.050 of this
code.
6. Property Owner Meeting: Following the submission of the planning director’s report
and acceptance of the report by the city council, the planning division will conduct a
community outreach process to inform the owners of property within the proposed
boundaries of the proposed local historic district or thematic designation about the
following:
a. The designation process, including determining the level of property owner
support, the public hearing process, and final decision-making process by the city
council; and
b. Zoning ordinance requirements affecting properties located within the H Historic
Preservation Overlay District, adopted design guidelines, the design review
process for alterations and new construction, the demolition process and the
economic hardship process.
33
7. Open House: The planning division will conduct an open house pursuant to Section
2.60.050.
8. Public Hearings: A public hearing shall be held with both the historic landmark
commission and the planning commission in accordance with the standards and
procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing
Procedures”, of this title. The historic landmark commission and planning
commission shall recommend approval or denial of the proposal or the approval of
some modification of the proposal.
9. Property Owner Opinion Balloting:
a. Following the completion of the historic landmark commission and planning
commission public hearings, the city will deliver property owner opinion ballots
via first class mail to property owners of record within the boundary of the
proposed local historic district or thematic designation. The property owner
opinion ballot is a nonbinding opinion poll to inform the city council of property
owner interest regarding the designation of a local historic district. Each
individual property in the proposed designation boundary, regardless of the
number of owners having interest in any given property, will receive one property
owner opinion ballot.
(1) A property owner is eligible to vote regardless of whether or not the property
owner is an individual, a private entity, or a public entity;
(2) The city shall count no more than one property owner opinion ballot for:
(a) Each parcel within the boundaries of the proposed local historic district or
area; or
(b) If the parcel contains a condominium project, each unit within the
boundaries of the proposed local historic district or area; and
(c) If a parcel or unit has more than one owner of record, the city shall count
a property owner opinion ballot for the parcel or unit only if the property
owner opinion ballot reflects the vote of the property owners who own at
least fifty percent (50%) interest in the parcel or unit.
b. Property owners of record will have thirty (30) days from the postmark date of the
property owner opinion ballot to submit a response to the city indicating the
property owner’s support or nonsupport of the proposed designation.
c. A letter shall be mailed to all property owners within the proposed local historic
district or thematic designation whose property owner opinion ballot has not been
34
received by the city within fifteen (15) days from the original postmark date. This
follow up letter will encourage the property owners to submit a property owner
opinion ballot prior to the thirty (30) day deadline date set by the mailing of the
first property owner opinion ballot.
10. Notification of Property Owner Opinion Balloting Results: Following the public
opinion balloting for the proposed designation, the city will send notice of the results
to all property owners within the proposed local historic district or thematic
designation.
11. City Council Consideration: Following the transmittal of the recommendations of the
historic landmark commission and the planning commission and the results of the
property owner opinion ballot process, the city council shall hold a public hearing to
consider the designation of a local historic district or thematic designation in
accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General
Application and Public Hearing Procedures”, of this title and the following:
a. If the property owner opinion ballots returned equals at least two-thirds (2/3) of the
total number of returned property owner support ballots and represents more than
fifty percent (50%) of the parcels and units (in the case of a condominium) within
the proposed local historic district, area, or thematic designation, the city council
may designate a local historic district or a thematic district by a simple majority
vote.
b. If the number of property owner opinion ballots received does not meet the
threshold identified in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.11.a the city council may only
designate a local historic district, area, or a thematic district by an affirmative vote
of two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the city council.
c. If the number of property owner opinion ballots received in support and in
opposition is equal, the city council may only designate a local historic district or
a thematic district by a super majority vote.
B. Process for Designation of a Landmark Site:
1. Application:
a. Parties Entitled to Submit Application: Any owner of property proposed for a
landmark site, the mayor or the city council, by majority vote, may initiate a
petition to consider the designation of a landmark site.
35
b. Submittal Requirements: Applications for landmark sites shall provide at least all
of the information in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.2.b unless deemed unnecessary by
the zoning administrator.
c. Fees: Application and noticing fees for designation of a landmark site shall not be
required.
2. Notification to Community Organizations: Notification to recognized community
organizations shall be provided as set forth in Section 2.60.050 of this code.
3. Public Hearings: A public hearing shall be held with both the historic landmark
commission and the planning commission in accordance with the standards and
procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing
Procedures”, of this title. The historic landmark commission and planning
commission shall recommend approval or denial of the proposal or the approval of
some modification of the proposal and the recommendation will be submitted to the
city council.
4. City Council Consideration: Following the transmittal of the recommendations of the
historic landmark commission and the planning commission, the city council shall
hold a public hearing to consider the designation of a landmark site in accordance
with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application
and Public Hearing Procedures”, of this title. The city council may, by a majority
vote, designate a landmark site.
C. City Council Decision: Following city council designation of a landmark site, local
historic district or thematic designation, all of the properties located within the
boundaries of the local historic district, landmark site, or thematic designation will be
subject to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District and subject to the provisions of
Section 21A.34.020. The zoning regulations will go into effect on the date of the
publication of the ordinance unless otherwise noted on the adopted ordinance.
1. Designation Adoption: Designation of a landmark site, local historic district or
thematic designation includes adoption of the historic survey and associated report
submitted for the designation. Historic resource surveys may be updated pursuant to
the provisions in Section 21A.51.080 or Subsection 21A.34.020.D.
2. Notice of Designation: Within thirty (30) days following the designation of a
landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation, the city shall provide
notice of the action to all owners of property within the boundaries of the H Historic
Preservation Overlay District. In addition, a notice shall be recorded in the office of
the Salt Lake County Recorder for all lots or parcels within the area added to the H
Historic Preservation Overlay District.
36
21A.51.040: LOCAL HISTORIC DESIGNATION CRITERIA:
A. Standards for the Designation of a Landmark Site, Local Historic District or Thematic
Designation: The proposed landmark site, local historic district, or thematic designation
shall be evaluated according to the following:
1. Significance in local, regional, state or national history, architecture, engineering or
culture, associated with at least one of the following:
a. Events that have made significant contribution to the important patterns of
history, or
b. Lives of persons significant in the history of the city, region, state, or nation, or
c. The distinctive characteristics of a type, period of significance, or method of
construction; or the work of a notable architect or master craftsman, or
d. Information important in the understanding of the prehistory or history of Salt
Lake City; and
2. Historic integrity in terms of location, design, setting, materials, workmanship,
feeling and association as defined in Section 21A.62.040. When analyzing historic
integrity, the collective historic value of the buildings and structures in a local historic
district taken together may be greater than the historic value of each individual
building or structure in a district.
3. The proposed landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation is listed, or
is eligible to be listed on the National Register of Historic Places;
4. The proposed designation contains notable examples of elements of the city’s history,
development patterns or architecture not typically found in other local historic
districts within Salt Lake City;
5. The designation is generally consistent with adopted planning policies; and
6. The designation would be in the overall public interest.
B. Factors to Consider: The following factors may be considered by the historic landmark
commission and the city council to help determine whether the proposed designation of a
landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation meets the criteria listed
above:
37
1. Sites are of an age that allows insight into whether a property is sufficiently important
in the overall history of the community as identified in one or more periods of
significance in a historic survey report. Typically, this is at least fifty (50) years but
could be less if the property has exceptional importance.
2. Whether the proposed local historic district or thematic designation contains
examples of elements of the city’s history, development patterns and/or architecture
that may not already be protected by other local historic districts within the city.
3. Whether designation of the proposed local historic district or thematic designation
would add important knowledge that advances the understanding of the city’s history,
development patterns and/or architecture.
4. Whether approximately seventy five percent (75%) of the structures within the
proposed boundaries are rated as contributing structures by the most recent applicable
historic survey and those relate to identified significance and periods of significance.
C. Boundaries of a Proposed Landmark Site: When applying the evaluation criteria in
Subsection 21A.51.040.A, the boundaries of a landmark site shall be drawn to ensure that
historical associations, that best enhance the integrity of the site comprise the boundaries.
D. Boundaries of a Proposed Local Historic District: When applying the evaluation criteria
in Subsection 21A.51.040.A, the boundaries shall be drawn to ensure the local historic
district:
1. Contains a significant density of documented sites, buildings, structures or features
rated as contributing structures in a recent historic survey;
2. Coincides with documented historic boundaries such as early roadways, canals,
subdivision plats or property lines;
3. Coincides with logical physical or manmade features and reflect recognized
neighborhood boundaries; and
4. Contains noncontributing resources or vacant land only where necessary to create
appropriate boundaries to meet the criteria in Subsections 21A.51.040.A and
21A.51.040.D.
E. Boundaries of a Proposed Thematic Designation: When applying the evaluation criteria
of this section, the boundaries shall be drawn to ensure the thematic designation contains
a collection of sites, buildings, structures, or features that are associated by historical,
architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and contribute to the historic preservation goals
of Salt Lake City by protecting historical, architectural, or aesthetic interest or value.
38
21A.51.050: EXISTING LOCAL HISTORIC AMENDMENT PROCESS:
A. Applicability: Existing Local Historic Amendments applies to the following:
1. Expanding the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local historic district, or adding
additional properties to an existing thematic designation;
2. Reducing the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local historic district, or
removing properties from an existing thematic designation; and
3. Revocation of the designation of a landmark site.
B. Process for Amendments to Existing Local Historic Districts and Thematic Designations:
1. Boundary Expansion: The process for expanding the boundaries of an existing local
historic district or adding properties to a thematic designation shall be the same as
outlined in Subsection 21A.51.030.A except that the following shall only apply to the
properties being added into the proposed expanded boundary and do not apply to
those properties already designated in a local historic district or thematic designation
and already subject to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District:
a. The notification to affected property owners described in Subsection
21A.51.030.A.1.b;
b. The application submittal requirements for demonstrating support of 33% of the
property owners described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.2;
c. The property owner meeting described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.6;
d. The opinion ballot described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.9;
e. Notification of property owner opinion balloting results in Subsection
21A.51.030.A.10; and
f. City council consideration opinion ballot thresholds described in Subsection
21A.51.030.A.11.
2. Boundary Reduction: The process for reducing the boundaries of an existing local
historic district or removing properties from a thematic designation shall be the same
as outlined in Subsection 21A.51.030.A except that:
a. The requirements described in Subsection 21A.51.050.B.1.a through f, shall only
apply to those properties proposed to be removed from the local historic district or
thematic designation and do not apply to those properties already designated in a
local historic district or thematic designation and already subject to the H Historic
Preservation Overlay District.
39
b. Fees: The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees shown on the
Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible
for payment of all fees established for providing the public notice required by
Chapter 21A.10 of this title. Applications filed by the city council, planning
commission or the mayor shall not be required.
C. Amendments to Existing Landmark Sites:
1. Boundary Expansion or Reduction or Revocation: The process for expanding or
reducing the boundaries of an existing landmark site or the revocation of the
designation of a landmark site shall follow the steps outlined in Subsection
21A.51.030.B in addition to:
a. Fees: Applications for reducing the boundaries of a landmark site or for the
revocation of the designation of a landmark site shall be accompanied by the
applicable fees shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The
applicant shall also be responsible for payment of all fees established for
providing the public notice required by Chapter 21A.10 of this title. Applications
filed by the city council, planning commission or the mayor shall not be required.
21A.51.060: EXISTING LOCAL HISTORIC AMENDMENT CRITERIA:
A. Expansion: A proposed expansion of the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local
historic district, or the addition of properties to a thematic designation shall be considered
utilizing the provisions of Subsections 21A.51.040.A through E and provided that new
information indicates that the inclusion of additional properties would better convey the
historical and architectural integrity of the landmark site, local historic district or
thematic designation.
B. Reduction: A proposed reduction of the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local
historic district or the removal of properties from a thematic designation shall
demonstrate the properties have no longer met the criteria in Subsection 21A.51.040.A
for inclusion within the landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation. The
qualities that caused them to be originally included have been lost or destroyed, or such
qualities were lost subsequent to the historic landmark commission recommendation and
adoption of the designation.
C. Revocation of the Designation of a Landmark Site: A proposal for revocation of a
landmark site shall demonstrate the property no longer meets the criteria in Subsection
21A.51.040.A for which it was originally designated.
21A.51.070: LIMITATIONS:
40
A. If a local historic district or thematic designation proposal fails in accordance with the
voting procedures set forth in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.9, a resident may not initiate the
creation of a local historic district or thematic designation that includes more than fifty
percent (50%) of the same property as the failed local historic district or thematic
designation proposal for four (4) years after the day on which the property owner opinion
ballots for the vote were due.
1. This determination shall be made by the zoning administrator upon receipt of an
application pursuant to Section 21A.51.030 of this chapter. This provision shall not
restrict the mayor or the city council from initiating a petition at any time for a new
local historic district or thematic designation, or to amend the boundaries of a local
historic district or the removal or addition of properties in a thematic designation.
21A.51.080: HISTORIC RESOURCE SURVEYS
A. Existing Historic Resource Surveys: Any historic resource survey that was conducted for
the city prior to the amendment of this chapter shall be utilized by the planning director
and the historic landmark commission in applying provisions of Section 21A.34.020 the
H Historic Preservation Overlay District. Any subsequent adoption of a historic resource
survey will be done by ordinance in accordance with the provisions in this chapter and
will supersede previous surveys.
B. Updates to Historic Resource Surveys:
1. Applicability: The city aims to update historic resource surveys on a periodic basis as
recommended by the National Park Service. Updates to surveys are for land use
purposes to determine periods of significance, to determine historic status of
individual properties, to update the national register, and to keep archival records on
historic properties. Updates to a historic resource survey for existing local historic
district is subject to the following:
a. The standards of the H Historic Preservation Overlay apply to those properties
within an adopted local historic district. Any other properties evaluated in a
historic resource survey outside the boundary of a designated local district or
thematic designation will not be subject to the land use regulations associated
with historic status designations in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
b. An updated historic resource survey maintains the boundaries of a local historic or
the properties within a thematic designation but may update the historic status of
properties within the adopted H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
41
c. Historic Status Determinations: Instances where the historic status of an
individual property within a local historic district is in question, the zoning
administrator will use the provisions of Subsection 21A.34.020.D to make a
timely determination.
d. Any properties changing status from the most recent historic resource survey shall
be specifically identified in the updated survey and their period of significance
and historic status listed.
2. Process for Updating Historic Resource Surveys:
a. Public Hearings: A public hearing shall be held with both the historic landmark
commission and the planning commission in accordance with the standards and
procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing
Procedures”, of this title. The historic landmark commission and planning
commission shall recommend approval or denial of the updated historic resource
survey or the approval of some modification of the updated historic resource
survey and the recommendation will be submitted to the city council.
b. City Council: Following the transmittal of the historic landmark commission’s
recommendation, the city council shall hold a public hearing to consider adopting
the updated historic survey in accordance with the procedures set forth in Chapter
21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing Procedures”, of this title. The
city council may, by a majority vote, adopt the updated historic resource survey.
In deciding to adopt an updated historic resource survey, the city council may
consider the following in their decision making:
(1) Any benefit or impact that extending the period of significance would have on
the local district or thematic designation and the city;
(2) Any new period of significance in the updated survey is identified and
associated with at least one of the following:
(a) Events that have made significant contribution to the important patterns of
history, or
(b) Lives of persons significant in the history of the city, region, state, or
nation, or
(c) The distinctive characteristics of a type, period of significance or method
of construction; or the work of a notable architect or master craftsman, or
(d) Information important in the understanding of the prehistory or history of
Salt Lake City; and
42
(3) Any properties within a new period of significance will be assessed for
aspects of integrity in terms of location, design, setting, materials,
workmanship, feeling and association as defined by the National Park Service
Aspects of integrity. When analyzing integrity, the collective historic value of
the buildings and structures in a local historic district taken together may be
greater than the historic value of each individual building or structure in a
district. If integrity is intact, the property is denoted as contributing in the
updated survey;
(4) Any notable examples of elements of the city’s history, development patterns
or architecture not typically found in other local historic districts within Salt
Lake City are specifically identified for any new periods of significance in the
updated survey;
(5) The historic survey update would be in the overall public interest.
C. City Council Action: If an updated historic resource survey is adopted by the city council,
the updated historic resource survey including any updated historic status designations
shall be used when applying provisions of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District in
Section 21A.34.020. The decision to update a historic resource survey will go into effect
on the date of the publication of the related ordinance unless otherwise noted on the
adopted ordinance.
21A.51.090: APPEAL OF DECISION:
Any party adversely affected by the decision of the city council may, within thirty (30) days
after such decision, file a petition for review to the District Court pursuant to the Municipal
Land Use Development and Management Act, Section 10-9a-801, of the Utah Code.
SECTION 11. Amending the Text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.60.020. That Section
21A.60.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: List of Terms: List of Defined Terms) shall be and
hereby is amended to add the following terms in the list of defined terms to be inserted into that list
in alphabetical order:
Contributing Structure
Noncontributing Structure
Demolition (as it applies to properties within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District)
Demolition, Partial (as it applies to properties within the H Historic Preservation Overlay
District)
43
Historic Design Guidelines
Historic Integrity
Economic Hardship
Historic Resource Survey
Landmark Site
Local Historic District
Period of Significance
Thematic Designation
Willful Neglect
SECTION 12. Amending the Text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.62.040. That
Section 21A.62.040 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Definitions: Definitions of Terms) shall
be and hereby is amended to add the following definitions, which shall be inserted in
alphabetical order and shall read as follows:
CONTRIBUTING STRUCTURE: A structure or site within the H historic preservation
overlay district that has been determined through the process outlined in Section
21A.51.040, or an adopted historic resource survey, or Subsection 21A.34.020.D, to
generally retain historic integrity. When analyzing historic integrity of a building as part
of a local historic district, the collective historic value of the buildings and structures in a
local historic district taken together may be greater than the historic value of each
individual building or structure in a district. A contributing structure generally has its
major character defining features intact and although minor alterations may have
occurred, they are generally reversible.
DEMOLITION (AS IT APPLIES TO PROPERTIES WITHIN THE H HISTORIC
PRESERVATION OVERLAY DISTRICT): Any act or process which destroys a structure,
object or property within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District or a landmark site.
(See definition of demolition, partial.)
DEMOLITION, PARTIAL (AS IT APPLIES TO PROPERTIES WITHIN THE H
HISTORIC PRESERVATION OVERLAY DISTRICT): Partial demolition includes any act
which destroys a portion of a structure consisting of not more than twenty five percent (25%)
of the floor area of the structure, and where the portion of the structure to be demolished is
not readily visible from the street. Partial demolition also includes the demolition or removal
of additions or materials not of the historic period on any exterior elevation exceeding twenty
five percent (25%) when the demolition is part of an act of restoring original historic
elements of a structure and/or restoring a structure to its historical mass and size.
ECONOMIC HARDSHIP: Denial of a property owner of all reasonable beneficial or
economically viable use of a property without just compensation.
44
HISTORIC DESIGN GUIDELINES: The historic design guidelines provide guidance in
determining the suitability and architectural compatibility of proposed maintenance, repair,
alteration or new construction while at the same time, allowing for reasonable changes that
meet current needs of properties located within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
For architects, designers, contractors and property owners, they provide guidance in planning
and designing future projects. For city staff and the historic landmark commission, they
provide guidance for the interpretation of the zoning ordinance standards. Design guidelines
are officially adopted by city council.
HISTORIC INTEGRITY: The ability of a property to convey its historical associations or
attributes. As defined by the National Park Service, the following aspects or qualities, in
various combinations, define historic integrity:
Location- Location is the place where the historic property was constructed or the
place where a historic event occurred.
Design: Design is the combination of elements that create the form, plan, space,
structure, and style of a property.
Setting: Setting is the physical environment of a historic property.
Materials: Materials are the physical elements that were combined or deposited
during a particular period of time and in a particular pattern or configuration to form a
historic property.
Workmanship: Workmanship is the physical evidence of the crafts of a particular
culture or people during any given period in history.
Feeling: Feeling is a property’s expression of the aesthetic or historic sense of a
particular period of time.
Association: Association is the direct link between an important historic event or
person and a historic property.
HISTORIC RESOURCE SURVEY: A systematic resource for identifying and evaluating the
quantity and quality of historic resources for land use planning purposes following the
guidelines and forms of the Utah State Historic Preservation Office. Historic resource
surveys shall be prepared by a qualified professional meeting the minimum professional
qualifications defined by the U.S. National Park Service in the fields of history, archeology,
architectural history, architecture, or historic architecture.
LANDMARK SITE: Any historic site that has been designated in accordance with
Subsection 21A.51.030.B or any site on the Salt Lake City Register of Cultural Resources. A
landmark site includes an individual building, structure or feature or an integrated group of
buildings, structures or features on a single site. Such sites are of exceptional importance to
the city, state, region or nation and impart high artistic, historic or cultural values. A
45
landmark site clearly conveys a sense of time and place and enables the public to interpret the
historic character of the site. Landmark sites are subject to the regulations of Section
21A.34.020, the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
LOCAL HISTORIC DISTRICT: A contiguous geographically definable area with a
minimum district size of one “block face”, as defined in Section 21A.62.040, designated by
the city council pursuant to the provisions in Subsection 21A.51.030.A, which contains
buildings, structures, sites, objects, landscape features, archaeological sites and works of art,
or a combination thereof, that contributes to the historic preservation goals of Salt Lake City.
All properties within a local historic district are subject to the regulations of Section
21A.34.020 the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
NONCONTRIBUTING STRUCTURE: A structure or site within the H Historic
Preservation Overlay District that has been determined noncontributing through the
process outlined in Section 21A.51.040, or an adopted historic resource survey, or
Subsection 21A.34.020.D, and does not retain historic integrity. The major character
defining features have been so altered as to make the historic form, materials or details
indistinguishable and such alterations are irreversible. Noncontributing structures may
also include those rated out of period, and therefore, they are not representative of a
period of significance as identified in an adopted historic resource survey.
PERIOD OF SIGNIFICANCE: The period of significance is the period when the historic
events associated with a local historic district, thematic designation, or landmark site
occurred. This period must reflect the dates associated with the property or site, or in the case
of a district, the collection of properties within the district. A period of significance may be
thousands of years (in the case of an archeological property), several years, or even a few
days, depending on the duration of the event. There may be multiple periods of significance
associated with a local historic district, thematic designation, or landmark site.
THEMATIC DESIGNATION: A collection of individual sites, buildings, structures, or
features designated by City Council pursuant to the provisions in Subsection 21A.51.030.A,
which are contained in two (2) or more geographically separate areas that are united together
by historical, architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and contribute to the historic
preservation goals of Salt Lake City by protecting historical, architectural, or aesthetic
interest or value. All properties within a thematic designation are subject to the regulations of
Section 21A.34.020 the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
WILLFUL NEGLECT: The intentional absence of routine maintenance and repair of a
building over time.
SECTION 13. Amending the Consolidated Fee Schedule. That the section of the
Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule titled, “Zoning Fees” shall be and hereby is amended to
read as follows:
46
ZONING FEES
For question regarding Zoning fees contact: 801.535.7700
Service Fee Additional Information Section
Determination of Nonconforming Use $214 21A.38.025.4
Administrative Interpretation $71 Plus $61 per hour for research after the first hour 21A.12.040.A.6
Alley Vacation/Closure $285 Fee waiver available if adequate signatures are obtained.
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 14.52.030. A.5
Alternative Parking
Residential $428 21A.52.040 .A.3
Nonresidential $785 21A.52.040 .A.3
Amendments
Master plan
$1,070 Plus $121 per acre in excess of one acre. See also fee for
required public notices (10.9a.204).
Utah Code
10.9A.510
Zoning map amendment $1,142 Plus $121 per acre in excess of one acre. See also fee for
required public notices (21A.10.010.E). 21A.50.040.B
Zoning text amendment $1,142 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.50.040.B
Annexation
$1,427
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) Utah Code 10.2.401.5
Appeal of a Decision
Administrative decision $285 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.16.030.B
Historic Landmark Commission $285 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.16.030.B
Planning Commission $285 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.16.030.B
Appearance Before the Zoning Enforcement Hearing Office
First scheduled hearing No charge 21A.20.90
Second scheduled hearing $71 21A.20.90
Billboard Construction or Demolition including the
demolition of a non-conforming billboard $285 21A.46.160.D.3 & 21A.46.160.L.2
Conditional Building and Site Design Review $856 Plus $121 per acre in excess of one acre. See also fee for
required public notices (21A.10.010.E). 21A.59.070.B
Conditional Use $856 See also fee for required public notices (21.A.10.010.E). 21A.54.060.C
Condominium
Preliminary $571 Plus $37 per unit. See also fee for required public notices
(21.A.10.010.E). 20.56.40.B
Final $428 Plus $24 per unit. 20.56.40.B
Declaration of Surplus Real Property $428 2.58.040
Historic Landmarks Commission Review (Application)
Major Alterations of a principal building $100 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
New construction of a principal building $2,982 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
Demolition of a contributing principal building $2,406 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
Relocation of a contributing principal building $303 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
Reduction to boundaries of the H Historic Pres. $2,999 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010 E) 21A.51.050
47
Overlay District
Revocation of a Landmark Site $2,999 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010 E) 21A.51.050
Economic Hardship $2,050 Plus $200/hour up to $20,000. See also fee for required
public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
Home Occupation
Non-conditional No charge Fee could be assessed in future as per ordinance 21A.36.030
Conditional No charge Fee could be assessed in future as per ordinance 21A.36.030
Outdoor Dining
Outdoor Dining Application $30 21A.40.065
Outdoor Dining Permit Fee (1-5 tables) $120 21A.40.065
Outdoor Dining Permit Fee (6 or more tables) $180 21A.40.065
Planned Development $856 Plus $121 per acre in excess of (1) acre. See also fee for
required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.55
Signs
Permit fee for signs
Based on
the adopted
Building
Permit Fee
Schedule
21A.46.030
Plan checking fee $0.13 Of building permit value 21A.46.030
Inspection tag $14 21A.46.030
Site Development Permit $285 Plus $61 per acre in excess of one (1) acre 18.28.040.E
Street Closure $428 See also fee for required public notices. 2.58.040
Subdivision Amendments $428 Plus $121 per lot. See also fee for required public notices
(20.36) 20.04.120
Subdivision Preliminary Plat $428 Plus $121 per lot. See also fee for required public notices
(20.36) 20.04.120
Subdivision Final Plat $856 Plus $121 per lot. 20.04.120
Subdivision Vacations $428 See also fee for required public notices (20.36) 20.04.120
Engineering Review and Inspection Fee
5% of the
1st
$100,000 of
public
improvemen
ts & 2% for
the amount
above
$100,000
20.04.120
Subdivision Lot Line Adjustment $284 20.04.120
Subdivision Consolidating Lots $273 20.04.120
Temporary Uses $285 21A.42.060.B
Zoning Variance $428 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.18.040.B
As per applicable sections of the city and/or state code, a fee will be assessed for required public notices. This may include sending notice by 1st class U.S.
Mail to property owners within a certain radius of the subject property and / or advertising required public hearings in a newspaper of general circulation. A
fee for each required public hearing will be assessed. The noticing fee is authorized through the following sections of the zoning ordinance and state law: Salt
Lake City Code Subsection 21A.10.010.E and Utah Code Section 10-9a-501.
48
SECTION 14. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall become effective on the date of its first
publication.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ______________,
202_.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
Mayor’s Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
______________________________
MAYOR
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ________ of 202_.
Published: ______________.
Ordinance amending H Historic Preservation Overlay District regs (final) 9-26-23
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:___________________________
By: ____________________________
Paul C. Nielson, Senior City Attorney
September 26, 2023
1
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1 SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
2 No. _____ of 202_
3
4 (An ordinance amending various sections of Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code
5 pertaining to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District and
6 amending the consolidated fee schedule.)
7
8 An ordinance amending various sections of Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code and the
9 consolidated fee schedule pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00123 pertaining to the H
10 Historic Preservation Overlay District.
11 WHEREAS, on May 4, 2023, the Salt Lake City Historic Landmark Commission
12 (“Landmark Commission”) held a public hearing to consider a petition submitted by Mayor Erin
13 Mendenhall (“Applicant”) (Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00123) to amend various sections of
14 Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code pertaining to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District;
15 and
16 WHEREAS, at its May 4, 2023 meeting, the Landmark Commission voted in favor of
17 transmitting a positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Planning Commission (“Planning
18 Commission”) and the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) on said petition; and
19 WHEREAS, on May 24, 2023 the Planning Commission held a public hearing on said
20 petition; and
21 WHEREAS, at its May 24, 2023 meeting, the Planning Commission voted in favor of
22 transmitting a positive recommendation to the City Council on said petition; and
23 WHEREAS, after a public hearing on this matter the city council has determined that
24 adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
25 NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
2
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
26 SECTION 1. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.06.040. That
27 Section 21A.06.040 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Decision Making Bodies and Officials:
28 Appeals Hearing Officer) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
29 21A.06.040: APPEALS HEARING OFFICER:
30 A. Creation: The position of Aappeals Hhearing Oofficer is created pursuant to the enabling
31 authority granted by the Municipal Land Use, Development, and Management Act,
32 sSection 10-9a-701 of the Utah Code Annotated.
33
34 B. Jurisdiction aAnd Authority: The Aappeals Hhearing Oofficer shall have the following
35 powers and duties in connection with the implementation of this title:
36
37 1. Hear and decide appeals from any administrative decision made by the Zzoning
38 Aadministrator in the administration or the enforcement of this title pursuant to the
39 procedures and standards set forth in cChapter 21A.16, “Appeals oOf Administrative
40 Decisions”, of this title;
41
42 2. Authorize variances from the terms of this title pursuant to the procedures and
43 standards set forth in cChapter 21A.18, “Variances”, of this title;
44
45 3. Hear and decide appeals of any administrative decision made by the Hhistoric
46 Llandmark Ccommission, or the planning director in the case of administrative
47 decisions, pursuant to the procedures and standards set forth in sSection 21A.34.020,
48 “H Historic Preservation Overlay District”, of this title;
49
50 4. Hear and decide appeals from decisions made by the Pplanning Ccommission
51 concerning subdivisions or subdivision amendments pursuant to the procedures and
52 standards set forth in title 20, “Subdivisions aAnd Condominiums”, of this Ccode;
53 and
54
55 5. Hear and decide appeals from administrative decisions made by the planning
56 commission pursuant to the procedures and standards set forth in this title.
57
58 C. Qualifications: The appeals hearing officer shall be appointed by the mayor with the
59 advice and consent of the city council. The mayor may appoint more than one appeals
60 hearing officer, but only one appeals hearing officer shall consider and decide upon any
61 matter properly presented for appeals hearing officer review. The appeals hearing officer
62 may serve a maximum of two (2) consecutive full terms of five (5) years each. The
63 appeals hearing officer shall either be law trained or have significant experience with
64 land use laws and the requirements and operations of administrative hearing processes.
65
3
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
66 D. Conflict oOf Interest: The appeals hearing officer shall not participate in any appeal in
67 which the appeals hearing officer has a conflict of interest prohibited by tTitle
68 2, cChapter 2.44 of this code.
69
70 E. Removal oOf The Appeals Hearing Officer: The appeals hearing officer may be removed
71 by the mayor for violation of this title or any policies and procedures adopted by the
72 planning director following receipt by the mayor of a written complaint filed against the
73 appeals hearing officer. If requested by the appeals hearing officer, the mayor shall
74 provide the appeals hearing officer with a public hearing conducted by a hearing officer
75 appointed by the mayor.
76
77 SECTION 2. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.06.050. That
78 Section 21A.06.050 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Decision Making Bodies and Officials:
79 Historic Landmark Commission) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
80 21A.06.050: HISTORIC LANDMARK COMMISSION:
81
82 A. General Provisions: The provisions of tTitle 2, cChapter 2.07 of this code shall apply to
83 the historic landmark commission except as otherwise set forth in this section.
84
85 B. Creation: The historic landmark commission was created pursuant to the enabling
86 authority granted by the hHistoric dDistrict aAct, sSection 11-18-1 et seq., of the Utah
87 Code Annotated, 1953 (repealed), and continues under the authority of Utah Code
88 Section 10-8-85.9 and the lLand uUse dDevelopment and mManagement aAct, Utah
89 cCode cChapter 10-9a.
90
91 C. Jurisdiction Aand Authority: The historic landmark commission shall:
92
93 1. Review and approve or deny an application for a certificate of appropriateness
94 pursuant to the provisions of cChapter 21A.34 of this title;
95
96 2. Participate in public education programs to increase public awareness of the value of
97 historic, architectural and cultural preservation; Communicate the benefits of historic
98 preservation for the education, prosperity, and general welfare of residents, visitors
99 and tourists;
100
101 3. Review and approve or deny applications for the demolition of contributing principal
102 structures in the H hHistoric pPreservation oOverlay dDistrict pursuant to cChapter
103 21A.34 of this title;
104
4
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
105 4. Review designations, amendments to and boundaries of a local historic district,
106 thematic designation and landmark sites, and make a recommendation Recommend to
107 the planning commission and the city council; the boundaries for the establishment of
108 an H historic preservation overlay district and landmark sites;
109
110 5. Make recommendations when requested by the planning commission, the hearing
111 officer or the city council, as appropriate, on applications for zoning amendments and
112 conditional uses involving properties within the H hHistoric pPreservation oOverlay
113 dDistricts; when requested by the applicant, planning director, planning commission
114 or the city council;
115
116 6. Review and approve or deny certain modifications to dimensional standards for
117 properties located within an H Historic Preservation Overlay District. This authority
118 is also granted to the planning director or designee for applications within the H
119 Historic Preservation Overlay District that are eligible for an administrative approval
120 decision by the planning director or zoning administrator. The certain modifications
121 to zoning district specific development standards are listed as follows and are in
122 addition to any modification authorized elsewhere in this title:
123
124 a. Overall building and accessory structure height;
125 ba. Building and accessory structure wall height;
126 b. Accessory structure wall height;
127 c. Accessory structure square footage;
128 d. Fence and retaining wall height;
129 e. Overall building and accessory structure height;
130 ef. Signs pursuant to sSection 21A.46.070 of this title; and
131 fg. Any modification to bulk and lot regulations, except density, of the underlying
132 zoning district where it is found that the proposal complies with the applicable
133 standards identified in sSection 21A.34.020 and is compatible with the
134 surrounding historic structures.;
135 7. Make recommendations to the planning commission in connection with the
136 preparation of the general plan of the city; and
137
138 8. Make recommendations to the cCity cCouncil on design guidelines, policies and
139 ordinances that may encourage preservation of buildings and related structures of
140 historical and architectural significance.;
141
142 9. Review historic resource surveys for designations and all subsequent updates and
143 make recommendations to the planning commission and the city council;
5
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
144
145 10. Review National Register of Historic Places nominations or amendments and make a
146 recommendation to the Utah Board of State History; and
147
148 11. Recommend to the city council development of incentive programs, either public or
149 private, to encourage the preservation of the city’s historic resources.
150
151 D. Membership: The Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall consist of not less than seven
152 (7) nor more than eleven (11) voting members appointed in a manner providing balanced
153 geographic, professional, neighborhood and community interests representation. In
154 situations where a member resigns or is removed as prescribed in this code and adopted
155 policies and procedures and as a result, the number of members drops to less than seven
156 (7), the commission may still function until a 7th member is appointed. Appointment to a
157 position created by any vacancy shall not be included in the determination of any
158 person’s eligibility to serve two (2) consecutive full terms.
159
160 E. Qualifications Oof Members: Each voting member shall be a resident of the Ccity
161 interested in preservation and knowledgeable about the heritage of the Ccity. Members
162 shall be selected so as to ideally provide representation from the following groups of
163 experts and interested parties whenever a qualified candidate exists:
164
165 1. At least two (2) architects, and
166
167 2. Citizens Residents at large possessing preservation related experience in archaeology,
168 architecture, architectural history, construction, history, folk studies, law, public
169 history, real estate, real estate appraisal, or urban planning.
170
171 F. Meetings: The Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall meet at least once per month or
172 as needed.
173
174 G. Commission Action: A simple majority of the voting members present at a meeting at
175 which a quorum is present shall be required for any action taken. The decision of the
176 Historic Landmark Commission shall become effective upon the posting of the record of
177 decision.
178
179 H. Public Hearings: The Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall schedule and give public
180 notice of all public hearings pursuant to the provisions of cChapter 21A.10 of this title.
181
182 I. Removal Oof Aa Member: Any member of the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission may
183 be removed by the Mmayor for violation of this title or any policies and procedures
184 adopted by the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission following receipt by the Mmayor of a
185 written complaint filed against the member.
186
6
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
187 J.Policies aAnd Procedures: The Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall adopt policies
188 and procedures for the conduct of its meetings, the processing of applications and for any
189 other purposes considered necessary for its proper functioning.
190
191 SECTION 3. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.10.020.B. That
192 Subsection 21A.010.020.B of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: General Application and Public
193 Hearing Procedures: Public Hearing Noticing Requirements: Special Noticing Requirements for
194 Administrative Approvals) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
195 B. Special Noticing Requirements fFor Administrative Approvals:
196
197 1. Notice Oof Application for Design Review:
198
199 a. Notification: At least twelve (12) days before a land use decision is made for an
200 administrative design review application as authorized in Chapter 21A.59 of this
201 title, the planning director shall provide written notice to the following:
202
203 (1) All owners and identifiable tenants of the subject property, land abutting the
204 subject property, and land located directly across the street from the subject
205 property. In identifying the owners and tenants of the land the city shall use
206 the Salt Lake City geographic information system records.
207 (2) Recognized community organization(s) in which the subject property is
208 located.
209
210 b. Contents of the Notice of Application: The notice shall generally describe the
211 subject matter of the application, where the public may review the application, the
212 expected date when the planning director will authorize a final land use decision,
213 and the procedures to appeal the land use decision.
214 c. End of Notification Period: If the planning director receives comments identifying
215 concerns related to the design review application not complying with the
216 requirements of Chapter 21A.59, the planning director may refer the matter to the
217 planning commission for their review and decision on the application.
218
219 2. Notice of Application for Demolition of a Noncontributing Principal Structure Within
220 An H Historic Preservation Overlay District: Prior to the approval of At least twelve
221 (12) days before a land use decision is made on an application for an administrative
222 decision for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition of a noncontributing
223 principal structure, the city shall provide written notice by first class mail a minimum
224 of twelve (12) calendar days in advance of the requested action of the request to
225 demolish the structure and to identify that a determination has been made that the
226 building has been identified as a noncontributing building. This notice will be sent to
227 all owners of the land and tenants, of abutting properties and those properties across
228 the street from the subject property within eighty-five feet (85') of the land subject to
7
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
229 the application as shown on the Salt Lake City geographic information system
230 records. At the end of the twelve (12) day notice period, the planning director shall
231 either issue a certificate of appropriateness for demolition or refer the application to
232 the historic landmark commission.
233
234 a. Contents of the Notice of Application: The mailing notice shall generally describe
235 the subject property, include a vicinity map, include a photograph of the
236 noncontributing structure, date of construction, historic status from the most
237 recent historic survey on file or from a historic status determination, where the
238 application can be inspected by the public, and the date when the planning
239 director will issue a certificate of appropriateness for demolition.
240
241 3. Notice Of Application For Special Exceptions: Prior to the approval of an
242 administrative decision for special exceptions as authorized in chapter 21A.52 of this
243 title, the Planning Director shall provide written notice by first class mail a minimum
244 of twelve (12) days in advance of the requested action to all abutting properties and
245 those properties located across the street from the subject property, and to all property
246 owners and tenants of the land subject to the application, as shown on the Salt Lake
247 City geographic information system records.
248 a. Contents Of The Mailing Notice Of Application: The notice for mailing shall
249 generally describe the subject matter of the application, the place where such
250 application may be inspected by the public, the date when the Planning Director
251 will authorize a final administrative decision, and include the procedures to appeal
252 an administrative decision set forth in chapter 21A.16 of this title.
253
254 3. Notice oOf Application fFor TSA Development Reviews: Prior to the approval of a
255 development review score as authorized in Section 21A.26.078 of this title, the
256 planning director shall provide written notice by first class mail a minimum of twelve
257 (12) days in advance of the requested action to all abutting properties and those
258 properties located across the street from the subject property, and to all property
259 owners and tenants of the land subject to the application, as shown on the Salt Lake
260 City geographic information system records.
261 a. Contents oOf tThe Mailing Notice oOf Application: The notice for mailing shall
262 generally describe the subject matter of the application, the place where such
263 application may be inspected by the public, the date when the planning director
264 will authorize a final administrative decision, and include the procedures to appeal
265 an administrative decision set forth in Chapter 21A.16 of this title.
266
8
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
267 SECTION 4. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.34.020. That
268 Section 21A.34.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Overlay Districts: H Historic
269 Preservation Overlay District) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
270 21A.34.020: H HISTORIC PRESERVATION OVERLAY DISTRICT:
271
272 A. Purpose Statement
273 B. Applicability
274 C. Local Historic Designation, Amendments or Revocation
275 D. Historic Status Determination
276 E. Certificate of Appropriateness Required
277 F. Procedures for Issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness
278 G. Standards for Alteration of a Landmark Site, Contributing Structure or New
279 Construction of an Accessory Structure
280 H. Standards for New Construction or Alteration of a Noncontributing Structure
281 I. Standards for Relocation
282 J. Standards for Demolition of a Landmark Site
283 K. Standards for Demolition of a Contributing Principal Building
284 L. Economic Hardship Determination
285 M. Reconstruction of a Carriage House on a Landmark Site
286
287
288 A. Purpose Statement:
289
290 In order to contribute to the welfare, prosperity and education of the people of Salt Lake City,
291 the purpose of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District is to:
292
293 1. Provide the means to protect and preserve areas of the Ccity and individual structures
294 and sites having historic, architectural or cultural significance;
295
296 2. Provide the means to manage alterations to historic structures to encourage beneficial
297 use and viability of the building while protecting an individual building’s contributing
298 status.
299
300 32. Encourage new development, and redevelopment and the subdivision of properties
301 lots in Historic Districts that is compatible with the character of existing development
302 of Hhistoric Ddistricts or individual landmarks;
303
304 43. Abate the destruction and demolition of historic structures;
305
306 54. Implement adopted plans of the Ccity related to historic preservation;
307
308 65. Foster civic pride in the history of Salt Lake City;
9
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
309
310 76. Protect and enhance the attraction of the Ccity’s historic landmarks and districts for
311 tourists and visitors;
312
313 87. Foster economic development consistent with historic preservation; and
314
315 98. Encourage social, economic and environmental sustainability.
316
317 B. Definitions:
318 CONTRIBUTING STRUCTURE: A structure or site within the H Historic Preservation
319 Overlay District that meets the criteria outlined in subsection C15 of this section and is of
320 moderate importance to the City, State, region or Nation because it imparts artistic, historic
321 or cultural values. A contributing structure has its major character defining features intact and
322 although minor alterations may have occurred they are generally reversible. Historic
323 materials may have been covered but evidence indicates they are intact.
324 DEMOLITION: Any act or process which destroys a structure, object or property within the
325 H Historic Preservation Overlay District or a landmark site. (See definition of demolition,
326 partial.)
327 DEMOLITION, PARTIAL: Partial demolition includes any act which destroys a portion of a
328 structure consisting of not more than twenty five percent (25%) of the floor area of the
329 structure, and where the portion of the structure to be demolished is not readily visible from
330 the street. Partial demolition also includes the demolition or removal of additions or materials
331 not of the historic period on any exterior elevation exceeding twenty five percent (25%)
332 when the demolition is part of an act of restoring original historic elements of a structure
333 and/or restoring a structure to its historical mass and size.
334 DESIGN GUIDELINES: The design guidelines provide guidance in determining the
335 suitability and architectural compatibility of proposed maintenance, repair, alteration or new
336 construction while at the same time, allowing for reasonable changes that meet current needs
337 of properties located within the Historic Preservation Overlay District. For architects,
338 designers, contractors and property owners, they provide guidance in planning and designing
339 future projects. For City staff and the Historic Landmark Commission, they provide guidance
340 for the interpretation of the zoning ordinance standards. Design guidelines are officially
341 adopted by City Council.
342 ECONOMIC HARDSHIP: Denial of a property owner of all reasonable beneficial or
343 economically viable use of a property without just compensation.
344 HISTORIC RESOURCE SURVEY: A systematic resource for identifying and evaluating the
345 quantity and quality of historic resources for land use planning purposes following the
346 guidelines and forms of the Utah State Historic Preservation Office.
347 1. Reconnaissance level surveys (RLS) are the most basic approach for systematically
348 documenting and evaluating historic buildings in Utah communities and involves
349 only a visual evaluation of properties.
10
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
350 2. Intensive level surveys (ILS) include in depth research involving research on the
351 property and its owners, documentation of the property’s physical appearance and
352 completion of the Utah State Historic Office’s historic site form.
353 LANDMARK SITE: Any site included on the Salt Lake City Register of Cultural Resources
354 that meets the criteria outlined in subsection C15 of this section. Such sites are of exceptional
355 importance to the City, State, region or Nation and impart high artistic, historic or cultural
356 values. A landmark site clearly conveys a sense of time and place and enables the public to
357 interpret the historic character of the site.
358 LOCAL HISTORIC DISTRICT: A geographically or thematically definable area within the
359 H Historic Preservation Overlay District designated by the City Council pursuant to the
360 provisions of this section, which contains buildings, structures, sites, objects, landscape
361 features, archaeological sites and works of art, or a combination thereof, that contributes to
362 the historic preservation goals of Salt Lake City.
363 NEW CONSTRUCTION: The building of a new principal building within the H Historic
364 Preservation Overlay District or on a landmark site.
365 NONCONTRIBUTING STRUCTURE: A structure within the H Historic Preservation
366 Overlay District that does not meet the criteria listed in subsection C15 of this section. The
367 major character defining features have been so altered as to make the original and/or historic
368 form, materials and details indistinguishable and alterations are irreversible. Noncontributing
369 structures may also include those which are less than fifty (50) years old.
370 THEMATIC DESIGNATION: A collection of individual sites, buildings, structures, or
371 features which are contained in two (2) or more geographically separate areas that are united
372 together by historical, architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and contribute to the historic
373 preservation goals of Salt Lake City by protecting historical, architectural, or aesthetic
374 interest or value.
375 WILLFUL NEGLECT: The intentional absence of routine maintenance and repair of a
376 building over time.
377 B. Applicability: All properties located within the boundaries of a local historic district, part
378 of a thematic designation, or designated as a landmark site are subject to the requirements
379 of this chapter.
380
381 1. Applicable Standards: The applicable standards of this chapter are determined by the
382 historic status rating of the property, either contributing or noncontributing, as
383 identified in the most recent historic resource survey on file with the Salt Lake City
384 Planning Division or a historic status determination issued in accordance with
385 Subsection 21A.34.020.D.
386
387 C. Local Historic Designation, Amendments, or Revocation: Local Historic Designation,
388 Adjustment, Expansion, or Revocation oOf aA Landmark Site, Local Historic District
389 oOr Thematic Designation shall follow the applicable procedures and standards in
11
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
390 Chapter 21A.51 Local Historic Designation and Amendments.; H Historic Preservation
391 Overlay District:
392
393 1. Intent: Salt Lake City will consider the designation of a landmark site, or thematic
394 designation in order to protect the best examples of historic resources which represent
395 significant elements of the City’s prehistory, history, development patterns or
396 architecture. Designation of a local historic district must be in the best interest of the
397 City and achieve a reasonable balance between private property rights and the public
398 interest in preserving the City’s cultural, historic, and architectural heritage. The City
399 Council shall determine that designation of a landmark site, local historic district or
400 thematic designation is the best method of preserving a unique element of history
401 important to understanding the prehistory or history of the area encompassed by the
402 current Salt Lake City corporate boundaries.
403 2. City Council May Designate Or Amend Landmark Sites, Local Historic Districts Or
404 Thematic Designations: Pursuant to the procedures in this section and the standards
405 for general amendments in section 21A.50.050 of this title the City Council may by
406 ordinance apply the H Historic Preservation Overlay District and:
407 a. Designate as a landmark site an individual building, structure or feature or an
408 integrated group of buildings, structures or features on a single lot or site having
409 exceptional importance to the City, State, region or Nation and impart high
410 artistic, historic or cultural values. A landmark site clearly conveys a sense of
411 time and place and enables the public to interpret the historic character of the site;
412 b. Designate as a local historic district a contiguous area with a minimum district
413 size of one “block face”, as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title, containing
414 a number of sites, buildings, structures or features that contribute to the historic
415 preservation goals of Salt Lake City by protecting historical, architectural, or
416 aesthetic interest or value and constituting a distinct section of the City;
417 c. Designate as a thematic designation a collection of sites, buildings, structures, or
418 features which are contained in two (2) or more geographically separate areas that
419 are united together by historical, architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and
420 contribute to the historic preservation goals of Salt Lake City by protecting
421 historical, architectural, or aesthetic interest or value; and
422 d. Amend designations to add or remove features or property to or from a landmark
423 site, local historic district or thematic designation.
424 3. Preapplication Conference: Prior to the submittal of an application for the designation
425 or amendment to a landmark site(s), local historic district(s) or thematic
426 designation(s), and prior to gathering any signatures in support of such an application,
427 a potential applicant shall attend a preapplication conference with the Planning
428 Director or designee. The purpose of this meeting is to discuss the merits of the
429 proposed designation and the amendment processes as outlined in this section.
430 4. Notification Of Affected Property Owners: Following the preapplication conference
431 outlined in subsection C3 of this section and prior to the submittal of an application
12
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
432 for the designation or amendment to a local historic district(s) or thematic
433 designation(s), the City shall send by first class mail a neutral informational pamphlet
434 to owners of record for each property potentially affected by a forthcoming
435 application. The informational pamphlet shall contain, at a minimum, a description of
436 the process to create a local historic district and will also list the pros and cons of a
437 local historic district. The informational pamphlet shall be mailed after a potential
438 applicant submits to the City a finalized proposed boundary of an area to be included
439 in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. Once the City sends the informational
440 pamphlet, property owner signature gathering may begin per subsection C5b of this
441 section. The informational pamphlet sent shall remain valid for ninety (90) days. If an
442 application is not filed with the City within ninety (90) days after the date that the
443 informational pamphlet was mailed, the City shall close its file on the matter. Any
444 subsequent proposal must begin the application process again.
445 5. Petition Initiation For Designation Of A Landmark Site, Local Historic District Or
446 Thematic Designation:
447 a. Petition Initiation For H Historic Preservation Overlay District; Landmark Site:
448 Any owner of property proposed for a landmark site, the Mayor or the City
449 Council, by majority vote, may initiate a petition to consider the designation of a
450 landmark site.
451 b. Petition Initiation For H Historic Preservation Overlay District; Local Historic
452 District Or Thematic Designation: A property owner initiating such a petition
453 shall demonstrate, in writing, support of more than thirty three percent (33%) of
454 the property owners of lots or parcels within the proposed boundaries of an area to
455 be included in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. The Mayor or the
456 City Council, by a majority vote, may initiate a petition to consider designation of
457 a local historic district or thematic designation.
458 (1) For purposes of this subsection, a lot or parcel of real property may not be
459 included in the calculation of the required percentage unless the application is
460 signed by property owners representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the
461 interest in that lot or parcel.
462 (2) Each lot or parcel of real property may only be counted once toward the
463 thirty three percent (33%), regardless of the number of owner signatures
464 obtained for that lot or parcel.
465 (3) Signatures obtained to demonstrate support of more than thirty three percent
466 (33%) of the property owners within the boundary of the proposed local
467 historic district or thematic designation must be gathered within a period of
468 ninety (90) days as counted between the date that the informational pamphlet
469 was mailed as required per subsection C4 of this section and the date of the
470 last required signature.
471 c. Fees: No application fee will be required for a petition initiated by a property
472 owner for designation of a property to the H Historic Preservation Overlay
473 District.
13
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
474 6. Notice Of Designation Application Letter: Following the receipt by the City of an
475 application for the designation or amendment to a local historic district(s) or thematic
476 designation(s), the City shall send a notice of designation application letter to
477 owner(s) of record for each property affected by said application along with a second
478 copy of the informational pamphlet described in subsection C4 of this section. In the
479 event that no application is received following the ninety (90) day period of property
480 owner signature gathering, the City will send a letter to property owner(s) of record
481 stating that no application has been filed, and that the City has closed its file on the
482 matter.
483 7. Planning Director Report To The City Council: Following the initiation of a petition
484 to designate a landmark site or a local historic district or thematic designation, the
485 Planning Director shall submit a report based on the following considerations to the
486 City Council:
487 a. Whether a current survey meeting the standards prescribed by the State Historic
488 Preservation Office is available for the landmark site or the area proposed for a
489 local historic district or thematic designation. If a suitable survey is not available,
490 the report shall propose a strategy to gather the needed survey data.
491 b. The City administration will determine the priority of the petition and determine
492 whether there is sufficient funding and staff resources available to allow the
493 Planning Division to complete a community outreach process, historic resource
494 analysis and to provide ongoing administration of the new landmark site, local
495 historic district or thematic designation if the designation is approved by the City
496 Council. If sufficient funding is not available, the report shall include a proposed
497 budget.
498 c. Whether the proposed designation is generally consistent with the purposes, goals,
499 objectives and policies of the City as stated through its various adopted planning
500 documents.
501 d. Whether the proposed designation would generally be in the public interest.
502 e. Whether there is probable cause to believe that the proposed landmark site, local
503 historic district or thematic designation may be eligible for designation consistent
504 with the purposes and designation criteria in subsection C15 of this section and
505 the zoning map amendment criteria in section 21A.50.050, “Standards For
506 General Amendments”, of this title.
507 f. Verification that a neutral informational pamphlet was sent per subsection C4 of
508 this section to all property owners within a proposed local historic district
509 following the presubmittal process outlined in subsection C3 of this section.
510 8. Property Owner Meeting: Following the submission of the Planning Director’s report
511 and acceptance of the report by the City Council, the Planning Division will conduct
512 a community outreach process to inform the owners of property within the proposed
513 boundaries of the proposed landmark site, local historic district or thematic
514 designation about the following:
14
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
515 a. The designation process, including determining the level of property owner
516 support, the public hearing process, and final decision making process by the City
517 Council; and
518 b. Zoning ordinance requirements affecting properties located within the H Historic
519 Preservation Overlay District, adopted design guidelines, the design review
520 process for alterations and new construction, the demolition process and the
521 economic hardship process.
522 9. Open House: Following the property owner meeting, the Planning Division will
523 conduct an open house for the owners of property within the proposed boundaries of
524 the local historic district or thematic designation to provide the information described
525 in subsections C8a and C8b of this section.
526 10. Public Hearing Process:
527 a. Historic Landmark Commission Consideration: Following the initiation of a
528 petition to designate a landmark site or a local historic district, the Historic
529 Landmark Commission shall hold a public hearing and review the request by
530 applying subsection C15, “Standards For The Designation Of A Landmark Site,
531 Local Historic District Or Thematic Designation”, of this section. Following the
532 public hearing, the Historic Landmark Commission shall recommend approval,
533 approval with modifications or denial of the proposed designation and shall then
534 submit its recommendation to the Planning Commission and the City Council.
535 b. Planning Commission Consideration: Following action by the Historic Landmark
536 Commission, the Planning Commission shall hold a public hearing and shall
537 recommend approval, approval with modifications or denial of the proposed
538 designation based on the standards of section 21A.50.050 of this title, zoning map
539 amendments and shall then submit its recommendation to the City Council.
540 11. Property Owner Opinion Balloting:
541 a. Following the completion of the Historic Landmark Commission and Planning
542 Commission public hearings, the City will deliver property owner opinion ballots
543 via first class mail to property owners of record within the boundary of the
544 proposed local historic district or thematic designation. The property owner
545 opinion ballot is a nonbinding opinion poll to inform the City Council of property
546 owner interest regarding the designation of a local historic district. Each
547 individual property in the proposed designation boundary, regardless of the
548 number of owners having interest in any given property, will receive one property
549 owner opinion ballot.
550 (1) A property owner is eligible to vote regardless of whether or not the property
551 owner is an individual, a private entity, or a public entity;
552 (2) The Municipality shall count no more than one property owner opinion ballot
553 for:
554 (A) Each parcel within the boundaries of the proposed local historic district
555 or area; or
15
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
556 (B) If the parcel contains a condominium project, each unit within the
557 boundaries of the proposed local historic district or area; and
558 (3) If a parcel or unit has more than one owner of record, the Municipality shall
559 count a property owner opinion ballot for the parcel or unit only if the
560 property owner opinion ballot reflects the vote of the property owners who
561 own at least fifty percent (50%) interest in the parcel or unit.
562 b. Property owners of record will have thirty (30) days from the postmark date of the
563 property owner opinion ballot to submit a response to the City indicating the
564 property owner’s support or nonsupport of the proposed designation.
565 c. A letter shall be mailed to all property owners within the proposed local historic
566 district or thematic designation whose property owner opinion ballot has not been
567 received by the City within fifteen (15) days from the original postmark date. This
568 follow up letter will encourage the property owners to submit a property owner
569 opinion ballot prior to the thirty (30) day deadline date set by the mailing of the
570 first property owner opinion ballot.
571 12. Notification Of Property Owner Opinion Balloting Results: Following the public
572 opinion balloting for the proposed designation, the City will send notice of the results
573 to all property owners within the proposed local historic district, area, or thematic
574 designation.
575 13. City Council Consideration: Following the transmittal of the Historic Landmark
576 Commission and the Planning Commission recommendations and the results of the
577 property owner opinion process, the City Council shall hold a public hearing to
578 consider the designation of a landmark site, local historic district or thematic
579 designation.
580 a. Designation Of A Landmark Site: The City Council may, by a majority vote,
581 designate a landmark site.
582 b. Designation Of A Local Historic District Or Thematic Designation:
583 (1) If the property owner opinion ballots returned equals at least two-thirds (2/3)
584 of the total number of returned property owner support ballots, and represents
585 more than fifty percent (50%) of the parcels and units (in the case of a
586 condominium project) within the proposed local historic district, area, or
587 thematic designation, the City Council may designate a local historic district
588 or a thematic district by a simple majority vote.
589
590 (2) If the number of property owner opinion ballots received does not meet the
591 threshold identified in subsection C13b(1) of this section, the City Council
592 may only designate a local historic district, area, or a thematic district by an
593 affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the City Council.
594 (3) If the number of property owner opinion ballots received in support and in
595 opposition is equal, the City Council may only designate a local historic
596 district or a thematic district by a super majority vote.
16
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
597 c. Following Designation: Following City Council designation of a landmark site,
598 local historic district or thematic designation, all of the property located within the
599 boundaries of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District shall be subject to the
600 provisions of this section. The zoning regulations will go into effect on the date of
601 the publication of the ordinance unless otherwise noted on the adoption ordinance.
602 14. Notice Of Designation: Within thirty (30) days following the designation of a
603 landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation, the City shall provide
604 notice of the action to all owners of property within the boundaries of the H Historic
605 Preservation Overlay District. In addition, a notice shall be recorded in the Office of
606 the County Recorder for all lots or parcels within the area added to the H Historic
607 Preservation Overlay District.
608 15. Standards For The Designation Of A Landmark Site, Local Historic District Or
609 Thematic Designation: Each lot or parcel of property proposed as a landmark site, for
610 inclusion in a local historic district, or for thematic designation shall be evaluated
611 according to the following:
612 a. Significance in local, regional, State or national history, architecture, engineering
613 or culture, associated with at least one of the following:
614 (1) Events that have made significant contribution to the important patterns of
615 history, or
616 (2) Lives of persons significant in the history of the City, region, State, or
617 Nation, or
618 (3) The distinctive characteristics of a type, period or method of construction; or
619 the work of a notable architect or master craftsman, or
620 (4) Information important in the understanding of the prehistory or history of
621 Salt Lake City; and
622 b. Physical integrity in terms of location, design, setting, materials, workmanship,
623 feeling and association as defined by the National Park Service for the National
624 Register of Historic Places;
625 c. The proposed local historic district or thematic designation is listed, or is eligible
626 to be listed on the National Register of Historic Places;
627 d. The proposed local historic district contains notable examples of elements of the
628 City’s history, development patterns or architecture not typically found in other
629 local historic districts within Salt Lake City;
630 e. The designation is generally consistent with adopted planning policies; and
631 f. The designation would be in the overall public interest.
632 16. Factors To Consider: The following factors may be considered by the Historic
633 Landmark Commission and the City Council to help determine whether the proposed
634 designation of a landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation meets the
635 criteria listed above:
17
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
636 a. Sites should be of such an age which would allow insight into whether a property
637 is sufficiently important in the overall history of the community. Typically this is
638 at least fifty (50) years but could be less if the property has exceptional
639 importance.
640 b. Whether the proposed local historic district contains examples of elements of the
641 City’s history, development patterns and/or architecture that may not already be
642 protected by other local historic districts within the City.
643 c. Whether designation of the proposed local historic district would add important
644 knowledge that advances the understanding of the City’s history, development
645 patterns and/or architecture.
646 d. Whether approximately seventy five percent (75%) of the structures within the
647 proposed boundaries are rated as contributing structures by the most recent
648 applicable historic survey.
649 17. Boundaries Of A Proposed Landmark Site: When applying the evaluation criteria in
650 subsection C15 of this section, the boundaries of a landmark site shall be drawn to
651 ensure that historical associations, and/or those which best enhance the integrity of
652 the site comprise the boundaries.
653 18. Boundaries Of A Proposed Local Historic District: When applying the evaluation
654 criteria in subsection C15 of this section, the boundaries shall be drawn to ensure the
655 local historic district:
656 a. Contains a significant density of documented sites, buildings, structures or
657 features rated as contributing structures in a recent historic survey;
658 b. Coincides with documented historic boundaries such as early roadways, canals,
659 subdivision plats or property lines;
660 c. Coincides with logical physical or manmade features and reflect recognized
661 neighborhood boundaries; and
662 d. Contains nonhistoric resources or vacant land only where necessary to create
663 appropriate boundaries to meet the criteria of subsection C15 of this section.
664 19. Boundaries Of A Proposed Thematic Designation: When applying the evaluation
665 criteria of this section, the boundaries shall be drawn to ensure the thematic
666 designation contains a collection of sites, buildings, structures, or features that are
667 united together by historical, architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and contribute
668 to the historic preservation goals of Salt Lake City by protecting historical,
669 architectural, or aesthetic interest or value.
670 D. The Adjustment Or Expansion Of Boundaries Of An H Historic Preservation Overlay
671 District And The Revocation Of The Designation Of Landmark Site:
672 1. Procedure: The procedure for the adjustment of boundaries of an H Historic
673 Preservation Overlay District and the revocation of the designation of a landmark site
674 shall be the same as that outlined in subsection C of this section.
18
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
675 2. Criteria For Adjusting The Boundaries Of An H Historic Preservation Overlay
676 District: Criteria for adjusting the boundaries of an H Historic Preservation Overlay
677 District are as follows:
678 a. The properties have ceased to meet the criteria for inclusion within an H Historic
679 Preservation Overlay District because the qualities which caused them to be
680 originally included have been lost or destroyed, or such qualities were lost
681 subsequent to the Historic Landmark Commission recommendation and adoption
682 of the district;
683 b. Additional information indicates that the properties do not comply with the
684 criteria for selection of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District as outlined in
685 subsection C15 of this section; or
686 c. Additional information indicates that the inclusion of additional properties would
687 better convey the historical and architectural integrity of the H Historic
688 Preservation Overlay District, provided they meet the standards outlined in
689 subsection C15 of this section.
690 3. Criteria For The Expansion Of An Existing Landmark Site, Local Historic District Or
691 Thematic Designation: A proposed expansion of an existing landmark site, local
692 historic district or thematic designation shall be considered utilizing the provisions of
693 subsections C15 through C19 of this section.
694 4. Criteria For The Revocation Of The Designation Of A Landmark Site: Criteria are as
695 follows:
696 a. The property has ceased to meet the criteria for designation as a landmark site
697 because the qualities that caused it to be originally designated have been lost or
698 destroyed or the structure has been demolished; or
699 b. Additional information indicates that the landmark site does not comply with the
700 criteria for selection of a landmark site as outlined in subsection C15 of this
701 section; or
702 c. Additional information indicates that the landmark site is not of exceptional
703 importance to the City, State, region or Nation.
704 D. Historic Status Determination:
705
706 1. Purpose: Historic status determinations are to address the historic status of individual
707 structures within a local historic district on a case-by-case basis through robust review
708 of documentation in order to render a timely decision on the historic status for
709 circumstances outlined below.
710
711 2. Applicability: Historic status determinations may be rendered for properties within an
712 existing local historic district using the considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7
713 to determine whether they are contributing or noncontributing to the local historic
714 district for the following:
715
19
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
716 a. Unrated Properties: Properties that were inadvertently missed in a survey or not
717 given a historic status rating;
718
719 b. Incorrectly Rated Properties: Properties that may have been given an incorrect
720 status rating in a survey;
721
722 3. Authority: Historic status determinations shall be made by the zoning administrator in
723 the form of an administrative interpretation.
724
725 4. Persons Entitled to Seek Historic Status Determinations: Application for a historic
726 status determination may be made by the owner of the subject property or the owner’s
727 authorized agent. The planning director may also initiate a petition for a historic
728 status determination.
729
730 5. Limitations: A historic status determination shall not:
731
732 a. Change the boundaries of the local historic district;
733 b. Be issued for landmark sites;
734 c. Be issued for structures that are not within period of significance in an adopted
735 historic resource survey.
736
737 6. Application for Historic Status Determination: An administrative interpretation
738 application may be made to the zoning administrator on a form provided, which shall
739 include at least the following information, unless deemed unnecessary by the zoning
740 administrator:
741
742 a. The applicant’s name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and interest in
743 the subject property. The owner’s name, address and telephone number, if
744 different than the applicant, and the owner’s signed consent to the filing of the
745 application;
746 b. The street address, legal description and tax number of the subject property;
747 c. Current and historic photographs;
748 d. Any historic resource surveys and reports on record in the Planning Division or
749 the Utah State Historic Preservation Office;
750 e. Description of any alterations to the structure and the date of approval for any
751 alterations;
752 f. The historic status rating the applicant believes to be correct. When the request is
753 to change the historic status rating, the applicant shall state in the application the
754 reason(s) the existing historic rating is incorrect and why it should be changed
755 based on the considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7, or provide an
756 intensive level historic resource survey conducted in accordance with the Utah
757 State Preservation Office standards for building surveys addressing the
20
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
758 considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7 for analysis by the zoning
759 administrator.
760
761 g. Any other information the zoning administrator deems necessary for a full and
762 proper consideration of the particular application.
763
764 7. Considerations for Historic Status Determinations: A historic status determination
765 may include the following considerations:
766
767 a. Whether alterations that have occurred are generally reversible.
768 b. Whether the building contributes to an understanding of a period of significance
769 of a neighborhood, community, or area.
770 c. Whether or not the building retains historic integrity in terms of location, design,
771 setting, materials, workmanship, feeling and association as defined in Section
772 21A.62.040. The analysis shall take into consideration how the building reflects
773 the historical or architectural merits of the overall local historic district in which
774 the resource is located. When analyzing historic integrity of a building as part of a
775 local historic district, the collective historic value of the buildings and structures
776 in a local historic district taken together may be greater than the historic value of
777 each individual building or structure in a district.
778 8. Decision: Written findings documenting the historic status determination shall be sent
779 to the applicant and members of the historic landmark commission and kept on file in
780 city records.
781
782 9. Updating Records: If the historic status determination is different than the property’s
783 historic rating in the most recent historic resource survey, the determination will
784 stand, and the city’s applicable historic resource survey(s) will be updated to reflect
785 the determination.
786
787 10. Appeal of Decision: Any person adversely affected by a final decision made by the
788 zoning administrator interpreting a provision of this title may appeal to the appeals
789 hearing officer in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 21A.16 of this title.
790
791 E. Certificate oOf Appropriateness Required: After the establishment of an H Historic
792 Preservation Overlay District, or the designation of a landmark site, nNo alteration in the
793 exterior appearance of a structure, site, or object or work of art affecting the landmark
794 site or a property within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District shall be made or
795 permitted to be made unless or until the an application for a certificate of appropriateness
796 is has been submitted to, and approved by, the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission, or
797 administratively by the Pplanning Ddirector, as applicable, pursuant to sSubsection F of
798 this section. Certificates of appropriateness shall be required for:
799
21
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
800 1. A certificate of appropriateness shall be required for all of the following:
801 a1. Any exterior alteration to the property or any structure on the property unless
802 specifically exempted under Subsection 21A.34.020.E.2; construction needing a
803 building permit;
804 b2. New construction; Removal and replacement or alteration of architectural
805 detailing, such as porch columns, railing, window moldings, cornices and siding;
806 c3. Relocation of a structure or object on the same site or to another site;
807 d4. Demolition; Construction of additions or decks;
808 5. Alteration or construction of accessory structures, such as garages, etc.;
809 6. Alterations to windows and doors, including replacement or changes in fenestration
810 patterns;
811 7. Construction or alteration of porches;
812 8. Masonry work including, but not limited to, tuckpointing, sandblasting, painting and
813 chemical cleaning;
814 9. The construction or alterations of site features including, but not limited to, fencing,
815 walls, paving and grading;
816 10. Installation or alteration of any exterior sign;
817 11. Any demolition;
818 12. New construction; and
819 13. Installation of an awning over a window or door.
820 2. Exemptions: The following are exempt from obtaining a Certificate of
821 Appropriateness:
822
823 a. Installation of storm windows;
824 b. Landscaping that:
825
826 (1) Complies with the standards of this title;
827 (2) Does not include a wall fence or grade changes; and
828 (3) Is not an attribute that is a character defining feature of the property or
829 streetscape;
830
831 c. Painting of surfaces that does not include unpainted stone, brick or cement;
832
833 d. Plaques, boxes, and other similar objects that measure 18 inches or less in any
834 dimension, contain no electrical components, and are attached to exterior finish
835 material or mounted through mortar joints when on a masonry wall;
836
22
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
837 e. Electrical, gas, or water meters or outlets, including electric vehicle charging
838 outlets, that are in a location that is not visible from the public right of way;
839
840 f. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems that do not require new conduit
841 and are not visible from the public right of way; and
842
843 g. Solar energy collection systems meeting the priority locations outlined in
844 Subsections 21A.40.190.B.3.a through 21A.40.190.B.3.c.
845
846 F. Procedure Ffor Issuance oOf Certificate oOf Appropriateness:
847
848 1. Administrative Authority Decision: The following may be decided by the planning
849 director or designee: Certain types of construction or demolition may be approved
850 administratively subject to the following procedures:
851 a. Types Of Construction: The following may be approved by administrative
852 decision:
853 a. (1)Minor alteration of or addition to a landmark site or contributing site, building,
854 and/or structure;
855 b. (2)Alteration of or addition to a noncontributing site building or structure;
856 c. (3)Partial demolition of either a landmark site or a contributing principal building
857 or structure;
858 d. (4) Demolition of an accessory building or structure; and
859 e. (5) Demolition of a noncontributing building or structure.; and
860 (6) Installation of solar energy collection systems pursuant to
861 section 21A.40.190 of this title.
862 b. Submission Of Application: An application for a certificate of appropriateness
863 shall be made on a form prepared by the Planning Director or designee, and shall
864 be submitted to the Planning Division. The Planning Director shall make a
865 determination of completeness pursuant to chapter 21A.10 of this title., and shall
866 forward the application for review and decision.
867 c. Materials Submitted With Application: The application shall include photographs,
868 construction drawings, and other documentation such as an architectural or
869 massing model, window frame sections, and samples and any further information
870 or documentation as the Zoning Administrator deems necessary in order to fully
871 consider and analyze the application. deemed necessary to consider the
872 application properly and completely.
873 d. Fees: No application fee will be required for a certificate of appropriateness that is
874 administratively approved.
875 e. Notice Of Application For Demolition Of A Noncontributing Building Or
876 Structure: An application for demolition of a noncontributing building or structure
23
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
877 shall require notice for determination of noncontributing sites pursuant to chapter
878 21A.10 of this title. The applicant shall be responsible for payment of all fees
879 established for providing the public notice required by chapter 21A.10 of this title.
880 f. Standards Of Approval: The application shall be reviewed according to the
881 standards set forth in subsections G and H of this section, whichever is applicable.
882 g. Review And Decision By The Planning Director: On the basis of written findings
883 of fact, the Planning Director or the Planning Director’s designee shall either
884 approve, or conditionally approve, the certificate of appropriateness based on the
885 standards in subsections G and H of this section, whichever is applicable, within
886 thirty (30) days following receipt of a completed application. The decision of the
887 Planning Director shall become effective at the time the decision is made.
888 h. Referral Of Application By Planning Director To Historic Landmark
889 Commission: The Planning Director may refer any application to the Historic
890 Landmark Commission due to the complexity of the application, the significance
891 of change to the landmark site or contributing building in the H Historic
892 Preservation Overlay District, or the need for consultation for expertise regarding
893 architectural, construction or preservation issues, or if the application does not
894 meet the standards of review.
895 2. Historic Landmark Commission Authority: The following Certain types of
896 construction, demolition and relocation shall only be decided approved by the
897 Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission subject to the following procedures:
898
899 a. Types Of Construction: The following shall be reviewed by the Historic
900 Landmark Commission:
901 a. (1)Substantial alteration or addition to a landmark site or contributing site,
902 building, and/or structure;
903 b. (2) New construction of principal building in the H Historic Preservation Overlay
904 District;
905 c. (3) Relocation of landmark site or contributing principal building;
906 d. (4) Demolition of landmark site or contributing principal building;
907 e. Economic hardship determination;
908 f. Reconstruction of a carriage house on a landmark site; and
909 g. (5) Applications for administrative approval referred by the Pplanning Ddirector.;
910 and
911 (6) Installation of solar energy collection systems on the front facade of the
912 principal building in a location most compatible with the character defining
913 features of the home pursuant to section 21A.40.190 of this title.
914 (7) Reconstruction of a carriage house on a landmark site.
915
916 3b. Submission oOf Application: An application for a certificate of appropriateness shall
917 be made on an application form prepared by the zoning administrator and
24
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
918 accompanied by applicable fees as noted in the Salt Lake City consolidated fee
919 schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible for payment of all mailing fees
920 established for required public noticing. the Planning Director or designee, and shall
921 be submitted to the Planning Division. The Planning Director shall make a
922 determination of completeness pursuant to chapter 21A.10 of this title., and shall
923 forward the application for review and decision. The procedure for an application for
924 a certificate of appropriateness shall be the same as specified in subsection F1b of this
925 section.
926 a. General Application Requirements: A complete application shall include the
927 following unless deemed unnecessary by the zoning administrator:
928
929 (1) The applicant’s name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and interest
930 in the subject property;
931
932 (2) The owner’s name, address and telephone number, if different than the
933 applicant, and the owner’s signed consent to the filing of the application;
934
935 (3) The street address and legal description of the subject property;
936
937 (4) A narrative including a complete description of the project and how it meets
938 review standards with citation of supporting adopted city design guidelines;
939
940 (5) Current and historic photographs of the property
941
942 (6) A site plan or drawing drawn to a scale which includes the following
943 information: property lines, lot dimensions, topography, adjacent streets,
944 alleys and walkways, landscaping and buffers, existing and proposed
945 buildings and structures, lot coverage, grade changes, parking spaces, trash
946 receptacles, drainage features, proposed setbacks and other details required for
947 project evaluation;
948
949 (7) Elevation drawings and details for all impacted facades;
950
951 (8) Illustrative photos and or samples of all proposed façade materials;
952
953 (9) Building, wall, and window section drawings;
954
955 (10) Any further information or documentation as the zoning administrator deems
956 necessary in order to fully consider and analyze the application.
957
958 b. New Construction Application Requirements: In addition to the general
959 application requirements listed above, applications for new construction of a
960 primary structure shall include the following unless deemed unnecessary by the
961 zoning administrator:
25
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
962 c. Fees: The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees shown on the
963 Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible
964 for payment of all fees established for providing the public notice required
965 by chapter 21A.10 of this title.
966 d. Materials Submitted With Application: An application shall be made on a form
967 provided by the Planning Director and shall be submitted to the Planning Division
968 in accordance with subsection F1c of this section, however specific requirements
969 for new construction shall include the following information unless deemed
970 unnecessary by the Zoning Administrator:
971 (1) The applicant’s name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and interest
972 in the subject property;
973 (2) The owner’s name, address and telephone number, if different than the
974 applicant, and the owner’s signed consent to the filing of the application;
975 (3) The street address and legal description of the subject property;
976 (4) A narrative including a complete description of the project and how it meets
977 review standards with citation of supporting adopted City design guidelines;
978 (1) (5)A context plan showing property lines, building footprints, front yard
979 setbacks, adjacent streets and alleys, historic district boundaries,
980 contributing/noncontributing structures and landmark sites;
981
982 (2) (6) A streetscape study which includes height measurements for each primary
983 structure on the block face;
984 (7) A site plan or drawing drawn to a scale which includes the following
985 information: property lines, lot dimensions, topography, adjacent streets,
986 alleys and walkways, landscaping and buffers, existing and proposed
987 buildings and structures, lot coverage, grade changes, parking spaces, trash
988 receptacles, drainage features, proposed setbacks and other details required for
989 project evaluation;
990 (8) Elevation drawings and details for all facades;
991 (9) Illustrative photos and/or samples of all proposed facade materials;
992 (10) Building, wall, and window section drawings;
993 (3) (11) Renderings 3D models that show the new construction in relation to
994 neighboring buildings; and
995 (4) (12) Renderings 3D models that show the new construction from the
996 pedestrian perspective.; and
997 (13) Any further information or documentation as the Zoning Administrator
998 deems necessary in order to fully consider and analyze the application.
999 4e. Notice: Applications for a certificate of appropriateness are subject to the notification
1000 requirements of Chapter 2.60 of this code. shall require notice pursuant to chapter
26
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1001 21A.10 of this title. An application for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition
1002 of a noncontributing building or structure shall require notice pursuant to Chapter
1003 21A.10 of this title. The applicant shall be responsible for payment of all fees
1004 established for providing the public notice required by Chapters 2.60 and 21A.10 of
1005 this title.
1006 f. Public Hearing: Applications for a certificate of appropriateness shall require a
1007 public hearing pursuant to chapter 21A.10 of this title.
1008 5g. Standards fFor Approval: The Aapplications for a certificate of appropriateness shall
1009 be reviewed according to the standards set forth in sSubsections G through KM of
1010 this section, whichever are applicable.
1011 6. Administrative Decisions: The planning director or designee shall approve,
1012 conditionally approve, or deny the application for a certificate of appropriateness
1013 based upon written findings of fact. The decision of the planning director or designee
1014 shall become effective upon issuance of the certificate of appropriateness.
1015 a. Referral of Application to Historic Landmark Commission: The planning director
1016 or designee may refer any application to the historic landmark commission due to
1017 the complexity of the application, the significance of change to the structure or
1018 site, or the need for consultation for expertise regarding architectural or other
1019 preservation issues.
1020 7h. Review And Decision By The Historic Landmark Commission Decisions: The
1021 Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall hold a public hearing to review the
1022 application in accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter
1023 21A.10 of this title. make a decision at a regularly scheduled meeting, following
1024 receipt of a completed application. The historic landmark commission shall approve,
1025 conditionally approve, or deny the application based upon written findings of fact.
1026 The decision of the historic landmark commission shall become effective at the time
1027 the decision is made. Following a decision from the historic landmark commission to
1028 approve a certificate of appropriateness, the planning director or designee shall issue
1029 a certificate of appropriateness after all conditions of approval are met except for
1030 demolition of contributing principal buildings and landmark sites as outlined in
1031 Subsection 21A.34.020.F.8.
1032
1033 8. Requirements for Certificate of Appropriateness for Demolition: The certificate of
1034 appropriateness for demolition of a contributing principal building or landmark site
1035 shall not be issued until the following criteria is satisfied:
1036
1037 a. The appeal period associated with the approval has expired.
1038
1039 b. The landmark commission has granted approval for a new building that will
1040 replace the landmark site or contributing principal building to be demolished. The
1041 requirement for replacing the contributing principal building or landmark site with
1042 a new building may be waived by the historic landmark commission if a new
27
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1043 development or redevelopment plan that includes the principal building to be
1044 demolished is approved by the historic landmark commission.
1045
1046 c. The certificate of appropriateness for demolition shall be issued simultaneously
1047 with the certificate of appropriateness and building permits for the replacement
1048 building.
1049
1050 9. Revocation of the Designation of a Landmark Site: If a landmark site is approved for
1051 demolition, the property shall not be removed from the H Historic Preservation
1052 Overlay District until the building has been demolished and revocation of the
1053 designation of a landmark site has been approved in accordance with Section
1054 21A.51.050, Local Historic Amendments Process.
1055
1056 10. Exceptions of Certificate of Appropriateness for Demolition of Hazardous Buildings:
1057 A hazardous building shall be exempt from the provisions governing demolition if the
1058 building official determines, in writing, that the building currently is an imminent
1059 hazard to public safety. Prior to the issuance of a demolition permit, the building
1060 official shall notify the planning director for consultation and of the final decision.
1061
1062 11. Expiration of Approvals: No certificate of appropriateness shall be valid for a period
1063 of longer than one (1) year unless a building permit has been issued or complete
1064 building plans have been submitted to the Salt Lake City Division of Building
1065 Services and Licensing within that period and is thereafter diligently pursued to
1066 completion; or unless a longer time is requested and granted by the historic landmark
1067 commission, or in the case of an administrative approval, by the planning director or
1068 designee. Any request for a time extension shall be required not less than thirty (30)
1069 days prior to the one (1) year time period.
1070
1071 (1) After reviewing all materials submitted for the case, the recommendation of
1072 the Planning Division and conducting a field inspection, if necessary, the
1073 Historic Landmark Commission shall make written findings of fact based on
1074 the standards of approval as outlined in this subsection F through subsection K
1075 of this section, whichever are applicable.
1076 (2) On the basis of its written findings of fact the Historic Landmark
1077 Commission shall either approve, deny or conditionally approve the certificate
1078 of appropriateness.
1079 (3) The decision of the Historic Landmark Commission shall become effective at
1080 the time the decision is made. Demolition permits for landmark sites or
1081 contributing principal buildings shall not be issued until the appeal period has
1082 expired.
28
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1083 (4) Written notice of the decision of the Historic Landmark Commission on the
1084 application, including a copy of the findings of fact, shall be made pursuant to
1085 the provisions of section 21A.10.030 of this title.
1086 12i. Appeal oOf Historic Landmark Commission Decisions: Any person adversely
1087 affected by a final decision of the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission, or in the case
1088 of administrative decisions, the planning director or designee, may file an appeal in
1089 accordance with the provisions of cChapter 21A.16 of this title.
1090 G. Standards fFor Certificate Of Appropriateness For Alteration oOf aA Landmark Site oOr
1091 Contributing Structure Including New Construction oOf aAn Accessory Structure: In
1092 considering an application for a certificate of appropriateness for alteration of a landmark
1093 site or contributing structure, or new construction of an accessory structure associated
1094 with a landmark site or contributing structure, the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission, or
1095 the Pplanning Ddirector, for administrative decisions, shall, using the adopted design
1096 guidelines as a key basis for evaluation, find that the project substantially complies with
1097 all of the following general standards: that pertain to the application and that the decision
1098 is in the best interest of the City:
1099
1100 1. A property shall be used for its historic purpose or be used for a purpose that requires
1101 minimal change to the defining characteristics of the building and its site and
1102 environment;
1103 2. The historic character of a property shall be retained and preserved. The removal of
1104 historic materials or alteration of features and spaces that characterize a property shall
1105 be avoided;
1106 3. All sites, structures and objects shall be recognized as products of their own time.
1107 Alterations that have no historical basis and which seek to create a false sense of
1108 history or architecture are not allowed;
1109 4. Alterations or additions that have acquired historic significance in their own right
1110 shall be retained and preserved;
1111 5. Distinctive features, finishes and construction techniques or examples of
1112 craftsmanship that characterize a historic property shall be preserved;
1113 6. Deteriorated architectural features shall be repaired rather than replaced wherever
1114 feasible. In the event replacement is necessary, the new material should match the
1115 material being replaced in composition, design, texture and other visual qualities.
1116 Repair or replacement of missing architectural features should be based on accurate
1117 duplications of features, substantiated by historic, physical or pictorial evidence rather
1118 than on conjectural designs or the availability of different architectural elements from
1119 other structures or objects;
1120 7. Chemical or physical treatments, such as sandblasting, that cause damage to historic
1121 materials shall not be used. The surface cleaning of structures, if appropriate, shall be
1122 undertaken using the gentlest means possible;
1123 8. Contemporary design for alterations and additions to existing properties shall not be
1124 discouraged when such alterations and additions do not destroy significant cultural,
1125 historical, architectural or archaeological material, and such design is compatible with
29
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1126 the size, scale, color, material and character of the property, neighborhood or
1127 environment;
1128 9. Additions or alterations to structures and objects shall be done in such a manner that
1129 if such additions or alterations were to be removed in the future, the essential form
1130 and integrity of the structure would be unimpaired. The new work shall be
1131 differentiated from the old and shall be compatible in massing, size, scale and
1132 architectural features to protect the historic integrity of the property and its
1133 environment;
1134 10. Certain building materials are prohibited including the following:
1135 a. Aluminum, asbestos, or vinyl cladding; and when applied directly to an original
1136 or historic material.
1137 b. Vinyl fencing.
1138
1139 11. Any new sign and any change in the appearance of any existing sign located on a
1140 landmark site or within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District, which is visible
1141 from any public way or open space shall be consistent with the historic character of the
1142 landmark site or H Historic Preservation Overlay District and shall comply with the
1143 standards outlined in cChapter 21A.46 of this title.
1144
1145 H. Standards fFor Certificate Of Appropriateness Involving New Construction oOr
1146 Alteration oOf aA Noncontributing Structure: In considering an application for a
1147 certificate of appropriateness involving new construction of a principal building, or
1148 alterations of noncontributing structures, the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission, or
1149 Pplanning Ddirector when the application involves the alteration of a noncontributing
1150 structure, shall, using the adopted design guidelines as a key basis for evaluation,
1151 determine whether the project substantially complies with each of the following standards
1152 that pertain to the application to ensure that the proposed project fits into the established
1153 context in ways that respect and contribute to the evolution of Salt Lake City’s
1154 architectural and cultural traditions:
1155
1156 1. Settlement Patterns aAnd Neighborhood Character:
1157
1158 a. Block aAnd Street Patterns: The design of the project preserves and reflects the
1159 historic block, street, and alley patterns that give the district its unique character.
1160 Changes to the block and street pattern may be considered when advocated by an
1161 adopted Ccity plan.
1162 b. Lot aAnd Site Patterns: The design of the project preserves the pattern of lot and
1163 building site sizes that create the urban character of the historic context and the
1164 block face. Changes to the lot and site pattern may be considered when advocated
1165 by an adopted Ccity plan.
1166 c. The Public Realm: The project relates to adjacent streets and engages with
1167 sidewalks in a manner that reflects the character of the historic context and the
1168 block face. Projects should maintain the depth of yard and height of principal
30
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1169 elevation of those existing on the block face in order to support consistency in the
1170 definition of public and semi-public spaces.
1171 d. Building Placement: Buildings are placed such that the project maintains and
1172 reflects the historic pattern of setbacks and building depth established within the
1173 historic context and the block face. Buildings should maintain the setback
1174 demonstrated by existing buildings of that type constructed in the district or site’s
1175 period of significance.
1176 e. Building Orientation: The building is designed such that principal entrances and
1177 pathways are oriented such that they address the street in the pattern established in
1178 the historic context and the block face.
1179
1180 2. Site Access, Parking, aAnd Services:
1181 a. Site Access: The design of the project allows for site access that is similar, in
1182 form and function, with patterns common in the historic context and the block
1183 face.
1184
1185 (1) Pedestrian: Safe pedestrian access is provided through architecturally
1186 highlighted entrances and walkways, consistent with patterns common in the
1187 historic context and the block face.
1188 (2) Vehicular: Vehicular access is located in the least obtrusive manner possible.
1189 Where possible, garage doors and parking should be located to the rear or to
1190 the side of the building.
1191
1192 b. Site aAnd Building Services aAnd Utilities: Utilities and site/building services
1193 (such as HVAC systems, venting fans, and dumpsters) are located such that they
1194 are to the rear of the building or on the roof and screened from public spaces and
1195 public properties.
1196
1197 3. Landscape aAnd Lighting:
1198 a. Grading oOf Land: The site’s landscape, such as grading and retaining walls,
1199 addresses the public way in a manner that reflects the character of the historic
1200 context and the block face.
1201 b. Landscape Structures: Landscape structures, such as arbors, walls, fences, address
1202 the public way in a manner that reflects the character of the historic context and
1203 the block face.
1204 c. Lighting: Where appropriate lighting is used to enhance significant elements of
1205 the design and reflects the character of the historic context and the block face.
1206
1207 4. Building Form aAnd Scale:
1208 a. Character oOf Tthe Street Block: The design of the building reflects the historic
1209 character of the street facade in terms of scale, composition, and modeling.
1210
31
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1211 (1) Height: The height of the project reflects the character of the historic context
1212 and the block face. Projects taller than those existing on the block face step
1213 back their upper floors to present a base that is in scale with the historic
1214 context and the block face.
1215
1216 (2) Width: The width of the project reflects the character of the historic context
1217 and the block face. Projects wider than those existing on the block face
1218 modulate the facade to express a series of volumes in scale with the historic
1219 context and the block face.
1220
1221 (3) Massing: The shape, form, and proportion of buildings, reflects the character
1222 of the historic context and the block face.
1223
1224 (4) Roof Forms: The building incorporates roof shapes that reflect forms found in
1225 the historic context and the block face.
1226
1227 5. Building Character:
1228 a. Facade Articulation aAnd Proportion: The design of the project reflects patterns
1229 of articulation and proportion established in the historic context and the block
1230 face. As appropriate, facade articulations reflect those typical of other buildings
1231 on the block face. These articulations are of similar dimension to those found
1232 elsewhere in the context, but have a depth of not less than twelve inches (12”).
1233
1234 (1) Rhythm oOf Openings: The facades are designed to reflect the rhythm of
1235 openings (doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) established in the historic
1236 context and the block face.
1237
1238 (2) Proportion aAnd Scale oOf Openings: The facades are designed using
1239 openings (doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) of similar proportion and
1240 scale to that established in the historic context and the block face.
1241
1242 (3) Ratio oOf Wall tTo Openings: Facades are designed to reflect the ratio of wall
1243 to openings (doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) established in the
1244 historic context and the block face.
1245
1246 (4) Balconies, Porches, aAnd External Stairs: The project, as appropriate,
1247 incorporates entrances, balconies, porches, stairways, and other projections
1248 that reflect patterns established in the historic context and the block face.
1249
1250 6. Building Materials, Elements aAnd Detailing:
1251 a. Materials: Building facades, other than windows and doors, incorporate no less
1252 than eighty percent (80%) durable material such as, but not limited to, wood,
32
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1253 brick, masonry, textured or patterned concrete and/or cut stone. These materials
1254 reflect those found elsewhere in the district and/or setting in terms of scale and
1255 character.
1256 b. Materials Oon Street-Facing Facades: The following materials are not considered
1257 to be appropriate and are prohibited for use on facades which face a public street:
1258 vinyl siding and aluminum siding.
1259 c. Windows: Windows and other openings are incorporated in a manner that reflects
1260 patterns, materials, profile, and detailing established in the district and/or setting.
1261 d. Architectural Elements aAnd Details: The design of the building features
1262 architectural elements and details that reflect those characteristic of the district
1263 and/or setting.
1264
1265 7. Signage Location: Locations for signage are provided such that they are an integral
1266 part of the site and architectural design and are complementary to the principal
1267 structure.
1268
1269 I. Standards fFor Certificate Of Appropriateness For Relocation oOf Landmark Site oOr
1270 Contributing Structure: In considering an application for a certificate of appropriateness
1271 for relocation of a landmark site or a contributing structure, the Hhistoric Llandmark
1272 Ccommission shall find that the project substantially complies with the following
1273 standards:
1274
1275 1. The proposed relocation will abate demolition of the structure;
1276
1277 2. The proposed relocation will not diminish the overall physical integrity of the district
1278 or diminish the historical associations used to define the boundaries of the district;
1279
1280 3. The proposed relocation will not diminish the historical or architectural significance
1281 of the structure;
1282
1283 4. The proposed relocation will not have a detrimental effect on the structural soundness
1284 of the building or structure;
1285
1286 5. A professional building mover will move the building and protect it while being
1287 stored; and
1288
1289 6. A financial guarantee to ensure the rehabilitation of the structure once the relocation
1290 has occurred is provided to the Ccity. The financial guarantee shall be in a form
1291 approved by the Ccity Aattorney, in an amount determined by the Pplanning
1292 Ddirector sufficient to cover the estimated cost to rehabilitate the structure as
1293 approved by the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission and restore the grade and
1294 landscape the property from which the structure was removed in the event the land is
1295 to be left vacant once the relocation of the structure occurs.
1296
33
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1297 J. Standards fFor Certificate Of Appropriateness For Demolition oOf Landmark Site: In
1298 considering an application for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition of a
1299 landmark site, the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall only approve the application
1300 upon finding that the project fully complies with one of the following standards:
1301
1302 1. The demolition is required to alleviate a threat to public health and safety pursuant to
1303 sSubsection 21A.34.020.F.10 O of this section; or
1304
1305 2. A determination of economic hardship has been granted by the Hhistoric Llandmark
1306 Ccommission pursuant to the provisions of sSubsection 21A.34.020.L of this section.
1307
1308 K. Standards fFor Certificate Of Appropriateness For Demolition oOf aA Contributing
1309 Principal Building In An H Historic Preservation Overlay District: When considering a
1310 request for approval of a certificate of appropriateness for demolition of a contributing
1311 principal building, the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall determine whether the
1312 request substantially complies with the following standards:
1313
1314 1. Standards For Approval Of A Certificate Of Appropriateness For Demolition:
1315 1a. The historic integrity of the site as defined in subsection Section 21A.62.040 C15b of
1316 this section is no longer evident and the site no longer meets the definition of a
1317 contributing building or structure in Section 21A.62.040;
1318 2b.The streetscape within the context of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District
1319 would not be negatively materially affected if the contributing principal building were
1320 to be demolished;
1321 3c. The demolition would not create a material adverse effect on the concentration of
1322 historic resources used to define the boundaries or maintain the integrity of the
1323 district;
1324 4d.The base zoning of the site does not permit land uses that would allow the adaptive
1325 reuse of the contributing principal building;
1326 5e. The contributing principal building has not suffered from willful wilful neglect, as
1327 evidenced by the following:
1328 a. (1)WillfulWilful or negligent acts that have caused significant deterioration of the
1329 structural integrity of the contributing principal building to the point that the
1330 building fails to substantially conform to applicable standards of the Sstate
1331 Cconstruction Ccode,
1332 b. (2)Failure to perform routine and appropriate maintenance and repairs to maintain
1333 the structural integrity of the contributing principal building, or
1334 c. (3)Failure to secure and board the contributing principal building, if vacant, per
1335 sSection 18.64.045 of this Ccode.
34
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1336 2. Historic Landmark Commission Determination Of Compliance With Standards Of
1337 Approval: If the Historic Landmark Commission finds that the request for a
1338 certificate of appropriateness for demolition substantially complies with the standards
1339 in subsection K1 of this section, then the Historic Landmark Commission shall
1340 approve the request for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition. If the Historic
1341 Landmark Commission does not find that the request for a certificate of
1342 appropriateness for demolition substantially complies with the standards in subsection
1343 K1 of this section, then the Historic Landmark Commission shall deny the request for
1344 a certificate of appropriateness for demolition.
1345 L. Economic Hardship Determination: Upon denial of a certificate of appropriateness for
1346 demolition of a contributing principal building by the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission,
1347 the owner and/or owner’s representative will have one year from the end of the appeal
1348 period as described in cChapter 21A.16 of this title, to submit an application for
1349 determination of economic hardship. In the case of a landmark site, an application for
1350 determination of economic hardship shall can be submitted at any the same time as an
1351 application for demolition of a landmark site necessary to meet the standard of
1352 sSubsection 21A.34.020.J.2 of this section.
1353
1354 1. Application fFor Determination oOf Economic Hardship: An application for a
1355 determination of economic hardship shall be made on a form provided by the zoning
1356 administrator and accompanied by applicable fees as noted in the Salt Lake City
1357 consolidated fee schedule. Planning Director and shall be submitted to the Planning
1358 Division.
1359
1360 2. Evidence fFor Determination oOf Economic Hardship: The burden of proof is on the
1361 owner or owner’s representative to provide sufficient evidence to demonstrate an
1362 economic hardship. Any finding in support of economic hardship shall be based
1363 solely on the hardship of the property. Evidence may include, but is not limited to:
1364
1365 a. Physical cCondition of the property at time of purchase and the applicant’s plans
1366 for the property at time of purchase.
1367 b. The current level of economic return on the property as considered in relation to
1368 the following:
1369
1370 (1) The amount paid for the property, the date of purchase, and party from whom
1371 purchased, including a description of the relationship, if any, between
1372 applicant, and the person from whom the property was purchased,;
1373 (2) The annual gross and net income, if any, from the property for the previous
1374 three (3) years; itemized operating and maintenance expenses for the previous
1375 three (3) years; and depreciation deduction and annual cash flow before and
1376 after debt service, if any, for the previous three (3) years,;
1377
35
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1378 (3) Real Eestate Ttaxes for the previous three (3) years by the Salt Lake County
1379 Assessor,;
1380 (4) An appraisal, no older than six (6) months at the time of application for
1381 determination of economic hardship conducted by an MAI certified appraiser
1382 licensed within the State of Utah. Also all appraisals obtained within the
1383 previous three (3) years by the owner or applicant in connection with the
1384 purchase, financing or ownership of the property,;
1385 (5) The fair market value of the property taking into consideration the H Historic
1386 Preservation Overlay District,; and
1387 (6) For non-residential or multifamily properties, any Sstate or Ffederal Iincome
1388 Ttax returns on or relating to the property for the previous three (3) years.
1389
1390 c. The marketability of the property for sale or lease, as determined by any listing of
1391 the property for sale or lease, and price asked and offers received, if any, within
1392 the previous two (2) years. This determination can include testimony and relevant
1393 documents regarding:
1394
1395 (1) Any real estate broker or firm engaged to sell or lease the property,;
1396 (2) Reasonableness of the price in terms of fair market value or rent sought by the
1397 applicant,; and
1398 (3) Any advertisements placed for the sale or rental of the property.
1399
1400 d. The feasibility of alternative uses for the property as considered in relation to the
1401 following:
1402
1403 (1) Report from a licensed engineer or architect with demonstrated experience in
1404 rehabilitation of older buildings as to the structural soundness of any building
1405 on the property,;
1406 (2) An estimate of the cost of the proposed construction or alteration, including
1407 the cost of demolition and removal, and potential cost savings for reuse of
1408 materials,;
1409 (3) The estimated market values of the property in current condition, after
1410 completion of the demolition; and after renovation of the existing property for
1411 continued use,; and
1412 (4) The testimony of an experienced professional with demonstrated experience
1413 in rehabilitation of older buildings as to the economic feasibility of
1414 rehabilitation or reuse of the existing building on the property. An experienced
1415 professional may include, but is not limited to, an architect, developer, real
1416 estate consultant, appraiser, or any other professional experienced in
1417 preservation or rehabilitation of older buildings and licensed within the State
1418 of Utah.
1419
36
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1420 e. Economic incentives and/or funding available to the applicant through Ffederal,
1421 Sstate, Ccity, or private programs.
1422 f. Description of past and current use.
1423 g. An itemized report that identifies what is deficient if the building does not meet
1424 minimum Ccity Bbuilding Ccode standards or violations of this Ccode and
1425 whether any exceptions within Chapter 12 Historic Buildings of the IEBC, or its
1426 successor, could be used to resolve those deficiencies.
1427 h. Consideration of map amendment, conditional use, special exception or other land
1428 use processes to alleviate hardship.
1429
1430 3. Procedure fFor Determination oOf Economic Hardship: The Planning Director shall
1431 appoint a qualified expert to evaluate the application and provide advice and/or
1432 testimony to the Historic Landmark Commission concerning the value of the property
1433 and whether or not the denial of demolition could result in an economic hardship. The
1434 extent of the authority of the Planning Director’s appointed qualified expert is limited
1435 to rendering advice and testimony to the Historic Landmark Commission. The
1436 Planning Director’s appointed qualified expert has no decision-making capacity. The
1437 Planning Director’s appointed qualified expert should have considerable and
1438 demonstrated experience in appraising, renovating, or restoring historic properties,
1439 real estate development, economics, accounting, finance and/or law. The Historic
1440 Landmark Commission may also consider other expert testimony upon reviewing the
1441 evidence presented by the applicant or receiving the advice/testimony of the Planning
1442 Director’s appointed qualified expert as necessary.
1443
1444 a. Appointment of Qualified Expert: The planning director shall appoint a qualified
1445 expert to evaluate the application and provide advice and/or testimony to the
1446 historic landmark commission concerning the value of the property and whether
1447 or not the denial of demolition could result in an economic hardship.
1448
1449 (1) The extent of the Authority: The planning director’s appointed qualified
1450 expert is limited to rendering advice and testimony to the historic landmark
1451 commission and has no decision-making capacity.
1452 (2) The planning director’s appointed qualified expert shall have considerable and
1453 demonstrated experience in appraising, renovating, or restoring historic
1454 properties, real estate development, economics, accounting, finance and/or
1455 law.
1456 (3) The historic landmark commission may also consider other expert testimony
1457 upon reviewing the evidence presented by the applicant or receiving the
1458 advice/testimony of the planning director’s appointed qualified expert as
1459 necessary.
1460
1461 ba. Review Oof Evidence: The Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall hold a public
1462 hearing in accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter
37
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1463 21A.10 of this title shall to consider the evidence submitted, an application and
1464 the advice and /testimony of the Pplanning Ddirector’s appointed qualified expert.
1465 for determination of economic hardship after receipt of a complete application.
1466
1467 cb. Finding Oof Economic Hardship: If after reviewing all of the evidence presented by
1468 the applicant and the advice/testimony of the Pplanning Ddirector’s appointed
1469 qualified expert, and if the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission finds that the applicant
1470 has presented sufficient information supporting a determination of economic
1471 hardship, then the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall approve the issue a
1472 certificate of appropriateness for demolition. in accordance with subsections M and N
1473 of this section. In order to show that all beneficial or economically viable use cannot
1474 be obtained, the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission must find that all of the following
1475 are met:
1476
1477 (1) The contributing principal building or landmark site cannot be economically
1478 used or rented at a reasonable rate of return in its present condition or if
1479 rehabilitated;
1480 (2) The contributing principal building or landmark site cannot be put to any
1481 reasonable beneficial use in its present condition or if rehabilitated; and
1482 (3) Bona fide efforts during the previous year to sell or lease the contributing
1483 principal building or landmark site at a reasonable price have been
1484 unsuccessful.
1485
1486 (1) For demolition of non-residential or multifamily property:
1487
1488 (A)The contributing principal building or landmark site currently cannot be
1489 economically used or rented at a reasonable rate of return in its present
1490 condition.
1491
1492 (2) For demolition of a residential property (single or two family):
1493
1494 (A)The contributing principal building or landmark site cannot be put to any
1495 beneficial use in its present condition.
1496 dc. Certificate oOf Appropriateness fFor Demolition: If the Hhistoric Llandmark
1497 Ccommission finds an economic hardship, a certificate of appropriateness for
1498 demolition shall be issued in accordance with Subsection 21A.34.020.F.8. valid
1499 for one year. Extensions of time for an approved certificate of appropriateness for
1500 demolition associated with economic hardship shall be subject to
1501 subsection 21A.10.010D of this title.
1502 ed. Denial Oof Economic Hardship: If the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission does
1503 not find an economic hardship, then the application for a certificate of
1504 appropriateness for demolition shall be denied. No further economic hardship
1505 determination applications may be considered for the subject property for three
1506 (3) years from the date of the final decision of the Hhistoric Llandmark
1507 Ccommission. The Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission may waive this restriction
38
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1508 if the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission finds there are circumstances sufficient
1509 to warrant a new hearing other than the re-sale of the property or those caused by
1510 the negligence or intentional acts of the owner.
1511
1512 e. Appeal: Any owner adversely affected by a final decision of the Historic
1513 Landmark Commission may appeal the decision in accordance with the provisions
1514 of chapter 21A.16 of this title.
1515 M. Reconstruction of a Carriage House on a Landmark Site:
1516 1. Applicability: The reconstruction of a historic carriage house is allowed if the
1517 following criteria are satisfied:
1518
1519 a. The property and address are a landmark site. For the purpose of this section, any
1520 site that has been further subdivided since the construction of the last principal
1521 building on the site shall be considered part of the landmark site.
1522 b. Documentation has been provided that indicates a carriage house associated with
1523 the historic period of the landmark site existed on the site. Documentation may
1524 include any property related record, prior survey, photographs, site plans, or
1525 similar records. It is the responsibility of the applicant to provide the necessary
1526 documentation and justification for the proposed dimensions and details of the
1527 carriage house that is proposed to be reconstructed. Documentation shall provide
1528 sufficient detail to estimate the approximate details of the carriage house,
1529 including:
1530
1531 (1) The approximate location of the carriage house on the site and estimated
1532 setbacks;
1533 (2) The approximate footprint shape and size;
1534 (3) The approximate shape, slope, and details of the roof of the structure proposed
1535 to be reconstructed;
1536 (4) The approximate height of the structure in feet, based on the scale of existing
1537 buildings or structures that are also visible in historic documentation or the
1538 dimensions of the historic building materials, if available. The approximate
1539 height shall include wall height and roof height; and
1540 (5) The location, arrangement, size, and details of any window or door, including
1541 carriage entries.
1542
1543 2. Application Requirements: An application to reconstruct a historic carriage house
1544 shall be considered an application for new construction and include all the application
1545 requirements for new construction in this section and documentation requirements in
1546 Subsection 1.b above.
1547 3. Approval Standards: An application to reconstruct a historic carriage house shall be
1548 subject to the following standards. An application shall be approved if the following
1549 standards are complied with:
1550
39
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1551 a. Reconstruction shall only be used to depict vanished or non-surviving portion of a
1552 property when documentary and physical evidence is available to permit accurate
1553 reconstruction with minimal conjecture;
1554 b. Reconstruction will include measures to preserve any remaining historic
1555 materials, features, and spatial relationships;
1556 c. Reconstruction will be based on the accurate duplication of historic features and
1557 elements substantiated by documentary or physical evidence rather than on
1558 conjectural designs or the availability of different features from other historic
1559 properties. A reconstructed property will re-create the appearance of the non-
1560 surviving historic property in materials, design, color, and texture;
1561 d. Proposed designs that were never executed historically will not be constructed or
1562 considered;
1563 e. The proposed carriage house shall match the footprint size, shape, and location on
1564 the property based on the historic documentation provided by the applicant.
1565 Historic documentation shall be used to approximate the location and dimensions
1566 of the structure;
1567 f. The proposed carriage house shall match the approximate roof shape of the
1568 original carriage house;
1569 g. The entryways into the house, including reconstructed entryways for carriages,
1570 shall approximately match historic entryways commonly found on carriage
1571 houses from the same era as the original carriage house; and
1572 h. Impacts to adjacent properties, including but not limited to solar access, noise,
1573 light trespass, refuse storage, and mechanical equipment locations, parking
1574 locations, have been mitigate or can be mitigated through the site layout,
1575 appropriate buffering, and/or building designs.
1576
1577 4. Complying With Additional Codes: An application approved under this section shall
1578 comply with all applicable codes, regulations and engineering standards that have
1579 been adopted by the State of Utah or the city.
1580 5. Subdivision Prohibited: Further subdivision of the property after approval of a
1581 reconstruction under this section is prohibited and portions of Section 21A.38.060
1582 authorizing subdivisions of lots with more than two principal buildings shall not be
1583 applicable.
1584 6. Allowed Uses After Reconstruction: The following uses shall be allowed in a
1585 reconstructed carriage house approved under this section:
1586
1587 a. A single family dwelling, regardless of lot area, lot width or street frontage;
1588 b. Any accessory use authorized in the underlying zoning district or overlay district;
1589 or
1590 c. Accessory dwelling units subject to the applicable regulations for accessory
1591 dwelling units.
1592
1593 7. Modifications Authorized: In considering a proposal to reconstruct a carriage house
1594 under this section, the historic landmark commission may modify the following standards
1595 upon finding that the proposal complies with the applicable standards:
1596
40
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1597 a. Minimum lot area when the lot does not contain the minimum lot area for an
1598 additional dwelling unit;
1599 b. Modifications to Sections 21A.36.010 and 21A.36.020; and
1600 c. Any authorized modification identified in Section 21A.06.050.
1601
1602 8. Updated Intensive Level Survey Required: If approved, the applicant shall provide the
1603 city and updated intensive level survey to document the changes to the site.
1604
1605 M. Requirements For Certificate Of Appropriateness For Demolition: No certificate of
1606 appropriateness for demolition shall be issued unless the landmark site or contributing
1607 principal building to be demolished is to be replaced with a new building that meets the
1608 following criteria.
1609
1610 1. The replacement building satisfies all applicable zoning and H Historic Preservation
1611 Overlay District standards for new construction.
1612 2. The certificate of appropriateness for demolition is issued simultaneously with the
1613 appropriate approvals and permits for the replacement building.
1614 3. Submittal of documentation to the Planning Division of the landmark site or
1615 contributing principal building in a historic district. Documentation shall include
1616 photos of the subject property and a site plan. Documentation may also include
1617 drawings and/or written data if available.
1618
1619 a. Photographs. Digital or print photographs. Views should include:
1620 (1) Exterior views;
1621 (2) Close-ups of significant exterior features;
1622 (3) Views that show the relationship of the primary building to the overall site,
1623 accessory structures and/or site features.
1624
1625 b. Site plan showing the location of the building and site features.
1626
1627 N. Revocation Of The Designation Of A Landmark Site: If a landmark site is approved for
1628 demolition, the property shall not be removed from the Salt Lake City Register of
1629 Cultural Resources (see subsection D of this section).
1630
1631 O. Exceptions Of Certificate Of Appropriateness For Demolition Of Hazardous Buildings: A
1632 hazardous building shall be exempt from the provisions governing demolition if the
1633 building official determines, in writing, that the building currently is an imminent hazard
1634 to public safety. Prior to the issuance of a demolition permit, the building official shall
1635 notify the Planning Director of the decision.
1636
1637 P. Expiration Of Approvals: Subject to an extension of time granted by the Historic
1638 Landmark Commission, or in the case of an administratively approved certificate of
1639 appropriateness, by the Planning Director or designee, no certificate of appropriateness
41
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1640 shall be valid for a period of longer than one year unless a building permit has been
1641 issued or complete building plans have been submitted to the Division of Building
1642 Services and Licensing within that period and is thereafter diligently pursued to
1643 completion, or unless a longer time is requested and granted by the Historic Landmark
1644 Commission, or in the case of an administrative approval, by the Planning Director or
1645 designee. Any request for a time extension shall be required not less than thirty (30) days
1646 prior to the twelve (12) month time period.
1647
1648 Q. Reconstruction of a Carriage House in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District:
1649 1. Applicability: The reconstruction of a historic carriage house is allowed if the
1650 following criteria are satisfied:
1651
1652 a. The property and address are a landmark site. For the purpose of this section, any
1653 site that has been further subdivided since the construction of the last principal
1654 building on the site shall be considered part of the landmark site.
1655 b. Documentation has been provided that indicates a carriage house associated with
1656 the historic period of the landmark site existed on the site. Documentation may
1657 include any property related record, prior survey, photographs, site plans, or
1658 similar records. It is the responsibility of the applicant to provide the necessary
1659 documentation and justification for the proposed dimensions and details of the
1660 carriage house that is proposed to be reconstructed. Documentation shall provide
1661 sufficient detail to estimate the approximate details of the carriage house,
1662 including:
1663
1664 (1) The approximate location of the carriage house on the site and estimated
1665 setbacks;
1666 (2) The approximate footprint shape and size;
1667 (3) The approximate shape, slope, and details of the roof of the structure proposed
1668 to be reconstructed;
1669 (4) The approximate height of the structure in feet, based on the scale of existing
1670 buildings or structures that are also visible in historic documentation or the
1671 dimensions of the historic building materials, if available. The approximate
1672 height shall include wall height and roof height; and
1673 (5) The location, arrangement, size, and details of any window or door, including
1674 carriage entries.
1675
1676 2. Application Requirements: An application to reconstruct a historic carriage house
1677 shall be considered an application for new construction and include all the application
1678 requirements for new construction in this section and documentation requirements in
1679 Subsection 1.b above.
1680 3. Approval Standards: An application to reconstruct a historic carriage house shall be
1681 subject to the following standards. An application shall be approved if the following
1682 standards are complied with:
1683
42
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1684 a. Reconstruction shall only be used to depict vanished or non-surviving portion of a
1685 property when documentary and physical evidence is available to permit accurate
1686 reconstruction with minimal conjecture;
1687 b. Reconstruction will include measures to preserve any remaining historic
1688 materials, features, and spatial relationships;
1689 c. Reconstruction will be based on the accurate duplication of historic features and
1690 elements substantiated by documentary or physical evidence rather than on
1691 conjectural designs or the availability of different features from other historic
1692 properties. A reconstructed property will re-create the appearance of the non-
1693 surviving historic property in materials, design, color, and texture;
1694 d. Proposed designs that were never executed historically will not be constructed or
1695 considered;
1696 e. The proposed carriage house shall match the footprint size, shape, and location on
1697 the property based on the historic documentation provided by the applicant.
1698 Historic documentation shall be used to approximate the location and dimensions
1699 of the structure;
1700 f. The proposed carriage house shall match the approximate roof shape of the
1701 original carriage house;
1702 g. The entryways into the house, including reconstructed entryways for carriages,
1703 shall approximately match historic entryways commonly found on carriage
1704 houses from the same era as the original carriage house; and
1705 h. Impacts to adjacent properties, including but not limited to solar access, noise,
1706 light trespass, refuse storage, and mechanical equipment locations, parking
1707 locations, have been mitigate or can be mitigated through the site layout,
1708 appropriate buffering, and/or building designs.
1709
1710 4. Complying With Additional Codes: An application approved under this section shall
1711 comply with all applicable codes, regulations and engineering standards that have
1712 been adopted by the State of Utah or the city.
1713 5. Subdivision Prohibited: Further subdivision of the property after approval of a
1714 reconstruction under this section is prohibited and portions of Section 21A.38.060
1715 authorizing subdivisions of lots with more than two principal buildings shall not be
1716 applicable.
1717 6. Allowed Uses After Reconstruction: The following uses shall be allowed in a
1718 reconstructed carriage house approved under this section:
1719
1720 a. A single family dwelling, regardless of lot area, lot width or street frontage;
1721 b. Any accessory use authorized in the underlying zoning district or overlay district; or
1722 c. Accessory dwelling units subject to the applicable regulations for accessory dwelling
1723 units.
1724
1725 7. Modifications Authorized: In considering a proposal to reconstruct a carriage house
1726 under this section, the historic landmark commission may modify the following standards
1727 upon finding that the proposal complies with the applicable standards:
1728
43
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1729 a. Minimum lot area when the lot does not contain the minimum lot area for an
1730 additional dwelling unit;
1731 b. Modifications to Sections 21A.36.010 and 21A.36.020; and
1732 c. Any authorized modification identified in 21A.06.050.
1733
1734 8. Updated Intensive Level Survey Required: If approved, the applicant shall provide the
1735 city and updated intensive level survey to document the changes to the site.
1736
1737 SECTION 5. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.40.190.B. That
1738 Subsection 21A.40.190.B of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Accessory Uses, Buildings and
1739 Structures: Small Solar Energy Collection Systems: Small Solar Energy Collection Systems and
1740 Historic Preservation Overlay Districts or Landmark Sites) shall be, and hereby is amended to
1741 read as follows:
1742 B. Small Solar Energy Collection Systems aAnd Historic Preservation Overlay Districts Or
1743 Landmark Sites:
1744
1745 1. General: In addition to meeting the standards set forth in this section, all applications to
1746 install a small solar energy collection system within the Historic Preservation Overlay
1747 District shall obtain a certificate of appropriateness in accordance with Section
1748 21A.34.020 prior to installation. Small solar energy collection systems shall be allowed
1749 in accordance with the location priorities detailed in sSubsection B.3 of this section. If
1750 there is any conflict between the provisions of this sSubsection B, and any other
1751 requirements of this section, the provisions of this sSubsection B shall take precedence.
1752 2. Installation Standards: The small solar energy collection system shall be installed in a
1753 location and manner on the building or lot that is least visible and obtrusive and in such a
1754 way that causes the least impact to the historic integrity and character of the historic
1755 building, structure, site or district while maintaining efficient operation of the solar
1756 device. The system must be installed in such a manner that it can be removed and not
1757 damage the historic building, structure, or site it is associated with.
1758 3. Small Solar Energy Collection System Location Priorities: In approving appropriate
1759 locations and manner of installation, consideration shall include the following locations
1760 in the priority order they are set forth below. The method of installation approved shall be
1761 the least visible from a public right-of-way, not including alleys, and most compatible
1762 with the character defining features of the historic building, structure, or site. Systems
1763 proposed for locations in subsections B3a through B3e of this section, may be reviewed
1764 administratively as set forth in subsection 21A.34.020F1, “Administrative Decision”, of
1765 this title. Systems proposed for locations in subsection B3f of this section, shall be
1766 reviewed by the Historic Landmark Commission in accordance with the procedures set
1767 forth in subsection 21A.34.020F2, “Historic Landmark Commission”, of this title.
44
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1768
1769 a. Rear yard in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-way.
1770 b. On accessory buildings or structures in a location not readily visible from a public
1771 right-of-way.
1772 c. In a side yard in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-way.
1773 d. On the principal building in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-
1774 way.
1775 e. On the principal building in a location that may be visible from a public right-of-
1776 way, but not on the structure’s front facade.
1777 f. On the front facade of the principal building in a location most compatible with
1778 the character defining features of the structure.
1779
1780 SECTION 6. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.50.020. That
1781 Section 21A.50.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Authority) shall be, and
1782 hereby is amended to read as follows:
1783 21A.50.020: AUTHORITY:
1784
1785 The text of this title and the zoning map may be amended by the passage of an ordinance
1786 adopted by the city council in accordance with the procedures set forth in this chapter.
1787 Applications related to H Historic Preservation Overlay District or Landmark Sites are
1788 subject to the procedures in Chapter 21A.51, Local Historic Designations and Amendments.
1789
1790 SECTION 7. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.50.030. That
1791 Section 21A.50.030 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Initiation) shall be, and
1792 hereby is amended to read as follows:
1793 21A.50.030: INITIATION:
1794
1795 Amendments to the text of this title or to the zoning map may be initiated by filing an
1796 application for an amendment addressed to the planning commission. Applications for
1797 amendments may be initiated by the mayor, the city council, the planning commission, or the
1798 owner of the property included in the application, or the property owner’s authorized agent.
1799 Applications related to H Historic Preservation Overlay Districts or landmark sites or the
1800 Homeless Resource Center Overlay shall be initiated as provided in Chapter 21A.34 of this
1801 title.
1802
45
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1803 SECTION 8. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.50.040.B That
1804 Section 21A.50.030.B of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Procedure: Fees) shall
1805 be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
1806 B. Fees: The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees shown on the Salt
1807 Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible for payment
1808 of all fees established for providing the public notice required by cChapter 21A.10 of this
1809 title. Application and noticing fees filed by the city council, planning commission or the
1810 mayor shall not be required. Application and noticing fees filed for designation within an
1811 H historic preservation overlay district or to establish a character conservation district
1812 shall not be required.
1813
1814
1815 SECTION 9. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.50.060 That
1816 Section 21A.50.060 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Limitation on
1817 Amendments) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
1818 21A.50.060: LIMITATION ON AMENDMENTS:
1819
1820 A. No application for an amendment to this title shall be considered by the Ccity Ccouncil
1821 or the Pplanning Ccommission within one year of the withdrawal by the applicant or final
1822 decision of the Ccity Ccouncil upon a prior application covering substantially the same
1823 subject or substantially the same property.
1824 B. In the case of a proposed local historic district or thematic designation per section
1825 21A.50.060 of this chapter, if a local historic district or area proposal fails in accordance
1826 with the voting procedures set forth in section 21A.50.060.A11, a resident may not
1827 initiate the creation of a local historic district, area, or thematic designation that includes
1828 more than fifty percent (50%) of the same property as the failed local historic district,
1829 area, or thematic designation proposal for four (4) years after the day on which the
1830 property owner opinion ballots for the vote were due.
1831 BC. This determination shall be made by the Zzoning Aadministrator upon receipt of an
1832 application pursuant to sSection 21A.50.030 of this chapter. This provision shall not
1833 restrict the Mmayor, the Ccity Ccouncil or the Pplanning Ccommission from proposing
1834 any text amendment or change in the boundaries of any of the districts in this title at any
1835 time.
1836
46
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1837 SECTION 10. Adopting a new Chapter 21A.51 of Salt Lake City Code 21A. Chapter 21A of
1838 the Salt Lake City Code (Local Historic Designation and Amendments) shall be and hereby is
1839 amended to include a new Chapter 21A.51 Local Historic Designation and Amendments and shall
1840 read as follows:
1841 Chapter 21A.51
1842 LOCAL HISTORIC DESIGNATON & AMENDMENTS
1843 21A.51.010: Purpose Statement
1844 21A.51.020: Authority
1845 21A.51.030: Local Historic Designation Process
1846 21A.51.040: Local Historic Designation Criteria
1847 21A.51.050: Existing Local Historic Amendment Process
1848 21A.51.060: Existing Local Historic Amendment Criteria
1849 21A.51.070: Limitations
1850 21A.51.080: Historic Resource Surveys
1851 21A.51.090: Appeal of Decision
1852
1853 21A.51.010: PURPOSE STATEMENT:
1854 The purpose of this chapter is to provide standards and procedures for making amendments
1855 to the zoning map related to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. The H Historic
1856 Preservation Overlay District applies to all properties within the boundaries of a local historic
1857 district, part of a thematic designation, or a landmark site.
1858 21A.51.020: AUTHORITY:
1859 A. Authority: Pursuant to the procedures and standards in this chapter and the standards for
1860 general amendments in Section 21A.50.050, the city council may amend the zoning map
1861 and apply the H Historic Preservation Overlay District by the passage of an ordinance
1862 and:
1863
1864 1. Designate a landmark site;
1865 2. Designate as a local historic district;
1866 3. Designate as a thematic designation;
1867 4. Amend designations to add or remove features or property to or from a landmark site,
1868 local historic district or thematic designation;
1869 5. Revoke designation of a landmark site;
1870 6. Adopt comprehensive historic resource surveys and associated reports for new
1871 landmark sites, local historic districts or thematic designations; and
1872
47
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1873 7. Adopt updates to historic resource surveys and associated reports for existing local
1874 historic districts or thematic designations in accordance with the provisions in Section
1875 21A.51.080.
1876
1877 21A.51.030: LOCAL HISTORIC DESIGNATION PROCESS:
1878 Salt Lake City will consider the local designation of a landmark site, local historic district or
1879 thematic designation in order to protect the best examples of historic resources which
1880 represent significant elements of the city’s prehistory, history, development patterns or
1881 architecture. Local designation must be in the best interest of the city and achieve a
1882 reasonable balance between private property rights and the public interest in preserving the
1883 city’s cultural, historic, and architectural heritage.
1884 A. Process for Designation of a Local Historic District or Thematic Designation:
1885
1886 1. Procedures Required Before an Application Can be Submitted: Prior to the submittal
1887 of an application for the designation or amendment local historic district or thematic
1888 designation, and prior to gathering any signatures for an application, the following
1889 steps must be completed:
1890
1891 a. Pre-application Conference: A potential applicant shall attend a pre-application
1892 conference with the planning director or designee. The purpose of this meeting is
1893 to discuss the merits of the proposed designation and the amendment processes as
1894 outlined in this section.
1895
1896 b. Notification to Affected Property Owners: Following the preapplication
1897 conference outlined in Subsection A.1.a of this section, the city shall send by first
1898 class mail a neutral informational pamphlet to owners of record for each property
1899 potentially affected by a forthcoming application. The informational pamphlet
1900 shall be mailed after a potential applicant submits to the city a finalized proposed
1901 boundary of an area to be included in the H Historic Preservation Overlay
1902 District. The informational pamphlet shall contain, at a minimum, a description of
1903 the process to create a local historic district or thematic designation and will also
1904 list the pros and cons of a local historic district or thematic designation. Once the
1905 city sends the informational pamphlet, gathering of property owner signatures
1906 may begin per Subsection A.2 of this section. The informational pamphlet sent
1907 shall remain valid for ninety (90) days. If an application is not filed with the city
1908 within ninety (90) days after the date that the informational pamphlet was mailed,
1909 the city shall close its file on the matter. Any subsequent proposal must begin the
1910 application process again.
1911
1912 2. Application:
1913
48
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1914 a. Parties Entitled to Submit Application: The mayor or the city council, by a
1915 majority vote, may initiate a petition to consider designation of a local historic
1916 district or thematic designation. A property owner submitting such application
1917 shall demonstrate, in writing, support of more than thirty three percent (33%) of
1918 the property owners of lots or parcels within the proposed boundaries of an area to
1919 be included in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
1920
1921 (1) For purposes of this subsection, a lot or parcel of real property may not be
1922 included in the calculation of the required percentage unless the application is
1923 signed by property owners representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the
1924 interest in that lot or parcel.
1925
1926 (2) Each lot or parcel of real property may only be counted once toward the thirty
1927 three percent (33%), regardless of the number of owner signatures obtained
1928 for that lot or parcel.
1929
1930 (3) Signatures obtained to demonstrate support of more than thirty three percent
1931 (33%) of the property owners within the boundary of the proposed local
1932 historic district or thematic designation must be gathered within a period of
1933 ninety (90) days as counted between the date that the informational pamphlet
1934 was mailed as required per Subsection 21A.51.030.A.1.b and the date of the
1935 last required signature.
1936
1937 b. Submittal Requirements: An application shall be made to the zoning administrator
1938 on a form or forms provided by the office of the zoning administrator, which shall
1939 include at least the following information unless deemed unnecessary by the
1940 zoning administrator:
1941
1942 (1) Information demonstrating the procedures in Subsections 21A.51.030.A.1.a
1943 and 21A.51.030.A.1.b have been followed;
1944
1945 (2) Information demonstrating the requirements in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.2.a
1946 have been met;
1947
1948 (3) Street addresses and parcel numbers of all properties included in the proposed
1949 local designation;
1950
1951 (4) Photos of all properties included in the proposed designation;
1952
1953 (5) Narrative demonstrating compliance with the standards and considerations in
1954 Section 21A.51.040; and
1955
49
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1956 (6) Any other information the zoning administrator deems necessary for
1957 consideration of a particular application.
1958
1959 c. Fees: Application and noticing fees for designation of a local historic district or
1960 thematic designation shall not be required.
1961
1962 3. Notice of Designation Application Letter: Following the receipt by the city of an
1963 application for the designation of a local historic district or thematic designation, the
1964 city shall send a notice of designation application letter to owner(s) of record for each
1965 property affected by said application along with a second copy of the informational
1966 pamphlet described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.1.b. In the event that no application
1967 is received following the ninety (90) day period of property owner signature
1968 gathering, the city will send a letter to property owner(s) of record stating that no
1969 application has been filed, and that the city has closed its file on the matter.
1970
1971 4. Planning Director Report to the City Council: Following the receipt by the city of an
1972 application for the designation to a local historic district or thematic designation and
1973 following mailing of the notice of designation application letter described in
1974 Subsection 21A.51.030.A.3, the planning director shall submit a report based on the
1975 following considerations to the city council:
1976
1977 a. Whether a current historic survey meeting the standards prescribed by the State
1978 Historic Preservation Office is available for the landmark site or the area proposed
1979 for a local historic district or thematic designation. If a suitable survey is not
1980 available, the report shall propose a strategy to gather the needed survey data.
1981
1982 b. The city administration will determine the priority of the petition and determine
1983 whether there is sufficient funding and staff resources available to allow the
1984 planning division to complete a community outreach process, historic resource
1985 analysis and to provide ongoing administration of the new local historic district or
1986 thematic designation if the designation is approved by the city council. If
1987 sufficient funding is not available, the report shall include a proposed budget.
1988
1989 c. Whether the proposed designation is generally consistent with the purposes, goals,
1990 objectives and policies of the city as stated through its various adopted planning
1991 documents.
1992
1993 d. Whether the proposed designation would generally be in the public interest.
1994
1995 e. Whether there is probable cause to believe that the proposed landmark site, local
1996 historic district or thematic designation may be eligible for designation consistent
1997 with the purposes and designation criteria in Section 21A.51.040 and the zoning
1998 map amendment criteria in Section 21A.50.050, “Standards for General
1999 Amendments”, of this title.
50
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2000
2001 f. Verification that a neutral informational pamphlet was sent per Subsection
2002 21A.51.030.A.3 of this section to all property owners within a proposed local
2003 historic district following the preapplication process outlined in Subsections
2004 21A.51.030.A.1.a and 21A.51.030.A.1.b.
2005
2006 5.Notification to Recognized Community Organizations: Notification to recognized
2007 community organizations shall be provided as set forth in Section 2.60.050 of this
2008 code.
2009
2010 6. Property Owner Meeting: Following the submission of the planning director’s report
2011 and acceptance of the report by the city council, the planning division will conduct a
2012 community outreach process to inform the owners of property within the proposed
2013 boundaries of the proposed local historic district or thematic designation about the
2014 following:
2015
2016 a. The designation process, including determining the level of property owner
2017 support, the public hearing process, and final decision-making process by the city
2018 council; and
2019
2020 b. Zoning ordinance requirements affecting properties located within the H Historic
2021 Preservation Overlay District, adopted design guidelines, the design review
2022 process for alterations and new construction, the demolition process and the
2023 economic hardship process.
2024
2025 7. Open House: The planning division will conduct an open house pursuant to Section
2026 2.60.050.
2027
2028 8. Public Hearings: A public hearing shall be held with both the historic landmark
2029 commission and the planning commission in accordance with the standards and
2030 procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing
2031 Procedures”, of this title. The historic landmark commission and planning
2032 commission shall recommend approval or denial of the proposal or the approval of
2033 some modification of the proposal.
2034
2035 9. Property Owner Opinion Balloting:
2036
2037 a. Following the completion of the historic landmark commission and planning
2038 commission public hearings, the city will deliver property owner opinion ballots
2039 via first class mail to property owners of record within the boundary of the
2040 proposed local historic district or thematic designation. The property owner
2041 opinion ballot is a nonbinding opinion poll to inform the city council of property
2042 owner interest regarding the designation of a local historic district. Each
2043 individual property in the proposed designation boundary, regardless of the
51
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2044 number of owners having interest in any given property, will receive one property
2045 owner opinion ballot.
2046
2047 (1) A property owner is eligible to vote regardless of whether or not the property
2048 owner is an individual, a private entity, or a public entity;
2049
2050 (2) The city shall count no more than one property owner opinion ballot for:
2051
2052 (a) Each parcel within the boundaries of the proposed local historic district or
2053 area; or
2054
2055 (b) If the parcel contains a condominium project, each unit within the
2056 boundaries of the proposed local historic district or area; and
2057 (c) If a parcel or unit has more than one owner of record, the city shall count
2058 a property owner opinion ballot for the parcel or unit only if the property
2059 owner opinion ballot reflects the vote of the property owners who own at
2060 least fifty percent (50%) interest in the parcel or unit.
2061 b. Property owners of record will have thirty (30) days from the postmark date of the
2062 property owner opinion ballot to submit a response to the city indicating the
2063 property owner’s support or nonsupport of the proposed designation.
2064
2065 c. A letter shall be mailed to all property owners within the proposed local historic
2066 district or thematic designation whose property owner opinion ballot has not been
2067 received by the city within fifteen (15) days from the original postmark date. This
2068 follow up letter will encourage the property owners to submit a property owner
2069 opinion ballot prior to the thirty (30) day deadline date set by the mailing of the
2070 first property owner opinion ballot.
2071
2072 10. Notification of Property Owner Opinion Balloting Results: Following the public
2073 opinion balloting for the proposed designation, the city will send notice of the results
2074 to all property owners within the proposed local historic district or thematic
2075 designation.
2076
2077 11. City Council Consideration: Following the transmittal of the recommendations of the
2078 historic landmark commission and the planning commission and the results of the
2079 property owner opinion ballot process, the city council shall hold a public hearing to
2080 consider the designation of a local historic district or thematic designation in
2081 accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General
2082 Application and Public Hearing Procedures”, of this title and the following:
2083
2084
52
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2085 a. If the property owner opinion ballots returned equals at least two-thirds (2/3) of the
2086 total number of returned property owner support ballots and represents more than
2087 fifty percent (50%) of the parcels and units (in the case of a condominium) within
2088 the proposed local historic district, area, or thematic designation, the city council
2089 may designate a local historic district or a thematic district by a simple majority
2090 vote.
2091
2092 b. If the number of property owner opinion ballots received does not meet the
2093 threshold identified in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.11.a the city council may only
2094 designate a local historic district, area, or a thematic district by an affirmative vote
2095 of two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the city council.
2096
2097 c. If the number of property owner opinion ballots received in support and in
2098 opposition is equal, the city council may only designate a local historic district or
2099 a thematic district by a super majority vote.
2100
2101 B. Process for Designation of a Landmark Site:
2102
2103 1. Application:
2104
2105 a. Parties Entitled to Submit Application: Any owner of property proposed for a
2106 landmark site, the mayor or the city council, by majority vote, may initiate a
2107 petition to consider the designation of a landmark site.
2108
2109 b. Submittal Requirements: Applications for landmark sites shall provide at least all
2110 of the information in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.2.b unless deemed unnecessary by
2111 the zoning administrator.
2112
2113 c. Fees: Application and noticing fees for designation of a landmark site shall not be
2114 required.
2115
2116 2.Notification to Community Organizations: Notification to recognized community
2117 organizations shall be provided as set forth in Section 2.60.050 of this code.
2118
2119 3. Public Hearings: A public hearing shall be held with both the historic landmark
2120 commission and the planning commission in accordance with the standards and
2121 procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing
2122 Procedures”, of this title. The historic landmark commission and planning
2123 commission shall recommend approval or denial of the proposal or the approval of
2124 some modification of the proposal and the recommendation will be submitted to the
2125 city council.
2126
53
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2127 4. City Council Consideration: Following the transmittal of the recommendations of the
2128 historic landmark commission and the planning commission, the city council shall
2129 hold a public hearing to consider the designation of a landmark site in accordance
2130 with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application
2131 and Public Hearing Procedures”, of this title. The city council may, by a majority
2132 vote, designate a landmark site.
2133
2134 C. City Council Decision: Following city council designation of a landmark site, local
2135 historic district or thematic designation, all of the properties located within the
2136 boundaries of the local historic district, landmark site, or thematic designation will be
2137 subject to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District and subject to the provisions of
2138 Section 21A.34.020. The zoning regulations will go into effect on the date of the
2139 publication of the ordinance unless otherwise noted on the adopted ordinance.
2140
2141 1. Designation Adoption: Designation of a landmark site, local historic district or
2142 thematic designation includes adoption of the historic survey and associated report
2143 submitted for the designation. Historic resource surveys may be updated pursuant to
2144 the provisions in Section 21A.51.080 or Subsection 21A.34.020.D.
2145
2146 2. Notice of Designation: Within thirty (30) days following the designation of a
2147 landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation, the city shall provide
2148 notice of the action to all owners of property within the boundaries of the H Historic
2149 Preservation Overlay District. In addition, a notice shall be recorded in the office of
2150 the Salt Lake County Recorder for all lots or parcels within the area added to the H
2151 Historic Preservation Overlay District.
2152
2153 21A.51.040: LOCAL HISTORIC DESIGNATION CRITERIA:
2154 A. Standards for the Designation of a Landmark Site, Local Historic District or Thematic
2155 Designation: The proposed landmark site, local historic district, or thematic designation
2156 shall be evaluated according to the following:
2157
2158 1. Significance in local, regional, state or national history, architecture, engineering or
2159 culture, associated with at least one of the following:
2160
2161 a. Events that have made significant contribution to the important patterns of
2162 history, or
2163
2164 b. Lives of persons significant in the history of the city, region, state, or nation, or
2165
2166 c. The distinctive characteristics of a type, period of significance, or method of
2167 construction; or the work of a notable architect or master craftsman, or
2168
54
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2169 d. Information important in the understanding of the prehistory or history of Salt
2170 Lake City; and
2171
2172 2. Historic integrity in terms of location, design, setting, materials, workmanship,
2173 feeling and association as defined in Section 21A.62.040. When analyzing historic
2174 integrity, the collective historic value of the buildings and structures in a local historic
2175 district taken together may be greater than the historic value of each individual
2176 building or structure in a district.
2177
2178 3. The proposed landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation is listed, or
2179 is eligible to be listed on the National Register of Historic Places;
2180
2181 4. The proposed designation contains notable examples of elements of the city’s history,
2182 development patterns or architecture not typically found in other local historic
2183 districts within Salt Lake City;
2184
2185 5. The designation is generally consistent with adopted planning policies; and
2186
2187 6. The designation would be in the overall public interest.
2188
2189 B. Factors to Consider: The following factors may be considered by the historic landmark
2190 commission and the city council to help determine whether the proposed designation of a
2191 landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation meets the criteria listed
2192 above:
2193
2194 1. Sites are of an age that allows insight into whether a property is sufficiently important
2195 in the overall history of the community as identified in one or more periods of
2196 significance in a historic survey report. Typically, this is at least fifty (50) years but
2197 could be less if the property has exceptional importance.
2198
2199 2. Whether the proposed local historic district or thematic designation contains
2200 examples of elements of the city’s history, development patterns and/or architecture
2201 that may not already be protected by other local historic districts within the city.
2202
2203 3. Whether designation of the proposed local historic district or thematic designation
2204 would add important knowledge that advances the understanding of the city’s history,
2205 development patterns and/or architecture.
2206
2207 4. Whether approximately seventy five percent (75%) of the structures within the
2208 proposed boundaries are rated as contributing structures by the most recent applicable
2209 historic survey and those relate to identified significance and periods of significance.
2210
55
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2211 C. Boundaries of a Proposed Landmark Site: When applying the evaluation criteria in
2212 Subsection 21A.51.040.A, the boundaries of a landmark site shall be drawn to ensure that
2213 historical associations, that best enhance the integrity of the site comprise the boundaries.
2214
2215 D. Boundaries of a Proposed Local Historic District: When applying the evaluation criteria
2216 in Subsection 21A.51.040.A, the boundaries shall be drawn to ensure the local historic
2217 district:
2218
2219 1. Contains a significant density of documented sites, buildings, structures or features
2220 rated as contributing structures in a recent historic survey;
2221
2222 2. Coincides with documented historic boundaries such as early roadways, canals,
2223 subdivision plats or property lines;
2224
2225 3. Coincides with logical physical or manmade features and reflect recognized
2226 neighborhood boundaries; and
2227
2228 4. Contains noncontributing resources or vacant land only where necessary to create
2229 appropriate boundaries to meet the criteria in Subsections 21A.51.040.A and
2230 21A.51.040.D.
2231
2232 E. Boundaries of a Proposed Thematic Designation: When applying the evaluation criteria
2233 of this section, the boundaries shall be drawn to ensure the thematic designation contains
2234 a collection of sites, buildings, structures, or features that are associated by historical,
2235 architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and contribute to the historic preservation goals
2236 of Salt Lake City by protecting historical, architectural, or aesthetic interest or value.
2237
2238 21A.51.050: EXISTING LOCAL HISTORIC AMENDMENT PROCESS:
2239 A. Applicability: Existing Local Historic Amendments applies to the following:
2240
2241 1. Expanding the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local historic district, or adding
2242 additional properties to an existing thematic designation;
2243 2. Reducing the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local historic district, or
2244 removing properties from an existing thematic designation; and
2245 3. Revocation of the designation of a landmark site.
2246
2247 B. Process for Amendments to Existing Local Historic Districts and Thematic Designations:
2248
2249 1. Boundary Expansion: The process for expanding the boundaries of an existing local
2250 historic district or adding properties to a thematic designation shall be the same as
2251 outlined in Subsection 21A.51.030.A except that the following shall only apply to the
2252 properties being added into the proposed expanded boundary and do not apply to
56
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2253 those properties already designated in a local historic district or thematic designation
2254 and already subject to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District:
2255
2256 a. The notification to affected property owners described in Subsection
2257 21A.51.030.A.1.b;
2258
2259 b. The application submittal requirements for demonstrating support of 33% of the
2260 property owners described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.2;
2261
2262 c. The property owner meeting described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.6;
2263
2264 d. The opinion ballot described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.9;
2265
2266 e. Notification of property owner opinion balloting results in Subsection
2267 21A.51.030.A.10; and
2268
2269 f. City council consideration opinion ballot thresholds described in Subsection
2270 21A.51.030.A.11.
2271
2272 2. Boundary Reduction: The process for reducing the boundaries of an existing local
2273 historic district or removing properties from a thematic designation shall be the same
2274 as outlined in Subsection 21A.51.030.A except that:
2275
2276 a. The requirements described in Subsection 21A.51.050.B.1.a through f, shall only
2277 apply to those properties proposed to be removed from the local historic district or
2278 thematic designation and do not apply to those properties already designated in a
2279 local historic district or thematic designation and already subject to the H Historic
2280 Preservation Overlay District.
2281
2282 b. Fees: The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees shown on the
2283 Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible
2284 for payment of all fees established for providing the public notice required by
2285 Chapter 21A.10 of this title. Applications filed by the city council, planning
2286 commission or the mayor shall not be required.
2287
2288 C. Amendments to Existing Landmark Sites:
2289
2290 1. Boundary Expansion or Reduction or Revocation: The process for expanding or
2291 reducing the boundaries of an existing landmark site or the revocation of the
2292 designation of a landmark site shall follow the steps outlined in Subsection
2293 21A.51.030.B in addition to:
2294
2295 a. Fees: Applications for reducing the boundaries of a landmark site or for the
2296 revocation of the designation of a landmark site shall be accompanied by the
57
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2297 applicable fees shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The
2298 applicant shall also be responsible for payment of all fees established for
2299 providing the public notice required by Chapter 21A.10 of this title. Applications
2300 filed by the city council, planning commission or the mayor shall not be required.
2301
2302 21A.51.060: EXISTING LOCAL HISTORIC AMENDMENT CRITERIA:
2303
2304 A. Expansion: A proposed expansion of the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local
2305 historic district, or the addition of properties to a thematic designation shall be considered
2306 utilizing the provisions of Subsections 21A.51.040.A through E and provided that new
2307 information indicates that the inclusion of additional properties would better convey the
2308 historical and architectural integrity of the landmark site, local historic district or
2309 thematic designation.
2310
2311 B. Reduction: A proposed reduction of the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local
2312 historic district or the removal of properties from a thematic designation shall
2313 demonstrate the properties have no longer met the criteria in Subsection 21A.51.040.A
2314 for inclusion within the landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation. The
2315 qualities that caused them to be originally included have been lost or destroyed, or such
2316 qualities were lost subsequent to the historic landmark commission recommendation and
2317 adoption of the designation.
2318
2319 C. Revocation of the Designation of a Landmark Site: A proposal for revocation of a
2320 landmark site shall demonstrate the property no longer meets the criteria in Subsection
2321 21A.51.040.A for which it was originally designated.
2322
2323 21A.51.070: LIMITATIONS:
2324
2325 A. If a local historic district or thematic designation proposal fails in accordance with the
2326 voting procedures set forth in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.9, a resident may not initiate the
2327 creation of a local historic district or thematic designation that includes more than fifty
2328 percent (50%) of the same property as the failed local historic district or thematic
2329 designation proposal for four (4) years after the day on which the property owner opinion
2330 ballots for the vote were due.
2331 1. This determination shall be made by the zoning administrator upon receipt of an
2332 application pursuant to Section 21A.51.030 of this chapter. This provision shall not
2333 restrict the mayor or the city council from initiating a petition at any time for a new
2334 local historic district or thematic designation, or to amend the boundaries of a local
2335 historic district or the removal or addition of properties in a thematic designation.
2336
2337 21A.51.080: HISTORIC RESOURCE SURVEYS
2338
58
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2339 A. Existing Historic Resource Surveys: Any historic resource survey that was conducted for
2340 the city prior to the amendment of this chapter shall be utilized by the planning director
2341 and the historic landmark commission in applying provisions of Section 21A.34.020 the
2342 H Historic Preservation Overlay District. Any subsequent adoption of a historic resource
2343 survey will be done by ordinance in accordance with the provisions in this chapter and
2344 will supersede previous surveys.
2345
2346 B. Updates to Historic Resource Surveys:
2347
2348 1. Applicability: The city aims to update historic resource surveys on a periodic basis as
2349 recommended by the National Park Service. Updates to surveys are for land use
2350 purposes to determine periods of significance, to determine historic status of
2351 individual properties, to update the national register, and to keep archival records on
2352 historic properties. Updates to a historic resource survey for existing local historic
2353 district is subject to the following:
2354
2355 a. The standards of the H Historic Preservation Overlay apply to those properties
2356 within an adopted local historic district. Any other properties evaluated in a
2357 historic resource survey outside the boundary of a designated local district or
2358 thematic designation will not be subject to the land use regulations associated
2359 with historic status designations in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
2360
2361 b. An updated historic resource survey maintains the boundaries of a local historic or
2362 the properties within a thematic designation but may update the historic status of
2363 properties within the adopted H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
2364
2365 c. Historic Status Determinations: Instances where the historic status of an
2366 individual property within a local historic district is in question, the zoning
2367 administrator will use the provisions of Subsection 21A.34.020.D to make a
2368 timely determination.
2369
2370 d. Any properties changing status from the most recent historic resource survey shall
2371 be specifically identified in the updated survey and their period of significance
2372 and historic status listed.
2373
2374 2. Process for Updating Historic Resource Surveys:
2375
2376 a. Public Hearings: A public hearing shall be held with both the historic landmark
2377 commission and the planning commission in accordance with the standards and
2378 procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing
2379 Procedures”, of this title. The historic landmark commission and planning
2380 commission shall recommend approval or denial of the updated historic resource
59
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2381 survey or the approval of some modification of the updated historic resource
2382 survey and the recommendation will be submitted to the city council.
2383
2384 b. City Council: Following the transmittal of the historic landmark commission’s
2385 recommendation, the city council shall hold a public hearing to consider adopting
2386 the updated historic survey in accordance with the procedures set forth in Chapter
2387 21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing Procedures”, of this title. The
2388 city council may, by a majority vote, adopt the updated historic resource survey.
2389 In deciding to adopt an updated historic resource survey, the city council may
2390 consider the following in their decision making:
2391
2392 (1) Any benefit or impact that extending the period of significance would have on
2393 the local district or thematic designation and the city;
2394
2395 (2) Any new period of significance in the updated survey is identified and
2396 associated with at least one of the following:
2397
2398 (a) Events that have made significant contribution to the important patterns of
2399 history, or
2400 (b) Lives of persons significant in the history of the city, region, state, or
2401 nation, or
2402 (c) The distinctive characteristics of a type, period of significance or method
2403 of construction; or the work of a notable architect or master craftsman, or
2404 (d) Information important in the understanding of the prehistory or history of
2405 Salt Lake City; and
2406 (3) Any properties within a new period of significance will be assessed for
2407 aspects of integrity in terms of location, design, setting, materials,
2408 workmanship, feeling and association as defined by the National Park Service
2409 Aspects of integrity. When analyzing integrity, the collective historic value of
2410 the buildings and structures in a local historic district taken together may be
2411 greater than the historic value of each individual building or structure in a
2412 district. If integrity is intact, the property is denoted as contributing in the
2413 updated survey;
2414
2415 (4) Any notable examples of elements of the city’s history, development patterns
2416 or architecture not typically found in other local historic districts within Salt
2417 Lake City are specifically identified for any new periods of significance in the
2418 updated survey;
2419
2420 (5) The historic survey update would be in the overall public interest.
60
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2421
2422 C. City Council Action: If an updated historic resource survey is adopted by the city council,
2423 the updated historic resource survey including any updated historic status designations
2424 shall be used when applying provisions of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District in
2425 Section 21A.34.020. The decision to update a historic resource survey will go into effect
2426 on the date of the publication of the related ordinance unless otherwise noted on the
2427 adopted ordinance.
2428
2429
2430 21A.51.090: APPEAL OF DECISION:
2431
2432 Any party adversely affected by the decision of the city council may, within thirty (30) days
2433 after such decision, file a petition for review to the District Court pursuant to the Municipal
2434 Land Use Development and Management Act, Section 10-9a-801, of the Utah Code.
2435
2436 SECTION 11. Amending the Text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.60.020. That Section
2437 21A.60.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: List of Terms: List of Defined Terms) shall be and
2438 hereby is amended to add the following terms in the list of defined terms to be inserted into that list
2439 in alphabetical order:
2440 Contributing Structure
2441 Noncontributing Structure
2442 Demolition (as it applies to properties within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District)
2443 Demolition, Partial (as it applies to properties within the H Historic Preservation Overlay
2444 District)
2445 Historic Design Guidelines
2446 Historic Integrity
2447 Economic Hardship
2448 Historic Resource Survey
2449 Landmark Site
2450 Local Historic District
2451 Period of Significance
2452 Thematic Designation
2453 Willful Neglect
2454
2455 SECTION 12. Amending the Text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.62.040. That
2456 Section 21A.62.040 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Definitions: Definitions of Terms) shall
61
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2457 be and hereby is amended to add the following definitions, which shall be inserted in
2458 alphabetical order and shall read as follows:
2459
2460 CONTRIBUTING STRUCTURE: A structure or site within the H historic preservation
2461 overlay district that has been determined through the process outlined in Section
2462 21A.51.040, or an adopted historic resource survey, or Subsection 21A.34.020.D, to
2463 generally retain historic integrity. When analyzing historic integrity of a building as part
2464 of a local historic district, the collective historic value of the buildings and structures in a
2465 local historic district taken together may be greater than the historic value of each
2466 individual building or structure in a district. A contributing structure generally has its
2467 major character defining features intact and although minor alterations may have
2468 occurred, they are generally reversible.
2469
2470 DEMOLITION (AS IT APPLIES TO PROPERTIES WITHIN THE H HISTORIC
2471 PRESERVATION OVERLAY DISTRICT): Any act or process which destroys a structure,
2472 object or property within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District or a landmark site.
2473 (See definition of demolition, partial.)
2474
2475 DEMOLITION, PARTIAL (AS IT APPLIES TO PROPERTIES WITHIN THE H
2476 HISTORIC PRESERVATION OVERLAY DISTRICT): Partial demolition includes any act
2477 which destroys a portion of a structure consisting of not more than twenty five percent (25%)
2478 of the floor area of the structure, and where the portion of the structure to be demolished is
2479 not readily visible from the street. Partial demolition also includes the demolition or removal
2480 of additions or materials not of the historic period on any exterior elevation exceeding twenty
2481 five percent (25%) when the demolition is part of an act of restoring original historic
2482 elements of a structure and/or restoring a structure to its historical mass and size.
2483
2484 ECONOMIC HARDSHIP: Denial of a property owner of all reasonable beneficial or
2485 economically viable use of a property without just compensation.
2486
2487 HISTORIC DESIGN GUIDELINES: The historic design guidelines provide guidance in
2488 determining the suitability and architectural compatibility of proposed maintenance, repair,
2489 alteration or new construction while at the same time, allowing for reasonable changes that
2490 meet current needs of properties located within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
2491 For architects, designers, contractors and property owners, they provide guidance in planning
2492 and designing future projects. For city staff and the historic landmark commission, they
2493 provide guidance for the interpretation of the zoning ordinance standards. Design guidelines
2494 are officially adopted by city council.
2495
2496 HISTORIC INTEGRITY: The ability of a property to convey its historical associations or
2497 attributes. As defined by the National Park Service, the following aspects or qualities, in
2498 various combinations, define historic integrity:
2499 Location- Location is the place where the historic property was constructed or the
2500 place where a historic event occurred.
62
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2501
2502 Design: Design is the combination of elements that create the form, plan, space,
2503 structure, and style of a property.
2504
2505 Setting: Setting is the physical environment of a historic property.
2506
2507 Materials: Materials are the physical elements that were combined or deposited
2508 during a particular period of time and in a particular pattern or configuration to form a
2509 historic property.
2510
2511 Workmanship: Workmanship is the physical evidence of the crafts of a particular
2512 culture or people during any given period in history.
2513
2514 Feeling: Feeling is a property’s expression of the aesthetic or historic sense of a
2515 particular period of time.
2516
2517 Association: Association is the direct link between an important historic event or
2518 person and a historic property.
2519
2520 HISTORIC RESOURCE SURVEY: A systematic resource for identifying and evaluating the
2521 quantity and quality of historic resources for land use planning purposes following the
2522 guidelines and forms of the Utah State Historic Preservation Office. Historic resource
2523 surveys shall be prepared by a qualified professional meeting the minimum professional
2524 qualifications defined by the U.S. National Park Service in the fields of history, archeology,
2525 architectural history, architecture, or historic architecture.
2526
2527 LANDMARK SITE: Any historic site that has been designated in accordance with
2528 Subsection 21A.51.030.B or any site on the Salt Lake City Register of Cultural Resources. A
2529 landmark site includes an individual building, structure or feature or an integrated group of
2530 buildings, structures or features on a single site. Such sites are of exceptional importance to
2531 the city, state, region or nation and impart high artistic, historic or cultural values. A
2532 landmark site clearly conveys a sense of time and place and enables the public to interpret the
2533 historic character of the site. Landmark sites are subject to the regulations of Section
2534 21A.34.020, the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
2535
2536 LOCAL HISTORIC DISTRICT: A contiguous geographically definable area with a
2537 minimum district size of one “block face”, as defined in Section 21A.62.040, designated by
2538 the city council pursuant to the provisions in Subsection 21A.51.030.A, which contains
2539 buildings, structures, sites, objects, landscape features, archaeological sites and works of art,
2540 or a combination thereof, that contributes to the historic preservation goals of Salt Lake City.
2541 All properties within a local historic district are subject to the regulations of Section
2542 21A.34.020 the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
2543
2544 NONCONTRIBUTING STRUCTURE: A structure or site within the H Historic
2545 Preservation Overlay District that has been determined noncontributing through the
2546 process outlined in Section 21A.51.040, or an adopted historic resource survey, or
63
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2547 Subsection 21A.34.020.D, and does not retain historic integrity. The major character
2548 defining features have been so altered as to make the historic form, materials or details
2549 indistinguishable and such alterations are irreversible. Noncontributing structures may
2550 also include those rated out of period, and therefore, they are not representative of a
2551 period of significance as identified in an adopted historic resource survey.
2552 PERIOD OF SIGNIFICANCE: The period of significance is the period when the historic
2553 events associated with a local historic district, thematic designation, or landmark site
2554 occurred. This period must reflect the dates associated with the property or site, or in the case
2555 of a district, the collection of properties within the district. A period of significance may be
2556 thousands of years (in the case of an archeological property), several years, or even a few
2557 days, depending on the duration of the event. There may be multiple periods of significance
2558 associated with a local historic district, thematic designation, or landmark site.
2559 THEMATIC DESIGNATION: A collection of individual sites, buildings, structures, or
2560 features designated by City Council pursuant to the provisions in Subsection 21A.51.030.A,
2561 which are contained in two (2) or more geographically separate areas that are united together
2562 by historical, architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and contribute to the historic
2563 preservation goals of Salt Lake City by protecting historical, architectural, or aesthetic
2564 interest or value. All properties within a thematic designation are subject to the regulations of
2565 Section 21A.34.020 the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
2566
2567 WILLFUL NEGLECT: The intentional absence of routine maintenance and repair of a
2568 building over time.
2569
2570 SECTION 13. Amending the Consolidated Fee Schedule. That the section of the Salt
2571 Lake City consolidated fee schedule titled, “Zoning Fees” shall be and hereby is amended to read
2572 as follows:
ZONING FEES
For question regarding Zoning fees contact: 801.535.7700
Service Fee Additional Information Section
Determination of Nonconforming Use $214 21A.38.025.4
Administrative Interpretation $71 Plus $61 per hour for research after the first hour 21A.12.040.A.6
Alley Vacation/Closure $285 Fee waiver available if adequate signatures are obtained.
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E)14.52.030. A.5
Alternative Parking
Residential $428 21A.52.040 .A.3
Nonresidential $785 21A.52.040 .A.3
Amendments
Master plan $1,070 Plus $121 per acre in excess of one acre. See also fee for
required public notices (10.9a.204).
Utah Code
Annoted
10.9A.510
64
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
Zoning map amendment $1,142 Plus $121 per acre in excess of one acre. See also fee for
required public notices (21A.10.010.E).21A.50.040.B
Zoning text amendment $1,142 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E)21A.50.040.B
Annexation $1,427 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E)Utah Code Annoted 10.2.401.5
Appeal of a Decision
Administrative decision $285 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E)21A.16.030.B
Historic Landmark Commission $285 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E)21A.16.030.B
Planning Commission $285 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E)21A.16.030.B
Appearance Before the Zoning Enforcement Hearing Office
First scheduled hearing No charge 21A.20.90
Second scheduled hearing $71 21A.20.90
Billboard Construction or Demolition including the
demolition of a non-conforming billboard $285 21A.46.160.D.3 & 21A.46.160.L.2
Conditional Building and Site Design Review $856 Plus $121 per acre in excess of one acre. See also fee for
required public notices (21A.10.010.E).21A.59.070.B
Conditional Use $856 See also fee for required public notices (21.A.10.010.E).21A.54.060.C
Condominium
Preliminary $571 Plus $37 per unit. See also fee for required public notices
(21.A.10.010.E).20.56.40.B
Final $428 Plus $24 per unit.20.56.40.B
Declaration of Surplus Real Property $428 2.58.040
Historic Landmarks Commission Review (Application)
Major Alterations of a principal building $36
$100
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E)21A.34.020
New construction of a principal building $285
$2,982
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E)21A.34.020
Demolition of a contributing principal building $571
$2,406
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E)21A.34.020
Relocation of a contributing principal building $285
$303
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E)21A.34.020
Reduction to boundaries of the H Historic Pres.
Overlay District $2,999 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010 E)21A.51.050
Revocation of a Landmark Site $2,999 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010 E)21A.51.050
Economic Hardship $2,050 Plus $200/hour up to $20,000. See also fee for required
public notices (21A.10.010.E)21A.34.020
Home Occupation
Non-conditional No charge Fee could be assessed in future as per ordinance 21A.36.030
Conditional No charge Fee could be assessed in future as per ordinance 21A.36.030
Outdoor Dining
Outdoor Dining Application $30 21A.40.065
Outdoor Dining Permit Fee (1-5 tables)$120 21A.40.065
Outdoor Dining Permit Fee (6 or more tables)$180 21A.40.065
Planned Development $856 Plus $121 per acre in excess of (1) acre. See also fee for
required public notices (21A.10.010.E)21A.55
Signs
65
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
Permit fee for signs
Based on
the adopted
Building
Permit Fee
Schedule
21A.46.030
Plan checking fee $0.13 Of building permit value 21A.46.030
Inspection tag $14 21A.46.030
Site Development Permit $285 Plus $61 per acre in excess of one (1) acre 18.28.040.E
Special Exception $285
For historic structures, see Section 21A.34.020 and
21A.46.070V. See also fee for required public notices
21A.10.010.E)
21A.52.040.A.3
Street Closure $428 See also fee for required public notices.2.58.040
Subdivision Amendments $428 Plus $121 per lot. See also fee for required public notices
(20.36)20.04.120
Subdivision Preliminary Plat $428 Plus $121 per lot. See also fee for required public notices
(20.36)20.04.120
Subdivision Final Plat $856 Plus $121 per lot.20.04.120
Subdivision Vacations $428 See also fee for required public notices (20.36)20.04.120
Engineering Review and Inspection Fee
5% of the
1st
$100,000 of
public
improvemen
ts & 2% for
the amount
above
$100,000
20.04.120
Subdivision Lot Line Adjustment $284 20.04.120
Subdivision Consolidating Lots $273 20.04.120
Temporary Uses $285 21A.42.060.B
Zoning Variance $428 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E)21A.18.040.B
As per applicable sections of the Ccity and / or Sstate Ccode, a fee will be assessed for required public notices. This may include sending notice by 1st class
U.S. Mail to property owners within a certain radius of the subject property and / or advertising required public hearings in a newspaper of general circulation.
A fee for each required public hearing will be assessed. The noticing fee is authorized through the following sections of the Zzoning Oordinance and Sstate
Llaw: Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.10.010.E and Utah State Code Annotated 10.9a.204 Section 10-9a-501. and 510
2573
2574
2575 SECTION 14. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall become effective on the date of its
2576 first publication.
2577 Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ______________,
2578 202_.
2579 ______________________________
2580 CHAIRPERSON
2581 ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
2582
2583 ______________________________
66
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2584 CITY RECORDER
2585
2586 Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
2587
2588
2589 Mayor’s Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
2590
2591 ______________________________
2592 MAYOR
2593 ______________________________
2594 CITY RECORDER
2595 (SEAL)
2596
2597 Bill No. ________ of 202_.
2598 Published: ______________.2599 Ordinance amending H Historic Preservation Overlay District regs (legislative) 9-26-23
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
________________________ Date Received: _________________
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: August 7, 2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
__________________________
SUBJECT: H Historic Preservation Overlay District Text Amendment
STAFF CONTACT: Amy Thompson, Planning Manager
amy.thompson@slcgov.com or 801-535-7281
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: Adopt the H Historic Preservation Overlay Ordinance
BUDGET IMPACT: None
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: Mayor Erin Mendenhall has initiated a petition for a text
amendment that would impact the H Historic Preservation Overlay District which applies to properties
within a local historic district or local landmark sites. Salt Lake City currently has 14 local historic
districts and approximately 150 Local Landmark Sites. Properties subject to the H Historic Preservation
Overlay District require approval for exterior alterations, new construction, demolition and relocation.
The H Historic Preservation Overlay District also outlines process and standards for local historic
designations, boundary adjustments to existing local historic districts, and revocation of local historic
designation.
The purpose of the proposed amendments is to make the zoning ordinance easier to use for applicants,
property owners, staff, and the historic landmark commission in its administration. The proposed
ordinance also creates new processes for adopting and updating historic resource surveys, consistent
with the city’s adopted Community Preservation Plan.
Lisa Shaffer (Aug 8, 2023 16:35 MDT)
08/08/2023
08/08/2023
SUMMARY OF PROPOSED AMENDMENTS:
The proposed changes reorganize and add clarity to
existing processes, as well as create new processes to
strengthen confirmation of historic districts and
buildings within Salt Lake City. The following
summarizes the proposed ordinance changes:
Reorganization:
• Clarify and reorganize chapter 21A.34.020 (the H
Historic Preservation Overlay) so repetition is
removed, and process steps are clear.
• Moves definitions from 21A.34.020 to the
Definition chapter of the zoning ordinance –
21A.62.
• Moves local historic designation, boundary
adjustments to existing local historic districts, and
revocation of the designation of a landmark site,
which are all technically a map amendment
process from 21A.34.020 to a new chapter –
21A.51 Local Historic Designation and
Amendments. Processing steps, requirements, and
standards for designations and amendments are
not changing from what currently exists in the
code.
Proposed Changes/Additions:
• Adds an applicability section to 21A.34.020 so it
is clear what properties are subject to the overlay
and what standards are applicable.
• Exempts certain work from obtaining a
Certificate of Appropriateness (CoA) such as
installation of storm windows, small plaques or
mailboxes, and utility meters/charging stations
and solar panels not visible from the right of way.
• Authorizes review and approval of all solar
panels at a staff level. Currently the Historic
Landmark Commission (HLC) is required to
review solar panels on the front façade of a
building.
• Adds in the ability to deny certain CoA requests
at a staff level when standards are not met as a
streamlining measure for the HLC’s time.
• Jurisdiction & authority language for the HLC
has been added to reflect duties that aren’t
currently listed such as making recommendations
to the Board of State History regarding National
Register Nominations and making
HELPFUL PRESERVATION TERMS
• Certificate of Appropriateness (CoA): Historic
approval
• Historic Resource Survey: A resource for
identifying and evaluating the quantity and quality
of historic resources for land use planning purposes
following the guidelines and forms of the Utah
State Historic Preservation Office. Historic
Resource Surveys are prepared by a qualified
professional meeting the minimum qualifications
defined by the National Park Service. There are
two different types of surveys that Salt Lake City
deals with, those are reconnaissance level surveys
and intensive level surveys. A survey generally
consists of a written report summarizing the
history, development patterns, and physical
character of the study area and an inventory of all
properties included in the survey and a historic
status rating for each property (whether
contributing or noncontributing) accompanied by
maps, photographs, and recommendations. The
survey will also identify periods of significance for
the district – anything outside of the identified
period of significance is rated as out of period
which is noncontributing to the district.
• Historic Integrity: The ability of a property to
convey its historical associations or attributes. As
defined by the National Park Service, the following
aspects, or qualities, in various combinations,
define historic integrity: location, design, setting,
materials, workmanship, feeling, association.
• Period of Significance: The period when the
historic events associated with a local historic
district, thematic designation, or landmark site
occurred. This period must reflect the dates
associated with the property or site, or in the case
of a district, the collection of properties within the
district. A period of significance may be thousands
of years (in the case of an archeological property),
several years, or even a few days, depending on the
duration of the event. There may be multiple
periods of significance associated with a local
historic district, thematic designation, or landmark
site.
• Contributing: A structure or site within a historic
district that retains historic integrity. A
contributing structure generally has its major
character defining features intact and although
minor alterations may have occurred, they are
generally reversible.
• Noncontributing: A structure or site within a
historic district that does not retain historic
integrity. The major character defining features
have been so altered as to make the original and/or
historic form, materials, and details
indistinguishable and alterations are irreversible.
Noncontributing structures may also include those
which are less than 50 years old or not within a
period of significance associated with the historic
district.
recommendations to the City Council on the development of incentive programs to
encourage the preservation of the City’s historic resources.
• Adds requirements for contents of the mailing notice for demolition of a
noncontributing building.
• Increases the application fee for certain applications reviewed by the HLC.
• Requires an application fee for determination of economic hardship, reduction to the
boundary of an existing local historic district, and revocation of a landmark site.
• Adds new definitions - period of significance and historic integrity.
• Adds in language to have City Council adopt historic resource surveys and associated
reports that accompany local historic designations.
• Fine tuning language.
New Processes:
• Creates a process and factors to consider for updates to historic resource surveys.
• Creates a process and factors to consider for historic status determinations (i.e.,
contributing or noncontributing status) for individual properties in certain
circumstances – such as a property was not rated or warrants reconsideration.
Both the Historic Landmark Commission and Planning Commission held public hearings to
review the proposed text amendment and unanimously forwarded a positive recommendation of
approval to the City Council.
CONSIDERATIONS FOR CITY COUNCIL
Since the positive recommendation from the Historic Landmark Commission and the Planning
Commission, a few technical corrections were made to the proposed ordinance. These include:
• Corrected citations in section 21A.51.050.B to reference the correct section of the
ordinance.
• Updated language in Subsection 21A.010.020.B, which relates to special noticing
requirements for administrative approvals, to reflect changes that were made with the
recently adopted early engagement ordinance.
• Revised language in 21A.34.020.B, which relates to the applicability of the H Historic
Preservation Overlay District, to remove repetitive language that is referenced elsewhere
in the proposed ordinance.
PUBLIC PROCESS:
Recognized Organizations: On March 13, 2023, all Salt Lake City recognized organizations were
sent the required 45-day notice for the proposed text amendment.
Open House: On March 20, 2023, a virtual open house was hosted on Planning’s website and
published via list serve. The open house included information about the proposal and a draft of the
ordinance.
Community Council Meetings: At the request of the community council chairs, staff attended
the following community council meetings to discuss the proposed text amendment and answer
any questions from the community:
• April 17, 2023 – Sugar House Community Council
• May 3, 2023 –Central City Neighborhood Council
Historic Landmark Commission Public hearing:
• April 20, 2023
o Historic Landmark Commission public hearing notice posted on City and State
websites and Planning Division listserv.
• May 4, 2023
o The Historic Landmark Commission held a public hearing and voted unanimously
to forward a positive recommendation to the City Council.
Planning Commission Public Hearing:
• May 11, 2023
o Planning Commission public hearing notice posted on City and State websites and
Planning Division listserv.
• May 24, 2023
o The Planning Commission held a public hearing and voted unanimously to forward
a positive recommendation to the City Council.
Public Comments Received: Staff received three public comments about this proposal. All
public comments noted below were discussed at both the Historic Landmark Commission and
Planning Commission public hearings.
One of the comments expressed support of local historic districts, reassessment of properties and
the use of historic surveys, but outlined questions/concerns related to the criteria used, their
definitions, and who makes the decision related to the historic status of a property. This
commenter also expressed concern with one of the zoning ordinance considerations for
establishment of a historic district related to the percentage of contributing structures for
establishing a local historic district, the lack of regulation for properties in a national historic
district, and the need for better education for property owners on the impacts of demolition and
inappropriate alterations.
Planning Response to Public Comment: The zoning ordinance includes definitions for
contributing and noncontributing which relate to the historic status of a property. The
zoning ordinance also outlines criteria for the historic status of a property and required
qualifications for people conducting historic surveys. In response to the question/concern
about the local historic district designation consideration that at least 75% of the
structures within a proposed district are contributing. This is not a requirement; this is a
consideration to help determine if the proposed district meets the standards for
designation. The process, standards and considerations applicable to local historic
designation currently exist in the zoning ordinance and are not changing with the
proposed ordinance language. Lastly, properties listed on the National Register of
Historic Places either individually or as part of a National Historic District is an honorary
designation overseen by the National Park Service that offers tax incentives for
qualifying work – National Register properties are not regulated by Salt Lake City unless
they are also locally designated.
Two of the comments expressed concern with the process for historic status determinations (i.e.,
contributing, or noncontributing status) in the proposed ordinance.
Planning Response to Public Comment: The purpose of historic status determinations is
to ensure the correct standards apply to each property within a local historic district.
The process for historic status determinations is a zoning administrator interpretation for
individual properties in certain circumstances where a timely determination of a
property’s historic status is needed. These include properties that were inadvertently
missed in the survey or for whatever reason, not given a historic status rating, and
properties that may have been incorrectly rated and warrant reconsideration. The
zoning administrator is authorized to make interpretations of zoning code standards.
The zoning administrator has issued historic status determinations for individual
properties when the historic status of the property has been in question; this text
amendment essentially puts this specific process into our zoning ordinance. Historic
status determinations may be initiated by a property owner or the planning director.
The proposed ordinance lists several considerations for making historic status
determinations that relate to whether a property retains historic integrity, as defined in
the zoning ordinance. Historic status determinations are posted and available to the
public on the planning division’s website and sent to the Historic Landmark Commission.
HISTORIC LANDMARK COMMISSION (HLC) RECORDS (MAY 4, 2023):
a) HLC Agenda (Click to Access)
b) HLC Staff Report (Click to Access Report)
c) HLC Minutes (Click to Access)
d) HLC Meeting Video (Click to Access)
PLANNING COMMISSION (PC) RECORDS (MAY 24, 2023):
a) PC Agenda (Click to Access)
b) PC Staff Report (Click to Access Report)
c) PC Minutes (Click to Access)
d) PC Meeting Video (Click to Access)
EXHIBITS:
1) Ordinance, Final and Legislative Versions
2) Project Chronology
3) Notice of City Council Public Hearing
4) Petition Initiation
5) Public Comments Received After Publication of the Staff Report
1
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. _____ of 2023
(An ordinance amending various sections of Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code
pertaining to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District and
amending the consolidated fee schedule.)
An ordinance amending various sections of Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code and the
consolidated fee schedule pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00123 pertaining to the H
Historic Preservation Overlay District.
WHEREAS, on May 4, 2023, the Salt Lake City Historic Landmark Commission
(“Landmark Commission”) held a public hearing to consider a petition submitted by Mayor Erin
Mendenhall (“Applicant”) (Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00123) to amend various sections of
Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code pertaining to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District;
and
WHEREAS, at its May 4, 2023 meeting, the Landmark Commission voted in favor of
transmitting a positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Planning Commission (“Planning
Commission”) and the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) on said petition; and
WHEREAS, on May 24, 2023 the Planning Commission held a public hearing on said
petition; and
WHEREAS, at its May 24, 2023 meeting, the Planning Commission voted in favor of
transmitting a positive recommendation to the City Council on said petition; and
WHEREAS, after a public hearing on this matter the city council has determined that
adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
2
SECTION 1. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.06.040. That
Section 21A.06.040 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Decision Making Bodies and Officials:
Appeals Hearing Officer) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.06.040: APPEALS HEARING OFFICER:
A. Creation: The position of appeals hearing officer is created pursuant to the enabling
authority granted by the Municipal Land Use, Development, and Management Act,
Section 10-9a-701 of the Utah Code.
B. Jurisdiction and Authority: The appeals hearing officer shall have the following powers
and duties in connection with the implementation of this title:
1. Hear and decide appeals from any administrative decision made by the zoning
administrator in the administration or the enforcement of this title pursuant to the
procedures and standards set forth in Chapter 21A.16, “Appeals of Administrative
Decisions”, of this title;
2. Authorize variances from the terms of this title pursuant to the procedures and
standards set forth in Chapter 21A.18, “Variances”, of this title;
3. Hear and decide appeals of any decision made by the historic landmark commission,
or the planning director in the case of administrative decisions, pursuant to the
procedures and standards set forth in Section 21A.34.020, “H Historic Preservation
Overlay District”, of this title;
4. Hear and decide appeals from decisions made by the planning commission
concerning subdivisions or subdivision amendments pursuant to the procedures and
standards set forth in title 20, “Subdivisions and Condominiums”, of this code; and
5. Hear and decide appeals from administrative decisions made by the planning
commission pursuant to the procedures and standards set forth in this title.
C. Qualifications: The appeals hearing officer shall be appointed by the mayor with the
advice and consent of the city council. The mayor may appoint more than one appeals
hearing officer, but only one appeals hearing officer shall consider and decide upon any
matter properly presented for appeals hearing officer review. The appeals hearing officer
may serve a maximum of two (2) consecutive full terms of five (5) years each. The
appeals hearing officer shall either be law trained or have significant experience with
land use laws and the requirements and operations of administrative hearing processes.
3
D. Conflict of Interest: The appeals hearing officer shall not participate in any appeal in
which the appeals hearing officer has a conflict of interest prohibited by Title 2, Chapter
2.44 of this code.
E. Removal of The Appeals Hearing Officer: The appeals hearing officer may be removed
by the mayor for violation of this title or any policies and procedures adopted by the
planning director following receipt by the mayor of a written complaint filed against the
appeals hearing officer. If requested by the appeals hearing officer, the mayor shall
provide the appeals hearing officer with a public hearing conducted by a hearing officer
appointed by the mayor.
SECTION 2. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.06.050. That
Section 21A.06.050 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Decision Making Bodies and Officials:
Historic Landmark Commission) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.06.050: HISTORIC LANDMARK COMMISSION:
A. General Provisions: The provisions of Title 2, Chapter 2.07 of this code shall apply to the
historic landmark commission except as otherwise set forth in this section.
B. Creation: The historic landmark commission was created pursuant to the enabling
authority granted by the Historic District Act, Section 11-18-1 et seq., of the Utah Code
(repealed), and continues under the authority of Utah Code Section 10-8-85.9 and the
Land Use Development and Management Act, Utah Code Chapter 10-9a.
C. Jurisdiction and Authority: The historic landmark commission shall:
1. Review and approve or deny an application for a certificate of appropriateness
pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 21A.34 of this title;
2. Participate in public education programs to increase public awareness of the value of
historic, architectural and cultural preservation; Communicate the benefits of historic
preservation for the education, prosperity, and general welfare of residents, visitors
and tourists;
3. Review and approve or deny applications for the demolition of contributing principal
structures in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District pursuant to Chapter
21A.34 of this title;
4
4. Review designations, amendments to and boundaries of a local historic district,
thematic designation and landmark sites, and make a recommendation to the planning
commission and the city council;
5. Make recommendations on applications for zoning amendments involving properties
within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District when requested by the applicant,
planning director, planning commission or the city council;
6. Review and approve or deny certain modifications to dimensional standards for
properties located within an H Historic Preservation Overlay District. This authority
is also granted to the planning director or designee for applications within the H
Historic Preservation Overlay District that are eligible for an administrative decision
by the planning director or zoning administrator. The certain modifications to zoning
district specific development standards are listed as follows and are in addition to any
modification authorized elsewhere in this title:
a. Overall building and accessory structure height;
b. Building and accessory structure wall height;
c. Accessory structure square footage;
d. Fence and retaining wall height;
e. Signs pursuant to Section 21A.46.070 of this title; and
f. Any modification to bulk and lot regulations, except density, of the underlying
zoning district where it is found that the proposal complies with the applicable
standards identified in Section 21A.34.020 and is compatible with the surrounding
historic structures;
7. Make recommendations to the planning commission in connection with the
preparation of the general plan of the city;
8. Make recommendations to the city council on design guidelines, policies and
ordinances that may encourage preservation of buildings and related structures of
historical and architectural significance;
9. Review historic resource surveys for designations and all subsequent updates and
make recommendations to the planning commission and the city council;
10. Review National Register of Historic Places nominations or amendments and make a
recommendation to the Utah Board of State History; and
11. Recommend to the city council development of incentive programs, either public or
private, to encourage the preservation of the city’s historic resources.
5
D. Membership: The historic landmark commission shall consist of not less than seven (7)
nor more than eleven (11) voting members appointed in a manner providing balanced
geographic, professional, neighborhood and community interests representation. In
situations where a member resigns or is removed as prescribed in this code and adopted
policies and procedures and as a result, the number of members drops to less than seven
(7), the commission may still function until a 7th member is appointed. Appointment to a
position created by any vacancy shall not be included in the determination of any
person’s eligibility to serve two (2) consecutive full terms.
E. Qualifications of Members: Each voting member shall be a resident of the city interested
in preservation and knowledgeable about the heritage of the city. Members shall be
selected so as to ideally provide representation from the following groups of experts and
interested parties whenever a qualified candidate exists:
1. At least two (2) architects, and
2. Residents at large possessing preservation related experience in archaeology,
architecture, architectural history, construction, history, folk studies, law, public
history, real estate, real estate appraisal, or urban planning.
F. Meetings: The historic landmark commission shall meet at least once per month or as
needed.
G. Commission Action: A simple majority of the voting members present at a meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be required for any action taken.
H. Public Hearings: The historic landmark commission shall schedule and give public notice
of all public hearings pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 21A.10 of this title.
I. Removal of a Member: Any member of the historic landmark commission may be
removed by the mayor for violation of this title or any policies and procedures adopted by
the historic landmark commission following receipt by the mayor of a written complaint
filed against the member.
J. Policies and Procedures: The historic landmark commission shall adopt policies and
procedures for the conduct of its meetings, the processing of applications and for any
other purposes considered necessary for its proper functioning.
SECTION 3. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.10.020.B. That
Subsection 21A.010.020.B of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: General Application and Public
6
Hearing Procedures: Public Hearing Noticing Requirements: Special Noticing Requirements for
Administrative Approvals) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
B. Special Noticing Requirements for Administrative Approvals:
1. Notice of Application for Design Review:
a. Notification: At least twelve (12) days before a land use decision is made for an
administrative design review application as authorized in Chapter 21A.59 of this
title, the planning director shall provide written notice to the following:
(1) All owners and identifiable tenants of the subject property, land abutting the
subject property, and land located directly across the street from the subject
property. In identifying the owners and tenants of the land the city shall use
the Salt Lake City geographic information system records.
(2) Recognized community organization(s) in which the subject property is
located.
b. Contents of the Notice of Application: The notice shall generally describe the
subject matter of the application, where the public may review the application, the
expected date when the planning director will authorize a final land use decision,
and the procedures to appeal the land use decision.
c. End of Notification Period: If the planning director receives comments identifying
concerns related to the design review application not complying with the
requirements of Chapter 21A.59, the planning director may refer the matter to the
planning commission for their review and decision on the application.
2. Notice of Application for Demolition of a Noncontributing Principal Structure Within
An H Historic Preservation Overlay District: Prior to the approval of a certificate of
appropriateness for demolition of a noncontributing principal structure, the city shall
provide written notice by first class mail a minimum of twelve (12) calendar days in
advance of the requested action to all owners of the land and tenants of abutting
properties and those properties across the street from the subject property as shown
on the Salt Lake City geographic information system records.
a. Contents of the Notice of Application: The mailing notice shall generally describe
the subject property, include a vicinity map, include a photograph of the
noncontributing structure, date of construction, historic status from the most
recent historic survey on file or from a historic status determination, where the
application can be inspected by the public, and the date when the planning
director will issue a certificate of appropriateness for demolition.
3. Notice of Application for TSA Development Reviews: Prior to the approval of a
development review score as authorized in Section 21A.26.078 of this title, the
planning director shall provide written notice by first class mail a minimum of twelve
7
(12) days in advance of the requested action to all abutting properties and those
properties located across the street from the subject property, and to all property
owners and tenants of the land subject to the application, as shown on the Salt Lake
City geographic information system records.
a. Contents of the Mailing Notice of Application: The notice for mailing shall
generally describe the subject matter of the application, the place where such
application may be inspected by the public, the date when the planning director
will authorize a final administrative decision, and include the procedures to appeal
an administrative decision set forth in Chapter 21A.16 of this title.
SECTION 4. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.34.020. That
Section 21A.34.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Overlay Districts: H Historic
Preservation Overlay District) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.34.020: H HISTORIC PRESERVATION OVERLAY DISTRICT:
A. Purpose Statement
B. Applicability
C. Local Historic Designation, Amendments or Revocation
D. Historic Status Determination
E. Certificate of Appropriateness Required
F. Procedures for Issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness
G. Standards for Alteration of a Landmark Site, Contributing Structure or New
Construction of an Accessory Structure
H. Standards for New Construction or Alteration of a Noncontributing Structure
I. Standards for Relocation
J. Standards for Demolition of a Landmark Site
K. Standards for Demolition of a Contributing Principal Building
L. Economic Hardship Determination
A. Purpose Statement:
In order to contribute to the welfare, prosperity and education of the people of Salt Lake City,
the purpose of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District is to:
1. Provide the means to protect and preserve areas of the city and individual structures
and sites having historic, architectural or cultural significance;
8
2. Provide the means to manage alterations to historic structures to encourage beneficial
use and viability of the building while protecting an individual building’s contributing
status.
3. Encourage new development and redevelopment of properties that is compatible with
the character of existing development of historic districts or individual landmarks;
4. Abate the destruction and demolition of historic structures;
5. Implement adopted plans of the city related to historic preservation;
6. Foster civic pride in the history of Salt Lake City;
7. Protect and enhance the attraction of the city’s historic landmarks and districts for
tourists and visitors;
8. Foster economic development consistent with historic preservation; and
9. Encourage social, economic and environmental sustainability.
B. Applicability: All properties located within the boundaries of a local historic district, part
of a thematic designation, or designated as a landmark site are subject to the requirements
of this chapter.
1. Applicable Standards: The applicable standards of this chapter are determined by the
historic status rating of the property, either contributing or noncontributing, as
identified in the most recent historic resource survey on file with the Salt Lake City
Planning Division or a historic status determination issued in accordance with
Subsection 21A.34.020.D.
C. Local Historic Designation, Amendments, or Revocation: Local Historic Designation,
Adjustment, Expansion, or Revocation of a Landmark Site, Local Historic District or
Thematic Designation shall follow the applicable procedures and standards in Chapter
21A.51 Local Historic Designation and Amendments.
D. Historic Status Determination:
1. Purpose: Historic status determinations are to address the historic status of individual
structures within a local historic district on a case-by-case basis through robust review
of documentation in order to render a timely decision on the historic status for
circumstances outlined below.
2. Applicability: Historic status determinations may be rendered for properties within an
existing local historic district using the considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7
9
to determine whether they are contributing or noncontributing to the local historic
district for the following:
a. Unrated Properties: Properties that were inadvertently missed in a survey or not
given a historic status rating;
b. Incorrectly Rated Properties: Properties that may have been given an incorrect
status rating in a survey;
3. Authority: Historic status determinations shall be made by the zoning administrator in
the form of an administrative interpretation.
4. Persons Entitled to Seek Historic Status Determinations: Application for a historic
status determination may be made by the owner of the subject property or the owner’s
authorized agent. The planning director may also initiate a petition for a historic
status determination.
5. Limitations: A historic status determination shall not:
a. Change the boundaries of the local historic district;
b. Be issued for landmark sites;
c. Be issued for structures that are not within period of significance in an adopted
historic resource survey.
6. Application for Historic Status Determination: An administrative interpretation
application may be made to the zoning administrator on a form provided, which shall
include at least the following information, unless deemed unnecessary by the zoning
administrator:
a. The applicant’s name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and interest in
the subject property. The owner’s name, address and telephone number, if
different than the applicant, and the owner’s signed consent to the filing of the
application;
b. The street address, legal description and tax number of the subject property;
c. Current and historic photographs;
d. Any historic resource surveys and reports on record in the Planning Division or
the Utah State Historic Preservation Office;
e. Description of any alterations to the structure and the date of approval for any
alterations;
f. The historic status rating the applicant believes to be correct. When the request is
to change the historic status rating, the applicant shall state in the application the
reason(s) the existing historic rating is incorrect and why it should be changed
10
based on the considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7, or provide an
intensive level historic resource survey conducted in accordance with the Utah
State Preservation Office standards for building surveys addressing the
considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7 for analysis by the zoning
administrator.
g. Any other information the zoning administrator deems necessary for a full and
proper consideration of the particular application.
7. Considerations for Historic Status Determinations: A historic status determination
may include the following considerations:
a. Whether alterations that have occurred are generally reversible.
b. Whether the building contributes to an understanding of a period of significance
of a neighborhood, community, or area.
c. Whether or not the building retains historic integrity in terms of location, design,
setting, materials, workmanship, feeling and association as defined in Section
21A.62.040. The analysis shall take into consideration how the building reflects
the historical or architectural merits of the overall local historic district in which
the resource is located. When analyzing historic integrity of a building as part of a
local historic district, the collective historic value of the buildings and structures
in a local historic district taken together may be greater than the historic value of
each individual building or structure in a district.
8. Decision: Written findings documenting the historic status determination shall be sent
to the applicant and members of the historic landmark commission and kept on file in
city records.
9. Updating Records: If the historic status determination is different than the property’s
historic rating in the most recent historic resource survey, the determination will
stand, and the city’s applicable historic resource survey(s) will be updated to reflect
the determination.
10. Appeal of Decision: Any person adversely affected by a final decision made by the
zoning administrator interpreting a provision of this title may appeal to the appeals
hearing officer in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 21A.16 of this title.
E. Certificate of Appropriateness Required: No alteration in the exterior appearance of a
structure, site, or object affecting a property within the H Historic Preservation Overlay
District shall be made until an application for a certificate of appropriateness is approved
by the historic landmark commission, or administratively by the planning director, as
applicable, pursuant to Subsection F of this section.
11
1. A certificate of appropriateness shall be required for all of the following:
a. Any exterior alteration to the property or any structure on the property unless
specifically exempted under Subsection 21A.34.020.E.2;
b. New Construction;
c. Relocation of a structure or object on the same site or to another site;
d. Demolition;
2. Exemptions: The following are exempt from obtaining a Certificate of
Appropriateness:
a. Installation of storm windows;
b. Landscaping that:
(1) Complies with the standards of this title;
(2) Does not include a wall fence or grade changes; and
(3) Is not an attribute that is a character defining feature of the property or
streetscape;
c. Painting of surfaces that does not include unpainted stone, brick or cement;
d. Plaques, boxes, and other similar objects that measure 18 inches or less in any
dimension, contain no electrical components, and are attached to exterior finish
material or mounted through mortar joints when on a masonry wall;
e. Electrical, gas, or water meters or outlets, including electric vehicle charging
outlets, that are in a location that is not visible from the public right of way;
f. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems that do not require new conduit
and are not visible from the public right of way; and
g. Solar energy collection systems meeting the priority locations outlined in
Subsections 21A.40.190.B.3.a through 21A.40.190.B.3.c.
F. Procedure for Issuance of Certificate of Appropriateness:
1. Administrative Authority: The following may be decided by the planning director or
designee:
a. Minor alteration of or addition to a landmark site or contributing building or
structure;
b. Alteration of or addition to a noncontributing building or structure;
c. Partial demolition of either a landmark site or a contributing principal building or
structure;
12
d. Demolition of an accessory building or structure; and
e. Demolition of a noncontributing building or structure.
2. Historic Landmark Commission Authority: The following shall only be decided by
the historic landmark commission:
a. Substantial alteration or addition to a landmark site or contributing site, building,
and/or structure;
b. New construction of principal building in the H Historic Preservation Overlay
District;
c. Relocation of landmark site or contributing principal building;
d. Demolition of landmark site or contributing principal building;
e. Economic hardship determination; and
f. Applications referred by the planning director.
3. Submission of Application: An application for a certificate of appropriateness shall be
made on an application form prepared by the zoning administrator and accompanied
by applicable fees as noted in the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The
applicant shall also be responsible for payment of all mailing fees established for
required public noticing.
a. General Application Requirements: A complete application shall include the
following unless deemed unnecessary by the zoning administrator:
(1) The applicant’s name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and interest
in the subject property;
(2) The owner’s name, address and telephone number, if different than the
applicant, and the owner’s signed consent to the filing of the application;
(3) The street address and legal description of the subject property;
(4) A narrative including a complete description of the project and how it meets
review standards with citation of supporting adopted city design guidelines;
(5) Current and historic photographs of the property
(6) A site plan or drawing drawn to a scale which includes the following
information: property lines, lot dimensions, topography, adjacent streets,
alleys and walkways, landscaping and buffers, existing and proposed
13
buildings and structures, lot coverage, grade changes, parking spaces, trash
receptacles, drainage features, proposed setbacks and other details required for
project evaluation;
(7) Elevation drawings and details for all impacted facades;
(8) Illustrative photos and or samples of all proposed façade materials;
(9) Building, wall, and window section drawings;
(10) Any further information or documentation as the zoning administrator deems
necessary in order to fully consider and analyze the application.
b. New Construction Application Requirements: In addition to the general
application requirements listed above, applications for new construction of a
primary structure shall include the following unless deemed unnecessary by the
zoning administrator:
(1) A context plan showing property lines, building footprints, front yard
setbacks, adjacent streets and alleys, historic district boundaries,
contributing/noncontributing structures and landmark sites;
(2) A streetscape study which includes height measurements for each primary
structure on the block face;
(3) Renderings that show the new construction in relation to neighboring
buildings; and
(4) Renderings that show the new construction from the pedestrian perspective.
4. Notice: Applications for a certificate of appropriateness are subject to the notification
requirements of Chapter 2.60 of this code. An application for a certificate of
appropriateness for demolition of a noncontributing building or structure shall require
notice pursuant to Chapter 21A.10 of this title. The applicant shall be responsible for
payment of all fees established for providing the public notice required by Chapters
2.60 and 21A.10 of this title.
5. Standards for Approval: Applications for a certificate of appropriateness shall be
reviewed according to the standards set forth in Subsections G through L of this
section, whichever are applicable.
6. Administrative Decisions: The planning director or designee shall approve,
conditionally approve, or deny the application for a certificate of appropriateness
based upon written findings of fact. The decision of the planning director or designee
shall become effective upon issuance of the certificate of appropriateness.
a. Referral of Application to Historic Landmark Commission: The planning director
or designee may refer any application to the historic landmark commission due to
the complexity of the application, the significance of change to the structure or
14
site, or the need for consultation for expertise regarding architectural or other
preservation issues.
7. Historic Landmark Commission Decisions: The historic landmark commission shall
hold a public hearing to review the application in accordance with the standards and
procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10 of this title. The historic landmark
commission shall approve, conditionally approve, or deny the application based upon
written findings of fact. The decision of the historic landmark commission shall
become effective at the time the decision is made. Following a decision from the
historic landmark commission to approve a certificate of appropriateness, the
planning director or designee shall issue a certificate of appropriateness after all
conditions of approval are met except for demolition of contributing principal
buildings and landmark sites as outlined in Subsection 21A.34.020.F.8.
8. Requirements for Certificate of Appropriateness for Demolition: The certificate of
appropriateness for demolition of a contributing principal building or landmark site
shall not be issued until the following criteria is satisfied:
a. The appeal period associated with the approval has expired.
b. The landmark commission has granted approval for a new building that will
replace the landmark site or contributing principal building to be demolished. The
requirement for replacing the contributing principal building or landmark site with
a new building may be waived by the historic landmark commission if a new
development or redevelopment plan that includes the principal building to be
demolished is approved by the historic landmark commission.
c. The certificate of appropriateness for demolition shall be issued simultaneously
with the certificate of appropriateness and building permits for the replacement
building.
9. Revocation of the Designation of a Landmark Site: If a landmark site is approved for
demolition, the property shall not be removed from the H Historic Preservation
Overlay District until the building has been demolished and revocation of the
designation of a landmark site has been approved in accordance with Section
21A.51.050, Local Historic Amendments Process.
10. Exceptions of Certificate of Appropriateness for Demolition of Hazardous Buildings:
A hazardous building shall be exempt from the provisions governing demolition if the
building official determines, in writing, that the building currently is an imminent
hazard to public safety. Prior to the issuance of a demolition permit, the building
official shall notify the planning director for consultation and of the final decision.
15
11. Expiration of Approvals: No certificate of appropriateness shall be valid for a period
of longer than one (1) year unless a building permit has been issued or complete
building plans have been submitted to the Salt Lake City Division of Building
Services and Licensing within that period and is thereafter diligently pursued to
completion; or unless a longer time is requested and granted by the historic landmark
commission, or in the case of an administrative approval, by the planning director or
designee. Any request for a time extension shall be required not less than thirty (30)
days prior to the one (1) year time period.
12. Appeal of Decisions: Any person adversely affected by a final decision of the historic
landmark commission, or in the case of administrative decisions, the planning
director or designee, may file an appeal in accordance with the provisions of Chapter
21A.16 of this title.
G. Standards for Alteration of a Landmark Site or Contributing Structure Including New
Construction of an Accessory Structure: In considering an application for a certificate of
appropriateness for alteration of a landmark site or contributing structure, or new
construction of an accessory structure associated with a landmark site or contributing
structure, the historic landmark commission, or the planning director, for administrative
decisions, shall, using the adopted design guidelines as a key basis for evaluation, find
that the project substantially complies with all of the following standards:
1. A property shall be used for its historic purpose or be used for a purpose that requires
minimal change to the defining characteristics of the building and its site and
environment;
2. The historic character of a property shall be retained and preserved. The removal of
historic materials or alteration of features and spaces that characterize a property shall
be avoided;
3. All sites, structures and objects shall be recognized as products of their own time.
Alterations that have no historical basis and which seek to create a false sense of
history or architecture are not allowed;
4. Alterations or additions that have acquired historic significance in their own right
shall be retained and preserved;
5. Distinctive features, finishes and construction techniques or examples of
craftsmanship that characterize a historic property shall be preserved;
6. Deteriorated architectural features shall be repaired rather than replaced wherever
feasible. In the event replacement is necessary, the new material should match the
material being replaced in composition, design, texture and other visual qualities.
Repair or replacement of missing architectural features should be based on accurate
duplications of features, substantiated by historic, physical or pictorial evidence rather
than on conjectural designs or the availability of different architectural elements from
other structures or objects;
16
7. Chemical or physical treatments, such as sandblasting, that cause damage to historic
materials shall not be used. The surface cleaning of structures, if appropriate, shall be
undertaken using the gentlest means possible;
8. Contemporary design for alterations and additions to existing properties shall not be
discouraged when such alterations and additions do not destroy significant cultural,
historical, architectural or archaeological material, and such design is compatible with
the size, scale, color, material and character of the property, neighborhood or
environment;
9. Additions or alterations to structures and objects shall be done in such a manner that
if such additions or alterations were to be removed in the future, the essential form
and integrity of the structure would be unimpaired. The new work shall be
differentiated from the old and shall be compatible in massing, size, scale and
architectural features to protect the historic integrity of the property and its
environment;
10. Certain building materials are prohibited:
a. Aluminum, asbestos, or vinyl cladding; and when applied directly to an original
or historic material.
b. Vinyl fencing.
11. Any new sign and any change in the appearance of any existing sign located on a
landmark site or within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District, which is visible
from any public way or open space shall be consistent with the historic character of the
landmark site or H Historic Preservation Overlay District and shall comply with the
standards outlined in Chapter 21A.46 of this title.
H. Standards for New Construction or Alteration of a Noncontributing Structure: In
considering an application for a certificate of appropriateness involving new construction
of a principal building, or alterations of noncontributing structures, the historic landmark
commission, or planning director when the application involves the alteration of a
noncontributing structure, shall using the adopted design guidelines as a key basis for
evaluation, determine whether the project substantially complies with each of the
following standards that pertain to the application to ensure that the proposed project fits
into the established context in ways that respect and contribute to the evolution of Salt
Lake City’s architectural and cultural traditions:
1. Settlement Patterns and Neighborhood Character:
a. Block and Street Patterns: The design of the project preserves and reflects the
historic block, street, and alley patterns that give the district its unique character.
Changes to the block and street pattern may be considered when advocated by an
adopted city plan.
b. Lot and Site Patterns: The design of the project preserves the pattern of lot and
building site sizes that create the urban character of the historic context and the
17
block face. Changes to the lot and site pattern may be considered when advocated
by an adopted city plan.
c. The Public Realm: The project relates to adjacent streets and engages with
sidewalks in a manner that reflects the character of the historic context and the
block face. Projects should maintain the depth of yard and height of principal
elevation of those existing on the block face in order to support consistency in the
definition of public and semi-public spaces.
d. Building Placement: Buildings are placed such that the project maintains and
reflects the historic pattern of setbacks and building depth established within the
historic context and the block face. Buildings should maintain the setback
demonstrated by existing buildings of that type constructed in the district or site’s
period of significance.
e. Building Orientation: The building is designed such that principal entrances and
pathways are oriented such that they address the street in the pattern established in
the historic context and the block face.
2. Site Access, Parking, and Services:
a. Site Access: The design of the project allows for site access that is similar, in
form and function, with patterns common in the historic context and the block
face.
(1) Pedestrian: Safe pedestrian access is provided through architecturally
highlighted entrances and walkways, consistent with patterns common in the
historic context and the block face.
(2) Vehicular: Vehicular access is located in the least obtrusive manner possible.
Where possible, garage doors and parking should be located to the rear or to
the side of the building.
b. Site and Building Services and Utilities: Utilities and site/building services (such
as HVAC systems, venting fans, and dumpsters) are located such that they are to
the rear of the building or on the roof and screened from public spaces and public
properties.
3. Landscape and Lighting:
a. Grading of Land: The site’s landscape, such as grading and retaining walls,
addresses the public way in a manner that reflects the character of the historic
context and the block face.
b. Landscape Structures: Landscape structures, such as arbors, walls, fences, address
the public way in a manner that reflects the character of the historic context and
the block face.
c. Lighting: Where appropriate lighting is used to enhance significant elements of
the design and reflects the character of the historic context and the block face.
18
4. Building Form and Scale:
a. Character of the Street Block: The design of the building reflects the historic
character of the street facade in terms of scale, composition, and modeling.
(1) Height: The height of the project reflects the character of the historic context
and the block face. Projects taller than those existing on the block face step
back their upper floors to present a base that is in scale with the historic
context and the block face.
(2) Width: The width of the project reflects the character of the historic context
and the block face. Projects wider than those existing on the block face
modulate the facade to express a series of volumes in scale with the historic
context and the block face.
(3) Massing: The shape, form, and proportion of buildings, reflects the character
of the historic context and the block face.
(4) Roof Forms: The building incorporates roof shapes that reflect forms found in
the historic context and the block face.
5. Building Character:
a. Facade Articulation and Proportion: The design of the project reflects patterns of
articulation and proportion established in the historic context and the block face.
As appropriate, facade articulations reflect those typical of other buildings on the
block face. These articulations are of similar dimension to those found elsewhere
in the context, but have a depth of not less than twelve inches (12”).
(1) Rhythm of Openings: The facades are designed to reflect the rhythm of
openings (doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) established in the historic
context and the block face.
(2) Proportion and Scale of Openings: The facades are designed using openings
(doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) of similar proportion and scale to
that established in the historic context and the block face.
(3) Ratio of Wall to Openings: Facades are designed to reflect the ratio of wall to
openings (doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) established in the historic
context and the block face.
19
(4) Balconies, Porches, and External Stairs: The project, as appropriate,
incorporates entrances, balconies, porches, stairways, and other projections
that reflect patterns established in the historic context and the block face.
6. Building Materials, Elements and Detailing:
a. Materials: Building facades, other than windows and doors, incorporate no less
than eighty percent (80%) durable material such as, but not limited to, wood,
brick, masonry, textured or patterned concrete and/or cut stone. These materials
reflect those found elsewhere in the district and/or setting in terms of scale and
character.
b. Materials on Street-Facing Facades: The following materials are not considered to
be appropriate and are prohibited for use on facades which face a public street:
vinyl siding and aluminum siding.
c. Windows: Windows and other openings are incorporated in a manner that reflects
patterns, materials, profile, and detailing established in the district and/or setting.
d. Architectural Elements and Details: The design of the building features
architectural elements and details that reflect those characteristic of the district
and/or setting.
7. Signage Location: Locations for signage are provided such that they are an integral
part of the site and architectural design and are complementary to the principal
structure.
I. Standards for Relocation of Landmark Site or Contributing Structure: In considering an
application for a certificate of appropriateness for relocation of a landmark site or a
contributing structure, the historic landmark commission shall find that the project
substantially complies with the following standards:
1. The proposed relocation will abate demolition of the structure;
2. The proposed relocation will not diminish the overall physical integrity of the district
or diminish the historical associations used to define the boundaries of the district;
3. The proposed relocation will not diminish the historical or architectural significance
of the structure;
4. The proposed relocation will not have a detrimental effect on the structural soundness
of the building or structure;
5. A professional building mover will move the building and protect it while being
stored; and
20
6. A financial guarantee to ensure the rehabilitation of the structure once the relocation
has occurred is provided to the city. The financial guarantee shall be in a form
approved by the city attorney, in an amount determined by the planning director
sufficient to cover the estimated cost to rehabilitate the structure as approved by the
historic landmark commission and restore the grade and landscape the property from
which the structure was removed in the event the land is to be left vacant once the
relocation of the structure occurs.
J. Standards for Demolition of Landmark Site: In considering an application for a certificate
of appropriateness for demolition of a landmark site, the historic landmark commission
shall only approve the application upon finding that the project fully complies with one of
the following standards:
1. The demolition is required to alleviate a threat to public health and safety pursuant to
Subsection 21A.34.020.F.10; or
2. A determination of economic hardship has been granted by the historic landmark
commission pursuant to the provisions of Subsection 21A.34.020.L.
K. Standards for Demolition of a Contributing Principal Building: When considering a
request for approval of a certificate of appropriateness for demolition of a contributing
principal building, the historic landmark commission shall determine whether the request
substantially complies with the following standards:
1. The historic integrity of the site as defined in Section 21A.62.040 is no longer evident
and the site no longer meets the definition of a contributing building or structure in
Section 21A.62.040;
2. The streetscape within the context of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District
would not be negatively materially affected if the contributing principal building were
to be demolished;
3. The demolition would not create a material adverse effect on the concentration of
historic resources used to define the boundaries or maintain the integrity of the
district;
4. The base zoning of the site does not permit land uses that would allow the adaptive
reuse of the contributing principal building;
5. The contributing principal building has not suffered from willful neglect, as
evidenced by the following:
a. Willful or negligent acts that have caused significant deterioration of the
structural integrity of the contributing principal building to the point that the
building fails to substantially conform to applicable standards of the state
construction code,
21
b. Failure to perform routine and appropriate maintenance and repairs to maintain
the structural integrity of the contributing principal building, or
c. Failure to secure and board the contributing principal building, if vacant, per
Section 18.64.045 of this code.
L. Economic Hardship Determination: Upon denial of a certificate of appropriateness for
demolition of a contributing principal building by the historic landmark commission, the
owner and/or owner’s representative will have one year from the end of the appeal period
as described in Chapter 21A.16 of this title, to submit an application for determination of
economic hardship. In the case of a landmark site, an application for determination of
economic hardship shall be submitted at the same time as an application for demolition of
a landmark site to meet the standard of Subsection 21A.34.020.J.2 of this section.
1. Application for Determination of Economic Hardship: An application for a
determination of economic hardship shall be made on a form provided by the zoning
administrator and accompanied by applicable fees as noted in the Salt Lake City
consolidated fee schedule.
2. Evidence for Determination of Economic Hardship: The burden of proof is on the
owner or owner’s representative to provide sufficient evidence to demonstrate an
economic hardship. Any finding in support of economic hardship shall be based
solely on the hardship of the property. Evidence may include, but is not limited to:
a. Physical condition of the property at time of purchase and the applicant’s plans
for the property at time of purchase.
b. The current level of economic return on the property as considered in relation to
the following:
(1) The amount paid for the property, the date of purchase, and party from whom
purchased, including a description of the relationship, if any, between
applicant, and the person from whom the property was purchased;
(2) The annual gross and net income, if any, from the property for the previous
three (3) years; itemized operating and maintenance expenses for the previous
three (3) years; and depreciation deduction and annual cash flow before and
after debt service, if any, for the previous three (3) years;
(3) Real estate taxes for the previous three (3) years by the Salt Lake County
Assessor;
(4) An appraisal, no older than six (6) months at the time of application for
determination of economic hardship conducted by an MAI certified appraiser
licensed within the State of Utah. Also all appraisals obtained within the
previous three (3) years by the owner or applicant in connection with the
purchase, financing or ownership of the property;
(5) The fair market value of the property taking into consideration the H Historic
Preservation Overlay District; and
22
(6) For non-residential or multifamily properties, any state or federal income tax
returns on or relating to the property for the previous three (3) years.
c. The marketability of the property for sale or lease, as determined by any listing of
the property for sale or lease, and price asked and offers received, if any, within
the previous two (2) years. This determination can include testimony and relevant
documents regarding:
(1) Any real estate broker or firm engaged to sell or lease the property;
(2) Reasonableness of the price in terms of fair market value or rent sought by the
applicant; and
(3) Any advertisements placed for the sale or rental of the property.
d. The feasibility of alternative uses for the property as considered in relation to the
following:
(1) Report from a licensed engineer or architect with demonstrated experience in
rehabilitation of older buildings as to the structural soundness of any building
on the property;
(2) An estimate of the cost of the proposed construction or alteration, including
the cost of demolition and removal, and potential cost savings for reuse of
materials;
(3) The estimated market values of the property in current condition, after
completion of the demolition; and after renovation of the existing property for
continued use; and
(4) The testimony of a professional with demonstrated experience in
rehabilitation of older buildings as to the economic feasibility of rehabilitation
or reuse of the existing building on the property. An experienced professional
may include, but is not limited to, an architect, developer, real estate
consultant, appraiser, or any other professional experienced in preservation or
rehabilitation of older buildings and licensed within the State of Utah.
e. Economic incentives and/or funding available to the applicant through federal,
state, city, or private programs.
f. Description of past and current use.
g. An itemized report that identifies what is deficient if the building does not meet
minimum city building code standards or violations of this code and whether any
exceptions within Chapter 12 Historic Buildings of the IEBC, or its successor,
could be used to resolve those deficiencies.
h. Consideration of map amendment, conditional use, or other land use processes to
alleviate hardship.
3. Procedure for Determination of Economic Hardship:
23
a. Appointment of Qualified Expert: The planning director shall appoint a qualified
expert to evaluate the application and provide advice and/or testimony to the
historic landmark commission concerning the value of the property and whether
or not the denial of demolition could result in an economic hardship.
(1) The extent of the Authority: The planning director’s appointed qualified
expert is limited to rendering advice and testimony to the historic landmark
commission and has no decision-making capacity.
(2) The planning director’s appointed qualified expert shall have considerable and
demonstrated experience in appraising, renovating, or restoring historic
properties, real estate development, economics, accounting, finance and/or
law.
(3) The historic landmark commission may also consider other expert testimony
upon reviewing the evidence presented by the applicant or receiving the
advice/testimony of the planning director’s appointed qualified expert as
necessary.
b. Review of Evidence: The historic landmark commission shall hold a public
hearing in accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter
21A.10 of this title to consider the evidence submitted, and the advice and
testimony of the planning director’s appointed qualified expert.
c. Finding of Economic Hardship: If after reviewing all of the evidence presented by
the applicant and the advice/testimony of the planning director’s appointed
qualified expert, and if the historic landmark commission finds that the applicant
has presented sufficient information supporting a determination of economic
hardship, then the historic landmark commission shall approve the demolition. In
order to show that all beneficial or economically viable use cannot be obtained,
the historic landmark commission must find that all of the following are met:
(1) The contributing principal building or landmark site cannot be economically
used or rented at a reasonable rate of return in its present condition or if
rehabilitated;
(2) The contributing principal building or landmark site cannot be put to any
reasonable beneficial use in its present condition or if rehabilitated; and
(3) Bona fide efforts during the previous year to sell or lease the contributing
principal building or landmark site at a reasonable price have been
unsuccessful.
d. Certificate of Appropriateness for Demolition: If the historic landmark
commission finds an economic hardship, a certificate of appropriateness for
demolition shall be issued in accordance with Subsection 21A.34.020.F.8.
e. Denial of Economic Hardship: If the historic landmark commission does not find
an economic hardship, then the application for a certificate of appropriateness for
24
demolition shall be denied. No further economic hardship determination
applications may be considered for the subject property for three (3) years from
the date of the final decision of the historic landmark commission. The historic
landmark commission may waive this restriction if the historic landmark
commission finds there are circumstances sufficient to warrant a new hearing
other than the re-sale of the property or those caused by the negligence or
intentional acts of the owner.
SECTION 5. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.40.190.B. That
Subsection 21A.40.190.B of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Accessory Uses, Buildings and
Structures: Small Solar Energy Collection Systems: Small Solar Energy Collection Systems and
Historic Preservation Overlay Districts or Landmark Sites) shall be, and hereby is amended to
read as follows:
B. Small Solar Energy Collection Systems and Historic Preservation Overlay Districts:
1. General: In addition to meeting the standards set forth in this section, all applications to
install a small solar energy collection system within the Historic Preservation Overlay
District shall obtain a certificate of appropriateness in accordance with Section
21A.34.020 prior to installation. Small solar energy collection systems shall be allowed
in accordance with the location priorities detailed in Subsection B.3 of this section. If
there is any conflict between the provisions of this Subsection B, and any other
requirements of this section, the provisions of this Subsection B shall take precedence.
2. Installation Standards: The small solar energy collection system shall be installed in a
location and manner on the building or lot that is least visible and obtrusive and in such a
way that causes the least impact to the historic integrity and character of the historic
building, structure, site or district while maintaining efficient operation of the solar
device. The system must be installed in such a manner that it can be removed and not
damage the historic building, structure, or site it is associated with.
3. Small Solar Energy Collection System Location Priorities: In approving appropriate
locations and manner of installation, consideration shall include the following locations
in the priority order they are set forth below. The method of installation shall be the least
visible from a public right-of-way, not including alleys, and most compatible with the
character defining features of the historic building, structure, or site.
a. Rear yard in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-way.
b. On accessory buildings or structures in a location not readily visible from a public
right-of-way.
c. In a side yard in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-way.
25
d. On the principal building in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-
way.
e. On the principal building in a location that may be visible from a public right-of-
way, but not on the structure’s front facade.
f. On the front facade of the principal building in a location most compatible with
the character defining features of the structure.
SECTION 6. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.50.020. That
Section 21A.50.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Authority) shall be, and
hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.50.020: AUTHORITY:
The text of this title and the zoning map may be amended by the passage of an ordinance
adopted by the city council in accordance with the procedures set forth in this chapter.
Applications related to H Historic Preservation Overlay District or Landmark Sites are
subject to the procedures in Chapter 21A.51, Local Historic Designations and Amendments.
SECTION 7. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.50.030. That
Section 21A.50.030 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Initiation) shall be, and
hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.50.030: INITIATION:
Amendments to the text of this title or to the zoning map may be initiated by filing an
application for an amendment addressed to the planning commission. Applications for
amendments may be initiated by the mayor, the city council, the planning commission, or the
owner of the property included in the application, or the property owner’s authorized agent.
Applications related to the Homeless Resource Center Overlay shall be initiated as provided
in Chapter 21A.34 of this title.
SECTION 8. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.50.040.B That
Section 21A.50.030.B of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Procedure: Fees) shall
be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
B. Fees: The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees shown on the Salt
Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible for payment
of all fees established for providing the public notice required by Chapter 21A.10 of this
26
title. Application and noticing fees filed by the city council, planning commission or the
mayor shall not be required. Application and noticing fees filed to establish a character
conservation district shall not be required.
SECTION 9. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.50.060 That
Section 21A.50.060 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Limitation on
Amendments) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows:
21A.50.060: LIMITATION ON AMENDMENTS:
A. No application for an amendment to this title shall be considered by the city council or
the planning commission within one year of the withdrawal by the applicant or final
decision of the city council upon a prior application covering substantially the same
subject or substantially the same property.
B. This determination shall be made by the zoning administrator upon receipt of an
application pursuant to Section 21A.50.030 of this chapter. This provision shall not
restrict the mayor, the city council or the planning commission from proposing any text
amendment or change in the boundaries of any of the districts in this title at any time.
SECTION 10. Adopting a new Chapter 21A.51 of Salt Lake City Code 21A. Chapter 21A of
the Salt Lake City Code (Local Historic Designation and Amendments) shall be and hereby is
amended to include a new Chapter 21A.51 Local Historic Designation and Amendments and shall
read as follows:
Chapter 21A.51
LOCAL HISTORIC DESIGNATON & AMENDMENTS
21A.51.010: Purpose Statement
21A.51.020: Authority
21A.51.030: Local Historic Designation Process
21A.51.040: Local Historic Designation Criteria
21A.51.050: Existing Local Historic Amendment Process
21A.51.060: Existing Local Historic Amendment Criteria
21A.51.070: Limitations
21A.51.080: Historic Resource Surveys
21A.51.090: Appeal of Decision
27
21A.51.010: PURPOSE STATEMENT:
The purpose of this chapter is to provide standards and procedures for making amendments
to the zoning map related to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. The H Historic
Preservation Overlay District applies to all properties within the boundaries of a local historic
district, part of a thematic designation, or a landmark site.
21A.51.020: AUTHORITY:
A. Authority: Pursuant to the procedures and standards in this chapter and the standards for
general amendments in Section 21A.50.050, the city council may amend the zoning map
and apply the H Historic Preservation Overlay District by the passage of an ordinance
and:
1. Designate a landmark site;
2. Designate as a local historic district;
3. Designate as a thematic designation;
4. Amend designations to add or remove features or property to or from a landmark site,
local historic district or thematic designation;
5. Revoke designation of a landmark site;
6. Adopt comprehensive historic resource surveys and associated reports for new
landmark sites, local historic districts or thematic designations; and
7. Adopt updates to historic resource surveys and associated reports for existing local
historic districts or thematic designations in accordance with the provisions in Section
21A.51.080.
21A.51.030: LOCAL HISTORIC DESIGNATION PROCESS:
Salt Lake City will consider the local designation of a landmark site, local historic district or
thematic designation in order to protect the best examples of historic resources which
represent significant elements of the city’s prehistory, history, development patterns or
architecture. Local designation must be in the best interest of the city and achieve a
reasonable balance between private property rights and the public interest in preserving the
city’s cultural, historic, and architectural heritage.
A. Process for Designation of a Local Historic District or Thematic Designation:
1. Procedures Required Before an Application Can be Submitted: Prior to the submittal
of an application for the designation or amendment local historic district or thematic
designation, and prior to gathering any signatures for an application, the following
steps must be completed:
a. Pre-application Conference: A potential applicant shall attend a pre-application
conference with the planning director or designee. The purpose of this meeting is
28
to discuss the merits of the proposed designation and the amendment processes as
outlined in this section.
b. Notification to Affected Property Owners: Following the preapplication
conference outlined in Subsection A.1.a of this section, the city shall send by first
class mail a neutral informational pamphlet to owners of record for each property
potentially affected by a forthcoming application. The informational pamphlet
shall be mailed after a potential applicant submits to the city a finalized proposed
boundary of an area to be included in the H Historic Preservation Overlay
District. The informational pamphlet shall contain, at a minimum, a description of
the process to create a local historic district or thematic designation and will also
list the pros and cons of a local historic district or thematic designation. Once the
city sends the informational pamphlet, gathering of property owner signatures
may begin per Subsection A.2 of this section. The informational pamphlet sent
shall remain valid for ninety (90) days. If an application is not filed with the city
within ninety (90) days after the date that the informational pamphlet was mailed,
the city shall close its file on the matter. Any subsequent proposal must begin the
application process again.
2. Application:
a. Parties Entitled to Submit Application: The mayor or the city council, by a
majority vote, may initiate a petition to consider designation of a local historic
district or thematic designation. A property owner submitting such application
shall demonstrate, in writing, support of more than thirty three percent (33%) of
the property owners of lots or parcels within the proposed boundaries of an area to
be included in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
(1) For purposes of this subsection, a lot or parcel of real property may not be
included in the calculation of the required percentage unless the application is
signed by property owners representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the
interest in that lot or parcel.
(2) Each lot or parcel of real property may only be counted once toward the thirty
three percent (33%), regardless of the number of owner signatures obtained
for that lot or parcel.
(3) Signatures obtained to demonstrate support of more than thirty three percent
(33%) of the property owners within the boundary of the proposed local
historic district or thematic designation must be gathered within a period of
ninety (90) days as counted between the date that the informational pamphlet
was mailed as required per Subsection 21A.51.030.A.1.b and the date of the
last required signature.
29
b. Submittal Requirements: An application shall be made to the zoning administrator
on a form or forms provided by the office of the zoning administrator, which shall
include at least the following information unless deemed unnecessary by the
zoning administrator:
(1) Information demonstrating the procedures in Subsections 21A.51.030.A.1.a
and 21A.51.030.A.1.b have been followed;
(2) Information demonstrating the requirements in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.2.a
have been met;
(3) Street addresses and parcel numbers of all properties included in the proposed
local designation;
(4) Photos of all properties included in the proposed designation;
(5) Narrative demonstrating compliance with the standards and considerations in
Section 21A.51.040; and
(6) Any other information the zoning administrator deems necessary for
consideration of a particular application.
c. Fees: Application and noticing fees for designation of a local historic district or
thematic designation shall not be required.
3. Notice of Designation Application Letter: Following the receipt by the city of an
application for the designation of a local historic district or thematic designation, the
city shall send a notice of designation application letter to owner(s) of record for each
property affected by said application along with a second copy of the informational
pamphlet described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.1.b. In the event that no application
is received following the ninety (90) day period of property owner signature
gathering, the city will send a letter to property owner(s) of record stating that no
application has been filed, and that the city has closed its file on the matter.
4. Planning Director Report to the City Council: Following the receipt by the city of an
application for the designation to a local historic district or thematic designation and
following mailing of the notice of designation application letter described in
Subsection 21A.51.030.A.3, the planning director shall submit a report based on the
following considerations to the city council:
a. Whether a current historic survey meeting the standards prescribed by the State
Historic Preservation Office is available for the landmark site or the area proposed
30
for a local historic district or thematic designation. If a suitable survey is not
available, the report shall propose a strategy to gather the needed survey data.
b. The city administration will determine the priority of the petition and determine
whether there is sufficient funding and staff resources available to allow the
planning division to complete a community outreach process, historic resource
analysis and to provide ongoing administration of the new local historic district or
thematic designation if the designation is approved by the city council. If
sufficient funding is not available, the report shall include a proposed budget.
c. Whether the proposed designation is generally consistent with the purposes, goals,
objectives and policies of the city as stated through its various adopted planning
documents.
d. Whether the proposed designation would generally be in the public interest.
e. Whether there is probable cause to believe that the proposed landmark site, local
historic district or thematic designation may be eligible for designation consistent
with the purposes and designation criteria in Section 21A.51.040 and the zoning
map amendment criteria in Section 21A.50.050, “Standards for General
Amendments”, of this title.
f. Verification that a neutral informational pamphlet was sent per Subsection
21A.51.030.A.3 of this section to all property owners within a proposed local
historic district following the preapplication process outlined in Subsections
21A.51.030.A.1.a and 21A.51.030.A.1.b.
5. Notification to Recognized Community Organizations: Notification to recognized
community organizations shall be provided as set forth in Section 2.60.050 of this
code.
6. Property Owner Meeting: Following the submission of the planning director’s report
and acceptance of the report by the city council, the planning division will conduct a
community outreach process to inform the owners of property within the proposed
boundaries of the proposed local historic district or thematic designation about the
following:
a. The designation process, including determining the level of property owner
support, the public hearing process, and final decision-making process by the city
council; and
b. Zoning ordinance requirements affecting properties located within the H Historic
Preservation Overlay District, adopted design guidelines, the design review
31
process for alterations and new construction, the demolition process and the
economic hardship process.
7. Open House: The planning division will conduct an open house pursuant to Section
2.60.050.
8. Public Hearings: A public hearing shall be held with both the historic landmark
commission and the planning commission in accordance with the standards and
procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing
Procedures”, of this title. The historic landmark commission and planning
commission shall recommend approval or denial of the proposal or the approval of
some modification of the proposal.
9. Property Owner Opinion Balloting:
a. Following the completion of the historic landmark commission and planning
commission public hearings, the city will deliver property owner opinion ballots
via first class mail to property owners of record within the boundary of the
proposed local historic district or thematic designation. The property owner
opinion ballot is a nonbinding opinion poll to inform the city council of property
owner interest regarding the designation of a local historic district. Each
individual property in the proposed designation boundary, regardless of the
number of owners having interest in any given property, will receive one property
owner opinion ballot.
(1) A property owner is eligible to vote regardless of whether or not the property
owner is an individual, a private entity, or a public entity;
(2) The city shall count no more than one property owner opinion ballot for:
(a) Each parcel within the boundaries of the proposed local historic district or
area; or
(b) If the parcel contains a condominium project, each unit within the
boundaries of the proposed local historic district or area; and
(c) If a parcel or unit has more than one owner of record, the city shall count
a property owner opinion ballot for the parcel or unit only if the property
owner opinion ballot reflects the vote of the property owners who own at
least fifty percent (50%) interest in the parcel or unit.
b. Property owners of record will have thirty (30) days from the postmark date of the
property owner opinion ballot to submit a response to the city indicating the
property owner’s support or nonsupport of the proposed designation.
32
c. A letter shall be mailed to all property owners within the proposed local historic
district or thematic designation whose property owner opinion ballot has not been
received by the city within fifteen (15) days from the original postmark date. This
follow up letter will encourage the property owners to submit a property owner
opinion ballot prior to the thirty (30) day deadline date set by the mailing of the
first property owner opinion ballot.
10. Notification of Property Owner Opinion Balloting Results: Following the public
opinion balloting for the proposed designation, the city will send notice of the results
to all property owners within the proposed local historic district or thematic
designation.
11. City Council Consideration: Following the transmittal of the recommendations of the
historic landmark commission and the planning commission and the results of the
property owner opinion ballot process, the city council shall hold a public hearing to
consider the designation of a local historic district or thematic designation in
accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General
Application and Public Hearing Procedures”, of this title and the following:
a. If the property owner opinion ballots returned equals at least two-thirds (2/3) of the
total number of returned property owner support ballots and represents more than
fifty percent (50%) of the parcels and units (in the case of a condominium) within
the proposed local historic district, area, or thematic designation, the city council
may designate a local historic district or a thematic district by a simple majority
vote.
b. If the number of property owner opinion ballots received does not meet the
threshold identified in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.11.a the city council may only
designate a local historic district, area, or a thematic district by an affirmative vote
of two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the city council.
c. If the number of property owner opinion ballots received in support and in
opposition is equal, the city council may only designate a local historic district or
a thematic district by a super majority vote.
B. Process for Designation of a Landmark Site:
1. Application:
33
a. Parties Entitled to Submit Application: Any owner of property proposed for a
landmark site, the mayor or the city council, by majority vote, may initiate a
petition to consider the designation of a landmark site.
b. Submittal Requirements: Applications for landmark sites shall provide at least all
of the information in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.2.b unless deemed unnecessary by
the zoning administrator.
c. Fees: Application and noticing fees for designation of a landmark site shall not be
required.
2. Notification to Community Organizations: Notification to recognized community
organizations shall be provided as set forth in Section 2.60.050 of this code.
3. Public Hearings: A public hearing shall be held with both the historic landmark
commission and the planning commission in accordance with the standards and
procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing
Procedures”, of this title. The historic landmark commission and planning
commission shall recommend approval or denial of the proposal or the approval of
some modification of the proposal and the recommendation will be submitted to the
city council.
4. City Council Consideration: Following the transmittal of the recommendations of the
historic landmark commission and the planning commission, the city council shall
hold a public hearing to consider the designation of a landmark site in accordance
with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application
and Public Hearing Procedures”, of this title. The city council may, by a majority
vote, designate a landmark site.
C. City Council Decision: Following city council designation of a landmark site, local
historic district or thematic designation, all of the properties located within the
boundaries of the local historic district, landmark site, or thematic designation will be
subject to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District and subject to the provisions of
Section 21A.34.020. The zoning regulations will go into effect on the date of the
publication of the ordinance unless otherwise noted on the adopted ordinance.
1. Designation Adoption: Designation of a landmark site, local historic district or
thematic designation includes adoption of the historic survey and associated report
submitted for the designation. Historic resource surveys may be updated pursuant to
the provisions in Section 21A.51.080 or Subsection 21A.34.020.D.
2. Notice of Designation: Within thirty (30) days following the designation of a
landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation, the city shall provide
34
notice of the action to all owners of property within the boundaries of the H Historic
Preservation Overlay District. In addition, a notice shall be recorded in the office of
the Salt Lake County Recorder for all lots or parcels within the area added to the H
Historic Preservation Overlay District.
21A.51.040: LOCAL HISTORIC DESIGNATION CRITERIA:
A. Standards for the Designation of a Landmark Site, Local Historic District or Thematic
Designation: The proposed landmark site, local historic district, or thematic designation
shall be evaluated according to the following:
1. Significance in local, regional, state or national history, architecture, engineering or
culture, associated with at least one of the following:
a. Events that have made significant contribution to the important patterns of
history, or
b. Lives of persons significant in the history of the city, region, state, or nation, or
c. The distinctive characteristics of a type, period of significance, or method of
construction; or the work of a notable architect or master craftsman, or
d. Information important in the understanding of the prehistory or history of Salt
Lake City; and
2. Historic integrity in terms of location, design, setting, materials, workmanship,
feeling and association as defined in Section 21A.62.040. When analyzing historic
integrity, the collective historic value of the buildings and structures in a local historic
district taken together may be greater than the historic value of each individual
building or structure in a district.
3. The proposed landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation is listed, or
is eligible to be listed on the National Register of Historic Places;
4. The proposed designation contains notable examples of elements of the city’s history,
development patterns or architecture not typically found in other local historic
districts within Salt Lake City;
5. The designation is generally consistent with adopted planning policies; and
6. The designation would be in the overall public interest.
B. Factors to Consider: The following factors may be considered by the historic landmark
commission and the city council to help determine whether the proposed designation of a
35
landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation meets the criteria listed
above:
1. Sites are of an age that allows insight into whether a property is sufficiently important
in the overall history of the community as identified in one or more periods of
significance in a historic survey report. Typically, this is at least fifty (50) years but
could be less if the property has exceptional importance.
2. Whether the proposed local historic district or thematic designation contains
examples of elements of the city’s history, development patterns and/or architecture
that may not already be protected by other local historic districts within the city.
3. Whether designation of the proposed local historic district or thematic designation
would add important knowledge that advances the understanding of the city’s history,
development patterns and/or architecture.
4. Whether approximately seventy five percent (75%) of the structures within the
proposed boundaries are rated as contributing structures by the most recent applicable
historic survey and those relate to identified significance and periods of significance.
C. Boundaries of a Proposed Landmark Site: When applying the evaluation criteria in
Subsection 21A.51.040.A, the boundaries of a landmark site shall be drawn to ensure that
historical associations, that best enhance the integrity of the site comprise the boundaries.
D. Boundaries of a Proposed Local Historic District: When applying the evaluation criteria
in Subsection 21A.51.040.A, the boundaries shall be drawn to ensure the local historic
district:
1. Contains a significant density of documented sites, buildings, structures or features
rated as contributing structures in a recent historic survey;
2. Coincides with documented historic boundaries such as early roadways, canals,
subdivision plats or property lines;
3. Coincides with logical physical or manmade features and reflect recognized
neighborhood boundaries; and
4. Contains noncontributing resources or vacant land only where necessary to create
appropriate boundaries to meet the criteria in Subsections 21A.51.040.A and
21A.51.040.D.
E. Boundaries of a Proposed Thematic Designation: When applying the evaluation criteria
of this section, the boundaries shall be drawn to ensure the thematic designation contains
a collection of sites, buildings, structures, or features that are associated by historical,
36
architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and contribute to the historic preservation goals
of Salt Lake City by protecting historical, architectural, or aesthetic interest or value.
21A.51.050: EXISTING LOCAL HISTORIC AMENDMENT PROCESS:
A. Applicability: Existing Local Historic Amendments applies to the following:
1. Expanding the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local historic district, or adding
additional properties to an existing thematic designation;
2. Reducing the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local historic district, or
removing properties from an existing thematic designation; and
3. Revocation of the designation of a landmark site.
B. Process for Amendments to Existing Local Historic Districts and Thematic Designations:
1. Boundary Expansion: The process for expanding the boundaries of an existing local
historic district or adding properties to a thematic designation shall be the same as
outlined in Subsection 21A.51.030.A except that the following shall only apply to the
properties being added into the proposed expanded boundary and do not apply to
those properties already designated in a local historic district or thematic designation
and already subject to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District:
a. The notification to affected property owners described in Subsection
21A.51.030.A.1.b;
b. The application submittal requirements for demonstrating support of 33% of the
property owners described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.2;
c. The property owner meeting described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.6;
d. The opinion ballot described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.9;
e. Notification of property owner opinion balloting results in Subsection
21A.51.030.A.10; and
f. City council consideration opinion ballot thresholds described in Subsection
21A.51.030.A.11.
2. Boundary Reduction: The process for reducing the boundaries of an existing local
historic district or removing properties from a thematic designation shall be the same
as outlined in Subsection 21A.51.030.A except that:
a. The requirements described in Subsection 21A.51.050.B.1.a through f, shall only
apply to those properties proposed to be removed from the local historic district or
37
thematic designation and do not apply to those properties already designated in a
local historic district or thematic designation and already subject to the H Historic
Preservation Overlay District.
b. Fees: The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees shown on the
Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible
for payment of all fees established for providing the public notice required by
Chapter 21A.10 of this title. Applications filed by the city council, planning
commission or the mayor shall not be required.
C. Amendments to Existing Landmark Sites:
1. Boundary Expansion or Reduction or Revocation: The process for expanding or
reducing the boundaries of an existing landmark site or the revocation of the
designation of a landmark site shall follow the steps outlined in Subsection
21A.51.030.B in addition to:
a. Fees: Applications for reducing the boundaries of a landmark site or for the
revocation of the designation of a landmark site shall be accompanied by the
applicable fees shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The
applicant shall also be responsible for payment of all fees established for
providing the public notice required by Chapter 21A.10 of this title. Applications
filed by the city council, planning commission or the mayor shall not be required.
21A.51.060: EXISTING LOCAL HISTORIC AMENDMENT CRITERIA:
A. Expansion: A proposed expansion of the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local
historic district, or the addition of properties to a thematic designation shall be considered
utilizing the provisions of Subsections 21A.51.040.A through E and provided that new
information indicates that the inclusion of additional properties would better convey the
historical and architectural integrity of the landmark site, local historic district or
thematic designation.
B. Reduction: A proposed reduction of the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local
historic district or the removal of properties from a thematic designation shall
demonstrate the properties have no longer met the criteria in Subsection 21A.51.040.A
for inclusion within the landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation. The
qualities that caused them to be originally included have been lost or destroyed, or such
qualities were lost subsequent to the historic landmark commission recommendation and
adoption of the designation.
38
C. Revocation of the Designation of a Landmark Site: A proposal for revocation of a
landmark site shall demonstrate the property no longer meets the criteria in Subsection
21A.51.040.A for which it was originally designated.
21A.51.070: LIMITATIONS:
A. If a local historic district or thematic designation proposal fails in accordance with the
voting procedures set forth in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.9, a resident may not initiate the
creation of a local historic district or thematic designation that includes more than fifty
percent (50%) of the same property as the failed local historic district or thematic
designation proposal for four (4) years after the day on which the property owner opinion
ballots for the vote were due.
1. This determination shall be made by the zoning administrator upon receipt of an
application pursuant to Section 21A.51.030 of this chapter. This provision shall not
restrict the mayor or the city council from initiating a petition at any time for a new
local historic district or thematic designation, or to amend the boundaries of a local
historic district or the removal or addition of properties in a thematic designation.
21A.51.080: HISTORIC RESOURCE SURVEYS
A. Existing Historic Resource Surveys: Any historic resource survey that was conducted for
the city prior to the amendment of this chapter shall be utilized by the planning director
and the historic landmark commission in applying provisions of Section 21A.34.020 the
H Historic Preservation Overlay District. Any subsequent adoption of a historic resource
survey will be done by ordinance in accordance with the provisions in this chapter and
will supersede previous surveys.
B. Updates to Historic Resource Surveys:
1. Applicability: The city aims to update historic resource surveys on a periodic basis as
recommended by the National Park Service. Updates to surveys are for land use
purposes to determine periods of significance, to determine historic status of
individual properties, to update the national register, and to keep archival records on
historic properties. Updates to a historic resource survey for existing local historic
district is subject to the following:
a. The standards of the H Historic Preservation Overlay apply to those properties
within an adopted local historic district. Any other properties evaluated in a
historic resource survey outside the boundary of a designated local district or
thematic designation will not be subject to the land use regulations associated
with historic status designations in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
39
b. An updated historic resource survey maintains the boundaries of a local historic or
the properties within a thematic designation but may update the historic status of
properties within the adopted H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
c. Historic Status Determinations: Instances where the historic status of an
individual property within a local historic district is in question, the zoning
administrator will use the provisions of Subsection 21A.34.020.D to make a
timely determination.
d. Any properties changing status from the most recent historic resource survey shall
be specifically identified in the updated survey and their period of significance
and historic status listed.
2. Process for Updating Historic Resource Surveys:
a. Public Hearings: A public hearing shall be held with both the historic landmark
commission and the planning commission in accordance with the standards and
procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing
Procedures”, of this title. The historic landmark commission and planning
commission shall recommend approval or denial of the updated historic resource
survey or the approval of some modification of the updated historic resource
survey and the recommendation will be submitted to the city council.
b. City Council: Following the transmittal of the historic landmark commission’s
recommendation, the city council shall hold a public hearing to consider adopting
the updated historic survey in accordance with the procedures set forth in Chapter
21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing Procedures”, of this title. The
city council may, by a majority vote, adopt the updated historic resource survey.
In deciding to adopt an updated historic resource survey, the city council may
consider the following in their decision making:
(1) Any benefit or impact that extending the period of significance would have on
the local district or thematic designation and the city;
(2) Any new period of significance in the updated survey is identified and
associated with at least one of the following:
(a) Events that have made significant contribution to the important patterns of
history, or
(b) Lives of persons significant in the history of the city, region, state, or
nation, or
40
(c) The distinctive characteristics of a type, period of significance or method
of construction; or the work of a notable architect or master craftsman, or
(d) Information important in the understanding of the prehistory or history of
Salt Lake City; and
(3) Any properties within a new period of significance will be assessed for
aspects of integrity in terms of location, design, setting, materials,
workmanship, feeling and association as defined by the National Park Service
Aspects of integrity. When analyzing integrity, the collective historic value of
the buildings and structures in a local historic district taken together may be
greater than the historic value of each individual building or structure in a
district. If integrity is intact, the property is denoted as contributing in the
updated survey;
(4) Any notable examples of elements of the city’s history, development patterns
or architecture not typically found in other local historic districts within Salt
Lake City are specifically identified for any new periods of significance in the
updated survey;
(5) The historic survey update would be in the overall public interest.
C. City Council Action: If an updated historic resource survey is adopted by the city council,
the updated historic resource survey including any updated historic status designations
shall be used when applying provisions of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District in
Section 21A.34.020. The decision to update a historic resource survey will go into effect
on the date of the publication of the related ordinance unless otherwise noted on the
adopted ordinance.
21A.51.090: APPEAL OF DECISION:
Any party adversely affected by the decision of the city council may, within thirty (30) days
after such decision, file a petition for review to the District Court pursuant to the Municipal
Land Use Development and Management Act, Section 10-9a-801, of the Utah Code.
SECTION 11. Amending the Text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.60.020. That Section
21A.60.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: List of Terms: List of Defined Terms) shall be and
hereby is amended to add the following terms in the list of defined terms to be inserted into that list
in alphabetical order:
41
Contributing Structure
Noncontributing Structure
Demolition (as it applies to properties within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District)
Demolition, Partial (as it applies to properties within the H Historic Preservation Overlay
District)
Historic Design Guidelines
Historic Integrity
Economic Hardship
Historic Resource Survey
Landmark Site
Local Historic District
Period of Significance
Thematic Designation
Willful Neglect
SECTION 12. Amending the Text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.62.040. That
Section 21A.62.040 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Definitions: Definitions of Terms) shall
be and hereby is amended to add the following definitions, which shall be inserted in
alphabetical order and shall read as follows:
CONTRIBUTING STRUCTURE: A structure or site within the H historic preservation
overlay district that has been determined through the process outlined in Section
21A.51.040, or an adopted historic resource survey, or Subsection 21A.34.020.D, to
generally retain historic integrity. When analyzing historic integrity of a building as part
of a local historic district, the collective historic value of the buildings and structures in a
local historic district taken together may be greater than the historic value of each
individual building or structure in a district. A contributing structure generally has its
major character defining features intact and although minor alterations may have
occurred, they are generally reversible.
DEMOLITION (AS IT APPLIES TO PROPERTIES WITHIN THE H HISTORIC
PRESERVATION OVERLAY DISTRICT): Any act or process which destroys a structure,
object or property within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District or a landmark site.
(See definition of demolition, partial.)
DEMOLITION, PARTIAL (AS IT APPLIES TO PROPERTIES WITHIN THE H
HISTORIC PRESERVATION OVERLAY DISTRICT): Partial demolition includes any act
which destroys a portion of a structure consisting of not more than twenty five percent (25%)
of the floor area of the structure, and where the portion of the structure to be demolished is
not readily visible from the street. Partial demolition also includes the demolition or removal
of additions or materials not of the historic period on any exterior elevation exceeding twenty
42
five percent (25%) when the demolition is part of an act of restoring original historic
elements of a structure and/or restoring a structure to its historical mass and size.
ECONOMIC HARDSHIP: Denial of a property owner of all reasonable beneficial or
economically viable use of a property without just compensation.
HISTORIC DESIGN GUIDELINES: The historic design guidelines provide guidance in
determining the suitability and architectural compatibility of proposed maintenance, repair,
alteration or new construction while at the same time, allowing for reasonable changes that
meet current needs of properties located within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
For architects, designers, contractors and property owners, they provide guidance in planning
and designing future projects. For city staff and the historic landmark commission, they
provide guidance for the interpretation of the zoning ordinance standards. Design guidelines
are officially adopted by city council.
HISTORIC INTEGRITY: The ability of a property to convey its historical associations or
attributes. As defined by the National Park Service, the following aspects or qualities, in
various combinations, define historic integrity:
Location- Location is the place where the historic property was constructed or the
place where a historic event occurred.
Design: Design is the combination of elements that create the form, plan, space,
structure, and style of a property.
Setting: Setting is the physical environment of a historic property.
Materials: Materials are the physical elements that were combined or deposited
during a particular period of time and in a particular pattern or configuration to form a
historic property.
Workmanship: Workmanship is the physical evidence of the crafts of a particular
culture or people during any given period in history.
Feeling: Feeling is a property’s expression of the aesthetic or historic sense of a
particular period of time.
Association: Association is the direct link between an important historic event or
person and a historic property.
HISTORIC RESOURCE SURVEY: A systematic resource for identifying and evaluating the
quantity and quality of historic resources for land use planning purposes following the
guidelines and forms of the Utah State Historic Preservation Office. Historic resource
surveys shall be prepared by a qualified professional meeting the minimum professional
qualifications defined by the U.S. National Park Service in the fields of history, archeology,
architectural history, architecture, or historic architecture.
43
LANDMARK SITE: Any historic site that has been designated in accordance with
Subsection 21A.51.030.B or any site on the Salt Lake City Register of Cultural Resources. A
landmark site includes an individual building, structure or feature or an integrated group of
buildings, structures or features on a single site. Such sites are of exceptional importance to
the city, state, region or nation and impart high artistic, historic or cultural values. A
landmark site clearly conveys a sense of time and place and enables the public to interpret the
historic character of the site. Landmark sites are subject to the regulations of Section
21A.34.020, the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
LOCAL HISTORIC DISTRICT: A contiguous geographically definable area with a
minimum district size of one “block face”, as defined in Section 21A.62.040, designated by
the city council pursuant to the provisions in Subsection 21A.51.030.A, which contains
buildings, structures, sites, objects, landscape features, archaeological sites and works of art,
or a combination thereof, that contributes to the historic preservation goals of Salt Lake City.
All properties within a local historic district are subject to the regulations of Section
21A.34.020 the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
NONCONTRIBUTING STRUCTURE: A structure or site within the H Historic
Preservation Overlay District that has been determined noncontributing through the
process outlined in Section 21A.51.040, or an adopted historic resource survey, or
Subsection 21A.34.020.D, and does not retain historic integrity. The major character
defining features have been so altered as to make the historic form, materials or details
indistinguishable and such alterations are irreversible. Noncontributing structures may
also include those rated out of period, and therefore, they are not representative of a
period of significance as identified in an adopted historic resource survey.
PERIOD OF SIGNIFICANCE: The period of significance is the period when the historic
events associated with a local historic district, thematic designation, or landmark site
occurred. This period must reflect the dates associated with the property or site, or in the case
of a district, the collection of properties within the district. A period of significance may be
thousands of years (in the case of an archeological property), several years, or even a few
days, depending on the duration of the event. There may be multiple periods of significance
associated with a local historic district, thematic designation, or landmark site.
THEMATIC DESIGNATION: A collection of individual sites, buildings, structures, or
features designated by City Council pursuant to the provisions in Subsection 21A.51.030.A,
which are contained in two (2) or more geographically separate areas that are united together
by historical, architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and contribute to the historic
preservation goals of Salt Lake City by protecting historical, architectural, or aesthetic
interest or value. All properties within a thematic designation are subject to the regulations of
Section 21A.34.020 the H Historic Preservation Overlay District.
WILLFUL NEGLECT: The intentional absence of routine maintenance and repair of a
building over time.
44
SECTION 13. Amending the Consolidated Fee Schedule. That the section of the
Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule titled, “Zoning Fees” shall be and hereby is amended to
read as follows:
ZONING FEES
For question regarding Zoning fees contact: 801.535.7700
Service Fee Additional Information Section
Determination of Nonconforming Use $214 21A.38.025.4
Administrative Interpretation $71 Plus $61 per hour for research after the first hour 21A.12.040.A.6
Alley Vacation/Closure $285 Fee waiver available if adequate signatures are obtained.
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 14.52.030. A.5
Alternative Parking
Residential $428 21A.52.040 .A.3
Nonresidential $785 21A.52.040 .A.3
Amendments
Master plan
$1,070 Plus $121 per acre in excess of one acre. See also fee for
required public notices (10.9a.204).
Utah Code
10.9A.510
Zoning map amendment $1,142 Plus $121 per acre in excess of one acre. See also fee for
required public notices (21A.10.010.E). 21A.50.040.B
Zoning text amendment $1,142 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.50.040.B
Annexation
$1,427
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) Utah Code 10.2.401.5
Appeal of a Decision
Administrative decision $285 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.16.030.B
Historic Landmark Commission $285 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.16.030.B
Planning Commission $285 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.16.030.B
Appearance Before the Zoning Enforcement Hearing Office
First scheduled hearing No charge 21A.20.90
Second scheduled hearing $71 21A.20.90
Billboard Construction or Demolition including the
demolition of a non-conforming billboard $285 21A.46.160.D.3 & 21A.46.160.L.2
Conditional Building and Site Design Review $856 Plus $121 per acre in excess of one acre. See also fee for
required public notices (21A.10.010.E). 21A.59.070.B
Conditional Use $856 See also fee for required public notices (21.A.10.010.E). 21A.54.060.C
Condominium
Preliminary $571 Plus $37 per unit. See also fee for required public notices
(21.A.10.010.E). 20.56.40.B
Final $428 Plus $24 per unit. 20.56.40.B
Declaration of Surplus Real Property $428 2.58.040
45
Historic Landmarks Commission Review (Application)
Major Alterations of a principal building $100 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
New construction of a principal building $2,982 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
Demolition of a contributing principal building $2,406 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
Relocation of a contributing principal building $303 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
Reduction to boundaries of the H Historic Pres.
Overlay District $2,999 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010 E) 21A.51.050
Revocation of a Landmark Site $2,999 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010 E) 21A.51.050
Economic Hardship $2,050 Plus $200/hour up to $20,000. See also fee for required
public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
Home Occupation
Non-conditional No charge Fee could be assessed in future as per ordinance 21A.36.030
Conditional No charge Fee could be assessed in future as per ordinance 21A.36.030
Outdoor Dining
Outdoor Dining Application $30 21A.40.065
Outdoor Dining Permit Fee (1-5 tables) $120 21A.40.065
Outdoor Dining Permit Fee (6 or more tables) $180 21A.40.065
Planned Development $856 Plus $121 per acre in excess of (1) acre. See also fee for
required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.55
Signs
Permit fee for signs
Based on
the adopted
Building
Permit Fee
Schedule
21A.46.030
Plan checking fee $0.13 Of building permit value 21A.46.030
Inspection tag $14 21A.46.030
Site Development Permit $285 Plus $61 per acre in excess of one (1) acre 18.28.040.E
Street Closure $428 See also fee for required public notices. 2.58.040
Subdivision Amendments $428 Plus $121 per lot. See also fee for required public notices
(20.36) 20.04.120
Subdivision Preliminary Plat $428 Plus $121 per lot. See also fee for required public notices
(20.36) 20.04.120
Subdivision Final Plat $856 Plus $121 per lot. 20.04.120
Subdivision Vacations $428 See also fee for required public notices (20.36) 20.04.120
Engineering Review and Inspection Fee
5% of the
1st
$100,000 of
public
improvemen
ts & 2% for
the amount
above
$100,000
20.04.120
Subdivision Lot Line Adjustment $284 20.04.120
Subdivision Consolidating Lots $273 20.04.120
Temporary Uses $285 21A.42.060.B
Zoning Variance $428 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.18.040.B
46
As per applicable sections of the city and/or state code, a fee will be assessed for required public notices. This may include sending notice by 1st class U.S.
Mail to property owners within a certain radius of the subject property and / or advertising required public hearings in a newspaper of general circulation. A
fee for each required public hearing will be assessed. The noticing fee is authorized through the following sections of the zoning ordinance and state law: Salt
Lake City Code Subsection 21A.10.010.E and Utah Code Section 10-9a-501.
SECTION 14. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall become effective on the date of its first
publication.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ______________,
2023.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
Mayor’s Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
______________________________
MAYOR
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ________ of 2023.
Published: ______________.
Ordinance amending H Historic Preservation Overlay District regs (final) 6.29.23
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:___________________________
By: ____________________________
Paul C. Nielson, Senior City Attorney
June 29, 2023
1
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE 1
No. _____ of 2023 2
3
(An ordinance amending various sections of Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code 4
pertaining to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District and 5
amending the consolidated fee schedule.) 6
7
An ordinance amending various sections of Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code and the 8
consolidated fee schedule pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00123 pertaining to the H 9
Historic Preservation Overlay District. 10
WHEREAS, on May 4, 2023, the Salt Lake City Historic Landmark Commission 11
(“Landmark Commission”) held a public hearing to consider a petition submitted by Mayor Erin 12
Mendenhall (“Applicant”) (Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00123) to amend various sections of 13
Title 21A of the Salt Lake City Code pertaining to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District; 14
and 15
WHEREAS, at its May 4, 2023 meeting, the Landmark Commission voted in favor of 16
transmitting a positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Planning Commission (“Planning 17
Commission”) and the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) on said petition; and 18
WHEREAS, on May 24, 2023 the Planning Commission held a public hearing on said 19
petition; and 20
WHEREAS, at its May 24, 2023 meeting, the Planning Commission voted in favor of 21
transmitting a positive recommendation to the City Council on said petition; and 22
WHEREAS, after a public hearing on this matter the city council has determined that 23
adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests. 24
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah: 25
2
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
SECTION 1. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.06.040. That 26
Section 21A.06.040 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Decision Making Bodies and Officials: 27
Appeals Hearing Officer) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows: 28
21A.06.040: APPEALS HEARING OFFICER: 29
A. Creation: The position of Aappeals Hhearing Oofficer is created pursuant to the enabling 30
authority granted by the Municipal Land Use, Development, and Management Act, 31
sSection 10-9a-701 of the Utah Code Annotated. 32
33
B. Jurisdiction aAnd Authority: The Aappeals Hhearing Oofficer shall have the following 34
powers and duties in connection with the implementation of this title: 35
36
1. Hear and decide appeals from any administrative decision made by the Zzoning 37
Aadministrator in the administration or the enforcement of this title pursuant to the 38
procedures and standards set forth in cChapter 21A.16, “Appeals oOf Administrative 39
Decisions”, of this title; 40
41
2. Authorize variances from the terms of this title pursuant to the procedures and 42
standards set forth in cChapter 21A.18, “Variances”, of this title; 43
44
3. Hear and decide appeals of any administrative decision made by the Hhistoric 45
Llandmark Ccommission, or the planning director in the case of administrative 46
decisions, pursuant to the procedures and standards set forth in sSection 21A.34.020, 47
“H Historic Preservation Overlay District”, of this title; 48
49
4. Hear and decide appeals from decisions made by the Pplanning Ccommission 50
concerning subdivisions or subdivision amendments pursuant to the procedures and 51
standards set forth in title 20, “Subdivisions aAnd Condominiums”, of this Ccode; 52
and 53
54
5. Hear and decide appeals from administrative decisions made by the planning 55
commission pursuant to the procedures and standards set forth in this title. 56
57
C. Qualifications: The appeals hearing officer shall be appointed by the mayor with the 58
advice and consent of the city council. The mayor may appoint more than one appeals 59
hearing officer, but only one appeals hearing officer shall consider and decide upon any 60
matter properly presented for appeals hearing officer review. The appeals hearing officer 61
may serve a maximum of two (2) consecutive full terms of five (5) years each. The 62
appeals hearing officer shall either be law trained or have significant experience with 63
land use laws and the requirements and operations of administrative hearing processes. 64
65
3
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
D. Conflict oOf Interest: The appeals hearing officer shall not participate in any appeal in 66
which the appeals hearing officer has a conflict of interest prohibited by tTitle 67
2, cChapter 2.44 of this code. 68
69
E. Removal oOf The Appeals Hearing Officer: The appeals hearing officer may be removed 70
by the mayor for violation of this title or any policies and procedures adopted by the 71
planning director following receipt by the mayor of a written complaint filed against the 72
appeals hearing officer. If requested by the appeals hearing officer, the mayor shall 73
provide the appeals hearing officer with a public hearing conducted by a hearing officer 74
appointed by the mayor. 75
76
SECTION 2. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.06.050. That 77
Section 21A.06.050 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Decision Making Bodies and Officials: 78
Historic Landmark Commission) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows: 79
21A.06.050: HISTORIC LANDMARK COMMISSION: 80
81
A. General Provisions: The provisions of tTitle 2, cChapter 2.07 of this code shall apply to 82
the historic landmark commission except as otherwise set forth in this section. 83
84
B. Creation: The historic landmark commission was created pursuant to the enabling 85
authority granted by the hHistoric dDistrict aAct, sSection 11-18-1 et seq., of the Utah 86
Code Annotated, 1953 (repealed), and continues under the authority of Utah Code 87
Section 10-8-85.9 and the lLand uUse dDevelopment and mManagement aAct, Utah 88
cCode cChapter 10-9a. 89
90
C. Jurisdiction Aand Authority: The historic landmark commission shall: 91
92
1. Review and approve or deny an application for a certificate of appropriateness 93
pursuant to the provisions of cChapter 21A.34 of this title; 94
95
2. Participate in public education programs to increase public awareness of the value of 96
historic, architectural and cultural preservation; Communicate the benefits of historic 97
preservation for the education, prosperity, and general welfare of residents, visitors 98
and tourists; 99
100
3. Review and approve or deny applications for the demolition of contributing principal 101
structures in the H hHistoric pPreservation oOverlay dDistrict pursuant to cChapter 102
21A.34 of this title; 103
104
4
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
4. Review designations, amendments to and boundaries of a local historic district, 105
thematic designation and landmark sites, and make a recommendation Recommend to 106
the planning commission and the city council; the boundaries for the establishment of 107
an H historic preservation overlay district and landmark sites; 108
109
5. Make recommendations when requested by the planning commission, the hearing 110
officer or the city council, as appropriate, on applications for zoning amendments and 111
conditional uses involving properties within the H hHistoric pPreservation oOverlay 112
dDistricts; when requested by the applicant, planning director, planning commission 113
or the city council; 114
115
6. Review and approve or deny certain modifications to dimensional standards for 116
properties located within an H Historic Preservation Overlay District. This authority 117
is also granted to the planning director or designee for applications within the H 118
Historic Preservation Overlay District that are eligible for an administrative approval 119
decision by the planning director or zoning administrator. The certain modifications 120
to zoning district specific development standards are listed as follows and are in 121
addition to any modification authorized elsewhere in this title: 122
123
a. Overall building and accessory structure height; 124
ba. Building and accessory structure wall height; 125
b. Accessory structure wall height; 126
c. Accessory structure square footage; 127
d. Fence and retaining wall height; 128
e. Overall building and accessory structure height; 129
ef. Signs pursuant to sSection 21A.46.070 of this title; and 130
fg. Any modification to bulk and lot regulations, except density, of the underlying 131
zoning district where it is found that the proposal complies with the applicable 132
standards identified in sSection 21A.34.020 and is compatible with the 133
surrounding historic structures.; 134
7. Make recommendations to the planning commission in connection with the 135
preparation of the general plan of the city; and 136
137
8. Make recommendations to the cCity cCouncil on design guidelines, policies and 138
ordinances that may encourage preservation of buildings and related structures of 139
historical and architectural significance.; 140
141
9. Review historic resource surveys for designations and all subsequent updates and 142
make recommendations to the planning commission and the city council; 143
5
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
144
10. Review National Register of Historic Places nominations or amendments and make a 145
recommendation to the Utah Board of State History; and 146
147
11. Recommend to the city council development of incentive programs, either public or 148
private, to encourage the preservation of the city’s historic resources. 149
150
D. Membership: The Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall consist of not less than seven 151
(7) nor more than eleven (11) voting members appointed in a manner providing balanced 152
geographic, professional, neighborhood and community interests representation. In 153
situations where a member resigns or is removed as prescribed in this code and adopted 154
policies and procedures and as a result, the number of members drops to less than seven 155
(7), the commission may still function until a 7th member is appointed. Appointment to a 156
position created by any vacancy shall not be included in the determination of any 157
person’s eligibility to serve two (2) consecutive full terms. 158
159
E. Qualifications Oof Members: Each voting member shall be a resident of the Ccity 160
interested in preservation and knowledgeable about the heritage of the Ccity. Members 161
shall be selected so as to ideally provide representation from the following groups of 162
experts and interested parties whenever a qualified candidate exists: 163
164
1. At least two (2) architects, and 165
166
2. Citizens Residents at large possessing preservation related experience in archaeology, 167
architecture, architectural history, construction, history, folk studies, law, public 168
history, real estate, real estate appraisal, or urban planning. 169
170
F. Meetings: The Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall meet at least once per month or 171
as needed. 172
173
G. Commission Action: A simple majority of the voting members present at a meeting at 174
which a quorum is present shall be required for any action taken. The decision of the 175
Historic Landmark Commission shall become effective upon the posting of the record of 176
decision. 177
178
H. Public Hearings: The Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall schedule and give public 179
notice of all public hearings pursuant to the provisions of cChapter 21A.10 of this title. 180
181
I. Removal Oof Aa Member: Any member of the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission may 182
be removed by the Mmayor for violation of this title or any policies and procedures 183
adopted by the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission following receipt by the Mmayor of a 184
written complaint filed against the member. 185
186
6
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
J. Policies aAnd Procedures: The Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall adopt policies 187
and procedures for the conduct of its meetings, the processing of applications and for any 188
other purposes considered necessary for its proper functioning. 189
190
SECTION 3. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.10.020.B. That 191
Subsection 21A.010.020.B of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: General Application and Public 192
Hearing Procedures: Public Hearing Noticing Requirements: Special Noticing Requirements for 193
Administrative Approvals) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows: 194
B. Special Noticing Requirements fFor Administrative Approvals: 195
196
1. Notice Oof Application for Design Review: 197
198
a. Notification: At least twelve (12) days before a land use decision is made for an 199
administrative design review application as authorized in Chapter 21A.59 of this 200
title, the planning director shall provide written notice to the following: 201
202
(1) All owners and identifiable tenants of the subject property, land abutting the 203
subject property, and land located directly across the street from the subject 204
property. In identifying the owners and tenants of the land the city shall use 205
the Salt Lake City geographic information system records. 206
(2) Recognized community organization(s) in which the subject property is 207
located. 208
209
b. Contents of the Notice of Application: The notice shall generally describe the 210
subject matter of the application, where the public may review the application, the 211
expected date when the planning director will authorize a final land use decision, 212
and the procedures to appeal the land use decision. 213
c. End of Notification Period: If the planning director receives comments identifying 214
concerns related to the design review application not complying with the 215
requirements of Chapter 21A.59, the planning director may refer the matter to the 216
planning commission for their review and decision on the application. 217
218
2. Notice of Application for Demolition of a Noncontributing Principal Structure Within 219
An H Historic Preservation Overlay District: Prior to the approval of At least twelve 220
(12) days before a land use decision is made on an application for an administrative 221
decision for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition of a noncontributing 222
principal structure, the city shall provide written notice by first class mail a minimum 223
of twelve (12) calendar days in advance of the requested action of the request to 224
demolish the structure and to identify that a determination has been made that the 225
building has been identified as a noncontributing building. This notice will be sent to 226
all owners of the land and tenants, of abutting properties and those properties across 227
the street from the subject property within eighty-five feet (85') of the land subject to 228
7
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
the application as shown on the Salt Lake City geographic information system 229
records. At the end of the twelve (12) day notice period, the planning director shall 230
either issue a certificate of appropriateness for demolition or refer the application to 231
the historic landmark commission. 232
233
a. Contents of the Notice of Application: The mailing notice shall generally describe 234
the subject property, include a vicinity map, include a photograph of the 235
noncontributing structure, date of construction, historic status from the most 236
recent historic survey on file or from a historic status determination, where the 237
application can be inspected by the public, and the date when the planning 238
director will issue a certificate of appropriateness for demolition. 239
240
3. Notice Of Application For Special Exceptions: Prior to the approval of an 241
administrative decision for special exceptions as authorized in chapter 21A.52 of this 242
title, the Planning Director shall provide written notice by first class mail a minimum 243
of twelve (12) days in advance of the requested action to all abutting properties and 244
those properties located across the street from the subject property, and to all property 245
owners and tenants of the land subject to the application, as shown on the Salt Lake 246
City geographic information system records. 247
a. Contents Of The Mailing Notice Of Application: The notice for mailing shall 248
generally describe the subject matter of the application, the place where such 249
application may be inspected by the public, the date when the Planning Director 250
will authorize a final administrative decision, and include the procedures to appeal 251
an administrative decision set forth in chapter 21A.16 of this title. 252
253
3. Notice oOf Application fFor TSA Development Reviews: Prior to the approval of a 254
development review score as authorized in Section 21A.26.078 of this title, the 255
planning director shall provide written notice by first class mail a minimum of twelve 256
(12) days in advance of the requested action to all abutting properties and those 257
properties located across the street from the subject property, and to all property 258
owners and tenants of the land subject to the application, as shown on the Salt Lake 259
City geographic information system records. 260
a. Contents oOf tThe Mailing Notice oOf Application: The notice for mailing shall 261
generally describe the subject matter of the application, the place where such 262
application may be inspected by the public, the date when the planning director 263
will authorize a final administrative decision, and include the procedures to appeal 264
an administrative decision set forth in Chapter 21A.16 of this title. 265
266
8
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
SECTION 4. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.34.020. That 267
Section 21A.34.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Overlay Districts: H Historic 268
Preservation Overlay District) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows: 269
21A.34.020: H HISTORIC PRESERVATION OVERLAY DISTRICT: 270
271
A. Purpose Statement 272
B. Applicability 273
C. Local Historic Designation, Amendments or Revocation 274
D. Historic Status Determination 275
E. Certificate of Appropriateness Required 276
F. Procedures for Issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness 277
G. Standards for Alteration of a Landmark Site, Contributing Structure or New 278
Construction of an Accessory Structure 279
H. Standards for New Construction or Alteration of a Noncontributing Structure 280
I. Standards for Relocation 281
J. Standards for Demolition of a Landmark Site 282
K. Standards for Demolition of a Contributing Principal Building 283
L. Economic Hardship Determination 284
285
286
A. Purpose Statement: 287
288
In order to contribute to the welfare, prosperity and education of the people of Salt Lake City, 289
the purpose of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District is to: 290
291
1. Provide the means to protect and preserve areas of the Ccity and individual structures 292
and sites having historic, architectural or cultural significance; 293
294
2. Provide the means to manage alterations to historic structures to encourage beneficial 295
use and viability of the building while protecting an individual building’s contributing 296
status. 297
298
32. Encourage new development, and redevelopment and the subdivision of properties 299
lots in Historic Districts that is compatible with the character of existing development 300
of Hhistoric Ddistricts or individual landmarks; 301
302
43. Abate the destruction and demolition of historic structures; 303
304
54. Implement adopted plans of the Ccity related to historic preservation; 305
306
65. Foster civic pride in the history of Salt Lake City; 307
308
9
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
76. Protect and enhance the attraction of the Ccity’s historic landmarks and districts for 309
tourists and visitors; 310
311
87. Foster economic development consistent with historic preservation; and 312
313
98. Encourage social, economic and environmental sustainability. 314
315
B. Definitions: 316
CONTRIBUTING STRUCTURE: A structure or site within the H Historic Preservation 317
Overlay District that meets the criteria outlined in subsection C15 of this section and is of 318
moderate importance to the City, State, region or Nation because it imparts artistic, historic 319
or cultural values. A contributing structure has its major character defining features intact and 320
although minor alterations may have occurred they are generally reversible. Historic 321
materials may have been covered but evidence indicates they are intact. 322
DEMOLITION: Any act or process which destroys a structure, object or property within the 323
H Historic Preservation Overlay District or a landmark site. (See definition of demolition, 324
partial.) 325
DEMOLITION, PARTIAL: Partial demolition includes any act which destroys a portion of a 326
structure consisting of not more than twenty five percent (25%) of the floor area of the 327
structure, and where the portion of the structure to be demolished is not readily visible from 328
the street. Partial demolition also includes the demolition or removal of additions or materials 329
not of the historic period on any exterior elevation exceeding twenty five percent (25%) 330
when the demolition is part of an act of restoring original historic elements of a structure 331
and/or restoring a structure to its historical mass and size. 332
DESIGN GUIDELINES: The design guidelines provide guidance in determining the 333
suitability and architectural compatibility of proposed maintenance, repair, alteration or new 334
construction while at the same time, allowing for reasonable changes that meet current needs 335
of properties located within the Historic Preservation Overlay District. For architects, 336
designers, contractors and property owners, they provide guidance in planning and designing 337
future projects. For City staff and the Historic Landmark Commission, they provide guidance 338
for the interpretation of the zoning ordinance standards. Design guidelines are officially 339
adopted by City Council. 340
ECONOMIC HARDSHIP: Denial of a property owner of all reasonable beneficial or 341
economically viable use of a property without just compensation. 342
HISTORIC RESOURCE SURVEY: A systematic resource for identifying and evaluating the 343
quantity and quality of historic resources for land use planning purposes following the 344
guidelines and forms of the Utah State Historic Preservation Office. 345
1. Reconnaissance level surveys (RLS) are the most basic approach for systematically 346
documenting and evaluating historic buildings in Utah communities and involves 347
only a visual evaluation of properties. 348
10
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2. Intensive level surveys (ILS) include in depth research involving research on the 349
property and its owners, documentation of the property’s physical appearance and 350
completion of the Utah State Historic Office’s historic site form. 351
LANDMARK SITE: Any site included on the Salt Lake City Register of Cultural Resources 352
that meets the criteria outlined in subsection C15 of this section. Such sites are of exceptional 353
importance to the City, State, region or Nation and impart high artistic, historic or cultural 354
values. A landmark site clearly conveys a sense of time and place and enables the public to 355
interpret the historic character of the site. 356
LOCAL HISTORIC DISTRICT: A geographically or thematically definable area within the 357
H Historic Preservation Overlay District designated by the City Council pursuant to the 358
provisions of this section, which contains buildings, structures, sites, objects, landscape 359
features, archaeological sites and works of art, or a combination thereof, that contributes to 360
the historic preservation goals of Salt Lake City. 361
NEW CONSTRUCTION: The building of a new principal building within the H Historic 362
Preservation Overlay District or on a landmark site. 363
NONCONTRIBUTING STRUCTURE: A structure within the H Historic Preservation 364
Overlay District that does not meet the criteria listed in subsection C15 of this section. The 365
major character defining features have been so altered as to make the original and/or historic 366
form, materials and details indistinguishable and alterations are irreversible. Noncontributing 367
structures may also include those which are less than fifty (50) years old. 368
THEMATIC DESIGNATION: A collection of individual sites, buildings, structures, or 369
features which are contained in two (2) or more geographically separate areas that are united 370
together by historical, architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and contribute to the historic 371
preservation goals of Salt Lake City by protecting historical, architectural, or aesthetic 372
interest or value. 373
WILLFUL NEGLECT: The intentional absence of routine maintenance and repair of a 374
building over time. 375
B. Applicability: All properties located within the boundaries of a local historic district, part 376
of a thematic designation, or designated as a landmark site are subject to the requirements 377
of this chapter. 378
379
1. Applicable Standards: The applicable standards of this chapter are determined by the 380
historic status rating of the property, either contributing or noncontributing, as 381
identified in the most recent historic resource survey on file with the Salt Lake City 382
Planning Division or a historic status determination issued in accordance with 383
Subsection 21A.34.020.D. 384
385
C. Local Historic Designation, Amendments, or Revocation: Local Historic Designation, 386
Adjustment, Expansion, or Revocation oOf aA Landmark Site, Local Historic District 387
oOr Thematic Designation shall follow the applicable procedures and standards in 388
11
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
Chapter 21A.51 Local Historic Designation and Amendments.; H Historic Preservation 389
Overlay District: 390
391
1. Intent: Salt Lake City will consider the designation of a landmark site, or thematic 392
designation in order to protect the best examples of historic resources which represent 393
significant elements of the City’s prehistory, history, development patterns or 394
architecture. Designation of a local historic district must be in the best interest of the 395
City and achieve a reasonable balance between private property rights and the public 396
interest in preserving the City’s cultural, historic, and architectural heritage. The City 397
Council shall determine that designation of a landmark site, local historic district or 398
thematic designation is the best method of preserving a unique element of history 399
important to understanding the prehistory or history of the area encompassed by the 400
current Salt Lake City corporate boundaries. 401
2. City Council May Designate Or Amend Landmark Sites, Local Historic Districts Or 402
Thematic Designations: Pursuant to the procedures in this section and the standards 403
for general amendments in section 21A.50.050 of this title the City Council may by 404
ordinance apply the H Historic Preservation Overlay District and: 405
a. Designate as a landmark site an individual building, structure or feature or an 406
integrated group of buildings, structures or features on a single lot or site having 407
exceptional importance to the City, State, region or Nation and impart high 408
artistic, historic or cultural values. A landmark site clearly conveys a sense of 409
time and place and enables the public to interpret the historic character of the site; 410
b. Designate as a local historic district a contiguous area with a minimum district 411
size of one “block face”, as defined in section 21A.62.040 of this title, containing 412
a number of sites, buildings, structures or features that contribute to the historic 413
preservation goals of Salt Lake City by protecting historical, architectural, or 414
aesthetic interest or value and constituting a distinct section of the City; 415
c. Designate as a thematic designation a collection of sites, buildings, structures, or 416
features which are contained in two (2) or more geographically separate areas that 417
are united together by historical, architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and 418
contribute to the historic preservation goals of Salt Lake City by protecting 419
historical, architectural, or aesthetic interest or value; and 420
d. Amend designations to add or remove features or property to or from a landmark 421
site, local historic district or thematic designation. 422
3. Preapplication Conference: Prior to the submittal of an application for the designation 423
or amendment to a landmark site(s), local historic district(s) or thematic 424
designation(s), and prior to gathering any signatures in support of such an application, 425
a potential applicant shall attend a preapplication conference with the Planning 426
Director or designee. The purpose of this meeting is to discuss the merits of the 427
proposed designation and the amendment processes as outlined in this section. 428
4. Notification Of Affected Property Owners: Following the preapplication conference 429
outlined in subsection C3 of this section and prior to the submittal of an application 430
12
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
for the designation or amendment to a local historic district(s) or thematic 431
designation(s), the City shall send by first class mail a neutral informational pamphlet 432
to owners of record for each property potentially affected by a forthcoming 433
application. The informational pamphlet shall contain, at a minimum, a description of 434
the process to create a local historic district and will also list the pros and cons of a 435
local historic district. The informational pamphlet shall be mailed after a potential 436
applicant submits to the City a finalized proposed boundary of an area to be included 437
in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. Once the City sends the informational 438
pamphlet, property owner signature gathering may begin per subsection C5b of this 439
section. The informational pamphlet sent shall remain valid for ninety (90) days. If an 440
application is not filed with the City within ninety (90) days after the date that the 441
informational pamphlet was mailed, the City shall close its file on the matter. Any 442
subsequent proposal must begin the application process again. 443
5. Petition Initiation For Designation Of A Landmark Site, Local Historic District Or 444
Thematic Designation: 445
a. Petition Initiation For H Historic Preservation Overlay District; Landmark Site: 446
Any owner of property proposed for a landmark site, the Mayor or the City 447
Council, by majority vote, may initiate a petition to consider the designation of a 448
landmark site. 449
b. Petition Initiation For H Historic Preservation Overlay District; Local Historic 450
District Or Thematic Designation: A property owner initiating such a petition 451
shall demonstrate, in writing, support of more than thirty three percent (33%) of 452
the property owners of lots or parcels within the proposed boundaries of an area to 453
be included in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. The Mayor or the 454
City Council, by a majority vote, may initiate a petition to consider designation of 455
a local historic district or thematic designation. 456
(1) For purposes of this subsection, a lot or parcel of real property may not be 457
included in the calculation of the required percentage unless the application is 458
signed by property owners representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the 459
interest in that lot or parcel. 460
(2) Each lot or parcel of real property may only be counted once toward the 461
thirty three percent (33%), regardless of the number of owner signatures 462
obtained for that lot or parcel. 463
(3) Signatures obtained to demonstrate support of more than thirty three percent 464
(33%) of the property owners within the boundary of the proposed local 465
historic district or thematic designation must be gathered within a period of 466
ninety (90) days as counted between the date that the informational pamphlet 467
was mailed as required per subsection C4 of this section and the date of the 468
last required signature. 469
c. Fees: No application fee will be required for a petition initiated by a property 470
owner for designation of a property to the H Historic Preservation Overlay 471
District. 472
13
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
6. Notice Of Designation Application Letter: Following the receipt by the City of an 473
application for the designation or amendment to a local historic district(s) or thematic 474
designation(s), the City shall send a notice of designation application letter to 475
owner(s) of record for each property affected by said application along with a second 476
copy of the informational pamphlet described in subsection C4 of this section. In the 477
event that no application is received following the ninety (90) day period of property 478
owner signature gathering, the City will send a letter to property owner(s) of record 479
stating that no application has been filed, and that the City has closed its file on the 480
matter. 481
7. Planning Director Report To The City Council: Following the initiation of a petition 482
to designate a landmark site or a local historic district or thematic designation, the 483
Planning Director shall submit a report based on the following considerations to the 484
City Council: 485
a. Whether a current survey meeting the standards prescribed by the State Historic 486
Preservation Office is available for the landmark site or the area proposed for a 487
local historic district or thematic designation. If a suitable survey is not available, 488
the report shall propose a strategy to gather the needed survey data. 489
b. The City administration will determine the priority of the petition and determine 490
whether there is sufficient funding and staff resources available to allow the 491
Planning Division to complete a community outreach process, historic resource 492
analysis and to provide ongoing administration of the new landmark site, local 493
historic district or thematic designation if the designation is approved by the City 494
Council. If sufficient funding is not available, the report shall include a proposed 495
budget. 496
c. Whether the proposed designation is generally consistent with the purposes, goals, 497
objectives and policies of the City as stated through its various adopted planning 498
documents. 499
d. Whether the proposed designation would generally be in the public interest. 500
e. Whether there is probable cause to believe that the proposed landmark site, local 501
historic district or thematic designation may be eligible for designation consistent 502
with the purposes and designation criteria in subsection C15 of this section and 503
the zoning map amendment criteria in section 21A.50.050, “Standards For 504
General Amendments”, of this title. 505
f. Verification that a neutral informational pamphlet was sent per subsection C4 of 506
this section to all property owners within a proposed local historic district 507
following the presubmittal process outlined in subsection C3 of this section. 508
8. Property Owner Meeting: Following the submission of the Planning Director’s report 509
and acceptance of the report by the City Council, the Planning Division will conduct 510
a community outreach process to inform the owners of property within the proposed 511
boundaries of the proposed landmark site, local historic district or thematic 512
designation about the following: 513
14
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
a. The designation process, including determining the level of property owner 514
support, the public hearing process, and final decision making process by the City 515
Council; and 516
b. Zoning ordinance requirements affecting properties located within the H Historic 517
Preservation Overlay District, adopted design guidelines, the design review 518
process for alterations and new construction, the demolition process and the 519
economic hardship process. 520
9. Open House: Following the property owner meeting, the Planning Division will 521
conduct an open house for the owners of property within the proposed boundaries of 522
the local historic district or thematic designation to provide the information described 523
in subsections C8a and C8b of this section. 524
10. Public Hearing Process: 525
a. Historic Landmark Commission Consideration: Following the initiation of a 526
petition to designate a landmark site or a local historic district, the Historic 527
Landmark Commission shall hold a public hearing and review the request by 528
applying subsection C15, “Standards For The Designation Of A Landmark Site, 529
Local Historic District Or Thematic Designation”, of this section. Following the 530
public hearing, the Historic Landmark Commission shall recommend approval, 531
approval with modifications or denial of the proposed designation and shall then 532
submit its recommendation to the Planning Commission and the City Council. 533
b. Planning Commission Consideration: Following action by the Historic Landmark 534
Commission, the Planning Commission shall hold a public hearing and shall 535
recommend approval, approval with modifications or denial of the proposed 536
designation based on the standards of section 21A.50.050 of this title, zoning map 537
amendments and shall then submit its recommendation to the City Council. 538
11. Property Owner Opinion Balloting: 539
a. Following the completion of the Historic Landmark Commission and Planning 540
Commission public hearings, the City will deliver property owner opinion ballots 541
via first class mail to property owners of record within the boundary of the 542
proposed local historic district or thematic designation. The property owner 543
opinion ballot is a nonbinding opinion poll to inform the City Council of property 544
owner interest regarding the designation of a local historic district. Each 545
individual property in the proposed designation boundary, regardless of the 546
number of owners having interest in any given property, will receive one property 547
owner opinion ballot. 548
(1) A property owner is eligible to vote regardless of whether or not the property 549
owner is an individual, a private entity, or a public entity; 550
(2) The Municipality shall count no more than one property owner opinion ballot 551
for: 552
(A) Each parcel within the boundaries of the proposed local historic district 553
or area; or 554
15
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
(B) If the parcel contains a condominium project, each unit within the 555
boundaries of the proposed local historic district or area; and 556
(3) If a parcel or unit has more than one owner of record, the Municipality shall 557
count a property owner opinion ballot for the parcel or unit only if the 558
property owner opinion ballot reflects the vote of the property owners who 559
own at least fifty percent (50%) interest in the parcel or unit. 560
b. Property owners of record will have thirty (30) days from the postmark date of the 561
property owner opinion ballot to submit a response to the City indicating the 562
property owner’s support or nonsupport of the proposed designation. 563
c. A letter shall be mailed to all property owners within the proposed local historic 564
district or thematic designation whose property owner opinion ballot has not been 565
received by the City within fifteen (15) days from the original postmark date. This 566
follow up letter will encourage the property owners to submit a property owner 567
opinion ballot prior to the thirty (30) day deadline date set by the mailing of the 568
first property owner opinion ballot. 569
12. Notification Of Property Owner Opinion Balloting Results: Following the public 570
opinion balloting for the proposed designation, the City will send notice of the results 571
to all property owners within the proposed local historic district, area, or thematic 572
designation. 573
13. City Council Consideration: Following the transmittal of the Historic Landmark 574
Commission and the Planning Commission recommendations and the results of the 575
property owner opinion process, the City Council shall hold a public hearing to 576
consider the designation of a landmark site, local historic district or thematic 577
designation. 578
a. Designation Of A Landmark Site: The City Council may, by a majority vote, 579
designate a landmark site. 580
b. Designation Of A Local Historic District Or Thematic Designation: 581
(1) If the property owner opinion ballots returned equals at least two-thirds (2/3) 582
of the total number of returned property owner support ballots, and represents 583
more than fifty percent (50%) of the parcels and units (in the case of a 584
condominium project) within the proposed local historic district, area, or 585
thematic designation, the City Council may designate a local historic district 586
or a thematic district by a simple majority vote. 587
588
(2) If the number of property owner opinion ballots received does not meet the 589
threshold identified in subsection C13b(1) of this section, the City Council 590
may only designate a local historic district, area, or a thematic district by an 591
affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the City Council. 592
(3) If the number of property owner opinion ballots received in support and in 593
opposition is equal, the City Council may only designate a local historic 594
district or a thematic district by a super majority vote. 595
16
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
c. Following Designation: Following City Council designation of a landmark site, 596
local historic district or thematic designation, all of the property located within the 597
boundaries of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District shall be subject to the 598
provisions of this section. The zoning regulations will go into effect on the date of 599
the publication of the ordinance unless otherwise noted on the adoption ordinance. 600
14. Notice Of Designation: Within thirty (30) days following the designation of a 601
landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation, the City shall provide 602
notice of the action to all owners of property within the boundaries of the H Historic 603
Preservation Overlay District. In addition, a notice shall be recorded in the Office of 604
the County Recorder for all lots or parcels within the area added to the H Historic 605
Preservation Overlay District. 606
15. Standards For The Designation Of A Landmark Site, Local Historic District Or 607
Thematic Designation: Each lot or parcel of property proposed as a landmark site, for 608
inclusion in a local historic district, or for thematic designation shall be evaluated 609
according to the following: 610
a. Significance in local, regional, State or national history, architecture, engineering 611
or culture, associated with at least one of the following: 612
(1) Events that have made significant contribution to the important patterns of 613
history, or 614
(2) Lives of persons significant in the history of the City, region, State, or 615
Nation, or 616
(3) The distinctive characteristics of a type, period or method of construction; or 617
the work of a notable architect or master craftsman, or 618
(4) Information important in the understanding of the prehistory or history of 619
Salt Lake City; and 620
b. Physical integrity in terms of location, design, setting, materials, workmanship, 621
feeling and association as defined by the National Park Service for the National 622
Register of Historic Places; 623
c. The proposed local historic district or thematic designation is listed, or is eligible 624
to be listed on the National Register of Historic Places; 625
d. The proposed local historic district contains notable examples of elements of the 626
City’s history, development patterns or architecture not typically found in other 627
local historic districts within Salt Lake City; 628
e. The designation is generally consistent with adopted planning policies; and 629
f. The designation would be in the overall public interest. 630
16. Factors To Consider: The following factors may be considered by the Historic 631
Landmark Commission and the City Council to help determine whether the proposed 632
designation of a landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation meets the 633
criteria listed above: 634
17
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
a. Sites should be of such an age which would allow insight into whether a property 635
is sufficiently important in the overall history of the community. Typically this is 636
at least fifty (50) years but could be less if the property has exceptional 637
importance. 638
b. Whether the proposed local historic district contains examples of elements of the 639
City’s history, development patterns and/or architecture that may not already be 640
protected by other local historic districts within the City. 641
c. Whether designation of the proposed local historic district would add important 642
knowledge that advances the understanding of the City’s history, development 643
patterns and/or architecture. 644
d. Whether approximately seventy five percent (75%) of the structures within the 645
proposed boundaries are rated as contributing structures by the most recent 646
applicable historic survey. 647
17. Boundaries Of A Proposed Landmark Site: When applying the evaluation criteria in 648
subsection C15 of this section, the boundaries of a landmark site shall be drawn to 649
ensure that historical associations, and/or those which best enhance the integrity of 650
the site comprise the boundaries. 651
18. Boundaries Of A Proposed Local Historic District: When applying the evaluation 652
criteria in subsection C15 of this section, the boundaries shall be drawn to ensure the 653
local historic district: 654
a. Contains a significant density of documented sites, buildings, structures or 655
features rated as contributing structures in a recent historic survey; 656
b. Coincides with documented historic boundaries such as early roadways, canals, 657
subdivision plats or property lines; 658
c. Coincides with logical physical or manmade features and reflect recognized 659
neighborhood boundaries; and 660
d. Contains nonhistoric resources or vacant land only where necessary to create 661
appropriate boundaries to meet the criteria of subsection C15 of this section. 662
19. Boundaries Of A Proposed Thematic Designation: When applying the evaluation 663
criteria of this section, the boundaries shall be drawn to ensure the thematic 664
designation contains a collection of sites, buildings, structures, or features that are 665
united together by historical, architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and contribute 666
to the historic preservation goals of Salt Lake City by protecting historical, 667
architectural, or aesthetic interest or value. 668
D. The Adjustment Or Expansion Of Boundaries Of An H Historic Preservation Overlay 669
District And The Revocation Of The Designation Of Landmark Site: 670
1. Procedure: The procedure for the adjustment of boundaries of an H Historic 671
Preservation Overlay District and the revocation of the designation of a landmark site 672
shall be the same as that outlined in subsection C of this section. 673
18
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2. Criteria For Adjusting The Boundaries Of An H Historic Preservation Overlay 674
District: Criteria for adjusting the boundaries of an H Historic Preservation Overlay 675
District are as follows: 676
a. The properties have ceased to meet the criteria for inclusion within an H Historic 677
Preservation Overlay District because the qualities which caused them to be 678
originally included have been lost or destroyed, or such qualities were lost 679
subsequent to the Historic Landmark Commission recommendation and adoption 680
of the district; 681
b. Additional information indicates that the properties do not comply with the 682
criteria for selection of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District as outlined in 683
subsection C15 of this section; or 684
c. Additional information indicates that the inclusion of additional properties would 685
better convey the historical and architectural integrity of the H Historic 686
Preservation Overlay District, provided they meet the standards outlined in 687
subsection C15 of this section. 688
3. Criteria For The Expansion Of An Existing Landmark Site, Local Historic District Or 689
Thematic Designation: A proposed expansion of an existing landmark site, local 690
historic district or thematic designation shall be considered utilizing the provisions of 691
subsections C15 through C19 of this section. 692
4. Criteria For The Revocation Of The Designation Of A Landmark Site: Criteria are as 693
follows: 694
a. The property has ceased to meet the criteria for designation as a landmark site 695
because the qualities that caused it to be originally designated have been lost or 696
destroyed or the structure has been demolished; or 697
b. Additional information indicates that the landmark site does not comply with the 698
criteria for selection of a landmark site as outlined in subsection C15 of this 699
section; or 700
c. Additional information indicates that the landmark site is not of exceptional 701
importance to the City, State, region or Nation. 702
D. Historic Status Determination: 703
704
1. Purpose: Historic status determinations are to address the historic status of individual 705
structures within a local historic district on a case-by-case basis through robust review 706
of documentation in order to render a timely decision on the historic status for 707
circumstances outlined below. 708
709
2. Applicability: Historic status determinations may be rendered for properties within an 710
existing local historic district using the considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7 711
to determine whether they are contributing or noncontributing to the local historic 712
district for the following: 713
714
19
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
a. Unrated Properties: Properties that were inadvertently missed in a survey or not 715
given a historic status rating; 716
717
b. Incorrectly Rated Properties: Properties that may have been given an incorrect 718
status rating in a survey; 719
720
3. Authority: Historic status determinations shall be made by the zoning administrator in 721
the form of an administrative interpretation. 722
723
4. Persons Entitled to Seek Historic Status Determinations: Application for a historic 724
status determination may be made by the owner of the subject property or the owner’s 725
authorized agent. The planning director may also initiate a petition for a historic 726
status determination. 727
728
5. Limitations: A historic status determination shall not: 729
730
a. Change the boundaries of the local historic district; 731
b. Be issued for landmark sites; 732
c. Be issued for structures that are not within period of significance in an adopted 733
historic resource survey. 734
735
6. Application for Historic Status Determination: An administrative interpretation 736
application may be made to the zoning administrator on a form provided, which shall 737
include at least the following information, unless deemed unnecessary by the zoning 738
administrator: 739
740
a. The applicant’s name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and interest in 741
the subject property. The owner’s name, address and telephone number, if 742
different than the applicant, and the owner’s signed consent to the filing of the 743
application; 744
b. The street address, legal description and tax number of the subject property; 745
c. Current and historic photographs; 746
d. Any historic resource surveys and reports on record in the Planning Division or 747
the Utah State Historic Preservation Office; 748
e. Description of any alterations to the structure and the date of approval for any 749
alterations; 750
f. The historic status rating the applicant believes to be correct. When the request is 751
to change the historic status rating, the applicant shall state in the application the 752
reason(s) the existing historic rating is incorrect and why it should be changed 753
based on the considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7, or provide an 754
intensive level historic resource survey conducted in accordance with the Utah 755
State Preservation Office standards for building surveys addressing the 756
20
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
considerations in Subsection 21A.34.020.D.7 for analysis by the zoning 757
administrator. 758
759
g. Any other information the zoning administrator deems necessary for a full and 760
proper consideration of the particular application. 761
762
7. Considerations for Historic Status Determinations: A historic status determination 763
may include the following considerations: 764
765
a. Whether alterations that have occurred are generally reversible. 766
b. Whether the building contributes to an understanding of a period of significance 767
of a neighborhood, community, or area. 768
c. Whether or not the building retains historic integrity in terms of location, design, 769
setting, materials, workmanship, feeling and association as defined in Section 770
21A.62.040. The analysis shall take into consideration how the building reflects 771
the historical or architectural merits of the overall local historic district in which 772
the resource is located. When analyzing historic integrity of a building as part of a 773
local historic district, the collective historic value of the buildings and structures 774
in a local historic district taken together may be greater than the historic value of 775
each individual building or structure in a district. 776
8. Decision: Written findings documenting the historic status determination shall be sent 777
to the applicant and members of the historic landmark commission and kept on file in 778
city records. 779
780
9. Updating Records: If the historic status determination is different than the property’s 781
historic rating in the most recent historic resource survey, the determination will 782
stand, and the city’s applicable historic resource survey(s) will be updated to reflect 783
the determination. 784
785
10. Appeal of Decision: Any person adversely affected by a final decision made by the 786
zoning administrator interpreting a provision of this title may appeal to the appeals 787
hearing officer in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 21A.16 of this title. 788
789
E. Certificate oOf Appropriateness Required: After the establishment of an H Historic 790
Preservation Overlay District, or the designation of a landmark site, nNo alteration in the 791
exterior appearance of a structure, site, or object or work of art affecting the landmark 792
site or a property within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District shall be made or 793
permitted to be made unless or until the an application for a certificate of appropriateness 794
is has been submitted to, and approved by, the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission, or 795
administratively by the Pplanning Ddirector, as applicable, pursuant to sSubsection F of 796
this section. Certificates of appropriateness shall be required for: 797
798
21
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1. A certificate of appropriateness shall be required for all of the following: 799
a1. Any exterior alteration to the property or any structure on the property unless 800
specifically exempted under Subsection 21A.34.020.E.2; construction needing a 801
building permit; 802
b2. New construction; Removal and replacement or alteration of architectural 803
detailing, such as porch columns, railing, window moldings, cornices and siding; 804
c3. Relocation of a structure or object on the same site or to another site; 805
d4. Demolition; Construction of additions or decks; 806
5. Alteration or construction of accessory structures, such as garages, etc.; 807
6. Alterations to windows and doors, including replacement or changes in fenestration 808
patterns; 809
7. Construction or alteration of porches; 810
8. Masonry work including, but not limited to, tuckpointing, sandblasting, painting and 811
chemical cleaning; 812
9. The construction or alterations of site features including, but not limited to, fencing, 813
walls, paving and grading; 814
10. Installation or alteration of any exterior sign; 815
11. Any demolition; 816
12. New construction; and 817
13. Installation of an awning over a window or door. 818
2. Exemptions: The following are exempt from obtaining a Certificate of 819
Appropriateness: 820
821
a. Installation of storm windows; 822
b. Landscaping that: 823
824
(1) Complies with the standards of this title; 825
(2) Does not include a wall fence or grade changes; and 826
(3) Is not an attribute that is a character defining feature of the property or 827
streetscape; 828
829
c. Painting of surfaces that does not include unpainted stone, brick or cement; 830
831
d. Plaques, boxes, and other similar objects that measure 18 inches or less in any 832
dimension, contain no electrical components, and are attached to exterior finish 833
material or mounted through mortar joints when on a masonry wall; 834
835
22
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
e. Electrical, gas, or water meters or outlets, including electric vehicle charging 836
outlets, that are in a location that is not visible from the public right of way; 837
838
f. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems that do not require new conduit 839
and are not visible from the public right of way; and 840
841
g. Solar energy collection systems meeting the priority locations outlined in 842
Subsections 21A.40.190.B.3.a through 21A.40.190.B.3.c. 843
844
F. Procedure Ffor Issuance oOf Certificate oOf Appropriateness: 845
846
1. Administrative Authority Decision: The following may be decided by the planning 847
director or designee: Certain types of construction or demolition may be approved 848
administratively subject to the following procedures: 849
a. Types Of Construction: The following may be approved by administrative 850
decision: 851
a. (1)Minor alteration of or addition to a landmark site or contributing site, building, 852
and/or structure; 853
b. (2)Alteration of or addition to a noncontributing site building or structure; 854
c. (3)Partial demolition of either a landmark site or a contributing principal building 855
or structure; 856
d. (4) Demolition of an accessory building or structure; and 857
e. (5) Demolition of a noncontributing building or structure.; and 858
(6) Installation of solar energy collection systems pursuant to 859
section 21A.40.190 of this title. 860
b. Submission Of Application: An application for a certificate of appropriateness 861
shall be made on a form prepared by the Planning Director or designee, and shall 862
be submitted to the Planning Division. The Planning Director shall make a 863
determination of completeness pursuant to chapter 21A.10 of this title., and shall 864
forward the application for review and decision. 865
c. Materials Submitted With Application: The application shall include photographs, 866
construction drawings, and other documentation such as an architectural or 867
massing model, window frame sections, and samples and any further information 868
or documentation as the Zoning Administrator deems necessary in order to fully 869
consider and analyze the application. deemed necessary to consider the 870
application properly and completely. 871
d. Fees: No application fee will be required for a certificate of appropriateness that is 872
administratively approved. 873
e. Notice Of Application For Demolition Of A Noncontributing Building Or 874
Structure: An application for demolition of a noncontributing building or structure 875
23
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
shall require notice for determination of noncontributing sites pursuant to chapter 876
21A.10 of this title. The applicant shall be responsible for payment of all fees 877
established for providing the public notice required by chapter 21A.10 of this title. 878
f. Standards Of Approval: The application shall be reviewed according to the 879
standards set forth in subsections G and H of this section, whichever is applicable. 880
g. Review And Decision By The Planning Director: On the basis of written findings 881
of fact, the Planning Director or the Planning Director’s designee shall either 882
approve, or conditionally approve, the certificate of appropriateness based on the 883
standards in subsections G and H of this section, whichever is applicable, within 884
thirty (30) days following receipt of a completed application. The decision of the 885
Planning Director shall become effective at the time the decision is made. 886
h. Referral Of Application By Planning Director To Historic Landmark 887
Commission: The Planning Director may refer any application to the Historic 888
Landmark Commission due to the complexity of the application, the significance 889
of change to the landmark site or contributing building in the H Historic 890
Preservation Overlay District, or the need for consultation for expertise regarding 891
architectural, construction or preservation issues, or if the application does not 892
meet the standards of review. 893
2. Historic Landmark Commission Authority: The following Certain types of 894
construction, demolition and relocation shall only be decided approved by the 895
Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission subject to the following procedures: 896
897
a. Types Of Construction: The following shall be reviewed by the Historic 898
Landmark Commission: 899
a. (1)Substantial alteration or addition to a landmark site or contributing site, 900
building, and/or structure; 901
902
b. (2) New construction of principal building in the H Historic Preservation Overlay 903
District; 904
905
c. (3) Relocation of landmark site or contributing principal building; 906
907
d. (4) Demolition of landmark site or contributing principal building; 908
909
e. Economic hardship determination; and 910
911
f. (5) Applications for administrative approval referred by the Pplanning Ddirector.; 912
and 913
914
(6) Installation of solar energy collection systems on the front facade of the 915
principal building in a location most compatible with the character defining 916
features of the home pursuant to section 21A.40.190 of this title. 917
24
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
3b. Submission oOf Application: An application for a certificate of appropriateness shall 918
be made on an application form prepared by the zoning administrator and 919
accompanied by applicable fees as noted in the Salt Lake City consolidated fee 920
schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible for payment of all mailing fees 921
established for required public noticing. the Planning Director or designee, and shall 922
be submitted to the Planning Division. The Planning Director shall make a 923
determination of completeness pursuant to chapter 21A.10 of this title., and shall 924
forward the application for review and decision. The procedure for an application for 925
a certificate of appropriateness shall be the same as specified in subsection F1b of this 926
section. 927
a. General Application Requirements: A complete application shall include the 928
following unless deemed unnecessary by the zoning administrator: 929
930
(1) The applicant’s name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and interest 931
in the subject property; 932
933
(2) The owner’s name, address and telephone number, if different than the 934
applicant, and the owner’s signed consent to the filing of the application; 935
936
(3) The street address and legal description of the subject property; 937
938
(4) A narrative including a complete description of the project and how it meets 939
review standards with citation of supporting adopted city design guidelines; 940
941
(5) Current and historic photographs of the property 942
943
(6) A site plan or drawing drawn to a scale which includes the following 944
information: property lines, lot dimensions, topography, adjacent streets, 945
alleys and walkways, landscaping and buffers, existing and proposed 946
buildings and structures, lot coverage, grade changes, parking spaces, trash 947
receptacles, drainage features, proposed setbacks and other details required for 948
project evaluation; 949
950
(7) Elevation drawings and details for all impacted facades; 951
952
(8) Illustrative photos and or samples of all proposed façade materials; 953
954
(9) Building, wall, and window section drawings; 955
956
(10) Any further information or documentation as the zoning administrator deems 957
necessary in order to fully consider and analyze the application. 958
959
b. New Construction Application Requirements: In addition to the general 960
application requirements listed above, applications for new construction of a 961
25
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
primary structure shall include the following unless deemed unnecessary by the 962
zoning administrator: 963
c. Fees: The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees shown on the 964
Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible 965
for payment of all fees established for providing the public notice required 966
by chapter 21A.10 of this title. 967
d. Materials Submitted With Application: An application shall be made on a form 968
provided by the Planning Director and shall be submitted to the Planning Division 969
in accordance with subsection F1c of this section, however specific requirements 970
for new construction shall include the following information unless deemed 971
unnecessary by the Zoning Administrator: 972
(1) The applicant’s name, address, telephone number, e-mail address and interest 973
in the subject property; 974
(2) The owner’s name, address and telephone number, if different than the 975
applicant, and the owner’s signed consent to the filing of the application; 976
(3) The street address and legal description of the subject property; 977
(4) A narrative including a complete description of the project and how it meets 978
review standards with citation of supporting adopted City design guidelines; 979
(1) (5)A context plan showing property lines, building footprints, front yard 980
setbacks, adjacent streets and alleys, historic district boundaries, 981
contributing/noncontributing structures and landmark sites; 982
983
(2) (6) A streetscape study which includes height measurements for each primary 984
structure on the block face; 985
(7) A site plan or drawing drawn to a scale which includes the following 986
information: property lines, lot dimensions, topography, adjacent streets, 987
alleys and walkways, landscaping and buffers, existing and proposed 988
buildings and structures, lot coverage, grade changes, parking spaces, trash 989
receptacles, drainage features, proposed setbacks and other details required for 990
project evaluation; 991
(8) Elevation drawings and details for all facades; 992
(9) Illustrative photos and/or samples of all proposed facade materials; 993
(10) Building, wall, and window section drawings; 994
(3) (11) Renderings 3D models that show the new construction in relation to 995
neighboring buildings; and 996
(4) (12) Renderings 3D models that show the new construction from the 997
pedestrian perspective.; and 998
(13) Any further information or documentation as the Zoning Administrator 999
deems necessary in order to fully consider and analyze the application. 1000
26
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
4e. Notice: Applications for a certificate of appropriateness are subject to the notification 1001
requirements of Chapter 2.60 of this code. shall require notice pursuant to chapter 1002
21A.10 of this title. An application for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition 1003
of a noncontributing building or structure shall require notice pursuant to Chapter 1004
21A.10 of this title. The applicant shall be responsible for payment of all fees 1005
established for providing the public notice required by Chapters 2.60 and 21A.10 of 1006
this title. 1007
f. Public Hearing: Applications for a certificate of appropriateness shall require a 1008
public hearing pursuant to chapter 21A.10 of this title. 1009
5g. Standards fFor Approval: The Aapplications for a certificate of appropriateness shall 1010
be reviewed according to the standards set forth in sSubsections G through KL of this 1011
section, whichever are applicable. 1012
6. Administrative Decisions: The planning director or designee shall approve, 1013
conditionally approve, or deny the application for a certificate of appropriateness 1014
based upon written findings of fact. The decision of the planning director or designee 1015
shall become effective upon issuance of the certificate of appropriateness. 1016
a. Referral of Application to Historic Landmark Commission: The planning director 1017
or designee may refer any application to the historic landmark commission due to 1018
the complexity of the application, the significance of change to the structure or 1019
site, or the need for consultation for expertise regarding architectural or other 1020
preservation issues. 1021
7h. Review And Decision By The Historic Landmark Commission Decisions: The 1022
Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall hold a public hearing to review the 1023
application in accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter 1024
21A.10 of this title. make a decision at a regularly scheduled meeting, following 1025
receipt of a completed application. The historic landmark commission shall approve, 1026
conditionally approve, or deny the application based upon written findings of fact. 1027
The decision of the historic landmark commission shall become effective at the time 1028
the decision is made. Following a decision from the historic landmark commission to 1029
approve a certificate of appropriateness, the planning director or designee shall issue 1030
a certificate of appropriateness after all conditions of approval are met except for 1031
demolition of contributing principal buildings and landmark sites as outlined in 1032
Subsection 21A.34.020.F.8. 1033
1034
8. Requirements for Certificate of Appropriateness for Demolition: The certificate of 1035
appropriateness for demolition of a contributing principal building or landmark site 1036
shall not be issued until the following criteria is satisfied: 1037
1038
a. The appeal period associated with the approval has expired. 1039
1040
b. The landmark commission has granted approval for a new building that will 1041
replace the landmark site or contributing principal building to be demolished. The 1042
requirement for replacing the contributing principal building or landmark site with 1043
27
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
a new building may be waived by the historic landmark commission if a new 1044
development or redevelopment plan that includes the principal building to be 1045
demolished is approved by the historic landmark commission. 1046
1047
c. The certificate of appropriateness for demolition shall be issued simultaneously 1048
with the certificate of appropriateness and building permits for the replacement 1049
building. 1050
1051
9. Revocation of the Designation of a Landmark Site: If a landmark site is approved for 1052
demolition, the property shall not be removed from the H Historic Preservation 1053
Overlay District until the building has been demolished and revocation of the 1054
designation of a landmark site has been approved in accordance with Section 1055
21A.51.050, Local Historic Amendments Process. 1056
1057
10. Exceptions of Certificate of Appropriateness for Demolition of Hazardous Buildings: 1058
A hazardous building shall be exempt from the provisions governing demolition if the 1059
building official determines, in writing, that the building currently is an imminent 1060
hazard to public safety. Prior to the issuance of a demolition permit, the building 1061
official shall notify the planning director for consultation and of the final decision. 1062
1063
11. Expiration of Approvals: No certificate of appropriateness shall be valid for a period 1064
of longer than one (1) year unless a building permit has been issued or complete 1065
building plans have been submitted to the Salt Lake City Division of Building 1066
Services and Licensing within that period and is thereafter diligently pursued to 1067
completion; or unless a longer time is requested and granted by the historic landmark 1068
commission, or in the case of an administrative approval, by the planning director or 1069
designee. Any request for a time extension shall be required not less than thirty (30) 1070
days prior to the one (1) year time period. 1071
1072
(1) After reviewing all materials submitted for the case, the recommendation of 1073
the Planning Division and conducting a field inspection, if necessary, the 1074
Historic Landmark Commission shall make written findings of fact based on 1075
the standards of approval as outlined in this subsection F through subsection K 1076
of this section, whichever are applicable. 1077
(2) On the basis of its written findings of fact the Historic Landmark 1078
Commission shall either approve, deny or conditionally approve the certificate 1079
of appropriateness. 1080
(3) The decision of the Historic Landmark Commission shall become effective at 1081
the time the decision is made. Demolition permits for landmark sites or 1082
contributing principal buildings shall not be issued until the appeal period has 1083
expired. 1084
28
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
(4) Written notice of the decision of the Historic Landmark Commission on the 1085
application, including a copy of the findings of fact, shall be made pursuant to 1086
the provisions of section 21A.10.030 of this title. 1087
12i. Appeal oOf Historic Landmark Commission Decisions: Any person adversely 1088
affected by a final decision of the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission, or in the case 1089
of administrative decisions, the planning director or designee, may file an appeal in 1090
accordance with the provisions of cChapter 21A.16 of this title. 1091
G. Standards fFor Certificate Of Appropriateness For Alteration oOf aA Landmark Site oOr 1092
Contributing Structure Including New Construction oOf aAn Accessory Structure: In 1093
considering an application for a certificate of appropriateness for alteration of a landmark 1094
site or contributing structure, or new construction of an accessory structure associated 1095
with a landmark site or contributing structure, the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission, or 1096
the Pplanning Ddirector, for administrative decisions, shall, using the adopted design 1097
guidelines as a key basis for evaluation, find that the project substantially complies with 1098
all of the following general standards: that pertain to the application and that the decision 1099
is in the best interest of the City: 1100
1101
1. A property shall be used for its historic purpose or be used for a purpose that requires 1102
minimal change to the defining characteristics of the building and its site and 1103
environment; 1104
2. The historic character of a property shall be retained and preserved. The removal of 1105
historic materials or alteration of features and spaces that characterize a property shall 1106
be avoided; 1107
3. All sites, structures and objects shall be recognized as products of their own time. 1108
Alterations that have no historical basis and which seek to create a false sense of 1109
history or architecture are not allowed; 1110
4. Alterations or additions that have acquired historic significance in their own right 1111
shall be retained and preserved; 1112
5. Distinctive features, finishes and construction techniques or examples of 1113
craftsmanship that characterize a historic property shall be preserved; 1114
6. Deteriorated architectural features shall be repaired rather than replaced wherever 1115
feasible. In the event replacement is necessary, the new material should match the 1116
material being replaced in composition, design, texture and other visual qualities. 1117
Repair or replacement of missing architectural features should be based on accurate 1118
duplications of features, substantiated by historic, physical or pictorial evidence rather 1119
than on conjectural designs or the availability of different architectural elements from 1120
other structures or objects; 1121
7. Chemical or physical treatments, such as sandblasting, that cause damage to historic 1122
materials shall not be used. The surface cleaning of structures, if appropriate, shall be 1123
undertaken using the gentlest means possible; 1124
8. Contemporary design for alterations and additions to existing properties shall not be 1125
discouraged when such alterations and additions do not destroy significant cultural, 1126
historical, architectural or archaeological material, and such design is compatible with 1127
29
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
the size, scale, color, material and character of the property, neighborhood or 1128
environment; 1129
9. Additions or alterations to structures and objects shall be done in such a manner that 1130
if such additions or alterations were to be removed in the future, the essential form 1131
and integrity of the structure would be unimpaired. The new work shall be 1132
differentiated from the old and shall be compatible in massing, size, scale and 1133
architectural features to protect the historic integrity of the property and its 1134
environment; 1135
10. Certain building materials are prohibited including the following: 1136
a. Aluminum, asbestos, or vinyl cladding; and when applied directly to an original 1137
or historic material. 1138
b. Vinyl fencing. 1139
1140
11. Any new sign and any change in the appearance of any existing sign located on a 1141
landmark site or within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District, which is visible 1142
from any public way or open space shall be consistent with the historic character of the 1143
landmark site or H Historic Preservation Overlay District and shall comply with the 1144
standards outlined in cChapter 21A.46 of this title. 1145
1146
H. Standards fFor Certificate Of Appropriateness Involving New Construction oOr 1147
Alteration oOf aA Noncontributing Structure: In considering an application for a 1148
certificate of appropriateness involving new construction of a principal building, or 1149
alterations of noncontributing structures, the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission, or 1150
Pplanning Ddirector when the application involves the alteration of a noncontributing 1151
structure, shall, using the adopted design guidelines as a key basis for evaluation, 1152
determine whether the project substantially complies with each of the following standards 1153
that pertain to the application to ensure that the proposed project fits into the established 1154
context in ways that respect and contribute to the evolution of Salt Lake City’s 1155
architectural and cultural traditions: 1156
1157
1. Settlement Patterns aAnd Neighborhood Character: 1158
1159
a. Block aAnd Street Patterns: The design of the project preserves and reflects the 1160
historic block, street, and alley patterns that give the district its unique character. 1161
Changes to the block and street pattern may be considered when advocated by an 1162
adopted Ccity plan. 1163
b. Lot aAnd Site Patterns: The design of the project preserves the pattern of lot and 1164
building site sizes that create the urban character of the historic context and the 1165
block face. Changes to the lot and site pattern may be considered when advocated 1166
by an adopted Ccity plan. 1167
c. The Public Realm: The project relates to adjacent streets and engages with 1168
sidewalks in a manner that reflects the character of the historic context and the 1169
block face. Projects should maintain the depth of yard and height of principal 1170
30
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
elevation of those existing on the block face in order to support consistency in the 1171
definition of public and semi-public spaces. 1172
d. Building Placement: Buildings are placed such that the project maintains and 1173
reflects the historic pattern of setbacks and building depth established within the 1174
historic context and the block face. Buildings should maintain the setback 1175
demonstrated by existing buildings of that type constructed in the district or site’s 1176
period of significance. 1177
e. Building Orientation: The building is designed such that principal entrances and 1178
pathways are oriented such that they address the street in the pattern established in 1179
the historic context and the block face. 1180
1181
2. Site Access, Parking, aAnd Services: 1182
a. Site Access: The design of the project allows for site access that is similar, in 1183
form and function, with patterns common in the historic context and the block 1184
face. 1185
1186
(1) Pedestrian: Safe pedestrian access is provided through architecturally 1187
highlighted entrances and walkways, consistent with patterns common in the 1188
historic context and the block face. 1189
(2) Vehicular: Vehicular access is located in the least obtrusive manner possible. 1190
Where possible, garage doors and parking should be located to the rear or to 1191
the side of the building. 1192
1193
b. Site aAnd Building Services aAnd Utilities: Utilities and site/building services 1194
(such as HVAC systems, venting fans, and dumpsters) are located such that they 1195
are to the rear of the building or on the roof and screened from public spaces and 1196
public properties. 1197
1198
3. Landscape aAnd Lighting: 1199
a. Grading oOf Land: The site’s landscape, such as grading and retaining walls, 1200
addresses the public way in a manner that reflects the character of the historic 1201
context and the block face. 1202
b. Landscape Structures: Landscape structures, such as arbors, walls, fences, address 1203
the public way in a manner that reflects the character of the historic context and 1204
the block face. 1205
c. Lighting: Where appropriate lighting is used to enhance significant elements of 1206
the design and reflects the character of the historic context and the block face. 1207
1208
4. Building Form aAnd Scale: 1209
a. Character oOf Tthe Street Block: The design of the building reflects the historic 1210
character of the street facade in terms of scale, composition, and modeling. 1211
1212
31
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
(1) Height: The height of the project reflects the character of the historic context 1213
and the block face. Projects taller than those existing on the block face step 1214
back their upper floors to present a base that is in scale with the historic 1215
context and the block face. 1216
1217
(2) Width: The width of the project reflects the character of the historic context 1218
and the block face. Projects wider than those existing on the block face 1219
modulate the facade to express a series of volumes in scale with the historic 1220
context and the block face. 1221
1222
(3) Massing: The shape, form, and proportion of buildings, reflects the character 1223
of the historic context and the block face. 1224
1225
(4) Roof Forms: The building incorporates roof shapes that reflect forms found in 1226
the historic context and the block face. 1227
1228
5. Building Character: 1229
a. Facade Articulation aAnd Proportion: The design of the project reflects patterns 1230
of articulation and proportion established in the historic context and the block 1231
face. As appropriate, facade articulations reflect those typical of other buildings 1232
on the block face. These articulations are of similar dimension to those found 1233
elsewhere in the context, but have a depth of not less than twelve inches (12”). 1234
1235
(1) Rhythm oOf Openings: The facades are designed to reflect the rhythm of 1236
openings (doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) established in the historic 1237
context and the block face. 1238
1239
(2) Proportion aAnd Scale oOf Openings: The facades are designed using 1240
openings (doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) of similar proportion and 1241
scale to that established in the historic context and the block face. 1242
1243
(3) Ratio oOf Wall tTo Openings: Facades are designed to reflect the ratio of wall 1244
to openings (doors, windows, recessed balconies, etc.) established in the 1245
historic context and the block face. 1246
1247
(4) Balconies, Porches, aAnd External Stairs: The project, as appropriate, 1248
incorporates entrances, balconies, porches, stairways, and other projections 1249
that reflect patterns established in the historic context and the block face. 1250
1251
6. Building Materials, Elements aAnd Detailing: 1252
a. Materials: Building facades, other than windows and doors, incorporate no less 1253
than eighty percent (80%) durable material such as, but not limited to, wood, 1254
32
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
brick, masonry, textured or patterned concrete and/or cut stone. These materials 1255
reflect those found elsewhere in the district and/or setting in terms of scale and 1256
character. 1257
b. Materials Oon Street-Facing Facades: The following materials are not considered 1258
to be appropriate and are prohibited for use on facades which face a public street: 1259
vinyl siding and aluminum siding. 1260
c. Windows: Windows and other openings are incorporated in a manner that reflects 1261
patterns, materials, profile, and detailing established in the district and/or setting. 1262
d. Architectural Elements aAnd Details: The design of the building features 1263
architectural elements and details that reflect those characteristic of the district 1264
and/or setting. 1265
1266
7. Signage Location: Locations for signage are provided such that they are an integral 1267
part of the site and architectural design and are complementary to the principal 1268
structure. 1269
1270
I. Standards fFor Certificate Of Appropriateness For Relocation oOf Landmark Site oOr 1271
Contributing Structure: In considering an application for a certificate of appropriateness 1272
for relocation of a landmark site or a contributing structure, the Hhistoric Llandmark 1273
Ccommission shall find that the project substantially complies with the following 1274
standards: 1275
1276
1. The proposed relocation will abate demolition of the structure; 1277
1278
2. The proposed relocation will not diminish the overall physical integrity of the district 1279
or diminish the historical associations used to define the boundaries of the district; 1280
1281
3. The proposed relocation will not diminish the historical or architectural significance 1282
of the structure; 1283
1284
4. The proposed relocation will not have a detrimental effect on the structural soundness 1285
of the building or structure; 1286
1287
5. A professional building mover will move the building and protect it while being 1288
stored; and 1289
1290
6. A financial guarantee to ensure the rehabilitation of the structure once the relocation 1291
has occurred is provided to the Ccity. The financial guarantee shall be in a form 1292
approved by the Ccity Aattorney, in an amount determined by the Pplanning 1293
Ddirector sufficient to cover the estimated cost to rehabilitate the structure as 1294
approved by the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission and restore the grade and 1295
landscape the property from which the structure was removed in the event the land is 1296
to be left vacant once the relocation of the structure occurs. 1297
1298
33
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
J. Standards fFor Certificate Of Appropriateness For Demolition oOf Landmark Site: In 1299
considering an application for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition of a 1300
landmark site, the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall only approve the application 1301
upon finding that the project fully complies with one of the following standards: 1302
1303
1. The demolition is required to alleviate a threat to public health and safety pursuant to 1304
sSubsection 21A.34.020.F.10 O of this section; or 1305
1306
2. A determination of economic hardship has been granted by the Hhistoric Llandmark 1307
Ccommission pursuant to the provisions of sSubsection 21A.34.020.L of this section. 1308
1309
K. Standards fFor Certificate Of Appropriateness For Demolition oOf aA Contributing 1310
Principal Building In An H Historic Preservation Overlay District: When considering a 1311
request for approval of a certificate of appropriateness for demolition of a contributing 1312
principal building, the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall determine whether the 1313
request substantially complies with the following standards: 1314
1315
1. Standards For Approval Of A Certificate Of Appropriateness For Demolition: 1316
1a. The historic integrity of the site as defined in subsection Section 21A.62.040 C15b of 1317
this section is no longer evident and the site no longer meets the definition of a 1318
contributing building or structure in Section 21A.62.040; 1319
2b.The streetscape within the context of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District 1320
would not be negatively materially affected if the contributing principal building were 1321
to be demolished; 1322
3c. The demolition would not create a material adverse effect on the concentration of 1323
historic resources used to define the boundaries or maintain the integrity of the 1324
district; 1325
4d.The base zoning of the site does not permit land uses that would allow the adaptive 1326
reuse of the contributing principal building; 1327
5e. The contributing principal building has not suffered from willful wilful neglect, as 1328
evidenced by the following: 1329
a. (1)WillfulWilful or negligent acts that have caused significant deterioration of the 1330
structural integrity of the contributing principal building to the point that the 1331
building fails to substantially conform to applicable standards of the Sstate 1332
Cconstruction Ccode, 1333
b. (2)Failure to perform routine and appropriate maintenance and repairs to maintain 1334
the structural integrity of the contributing principal building, or 1335
c. (3)Failure to secure and board the contributing principal building, if vacant, per 1336
sSection 18.64.045 of this Ccode. 1337
34
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2. Historic Landmark Commission Determination Of Compliance With Standards Of 1338
Approval: If the Historic Landmark Commission finds that the request for a 1339
certificate of appropriateness for demolition substantially complies with the standards 1340
in subsection K1 of this section, then the Historic Landmark Commission shall 1341
approve the request for a certificate of appropriateness for demolition. If the Historic 1342
Landmark Commission does not find that the request for a certificate of 1343
appropriateness for demolition substantially complies with the standards in subsection 1344
K1 of this section, then the Historic Landmark Commission shall deny the request for 1345
a certificate of appropriateness for demolition. 1346
L. Economic Hardship Determination: Upon denial of a certificate of appropriateness for 1347
demolition of a contributing principal building by the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission, 1348
the owner and/or owner’s representative will have one year from the end of the appeal 1349
period as described in cChapter 21A.16 of this title, to submit an application for 1350
determination of economic hardship. In the case of a landmark site, an application for 1351
determination of economic hardship shall can be submitted at any the same time as an 1352
application for demolition of a landmark site necessary to meet the standard of 1353
sSubsection 21A.34.020.J.2 of this section. 1354
1355
1. Application fFor Determination oOf Economic Hardship: An application for a 1356
determination of economic hardship shall be made on a form provided by the zoning 1357
administrator and accompanied by applicable fees as noted in the Salt Lake City 1358
consolidated fee schedule. Planning Director and shall be submitted to the Planning 1359
Division. 1360
1361
2. Evidence fFor Determination oOf Economic Hardship: The burden of proof is on the 1362
owner or owner’s representative to provide sufficient evidence to demonstrate an 1363
economic hardship. Any finding in support of economic hardship shall be based 1364
solely on the hardship of the property. Evidence may include, but is not limited to: 1365
1366
a. Physical cCondition of the property at time of purchase and the applicant’s plans 1367
for the property at time of purchase. 1368
b. The current level of economic return on the property as considered in relation to 1369
the following: 1370
1371
(1) The amount paid for the property, the date of purchase, and party from whom 1372
purchased, including a description of the relationship, if any, between 1373
applicant, and the person from whom the property was purchased,; 1374
(2) The annual gross and net income, if any, from the property for the previous 1375
three (3) years; itemized operating and maintenance expenses for the previous 1376
three (3) years; and depreciation deduction and annual cash flow before and 1377
after debt service, if any, for the previous three (3) years,; 1378
1379
35
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
(3) Real Eestate Ttaxes for the previous three (3) years by the Salt Lake County 1380
Assessor,; 1381
(4) An appraisal, no older than six (6) months at the time of application for 1382
determination of economic hardship conducted by an MAI certified appraiser 1383
licensed within the State of Utah. Also all appraisals obtained within the 1384
previous three (3) years by the owner or applicant in connection with the 1385
purchase, financing or ownership of the property,; 1386
(5) The fair market value of the property taking into consideration the H Historic 1387
Preservation Overlay District,; and 1388
(6) For non-residential or multifamily properties, any Sstate or Ffederal Iincome 1389
Ttax returns on or relating to the property for the previous three (3) years. 1390
1391
c. The marketability of the property for sale or lease, as determined by any listing of 1392
the property for sale or lease, and price asked and offers received, if any, within 1393
the previous two (2) years. This determination can include testimony and relevant 1394
documents regarding: 1395
1396
(1) Any real estate broker or firm engaged to sell or lease the property,; 1397
(2) Reasonableness of the price in terms of fair market value or rent sought by the 1398
applicant,; and 1399
(3) Any advertisements placed for the sale or rental of the property. 1400
1401
d. The feasibility of alternative uses for the property as considered in relation to the 1402
following: 1403
1404
(1) Report from a licensed engineer or architect with demonstrated experience in 1405
rehabilitation of older buildings as to the structural soundness of any building 1406
on the property,; 1407
(2) An estimate of the cost of the proposed construction or alteration, including 1408
the cost of demolition and removal, and potential cost savings for reuse of 1409
materials,; 1410
(3) The estimated market values of the property in current condition, after 1411
completion of the demolition; and after renovation of the existing property for 1412
continued use,; and 1413
(4) The testimony of an experienced professional with demonstrated experience 1414
in rehabilitation of older buildings as to the economic feasibility of 1415
rehabilitation or reuse of the existing building on the property. An experienced 1416
professional may include, but is not limited to, an architect, developer, real 1417
estate consultant, appraiser, or any other professional experienced in 1418
preservation or rehabilitation of older buildings and licensed within the State 1419
of Utah. 1420
1421
36
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
e. Economic incentives and/or funding available to the applicant through Ffederal, 1422
Sstate, Ccity, or private programs. 1423
f. Description of past and current use. 1424
g. An itemized report that identifies what is deficient if the building does not meet 1425
minimum Ccity Bbuilding Ccode standards or violations of this Ccode and 1426
whether any exceptions within Chapter 12 Historic Buildings of the IEBC, or its 1427
successor, could be used to resolve those deficiencies. 1428
h. Consideration of map amendment, conditional use, special exception or other land 1429
use processes to alleviate hardship. 1430
1431
3. Procedure fFor Determination oOf Economic Hardship: The Planning Director shall 1432
appoint a qualified expert to evaluate the application and provide advice and/or 1433
testimony to the Historic Landmark Commission concerning the value of the property 1434
and whether or not the denial of demolition could result in an economic hardship. The 1435
extent of the authority of the Planning Director’s appointed qualified expert is limited 1436
to rendering advice and testimony to the Historic Landmark Commission. The 1437
Planning Director’s appointed qualified expert has no decision-making capacity. The 1438
Planning Director’s appointed qualified expert should have considerable and 1439
demonstrated experience in appraising, renovating, or restoring historic properties, 1440
real estate development, economics, accounting, finance and/or law. The Historic 1441
Landmark Commission may also consider other expert testimony upon reviewing the 1442
evidence presented by the applicant or receiving the advice/testimony of the Planning 1443
Director’s appointed qualified expert as necessary. 1444
1445
a. Appointment of Qualified Expert: The planning director shall appoint a qualified 1446
expert to evaluate the application and provide advice and/or testimony to the 1447
historic landmark commission concerning the value of the property and whether 1448
or not the denial of demolition could result in an economic hardship. 1449
1450
(1) The extent of the Authority: The planning director’s appointed qualified 1451
expert is limited to rendering advice and testimony to the historic landmark 1452
commission and has no decision-making capacity. 1453
(2) The planning director’s appointed qualified expert shall have considerable and 1454
demonstrated experience in appraising, renovating, or restoring historic 1455
properties, real estate development, economics, accounting, finance and/or 1456
law. 1457
(3) The historic landmark commission may also consider other expert testimony 1458
upon reviewing the evidence presented by the applicant or receiving the 1459
advice/testimony of the planning director’s appointed qualified expert as 1460
necessary. 1461
1462
ba. Review Oof Evidence: The Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall hold a public 1463
hearing in accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter 1464
37
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
21A.10 of this title shall to consider the evidence submitted, an application and 1465
the advice and /testimony of the Pplanning Ddirector’s appointed qualified expert. 1466
for determination of economic hardship after receipt of a complete application. 1467
1468
cb. Finding Oof Economic Hardship: If after reviewing all of the evidence presented by 1469
the applicant and the advice/testimony of the Pplanning Ddirector’s appointed 1470
qualified expert, and if the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission finds that the applicant 1471
has presented sufficient information supporting a determination of economic 1472
hardship, then the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission shall approve the issue a 1473
certificate of appropriateness for demolition. in accordance with subsections M and N 1474
of this section. In order to show that all beneficial or economically viable use cannot 1475
be obtained, the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission must find that all of the following 1476
are met: 1477
1478
(1) The contributing principal building or landmark site cannot be economically 1479
used or rented at a reasonable rate of return in its present condition or if 1480
rehabilitated; 1481
(2) The contributing principal building or landmark site cannot be put to any 1482
reasonable beneficial use in its present condition or if rehabilitated; and 1483
(3) Bona fide efforts during the previous year to sell or lease the contributing 1484
principal building or landmark site at a reasonable price have been 1485
unsuccessful. 1486
1487
(1) For demolition of non-residential or multifamily property: 1488
1489
(A) The contributing principal building or landmark site currently cannot be 1490
economically used or rented at a reasonable rate of return in its present 1491
condition. 1492
1493
(2) For demolition of a residential property (single or two family): 1494
1495
(A) The contributing principal building or landmark site cannot be put to any 1496
beneficial use in its present condition. 1497
dc. Certificate oOf Appropriateness fFor Demolition: If the Hhistoric Llandmark 1498
Ccommission finds an economic hardship, a certificate of appropriateness for 1499
demolition shall be issued in accordance with Subsection 21A.34.020.F.8. valid 1500
for one year. Extensions of time for an approved certificate of appropriateness for 1501
demolition associated with economic hardship shall be subject to 1502
subsection 21A.10.010D of this title. 1503
ed. Denial Oof Economic Hardship: If the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission does 1504
not find an economic hardship, then the application for a certificate of 1505
appropriateness for demolition shall be denied. No further economic hardship 1506
determination applications may be considered for the subject property for three 1507
(3) years from the date of the final decision of the Hhistoric Llandmark 1508
Ccommission. The Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission may waive this restriction 1509
38
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
if the Hhistoric Llandmark Ccommission finds there are circumstances sufficient 1510
to warrant a new hearing other than the re-sale of the property or those caused by 1511
the negligence or intentional acts of the owner. 1512
1513
e. Appeal: Any owner adversely affected by a final decision of the Historic 1514
Landmark Commission may appeal the decision in accordance with the provisions 1515
of chapter 21A.16 of this title. 1516
M. Requirements For Certificate Of Appropriateness For Demolition: No certificate of 1517
appropriateness for demolition shall be issued unless the landmark site or contributing 1518
principal building to be demolished is to be replaced with a new building that meets the 1519
following criteria. 1520
1521
1. The replacement building satisfies all applicable zoning and H Historic Preservation 1522
Overlay District standards for new construction. 1523
2. The certificate of appropriateness for demolition is issued simultaneously with the 1524
appropriate approvals and permits for the replacement building. 1525
3. Submittal of documentation to the Planning Division of the landmark site or 1526
contributing principal building in a historic district. Documentation shall include 1527
photos of the subject property and a site plan. Documentation may also include 1528
drawings and/or written data if available. 1529
1530
a. Photographs. Digital or print photographs. Views should include: 1531
(1) Exterior views; 1532
(2) Close-ups of significant exterior features; 1533
(3) Views that show the relationship of the primary building to the overall site, 1534
accessory structures and/or site features. 1535
1536
b. Site plan showing the location of the building and site features. 1537
1538
N. Revocation Of The Designation Of A Landmark Site: If a landmark site is approved for 1539
demolition, the property shall not be removed from the Salt Lake City Register of 1540
Cultural Resources (see subsection D of this section). 1541
1542
O. Exceptions Of Certificate Of Appropriateness For Demolition Of Hazardous Buildings: A 1543
hazardous building shall be exempt from the provisions governing demolition if the 1544
building official determines, in writing, that the building currently is an imminent hazard 1545
to public safety. Prior to the issuance of a demolition permit, the building official shall 1546
notify the Planning Director of the decision. 1547
1548
P. Expiration Of Approvals: Subject to an extension of time granted by the Historic 1549
Landmark Commission, or in the case of an administratively approved certificate of 1550
appropriateness, by the Planning Director or designee, no certificate of appropriateness 1551
shall be valid for a period of longer than one year unless a building permit has been 1552
39
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
issued or complete building plans have been submitted to the Division of Building 1553
Services and Licensing within that period and is thereafter diligently pursued to 1554
completion, or unless a longer time is requested and granted by the Historic Landmark 1555
Commission, or in the case of an administrative approval, by the Planning Director or 1556
designee. Any request for a time extension shall be required not less than thirty (30) days 1557
prior to the twelve (12) month time period. 1558
1559
SECTION 5. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.40.190.B. That 1560
Subsection 21A.40.190.B of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Accessory Uses, Buildings and 1561
Structures: Small Solar Energy Collection Systems: Small Solar Energy Collection Systems and 1562
Historic Preservation Overlay Districts or Landmark Sites) shall be, and hereby is amended to 1563
read as follows: 1564
B. Small Solar Energy Collection Systems aAnd Historic Preservation Overlay Districts Or 1565
Landmark Sites: 1566
1567
1. General: In addition to meeting the standards set forth in this section, all applications to 1568
install a small solar energy collection system within the Historic Preservation Overlay 1569
District shall obtain a certificate of appropriateness in accordance with Section 1570
21A.34.020 prior to installation. Small solar energy collection systems shall be allowed 1571
in accordance with the location priorities detailed in sSubsection B.3 of this section. If 1572
there is any conflict between the provisions of this sSubsection B, and any other 1573
requirements of this section, the provisions of this sSubsection B shall take precedence. 1574
2. Installation Standards: The small solar energy collection system shall be installed in a 1575
location and manner on the building or lot that is least visible and obtrusive and in such a 1576
way that causes the least impact to the historic integrity and character of the historic 1577
building, structure, site or district while maintaining efficient operation of the solar 1578
device. The system must be installed in such a manner that it can be removed and not 1579
damage the historic building, structure, or site it is associated with. 1580
3. Small Solar Energy Collection System Location Priorities: In approving appropriate 1581
locations and manner of installation, consideration shall include the following locations 1582
in the priority order they are set forth below. The method of installation approved shall be 1583
the least visible from a public right-of-way, not including alleys, and most compatible 1584
with the character defining features of the historic building, structure, or site. Systems 1585
proposed for locations in subsections B3a through B3e of this section, may be reviewed 1586
administratively as set forth in subsection 21A.34.020F1, “Administrative Decision”, of 1587
this title. Systems proposed for locations in subsection B3f of this section, shall be 1588
reviewed by the Historic Landmark Commission in accordance with the procedures set 1589
forth in subsection 21A.34.020F2, “Historic Landmark Commission”, of this title. 1590
40
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1591
a. Rear yard in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-way. 1592
b. On accessory buildings or structures in a location not readily visible from a public 1593
right-of-way. 1594
c. In a side yard in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-way. 1595
d. On the principal building in a location not readily visible from a public right-of-1596
way. 1597
e. On the principal building in a location that may be visible from a public right-of-1598
way, but not on the structure’s front facade. 1599
f. On the front facade of the principal building in a location most compatible with 1600
the character defining features of the structure. 1601
1602
SECTION 6. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.50.020. That 1603
Section 21A.50.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Authority) shall be, and 1604
hereby is amended to read as follows: 1605
21A.50.020: AUTHORITY: 1606
1607
The text of this title and the zoning map may be amended by the passage of an ordinance 1608
adopted by the city council in accordance with the procedures set forth in this chapter. 1609
Applications related to H Historic Preservation Overlay District or Landmark Sites are 1610
subject to the procedures in Chapter 21A.51, Local Historic Designations and Amendments. 1611
1612
SECTION 7. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.50.030. That 1613
Section 21A.50.030 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Initiation) shall be, and 1614
hereby is amended to read as follows: 1615
21A.50.030: INITIATION: 1616
1617
Amendments to the text of this title or to the zoning map may be initiated by filing an 1618
application for an amendment addressed to the planning commission. Applications for 1619
amendments may be initiated by the mayor, the city council, the planning commission, or the 1620
owner of the property included in the application, or the property owner’s authorized agent. 1621
Applications related to H Historic Preservation Overlay Districts or landmark sites or the 1622
Homeless Resource Center Overlay shall be initiated as provided in Chapter 21A.34 of this 1623
title. 1624
1625
41
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
SECTION 8. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.50.040.B That 1626
Section 21A.50.030.B of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Procedure: Fees) shall 1627
be, and hereby is amended to read as follows: 1628
B. Fees: The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees shown on the Salt 1629
Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible for payment 1630
of all fees established for providing the public notice required by cChapter 21A.10 of this 1631
title. Application and noticing fees filed by the city council, planning commission or the 1632
mayor shall not be required. Application and noticing fees filed for designation within an 1633
H historic preservation overlay district or to establish a character conservation district 1634
shall not be required. 1635
1636
1637
SECTION 9. Amending the text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.50.060 That 1638
Section 21A.50.060 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Amendments: Limitation on 1639
Amendments) shall be, and hereby is amended to read as follows: 1640
21A.50.060: LIMITATION ON AMENDMENTS: 1641
1642
A. No application for an amendment to this title shall be considered by the Ccity Ccouncil 1643
or the Pplanning Ccommission within one year of the withdrawal by the applicant or final 1644
decision of the Ccity Ccouncil upon a prior application covering substantially the same 1645
subject or substantially the same property. 1646
B. In the case of a proposed local historic district or thematic designation per section 1647
21A.50.060 of this chapter, if a local historic district or area proposal fails in accordance 1648
with the voting procedures set forth in section 21A.50.060.A11, a resident may not 1649
initiate the creation of a local historic district, area, or thematic designation that includes 1650
more than fifty percent (50%) of the same property as the failed local historic district, 1651
area, or thematic designation proposal for four (4) years after the day on which the 1652
property owner opinion ballots for the vote were due. 1653
BC. This determination shall be made by the Zzoning Aadministrator upon receipt of an 1654
application pursuant to sSection 21A.50.030 of this chapter. This provision shall not 1655
restrict the Mmayor, the Ccity Ccouncil or the Pplanning Ccommission from proposing 1656
any text amendment or change in the boundaries of any of the districts in this title at any 1657
time. 1658
1659
42
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
SECTION 10. Adopting a new Chapter 21A.51 of Salt Lake City Code 21A. Chapter 21A of 1660
the Salt Lake City Code (Local Historic Designation and Amendments) shall be and hereby is 1661
amended to include a new Chapter 21A.51 Local Historic Designation and Amendments and shall 1662
read as follows: 1663
Chapter 21A.51 1664
LOCAL HISTORIC DESIGNATON & AMENDMENTS 1665
21A.51.010: Purpose Statement 1666
21A.51.020: Authority 1667
21A.51.030: Local Historic Designation Process 1668
21A.51.040: Local Historic Designation Criteria 1669
21A.51.050: Existing Local Historic Amendment Process 1670
21A.51.060: Existing Local Historic Amendment Criteria 1671
21A.51.070: Limitations 1672
21A.51.080: Historic Resource Surveys 1673
21A.51.090: Appeal of Decision 1674
1675
21A.51.010: PURPOSE STATEMENT: 1676
The purpose of this chapter is to provide standards and procedures for making amendments 1677
to the zoning map related to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. The H Historic 1678
Preservation Overlay District applies to all properties within the boundaries of a local historic 1679
district, part of a thematic designation, or a landmark site. 1680
21A.51.020: AUTHORITY: 1681
A. Authority: Pursuant to the procedures and standards in this chapter and the standards for 1682
general amendments in Section 21A.50.050, the city council may amend the zoning map 1683
and apply the H Historic Preservation Overlay District by the passage of an ordinance 1684
and: 1685
1686
1. Designate a landmark site; 1687
2. Designate as a local historic district; 1688
3. Designate as a thematic designation; 1689
4. Amend designations to add or remove features or property to or from a landmark site, 1690
local historic district or thematic designation; 1691
5. Revoke designation of a landmark site; 1692
6. Adopt comprehensive historic resource surveys and associated reports for new 1693
landmark sites, local historic districts or thematic designations; and 1694
1695
43
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
7. Adopt updates to historic resource surveys and associated reports for existing local 1696
historic districts or thematic designations in accordance with the provisions in Section 1697
21A.51.080. 1698
1699
21A.51.030: LOCAL HISTORIC DESIGNATION PROCESS: 1700
Salt Lake City will consider the local designation of a landmark site, local historic district or 1701
thematic designation in order to protect the best examples of historic resources which 1702
represent significant elements of the city’s prehistory, history, development patterns or 1703
architecture. Local designation must be in the best interest of the city and achieve a 1704
reasonable balance between private property rights and the public interest in preserving the 1705
city’s cultural, historic, and architectural heritage. 1706
A. Process for Designation of a Local Historic District or Thematic Designation: 1707
1708
1. Procedures Required Before an Application Can be Submitted: Prior to the submittal 1709
of an application for the designation or amendment local historic district or thematic 1710
designation, and prior to gathering any signatures for an application, the following 1711
steps must be completed: 1712
1713
a. Pre-application Conference: A potential applicant shall attend a pre-application 1714
conference with the planning director or designee. The purpose of this meeting is 1715
to discuss the merits of the proposed designation and the amendment processes as 1716
outlined in this section. 1717
1718
b. Notification to Affected Property Owners: Following the preapplication 1719
conference outlined in Subsection A.1.a of this section, the city shall send by first 1720
class mail a neutral informational pamphlet to owners of record for each property 1721
potentially affected by a forthcoming application. The informational pamphlet 1722
shall be mailed after a potential applicant submits to the city a finalized proposed 1723
boundary of an area to be included in the H Historic Preservation Overlay 1724
District. The informational pamphlet shall contain, at a minimum, a description of 1725
the process to create a local historic district or thematic designation and will also 1726
list the pros and cons of a local historic district or thematic designation. Once the 1727
city sends the informational pamphlet, gathering of property owner signatures 1728
may begin per Subsection A.2 of this section. The informational pamphlet sent 1729
shall remain valid for ninety (90) days. If an application is not filed with the city 1730
within ninety (90) days after the date that the informational pamphlet was mailed, 1731
the city shall close its file on the matter. Any subsequent proposal must begin the 1732
application process again. 1733
1734
2. Application: 1735
1736
44
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
a. Parties Entitled to Submit Application: The mayor or the city council, by a 1737
majority vote, may initiate a petition to consider designation of a local historic 1738
district or thematic designation. A property owner submitting such application 1739
shall demonstrate, in writing, support of more than thirty three percent (33%) of 1740
the property owners of lots or parcels within the proposed boundaries of an area to 1741
be included in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. 1742
1743
(1) For purposes of this subsection, a lot or parcel of real property may not be 1744
included in the calculation of the required percentage unless the application is 1745
signed by property owners representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the 1746
interest in that lot or parcel. 1747
1748
(2) Each lot or parcel of real property may only be counted once toward the thirty 1749
three percent (33%), regardless of the number of owner signatures obtained 1750
for that lot or parcel. 1751
1752
(3) Signatures obtained to demonstrate support of more than thirty three percent 1753
(33%) of the property owners within the boundary of the proposed local 1754
historic district or thematic designation must be gathered within a period of 1755
ninety (90) days as counted between the date that the informational pamphlet 1756
was mailed as required per Subsection 21A.51.030.A.1.b and the date of the 1757
last required signature. 1758
1759
b. Submittal Requirements: An application shall be made to the zoning administrator 1760
on a form or forms provided by the office of the zoning administrator, which shall 1761
include at least the following information unless deemed unnecessary by the 1762
zoning administrator: 1763
1764
(1) Information demonstrating the procedures in Subsections 21A.51.030.A.1.a 1765
and 21A.51.030.A.1.b have been followed; 1766
1767
(2) Information demonstrating the requirements in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.2.a 1768
have been met; 1769
1770
(3) Street addresses and parcel numbers of all properties included in the proposed 1771
local designation; 1772
1773
(4) Photos of all properties included in the proposed designation; 1774
1775
(5) Narrative demonstrating compliance with the standards and considerations in 1776
Section 21A.51.040; and 1777
1778
45
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
(6) Any other information the zoning administrator deems necessary for 1779
consideration of a particular application. 1780
1781
c. Fees: Application and noticing fees for designation of a local historic district or 1782
thematic designation shall not be required. 1783
1784
3. Notice of Designation Application Letter: Following the receipt by the city of an 1785
application for the designation of a local historic district or thematic designation, the 1786
city shall send a notice of designation application letter to owner(s) of record for each 1787
property affected by said application along with a second copy of the informational 1788
pamphlet described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.1.b. In the event that no application 1789
is received following the ninety (90) day period of property owner signature 1790
gathering, the city will send a letter to property owner(s) of record stating that no 1791
application has been filed, and that the city has closed its file on the matter. 1792
1793
4. Planning Director Report to the City Council: Following the receipt by the city of an 1794
application for the designation to a local historic district or thematic designation and 1795
following mailing of the notice of designation application letter described in 1796
Subsection 21A.51.030.A.3, the planning director shall submit a report based on the 1797
following considerations to the city council: 1798
1799
a. Whether a current historic survey meeting the standards prescribed by the State 1800
Historic Preservation Office is available for the landmark site or the area proposed 1801
for a local historic district or thematic designation. If a suitable survey is not 1802
available, the report shall propose a strategy to gather the needed survey data. 1803
1804
b. The city administration will determine the priority of the petition and determine 1805
whether there is sufficient funding and staff resources available to allow the 1806
planning division to complete a community outreach process, historic resource 1807
analysis and to provide ongoing administration of the new local historic district or 1808
thematic designation if the designation is approved by the city council. If 1809
sufficient funding is not available, the report shall include a proposed budget. 1810
1811
c. Whether the proposed designation is generally consistent with the purposes, goals, 1812
objectives and policies of the city as stated through its various adopted planning 1813
documents. 1814
1815
d. Whether the proposed designation would generally be in the public interest. 1816
1817
e. Whether there is probable cause to believe that the proposed landmark site, local 1818
historic district or thematic designation may be eligible for designation consistent 1819
with the purposes and designation criteria in Section 21A.51.040 and the zoning 1820
map amendment criteria in Section 21A.50.050, “Standards for General 1821
Amendments”, of this title. 1822
46
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
1823
f. Verification that a neutral informational pamphlet was sent per Subsection 1824
21A.51.030.A.3 of this section to all property owners within a proposed local 1825
historic district following the preapplication process outlined in Subsections 1826
21A.51.030.A.1.a and 21A.51.030.A.1.b. 1827
1828
5. Notification to Recognized Community Organizations: Notification to recognized 1829
community organizations shall be provided as set forth in Section 2.60.050 of this 1830
code. 1831
1832
6. Property Owner Meeting: Following the submission of the planning director’s report 1833
and acceptance of the report by the city council, the planning division will conduct a 1834
community outreach process to inform the owners of property within the proposed 1835
boundaries of the proposed local historic district or thematic designation about the 1836
following: 1837
1838
a. The designation process, including determining the level of property owner 1839
support, the public hearing process, and final decision-making process by the city 1840
council; and 1841
1842
b. Zoning ordinance requirements affecting properties located within the H Historic 1843
Preservation Overlay District, adopted design guidelines, the design review 1844
process for alterations and new construction, the demolition process and the 1845
economic hardship process. 1846
1847
7. Open House: The planning division will conduct an open house pursuant to Section 1848
2.60.050. 1849
1850
8. Public Hearings: A public hearing shall be held with both the historic landmark 1851
commission and the planning commission in accordance with the standards and 1852
procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing 1853
Procedures”, of this title. The historic landmark commission and planning 1854
commission shall recommend approval or denial of the proposal or the approval of 1855
some modification of the proposal. 1856
1857
9. Property Owner Opinion Balloting: 1858
1859
a. Following the completion of the historic landmark commission and planning 1860
commission public hearings, the city will deliver property owner opinion ballots 1861
via first class mail to property owners of record within the boundary of the 1862
proposed local historic district or thematic designation. The property owner 1863
opinion ballot is a nonbinding opinion poll to inform the city council of property 1864
owner interest regarding the designation of a local historic district. Each 1865
individual property in the proposed designation boundary, regardless of the 1866
47
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
number of owners having interest in any given property, will receive one property 1867
owner opinion ballot. 1868
1869
(1) A property owner is eligible to vote regardless of whether or not the property 1870
owner is an individual, a private entity, or a public entity; 1871
1872
(2) The city shall count no more than one property owner opinion ballot for: 1873
1874
(a) Each parcel within the boundaries of the proposed local historic district or 1875
area; or 1876
1877
(b) If the parcel contains a condominium project, each unit within the 1878
boundaries of the proposed local historic district or area; and 1879
(c) If a parcel or unit has more than one owner of record, the city shall count 1880
a property owner opinion ballot for the parcel or unit only if the property 1881
owner opinion ballot reflects the vote of the property owners who own at 1882
least fifty percent (50%) interest in the parcel or unit. 1883
b. Property owners of record will have thirty (30) days from the postmark date of the 1884
property owner opinion ballot to submit a response to the city indicating the 1885
property owner’s support or nonsupport of the proposed designation. 1886
1887
c. A letter shall be mailed to all property owners within the proposed local historic 1888
district or thematic designation whose property owner opinion ballot has not been 1889
received by the city within fifteen (15) days from the original postmark date. This 1890
follow up letter will encourage the property owners to submit a property owner 1891
opinion ballot prior to the thirty (30) day deadline date set by the mailing of the 1892
first property owner opinion ballot. 1893
1894
10. Notification of Property Owner Opinion Balloting Results: Following the public 1895
opinion balloting for the proposed designation, the city will send notice of the results 1896
to all property owners within the proposed local historic district or thematic 1897
designation. 1898
1899
11. City Council Consideration: Following the transmittal of the recommendations of the 1900
historic landmark commission and the planning commission and the results of the 1901
property owner opinion ballot process, the city council shall hold a public hearing to 1902
consider the designation of a local historic district or thematic designation in 1903
accordance with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General 1904
Application and Public Hearing Procedures”, of this title and the following: 1905
1906
1907
48
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
a. If the property owner opinion ballots returned equals at least two-thirds (2/3) of the 1908
total number of returned property owner support ballots and represents more than 1909
fifty percent (50%) of the parcels and units (in the case of a condominium) within 1910
the proposed local historic district, area, or thematic designation, the city council 1911
may designate a local historic district or a thematic district by a simple majority 1912
vote. 1913
1914
b. If the number of property owner opinion ballots received does not meet the 1915
threshold identified in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.11.a the city council may only 1916
designate a local historic district, area, or a thematic district by an affirmative vote 1917
of two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the city council. 1918
1919
c. If the number of property owner opinion ballots received in support and in 1920
opposition is equal, the city council may only designate a local historic district or 1921
a thematic district by a super majority vote. 1922
1923
B. Process for Designation of a Landmark Site: 1924
1925
1. Application: 1926
1927
a. Parties Entitled to Submit Application: Any owner of property proposed for a 1928
landmark site, the mayor or the city council, by majority vote, may initiate a 1929
petition to consider the designation of a landmark site. 1930
1931
b. Submittal Requirements: Applications for landmark sites shall provide at least all 1932
of the information in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.2.b unless deemed unnecessary by 1933
the zoning administrator. 1934
1935
c. Fees: Application and noticing fees for designation of a landmark site shall not be 1936
required. 1937
1938
2. Notification to Community Organizations: Notification to recognized community 1939
organizations shall be provided as set forth in Section 2.60.050 of this code. 1940
1941
3. Public Hearings: A public hearing shall be held with both the historic landmark 1942
commission and the planning commission in accordance with the standards and 1943
procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing 1944
Procedures”, of this title. The historic landmark commission and planning 1945
commission shall recommend approval or denial of the proposal or the approval of 1946
some modification of the proposal and the recommendation will be submitted to the 1947
city council. 1948
1949
49
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
4. City Council Consideration: Following the transmittal of the recommendations of the 1950
historic landmark commission and the planning commission, the city council shall 1951
hold a public hearing to consider the designation of a landmark site in accordance 1952
with the standards and procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application 1953
and Public Hearing Procedures”, of this title. The city council may, by a majority 1954
vote, designate a landmark site. 1955
1956
C. City Council Decision: Following city council designation of a landmark site, local 1957
historic district or thematic designation, all of the properties located within the 1958
boundaries of the local historic district, landmark site, or thematic designation will be 1959
subject to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District and subject to the provisions of 1960
Section 21A.34.020. The zoning regulations will go into effect on the date of the 1961
publication of the ordinance unless otherwise noted on the adopted ordinance. 1962
1963
1. Designation Adoption: Designation of a landmark site, local historic district or 1964
thematic designation includes adoption of the historic survey and associated report 1965
submitted for the designation. Historic resource surveys may be updated pursuant to 1966
the provisions in Section 21A.51.080 or Subsection 21A.34.020.D. 1967
1968
2. Notice of Designation: Within thirty (30) days following the designation of a 1969
landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation, the city shall provide 1970
notice of the action to all owners of property within the boundaries of the H Historic 1971
Preservation Overlay District. In addition, a notice shall be recorded in the office of 1972
the Salt Lake County Recorder for all lots or parcels within the area added to the H 1973
Historic Preservation Overlay District. 1974
1975
21A.51.040: LOCAL HISTORIC DESIGNATION CRITERIA: 1976
A. Standards for the Designation of a Landmark Site, Local Historic District or Thematic 1977
Designation: The proposed landmark site, local historic district, or thematic designation 1978
shall be evaluated according to the following: 1979
1980
1. Significance in local, regional, state or national history, architecture, engineering or 1981
culture, associated with at least one of the following: 1982
1983
a. Events that have made significant contribution to the important patterns of 1984
history, or 1985
1986
b. Lives of persons significant in the history of the city, region, state, or nation, or 1987
1988
c. The distinctive characteristics of a type, period of significance, or method of 1989
construction; or the work of a notable architect or master craftsman, or 1990
1991
50
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
d. Information important in the understanding of the prehistory or history of Salt 1992
Lake City; and 1993
1994
2. Historic integrity in terms of location, design, setting, materials, workmanship, 1995
feeling and association as defined in Section 21A.62.040. When analyzing historic 1996
integrity, the collective historic value of the buildings and structures in a local historic 1997
district taken together may be greater than the historic value of each individual 1998
building or structure in a district. 1999
2000
3. The proposed landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation is listed, or 2001
is eligible to be listed on the National Register of Historic Places; 2002
2003
4. The proposed designation contains notable examples of elements of the city’s history, 2004
development patterns or architecture not typically found in other local historic 2005
districts within Salt Lake City; 2006
2007
5. The designation is generally consistent with adopted planning policies; and 2008
2009
6. The designation would be in the overall public interest. 2010
2011
B. Factors to Consider: The following factors may be considered by the historic landmark 2012
commission and the city council to help determine whether the proposed designation of a 2013
landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation meets the criteria listed 2014
above: 2015
2016
1. Sites are of an age that allows insight into whether a property is sufficiently important 2017
in the overall history of the community as identified in one or more periods of 2018
significance in a historic survey report. Typically, this is at least fifty (50) years but 2019
could be less if the property has exceptional importance. 2020
2021
2. Whether the proposed local historic district or thematic designation contains 2022
examples of elements of the city’s history, development patterns and/or architecture 2023
that may not already be protected by other local historic districts within the city. 2024
2025
3. Whether designation of the proposed local historic district or thematic designation 2026
would add important knowledge that advances the understanding of the city’s history, 2027
development patterns and/or architecture. 2028
2029
4. Whether approximately seventy five percent (75%) of the structures within the 2030
proposed boundaries are rated as contributing structures by the most recent applicable 2031
historic survey and those relate to identified significance and periods of significance. 2032
2033
51
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
C. Boundaries of a Proposed Landmark Site: When applying the evaluation criteria in 2034
Subsection 21A.51.040.A, the boundaries of a landmark site shall be drawn to ensure that 2035
historical associations, that best enhance the integrity of the site comprise the boundaries. 2036
2037
D. Boundaries of a Proposed Local Historic District: When applying the evaluation criteria 2038
in Subsection 21A.51.040.A, the boundaries shall be drawn to ensure the local historic 2039
district: 2040
2041
1. Contains a significant density of documented sites, buildings, structures or features 2042
rated as contributing structures in a recent historic survey; 2043
2044
2. Coincides with documented historic boundaries such as early roadways, canals, 2045
subdivision plats or property lines; 2046
2047
3. Coincides with logical physical or manmade features and reflect recognized 2048
neighborhood boundaries; and 2049
2050
4. Contains noncontributing resources or vacant land only where necessary to create 2051
appropriate boundaries to meet the criteria in Subsections 21A.51.040.A and 2052
21A.51.040.D. 2053
2054
E. Boundaries of a Proposed Thematic Designation: When applying the evaluation criteria 2055
of this section, the boundaries shall be drawn to ensure the thematic designation contains 2056
a collection of sites, buildings, structures, or features that are associated by historical, 2057
architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and contribute to the historic preservation goals 2058
of Salt Lake City by protecting historical, architectural, or aesthetic interest or value. 2059
2060
21A.51.050: EXISTING LOCAL HISTORIC AMENDMENT PROCESS: 2061
A. Applicability: Existing Local Historic Amendments applies to the following: 2062
2063
1. Expanding the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local historic district, or adding 2064
additional properties to an existing thematic designation; 2065
2. Reducing the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local historic district, or 2066
removing properties from an existing thematic designation; and 2067
3. Revocation of the designation of a landmark site. 2068
2069
B. Process for Amendments to Existing Local Historic Districts and Thematic Designations: 2070
2071
1. Boundary Expansion: The process for expanding the boundaries of an existing local 2072
historic district or adding properties to a thematic designation shall be the same as 2073
outlined in Subsection 21A.51.030.A except that the following shall only apply to the 2074
properties being added into the proposed expanded boundary and do not apply to 2075
52
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
those properties already designated in a local historic district or thematic designation 2076
and already subject to the H Historic Preservation Overlay District: 2077
2078
a. The notification to affected property owners described in Subsection 2079
21A.51.030.A.1.b; 2080
2081
b. The application submittal requirements for demonstrating support of 33% of the 2082
property owners described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.2; 2083
2084
c. The property owner meeting described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.6; 2085
2086
d. The opinion ballot described in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.9; 2087
2088
e. Notification of property owner opinion balloting results in Subsection 2089
21A.51.030.A.10; and 2090
2091
f. City council consideration opinion ballot thresholds described in Subsection 2092
21A.51.030.A.11. 2093
2. Boundary Reduction: The process for reducing the boundaries of an existing local 2094
historic district or removing properties from a thematic designation shall be the same 2095
as outlined in Subsection 21A.51.030.A except that: 2096
2097
a. The requirements described in Subsection 21A.51.050.B.1.a through f, shall only 2098
apply to those properties proposed to be removed from the local historic district or 2099
thematic designation and do not apply to those properties already designated in a 2100
local historic district or thematic designation and already subject to the H Historic 2101
Preservation Overlay District. 2102
2103
b. Fees: The application shall be accompanied by the applicable fees shown on the 2104
Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The applicant shall also be responsible 2105
for payment of all fees established for providing the public notice required by 2106
Chapter 21A.10 of this title. Applications filed by the city council, planning 2107
commission or the mayor shall not be required. 2108
2109
C. Amendments to Existing Landmark Sites: 2110
2111
1. Boundary Expansion or Reduction or Revocation: The process for expanding or 2112
reducing the boundaries of an existing landmark site or the revocation of the 2113
designation of a landmark site shall follow the steps outlined in Subsection 2114
21A.51.030.B in addition to: 2115
2116
a. Fees: Applications for reducing the boundaries of a landmark site or for the 2117
revocation of the designation of a landmark site shall be accompanied by the 2118
applicable fees shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule. The 2119
53
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
applicant shall also be responsible for payment of all fees established for 2120
providing the public notice required by Chapter 21A.10 of this title. Applications 2121
filed by the city council, planning commission or the mayor shall not be required. 2122
2123
21A.51.060: EXISTING LOCAL HISTORIC AMENDMENT CRITERIA: 2124
2125
A. Expansion: A proposed expansion of the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local 2126
historic district, or the addition of properties to a thematic designation shall be considered 2127
utilizing the provisions of Subsections 21A.51.040.A through E and provided that new 2128
information indicates that the inclusion of additional properties would better convey the 2129
historical and architectural integrity of the landmark site, local historic district or 2130
thematic designation. 2131
2132
B. Reduction: A proposed reduction of the boundaries of an existing landmark site, local 2133
historic district or the removal of properties from a thematic designation shall 2134
demonstrate the properties have no longer met the criteria in Subsection 21A.51.040.A 2135
for inclusion within the landmark site, local historic district or thematic designation. The 2136
qualities that caused them to be originally included have been lost or destroyed, or such 2137
qualities were lost subsequent to the historic landmark commission recommendation and 2138
adoption of the designation. 2139
2140
C. Revocation of the Designation of a Landmark Site: A proposal for revocation of a 2141
landmark site shall demonstrate the property no longer meets the criteria in Subsection 2142
21A.51.040.A for which it was originally designated. 2143
2144
21A.51.070: LIMITATIONS: 2145
2146
A. If a local historic district or thematic designation proposal fails in accordance with the 2147
voting procedures set forth in Subsection 21A.51.030.A.9, a resident may not initiate the 2148
creation of a local historic district or thematic designation that includes more than fifty 2149
percent (50%) of the same property as the failed local historic district or thematic 2150
designation proposal for four (4) years after the day on which the property owner opinion 2151
ballots for the vote were due. 2152
1. This determination shall be made by the zoning administrator upon receipt of an 2153
application pursuant to Section 21A.51.030 of this chapter. This provision shall not 2154
restrict the mayor or the city council from initiating a petition at any time for a new 2155
local historic district or thematic designation, or to amend the boundaries of a local 2156
historic district or the removal or addition of properties in a thematic designation. 2157
2158
21A.51.080: HISTORIC RESOURCE SURVEYS 2159
2160
54
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
A. Existing Historic Resource Surveys: Any historic resource survey that was conducted for 2161
the city prior to the amendment of this chapter shall be utilized by the planning director 2162
and the historic landmark commission in applying provisions of Section 21A.34.020 the 2163
H Historic Preservation Overlay District. Any subsequent adoption of a historic resource 2164
survey will be done by ordinance in accordance with the provisions in this chapter and 2165
will supersede previous surveys. 2166
2167
B. Updates to Historic Resource Surveys: 2168
2169
1. Applicability: The city aims to update historic resource surveys on a periodic basis as 2170
recommended by the National Park Service. Updates to surveys are for land use 2171
purposes to determine periods of significance, to determine historic status of 2172
individual properties, to update the national register, and to keep archival records on 2173
historic properties. Updates to a historic resource survey for existing local historic 2174
district is subject to the following: 2175
2176
a. The standards of the H Historic Preservation Overlay apply to those properties 2177
within an adopted local historic district. Any other properties evaluated in a 2178
historic resource survey outside the boundary of a designated local district or 2179
thematic designation will not be subject to the land use regulations associated 2180
with historic status designations in the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. 2181
2182
b. An updated historic resource survey maintains the boundaries of a local historic or 2183
the properties within a thematic designation but may update the historic status of 2184
properties within the adopted H Historic Preservation Overlay District. 2185
2186
c. Historic Status Determinations: Instances where the historic status of an 2187
individual property within a local historic district is in question, the zoning 2188
administrator will use the provisions of Subsection 21A.34.020.D to make a 2189
timely determination. 2190
2191
d. Any properties changing status from the most recent historic resource survey shall 2192
be specifically identified in the updated survey and their period of significance 2193
and historic status listed. 2194
2195
2. Process for Updating Historic Resource Surveys: 2196
2197
a. Public Hearings: A public hearing shall be held with both the historic landmark 2198
commission and the planning commission in accordance with the standards and 2199
procedures set forth in Chapter 21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing 2200
Procedures”, of this title. The historic landmark commission and planning 2201
commission shall recommend approval or denial of the updated historic resource 2202
55
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
survey or the approval of some modification of the updated historic resource 2203
survey and the recommendation will be submitted to the city council. 2204
2205
b. City Council: Following the transmittal of the historic landmark commission’s 2206
recommendation, the city council shall hold a public hearing to consider adopting 2207
the updated historic survey in accordance with the procedures set forth in Chapter 2208
21A.10, “General Application and Public Hearing Procedures”, of this title. The 2209
city council may, by a majority vote, adopt the updated historic resource survey. 2210
In deciding to adopt an updated historic resource survey, the city council may 2211
consider the following in their decision making: 2212
2213
(1) Any benefit or impact that extending the period of significance would have on 2214
the local district or thematic designation and the city; 2215
2216
(2) Any new period of significance in the updated survey is identified and 2217
associated with at least one of the following: 2218
2219
(a) Events that have made significant contribution to the important patterns of 2220
history, or 2221
(b) Lives of persons significant in the history of the city, region, state, or 2222
nation, or 2223
(c) The distinctive characteristics of a type, period of significance or method 2224
of construction; or the work of a notable architect or master craftsman, or 2225
(d) Information important in the understanding of the prehistory or history of 2226
Salt Lake City; and 2227
(3) Any properties within a new period of significance will be assessed for 2228
aspects of integrity in terms of location, design, setting, materials, 2229
workmanship, feeling and association as defined by the National Park Service 2230
Aspects of integrity. When analyzing integrity, the collective historic value of 2231
the buildings and structures in a local historic district taken together may be 2232
greater than the historic value of each individual building or structure in a 2233
district. If integrity is intact, the property is denoted as contributing in the 2234
updated survey; 2235
2236
(4) Any notable examples of elements of the city’s history, development patterns 2237
or architecture not typically found in other local historic districts within Salt 2238
Lake City are specifically identified for any new periods of significance in the 2239
updated survey; 2240
2241
(5) The historic survey update would be in the overall public interest. 2242
56
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2243
C. City Council Action: If an updated historic resource survey is adopted by the city council, 2244
the updated historic resource survey including any updated historic status designations 2245
shall be used when applying provisions of the H Historic Preservation Overlay District in 2246
Section 21A.34.020. The decision to update a historic resource survey will go into effect 2247
on the date of the publication of the related ordinance unless otherwise noted on the 2248
adopted ordinance. 2249
2250
2251
21A.51.090: APPEAL OF DECISION: 2252
2253
Any party adversely affected by the decision of the city council may, within thirty (30) days 2254
after such decision, file a petition for review to the District Court pursuant to the Municipal 2255
Land Use Development and Management Act, Section 10-9a-801, of the Utah Code. 2256
2257
SECTION 11. Amending the Text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.60.020. That Section 2258
21A.60.020 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: List of Terms: List of Defined Terms) shall be and 2259
hereby is amended to add the following terms in the list of defined terms to be inserted into that list 2260
in alphabetical order: 2261
Contributing Structure 2262
Noncontributing Structure 2263
Demolition (as it applies to properties within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District) 2264
Demolition, Partial (as it applies to properties within the H Historic Preservation Overlay 2265
District) 2266
Historic Design Guidelines 2267
Historic Integrity 2268
Economic Hardship 2269
Historic Resource Survey 2270
Landmark Site 2271
Local Historic District 2272
Period of Significance 2273
Thematic Designation 2274
Willful Neglect 2275
2276
SECTION 12. Amending the Text of Salt Lake City Code Section 21A.62.040. That 2277
Section 21A.62.040 of the Salt Lake City Code (Zoning: Definitions: Definitions of Terms) shall 2278
57
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
be and hereby is amended to add the following definitions, which shall be inserted in 2279
alphabetical order and shall read as follows: 2280
2281
CONTRIBUTING STRUCTURE: A structure or site within the H historic preservation 2282
overlay district that has been determined through the process outlined in Section 2283
21A.51.040, or an adopted historic resource survey, or Subsection 21A.34.020.D, to 2284
generally retain historic integrity. When analyzing historic integrity of a building as part 2285
of a local historic district, the collective historic value of the buildings and structures in a 2286
local historic district taken together may be greater than the historic value of each 2287
individual building or structure in a district. A contributing structure generally has its 2288
major character defining features intact and although minor alterations may have 2289
occurred, they are generally reversible. 2290
2291
DEMOLITION (AS IT APPLIES TO PROPERTIES WITHIN THE H HISTORIC 2292
PRESERVATION OVERLAY DISTRICT): Any act or process which destroys a structure, 2293
object or property within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District or a landmark site. 2294
(See definition of demolition, partial.) 2295
2296
DEMOLITION, PARTIAL (AS IT APPLIES TO PROPERTIES WITHIN THE H 2297
HISTORIC PRESERVATION OVERLAY DISTRICT): Partial demolition includes any act 2298
which destroys a portion of a structure consisting of not more than twenty five percent (25%) 2299
of the floor area of the structure, and where the portion of the structure to be demolished is 2300
not readily visible from the street. Partial demolition also includes the demolition or removal 2301
of additions or materials not of the historic period on any exterior elevation exceeding twenty 2302
five percent (25%) when the demolition is part of an act of restoring original historic 2303
elements of a structure and/or restoring a structure to its historical mass and size. 2304
2305
ECONOMIC HARDSHIP: Denial of a property owner of all reasonable beneficial or 2306
economically viable use of a property without just compensation. 2307
2308
HISTORIC DESIGN GUIDELINES: The historic design guidelines provide guidance in 2309
determining the suitability and architectural compatibility of proposed maintenance, repair, 2310
alteration or new construction while at the same time, allowing for reasonable changes that 2311
meet current needs of properties located within the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. 2312
For architects, designers, contractors and property owners, they provide guidance in planning 2313
and designing future projects. For city staff and the historic landmark commission, they 2314
provide guidance for the interpretation of the zoning ordinance standards. Design guidelines 2315
are officially adopted by city council. 2316
2317
HISTORIC INTEGRITY: The ability of a property to convey its historical associations or 2318
attributes. As defined by the National Park Service, the following aspects or qualities, in 2319
various combinations, define historic integrity: 2320
Location- Location is the place where the historic property was constructed or the 2321
place where a historic event occurred. 2322
58
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
2323
Design: Design is the combination of elements that create the form, plan, space, 2324
structure, and style of a property. 2325
2326
Setting: Setting is the physical environment of a historic property. 2327
2328
Materials: Materials are the physical elements that were combined or deposited 2329
during a particular period of time and in a particular pattern or configuration to form a 2330
historic property. 2331
2332
Workmanship: Workmanship is the physical evidence of the crafts of a particular 2333
culture or people during any given period in history. 2334
2335
Feeling: Feeling is a property’s expression of the aesthetic or historic sense of a 2336
particular period of time. 2337
2338
Association: Association is the direct link between an important historic event or 2339
person and a historic property. 2340
2341
HISTORIC RESOURCE SURVEY: A systematic resource for identifying and evaluating the 2342
quantity and quality of historic resources for land use planning purposes following the 2343
guidelines and forms of the Utah State Historic Preservation Office. Historic resource 2344
surveys shall be prepared by a qualified professional meeting the minimum professional 2345
qualifications defined by the U.S. National Park Service in the fields of history, archeology, 2346
architectural history, architecture, or historic architecture. 2347
2348
LANDMARK SITE: Any historic site that has been designated in accordance with 2349
Subsection 21A.51.030.B or any site on the Salt Lake City Register of Cultural Resources. A 2350
landmark site includes an individual building, structure or feature or an integrated group of 2351
buildings, structures or features on a single site. Such sites are of exceptional importance to 2352
the city, state, region or nation and impart high artistic, historic or cultural values. A 2353
landmark site clearly conveys a sense of time and place and enables the public to interpret the 2354
historic character of the site. Landmark sites are subject to the regulations of Section 2355
21A.34.020, the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. 2356
2357
LOCAL HISTORIC DISTRICT: A contiguous geographically definable area with a 2358
minimum district size of one “block face”, as defined in Section 21A.62.040, designated by 2359
the city council pursuant to the provisions in Subsection 21A.51.030.A, which contains 2360
buildings, structures, sites, objects, landscape features, archaeological sites and works of art, 2361
or a combination thereof, that contributes to the historic preservation goals of Salt Lake City. 2362
All properties within a local historic district are subject to the regulations of Section 2363
21A.34.020 the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. 2364
2365
NONCONTRIBUTING STRUCTURE: A structure or site within the H Historic 2366
Preservation Overlay District that has been determined noncontributing through the 2367
process outlined in Section 21A.51.040, or an adopted historic resource survey, or 2368
59
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
Subsection 21A.34.020.D, and does not retain historic integrity. The major character 2369
defining features have been so altered as to make the historic form, materials or details 2370
indistinguishable and such alterations are irreversible. Noncontributing structures may 2371
also include those rated out of period, and therefore, they are not representative of a 2372
period of significance as identified in an adopted historic resource survey. 2373
PERIOD OF SIGNIFICANCE: The period of significance is the period when the historic 2374
events associated with a local historic district, thematic designation, or landmark site 2375
occurred. This period must reflect the dates associated with the property or site, or in the case 2376
of a district, the collection of properties within the district. A period of significance may be 2377
thousands of years (in the case of an archeological property), several years, or even a few 2378
days, depending on the duration of the event. There may be multiple periods of significance 2379
associated with a local historic district, thematic designation, or landmark site. 2380
THEMATIC DESIGNATION: A collection of individual sites, buildings, structures, or 2381
features designated by City Council pursuant to the provisions in Subsection 21A.51.030.A, 2382
which are contained in two (2) or more geographically separate areas that are united together 2383
by historical, architectural, or aesthetic characteristics and contribute to the historic 2384
preservation goals of Salt Lake City by protecting historical, architectural, or aesthetic 2385
interest or value. All properties within a thematic designation are subject to the regulations of 2386
Section 21A.34.020 the H Historic Preservation Overlay District. 2387
2388
WILLFUL NEGLECT: The intentional absence of routine maintenance and repair of a 2389
building over time. 2390
2391
SECTION 13. Amending the Consolidated Fee Schedule. That the section of the Salt 2392
Lake City consolidated fee schedule titled, “Zoning Fees” shall be and hereby is amended to read 2393
as follows: 2394
ZONING FEES
For question regarding Zoning fees contact: 801.535.7700
Service Fee Additional Information Section
Determination of Nonconforming Use $214 21A.38.025.4
Administrative Interpretation $71 Plus $61 per hour for research after the first hour 21A.12.040.A.6
Alley Vacation/Closure $285 Fee waiver available if adequate signatures are obtained.
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 14.52.030. A.5
Alternative Parking
Residential $428 21A.52.040 .A.3
Nonresidential $785 21A.52.040 .A.3
Amendments
Master plan
$1,070 Plus $121 per acre in excess of one acre. See also fee for
required public notices (10.9a.204).
Utah Code
Annoted
10.9A.510
60
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
Zoning map amendment $1,142 Plus $121 per acre in excess of one acre. See also fee for
required public notices (21A.10.010.E). 21A.50.040.B
Zoning text amendment $1,142 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.50.040.B
Annexation
$1,427
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) Utah Code Annoted 10.2.401.5
Appeal of a Decision
Administrative decision $285 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.16.030.B
Historic Landmark Commission $285 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.16.030.B
Planning Commission $285 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.16.030.B
Appearance Before the Zoning Enforcement Hearing Office
First scheduled hearing No charge 21A.20.90
Second scheduled hearing $71 21A.20.90
Billboard Construction or Demolition including the
demolition of a non-conforming billboard $285 21A.46.160.D.3 & 21A.46.160.L.2
Conditional Building and Site Design Review $856 Plus $121 per acre in excess of one acre. See also fee for
required public notices (21A.10.010.E). 21A.59.070.B
Conditional Use $856 See also fee for required public notices (21.A.10.010.E). 21A.54.060.C
Condominium
Preliminary $571 Plus $37 per unit. See also fee for required public notices
(21.A.10.010.E). 20.56.40.B
Final $428 Plus $24 per unit. 20.56.40.B
Declaration of Surplus Real Property $428 2.58.040
Historic Landmarks Commission Review (Application)
Major Alterations of a principal building $36
$100
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
New construction of a principal building $285
$2,982
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
Demolition of a contributing principal building $571
$2,406
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
Relocation of a contributing principal building $285
$303
See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
Reduction to boundaries of the H Historic Pres.
Overlay District $2,999 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010 E) 21A.51.050
Revocation of a Landmark Site $2,999 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010 E) 21A.51.050
Economic Hardship $2,050 Plus $200/hour up to $20,000. See also fee for required
public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.34.020
Home Occupation
Non-conditional No charge Fee could be assessed in future as per ordinance 21A.36.030
Conditional No charge Fee could be assessed in future as per ordinance 21A.36.030
Outdoor Dining
Outdoor Dining Application $30 21A.40.065
Outdoor Dining Permit Fee (1-5 tables) $120 21A.40.065
Outdoor Dining Permit Fee (6 or more tables) $180 21A.40.065
Planned Development $856 Plus $121 per acre in excess of (1) acre. See also fee for
required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.55
Signs
61
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
Permit fee for signs
Based on
the adopted
Building
Permit Fee
Schedule
21A.46.030
Plan checking fee $0.13 Of building permit value 21A.46.030
Inspection tag $14 21A.46.030
Site Development Permit $285 Plus $61 per acre in excess of one (1) acre 18.28.040.E
Special Exception
$285
For historic structures, see Section 21A.34.020 and
21A.46.070V. See also fee for required public notices
21A.10.010.E)
21A.52.040.A.3
Street Closure $428 See also fee for required public notices. 2.58.040
Subdivision Amendments $428 Plus $121 per lot. See also fee for required public notices
(20.36) 20.04.120
Subdivision Preliminary Plat $428 Plus $121 per lot. See also fee for required public notices
(20.36) 20.04.120
Subdivision Final Plat $856 Plus $121 per lot. 20.04.120
Subdivision Vacations $428 See also fee for required public notices (20.36) 20.04.120
Engineering Review and Inspection Fee
5% of the
1st
$100,000 of
public
improvemen
ts & 2% for
the amount
above
$100,000
20.04.120
Subdivision Lot Line Adjustment $284 20.04.120
Subdivision Consolidating Lots $273 20.04.120
Temporary Uses $285 21A.42.060.B
Zoning Variance $428 See also fee for required public notices (21A.10.010.E) 21A.18.040.B
As per applicable sections of the Ccity and / or Sstate Ccode, a fee will be assessed for required public notices. This may include sending notice by 1st class
U.S. Mail to property owners within a certain radius of the subject property and / or advertising required public hearings in a newspaper of general circulation.
A fee for each required public hearing will be assessed. The noticing fee is authorized through the following sections of the Zzoning Oordinance and Sstate
Llaw: Salt Lake City Code Subsection 21A.10.010.E and Utah State Code Annotated 10.9a.204 Section 10-9a-501. and 510
2395
2396
SECTION 14. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall become effective on the date of its 2397
first publication. 2398
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ______________, 2399
2023. 2400
______________________________ 2401
CHAIRPERSON 2402
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN: 2403
2404
______________________________ 2405
62
LEGISLATIVE DRAFT
CITY RECORDER 2406
2407
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________. 2408
2409
2410
Mayor’s Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed. 2411
2412
______________________________ 2413
MAYOR 2414
______________________________ 2415
CITY RECORDER 2416
(SEAL) 2417
2418
Bill No. ________ of 2023. 2419
Published: ______________. 2420
Ordinance amending H Historic Preservation Overlay District regs (legislative) 6.29.23 2421
2) PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
Petition: PLNPCM2023-00123
February 8, 2023 Mayor Mendenhall initiated the petition for amendments to the H
Historic Preservation Overlay District
March 13, 2023 Notice emailed to all SLC registered recognized organizations
including a draft of the proposed changes
March 20, 2023 Information and a draft of the proposed changes was posted to the
Planning Division’s Online Open House webpage
April 17, 2023 Staff attended the Sugar House community council meeting to
discuss the proposed text amendment and answer any questions
from the community
April 20, 2023 Historic Landmark Commission public hearing notices were
posted on City and State websites and Planning Division listserv
April 28, 2023 Staff Report posted online and sent to the Historic Landmark
Commission
May 3, 2023 Staff attended the Central City Neighborhood Council meeting to
discuss the proposed text amendment and answer any questions
from the community
May 4, 2023 Historic Landmark Commission held a public hearing and
forwarded a unanimous positive recommendation to City Council
May 11, 2023 Planning Commission public hearing notices were posted on City
and State websites and Planning Division listserv
May 18, 2023 Staff Report posted online and sent to the Planning Commission
May 24, 2023 Planning Commission held a public hearing and forwarded a
unanimous positive recommendation to City Council
May 30, 2023 Draft ordinance forwarded to the Attorney’s Office for review
June 29, 2023 Revised draft ordinance sent to Attorney’s office for review
(technical changes were made to the draft during the month of
June)
June 29, 2023 Final ordinance received from the Attorney’s Office
June 30, 2023 Transmitted
3) NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING
The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2023-00123 – A petition initiated by Mayor
Erin Mendenhall for a text amendment that would generally impact the H Historic Preservation
Overlay District which applies to landmark sites or properties within a local historic district. The
H Historic Preservation Overlay District also outlines process and standards for local historic
designations, boundary adjustments, and revocation of local historic designation. The purpose of
the proposed text amendments is to make the ordinance easier to use for applicants, property
owners, staff, and the historic landmark commission in its administration, as well as create new
processes for adopting and updating historic resource surveys. The proposed amendments
involve multiple chapters of the zoning ordinance related to the H Historic Preservation Overlay
District and changes would apply citywide.
DATE: Date #1 and Date #2
TIME: 7:00 p.m.
All persons interested and present will be given an opportunity to be heard in this matter.
his meeting will be held via electronic means, while potentially also providing for an in
person opportunity to attend or participate in the hearing at the City and County
Building,located at 451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah. If you are
interested in participating during the Public Hearing portion of the meeting, please visit the
website www.slc.gov/council/virtual-meetings/ or call 801-535-7654 to obtain connection
information.
Comments may also be provided by calling the 24-Hour comment line at (801)535-7654 or
sending an email to council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments received through any
source are shared with the Council and added to the public record.
If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please call
Amy Thompson at 801-535-7281 between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through
Friday or via e-mail amy.thompson@slcgov.com
People with disabilities may make requests for reasonable accommodation no later than 48 hours in
advance in order to participate in this hearing. Please make requests at least two business days in advance.
To make a request, please contact the City Council Office at council.comments@slcgov.com , 801-535-
7600, or relay service 711.
4) PETITION INITIATION
5) PUBLIC COMMENT RECEIVED AFTER
PUBLICATION OF THE STAFF REPORT
Caution: This is an external email. Please be cautious when clicking links or opening
attachments.
From:cindy cromer
To:Thompson, Amy
Subject:(EXTERNAL) comment to the Planning Commission re the Ordinance for Historic Preservation
Date:Wednesday, May 24, 2023 3:35:14 PM
I am addressing Section D, Historic Status Determination in the proposal.
I failed in my effort to convince the Landmarks Commission that the process of changing the
contributory or noncontributory status of a building in an historic district would have
inadequate public participation under the proposal. There is no question that there is a robust
public process for identifying the status during the survey process. Currently there is nothing
specified in the adopted ordinance at all about changing the determination made in the
survey. We do need a process adopted as ordinance. I am arguing that interested parties
should reasonably be able to find out about reversing the previous public process. This
proposal does not offer that. It is silent regarding notification.
So I am going to walk to you through what I would have to do under this proposal to challenge
a decision made by the Zoning Administrator about contributory status.
I would not be notified of the request through the community council, as someone who had
spoken at an initial public hearing, or as a nearby property owner.
I would not be able to submit information prior to the Zoning Administrator's decision.
I have no idea where to find the decision. The proposed ordinance specifies that the property
owner and the members of the Landmarks Commission would be informed. The decision is
"on file" in city records.
I would have 10 days from the decision to file an appeal, which of course assumes that I could
find out about the decision before the 10 days expired.
I would have to establish standing and pay a fee to appeal a decision which could affect my
investments in the Central City and Avenues Historic Districts significantly.
My appeal would have to be based on very narrow requirements.
The distinction between contributory and noncontributory buildings in local historic districts is
the essence of the City's regulation of land use. To illustrate just how significant this authority
is-An owner has the right to demolish a noncontributory structure but should expect to
encounter significant obstacles if trying to demolish a contributory structure. The distinction
between contributory and noncontributory structures is the core of land use regulation in
historic districts.
Item C4
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: 1518 South 300 West Alley Vacation
PLNPCM2023-000408
MOTION 1 (adopt ordinance vacating alleys)
I move that the Council adopt the ordinance vacating the subject alleys with the conditions that the petitioner
shall:
1. Within 60 days of the effective date of the ordinance, execute an easement for a publicly accessible mid-
block walkway that meets requirements in City ordinance through the block between Andrew Avenue
and Van Buren Avenue, where buildings constructed by petitioner are located on each side of the
walkway. The walkway shall be open to the public at all times.
2. Within 60 days of the effective date of the ordinance, execute an easement for a publicly accessible
private drive connecting Andrew Avenue and Van Buren Avenue midblock through a parking garage or
other similar location on the petitioner’s property. This drive shall be open to the public seven days a
week at least between the hours of 7:00 am to 8:00 pm and shall include signage noting such hours of
public use. The drive shall remain open to the public until a future public road connecting Andrew
Avenue and Van Buren Avenue between 300 West and I-15 is constructed.
3. Refrain from conveying the property adjacent to the alleys until the aforementioned easements are
recorded with the Salt Lake County Recorder.
It is also the Council’s understanding that the plans for 60% or more of street level activation be memorialized in
the planned development and design review process that petitioner is currently undergoing before the Planning
Commission.
MOTION 2 (reject)
I move that the Council reject the ordinance.
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: 1518 South 300 West Alley Vacation
PLNPCM2023-000408
FOLLOW-UP DISCUSSION/PUBLIC HEARING UPDATE
During the November 7, 2023 follow-up discussion, Council staff presented the petitioner’s proposal to
construct a road through the parking garage as shown in the image below. It would provide access between
Andrew and Van Buren Avenues. This road would be publicly accessible from 7 am to 8 pm seven days a
week and restricted to resident use at other times. The road would remain open to the public until a
potential future road is constructed west of the petitioner’s property. The petitioner also committed to 60%
street-level retail activation on the 300 West building façade. 60% of the other buildings’ façades would be
activated with non-parking uses.
Council Members were supportive of the proposal and thanked the petitioner for an innovative solution to
allow vehicle access through the block.
There were no comments during the public hearing. The Council closed the hearing and deferred action to
a future meeting.
The following information was provided for previous Council meetings. It is included
again for background purposes.
BRIEFING UPDATE
During the October 17, 2023 briefing, Council Members discussed the proposed walkway through a future
development on the site. Adding vehicular access to the walkway was mentioned to help alleviate
Item Schedule:
Briefing: October 17, 2023
Set Date: October 17, 2023
Public Hearing: November 7, 2023
Potential Action: November 14, 2023
Page | 2
difficulties driving in this area due to 400 West being closed, and a nearby abandoned rail line. A Council
Member stated their preference for keeping the walkway as proposed for pedestrians and bicycles only and
remarked that not allowing vehicles to access the walkway would make the area quieter for residents. The
petitioner felt strongly that pedestrian access better meets the City’s midblock walkway goals than adding
vehicular access to the walkway.
Council Members also discussed street activation. A desire was expressed for the majority of the 300 West
façade’s ground floor to be retail and restaurant space with no parking access on that street. Apartment and
parking access, lobbies, and amenities would be provided on Andrew and Van Buren Avenues.
After the briefing, the petitioner followed up with staff indicating that including additional width to allow
vehicular access would make it unfeasible to develop the project. Their preference is to keep the proposal as
is with an approximately 20-foot-wide walkway through the development.
A second option would provide vehicle access for the public through the western building’s parking garage
between Andrew and Van Buren Avenues from 7 am to 8 pm seven days a week. This would result in the
loss of some amenity space and parking. The proposal would maintain this access until a potential future
development connects Andrew and Van Buren Avenues via a road. The image below shows the proposed
vehicle access through the parking garage.
The following information was provided for the October 17, 2023 Council briefing and
public hearing. It is included again for background purposes.
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
Page | 3
The Council will be briefed about a proposal to vacate two City-owned alleys near the above address, west
of 300 West and between Andrew and Van Buren Avenues in Council District Five as shown in the image
below provided by the Planning Division. One alley (referred to from this point as “Alley A”) runs
north/south between Andrew and Van Buren Avenues. It is approximately 16.5 feet wide and 149 feet long.
The other alley (referred to from this point as “Alley B”) runs east/west between 300 West and the east
property line of 352 West Van Buren Avenue. It is approximately 16.5 feet wide and 300 feet long. The
petitioner owns all seven parcels that abut the subject alleys.
Alley B previously continued to 400 West before that street
and a portion of the alley were vacated in 1974. Another
segment of the alley was closed in 1997, resulting in the
current alley configuration.
Alley A is paved and appears to be used as parking for a
towing yard and auto body shop at 325 West Andrew Avenue.
It is fenced off and obstructs access to the western portion of
Alley B. Alley B is gravel and passable to the point where it
intersects with Alley A. West of the alley intersection, Alley B
is fenced off, restricting public access. The portion of Alley B
west of the fence has deteriorated pavement, making it no
longer passable.
The petitioner proposes demolition of buildings abutting the
subject alleys and incorporating the alley property into a multi-family development. That potential
development is not part of the alley vacation petition before the Council and will not come to the Council as
there is not a request to rezone the property. Applications for design review and planned development have
been submitted to the Planning Division and will be reviewed by the Planning Commission in the future.
Image showing abutting parcels owned by the petitioner’s client outlined in yellow.
Area zoning is CG (General Commercial).
Image courtesy of Salt Lake City Planning Division
The Planning Commission reviewed this petition during its August 23, 2o23 meeting and held a public
hearing at which the petitioner was the only person who spoke. The Commission followed Planning staff’s
Page | 4
recommendation and voted 7-0 to forward a positive recommendation to the Council for the proposed alley
vacations, with the following conditions:
•The property owner enters into a development agreement with the City that requires creation of a
public access midblock walkway between Andrew and Van Buren Avenues where the midblock
walkway is between buildings on both the east and west sides that are in common ownership.
•No portion of the alleys shall purport to be conveyed until at least 60 days after a final decision by
the City Council.
During City department and division review of the alley vacation petition, no responding department or
division objected to the proposed alley vacation. Public Utilities noted that there is a water meter on 300
West near Alley B, and it must remain in the public right-of-way.
Goal of the briefing: To review the proposed alley closure, address questions Council Members may
have and prepare for a public hearing.
POLICY QUESTION
1. Does the Council support the Planning Commission’s recommended conditions relating to the mid-
block walkway for the alley closures?
ADDITONAL INFORMATION
Alley vacation requests receive three phases of review, as outlined in section 14.52.030 Salt Lake City Code
(see pages 6-7 below). Those phases include an administrative determination of completeness; a public
hearing, including a recommendation from the Planning Commission; and a public hearing before the City
Council.
Quiet Title Claim
The alleys proposed to be vacated were the subject of a 2022 quiet title lawsuit to confirm ownership of the
alley property. A judgement granted title to the alley property to the applicant, but the City was not named
or served as part of the lawsuit, so the judgement is not binding on the City.
The judgement was recorded by Salt Lake County and the alley property was mistakenly identified by the
County as belonging to the applicant. To clarify that the alley property is still owned by Salt Lake City, a
notice of public alleys (found in Attachment D (pages 27-30 of the Planning Commission staff report)) was
required of the applicant. It is being held in escrow by the City Attorney’s Office pending the City Council’s
decision on the proposed alley vacation request.
Key Considerations
Planning staff identified five key considerations connected to this alley vacation. A short description of
each issue is provided below for reference. Please see pages 5-6 of the Planning Commission staff report for
full analysis of these issues.
Consideration 1: Property Owner Consent
Section 14.52.030.A.1 Salt Lake City Code requires a minimum of 75% of abutting property owners sign a
petition to vacate a City owned alley. As noted above, all seven abutting parcels are owned by the
petitioner’s client.
Consideration 2: Policy Considerations
Page | 5
Planning staff found the fenced off portion of Alley B satisfies policy consideration C-Urban Design as
outlined in Section 14.52.020 Salt Lake City Code. Alley A and the eastern portion of Alley B could satisfy
policy consideration B-Public Safety, based on comments received from the Police Department and
Sustainability, though the petitioner did not raise this as a concern.
Consideration 3: Master Plan Considerations
Planning staff noted that the Central Community Master Plan does not address alley vacations within the
People’s Freeway area where the alleys are located. However, the master plan and Plan Salt Lake both
recommend midblock walkways for pedestrian connections.
It is Planning staff’s opinion that a midblock private right-of-way connecting Andrew and Van Buren
Avenues could break up the block. They also suggested that Alley A property could be vacated in exchange
for this midblock connection.
Consideration 4: Nature of the Alley
As discussed above, Planning staff found that Alley A is fenced off and used as parking for an adjacent
business, so not accessible to the public. Alley B is mostly gravel, and partially accessible to the public.
Beyond the fence, it is used for outdoor storage and parking. The surface is deteriorated and likely not
passable. That section is not currently publicly accessible.
Consideration 5: Future Public Use of the Alley
Alley vacation proposals generally include considering potential beneficial future uses of the alley for trails,
ADU or garage access, and to retain access for utilities and services.
If the gate blocking Alley A was removed and vehicles and other items stored there were cleared out, this
alley could provide access from Andrew Avenue to the interior of the block, but it does not extend through
to Van Buren Avenue. An option to consider is a development agreement requiring replacing the alley with
a private right-of-way that provides a mid-block connection between Andrew and Van Buren Avenues. This
would break up the large block and provide access beyond what the alley could. Planning staff determined
preserving Alley B would not implement good urban design.
ANALYSIS OF STANDARDS
Attachment E (pages 35-39 of the Planning Commission staff report) is an analysis of factors City Code
requires the Planning Commission to consider for alley vacations (Sections 14.52.020/.030.B Salt Lake
City Code). In addition to the information above, other factors are summarized below.
14.52.020 - The City will not consider disposing of its interest in an alley, in whole or in part, unless it
receives a petition in writing which demonstrates that the disposition satisfies at least one of the following
policy considerations:
A - Lack of Use- The City’s legal interest in the property appears of record or is reflected on an applicable
plat; however, it is evident from an on-site inspection that the alley does not physically exist or has been
materially blocked in a way that renders it unusable as a public right-of-way.
B - Public Safety- The existence of the alley is substantially contributing to crime, unlawful activity or
unsafe conditions, public health problems, or blight in the surrounding area.
C - Urban Design- The continuation of the alley does not serve as a positive urban design element.
D - Community Purpose- The petitioners are proposing to restrict the general public from use of the alley
in favor of a community use, such as a neighborhood play area or garden.
Page | 6
Planning staff found the requested Alley A vacation complies with policy considerations C-Urban Design, with a
condition that a mid-block connection between Andrew and Van Buren Avenues is constructed. Planning found
the requested Alley B vacation also complies with policy consideration C-Urban Design.
14.52.030.B - A positive recommendation from the Planning Commission to the City Council should include an
analysis of the following factors:
Factor Planning Staff Finding
The City Police Department, Fire
Department, Transportation
Division, and all other relevant City
Departments and Divisions have no
objection to the proposed disposition
of the property;
Complies
The petition meets at least one of the
policy considerations stated above;
Alley A: Complies, with
conditions discussed above.
Alley B: Complies
The petition must not deny sole
access or required off-street parking
to any adjacent property;
Complies
The petition will not result in any
property being landlocked;
Complies
The disposition of the alley property
will not result in a use which is
otherwise contrary to the policies of
the City, including applicable master
plans and other adopted statements
of policy which address, but which
are not limited to, mid-block
walkways, pedestrian paths, trails,
and alternative transportation uses;
Alley A: Complies, with
conditions discussed above.
Alley B: Complies
No opposing abutting property
owner intends to build a garage
requiring access from the property,
or has made application for a
building permit, or if such a permit
has been issued, construction has
been completed within 12 months of
issuance of the building permit;
Complies
The petition furthers the City’s
preference for disposing of an entire
alley, rather than a small segment of
it; and
Complies
The alley is not necessary for actual
or potential rear access to residences
or for accessory uses.
Complies
PUBLIC PROCESS
May 26, 2023 - Petition received by Planning Division.
May 31, 2023 – Petition assigned to Michael McNamee, Principal Planner.
Page | 7
June 9, 2023 - Planning staff sent an early notification announcement of the project to all residents and
property owners living within 300 feet of the project site providing information about the proposal and
how to give public input on the project.
June 14, 2023 - Information about the proposal was sent to the Chair of the Ballpark Community Council
to solicit public comments and start the 45-day Recognized Organization input and comment period.
July 31, 2023 - The 45-day public comment period for Recognized Organizations ended. No formal
comments have been submitted to staff by the recognized organizations to date related to this proposal.
August 9, 2023 - Public notice posted on City and State websites and sent via the Planning list serve for the
Planning Commission meeting of June 28, 2023. Public hearing notice mailed.
August 13, 2023 - Public hearing notice sign with project information and notice of the Planning
Commission public hearing physically posted on the property.
August 23, 2023 - Planning Commission review and public hearing. The Commission voted 7-0 to forward
a positive recommendation to the City Council for the proposed alley vacations, with conditions.
August 24, 2023 - Ordinance requested from the Attorney’s Office.
September 14, 2023 - Signed ordinance sent to Planning Division from Attorney’s Office.
October 9, 2023 - Transmittal received in City Council Office
The process for closing or vacating a City-owned alley is outlined in Section 14.52 Salt Lake City Code.
14.52.010: DISPOSITION OF CITY'S PROPERTY INTEREST IN ALLEYS:
The city supports the legal disposition of Salt Lake City's real property interests, in whole or in part,
with regard to city owned alleys, subject to the substantive and procedural requirements set forth
herein.
14.52.020: POLICY CONSIDERATIONS FOR CLOSURE, VACATION OR
ABANDONMENT OF CITY OWNED ALLEYS:
The city will not consider disposing of its interest in an alley, in whole or in part, unless it receives a
petition in writing which demonstrates that the disposition satisfies at least one of the following
policy considerations:
A. Lack Of Use: The city's legal interest in the property appears of record or is reflected on an
applicable plat; however, it is evident from an onsite inspection that the alley does not
physically exist or has been materially blocked in a way that renders it unusable as a public
right of way;
B. Public Safety: The existence of the alley is substantially contributing to crime, unlawful
activity, unsafe conditions, public health problems, or blight in the surrounding area;
C. Urban Design: The continuation of the alley does not serve as a positive urban design element;
or
D. Community Purpose: The petitioners are proposing to restrict the general public from use of
the alley in favor of a community use, such as a neighborhood play area or garden. (Ord. 24-02
§ 1, 2002)
Page | 8
14.52.030: PROCESSING PETITIONS:
There will be three (3) phases for processing petitions to dispose of city owned alleys under this
section. Those phases include an administrative determination of completeness; a public hearing,
including a recommendation from the Planning Commission; and a public hearing before the City
Council.
A. Administrative Determination Of Completeness: The city administration will determine whether
or not the petition is complete according to the following requirements:
1. The petition must bear the signatures of no less than seventy five percent (75%) of the
neighbors owning property which abuts the subject alley property;
2. The petition must identify which policy considerations discussed above support the petition;
3. The petition must affirm that written notice has been given to all owners of property located in
the block or blocks within which the subject alley property is located;
4. A signed statement that the applicant has met with and explained the proposal to the
appropriate community organization entitled to receive notice pursuant to title 2, chapter 2.60
of this code; and
5. The appropriate city processing fee shown on the Salt Lake City consolidated fee schedule has
been paid.
B. Public Hearing and Recommendation From The Planning Commission: Upon receipt of a
complete petition, a public hearing shall be scheduled before the planning commission to
consider the proposed disposition of the city owned alley property. Following the conclusion of
the public hearing, the planning commission shall make a report and recommendation to the
city council on the proposed disposition of the subject alley property. A positive
recommendation should include an analysis of the following factors:
1. The city police department, fire department, transportation division, and all other relevant city
departments and divisions have no reasonable objection to the proposed disposition of the
property;
2. The petition meets at least one of the policy considerations stated above;
3. Granting the petition will not deny sole access or required off street parking to any property
adjacent to the alley;
4. Granting the petition will not result in any property being landlocked;
5. Granting the petition will not result in a use of the alley property which is otherwise contrary
to the policies of the city, including applicable master plans and other adopted statements of
policy which address, but which are not limited to, mid-block walkways, pedestrian paths,
trails, and alternative transportation uses;
6. No opposing abutting property owner intends to build a garage requiring access from the
property, or has made application for a building permit, or if such a permit has been issued,
construction has been completed within twelve (12) months of issuance of the building permit;
7. The petition furthers the city preference for disposing of an entire alley, rather than a small
segment of it; and
Page | 9
8. The alley property is not necessary for actual or potential rear access to residences or for
accessory uses.
C. Public Hearing Before The City Council: Upon receipt of the report and recommendation from
the planning commission, the city council will consider the proposed petition for disposition of
the subject alley property. After a public hearing to consider the matter, the city council will
make a decision on the proposed petition based upon the factors identified above. (Ord. 58-13,
2013: Ord. 24-11, 2011)
14.52.040: METHOD OF DISPOSITION:
If the city council grants the petition, the city owned alley property will be disposed of as follows:
A. Low Density Residential Areas: If the alley property abuts properties which are zoned for low
density residential use, the alley will merely be vacated. For the purposes of this section, "low
density residential use" shall mean properties which are zoned for single-family, duplex or twin
home residential uses.
B. High Density Residential Properties And Other Nonresidential Properties: If the alley abuts
properties which are zoned for high density residential use or other nonresidential uses, the
alley will be closed and abandoned, subject to payment to the city of the fair market value of
that alley property, based upon the value added to the abutting properties.
C. Mixed Zoning: If an alley abuts both low density residential properties and either high density
residential properties or nonresidential properties, those portions which abut the low density
residential properties shall be vacated, and the remainder shall be closed, abandoned and sold
for fair market value. (Ord. 24-02 § 1, 2002)
14.52.050: PETITION FOR REVIEW:
Any party aggrieved by the decision of the city council as to the disposition of city owned alley
property may file a petition for review of that decision within thirty (30) days after the city council's
decision becomes final, in the 3rd district court.
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. ________ of 2023
(Vacating city-owned alleys situated adjacent to properties located at 1518, 1528, 1540, and
1546 South 300 West, 325 and 333 West Andrew Avenue, and 352 West Van Buren Avenue)
An ordinance vacating two unnamed, city-owned alleys adjacent to properties located at
1518, 1528, 1540, and 1546 South 300 West, 325 and 333 West Andrew Avenue, and 352 West
Van Buren Avenue, pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00408.
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission (“Planning Commission”) held a
public hearing on August 23, 2023 to consider a request made by Jarod Hall (“Applicant”) to
vacate two unnamed, city-owned alleys adjacent to properties located at 1518, 1528, 1540, and
1546 South 300 West, 325 and 333 West Andrew Avenue, and 352 West Van Buren Avenue
(collectively, the “Property”); and
WHEREAS, at its August 23, 2023 meeting, the Planning Commission voted in favor of
forwarding a positive recommendation on said petition to the Salt Lake City Council (“City
Council”); and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds after holding a public hearing on this matter, that
there is good cause for the vacation of the alleys and neither the public interest nor any person
will be materially injured by the proposed vacation.
WHEREAS, pursuant to Chapter 2.58 of the Salt Lake City Code, the City Council
hereby authorizes an exchange of real property pursuant to the terms identified herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. Vacating City-Owned Alleys. That two unnamed, city-owned alleys
adjacent to the Property, which are the subject of Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00408, and which
are more particularly described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, hereby are, vacated and declared
not presently necessary or available for public use.
SECTION 2. Reservations and Disclaimers. The above vacation is expressly made
subject to all existing rights-of-way and easements of all public utilities of any and every
description now located on and under or over the confines of this property, and also subject to
the rights of entry thereon for the purposes of maintaining, altering, repairing, removing or
rerouting said utilities, including the city’s water and sewer facilities. Said closure is also subject
to any existing rights-of-way or easements of private third parties.
SECTION 3. Conditions of Exchange. The alley vacation set forth herein is conditioned
upon:
a) Within 60 days of the effective date of this ordinance the owner of the Property shall
execute an easement for a publicly accessible mid-block walkway that meets the
requirements in City ordinance through the block between Andrew Avenue and Van
Buren Avenue, where buildings constructed by the owner are located on each side of the
walkway. The walkway shall be open to the public at all times and the easement shall run
with the land.
b) Within 60 days of the effective date of the ordinance the owner of the Property shall
execute an easement for a publicly accessible private drive connecting Andrew Avenue
and Van Buren Avenue mid-block through a parking garage or other similar location on
the Property. This drive shall be open to the public seven days a week at least between the
hours of 7:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m. and shall include signage noting such hours of public
use. The drive shall remain open to the public until a future public road connecting
Andrew Avenue and Van Buren Avenue between 300 West and I-15 is constructed.
c) The owner of the Property refraining from conveying the Property, including the alleys,
until the aforementioned easements are recorded with the Salt Lake County Recorder.
SECTION 4. Effective Date. This ordinance shall become effective on the date of its
first publication and shall be recorded with the Salt Lake County Recorder. The Salt Lake City
Recorder is instructed to not publish this ordinance until the conditions set forth in Section 3(a)
and (b) are satisfied as certified by the Salt Lake City Planning Director or his designee.
SECTION 5. Time. If the condition set forth in Section 3(c) is violated then this
ordinance shall become null and void. The City Council may, for good cause shown, extend the
time period for satisfying the conditions in Section 3(a) and (b) by resolution.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah this _______ day of
______________, 2023.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
Mayor's Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
______________________________
MAYOR
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ________ of 2023
Published: ______________.
Ordinance vacating alley adjacent 1515-1550 S 300 W
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date: _________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Katherine Pasker, Senior City Attorney
November 13, 2023
EXHIBIT “A”
Legal description of two unnamed, city-owned alleys to be vacated:
BEGINNING AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 37, STEWART’S ADDITION, ON
FILE WITH THE OFFICE OF THE SALT LAKE COUNTY RECORDER IN BOOK C, PAGE
51 OF PLATS, AND RUNNING THENCE SOUTH 00°01’00” WEST 148.57 FEET TO THE
SOUTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 39 OF SAID SUBDIVISION; THENCE SOUTH 89°53’26”
EAST 148.59 FEET TO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SAID LOT 39; THENCE SOUTH
00°01’02” WEST ALONG THE WEST RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF 300 WEST STREET A
DISTANCE OF 16.50 FEET TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 1 OF SAID
SUBDIVISION; THENCE NORTH 89°53’26” WEST ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID
LOT 31 A DISTANCE OF 313.68 FEET; THENCE NORTH 00°00’54” EAST 16.50 FEET TO
THE SOUTH LINE OF LOT 34 OF SAID SUBDIVISION; THENCE SOUTH 89°53’26”
EAST 148.59 FEET TO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 36 OF SAID SUBDIVISION;
THENCE NORTH 00°01’00” EAST 148.57 FEET TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SAID
LOT 36; THENCE SOUTH 89°53’29” EAST ALONG THE SOUTH RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE
OF ANDREW AVENUE A DISTANCE OF 16.50 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.
CONTAINS 7627 SQUARE FEET, MORE OR LESS.
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
Date Received: _________________ ________________________
Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: October 6, 2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
__________________________
SUBJECT: Petition PLNPCM2023-00408
1518 S 300 W Alley Vacation Request
STAFF CONTACT: Michael McNamee, Principal Planner
(801)535-7226 or michael.mcnamee@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: The City Council follows the recommendation of the Planning
Commission to approve the Alley Vacation request, with conditions.
BUDGET IMPACT: None
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: Jarod Hall, representing the property owner, is requesting
approval for the vacation of two alleys located south and west of the above-stated address. One is
approximately 16.5 feet by 148.6 feet, starting at a point 133.5 ft west of 300 West on Andrew
Avenue and running north to south. The other is approximately 16.5 feet by 298.7 feet, starting at
a point 56.1 ft north of Van Buren Avenue on 300 West and running east to west.
The petitioner owns all the property surrounding the two alleys, and the purpose of the alley
vacation request is to redevelop the surrounding property which would include the right-of-way
within the proposed development. The proposed vacation will not impose access concerns
because all of the subject properties that abut the alleys also have frontage on a public street.
Only one property, a tow yard and auto body shop at 325 W Andrew Avenue, currently utilizes
the north-south alley to access surface parking. The north-south alley and a portion of the east-
rachel otto (Oct 9, 2023 11:20 MDT)10/09/2023
10/09/2023
west alley have been fenced off by neighboring property owners. The portion of the east-west
alley that has been fenced off is being used for outdoor storage and parking.
Alley Vacation requests must fulfill one of four policy considerations in section 14.52.020 of the
City Code: Lack of Use, Public Safety, Urban Design, or Community Purpose. Requests are also
reviewed against the factors found in 14.52.030.B. Staff’s analysis of the policy considerations
determined that the standards are met by vacating this portion of the alleyway, which would not
create detrimental impacts on abutting properties, with the condition that the north-south alley is
replaced by a midblock connection that fully links Andrew and Van Buren Avenues. This
condition ensures the proposed vacation complies with the Urban Design policy consideration.
PUBLIC PROCESS:
● Early Notification –
o Notification of the proposal was sent to all property owners and tenants located
within 300 feet of the subject parcels on June 9, 2023.
o Notification of the proposal was sent to the Ballpark Community Council on June
14, 2023. No formal comments have submitted by the Community Council to
date.
● Planning Commission Meeting – On August 23, 2023, the Planning Commission held a
public hearing regarding the proposed alley vacation. The Planning Commission voted 7-0
to forward a favorable recommendation to the City Council for decision, with conditions.
PLANNING RECORDS:
a) PC Agenda of August 23, 2023 (Click to access)
b) PC Minutes of August 23, 2023 (Click to access)
c) PC Staff Report of August 23, 2023 (Click to access)
EXHIBITS:
1. PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
2. NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
3. ORIGINAL PETITION
4. MAILING LIST
5. ORDINANCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
2. NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
3. ORIGINAL PETITION
4. MAILING LIST
5. ORDINANCE
1. PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
Petition: PLNPCM2023-00408 – 1518 S 300 W
Alley Vacation Request
May 26, 2023 Petition for the alley vacation application received by the Salt Lake
City Planning Division.
May 31, 2023 Petition assigned to Michael McNamee, Principal Planner, for staff
analysis and processing.
June 9, 2023 Staff sent an early notification announcement of the project to all
residents and property owners living within 300 feet of the project
site providing information about the proposal and how to give public
input on the project.
June 14, 2023 Information about the proposal was sent to the Chair of the Ballpark
Community Council to solicit public comments and start the 45-day
Recognized Organization input and comment period.
July 31, 2023 The 45-day public comment period for Recognized Organizations
ended. N o f ormal comments were submitted to staff by the
recognized organizations to date related to this proposal.
August 9, 2023 Public notice posted on City and State websites and sent via the
Planning list serve for the Planning Commission meeting of
June 28, 2023. Public hearing notice mailed.
August 13, 2023 Public hearing notice sign with project information and notice of the
Planning Commission public hearing physically posted on the property.
August 23, 2023 The Planning Commission held a Public Hearing on August 23, 2023.
By a vote of 7-0, the Planning Commission forwarded a favorable
recommendation to City Council for the proposed alley vacation,
with conditions.
2. NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2023-00408 – Jarod Hall,
representing the property owner, is requesting approval for the vacation of two alleys located
south and west of the above-stated address. One is approximately 16.5 feet by 148.6 feet,
starting at a point 133.5 ft west of 300 West on Andrew Avenue and running north to south.
The other is approximately 16.5 feet by 298.7 feet, starting at a point 56.1 ft north of Van Buren
Avenue on 300 West and running east to west.
As part of their study, the City Council is holding an advertised public hearing to
receive comments regarding the petition. During the hearing, anyone desiring to
address the City Council concerning this issue will be given an opportunity to speak.
The Council may consider adopting the ordinance the same night of the public
hearing. The hearing will be held:
DATE:
TIME: 7:00 pm
PLACE: 451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah
** This meeting will be held in-person, to attend or participate in the hearing
at the City and County Building, located at 451 South State Street, Room 326,
Salt Lake City, Utah. For more information, please visit
www.slc.gov/council. Comments may also be provided by calling the 24-
Hour comment line at (801) 535-7654 or sending an email to
council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments received through any source
are shared with the Council and added to the public record.
If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please call
Michael McNamee, Principal Planner at 801-535-7226 between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and
5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, or via e-mail at michael.mcnamee@slcgov.com. The
application details can be accessed at https://citizenportal.slcgov.com/, by selecting the
“planning” tab and entering the petition number PLNPCM2023-00408.
People with disabilities may make requests for reasonable accommodation, which may include
aids and services. Please make requests at least advance. To make a request, please
contact the City Council Office at council.comments@slcgov.com, 801-535-7600, or
relay service 711.
3. ORIGINAL PETITION
4. MAILING LIST
5. ORDINANCE
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. ________ of 2023
(Vacating city-owned alleys situated adjacent to properties located at 1518, 1528, 1540, and
1546 South 300 West, 325 and 333 West Andrew Avenue, and 352 West Van Buren Avenue)
An ordinance vacating two unnamed, city-owned alleys adjacent to properties located at
1518, 1528, 1540, and 1546 South 300 West, 325 and 333 West Andrew Avenue, and 352 West
Van Buren Avenue, pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00408.
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission (“Planning Commission”) held a
public hearing on August 23, 2023 to consider a request made by Jarod Hall (“Applicant”) to
vacate two unnamed, city-owned alleys adjacent to properties located at 1518, 1528, 1540, and
1546 South 300 West, 325 and 333 West Andrew Avenue, and 352 West Van Buren Avenue
(collectively, the “Property”); and
WHEREAS, at its August 23, 2023 meeting, the Planning Commission voted in favor of
forwarding a positive recommendation on said petition to the Salt Lake City Council (“City
Council”); and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds after holding a public hearing on this matter, that
there is good cause for the vacation of the alleys and neither the public interest nor any person
will be materially injured by the proposed vacation.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. Vacating City-Owned Alleys. That two unnamed, city-owned alleys
adjacent to the Property, which are the subject of Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00408, and which
are more particularly described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, hereby are, vacated and declared
not presently necessary or available for public use.
SECTION 2. Reservations and Disclaimers. The above vacation is expressly made
subject to all existing rights-of-way and easements of all public utilities of any and every
description now located on and under or over the confines of this property, and also subject to
the rights of entry thereon for the purposes of maintaining, altering, repairing, removing or
rerouting said utilities, including the city’s water and sewer facilities. Said closure is also subject
to any existing rights-of-way or easements of private third parties.
SECTION 3. Conditions. The alley vacation set forth herein is conditioned upon (1) no
portion of the alleys shall purport to be conveyed until at least 60 days after a final decision by
the City Council on Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00408; (2) the owner of the Property shall enter
into a development agreement with Salt Lake City that requires the creation of a public access
midblock walkway between Andrew and Van Buren Avenues where the midblock walkway is
between buildings on both the east and west sides that are in common ownership.
SECTION 4. Effective Date. This ordinance shall become effective on the date of its
first publication and shall be recorded with the Salt Lake County Recorder. The Salt Lake City
Recorder is instructed to not publish this ordinance until the conditions set forth in Section 3 are
satisfied as certified by the Salt Lake City Planning Director or his designee.
SECTION 5. Time. If the conditions set forth in Section 3 have not been met within
one year after adoption of this ordinance, then this ordinance shall become null and void. The
city council may, for good cause shown, extend the time period for satisfying the above
conditions by resolution.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah this _______ day of
______________, 2023.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
Mayor's Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
______________________________
MAYOR
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ________ of 2023
Published: ______________.
Ordinance vacating alley adjacent 1515-1550 S 300 W
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:___________________________
By: ____________________________
Katherine D. Pasker, Senior City Attorney
September 14, 2023
EXHIBIT “A”
Legal description of two unnamed, city-owned alleys to be vacated:
BEGINNING AT THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 37, STEWART’S ADDITION, ON
FILE WITH THE OFFICE OF THE SALT LAKE COUNTY RECORDER IN BOOK C, PAGE
51 OF PLATS, AND RUNNING THENCE SOUTH 00°01’00” WEST 148.57 FEET TO THE
SOUTHWEST CORNER OF LOT 39 OF SAID SUBDIVISION; THENCE SOUTH 89°53’26”
EAST 148.59 FEET TO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SAID LOT 39; THENCE SOUTH
00°01’02” WEST ALONG THE WEST RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE OF 300 WEST STREET A
DISTANCE OF 16.50 FEET TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 1 OF SAID
SUBDIVISION; THENCE NORTH 89°53’26” WEST ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID
LOT 31 A DISTANCE OF 313.68 FEET; THENCE NORTH 00°00’54” EAST 16.50 FEET TO
THE SOUTH LINE OF LOT 34 OF SAID SUBDIVISION; THENCE SOUTH 89°53’26”
EAST 148.59 FEET TO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 36 OF SAID SUBDIVISION;
THENCE NORTH 00°01’00” EAST 148.57 FEET TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SAID
LOT 36; THENCE SOUTH 89°53’29” EAST ALONG THE SOUTH RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE
OF ANDREW AVENUE A DISTANCE OF 16.50 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.
CONTAINS 7627 SQUARE FEET, MORE OR LESS.
Item C5
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Nick Tarbet
Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE:Northpoint Small Area Master Plan
PLNPCM2022-00687
MOTION 1 – adopt
I move the council adopt the ordinance approving the Northpoint Small Area Plan.
I further move the Council initiate a Legislative Action requesting the administration draft new
zoning regulations that will implement the vision, goals and policies outlined in the Northpoint
Small Area plan.
I further move the Council initiate a Legislative Action requesting the administration continue
the city led effort to complete the annexation process for unincorporated properties in the area
generally identified by the Northpoint Small Area Plan.
MOTION 2 – postpone action
I move the council postpone action to a future Council meeting.
MOTION 3 – reject
I move the Council reject the ordinance.
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
COUNCIL.SLCGOV.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Nick Tarbet
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: Northpoint Small Area Master Plan
PLNPCM2022-00687
PROJECT TIMELINE:
Briefing 1: February 21, 2023
Briefing 2: September 5, 2023
Briefing 3: Oct 17, 2023
Set Date: February 21, 2023
Public Hearing: March 7, 2023
Potential Action: Nov 14, 2023
NEW INFORMATION
During the October 17 work session briefing, the Council expressed support to move forward with the draft
plan in the following manner.
1. Keep the future land use map as currently proposed in the draft Northpoint plan
2. Initiate a zoning amendment that would create a new zone or zoning overlay that will implement
the Northpoint Plan vision and goals.
3. State in the text of the Northpoint Plan that:
a. Any potential rezones that may come to the City before the new zoning is adopted would be
expected to enter into development agreements with the City to implement the vision and
goals outlined in the Northpoint plan.
b. Any annexations into the city that are finalized before the new zoning is adopted would
receive the zoning designation of AG (Agricultural).
i. Once the new zoning designation is adopted, property owners may submit a rezone
petition for that new zoning designation and would go through the standard City
process for zoning amendments.
4. Amend the draft plan to call for a 300 ft buffer along the Jordan River, north of I-215.
5. Move forward with the city led annexation for the area. If complications arise during the process, it
could be ok to separate out the properties owned by the airport in order to move them along as
quickly as possible.
6. Supported the changes Planning staff incorporated per Council direction.
Page | 2
The following changes to the draft plan were included by Planning staff.
1. Changed Jordan River buffer to 300 feet, north of I-15
a. Page 16 – Future Land Use Map
b. Page 18 – Design Standards
2. Included language to the Annexation Policy / Development Agreement Statements.
a. Page 14 - Annexation and Zoning Amendment Policy & Page 35 Implementation
•“… any unincorporated land located within the Transitional area, upon
annexation into the city, will be subject to the AG-2 zoning designation until
such time as the City Council adopts a new zoning district or overlay that
aligns with the envisioned plan. Additionally, any proposed zoning map
amendment in the Transitional area will also be subject to a development
agreement aimed at realizing the plan’s vision and design standards, until the
area’s zoning regulations are adopted.”
Legislative Actions
1. Zoning Amendments
The following motion pertaining to the creation of a new zoning amendments is included on
the potential adoption motion sheet for the Council to consider:
I move the Council initiate a Legislative Action requesting the administration draft new
zoning regulations that will implement the vision, goals and policies outlined in the
Northpoint Small Area plan.
2. Annexation
The following motion pertaining to annexations in this area of the city will be included on the
potential adoption motion sheet for the Council to consider:
I move the Council initiate a Legislative Action requesting the administration continue
the city led effort to complete the annexation process for unincorporated properties in
the area generally identified by the Northpoint Small Area Plan.
The following information was provided for the October 17 work session briefing. It is
provided again for background purposes.
October 17 work session Summary
At the September 5 briefing, the Council discussed the draft Northpoint Small Area Plan.
Council Member Petro spoke about the public feedback she received from residents in the area and
expressed a desire to move forward with the plan.
That same night many individuals spoke during the general comment portion of the formal meeting
about the draft plan. They encouraged the City Council to change the future land use map so more
areas are identified for conservation. Some said a Transfer of Development Rights policy could help
preserve the land for agriculture / wildlife habitat while allowing property owners the ability to receive
market rate compensation for their property.
Page | 3
A collaboration between groups with a focus on preservation and conservation issues provided an
alternative future land use map they would like the Council to consider adopting as part of the plan.
The map calls for a greater portion of the area within the small area plan to be identified for the
shoreline preservation area, including most of the property east of 2200 West. This group met with
Council Member Petro to explain their proposed changes to the future land use map. See Attachment
F -Conservation/Preservation Group Proposed Northpoint SAP Map.
Additionally, they suggest a buffer of 300 feet along the Jordan River, North of I-215. Currently, the
proposed buffer is 100-feet along the Jordan River. Planning staff expressed concerns that a 300-foot
buffer could have regulatory taking issues if it did not also include some way to offset the limitation on
the property, such as allowing clustering of development on other parts of the property.
Council Member Petro is asking the Council to consider moving forward with the Northpoint Small
Area Plan in the following manner:
7. Keep the future land use map as currently proposed in the draft Northpoint plan
8. Initiate a zoning amendment that would create a new zone or zoning overlay that will
implement the Northpoint Plan vision and goals.
9. State in the text of the Northpoint Plan that:
a. Any potential rezones that may come to the City before the new zoning is adopted
would be expected to enter into development agreements with the City to implement
the vision and goals outlined in the Northpoint plan.
b. Any annexations into the city that are finalized before the new zoning is adopted would
receive the zoning designation of AG (Agricultural).
i. Once the new zoning designation is adopted, property owners may submit a
rezone petition for that new zoning designation and would go through the
standard City process for zoning amendments.
The information below (pages 4-11 ) for the September 5 work session briefing outlines policy
questions the Council may wish to review and provide direction to staff on. The questions are outlined
here for quick access, please see the memo below for full background on the questions.
POLICY QUESTIONS
1. Is the Council ready to move forward with adoption of the Northpoint Small Area Plan
according to the following steps:
a. Keep the future land use map as currently depicted in the draft plan
b. Initiate a zoning amendment to create a new zone or zoning overlay that will create
zoning to implement the vision and goals outlined in the Northpoint Plan
c. State in the text of the Northpoint Plan that any annexations into the city that are
finalized before the new zoning is adopted would receive the zoning designation of AG
i. Once the new zoning designation is adopted, then property owners may submit
a rezone petition for that new zoning designation and would go through the
standard City process for zoning amendments.
2. Does the Council wish to consider the request to increase the buffer along the Jordan River,
north of I-215 from 100 feet to 300 feet?
Page | 4
a. Does the Council wish to ask the Administration for their feedback on this request,
including if there are changes that would need to be made to the plan to successfully
incorporate this request?
3. Future Land Use Map
Currently the draft future land use map calls for the area east of 2200 West to be
Transitional Industrial. The Council may wish to consider all the options that have been
raised pertaining to the future land use map, including:
•Keep the plan as currently proposed – Light Industrial
•Change the plan to support Residential in addition to Light Industrial in the
transitional area
•Change Plan to support Natural Open Space
Which version of the future land use map does the Council support moving forward
with?
4. Does the Council wish to initiate a legislative action requesting the Administration draft a
zoning amendment to implement the small area plan vision?
5. City Led Annexation (more information in Section 3 below, September 5 Staff Memo)
A large portion of the small area plan is in an unincorporated part of the County. For the past
few years property owners in this area have been discussing annexing into the City. In March
of this year the City rejected an annexation petition with the intent that the City initiates a
more holistic annexation for this area. Some felt it was important to get the small area plan
completed before moving forward with the annexation process.
•Does the Council wish to initiate the City-led annexation?
•Does the Council wish to request that the Administration seek Planning Commission
input on the zoning consideration for the area?
•Does the Council wish to initiate the annexation for all the unincorporated properties
in this area, or to move forward with an incremental approach?
6. Changes made to the draft plan based on Council feedback
During the briefing the Council requested the following changes be made to the draft plan.
Planning staff provided the attached memo (Attachment A) outlining how the changes were
incorporated into the draft plan.
a. Stronger language throughout the draft plan
i. Specific design standards and implementation section were updated by
replacing "should be" with "shall be" and "encouraged" with "required”.
b. Business Park Land Use/Zoning:
Page | 5
i. Removed Business Park from Vision Map and revised the land use category to
be Light Industrial rather than Business Park/Industrial.
c. Distribution Uses
i. Planning staff are seeking further direction from the Council on this issue. To
limit distribution uses, an overlay zone could include a specific list of permitted
and conditional uses that align with the plan, while prohibiting distribution and
fulfillment uses.
ii. Additionally, building gross floor area could be limited to under 150,000 square
feet, and building height could be limited to under a specific height (such as 32
feet).
iii. If the Council could initiate a zoning amendment that would implement these
concepts (see Legislative Action in section 1 above).
d. 3200 West development concerns
i. The plan was updated to expand on the intent that new development cannot be
accessed from 3200 West.
e. Close or put a gate at 3200 West
i. Based on current City policy, staff does not recommend closing 3200 West
because the road would likely need to be sold to adjacent property owners.
ii. Planning Staff does not recommend gating 3200 West as it could create
unforeseen issues for property owners who use the road for access.
f. Future Land Use Vision Map
i. Update to show proposed buffer widths from waterways
1. Jordan River – 100 feet
2. Canals and Drains – 75 feet
3. Rudy Canal – already has a 200 foot no development easement
The following information was provided for the September 5 work session briefing. It
is provided again for background purposes.
September 5 Work Session Briefing
The Council last considered the proposed Northpoint Small Area Plan during the March 7, 2023,
public hearing. The Council closed the public hearing and deferred action to a future Council meeting.
Section 6 - Public hearing Summary below outlines public comments made during the meeting.
Since the public hearing, different stakeholders, including property owners, met with some Council
Members to discuss their concerns, proposed changes, and how to move forward with the draft plan.
Since it has been almost 6 months since the last Council discussion on the draft plan, the follow up
briefing on September 5 will serve as a reorientation to the daft plan and related issues.
In order to get Council Member review and feedback on next steps, the staff report is outlined in the
following sections.
Section 1 – Policy Questions
Section 2 – Changes Made to the Draft Plan based on previous Council input
Page | 6
Section 3 - Proposed City-Led Annexation
Section 4 - Related Planning Documents
Section 5 - Public Comments / Requested Changes
Section 6 - Public Hearing Summary
2. Section 1 - Policy Questions
Policy questions are listed in the first and by major category so the Council can review and
have them in mind as they read the staff report. They are included again in their respective
sections below.
o Future Land Use Map (more information in Section 2 below)
Currently the draft future land use map calls for the area east of 2200 West to be
Transitional Industrial. Properties located in this area of the County are currently zoned
Agriculture. This would convert the area to light industrial/manufacturing. The transitional
designation is intended to mitigate the impact of those uses on the residential and
agricultural uses.
The Council received different requests to change the future land use map, so the area east of
2200 West tis identified for agricultural uses or to preserve the area for conservation uses.
Other stakeholders requested residential be allowed in this area, in addition to industrial
uses, and some have said the current proposed plan is the best option.
Based on the requests from various stakeholders to either amend the plan, or keep the plan
as currently drafted, the future land use map and eventual zoning would change depending
on the Council’s decision. Much of the discussion has focused on the area east of 2200 West.
Options the Council may wish to consider for the area east of 2200 West include:
•Keep the plan as currently proposed – Light Industrial
•Change the plan to support Residential in addition to Light Industrial in the
transitional area
•Change Plan to support Natural Open Space
Does the Council support changing the draft plan’s future land use map
to reflect any of the proposals by various stakeholder groups?
o Future Zoning (more information in Section 2 below)
Rezoning properties located within the small area plan boundaries is one way to implement
the plan’s vision. During the work session briefing the Council asked Planning staff if there
could be a limitation on distribution and fulfillment uses.
Additionally, some public feedback suggested the City’s current M1 Light Manufacturing
zoning district would not sufficiently take into account the unique needs of this area, and a
new zoning district or overlay zone is needed to properly implement the vision of the small
area plan.
Page | 7
Does the Council wish to initiate a legislative action requesting the
Administration draft a zoning amendment to implement the small area
plan vision?
•This could be accomplished with either an entirely new zoning district or an
overlay. Planning staff could have discretion to move forward with whichever
option they think is best.
o City Led Annexation (more information in Section 3 below)
A large portion of the small area plan is in an unincorporated part of the County. For the past
few years property owners in this area have been discussing annexing into the City. In March
of this year the City rejected an annexation petition with the intent that the City initiates a
more holistic annexation for this area. Some felt it was important to get the small area plan
completed before moving forward with the annexation process.
▪Does the Council wish to initiate the City-led annexation?
▪Does the Council wish to request that the Administration seek
Planning Commission input on the zoning consideration for the area?
o Response to Public Feedback
Some residents requested the City slow down on the small area plan to give stakeholders
time to research and potentially implement a proposed Great Salt Lake Shoreline Heritage
Area. Section 5 below goes into more detail about this request.
▪Does the Council wish to ask the Administration for an update on
discussions about the proposed Great Salt Lake Shoreline Heritage
Area?
3. Section 2 - Changes made to the draft plan based on Council feedback
During the briefing the Council requested the following changes be made to the draft plan.
Planning staff provided the attached memo (Attachment A) outlining how the changes were
incorporated into the draft plan.
o Stronger language throughout the draft plan
▪Specific design standards and implementation section were updated by replacing
"should be" with "shall be" and "encouraged" with "required”.
o Business Park Land Use/Zoning:
▪Removed Business Park from Vision Map and revised the land use category to be
Light Industrial rather than Business Park/Industrial.
o Distribution Uses
▪Planning staff is seeking further direction from the Council on this issue. To limit
distribution uses, an overlay zone could include a specific list of permitted and
conditional uses that align with the plan, while prohibiting distribution and
fulfillment uses.
▪Additionally, building gross floor area could be limited to under 150,000 square
feet1, and building height could be limited to under a specific height (such as 32
feet).
Page | 8
▪If the Council could initiate a zoning amendment that would implement these
concepts (see Legislative Action in section 1 above).
o 3200 West development concerns
▪The plan was updated to expand on the intent that new development cannot be
accessed from 3200 West.
o Close or put a gate at 3200 West
▪Based on current City policy, staff does not recommend closing 3200 West because
the road would likely need to be sold to adjacent property owners.
▪ Planning Staff does not recommend gating 3200 West as it could create unforeseen
issues for property owners who use the road for access.
o Future Land Use Vision Map
▪Update to show proposed buffer widths from waterways
•Jordan River – 100 feet
•Canals and Drains – 75 feet
•Rudy Canal – already has a 200 foot no development easement
Policy Questions
•Does the Council support changing the draft plan’s future land use
map to reflect any of the proposals by various stakeholder groups?
•Does the Council wish to initiate a legislative action requesting the
Administration draft a zoning amendment to implement the small
area plan vision?
4. Section 3 - Proposed City-Led Annexation
A large portion of the small area plan is in the County. For the past few years property owners
in this area have been discussing annexing into the City. In previous attempts the County has
expressed the preference for the boundaries of the City and County to be cleaned up in this
area. Since much of this area is identified in the City’s annexation plan, they felt it made sense
for the City to lead any annexation efforts. In March of this year the City rejected an
annexation petition with the intent that the City initiates a more holistic annexation for this
area.
The City’s Recorder’s Office has done some initial work on the City led annexation. This
included a community open house on May 11th and informational letter distributed to property
owners. Additionally, they have worked with the County to verify all requirements are being
met to move forward with a potential annexation.
Attachment B - City-Initiated Annexation Update outlines the next steps the City may take if
the Council is ready to move forward with the annexation petition. It should be noted that the
Council could choose to change the boundaries of the annexation. The entire area depicted
does not need to be annexed all at once. But ultimately the goal is to clean up the boundaries
between the city and county jurisdiction in this area.
The zoning of properties annexed into the City receive their zoning designation during that
process. They do not go through the traditional rezone process. In previous annexation
Page | 9
petitions the Council asked staff to send the petition to the Planning Commission for review
and a recommendation on the zoning. If the Council initiates an annexation petition for this
area, it may wish to ask the Planning Commission to review and provide a recommendation on
the zoning considerations.
If the Council is ready to initiate the annexation, staff will work with the Attorney’s and
Recorder’s offices to prepare a resolution which can be adopted at an upcoming Council
meeting.
Policy Questions
▪Does the Council wish to initiate the City-led annexation?
▪Does the Council wish to request that the Administration seek
Planning Commission input on the zoning consideration for the area?
5. Section 4 - Related planning documents
During some meetings with stakeholders the Salt Lake County West General Plan was raised
for consideration. The West General Plan was approved by the County Council on May 10,
2022. Attachment C – SL County Future Land Use Map shows the area identified for potential
annexation into Salt Lake City is proposed as agriculture use.
From Attachment C – SL County Future Land Use Map
Page | 10
6. Section 5 - Public Comments, requested changes
Attachment D is a letter submitted to the City and County in advance of the March 7 public
hearing. The letter outlines recommended changes to the Northpoint Small are plan in order to
preserve agricultural lands, healthy wildlife habitat, and functioning ecosystems. The group
of stakeholders that submitted this letter also set up some small group meetings with Council
Members to go over their concerns.
The letter outlines the concept for a Great Salt Lake Shoreline Heritage Area which is depicted
in the map attached to the letter and shown below.
Page | 11
The letter requests the Northpoint Small Area plan be amended so that some of the properties
would be preserved and the development rights be transferred to another area of the City. This
is a concept known as a Transfer of Development Right (TDR) program.
TDR is a tool identified in the land preservation section of the small area plan. According to the
small area plan, page 42:
TDRs are tools that establish areas within a community for preservation (sending
zones), and additional growth (receiving zones). Sending zones can be areas of
agricultural land, open space, or other properties important to preserve. Receiving
zones are areas that the community has designated as appropriate for additional or
increased development.
Page | 12
The administration has expressed support to explore the possibility of a Great Salt Lake
shoreline preserve. However, at this time it is not clear if that process has started. The Council
may wish to ask the Administration if there is an update on the shoreline preservation
discussions.
Policy Question
▪Does the Council wish to ask the Administration for an update on
discussions about the proposed Great Salt Lake Shoreline Heritage
Area?
Another comment submitted requested the city update the Airport Flight Path Protection
Overlay District (AFPP) because they believe new information suggests it should be updated.
The resident who submitted the letter on behalf of a property owner in the Northpoint area
said they would pay for the costs to update the overlay district. The letter also suggests
residential dwellings could be allowed in this area and the plan would need to be updated to
allow residential uses east of 2200 west.
Policy Question
▪Does the Council wish to ask the Administration/Airport staff for their
feedback on the request to update the AFPP?
7. Section 6 - Public Hearing Summary
The minutes of the public hearing provide a summary of comments made during the March 7,
2023, public hearing. They can be found in Attachment E – March 7 Public Hearing Summary
of Public Comments.
Many people spoke both in support and in opposition to the draft plan for a variety of reasons.
Some felt the draft plan was ready to be adopted as currently written while others felt it needed
more work to ensure environmental issues were adequately addressed.
The following information was provided for the March 7 public hearing. It is provided
again for background purposes.
Work Session Summary
At the February 21 work session briefing, Council Members raised questions about the impact future
development may have on the residents in the area due to increased traffic, as well as impacts to air
quality, and the environment.
Some felt the Plan was a good attempt at balancing and protecting the current residents and the
environment, while providing the growth and development that is likely to come. Some expressed
concerns the plan was too flexible and asked Planning staff to consider making changes that require
the type of development the city wants to see in this area.
Page | 13
Other ideas raised included creating a fund to help residents pay for impacts and damage to their
homes and property that may occur due to construction and looking further into the potential to use
transfer of development rights in this area. On a related note, in recent weeks the Council office has
received many questions and complaints about the traffic impact on 2200west due to the development
in the area and 2900 west not being completed.
The Council also discussed some of the implementation strategies they would like to see prioritized
such as removing the BP zone, mapping, and increasing the buffers between the wetlands and river,
and including stricter language that would keep 3200 west a gravel road.
Council members indicated they would like to have a follow-up work session after the public hearing
to go over any potential changes they would like to see included in the draft plan.
The public hearing is scheduled for March 7
The following information was provided for the February 21 briefing. It is provided
again for background purposes.
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
The Council will receive a briefing about an ordinance that would adopt the Northpoint Small Area
Plan. The Northpoint Small Area Plan is a land use plan for the land that is located between the Salt
Lake City International Airport and the northern boundary of the city along the 2200 West corridor.
In 2020 the Council allocated $100,000 to update the master plan for this area to help plan for the
increased development pressures going on in this area of the city.
The updated plan will provide guidance on existing and anticipated development in the area, as well as
annexation-related issues. As part of the plan update, the Salt Lake City Major Streets Plan will be
amended to reflect recommended roadway alignments.
The Planning Commission voted to forward a positive recommendation to the City Council (7-2)
with the following modifications:
•The limit on distribution land uses be removed.
•The wetland buffer is expanded to up to 300 feet instead of up to 200 feet.
Mayor Mendenhall submitted a letter with the transmittal that recommend the City Council consider
Planning Staff’s recommendation to limit distribution land uses to prevent the area from becoming
primarily a warehouse and distribution center.
The mayor noted in her letter “this could be achieved by limiting the development of such uses
[distribution] where they are not currently allowed by zoning. This is a vital step to implementing the
city’s vision – one that respects the existing residential and agriculture properties, the environment,
and wildlife, while allowing for appropriate light-manufacturing development” (Transmittal letter
pages 5-6).
Key Concepts Identified in the Plan
Page | 14
Pages 2-3 of the transmittal letter outline the key concepts of the plan and potential action items the
City can take to implement the plan.
•Identifies appropriate future land use and development characteristics for the area that can
coexist with the wildlife habitat and natural environment of the Great Salt Lake, and the
operations of the Salt Lake City International Airport.
•Identifies appropriate buffering, building design, and development characteristics to reduce
the impacts on residential and agricultural uses, important wildlife habitats, and other uses
within the area.
•Recommends design standards to reduce the negative impacts that future land uses may have
on air quality, water quality, noise, and light.
•Updates future annexation potential for unincorporated land within Salt Lake County.
•Amends the Major Streets Plan for the area to include a new north-south collector (2900 W), a
future airport road going east to west connecting to 2100 North, and to indicate that 3200
West is to remain an unimproved roadway.
•Recommends a Northpoint-specific development code that codifies the recommended design
standards and includes incentive-based tools for open space preservation.
Changes to Plan noted by Planning Staff.
Page 4 of the transmittal letter notes planning staff recommends making a few modifications to the
draft forwarded by the Planning Commission.
•Page 10: “The Plan Area…is nestled between wetland spillover from the Great Salt Lake…”
- Deleted the word “spillover” as it implies excess, wasted, low value, and is not an
ecological term.
•Page 24: Added "and other contrast mitigation building and landscape features" to the
sentence addressing building color and materials. While colors that blend in with the natural
surroundings are essential, there may be additional contrast mitigation techniques that are
necessary and appropriate in specific areas such as the land close to 3200 West.
•Page 32: Evaluate the Feasibility of Acquiring Sensitive Lands as City-Owned Open Space
- In addition to lands adjacent to the Jordan River mentioned in the text, open land and
wetlands along 3200 W was also added as an area for priority open space preservation.
•Included the notation on the vision map regarding wetland applicability (jurisdictional and
non-jurisdictional) on page 35 as well.
Does the Council support including these changes in the final draft of the small area plan?
Policy Questions
Below are some policy questions the Council may wish to consider as you review the draft plan and
bring up during the briefing with the Administration.
Page | 15
1.Implementation
a. Are there specific implementation steps outlined in the small area plan the Council
would like to initiate? See Implementation section below (page 5) for outline of key
items and pages 2-3 of the draft plan for details.
b. Does the Council wish to take steps to ensure future development will abide by
development recommendations outlined in the plan, if any petitions come to the city
before the zoning changes are adopted?
i. Consider using development agreements for zoning petitions in the process
Does the council wish to support initiating any of the key implementation
actions recommended in the master plan?
2.Development Standards
The Plan identifies design standards that could help reduce the negative impacts development
may have (Pages 20-29).
a. Some CMs have mentioned conditions included in the Northwest Quadrant Overlay
District (21A.34.140) may be a good template to consider for development in this area
of the city.
b. Some of those standards include:
i. Lighting – all lighting shall be shielded to direct light down and away from
edges of the property.
ii. Roof color – light reflective roofing with minim solar reflective index
iii. Landscape – shall consist of native plants, remove noxious weeds,
iv. Glass Requirements – use glass design elements to reduce bird collisions.
v. Fencing – see through fence that is 50% open.
c. Some have asked about the possibility for the city to require solar panels be included in
a future development.
d. Additionally, in the NWQ overlay, certain permitted uses are limited.
Do the development standards outlined in the plan successfully address the
council’s concerns about mitigating the impact of development in this area of
the city?
3. The mayor recommended that the City Council consider Planning Staff’s recommendation to
limit distribution land uses to prevent the area from becoming primarily a warehouse and
distribution center. This could be achieved by limiting the development of such uses where
they are not currently allowed by zoning.
Does the Council support the Mayor’s and Planning staff recommendation to
limit distribution uses in this area?
Outline of the Draft Small Area Plan
Land Use Categories
The future land use map includes the categories outlined and shown on the map below.
•Natural Open Space
Page | 16
•Transitional
•Business Park / Industrial
•Airport
Design Standards
The Plan identifies design standards that could help reduce the negative impacts development may
have (pages 20-29). These standards include:
• Buffering and setbacks for existing residential uses and wildlife and wetland habitat
Page | 17
• Standards for new development
o Grading limitation, Fencing / Walls, Dark Sky Lighting,
• Water Conscious Development
o landscaping, stormwater management,
• Airport Conflict Mitigation
o Noise, land use compatibility
• Visual Design
• Standards for Transitional Areas
o Industrial land use mitigation - noise, odor air quality, traffic, and loading
• Standards for Natural Open Space
o Wetland Design Standards – planting, trails / boardwalks,
Implementation (Chapter 3)
The implementation plan identifies three-time sensitive actions that should be prioritized (pages 2-3).
• Services and Infrastructure
o Evaluate funding solutions to redesign 2200 west and Construct 2900 West
• Natural Environmental / Preservation
o Evaluate the Feasibility of Acquiring Sensitive Lands as City-Owned Open Space
• Built Environment/Design
o Adopt Development Code Updates
Additional implementation actions are identified on pages 34-35. These include items such as creating
a local utility plan, updating the major streets plan, environmental impact standards, annexation, etc.
Tool Kit
The plan includes a variety of tools that will help implement the small area plan (pages 38-53). Some
of those tools include land preservation, regulatory, incentive based, land acquisition, and financial.
Public Process
The public process started in summer of 2021 up to the planning commission public hearing on
December 14, 2022. During that time the outreach included numerous steering committees,
community council meetings, online questionnaire, Council update and Planning Commission
briefings.
The full details are outlined on pages three of the transmittal letter and the chronology is on page 11.
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. _____ of 2023
(Adopting the Northpoint Small Area Plan)
An ordinance adopting the Northpoint Small Area Plan as part of Salt Lake City’s general
plan.
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission held a hearing on December 14,
2022 on a petition by the City Council to adopt an update to the Northpoint Small Area Plan as a
geographically-specific part of Salt Lake City’s general plan required by Part 4 of Utah Code
Chapter 10-9a; and
WHEREAS, at its December 14, 2022 meeting, the Planning Commission voted in favor
of forwarding a positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) on said
petition; and
WHEREAS, after holding a public hearing on this matter, the City Council has
determined that adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. Adopting the Northpoint Small Area Plan. That the Northpoint Small
Area Plan provided in Exhibit “A” attached hereto is adopted as part of Salt Lake City’s general
plan as required by Part 4 of Utah Code Chapter 10-9a.
SECTION 2. Effective Date. This ordinance shall become effective on the date of its
first publication.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ______________,
2023.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
Mayor's Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
______________________________
MAYOR
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ________ of 2023.
Published: ______________.
Ordinance adopting the Northpoint Small Area Plan
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:__________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Katherine D. Pasker, Senior City Attorney
December 16, 2022
EXHIBIT “A”
Northpoint Small Area Plan
NORTHPOINT
Small Area Plan
Salt Lake City
Adoption Draft, November 2023
2
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Introduction ....................................................4
Location ................................................................................................................6
Plan Context and Purpose .....................................................................................7
Guide to this Plan ..................................................................................................8
Executive Summary .............................................................................................10
Chapter 2 The Vision ....................................................12
Constraints to the Vision .....................................................................................14
Land Use Categories ............................................................................................15
Vision Map ..........................................................................................................16
Design Standards ...............................................................................................18
Chapter 3 Implementation ...........................................30
Critical Path Implementation Items .....................................................................32
Additional Implementation Items .........................................................................34
Chapter 4 The Toolkit ....................................................36
Using the Toolkit .................................................................................................38
Land Preservation Tools ......................................................................................40
Financial Implementation Tools ...........................................................................46
Appendix A Existing Conditions
Appendix B Public Input
Appendix C Constraints Analysis
Appendix D Full Financial Analysis
Appendix E Major Street Plan Amendment
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
6
Location
The Northpoint Plan Area is located just north of
Downtown Salt Lake City, near Farmington Bay
and the Great Salt Lake. The Plan Area is bounded
to the east by Interstate 215 and is comprised
of mainly agricultural, industrial and residential
uses.
Northpoint lies within the northwest quadrant
of Salt Lake City, adjacent to vital environmental
resources including the Jordan River and playas
and wetlands associated with the Great Salt Lake.
Over half of the property in Northpoint is currently
under the jurisdiction of Salt Lake County and
consists of agricultural uses, business park
development, industrial and commercial zoning.
Environmental considerations greatly influence
the future growth and development of the area.
Directly south of Northpoint is Salt Lake City
International Airport, which provides opportunities
for and constraints to the potential development
within Northpoint. The airport continues to expand
through ongoing renovations and is currently
being guided by the 2022 Salt Lake International
Airport Master Plan. Its proximity is a defining
factor of the Plan Area.
Northpoint is also adjacent to several recreational
areas including the Wasatch Mountain Range,
with its many trails, the Jordan River OHV State
Recreation Area, and the Salt Lake City Regional
Athletic Complex.
Introduction Overview
Graphic 1.1 | Northpoint Plan Area
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 7
Esri,H ERE, Garmin,( c) OpenStreetMapc ontributors, andt he GISu serc ommunity
Jurisdiction
Plan Context and Purpose
In 2000, a Northpoint Small Area Plan was
adopted with goals to eliminate potential land
use conflicts between the Salt Lake International
Airport, future development, and the existing
agricultural lifestyle. Other notable planning
efforts for this region include the 1992 Northwest
and the Jordan River/Airport Plan which address
the Northpoint Plan Area, the Great Salt Lake
wetlands and Jordan River, the Salt Lake Airport,
and surrounding land; the 2020 Blueprint Jordan
River Plan which illustrates a cohesive vision
for the River as it stretches through multiple
jurisdictions; the 2021 Salt Lake City International
Airport Master Plan; and the 2021 Salt Lake County
West General Plan.
The northwest portion of Salt Lake City is
limited by multiple layers of constraints, mostly
environmental, but also due to airport activity,
connectivity, and social equity issues. It is one
of the largest growth areas for the City, but quite
possibly, the most difficult to develop. This
Plan addresses the natural environment, built
environment, and community attributes. Many
factors contribute to constraints facing the area,
however many attributes act as opportunities.
The Northpoint Small Area Plan Update is a
response to the rapid pace of growth and change
in the northwest portion of Salt Lake City and the
anticipated new business park and light industrial
uses in the area. The key goals of this Plan are to:
»Identify appropriate future land use and
development characteristics for the area
that can coexist with the wildlife habitat
and natural environment of the Great Salt
Lake, and the operations of the Salt Lake
City International Airport.
»Update future annexation potential for
unincorporated land within Salt Lake
County.
»Identify appropriate infrastructure
requirements, including utilities and
roadways, to support the future land use in
the area.
»Identify appropriate buffering, building
design, and development characteristics
to reduce the impacts to residential and
agricultural uses, important wildlife habitat,
and other uses within the plan area.
»Recommend methods to reduce the
negative impacts that future land uses may
have on air quality, water quality, noise, and
light.
Graphic 1.2 | Northpoint Jurisdictions
Salt Lake City
Salt Lake County
Plan Effectiveness
The Northpoint Small Area Plan, including the
Design Standards in chapter 2, is intended to
be a binding document and any zoning map
amendments or redevelopment shall follow the
standards established within the Plan.
8
Guide to This Plan
Plan
Salt Lake
Northpoint
Small Area Plan
Land Use Code and Zoning
Ordinances
Design
Standards Incentives Tools and
Actions
Introduction
This document is intended to support Salt Lake City’s overarching vision established in Plan Salt Lake
while also providing tailored tools to help the Plan Area grow appropriately. Once the Northpoint Small
Area Plan is adopted, its supplemental recommendations will guide applicants to develop within
the scope of the Community’s Vision. This plan should be referenced when discretionary land use
decisions are being made. These recommendations include, design standards, land acquisition tools,
regulatory tools, and incentive based tools.
Master plans detail the vision, policy, and framework of the community that will guide growth and
development over time. As the plan area transitions from greenfield and rural residential to light
industrial, this plan outlines specific design standards and action steps the City can implement to
mitigate the impact of new development on the surrounding natural habitat and existing residential
properties.
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 9
Public Process
This planning process included one-
on-one interviews with residents,
developers, environmental groups,
and City and County staff, a
public open house, two public
questionnaires, and a property owner-
specific questionnaire. With several
applications active in the Plan Area
at the time this project started,
it became apparent early on that
habitat preservation and residential
quality of life were primary concerns.
This shaped the Plan, shifting focus
from land use recommendations to
tools available to the City to preserve
habitat, mitigate impacts of new
development on residents, water and
air quality, and wildlife, and determine
appropriate improvements to existing
infrastructure.
195
820
10
Executive Summary
The Northpoint Small Area Plan is a detailed master plan for the Northwestern Community of Salt
Lake City. The Plan Area contains large amounts of underdeveloped land, nestled between wetlands
from the Great Salt Lake to the west and urban growth to the east. Additionally, parts of the Plan Area
are fragmented with unincorporated County land and airport-owned property. A clear plan is needed
to address the development pressures in the Plan Area, which continue to increase despite natural
constraints. The Northpoint Small Area Plan aims to guide future development based on the previously
adopted community plans and future land uses that the City has identified as appropriate to the area.
While many property owners intend to retain their property as agricultural land, redevelopment and
new development is anticipated to be primarily light industrial and manufacturing. The Plan contains
three elements to guide growth into the future:
Vision Map
The Northpoint area has experienced growth that can conflict; industrial development adjacent to
agriculture and residential uses, and developments adjacent to or abutting critical habitat areas
(i.e. wetlands and upland). Industrial development has begun, and is expected to continue, to creep
into this area of Salt Lake City. Understanding this reality, the Northpoint Vision is to balance the
anticipated growth of light industrial and manufacturing uses with the existing and continued
residential and agricultural uses of the area. This will be accomplished through outlining mitigation
strategies for high-impact development directed at preserving quality of life for residents and the
natural environment.
Design Standards
The design standards are directly connected to the anticipated future development in the area.
Building and site design have the ability to affect built environments in impactful ways. When applied
with a clear vision in mind, design standards can shape development that reduces visual and physical
land use conflicts. The standards touch on each land use designation and provide clear direction as
to how the area should be built. Although the standards are separately outlined in the plan, they are
implied to be implemented with the other action items.
Implementation
What separates the plan from a design standards manual, is the comprehensive action items that are
addressed in the implementation chapter. The action items range from strategies to best preserve
open space and critical habitats, recommends further study for service and infrastructure needs,
annexation of unincorporated properties within the Plan Area, and funding tools that will help the Plan
Area grow responsibly. These elements can be applied to the area as a whole and provide different
initiatives aside from traditional zoning regulation guidance. There are three action items identified as
“critical path”, being the most critical to complete once this plan is adopted. These action items are:
»Services and Infrastructure | Evaluate Funding Solutions to Redesign 2200 W and Construct
2900 W
»Built Environment and Design | Adopt Development Code Updates and Codify the Design
Standards Herein
»Natural Environment and Preservation | Evaluate the Feasibility of Acquiring Sensitive Lands as
City-Owned Open Space
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 11
Goals of this Plan
»Identify appropriate future land use and development characteristics for the area that can
coexist with the wildlife habitat and natural environment of the Great Salt Lake, and the
operations of the Salt Lake City International Airport.
»Update future annexation potential for unincorporated land within Salt Lake County.
»Identify appropriate infrastructure requirements, including utilities and roadways, to support
the future land use in the area.
»Identify appropriate buffering, building design, and development characteristics to reduce
the impacts to residential and agricultural uses, important wildlife habitat, and other uses
within the corridor.
»Recommend methods to reduce the negative impacts that future land uses may have on air
quality, water quality, noise, and light.
Vision Map Categories
See more on page 16
Key Design Standards
See more on page 20
Critical Implementation
See more on page 32
NATURAL OPEN SPACE
Areas where development is limited
to passive recreational amenities
TRANSITIONAL
Areas that are currently residential.
New development will be subject to
impact mitigation measures
LIGHT INDUSTRIAL
Areas anticipated to develop as
Light Industrial
AIRPORT
Areas owned by the Salt Lake City
International Airport
Limit maximum building frontage
along 2200 W
Maintain buffers between new
development and existing
wetlands, canals, drains, and the
Jordan River
Maintain a 65-foot buffer
between new development and
existing residential
Allow clustering of buildings to
maximize buffers
Emphasize appropriate building
materials and encourage native
landscaping
Services and Infrastructure
Evaluate funding solutions to
redesign 2200 W and construct
2900 W
Built Environment and Design
Create a Northpoint specific
development code and codify the
Design Standards
Natural Environment/Preservation
Evaluate the feasibility of
acquiring sensitive lands as
city-owned open space
How Will We Get There?
CHAPTER 2
THE VISION
14
Constraints to the Vision
As discussed in Chapter 1, the Plan Area
consists of several development constraints
ranging from sensitive wetland habitat to
airport influence zone regulations. Mapping
these constraints is a crucial first step in
determining the areas most suitable for
new development and identifying areas that
should be preserved as habitat and open
space. The Constraints Map illustrates the
results of this analysis and may be used to
prioritize sensitive lands for preservation
or acquisition. For a detailed analysis of
development constraints and opportunities,
see Appendix C. Constraints reviewed in this
analysis included:
»Designated Wetlands
»Salt Lake City International Airport-
Owned Properties
»Utility and Open Space Easements
»Airport Influence Zones (A, B, C)
»Viable Agriculture
»Airport Noise Contours
Using the Vision Map and Design
Standards
The Vision Map in this chapter is intended to show where additional standards are necessary to
ensure future development is compatible with existing residential, agricultural, and sensitive habitats.
To use this chapter, review the Vision Map and accompanying Design Standards. It is intended that
the design standards be incorporated into Salt Lake City Zoning and Development Code to apply to
new development in the Plan Area.
Annexation and Zoning Amendment Policy
The Vision Map illustrates the anticipated future land uses within the Northpoint Area. However, any
unincorporated land located within the Transitional area, upon annexation into the city, will be subject
to the AG-2 zoning designation until such time as the City Council adopts a new zoning district or
overlay that aligns with the envisioned plan. Additionally, any proposed zoning map amendment in the
Transitional area will also be subject to a development agreement aimed at realizing the plan’s vision
and design standards, until the area’s zoning regulations are adopted.
The Northpoint Vision Overview
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
¯
Most suitable
for development
Least suitable
for development
NORTHPOINT CONSTRAINTS MAP
Graphic 2.1 | Constraints Analysis for Northpoint
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 15
Natural Open Space
Purpose: Natural Open Space areas are those that should be preserved as natural open space
and prohibit development. The Natural Open Space district aims to connect critical habitats in
the least fragmented way possible considering development trends in the Plan Area.
Applicability: These areas include designated wetlands, uplands, existing recreational amenities,
and areas connecting them. All designated wetlands, uplands, and other sensitive lands fall
under the Natural Open Space district.
Use Standards: Development in these areas will be limited to passive recreational opportunities,
trailheads, and small parking areas to serve recreational uses. Adjacent land uses will be subject
to mitigation.
Transitional
Purpose: The purpose of this zone is to mitigate the impacts of light industrial development on
residential and agricultural properties.
Applicability: New development is anticipated to be primarily light industrial with a focus on
manufacturing land uses. There are no properties in the Plan Area that are identified for new
residential development.
Use Standards: Residential properties shall be subject to natural habitat impact mitigation
standards such as buffering critical areas from all development. Should any residential
properties transition to Industrial, all Industrial standards will apply.
Light Industrial
Purpose: Business and light industrial development is anticipated in the Plan Area. The majority
of the Plan Area will convert to light industrial, manufacturing, or business properties.
Applicability: The industrial district applies to properties that do not contain significant
constraints such as wetlands, uplands, existing residential, or other major limitations.
Use Standards: Development in these areas will be reviewed closely for impact to existing
residents and sensitive lands and may require additional mitigation designs focused on
protecting the natural environment and quality of life of existing residents.
Airport
Purpose: These areas are owned by the Salt Lake International Airport, though there are no plans
currently to develop these areas.
Applicability: The Airport district applies to properties that are owned by the Salt Lake International
Airport.
Use Standards: Development in these areas will be limited to passive recreational opportunities,
natural open space, and utility and infrastructure needed for the Salt Lake International Airport.
Land Use Categories
16
Protected
Open Space
22
0
0
W
29
0
0
W
W Center St
32
0
0
W
(
u
n
p
a
v
e
d
)
3200N
2670N
2100N
1700N
3130N
J
o
r
d
a
n
R
i
v
e
r
R
u
d
y
C
a
n
a
l
Recla
m
a
t
i
o
n
D
i
t
c
h
Ci
t
y
D
r
a
i
n
W
e
s
t
B
r
a
n
c
h
Le
g
a
c
y
P
k
w
y
Rocky
M
o
u
n
t
a
i
n
Power
E
a
s
e
m
e
n
t
Roc
k
y
M
o
u
n
t
a
i
n
Pow
e
r
E
a
s
e
m
e
n
t
215
215
Graphic 2.2 | Northpoint Vision Map
NORTHPOINT VISION MAP
Water
Designated Wetland*
Natural Open Space
Light Industrial
Transitional
Land UsesProtected
Open Space
22
0
0
W
29
0
0
W
W Center St
32
0
0
W
(
u
n
p
a
v
e
d
)
3200N
2670N
2100N
1700N
3130N
J
o
r
d
a
n
R
i
v
e
r
R
u
d
y
C
a
n
a
l
Recla
i
m
a
t
i
o
n
D
i
t
c
h
Ci
t
y
D
r
a
i
n
W
e
s
t
B
r
a
n
c
h
Le
g
a
c
y
P
k
w
y
Rocky
M
o
u
n
t
a
i
n
Power
E
a
s
e
m
e
n
t
Roc
k
y
M
o
u
n
t
a
i
n
Pow
e
r
E
a
s
e
m
e
n
t
215
215
Airport
*Wetlands include both jurisdictional and non-jurisdictional wetlands. The Vision
Map is intended as a general guide for wetland areas, but specific wetland
delineation should be done when land is developed. Identification of wetlands
primarily involves the determination of three factors: the predominance of
wetland vegetation, hydric (wetland) soils, and signs of hydrology.
75 ft Canal/Drain Buffer
300 ft Jordan River Buffer
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 17
Without Design Standards With Design Standards
Smaller buildings facing existing residential and major roadways, largest buildings in the middle of development.
Greater attention to building design (i.e. building materials, lighting, landscaping, etc.).
Allow clustering of buildings in favor of preserving connected habitat and critical open space.
No restrictions on building size near/facing existing residential.
Typical industrial development styles can disturb natural habitat with disruptive materials, lighting, hazardous landscaping and fencing, etc.
Minimum lot sizes and open space requirements force buildings to be oriented in an inefficient way, taking up more native land than needed.
EFFECT OF DESIGN STANDARDS
18
Design Standards
Land Use
Light Industrial Transitional
Minimum Setback of New Development
Designated Wetlands 300 ft1, 2 300 ft1, 2
Canals and Drains 75 ft 75 ft
Jordan River 300 ft1, 2 300 ft1, 2
Existing Residential 65 ft 65 ft
Maximum Continuous Building Frontage on 2200 W 400 ft 250 ft
1 | Should preserve uninterrupted connection between wetlands and uplands.
2 | Should include and maintain a planted stormwater mitigation element such as a bioswale.
Setbacks and Buffers
Buffers and setbacks are intended to reduce the adverse impacts of adjacent land uses and provide important habitats for wildlife that utilize buffer areas. While setbacks shown in this document are intended to extend from the natural feature (i.e., designated wetland or canal) to any impervious built surface of new development (i.e., sidewalks, parking lots), specific details will be determined when the setback is adopted into code. Setbacks from natural features may include landscaping and stormwater management.
Required setbacks for new development adjacent to existing residential are intended to extend from new structure to existing residential structure(s). Setbacks from residential structures may include sidewalks, parking lots, etc.
A maximum building length along 2200 West is recommended to reduce the impact of large-scale industrial development on longstanding agricultural and residential uses, as well as maintain habitat connections.
Smaller setbacks in the transition area are intended to allow flexibility for residential development under the existing zoning. As development intensity increases with the development of light industrial land uses, the greater setbacks apply.
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 19
Preferred Buffer for Development Adjacent to Wetlands/Uplands
* When buffer is applied during development of a property the City must consider the potential for a regulatory taking of property.
20
Design Standards
1 | Habitat Mitigation Standards
1.1 | Grading Limitations
Considering limitations to grading can help
minimize impacts to native vegetation. It is
important for only areas planned for development
to be cleared and graded as it can allow for natural
drainage courses to be maintained and reduces
the need to manage stormwater flows.
◊ Soil cover or ramps shall be included to
allow for movement of wildlife through the
drainages.
◊ Excavation methods such as installation of
underdrains shall be required.
◊ Vertical drop structures and concrete lined
channels are prohibited.
◊ Use of large angular rip-rap for erosion control
shall be limited.
◊ Non-structural features that also provide
riparian habitat shall be considered.
◊ Development shall relate the building to
the natural site by stepping buildings and
avoiding mass leveling of the site.
1.2 | Fencing and Walls
Fences and walls can be barriers to wildlife and
impede the movement of wildlife between habitat
areas. Although fencing can be used to exclude
wildlife, it should be applied in very specific areas
that do not restrict larger wildlife movement
and migration patterns or access to food, water,
shelter, or potential mates.
◊ Fencing shall be permeable to allow for the
safe passage of animals and facilitate wildlife
movement through existing or constructed
wildlife corridors.
◊ Natural barriers for privacy purposes shall
consist of natural materials where possible,
such as boulders, densely-planted vegetation,
or rip-rap.
◊ Decorative fencing features that could be
hazardous to wildlife shall be prohibited
including:
»Pointed or narrow extensions at the top of
fences.
»Wires that may entangle animals.
»Hollow fence posts that are open at the
top when birds or other small animals may
become entrapped in an open cavity.
Standards for All New Development
Graphic 2.3 | Native Landscaping
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 21
1.3 | Dark Sky Lighting
Lighting is an important element in built environments that allows for a perceived sense of safety
at night. However, without appropriate design and placement, outdoor light fixtures can sometimes
be inefficient. Outdoor lighting in the Plan Area should be designed in a way that benefits the built
environment without negatively impacting the natural environment. Artificial lighting can disrupt
wildlife’s natural patterns and behaviors.
Graphic 2.4 | Dark Sky Friendly Lighting
◊ Lighting in non-functional spaces is prohibited
(i.e. architectural and landscape lighting is not
necessary for function of built environments).
◊ Light fixtures with motion or heat sensor may
be used to keep lights off when lighting is not
required.
◊ Lighting should consist of International Dark
Sky Association (IDA) approved fixtures.
◊ Electronic message centers (EMC) shall
be switched off completely after 11pm (or
30 minutes after the close of business for
on-premises signs, whichever is later), and
remain off until one hour before sunrise.
◊ EMCs applications for traffic and safety
information shall be exempt from
curfew.
◊ Light fixtures shall be selectively placed and
fully shielded (i.e. light shall only be emitted
downward and not above an imaginary
horizontal plane passing through the light
source).
◊ Lights shall be directed away from natural
areas.
◊ Lighting shall use timers to automatically
turnoff outside of hours of operation.
◊ Outdoor lighting shall be a color temperature
of 3,000 kelvin or less.
22
Design Standards
2 | Water Conscious Development
2.1 | Landscaping
Regulating native species in landscape design
can lead to low-maintenance and water-wise
environments that reflect the natural environment
in the built environment. Additionally, habitat
value can be increased when landscaping isn’t
overly manicured. However, weeds and invasive
species should be controlled so that they do not
compete with native species for necessary water
and nutrients.
◊ Landscaped areas shall follow Low Impact
Develpoment (LID) principles.
◊ Landscaping shall consist of native, adaptive,
and drought-tolerant plantings.
◊ New construction shall follow the Salt Lake
City Tree Protection and Preservation Policy.
◊ Landscaping shall not require modifications to
the native soil.
◊ Minimize irrigated landscape areas and utilize
naturalized swales.
◊ Fertilizers and herbicides shall be prohibited.
◊ Development adjacent to wetlands
and uplands shall adhere to the buffer
requirements herein and include on-site
stormwater management.
Graphic 2.5 | Stormwater Runoff Design
2.2 | Stormwater Management
As undeveloped land becomes developed with
hard surface materials, loss of permeable
surfaces will have a direct affect on stormwater
runoff. It is essential to avoid stormwater contact
with industrial materials and activities and to
avoid point-source pollution and degradation of
the wetlands, uplands, and other natural habitat.
There are comprehensive best management
practice guides that can help applicant navigate
the best solution for the specific use.
◊ Significant new development resulting
in a change of land use shall include
environmental impact mitigation measures
and align them with current executive orders
and master plans.
◊ Embankments and spillways shall be
designed and approved by engineers that
specialize in stormwater management and
ecologically friendly design.
◊ Stormwater systems shall not diminish water
flow to wetlands.
◊ Sedimentation systems shall be used.
»Sediment systems are more efficient with
pollutants associated with metals, organic
compounds, and other oxygen-demanding
substances. There are limitations with
sediment systems as small particles do not
always settle therefore the substances in
the industrial stormwater discharge should
be evaluated prior to implementation.
◊ Detention ponds shall be utilized with an
underdrain to outlet to allow water to slowly
release into proper stormwater systems.
◊ Retention ponds shall be utilized to regularly
contain water on site and via infiltration.
◊ Infiltration systems shall be utilized to capture
and infiltrate runoff in order to reduce runoff
volume.
»i.e. Infiltration Trenches, basins, bio-retention
systems and underground infiltration tanks.
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 23
Graphic 2.9 | Porous Surface Street Edge
Graphic 2.8 | Native Landscaping
Graphic 2.7 | Bioswale
Graphic 2.6 | Bioswale
3 | Airport Conflict Mitigation
Aviation adjacent to the Plan Area has been around for many
years. Similarly to the rest of Salt Lake Valley, the Airport, too,
has grown and anticipates further growth into the future. It is
important to account for current and future impacts.
3.1 | Noise
Regulation programs like Federal Aviation Regulation (FAR) Part
150 Noise, should be implemented on airport owned properties as
to mitigate the impacts of noise. This program was established
by the Aviation Safety and Noise Abatement Act of 1979 and
sets forth the measure that a specific airport operator has taken
to reduce the impacts of noise.
3.2 | Land Use Compatibility
Local land use planning such as this plan can better prepare for
the implications of planning around airports, and other airport-
related development. Land use decisions around the airport
properties shall account for the impacts and determine whether
the proposed use is appropriate. This can be hindered when
multiple jurisdictions regulate the surrounding lands, however,
there are tools such as annexation to consolidate regulatory
authority and ensure that only appropriate land use decisions
are made.
24
Graphic 2.10 | Natural Design Elements
Graphic 2.11| Natural Building Materials
Graphic 2.12 | Interior Courtyard
4 | Visual Design
Conscious design can help enhance compatibility
between various uses and ensure that development fits
in with the surrounding natural environment as best as
possible.
◊ Units (and open space required by code) shall be
organized or “clustered” in an efficient manner on
properties where doing so will allow for larger habitat
buffers.
◊ Building frontages along 2200 W shall not exceed
400 ft in length.
◊ Uninterrupted horizontal expanses of 100 ft in length
of any opaque material, including opaque glass,
shall be prohibited on building frontages visible from
public streets.
◊ Natural building materials, colors, and other contrast
mitigation building and landscape features shall be
included in the exterior of buildings to mitigate the
contrast of the built and natural environment.
◊ Follow bird-friendly window and building design by
mitigating reflective and transparent conditions.
New construction and major renovation projects
shall incorporate bird-friendly building materials and
design features, including those recommended by
the American Bird Conservancy publication Bird-
Friendly Building Design.
◊ Mirrored or highly reflective glass is prohibited.
◊ Mechanical systems/equipment shall be shielded
with barriers such as foliage and fences.
◊ Buiding designs should have a variety of unit sizes
to accommodate different uses and the structural
layout should also allow for flexibility.
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 25
Standards for Transitional Areas
Development within Transitional Areas will be held to the standards previously mentioned with the
following additional standards.
1 | Industrial Land Use Mitigation
As industrial developments increase in the Plan Area, it is
essential to recognize the compatibility issues associated
with industrial land uses and be able to mitigate issues
through building and site design. Industrial developments
intrinsically contain issues with noise, odor, dust, traffic, light,
air quality, and visual/design elements, therefore mitigation
is necessary.
1.1 | Noise
Industrial uses can have implications on noise that can
affect adjacent land uses and also the natural environment.
Noise can be classified into two different types: airborne and
structure borne. Airborne is from the source to the receiver
and can travel in all directions whereas structure-borne is
vibrations through materials. Regardless of noise type,
mitigation efforts should be in place prior, during, and after
development. The following strategies are ways to mitigate
the unwanted and unnecessary noise impacts due to industrial development.
◊ Noise impacts shall be mitigated by absorption, barriers, and/or damping.
»Absorption works towards dissipating airborne acoustic sound waves. The best sound-absorbing
materials are acoustic foam, fabric panels, or underlayment. Common building materials do
not absorb most sound whereas softer materials, such as carpet, foam padding, and fiberglass
insulation are more efficient in dissipating noise.
»Physical barriers such as a berm or spatial separation that account for height, distance, thickness,
and material type can contribute to the extent of mitigation.
»Damping reduces acoustic vibration within a structure or wall.
◊ Building masses such as U or L shaped forms are preferred as they can contribute to noise
mitigation through spatial separation.
◊ Interior courtyards or garden spaces may be incorporated as they can be an effective noise
mitigation strategy by providing quiet and light-filled spaces.
◊ Vegetation shall be high and dense when used for noise mitigation for significant effectiveness.
◊ Air-conditioning units shall be substituted for pressurized plenum space where possible. A
plenum is a separate interior space provided for air circulation for heating, ventilation, and air-
conditioning.
Graphic 2.13 | Existing Residential in the Plan Area
26
Design Standards
1.2 | Odor
Unlike other externalities of industrial uses, odor can be difficult to measure due to its subjective
nature. However, there are some measures that can be taken to address the duration, frequency,
intensity, and location of noxious odors.
◊ Mitigating odor shall start at the source of the emitter, such as food operations, traffic emissions,
chemical facilities, mechanical equipment pollution, and material handling. Operational and
engineering best practices can mitigate odors prior to being released in the environment.
◊ If emissions cannot be prevented, various solutions shall be requierd such as:
»Plantings and trees to absorb and mask unpleasant smells as well as act as visual screening.
Additionally, plantings can act as ozone generator which eliminates odorous substances
through oxidation and are low maintenance. Odor mitigation foliage include field maples, peace
lily, serviceberry, sansevieria.
»Dispersion to reduce consolidated emissions. Dispersion can look like increased separation
between odor source and receivers to allow for dilution or contain the dispersion in an enclosure
to prevent odors dispersing.
»Location of open tanks and storage piles. Limit the presence of smells such as locating open
tanks and storage piles away from residential and high-occupancy areas.
»Structure design elements. The operability and placement of windows and doors can also
prevent intrusion of odors.
1.3 | Air Quality
Permitting land uses and occupants that engage in sustainable processes and produce minimal
emissions is the most effective way to mitigate air quality issues. In circumstances where this is
unavoidable, exhausting air with ventilation can be effective and dilution can be used to mitigate the
impacts ventilation can have on the surroundings.
◊ Apply in-room air cleaners and vegetation barriers to help mitigate localized air pollution.
◊ Use air filters and electronic air cleaners such as ionizers in duct-mounted and portable cleaners.
»i.e. activated carbon is an adsorbent media air filter.
◊ To address on-site and off-site disturbances, green roofs shall be required on any new building
over 25,000 square feet and at least 50% of the roof area shall be devoted to green roof area.
◊ Extensive venting should be used when possible.
◊ Operable windows shall be used to provide direct ventilation where they do not conflict with noise
mitigation strategies.
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 27
1.4 | Traffic and Loading
Industrial development brings different vehicular traffic
expectations. The challenge lies in balancing street level,
building, and occupant needs. It is essential that industrial
land uses contain loading and unloading infrastructure as
the traffic associated with the use can have compatibility
issues with adjacent non-industrial uses. Certain elements
such as parking, loading bays, elevators, access points,
noise, and aesthetic can have implications on the area.
Establishing design standards can allow for the mitigation
of incompatibilities between the movement of people,
vehicles, and goods.
◊ Spatial Separation: Land uses that produce heavier traffic scenarios shall be placed away from
residential units.
◊ Vertical Stacking: Flat-roof style structures may be implemented for upper-floor parking and
loading.
◊ Access: Access shall be allowed from more than one side of a site to allow for better separation
of pedestrian, cycling, and vehicle access to reduce the risk of collisions and large distribution
vehicles.
◊ Laneways: Laneways shall be sensitive to pedestrian spaces by carving out walkable space
in the building mass. This includes vegetation, dark sky-friendly lighting, and amenities for
pedestrian use.
◊ Shared lobbies: Mixed-use buildings (including industrial and/or office spaces) may require
shared lobbies to foster community and interaction among tenants.
»It is important to ensure that there are not substantial conflicts between uses that have safety
implications.
◊ Location: Additional considerations for industrial and non-industrial compatibilities includes
proximity to future public transit which can reduce parking demands and activate streets for
more complete neighborhoods. These locations should be evaluated if public transit plans are
implemented in the Plan Area.
Graphic 2.14 | SLC Air Quality
28
Design Standards
Standards for Natural Open Space
Natural open space consists of critical habitat, regionally
significant agriculture, and connecting open spaces.
Development in these areas is restricted to passive
recreational amenities.
1 | Wetland Design Standards
1.1 | Planting
Wetlands are home to very beneficial habitats that can
support carbon sequestration and improve water quality. As
development increases, mitigating the impacts on wetlands
is essential for the area. Plant species is an example of
a simple design standard that can be incorporated into
properties in a close proximity to this critical habitat.
◊ Require native plant species to promote a healthy
wetland habitat in the face of increasing development.
◊ Non-native/invasive species mitigation: Upkeep of
vegetated areas shall be a continuous effort of property
owners. This includes proper management of invasive
and non-native plant species that may have a negative
impact on the natural wetland habitat.
»Utilizing natural mitigation techniques will be required
as to avoid run-off from herbicide and pesticide
product.
Graphic 2.15 | Outdoor Pavilion
Graphic 2.16 | Natural Landscaping
Graphic 2.17 | Nature-Inspired Design
Graphic 2.18 | Birds at the Great Salt Lake Graphic 2.19 | Education Center
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 29
1.2 | Trails and Boardwalks
Integrating boardwalks and trails adjacent and into wetlands can
provide educational and leisure activities for the community in
and beyond the Plan Area. Access to these critical areas must
be designed in a way that protects the natural habitat while also
providing experiences that are otherwise experienced by only a
few individuals. It is important to take inventory of the wetland
and partner with ecologists before implementing a trail system.
◊ Working group: Educational and recreational programming is
a welcomed amenity, however, start up can be difficult without
willing partners and active volunteers. Establishing a working
group can help implement a well-rounded, comprehensive
wetland program.
◊ Trail Kiosk and Parking: Integrating educational and
recreational opportunities with the wetlands can benefit those
beyond the Plan Area. Therefore, establishing a trail kiosk
and parking area will provide more convenient access to this
amenity area.
◊ Connectivity: Connecting the wetlands to the upland
environment can help the user experience the relationship
between the two environments.
◊ Signage: Creating a recognizable sign program can help users
identify the trails and remain on trail. The program can also
include interpretive signage that indicates points of interest,
or educational information about the wetlands and uplands.
◊ Trail type: It is important to evaluate what type of trails
are appropriate in and around the wetland to mitigate the
impacts on the natural environment. Purposeful design can
also help mitigate unnecessary costs for development and
maintenance.
»Trails rather than boardwalks are appropriate in areas where
there is raised ground through the wetland or around the
wetland. Soft-surface trails require little investment.
»Boardwalks are needed where adjacent lands are flat
(vegetation is tall) and allows for the ground beneath to
remain somewhat natural.
Graphic 2.23 | Wildlife Viewing and Fishing Access
Graphic 2.22 | Informational Signage
Graphic 2.21 | Boardwalk-Style Trail
Graphic 2.20 | Natural Multiuse Trail
CHAPTER 3
IMPLEMENTATION
32
Implementing the Vision
Implementation refers to the actions Salt Lake City should take to ensure the Plan Area develops in a
way that is consistent with the community’s vision. The most time-sensitive implementation actions
are included as critical path items. Following the critical path items is a list of additional action items
recommended to achieve the vision of this Plan.
A critical element in planning for any area is considering water sources and needs. Any development
in this area must adhere to Salt Lake City water-related plans and policies.
Critical Path Items
Critical path items are actions that will be abided by the City prior to and as development occurs.
Each critical path item will fall into at least one of the following categories: built environment/design,
services and infrastructure, and natural environment/preservation. These categories were identified
throughout the planning process and are integrated into the various sections of the Plan. The following
items are classified as an immediate need, as development pressures area already present in the Plan
Area.
Services and Infrastructure
Evaluate Funding Solutions to Redesign 2200 W and Construct 2900 W
Timeframe: Immediate
Responsibility: Various City Departments
2900 W is intended to be developed with the Scannell-Swaner Subdivision and will serve as an additional
major arterial road in this Plan Area. The redevelopment of 2200 W and the construction of 2900
W should consider increased vehicle volumes and incorporate pedestrian and biking infrastructure.
Below is a list of potential funding opportunities for this action. For a detailed analysis of these tools
and their applicability in the Plan Area, see the Financial Implementation Analysis in Appendix D.
»Tax Increment Areas
»Public Infrastructure Districts (PIDs)
»Special Assessment Areas (SAAs)
»Impact Fees
»Municipal Energy Tax
Natural Environment/Preservation
Evaluate the Feasibility of Acquiring Sensitive Lands as City-Owned Open Space
Timeframe: Immediate
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Council
There has been a large amount of support for the preservation of open space in the Plan Area, as it
serves as a cultural and historical landmark for the region and critical habitat for wildlife. Acquiring
and preserving available open space in this area for passive recreation is a high priority. Land adjacent
to the Jordan River and open land and wetlands adjacent to 3200 West were identified as a high
priority for preservation. For a list of recommended land acquisition tools, see Chapter 4.
Implementation Overview
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 33
Built Environment/Design
Adopt Development Code Updates
Timeframe: Immediate
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Council
There are several zoning designations within the Plan Area including Light Manufacturing (M-
1), Business Park (BP), and Agricultural/Rural Residential (AG-2, AG-5, and Salt Lake County A-2).
Although some properties will likely remain agricultural or rural residential, it is anticipated that this
area will slowly redevelop into primarily light manufacturing with preserved open space areas.
General Development Code Updates
The simplest way to encourage development consistent with the City’s vision for the Plan Area is to
adopt minor edits to these zoning categories. While the City Council may eventually adopt an overlay
for the Plan Area, the following Zoning Code updates are “low-hanging fruit” the City can quickly
implement.
»Review landscape requirements to prohibit turf lawns and encourage native plantings in keeping
with wetland preservation, particularly in interface areas.
»Consider a reduction in minimum lot size if clustering for preservation areas.
»Reconsider setbacks in the zoning code if preserving native habitat to allow more flexibility of
the building envelope.
»For existing Business Park properties, eliminate the requirement of an agricultural buffer in
favor of an environmental buffer (keep residential proximity protections when agriculture is a
residential use).
»Amend the Riparian Corridor Overlay zone to include wetland protection buffers.
»Amend the Lowland Conservancy Overlay zone to include canals and drains in the Plan Area.
Northpoint Specific Development Code
The preferred approach to implement the vision for the Plan Area is a Northpoint-specific development
code. A Northpoint-specific code should include:
»Adopting the Design Standards from Chapter 2 of this document, which includes the recommended
setbacks and buffer areas, landscape requirements, building materials and design standards,
etc.
»Incentive-based tools for preserving open and sensitive lands, such as allowing an increase in
the maximum building façade length if preserving a larger amount of open space or buffer area
than required.
34
Create a local area utility plan
Timeframe: Immediate
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Department of Public Utilities
Require a local area utility plan to determine future Salt Lake City Department of Public Utilities
(SLCDPU) service availability and to ensure utility services can be provided based on the anticipated
future land use associated with new development. City policy is that upon the development of a
property, the developer will be required to identify and provide all utilities necessary to serve their
development, including water, sewer, and stormwater. A local area utility plan shall be provided to
SLCDPU for review to support any development application, to ensure adequate service availability,
and to identify impacts on existing systems.
Amend the Major Street Plan and 3200 West Development Restrictions
Timeframe: Immediate
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Planning Department and Transportation Division
Amend the Major Street Plan to reflect the proposed roadway alignment of 2900 W and the realignment
of 2100 North to access the airport.
Additionally, remove 3200 W as a collector street on the Major Street Plan. 3200 W will remain an
unimproved dirt road and barrier for adjacent wetlands to the west. To limit impacts of new development
on wetland habitat, new development is prohibited from fronting 3200 West and is prohibited from
being accessed from 3200 West. Development features, such as signage or lighting, may not be
located in the yard area abutting 3200 West.
See Appendix E for the recommended Major Street Plan amended map.
Develop environmental impact standards and align them with current executive orders and master plans.
Timeframe: Short Term
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Planning Department and Department of Public Utilities
Create standards for new development that mitigate the impact of said development on nearby habitat
and sensitive areas. These standards may include elements such as water saving best practices, dark
sky ordinances, landscaping requirements, etc.
Additional Implementation Items
The following list includes recommended key action items to achieve the vision for the Northpoint
Plan Area.
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 35
Require a buffer of 300 feet between wetlands/uplands and any site development (e.g. buildings, parking, site features, and amenities) within the Northpoint Plan Area.
Timeframe: Short Term
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Planning Department
The Great Salt Lake is a complex and delicate ecosystem and impact to this habitat area by new
development must be carefully mitigated. A critical part of this mitigation is ensuring there is an
adequate buffer between development and the wetland/upland ecosystem. Wetlands include both
jurisdictional and non-jurisdictional wetlands. The Plan identifies a 300 foot buffer from wetland
areas. This should be implemented through either an update to the City’s existing Riparian Overlay
Zone or a new Northpoint specific development code.
Coordinate with Salt Lake County to provide efficient police and fire services in the Plan Area.
Timeframe: Short Term
Responsibility: City Council
To provide adequate emergency services to this area, the development of a joint Police/Fire station
may be required in the Plan Area. Coordinate with the Police and Fire Department to acquire funding
and land in the Plan Area for a new shared facility.
Support the annexation of contiguous parcels within the Plan Area.
Timeframe: Ongoing
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Planning Department
The City supports the annexation of contiguous parcels in this Plan Area for future development and
redevelopment. Any unincorporated land located within the Transitional area, upon annexation into
the city, will be subject to the AG-2 zoning designation until such time as the City Council adopts a new
zoning district or overlay that aligns with the envisioned plan. The Vision Map illustrates the anticipated
future land uses within the Northpoint Area. Additionally, any proposed zoning map amendment in the
Transitional area will also be subject to a development agreement aimed at realizing the plan’s vision
and design standards, until the area’s zoning regulations are adopted.
CHAPTER 4
TOOLKIT
38
Using the Toolkit
The Northpoint Small Area Master Plan process spanned
fifteen months and included one-on-one interviews,
workshops, and other public events. As expressed by project
participants, key desired outcomes for the future of the Plan
Area include:
»Create a program to support a variety of incentives to
maintain or improve property values while preserving
open space.
»Identify a future land use plan that allows industrial
and business development while maintaining quality
of life for existing residential areas and preserving
natural habitat.
»Locate future development in a manner that can
support the efficient provision of city services.
»Identify appropriate buffering, building design, and
development characteristics to reduce impacts to the
environmental features and wildlife habitat associated
with the Great Salt Lake.
»Recommend methods to reduce the negative impacts
that future land uses may have on air quality, water
quality, noise, and light.
»Recommend tools to acquire and/or preserve open
space.
»Recommend strategies to improve traffic flow and
safety on 2200 W.
These desired outcomes suggest that while development
in the Plan Area is in high demand, policies and strategies
need to ensure that development is designed and arranged
in a manner that respects the area’s sensitive landscape.
Toolkit Overview
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 39
A variety of tools have been developed to protect
natural open space and locate, configure, and
design new development in a manner that
protects both existing habitat and natural open
spaces. The preservation tools described and
analyzed in this Chapter represent existing and
potential strategies for the protection of habitat
and open space in the Plan Area. Tools have
been categorized as regulatory, incentive, or land
acquisition. This is not an all-inclusive listing of
tools, but an inventory that details each potential
tool, and provides examples.
In addition to land preservation tools, this
chapter covers financial tools available to fund
improvements to or reconstruction of 2900 W.
The benefits and limitations of each tool have
been compiled from a number of sources,
including university research, other localities’
experiences, practical knowledge, and reports by
individuals who have made their own evaluations.
The implementation tools presented in this
Chapter constitute a menu of options that can be
considered to achieve the objectives of this Plan.
40
Land Preservation Tools
Regulatory based tools may be used to protect sensitive lands and agricultural areas within
the Plan Area. These tools could be implemented by Salt Lake City through adoption of new
zoning and subdivision ordinances.
Development Code Updates
Code updates establish supplemental land development requirements within a specific area requiring
special attention, such as an environmentally sensitive area.
Clustering of Lots and Open Space/Cluster Development
Clustering is defined as a development pattern typically for residential use, in which homes are grouped
together rather than evenly dispersed over the land as in a conventional development.
Benefits Limitations
»Easily implemented
»Allows flexibility in design for developers
»Can apply to multiple areas within a city
»Time and cost effective
»Additional zoning requirements
»Not a permanent solution to protect land
from development pressures
Benefits Limitations
»Protects the natural resources of an area
»Creates wider wildlife buffers
»Creates opportunity for greater profits by
consolidating required open space into larger,
more impactful sizes
»Reduces impact of development on
watersheds
»Reduces cost to provide municipal public
services depending on how clustering is
accomplished
»Additional zoning requirements
»Not a permanent solution to protect land from
development pressures
»May not be a mandatory tool; thus there may
not be assurance that desired project designs
will be implemented by developers
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 41
Special Standards and Design Guidelines
Additional regulations in new development or redevelopment projects can include standards for
elements like lighting, landscaping, building materials, noise, and landscape buffers.
Benefits Limitations
»Helps mitigate impacts of new development
on existing habitat and wildlife
»Easily implemented
»Allows flexibility in site design while preserving
area character and sensitive lands
»Additional zoning requirements
»May not be a mandatory tool; thus there may
not be assurance that desired project designs
will be implemented by developers
»Can be difficult for local officials to enforce
unless bonus criteria are clearly spelled out in
an ordinance or policy document
Sensitive Landscape Studies
Studies can determine additional steps that should be taken to mitigate impact of new development
to existing habitat.
Benefits Limitations
»Helps mitigate impacts of new development
on existing habitat and wildlife
»Easily implemented
»Offers insight into specific site requirements
for mitigation
»Additional zoning requirements
»Can be difficult for local officials to enforce
because requirements and study results may
vary based on specific sites
of participants were in support
of clustering lots and open space
of participants were in support
of development code updates
of participants were in support
of sensitive landscape studies
of participants were in support
of special standards
47%
30%
62%
37%
Regulatory Based Tools
42
Incentive Based Tools
Conservation Easements
Conservation easements are voluntary and legally binding agreements between a landowner (public
or private) and a qualifying organization (also public or private), in which permanent limitations are
placed on a property’s use and development. Conservation easements limit land to uses identified in
the easement, and thus protect it from development.
Benefits Limitations
»Permanently protects land from development
»Landowners may receive income, estate, and/
or property tax benefits
»Land remains in private ownership and on the
tax rolls
»Tax incentives may not provide enough
compensation for many landowners
»Since program is voluntary, it can be
challenging to preserve large tracts of
contiguous land or specific areas to be
protected
Transfer of Development Rights (TDR)
TDRs are tools that establish areas within a community for preservation (sending zones), and
additional growth (receiving zones). Sending zones can be areas of agricultural land, open space, or
other properties important to preserve. Receiving zones are areas that the community has designated
as appropriate for additional or increased development.
Benefits Limitations
»Permanently protects land from development
pressures
»Landowner is paid to protect their land
»Local government can target locations
effectively
»Utilizes free market mechanisms
»Land remains in private ownership and on tax
rolls
»Can be complex to administer
»Receiving area must be willing to accept
higher densities
»Can be a difficult program to establish,
especially in areas without city zoning
»May require cooperative agreements among
several local governments to establish sending
and receiving zones
Incentive based tools are voluntary and mostly based on the willingness of the landowner
to sell title or an easement on their property. Where public access and use are desired, fee-
simple ownership control is preferred through donation, purchase, or bargain sale of land to
a government entity, conservation organization, or public charity.
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 43
Purchase of Development Rights (PDR)
PDRs refer to the purchase of development rights on certain parcels of land by a unit of government
or a non-profit entity. Once purchased, a conservation easement is placed on the property.
Benefits Limitations
»Permanently protects land from development
»Landowner is paid to protect their land, while
allowing for ongoing use
»Local government can target desirable locations
effectively
»Land remains in private ownership and on the
tax rolls
»Program is voluntary
»Can be costly for local unit of government,
therefore land is generally protected at a
slower rate
»Land remains in private ownership, typically
with no public access
»Because the program is voluntary, it can
be challenging to preserve large tracts of
contiguous land
Preferred Development Sites
Also known as priority or target development areas, these are locations that have been identified
by a local government as favored for residential, commercial, and office growth based on adopted
growth management policies and plans. Development can involve new construction, redevelopment,
and/or adaptive reuse of buildings. Local governments may offer incentives, such as reduced fees or
increased housing density to developments in these areas in order to make them more attractive to
developers.
Benefits Limitations
»Land remains in private ownership and on the
tax rolls
»Local government can target locations
effectively
»Can be low cost to local unit of government
»Can be a difficult program to establish and
administer
»Not a permanent solution, delays development
in sensitive areas
»Tax incentives may not provide enough
compensation for many landowners
of participants were in support
of conservation easements
of participants were in support
of TDR Programs
of participants were in support
of PDR Programs
of participants were in support
of Preferred Development Sites
56%
30%
47%
25%
44
Land Acquisition Tools
Mutual Covenant
A mutual covenant is an agreement between adjoining landowners to control future land uses through
mutually agreed upon restrictions.
Lease
A lease is an agreement between agency and landowner to rent the land in order to protect and
manage sensitive resources.
Benefits Limitations
»Permanent covenants can be enforced by any
of the landowners or future landowners of the
involved properties
»Significant incentive to comply with restrictions,
since all parties are aware of use controls
»Can reduce property taxes
»Loss in market value from mutual covenants
does not qualify as a charitable deduction for
income tax purposes
»High cost
Benefits Limitations
»Low cost approach to site protection
»Landowner receives income and retains
control of property
»An alternative for preservation-minded
landowners not ready to commit to sale of
permanent easement
»Restrictions can be included in the lease to
direct the activities of the conservation agency
on the land
»Short-term protection strategy
»Leases are not permanent
Acquisition and management of open space can be combined with regulatory measures to
broaden the effectiveness of a preservation program. These tools preserve open space and
their functions in the long-term. Although typically the most expensive solution, acquisition
is the strongest and surest means of protection.
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 45
Land Exchange
Land exchange is the process by which land sought to be protected may be exchanged for another
parcel that is more suitable for development
Benefits Limitations
»Lower acquisition costs
»Scattered properties can be exchanged for a
single, larger parcel
»Complicated process
»Not widely known and rarely used
»Subject to IRS regulations
»Property owners must be willing to participate,
and properties must be of equal value
»High cost
Land Banking/Land Purchase
Land banking occurs when land is purchased and reserved for later use or development. Land could be
leased for immediate use (e.g. agriculture or athletic fields) or held for eventual resale with restrictions.
The local government functions as a land trust.
Benefits Limitations
»Local government proactively identifies and
purchases resource land
»Lowers future preservation costs by working
as a defense against future increases in
land prices, speculation, and inappropriate
development
»High cost
»Requires large upfront expenditures
»Public agency must have staff to handle land
trust functions of acquisition, management,
lease, or resale
of participants were in support
of Lease Agreements
of participants were in support
of Mutual Covenants
of participants were in support
of Land Banking
of participants were in support
of Land Exchange
29%
31%
27%
38%
46
Financial Tools
Overview
Northpoint represents an opportunity for Salt
Lake City to encourage economic development
that is compatible with the unique natural and
built environment of the area, including proximity
to the Salt Lake City International Airport. This
area is best suited for business park and industrial
development yet is hampered by the lack of
significant infrastructure including transportation
options and high-quality fiber broadband to the
area. To realize its potential, the area requires
substantial infrastructure improvements.
Funding options for these improvements are
discussed in this section of the report.
It is a challenging time to fund infrastructure as
construction costs are rising rapidly, along with
interest rates. Infrastructure is generally needed
before development can occur, which means
that revenues generated by the project are not
available for funding at the time they are most
needed. Rather, other funding means must be
identified, with revenue streams generated from
development used later as a payback mechanism.
Economic development is a key component
of generating new revenue streams and is
addressed in the full Financial Implementation
Report in Appendix D. This chapter contains with
the potential funding mechanisms that such
development could enable.
Market Analysis
Northpoint is suitable for industrial and
agricultural use, with limited residential. The area
is proximate to the Salt Lake City International
Airport and, as such, experiences high noise levels
that make residential development difficult.
The industrial market is strong in Salt Lake
County, with a vacancy rate of only 2.2 percent
and rising lease rates which have increased from
an average (NNN) rate of $0.53 in 4th quarter
2020 to $0.63 in 4th quarter 2021. Total Salt
Lake County inventory approximates 135 million
square feet, with 9 million square feet of space
under construction. In the northwest quadrant of
Salt Lake County, the vacancy rate is 2.65 percent,
with year-to-date (YTD) absorption of 7.5 million
square feet and an average asking rate of $0.60
(NNN).
Based on vacant acreage in the Plan Area that
the Salt Lake County Assessor’s Office currently
classifies as industrial, the area could absorb an
additional 650,000 to 1,000,000 square feet of
industrial space. This appears reasonable given
current absorption patterns and the shortage
of industrial space in the market. The biggest
obstacles to industrial development appear to be
supply chain shortages, rising construction costs
and rapidly escalating interest rates.
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 47
Financial Tool | Tax Increment Areas
Through the creation of a tax increment area, tax revenues generated within the designated Plan Area
are split into two components:
»(i)Base Revenues | The amount available before the tax increment area is established. Base
revenues are shared among a mix of local governments that have the power to assess taxes
such as schools, cities, counties, and special districts; and
»(ii)Incremental Revenues | These are tax revenues in excess of the base revenues that are
generated by new growth in the Plan Area. If a Plan Area is created, the incremental tax revenues
can flow to the Plan Area for a period of time to encourage economic development.
Some states, including Utah, allow incremental local sales tax revenues, as well as property taxes, to
flow to a Plan Area for a period of time. By giving exclusive use of incremental revenues to the Plan
Area, the creation of a successful tax increment area generates a new revenue stream that can be
used to pay for projects, provide incentives to developers, or collateralize tax increment bonds.
The most common uses of tax increment have been for infrastructure such as roads, utilities,
telecommunications, electrical upgrades and burying power lines, and parking structures. Tax
increment has also been used for demolition, tenant improvements, land acquisitions, environmental
cleanup, trails, lighting, signage, playgrounds, incentives to developers, economic development
activities and housing.
Utah currently allows for the enactment of three types of tax increment areas:
»Community Reinvestment Areas (CRAs)
»Transportation Reinvestment Zones (TRZs)
»Housing & Transit Reinvestment Zones (HTRZs)
Of these three types of tax increment areas, CRAs and TRZs could be used as financing tools for
the Plan Area. HTRZs rely on density of housing and this type of development is not suitable for
Northpoint.
48
Community Reinvestment Areas (CRA)
In Utah, tax increment areas have been known by a wide variety of names over time – RDAs, URAs, EDAs,
CDAs, and now as CRAs or Community Reinvestment Areas. As of 2016, the Legislature combined all
types of Plan Areas—urban renewal, economic development, and community development into a new
single “Community Reinvestment Plan Area” (CRA). Existing Plan Areas will be allowed to continue,
but all new Plan Areas will be known as CRAs.
The CRA Budget may either be approved by a Taxing Entity Committee (TEC) or through Interlocal
Agreement with taxing entities, except where the Agency chooses to conduct a blight study to
determine the existence of blight and to utilize limited eminent domain powers, which requires the
approval of the TEC of both blight and the budget.
If there is a finding of blight, 20 percent of the tax increment must be set aside for affordable housing.
For all other projects, 10 percent of the tax increment is required to be set aside for affordable housing,
if the annual increment is over $100,000. However, housing funds may be spent for affordable housing
statewide and are not limited to being spent within a Plan Area. Noticing and hearing requirements
apply with the CRA designation.
After the tax increment collection period has expired, the tax increment dollars that previously flowed
to the CRA will flow to the taxing entities that levy the property taxes within the Plan Area. In most
cases, taxing entities receive more property tax revenues annually following expiration of the tax
increment collection period than before, as property values are likely to have increased significantly
through the redevelopment process.
Benefits Limitations
»Creates a new revenue stream. »Requires cooperation of other taxing entities.
»Relatively easy to create. »10% of revenues must be directed to
affordable housing.
»Flexible uses of funds. »Revenues may take years to build up as
development occurs over time.
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 49
Transportation Reinvestment Zone (TRZ)
A TRZ is one type of area that can be formed where tax increment can be used to accelerate development
within the defined Plan Area. According to Utah Code §11-13-103(22), “Transportation Reinvestment
Zone” means an area created by two or more public agencies by interlocal agreement to capture
increased property or sales tax revenue generated by a transportation infrastructure project. TRZs
are ideal for projects such as Frontrunner, light rail, or major arterials that span multiple jurisdictions.
Any two or more public agencies may enter into an agreement to create a transportation reinvestment
zone but one of these entities must have land use authority over the TRZ area – in other words, Salt
Lake City must be a partner in this endeavor.
Benefits Limitations
»Creates a new revenue stream. »Revenue directed to transportation projects
will not be available to provide other services.
»Relatively easy to create. »Requires cooperation between at least two
entities.
»Projected to produce substantial revenue
stream over time.
»Must find a nexus with transportation projects
to justify use of the increment.
»No affordable housing requirement. »Revenues may take years to build up as
development occurs over time.
50
Tax Increment Bonds
Tax Increment Bonds were developed in California in 1952 as an innovative way of raising local
matching funds for federal grants. They became increasingly popular in the 1980s and 1990s, when
there were declines in subsidies for local economic development from federal grants, state grants,
and federal tax subsidies (especially industrial development bonds).
Tax Increment Bonds are collateralized by the incremental growth in property taxes within a given
Plan Area. They capture the future tax benefits of real estate improvements to pay the present cost
of those improvements. It is a financing strategy designed to make improvements to a targeted Plan
Area or district without drawing on general fund revenue or creating a new tax.
Benefits Limitations
»Create a new revenue stream that can
fund capital improvements and economic
development.
»Tend to carry higher interest and costs of
issuance.
»Creating entity does not have to bear financial
burden alone but can share it with other taxing
entities within a Plan Area.
»Often require the cooperation and agreement
of multiple taxing entities to generate
sufficient incremental revenues to finance the
desired infrastructure.
»Tax increment revenues can be used to pay for
administrative expenses.
»Bonds can’t be sold unless the tax increment
is already flowing or is imminent and
nearly certain to flow or is enhanced by a
government’s credit or other mechanism.
»Financial and legal liability is limited by having
a redevelopment agency.
»Typically take longer from start to finish than
other financing types.
»Creating entity may gift tax revenues
or property to provide incentives for
development.
»Critics of Tax Increment Bonds sometimes
assert that tax increment is just a reallocation
of tax revenues by which some municipalities
win, and others lose.
»Creating entity may be able to encourage
or accelerate the timeframe of desired
development types through offering tax
increment incentives to the developer.
»Mortgage on the property can also be given
as bond security under Utah law in addition to
incremental revenue.
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 51
Financial Tool | Public Infrastructure Districts (PIDs)
PIDs are generally most successful in larger, undeveloped areas where there are significant
infrastructure needs. Because the unanimous consent of all property owners is required for the creation
of a PID, it is difficult to establish PIDs in areas with numerous property owners. However, portions of
the study area could be included – especially those areas with larger parcels, fewer property owners,
and significant infrastructure needs.
If created, a PID can be combined with other revenue sources such as tax increment and those revenues
could be used to pay the PID bonds. These funding tools may further facilitate development and
increase property values, which may in turn provide for more opportunities to fund basic infrastructure
(through tax increment financing or general tax collection). The PID tool allows for creation of a
separate taxing entity in order to fund public infrastructure. Ultimate users of the property pay for the
improvements via the taxing entity through property assessments. These assessments permit for
bonding, allowing for covering upfront infrastructure expenses that are repaid over periods typically
near 30 years. This tool results in higher property taxes for property owners/users in the defined
district.
Benefits Limitations
»Create a new revenue stream that can
fund capital improvements and economic
development.
»Tend to carry higher interest and costs of
issuance.
»Any debt issued is not on the books of the
local government entity.
»Cities may feel it limits public support for
future tax rate increases or bond elections due
to the perception of already-high rates.
»Can raise a significant amount of revenue with
legally-allowed tax rates of up to 15 mils.
»Requires unanimous support of all taxing
entities to put in place.
»Accelerates development timeframe through
upfront funding for capital costs.
»Ongoing PID governance
»Can reduce the need for impact fees. »Competitiveness of site with other sites given
higher tax rates
»Mortgage on the property can also be given
as bond security under Utah law in addition to
incremental revenue.
»Cost is much lower than other development
financing.
52
Special Assessment Areas (SAAs)
Special Assessment Areas (“SAAs”), formerly known as Special Improvement Districts or “SID”s, are
a financing mechanism that allows governmental entities to designate a specific area for the purpose
of financing the costs of improvements, operation and maintenance, or economic promotion activities
that benefit property within a specified area. Entities can then levy a special assessment, on parity
with a tax lien, to pay for those improvements or ongoing maintenance. The special assessment can
be pledged to retire bonds, known as Special Assessment Bonds, if issued to finance construction of
a project. Utah Code §11-42 deals with the requirements of special assessment areas.
The underlying rationale of an SAA is that only those property owners who benefit from the public
improvements and ongoing maintenance of the properties will be assessed for the associated costs
as opposed to other financing structures in which all City residents pay either through property taxes
or increased service fees. While more information about SAAs is included below, it could be difficult
politically for the City to obtain support from a large number of property owners.
Benefits Limitations
»Bonds are tax-exempt although the interest
cost is not as low as a GO or revenue bond
»Forty percent of the assessed liability, be it one
property owner or many could defeat the effort
to create the SAA if they do not want to pay
the assessment
»No requirement to hold a bond election but the
City must hold a meeting for property owners
to be assessed before the SAA can be created
»Some increased administrative burden for the
City although State law permits an additional
amount to be included in each assessment to
either pay the City’s increased administrative
costs or permit the City to hire an outside SAA
administrator
»Only benefited property owners pay for the
improvements or ongoing maintenance
»The City cannot assess government-owned
property within the SAA
»Limited risk to the City as there is no general
tax or revenue pledge
»Flexibility since property owners may pre-pay
their assessment prior to bond issuance or
annually thereafter as the bond documents
dictate – if bonds are issued
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 53
Impact Fees
Impact fees are one-time fees paid by new development to offset the capital costs associated with
new development for basic utilities such as water, sewer, storm water, public safety, roads and parks/
trails. In order to collect impact fees, cities must carefully follow the requirements of Utah Code 11-
36a which includes the following major steps.
»Prepare and pass a resolution authorizing study of an impact fee
»Conduct an impact fee study to determine the appropriate amount of such a fee
»Provide public notice of the possible fee 14 days prior to the public hearing
»Hold a public hearing to take comment regarding the proposed fee
Salt Lake City has already established impact fees that could be used to generate revenues on projects
developed within its City boundaries. However, Salt Lake County would need to charge impact fees
on the unincorporated areas of North Point. Impact fees collected would need to be spent on capital
projects listed in each respective entity’s Impact Fee Facilities Plans (IFFPs). Therefore, careful
coordination would need to take place between Salt Lake City and the County to ensure that the costs
of needed projects are fairly allocated between the two entities.
Benefits Limitations
»New development pays for its fair share of the
costs incurred by new development
»Adds additional costs to development
»Impact fees are generally paid when building
permits are issued; therefore, funds are often
not available upfront when infrastructure
needs are greatest
»Impact fees cannot be used to cure existing
deficiencies
APPENDIX A
EXISTING CONDITIONS
56
Water and Air Quality
Air Quality
Salt Lake City is often faced with some of the
worst air quality in the world. Major declines in air
quality typically occur during the summer or winter
due to the Salt Lake Valley’s unique geographical
makeup and position. In the summer, wildfire
smoke often travels east from California, Oregon,
and the region’s mountain ranges adding to
pollution from cars, industry, and other elements
leading to harmful ozone levels. In the winter,
close proximity to the Wasatch Mountains leads
to temperature inversions in which cold air gets
trapped under a layer of warm air, acting like a
lid keeping pollutants from escaping. During the
winter, air pollution sources are transportation
(50%); area sources (e.g., gas stations, auto-body
shops, etc.) (35%); and industry (15%).
The Plan Area experiences these same seasonal
issues with air quality, as well as consistent
impacts due to proximity of both the Salt Lake
City International Airport, and I-215.
I-215 limits connectivity to residential
neighborhoods and services in both Salt Lake City
and North Salt Lake City. With few daily services,
such as grocery stores, within the expanded area,
residents contribute to higher trips and higher
mile traveled, exacerbating air quality issues.
Graphic 1.3 | Regional Air Quality | Source: AirNow.Gov Graphic 1.4 | SLC Air Quality | Source: Scott Winterton Deseret News
Existing Conditions
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 57
Water and Wetlands
The presence of wetlands adjacent to the Jordan River
Delta and at the edge of the Great Salt Lake is the most
pertinent environmental issue in the area. Roughly 75% of
Utah’s wetlands surround the Great Salt Lake, providing
environmental and socioeconomic benefit.
The wetlands surrounding the Northpoint Subarea are part
of an intricate and diverse ecosystem. Wetlands benefit
the environment by acting as sponges to capture, store,
and slowly release water, storm buffers, groundwater and
aquifer recharge, and sediment traps. Wetlands also serve as
critical habitat areas by providing food, shelter, and resting
places. Wetland benefits extend to provide recreational and
agricultural opportunities.
Graphic 1.5 | Wetlands Surrounding Northpoint | Source: National Wetlands Inventory
A portion of these wetlands are
designated playas, categorized by
their dry, hollowed-out form that fill
with water during rainstorms and by
underlying aquifers. The Great Salt
Lake is the largest saltwater lake in the
Northern Hemisphere, meaning as the
playas fill and eventually evaporate,
they leave large salt deposits behind.
Freshwater forested and shrub
wetlands are found adjacent to the
area and are typically associated with
woody plants such as willows.
The current historic high water
elevation for the Great Salt Lake is
4,211 feet last reached in 1986, and
causing dramatic flooding. As of
November 2021, the Lake’s water
level has dropped to the lowest in
recorded history at 4,190 feet, likely
due to the extreme drought conditions
the state is facing. In response to
the unpredictability of the Lake,
most planning agencies identify the
contour of 4,217 feet, as the limit of
safe development. There are no sites
within the Plan Area that fall below
this elevation.
58
Soil Types
The soil types within Northpoint vary and provide
considerations for the types of development that
can be accommodated in the Plan Area. The soil
types dominating the area are fine sandy loam,
silt loam and silty clay loam. Most of these soils
have a water table depth between zero and fifty
inches and are subject to the effects of frost.
These high water table depths affect drainage and
compressibility which impact new development
potential. In addition, the soil types that dominate
the area can cause problems for septic systems
and filter fields, making it harder to maintain water
quality.
Natural Environment
Graphic 1.6 | Recreational and Natural Landmarks Near Northpoint
Graphic 1.6 | Prime Agricultural Soil | Source: National Resource Conservation Service
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 59
Hazards
The greater Salt Lake City area faces natural
hazards that impact rate and location of
development. As climate change continues to
exacerbate extreme weather events, planning
with these common hazards in mind can
help maintain the safety and comfort of the
community.
Clean air and water supply are among the top
concerns of Salt Lake residents. In August
of 2021, Salt Lake City was ranked the worst
air quality of any major city in the world by
IQAir.com, prompting residents to take extra
precautions. The Salt Lake County Health
Department released tips to stay safe during
extreme air conditions such as staying indoors
with windows shut, avoiding exercise, and
wearing masks outdoors.
The area, along with many other parts of the
state, is currently under exceptional drought
conditions, with fire restrictions and irrigation
allotment reductions in place. Salt Lake City
also experiences threats of extreme heat,
wildfire, debris flows, flooding and earthquakes.
Graphic 1.7 | Utah Drought Conditions | Source: National Drought
Mitigation Center at University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 2021.
Summer 2021 Drought Conditions
The Salt Lake City has proposed land use amendments to prevent large water users from being located within The City that may have a significant impact on The City’s water resources. The new limit for industrial and commercial land uses is 300,000 GPD (based on an annual average) of potable/culinary water.
60
Wildlife and Habitat
The Great Salt Lake and surrounding wetlands
are a crucial habitat for many species of animals.
With 400,000 acres of wetlands, birds of regional
and national importance are drawn to the area as
a sanctuary for breeding and eating. Every year,
millions of birds from 338 different species stop
here to feed during migrations. Among the most
common species observed in the Plan Area are
the European Starling, Red-winged Blackbird,
Yellow-headed Blackbird, Northern Pintail, and
Canada Goose.
Although the Farmington Bay area is classified
as freshwater, the northern-most regions of the
Great Salt Lake can be composed of nearly 28%
salt. This creates a wide diversity of habitats
for many different plants, invertebrates, reptiles,
amphibians, mammals, birds, and insects such
as the Monarch Butterfly which is now on the
endangered species list.
European
Starling
DOMINANT BIRD TYPES IN
NORTHPOINT
Canada
Goose.
Red-winged
Blackbird
Yellow-headed
Blackbird
Northern
Pintail
DWR Bird Habitat Boundaries
Graphic 1.8 | Dominant Bird Species in Northpoint Graphic 1.9 | Bird Habitat | Source: Department of Wildlife Resources GIS
Data
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 61
Organizations
There are many organizations with interest in the
Plan and surrounding areas, including the Duck
Clubs, Salt Lake City International Airport, and
Friends of the Great Salt Lake. The Friends of Great
Salt Lake is a nonprofit organization founded in
1994 to protect the Great Salt Lake ecosystem
and increase public awareness and appreciation.
The Rudy Duck Club, founded in 1909 and named
after the original land owner Frank Rudy, acquired
land and associated water rights in the early
1900s to preserve the ecosystem for private duck
hunting.
Agriculture
The top producing crops in Salt Lake City,
according to the 2017 Census of Agriculture, are
wheat, hay, vegetables, pumpkins, and sweet corn.
Within the Plan Area, current residents also own
a variety of livestock. The majority of the housing
stock supports the agricultural uses surrounding
them. Within these lots there has been a pattern
of subdividing larger lots into small lots for family
members. There is a rich history of the agricultural
lifestyle within Northpoint that the community
desires to be preserved. According to the State
Soil Conservation Service, the Plan Area contains
prime farmland located north of 2800 North on
the eastern side of 2200 West.
Water Related Land Uses
Graphic 1.10 | Water-Related Land Uses | Source: ESRI Living Atlas
62
Built Environment
Airport
The Salt Lake International Airport, located just
south of the Plan Area, is one of the busiest airports
in North America. The airport is also a major hub
for Delta airlines and provides approximately 370
flights per day from its location. As the airport
inherently produces high noise volumes and air
quality issues, it has a significant impact on the
surrounding areas and determining appropriate
land uses in Northpoint.
The Salt Lake Airport recently adopted a new
Master Planning process, the first since 1998, to
provide guidelines for future airport development
and to optimize existing facilities for future
aviation demand and increase airport capacity.
The resulting strategic vision illustrates locations
for a third parallel runway and Concourse C which
are not anticipated to be built within the next
twenty years.
The City has formally regulated the land uses
surrounding the airport to protect the greater
community and reduce negative impact. In 1971,
zoning ordinances were adopted allowed within
Northpoint and in 1983, the zoning ordinances
were supplemented with regulations that
prohibited incompatible uses like residential
housing.
Development Constraints
Existing development within Northpoint
experience consequences from their proximity to
the airport and overhead flights. Some existing
residences face increased risk for airplane
crashes and high noise levels from the consistent
flights. The Department of Airports recommends
limiting the number of new residences allowed
in Northpoint to reduce harm for the community
in the future. The Federal Housing and Urban
Development Department (HUD) does not provide
any assistance, subsidy or insurance for projects
located in Runway Clear Zones, Clear Zones and
Accident Potential Zones. As a result, this Plan
considers alternative uses within those zones.
The Salt Lake International Airport and Salt Lake
City own several parcels surrounding the airport
that were purchased to preserve as undeveloped.
This, along with noise contours and influence
zones limits development potential in the Plan
Area.
Northpoint lies within Influence Zone A/B
meaning, the aircraft noise from overhead flights
can interfere with daily living activities including
sleep, conversations and listening to media. The
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) requires
that each airport study the noise impacts and
create a Noise Compatibility Program associated
with alleviating noise issues.
The Salt Lake City Noise Compatibility Program
has implemented measures to increase
compatibility with surrounding land uses
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
NORTHPOINT
BOUNDARY
SLC Airport-Owned Parcels
Graphic 1.11 | Parcels Owned by the Salt Lake City International
Airport | Source: Assessors Parcel Data
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 63
including maximization of flight times between
7am and 10pm. It has also implemented adjusted
flight routes in pursuit of reduced disruption.
As residential uses should be limited in Northpoint
because of these constraints, there are other uses
and opportunities for development that are more
compatible with the airport.
Economic Contribution
The Salt Lake City International Airport, is a key
driver of the local and regional economy. Through
protecting airport infrastructure and facilities
from adjacent land uses that reduce or eliminate
its ability to function at the highest capacity, the
Salt Lake City International Airport can continue
to act as an asset to the greater community.
SLC Airport Noise Contours SLC Airport Protection Overlays
Graphic 1.12 | SLC Airport Noise Contours | Source: SLC GIS Data Graphic 1.13 | SLC Airport Overlays | Source: SLC GIS Data
64
Land Use
Industrial and Business Uses
Within the Plan Area, there lies existing manufacturing zoning (M-1) that serves as a buffer between
the airport and Interstate 215 (I-215). In July 2016, the City Council changed the zoning of properties
located along 2200 W between 2100N and North Temple Street to Light Manufacturing (M-1) to
implement area master plans and maximize economic development potential.
Light Manufacturing (M-1) allows for light industrial uses that produce little to no impact on neighboring
properties and results in a clean, attractive industrial setting. This use is compatible with the adjacent
airport and is less impacted by the negative aspects of nearby I-215 than residential uses. The M-1
designation allows more types of business than the Business Park (BP) designations. The more
significant differences between the two zoning districts are related to open space and building location
requirements. The BP designation requires 15% open space, while M-1 requires no open space. M-1 also
has reduced setback requirements.
Approximately half of the Plan
Area is designated BP. The intent
of the BP designation is to provide
an attractive environment for
modern offices, light assembly and
warehouse development, and to
create employment and economic
development opportunities in a
campus-like setting.
Graphic 1.14 | SLC and SLCo Zoning | Source: SLC, SLCo, and North Salt Lake GIS Data
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 65
Agricultural and Residential Uses
The Plan Area contains several agricultural
zones under both City and County jurisdiction,
including Salt Lake City’s (SLC) AG-5 and AG-2,
and Salt Lake County’s (SLCo) A-2 zone preserves
agricultural uses on lots no less than two acres
and, similarly, AG-5 provides for agricultural uses
on no less than five acres. The A-2 zone allows for
low-density residential and supporting agriculture
as a conditional use, on a minimum lot size of one
acre.
Zone Minimum
Lot Area
Front
Setback Primary Uses
M-1
(SLC)
10,000
sq.ft.15 ft.Light
Manufacturing
BP
(SLC)
20,000
sq.ft.30 ft.Business/
Office
AG-2
(SLC)2 acres 30 ft.Agriculture/
Single-Family
AG-5
(SLC)5 acres 30 ft.Agriculture/
Single-Family
A-2
(SLCo)1 acre 30 ft.Single-Family
Graphic 1.15 | Residential in the Plan Area
66
Utilities
Broadband
The Plan Area is serviced by a mix of fixed wireless and wireline (cable, dsl and fiber)broadband
internet. Within the census tract that Northpoint occupies, 10.60% of households are without internet
access. The companies serving the area are Centurylink for local exchange, Rocky Mountain Power
for electric utility territory and Dominion Energy for natural gas. The Utah Broadband Plan adopted in
January 2020 set a goal to “Utilize best practices to encourage continued expansion of broadband
deployment and increase speeds for everyone to 25 Mbps or better in communities throughout Utah”.
The Plan Area currently has network speeds of 90.47/28.05 Mbps and its max advertised consumer
download speeds are 10,000.00 Mbps.
Active Building Permits and Recent Development
There are currently a few active building permits within
Northpoint that congregate along the 2200 W roadway
and fall under the M-1 and BP zoning designations.
A new development called Moonlake Farms has an
active engineering permit and is among one of ten
active permits for growing cannabis in Utah. Along
the 2100N roadway, two new multi-tenant warehouse
building have active permits as well.
A key development proposal currently is the Swaner
Subdivision, a 434-acre master planned development
with about 5 million square feet of industrial on the
C shaped parcel shown to the right currently zoned
BP. This development would likely be cause for
improvements on 2200 West to account for new
increase in traffic. A new 2900 S bypass road is also
proposed as part of the development.
Another development conversation in this area is
a proposed annexation petition for the land in the
northeast section of the plan area. This proposed
annexation was initiated by the landowners who wish
to annex their land into Salt Lake City for the purpose
of light industrial. A prior annexation conversation
contemplated residential, however, that annexation
was not pursued since Salt Lake City has determined
that new residential would not be supported in the
Plan Area.
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
Ut
a
h
I
n
l
a
n
d
Po
r
t
A
u
t
h
o
r
i
t
y
Proposed Swaner
Subdivision
Proposed North
Salt Lake
Annexation
22
0
0
W
2100 N
3200 N
Graphic 1.16 | Active Applications
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 67
Industrial Wastewater
The Salt Lake City Corporation’s pretreatment
program oversees industrial wastewater
discharged into the City’s sanitary sewer system.
Industrial wastewater treatment, to reduce or
eliminate conventional and toxic pollutants, prior
to discharge into to the POTW (publicly owned
treatment works) is required and regulated under
the Clean Water Act.
Salt Lake City is also undergoing redevelopment
of its Water Reclamation Facility. The wastewater
system will address new regulation from the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and
Utah’s Department of Water Quality to reduce
pollution and transform aging infrastructures.
The Water Reclamation Center is located about a
mile to the east of Northpoint and is replacing the
old structure, which was 55 years old.
Service Areas
The Salt Lake City Public Utilities service area
covers most of Northpoint with the exception of
a portion to the north, just south of the Jordan
River and a portion on the southern boundary.
The remaining area is considered unincorporated
territory. Though there are few sewer lines to
this area, development is encroaching from the
southeast and slowly extending utilities with it.
Many residential and agricultural properties in
this area rely on septic sewer systems.
Street Lighting
Public Utilities within Salt Lake manages and
maintains more than 15,000 street lights,
including those in Northpoint. The few residences
and commercial customers within the area
support street lighting through a monthly user fee,
included in the bill for drinking water, wastewater,
stormwater and sanitation services.
The initial capital improvement program for street
lighting in 2012 included a metric of converting
the City’s entire inventory to high-energy efficiency
LED lamps by the end of 2021. The continuous
lighting maps do not extend into the Plan Area
likely due to the lack of development in the area
and the irregular Salt Lake City boundary.
Irrigation Canals
There are several irrigation canals running through
Northpoint that serve the greater Salt Lake City
area. The Rudy Drain runs diagonally across the
study area from its connection to the Greater Salt
Lake in the upper northwest quadrant to the lower
southeast quadrant. Running along the western
boundary is the Salt Lake City Canal Sewage. The
southern boundary has a Reclamation ditch just
north of the international airport.
Graphic 1.17 | Utilities in Northpoint | Source: SLC GIS Data
68
Transportation
The eastern edge of the Plan Area runs along I-215, which
acts as the main transportation route for the larger area.
As Northpoint currently has little development beyond a
small portion of residential housing to the northwest and
light industrial to the south, the transportation routes
within the Plan Area consist mainly of gravel roads. 2200
W divides the area into clear sections which suggest
an informal development boundary along the roadway.
Recent development in the area has almost exclusively
been, between the roadway and I-215. Other roads in the
2019 Average Annual Daily Traffic Counts
Plan Area include 3200W, a gravel
road with minimal traffic that serves
as the western boundary of the Plan
Area, 3500N at the northern boundary,
2100N at the southern boundary, and
several gravel and paved residential
and commercial driveways.
The main entries to the Plan Area are
the exit from I-215 to 2100N from the
south, and Center Street/3500N from
the north. With increasing development
pressure in the Plan Area, it will become
increasingly important to make
improvements to these interchanges
and enhancements to 2200 W.
Public Transportation
The public transportation options that
connect the Plan Area are limited. The
454 Green bus line extends to Airport
Station on the south side of Salt Lake
City International Airport but does not
reach the Plan Area. The closest bus
line to the area is the F522 Line running
north/south on 2200 W. This bus line
reaches the southern boundary and its
final stop is near the Boeing warehouse.
This bus line offers access to the light
industrial and commercial businesses.
This accessibility suggests that
increasing the amount of industrial and
commercial centers within the southern
half of Northpoint would be supported
by public transportation.
Route 200 extends along Redwood
Road to the southeast of Northpoint.
However, this adjacent route is not
Graphic 1.18 | Average Annual Daily Trips | Source: UDOT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 69
accessible within a 15-minute walk of current
homes of businesses within Northpoint.
Bike Accessibility
The major bikeways extending through the Plan
Area are the Jordan River Trail, Parkway Trail,
and a bike lane along 2200 W and 2100N. The
bikeways along 2200 W and 2100N are designated
medium comfort by Bike SLC. The painted bike
lane disappears as the surroundings become
more rural moving northbound through the Plan
Area. These routes do not have high traffic but
bikers must share the roads with vehicles in the
same lanes.
Economic Impact of Transportation
Limited access to public transportation and the
barrier of I-215 require households in the Plan Area
to rely on personal vehicles or rideshare options
to commute to and from work, errands, and
schools. The Center for Neighborhood Technology
recommends a household spend no more than
15% of their annual income on transportation.
For a regional-typical household in this area, that
means no more than $9,329. Households in this
census block spend an average of $16,167- 175%
higher than this benchmark. This is also higher
than the Salt Lake City average of $13,211.
Graphic 1.19 | Annual Driving Costs per Household | Source: Center for
Neighborhood Technology
Graphic 1.20 | Utah Transit Authority Bus
70
Less ResidentsM ore Residents
70
Northpoint Community
Demographics
Over the last decade, Salt Lake City has grown
by roughly 14,000 new residents. Most of this
growth has been concentrated in downtown Salt
Lake City, Central City, and Sugarhouse, each of
which grew by over 2,000 residents between 2010
and 2020. Northpoint falls within the Westpointe
Community Council area, which saw a population
decrease (-1.6%) over the last decade.
Approximately 140 people live within the Plan Area
in roughly 60 households. City Council District 1,
which encompasses the Plan Area boasts the
largest share of Hispanic or Latino Population
(48%) of all Council Districts.
Economy
105 people are employed within the Plan Area
but live elsewhere, and 74 Northpoint residents
commute out of the area for work. No residents
both live and work within the Plan Area.
Of the jobs within the Plan Area boundary,
Wholesale Trade (30% of the jobs) and
Transportation and Warehousing (22%) are the
most common industries. In 2018, about 54% of
those jobs within the Plan Area boundary provided
less than $40,000 per year in salary, roughly 63%
of the median household income for overall Salt
Lake City residents at $63,971.
105 People Commute
IN for work
74 People Commute
OUT for work
0 People Live and
Work in the Area
Population by TAZ
Graphic 1.21 | Commuting Patterns and Population | Source: U.S. Census 2019
Less Residents More Residents
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 71
Within and immediately outside of the Plan
Area, major employers include the Salt Lake City
International Airport, Amazon, and the Salt Lake
Mosquito Abatement Center.
Those who live in the Plan Area have a higher
median household income than the City as
a whole at $75,791 and tend to work in the
service industry, transportation and utilities, or
manufacturing.
Housing
There are about 60 homes within the Plan Area
and 1,487 housing units in the associated census
tract. Housing is concentrated east of 2200 W due
to environmental constraints and airport impacts.
Housing within the Plan Area is comprised entirely
single-family housing units, some of which are
agricultural properties.
The Plan Area has a high rate of owner-occupied
units at 85.4% and an average home value of
$438,000. This is higher than the median price for
the zip code as a whole at $346,900. The zip code
saw a 24% increase in home prices between 2020
and 2021.
The Center for Neighborhood Technology
estimates that households within the Plan Area
are spending on average, 47% of their income on
housing and transportation costs every month.
As Salt Lake County grows and expands west,
combining housing and transportation costs
into one number offers an expanded view of
affordability by showing the impacts of a longer
daily commute on the affordability of a community.
The Center for Neighborhood Technology sets a
housing and transportation spending benchmark
of no more than 45% of a household’s income,
rather than using the traditional rule of no more
than 30% on housing alone.
Funding the Future
Salt Lake City Council approved a 0.5% sales tax
increase in May 2018. This increase will typically
generate about $34 million a year in ongoing
funding and is the first part of a funding strategy
to address street conditions, affordable housing,
public transit, and neighborhood safety. The Plan
Area could benefit from funding for an affordable
housing program and increased neighborhood
safety.
47%
Housing: 23%
Transportation:
24%
Graphic 1.22 | Housing and Transportation Costs as Percent of Income Per Household | Source: Center for Neighborhood Technology
72
Community Amenities
The Plan Area is bordered by the Jordan River
connecting Utah Lake to the Great Salt Lake,
and passing through three counties. Many
sections of the Jordan River have access trails
running parallel to the river and connect nearby
parks. Although the Plan Area lies adjacent
to the River, the formal trail stops to the to the
east of I-215. Directly east of the Plan Area are
the Regional Athletic Complex, Jordan River
OHV State Recreation Area, Westpointe Park,
Northstar Elementary School, and Northwest
Middle School. Only one crossing of I-215 allows
for access to these areas. As shown below, I-215
severely limits access to community resources
like schools, religious organizations, recreation,
and other gathering areas.
JORDAN RIVER OHV
STATE RECREATION AREA
JORDA
N R
IV
ER
CENTER STREET TRAILHEAD
COLISEUM FITNESS
SPECTRUM ACADEMY
FOXBORO
ELEMENTARY
NORTHWEST MIDDLE SCHOOL
NORTHSTAR
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL
ROSEWOOD PARK
GUADALUPE SCHOOL
SALT LAKE CENTER FOR SCIENCE EDUCATION
REGIONAL ATHLETIC COMPLEX
UNITY BAPTIST CHURCHWESTPOINTE
PARK
Graphic 1.23 | Amenities near the Plan Area
I
2
1
5
B
A
R
R
I
E
R
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 73
Graphic 1.24 | Trailhead map of the Jordan River
APPENDIX B
PUBLIC INPUT
Appendix B: Public Input
The public input process included various opportunities for engagement. One-on-one
interviews with residents, developers, environmental groups, and city and county staff were
conducted throughout the summer of 2021. Over 30 people attended a public open house in
the spring of 2022, and two public questionnaires and a property owner-specific
questionnaire were distributed over the course of the Northpoint Small Area project.
The following is a record of the engagement and materials from the open house and survey
results.
Open House and Questionnaire Comments
Report for Northpoint Property
Owner Questionnaire
Completion Rate:85.7%
Complete 18
Partial 3
Totals: 21
Response Counts
1. What is your relationship with the Northpoint area? (select all that
apply)
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
I own property here I live here I own a business here I work here
0
20
40
60
80
100
Value Percent Responses
I own property here 100.0%17
I live here 70.6%12
I own a business here 17.6%3
I work here 11.8%2
2. In the Northpoint area how important is the conservation of habitat
and ecosystems to you?
77% Highly Important77% Highly Important
6% Somewhat Important6% Somewhat Important
12% Neutral12% Neutral
6% Somewhat Not Important6% Somewhat Not Important
Value Percent Responses
Highly Important 76.5%13
Somewhat Important 5.9%1
Neutral 11.8%2
Somewhat Not Important 5.9%1
Totals: 17
3. In the Northpoint area how important is commercial and residential
development to you?
41% Highly Important41% Highly Important
6% Somewhat Important6% Somewhat Important18% Somewhat Not Important18% Somewhat Not Important
35% Highly Not Important35% Highly Not Important
Value Percent Responses
Highly Important 41.2%7
Somewhat Important 5.9%1
Somewhat Not Important 17.6%3
Highly Not Important 35.3%6
Totals: 17
4. Would you support conservation methods and tools that could
provide financial compensation to landowners for the preservation of
natural lands and habitats instead of development?
59% Highly Support59% Highly Support
6% Somewhat Support6% Somewhat Support
24% Neutral24% Neutral
12% Highly Not Support12% Highly Not Support
Value Percent Responses
Highly Support 58.8%10
Somewhat Support 5.9%1
Neutral 23.5%4
Highly Not Support 11.8%2
Totals: 17
5. Would you support the continuation of existing land uses such as
grazing, agriculture, habitat conservation, rural residential, and
wildlife?
77% Highly Support77% Highly Support
6% Somewhat Support6% Somewhat Support
12% Neutral12% Neutral
6% Highly Not Support6% Highly Not Support
Value Percent Responses
Highly Support 76.5%13
Somewhat Support 5.9%1
Neutral 11.8%2
Highly Not Support 5.9%1
Totals: 17
ResponseID Response
4 No.
7 I am highly against any further building on the agricultural land out here.
8 The area is too close to the airport not to take advantage of this proximity to
lessen the burden on existing infrastructure and lessen pollution. This can
be done preserving habitat closer to the Great Salt Lake.
10 We need clean air and less big heavy trucks in this tiny road. We can't handle
it. We pay our taxes just like everyone eon the east side we deserve more
from the city.
13 Just because land in the area has always been zoned Business Park, it does
not mean it should stay that way. I don't see how it was ever zoned BP or
anything other than conservation when it is directly next to ecosystems that
will be negatively impacted by development. I appreciate you asking for our
opinions and for keeping the survey short, but I am somewhat disappointed
in this survey as it feels lacking. It's not ideal to ask double barreled
questions in surveys if you want honest answers. For example, my answer to
supporting residential development is different than my answer to
commercial development, but this survey can't reflect that.
14 I operate a recording studio off of 2200w and construction of anything will
shut me down during construction and possibly forever.
15 Construction on 2200w is dangerous without some sort of alternate
construction road in place before construction begins.
16 The area of 2200 west to 3200 west and 2100 north to 3300 north is a bird
and wildlife refuge and one of the last open spaces in SL county. It needs to
be preserved and not just overdeveloped like the rest of the valley is
becoming. Thank you for your time. Robert Taylor
17 It would be the advantage of the area and ecology to think about NOT
developing every lat inch of open space. This is a sensitive area. There is a
high saturation of wildlife, migration and nesting areas here. It's a wetland.
In a meet the committee was surprised to hear about the existence of
wildlife. We see and experience it everyday. The delineation of preexisting
residential areas should be recognized. This area was settled by ranchers
and farmers who understood the doom of development. This area is a
treasure and should be left alone OR very thoughtfully and carefully
developed. The rate with which it is occurring now is always met with
contempt and disagreement. There is another way and we should make a
plan of best outcomes.
6. Is there anything you'd like to add?
20 I think the area can do both commercial and have some open space.. This
area is not for residential? My opinion. I have seen residential next to
airports and it's not nice at all..
21 My family has been here for over 100 years. A lot of the older homes were
built by family. Now with the restrictions of building and septic use. You can't
let your children build a house on a 1/4 acre lot. I have had to have children
move to wood cross to have there own home. The current restrictions render
the ground useless for building anything. Yet keeping some space still for AG
use. The bigger lots have all ready been sold to developers, the people left
will be left with your open space weed patch and no money to move any
where.
ResponseID Response
7. Are you interested in recieving further information about this project
and ways to get involved?
78% Yes please78% Yes please
22% No, thank you22% No, thank you
Value Percent Responses
Yes please 77.8%14
No, thank you 22.2%4
Totals: 18
Report for Northpoint Small Area
Plan Questionnaire
Completion Rate:54.7%
Complete 41
Partial 34
Totals: 75
Response Counts
1. What is your affiliation with the Northpoint area?
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
I am a resident I work in the
area
I own property I am interested
in owning
property
I am a business
owner
I visit the area Other - Write In
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Value Percent Responses
I am a resident 29.7%19
I work in the area 17.2%11
I own property 31.3%20
I am interested in owning property 18.8%12
I am a business owner 9.4%6
I visit the area 25.0%16
Other - Write In 14.1%9
2. What is your level of support for special standards and design
guidelines as a regulatory conservation tool?
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
3. What is your level of support for requiring sensitive landscape
studies as a regulatory conservation tool?
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
10
20
30
40
4. What is your level of support for development code updates as a
regulatory conservation tool?
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
5. What is your level of support for the clustering of lots and open
space as a regulatory conservation tool?
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
6. What is your level of support for conservation easements as an
incentive-based conservation tool?
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
7. What is your level of support for purchase of development rights
(PDR) as an incentive-based conservation tool?
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
8. What is your level of support for transfer of development rights as an
incentive-based conservation tool?
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
9. What is your level of support for preferred development sites as an
incentive-based conservation tool?
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
10
20
30
40
10. What is your level of support for lease agreements as a land
acquisition conservation tool?
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
10
20
30
40
50
11. What is your level of support for mutual covenants as a land
acquisition conservation tool?
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
10
20
30
40
50
12. What is your level of support for land banking as a land
acquisition conservation tool?
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
10
20
30
40
13. What is your level of support for land exchange as a land
acquisition conservation tool?
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
14. What open space interaction elements would you like to see in the
Northpoint Area? (select all that apply)
22% amenitizedtrailheads2.jpg22% amenitizedtrailheads2.jpg
49% Multi-Purpose Natural Trails49% Multi-Purpose Natural Trails
59% Fishing Access Along the
River
59% Fishing Access Along the
River
37% Wildlife Viewing Areas37% Wildlife Viewing Areas
49% Trails Along Natural
Resources
49% Trails Along Natural
Resources
22% Interpretive/Education Center22% Interpretive/Education Center
27% Interpretive/Educational
Signage
27% Interpretive/Educational
Signage
29% Boardwalks29% Boardwalks
Value Percent Responses
amenitizedtrailheads2.jpg 22.0%9
Multi-Purpose Natural Trails 48.8%20
Fishing Access Along the River 58.5%24
Wildlife Viewing Areas 36.6%15
Trails Along Natural Resources 48.8%20
Interpretive/Education Center 22.0%9
Interpretive/Educational Signage 26.8%11
Boardwalks 29.3%12
ResponseID Response
My emphasis on maintaining open-space natural area rather than developing
a park-like area.
None
Great ideas for the community.
This is such a treasure that is Salt Lake City. The land needs to be preserved
for future generations, plus people are not having children there may not be
the need for more development such as empty commercial buildings. Once
you destroy land for development, you cant reverse the damage.
All of the above amenities are wonderful. However, who maintains them and
fronts the development costs? The land being discussed does not naturally
produce any of the above items pictured. We are old salt flats that grow
things with a lot of encouragement. We have been trying to improve the
ground for 50 years and have done a lot of good. However, one year of not
planting and working hard takes away 50 years of work. The farms out here
would not be successful if all of the farmers did not have other larger farms
somewhere else or other businesses that help support the farm. I support
whatever developments come to this area that give the land owners the best
benefits of their property. I know everyone wants what improves their
community but don't forget the land owners and the work they have done for
lifetimes and they need their rights reserved as well.
This ground work for homes and businesses family like the Rudy's
.Drechsel's.Swaner's Hinkley's family farmed this ground but it's no longer
feasible for making a living and the ground is there retirement you want to
take it from them shame on you
None - not appropriate in industrial areas.
none - not appropriate in industrial areas
None. Not applicable for an industrial area.
Restrooms. Solar panels on roof. Art. Shade
none, not appropriate for industrial area
none, not appropriate for industrial area
none not appropriate on my land no water or for industrial area
Most of these are not appropriate for an industrial area.
15. What open space interaction elements would you like to see in the
Northpoint Area? (select all that apply) - comments
None, not appropriate for industrial area
none-not appropriate for industrial area
ResponseID Response
16. When imagining the future of the Northpoint area, how do you want
to see 2200 WEST improved or enhanced? Which do you think may be
most appropriate to the Northpoint area? (select all that apply)
15% Painted Bike Lane15% Painted Bike Lane
12% Buffered Bike Lane12% Buffered Bike Lane
17% Roundabout with Integrated
Trail Alignments
17% Roundabout with Integrated
Trail Alignments
22% Street with Flat Drain Pan
Edge
22% Street with Flat Drain Pan
Edge
49% Street with Porous Surface
Edge
49% Street with Porous Surface
Edge
29% Parkways Planted with Native
and Low-Water Species
29% Parkways Planted with Native
and Low-Water Species
5% Crosswalks with Striping and
Planters
5% Crosswalks with Striping and
Planters
20% Typical Curb and Gutter
Street
20% Typical Curb and Gutter
Street
Value Percent Responses
Painted Bike Lane 14.6%6
Buffered Bike Lane 12.2%5
Roundabout with Integrated Trail Alignments 17.1%7
Street with Flat Drain Pan Edge 22.0%9
Street with Porous Surface Edge 48.8%20
Parkways Planted with Native and Low-Water Species 29.3%12
Crosswalks with Striping and Planters 4.9%2
Typical Curb and Gutter Street 19.5%8
ResponseID Response
Most of these options do not seem appropriate for 2200 West. What ever the
design needs to implemented consistently rather than in piecemeal blocks.
Such approach expensive and dangerous.
We really don't need curb and gutter or sidewalks unless this area gets over
developments by commercial buildings then we will need more for the
residents.
I do not think traditional curb and gutter are needed for the area, but some
sort of drainage is needed. It is a popular biking path that needs more safety
for cyclists.
17. When imagining the future of the Northpoint area, how do you want
to see 2200 WEST improved or enhanced? Which do you think may be
most appropriate to the Northpoint area? (select all that apply) -
comments
18. What design elements are appropriate for new business and
industrial development in the Northpoint area?
22% Integration of Community
Solar or Solar Gardens
22% Integration of Community
Solar or Solar Gardens
24% LID/LEED Elements (i.e.
Green Roofs)
24% LID/LEED Elements (i.e.
Green Roofs)
51% Wildlife-Friendly Lighting51% Wildlife-Friendly Lighting
27% Two-Story Live/Work
Industrial Residential
27% Two-Story Live/Work
Industrial Residential
29% Increased habitat/Wildlife
Buffers
29% Increased habitat/Wildlife
Buffers76% Integrated Xeriscape and
Native Landscaping
76% Integrated Xeriscape and
Native Landscaping
34% Wildlife-Friendly Fencing34% Wildlife-Friendly Fencing
29% Noise Mitigation Design
Elements (e.g. textured noise
walls)
29% Noise Mitigation Design
Elements (e.g. textured noise
walls)
22% Thematic Sitting Areas
Blended with Landscape
22% Thematic Sitting Areas
Blended with Landscape
24% Natural Building Materials24% Natural Building Materials
Value Percent Responses
Integration of Community Solar or Solar Gardens 22.0%9
LID/LEED Elements (i.e. Green Roofs)24.4%10
Wildlife-Friendly Lighting 51.2%21
Two-Story Live/Work Industrial Residential 26.8%11
Increased habitat/Wildlife Buffers 29.3%12
Integrated Xeriscape and Native Landscaping 75.6%31
Wildlife-Friendly Fencing 34.1%14
Noise Mitigation Design Elements (e.g. textured noise walls)29.3%12
Thematic Sitting Areas Blended with Landscape 22.0%9
Natural Building Materials 24.4%10
ResponseID Response
Empyhasis on keeping natural habitat and implementing "green" approaches
Wildlife and nature are friendly.
dense and limited cars/roads
One of the major safety issues would be for the migratory birds, because this
area is wetlands that is being destroyed. You would have to put the lights
and windows in consideration.
Again, all very nice, all of the ideas that have been presented over the last
several years get voted down. It seems impossible to present something
that people will get on board with. I want the land owners to be able to
develop their properties with the highest value and regular farming is just
not a viable option economically.
Walkable design. Sustainable design. No grass.
19. What design elements are appropriate for new business and
industrial development in the Northpoint area? - comments
ResponseID Response
5 Place a moratorium on development until the plan is in place.
6 The construction of 2800W to pull traffic off of 2200W
7 3200 West should remain unpaved. There should be a buffer/natural area
along the eastern side of 3200 West.
10 Affordable Housing. Salt Lake City is missing a big opportunity to fill the gap
in affordable housing by using the acreage in this area. We are in a housing
crisis, there is almost no land left to build in Salt Lake, this is a HUGE
opportunity that Salt Lake could miss to build more units that are
desperately needed. This is not the time for us to complain about open
space. Look at the Governor's initiatives and play your part. The mayor and
city council of Salt Lake are all about helping the homeless, but if we don't
build more housing units the homeless population will only rise. I think the
direction that it appears we are heading with this questionnaire needs to be
reconsidered to include more, dense residential units for Salt Lake City and
Salt Lake County
12 Need to address annexation issues and multi-jurisdictional service
coordination issues NEED TO SAVE CROSS E RANCH possibly by having SL
County purchase property with funding from a variety of institutional
entities including USU, LDS Church, SLCity, Davis County, NSLCity, and Open
Lands foundationsl Need 6 mo. moratorium on new development until
Northpoint Small Area Plan is completed.
13 Plan is a waste of tax payer dollars. The market will decide the highest and
best use of land in the area.
16 Ive researched what has been going on out here over the last few years, with
some property owners exploring being annexed into North Salt Lake because
of the regulation barriers that Salt Lake City has shown. Find compromise
with the landowners or SLC may lose some of this unincorporated land and
development opportunity in this area.
19 This is an industrial area and business park zoning already exists and makes
sense for this project. There are already protections in place of wetlands and
habitats of threatened and endangered species. 2200W is already master
planned with a 90' ROW road section. Developers who develop with frontage
along 2200W are already required to improve and widen the sections of 2200
W that abut their property. Many of the single family home-owners in this
area are already under contract to sell their property to business park
developers. There is no reason to plan this area with the preservation of
existing single family homes as a goal.
20. What else should the Northpoint Small Area Plan address?
22 The valley and particularly the westside is already saturated with air quality
issues. Any commercial development should exclude air pollution inputs.
Additionally, water supply and quality are major issues for the state and
communities which callks for restrictions on water use and waste.
24 Update the community.
26 density and walkability is best for wildlife
28 Wetlands and the fact that they are endangered. There is becoming less
space for wildlife. USDA has programs for Urban Agriculture.
31 Please don't forget about the residents! This survey was focused on business
development and none of the questions focused on also preserving the
residential zoning in the area. We are already being bullied by developers to
sell our land so they can rezone for business. PLEASE DO NOT ALLOW
REZONING FOR BUSINESSES IN THE VERY SMALL REMAINING RESIDENTIAL
ZONED AREAS. There are plenty of open spaces for developers to build that
don't require forcing us out of our homes.
33 Setbacks and landscape areas along major roads.
34 Three points: 1. Leave 3200 West unimproved. 2. Restrictions on zoning
changes until master plan is complete 3. Set aside buffer/open space lands
clustered east of 3200 West.
37 The small area plan needs to think about both sides. There are a lot of
neighbors talking about conservation of their lifestyle but I'm pretty sure
none of them is making their living from farming. I love this area more than
the average person but, I also know the realities of farming and maintaining
a farm and or open space. The county could maintain or develop some trails
and require certain landscaping. I know that those kinds of requirements
exist in all developments. I prefer they allow the land owners the right to
sell/develop their properties. There are many options for good development
in this area. Residents (37ish houses) along 2200 west have been against a
business park development, industrial, and residential. They want it to
remain the same as always. However, that cannot happen nor should it.
39 The homeowner and people that own businesses out there
48 Zoning of specific areas to BP or M1
52 Designate this land as light industrial in the future land use map.
54 Designate this land as light industrial in the future land use map.
ResponseID Response
58 This area should be light manufacturing/industrial. With the 435 acres of BP,
this whole area should follow suit. More tax basis for city, great area for
business, less water usage than farmers, etc.
59 Water use.
60 Designate this land as light industrial in the future land use map
61 Designate this land as light industrial in the future land use map
63 Designate this land as light industrial in the future land use map
64 Designate this land as Business Park and/or Light Industrial
67 With the business park areas that have been approved, it makes the most
sense for SLC to default to Business Park zoning for this North Point area.
70 Designate this land as light industrial in the future land use nap
71 Designate this land as light
75 Do we have the water to build more? How will building in this area further
impact the Great Salt Lake? Very concerned about maintaining open space
and not further taxing our diminishing water systems.
ResponseID Response
APPENDIX C
CONSTRAINTS
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
Legend
NorthPoint_Boundary
-9 to -8
-7 to -6
-5
-4 to -3
-2
-1
0
1 to 2
3 to 4
5 to 7 ¯
Northpoint Opportunity Areas
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
Legend
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
NorthPoint_Boundary ¯
Northpoint Constraint Areas
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Wetlands (-3)Airport Owned (-3)Easements (-2)
Airport Influence Zones (-2, -1)Prime Ag Soil (-1)
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Noise Contours (-1)
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
Legend
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
NorthPoint_Boundary ¯
Northpoint Opportunity Areas
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Proximity to Services (+3)Underutilized (+2)Vacant (+1)
Large Parcels (+1)Access to Transportation (+1)
APPENDIX D
FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
1
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND FUNDING OPTIONS
Northpoint represents an opportunity for Salt Lake City to encourage economic development that is
compatible with the unique natural and built environment of the area, including proximity to the Salt Lake
City International Airport. This area is best suited for business park and industrial development yet is
hampered by the lack of significant infrastructure including transportation options and high-quality fiber
broadband to the area. To realize its potential, the area requires substantial infrastructure improvements.
Funding options for these improvements are discussed in this section of the report.
It is a challenging time to fund infrastructure as construction costs are rising rapidly, along with interest
rates. Infrastructure is generally needed before development can occur, which means that revenues
generated by the project are not available for funding at the time they are most needed. Rather, other
funding means must be identified, with revenue streams generated from development used later as a
payback mechanism.
Economic development is a key component of generating new revenue streams and is addressed in this
report, along with the potential funding mechanisms that such development could enable.
MARKET ANALYSIS
Northpoint is suitable for industrial and agricultural use, with limited residential. The area is proximate to
the Salt Lake City International Airport and, as such, experiences high noise levels that make residential
development difficult.
The industrial market is strong in Salt Lake County, with a vacancy rate of only 2.2 percent and rising lease
rates which have increased from an average (NNN) rate of $0.53 in 4th quarter 2020 to $0.63 in 4th quarter
2021. Total Salt Lake County inventory approximates 135 million square feet, with 9 million square feet of
space under construction. In the northwest quadrant of Salt Lake County, the vacancy rate is 2.65 percent,
with year-to-date (YTD) absorption of 7.5 million square feet and an average asking rate of $0.60 (NNN).1
Based on vacant acreage in the Northpoint area that the Salt Lake County Assessor’s Office currently
classifies as industrial, the area could absorb an additional 650,000 to 1,000,000 square feet of industrial
space. This appears reasonable given current absorption patterns and the shortage of industrial space in
the market. The biggest obstacles to industrial development appear to be supply chain shortages, rising
construction costs and rapidly escalating interest rates.
1 Source: Colliers, Salt Lake County Industrial Market Report 4Q 2021.
2
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
COMBINED COMPONENTS FOR FUNDING OPTIONS
The available tools and issuing entities discussed in this report may be combined in a variety of viable
options to arrive at the desired funding level for the Northpoint area. Possible funding mechanisms include
the following, each of which is discussed in more detail in following sections.
Tax Increment Areas
o Community Reinvestment Areas (CRAs)
o Transportation Reinvestment Zones (TRZs)
o Tax Increment Bonds
Public Infrastructure Districts (PIDs)
Special Assessment Areas (SAAs)
Impact Fees
Municipal Energy Tax
TAX INCREMENT AREAS
Through the creation of a tax increment area, tax revenues generated within the designated project area
are split into two components:
(i)Base Revenues – The amount available before the tax increment area is established. Base
revenues are shared among a mix of local governments that have the power to assess taxes
such as schools, cities, counties, and special districts; and
(ii)Incremental Revenues – These are tax revenues in excess of the base revenues that are
generated by new growth in the project area. If a project area is created, the incremental tax
revenues can flow to the project area for a period of time to encourage economic
development.
Some states, including Utah, allow incremental local sales tax revenues, as well as property taxes, to flow to
a project area for a period of time. By giving exclusive use of incremental revenues to the project area, the
creation of a successful tax increment area generates a new revenue stream that can be used to pay for
projects, provide incentives to developers, or collateralize tax increment bonds.
The most common uses of tax increment have been for infrastructure such as roads, utilities,
telecommunications, electrical upgrades and burying power lines, and parking structures. Tax increment
has also been used for demolition, tenant improvements, land acquisitions, environmental cleanup, trails,
lighting, signage, playgrounds, incentives to developers, economic development activities and housing.
Utah currently allows for the enactment of three types of tax increment areas:
Community Reinvestment Areas (CRAs)
Transportation Reinvestment Zones (TRZs)
Housing & Transit Reinvestment Zones (HTRZs)
3
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Of these three types of tax increment areas, CRAs and TRZs could be used as financing tools for the
Northpoint area. HTRZs rely on density of housing and this type of development is not suitable for
Northpoint.
COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT AREAS (CRAS)
In Utah, tax increment areas have been known by a wide variety of names over time – RDAs, URAs, EDAs,
CDAs, and now as CRAs or Community Reinvestment Areas. As of 2016, the Legislature combined all types
of project areas—urban renewal, economic development, and community development into a new single
“Community Reinvestment Project Area” (CRA). Existing project areas will be allowed to continue, but all
new project areas will be known as CRAs.
The CRA Budget may either be approved by a Taxing Entity Committee (TEC) or through Interlocal
Agreement with taxing entities, except where the Agency chooses to conduct a blight study to determine
the existence of blight and to utilize limited eminent domain powers, which requires the approval of the
TEC of both blight and the budget.
If there is a finding of blight, 20 percent of the tax increment must be set aside for affordable housing. For
all other projects, 10 percent of the tax increment is required to be set aside for affordable housing, if the
annual increment is over $100,000. However, housing funds may be spent for affordable housing statewide
and are not limited to being spent within a project area. Noticing and hearing requirements apply with the
CRA designation.
After the tax increment collection period has expired, the tax increment dollars that previously flowed to
the CRA will flow to the taxing entities that levy the property taxes within the project area. In most cases,
taxing entities receive more property tax revenues annually following expiration of the tax increment
collection period than before, as property values are likely to have increased significantly through the
redevelopment process.
TABLE 1: COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT AREAS – ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES
Advantages
Community Reinvestment Areas
Disadvantages
Community Reinvestment Areas
Creates a new revenue stream.Requires cooperation of other taxing entities.
Relatively easy to create.10% of revenues must be directed to affordable
housing.
Flexible uses of funds.Revenues may take years to build up as development
occurs over time.
The Northpoint area contains roughly 1,323 acres and five tax districts. All of the tax districts are within Salt
Lake City, with the exception of Tax District ACT that is found within unincorporated Salt Lake County.
4
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
TABLE 2: NORTH POINT EXISTING MARKET VALUES AND ACREAGE
Property Values # of Parcels Total Market Value Residential Market Value Acres
Tax District 13 63 $74,752,600 $30,700,900 666.83
Tax District 13 Q 3 $7,927,300 17.37
Tax District 13 I 3 $51,954,200 27.26
Tax District 13 R 14 $21,076,200 $1,529,600 27.01
Tax District ACT 47 $27,957,700 $12,251,900 584.37
TOTAL 130 $183,668,000 $44,482,400 1,322.84
Although there are five separate tax districts, districts 13 and 13Q include the same taxing entities; districts
13I and 13R also have the same taxing entities. The taxing entities and their tax rates are as follows:
TABLE 3: TAX DISTRICTS AND TAXING ENTITIES
Tax Rate
Tax District 13 and 13Q
Figure 1: Northpoint Tax Districts
5
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Tax Rate
Salt Lake County 0.001777
Multi-County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000012
County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000196
Salt Lake City School District 0.004809
Salt Lake City 0.003424
Salt Lake City Library 0.000652
Metropolitan Water District Salt Lake 0.000253
Salt Lake City Mosquito Abatement 0.000115
Central Utah Water Conservancy District 0.0004
TOTAL 0.011638
Tax District 13I and 13R
Salt Lake County 0.001777
Multi-County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000012
County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000196
Granite School District 0.007105
Salt Lake City 0.003424
Salt Lake City Library 0.000652
Metropolitan Water District Salt Lake 0.000253
Salt Lake City Mosquito Abatement 0.000115
Central Utah Water Conservancy District 0.0004
TOTAL 0.013934
Tax District - Unincorporated
Salt Lake County 0.001777
Multi-County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000012
County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000196
Granite School District 0.007105
Central Utah Water Conservancy District 0.0004
Salt Lake County Municipal-Type Services 0.000051
Unified Fire Service Area 0.001594
Salt Lake Valley Law Enforcement Service Area 0.001973
Salt Lake County Library 0.000474
TOTAL 0.013582
The market value of the property is much higher than the taxable value in the area for several reasons.
First, primary residential development is taxed at 55 percent of market value. Agricultural property is in
greenbelt status and taxed at extremely low rates, and public properties are tax exempt. Therefore, while
the market value is nearly $184 million, taxable value is estimated at roughly $67.9 million.
6
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
TABLE 4: ESTIMATED NORTHPOINT TAXABLE VALUE
Estimated Taxable Value
Tax Districts 13 and 13Q $37,500,000
Tax Districts 13 I and 13 R $20,400,000
Tax District ACT $10,000,000
Total Taxable Value $67,900,000
Taxable value will increase as development occurs in Northpoint. Of the 1,323 acres in Northpoint,
approximately 437 acres are either vacant or held in agricultural use.
TABLE 5: VACANT ACRES
Vacant Acres Tax Districts 13 and
13Q
Tax Districts 13I and
13R Tax District ACT Total
Residential 8.34 19.81 28.15
Industrial 17.40 14.19 42.56 74.15
Agricultural 111.68 223.04 334.72
TOTAL Acres 137.42 14.19 285.41 437.01
For purposes of estimating future tax revenues, this study assumes that the residential and industrial
vacant acres are developed as residential and industrial respectively and makes no assumptions about
future development of the agricultural property.
TABLE 6: PROJECTIONS OF FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
Amount
Residential Development
Undeveloped acres 28.15
Units per Acre 2
Units developed 56
Average market value per unit $600,000
Average taxable value per unit $330,000
Total residential taxable value $18,480,000
Industrial Development
Undeveloped acres 74.15
Floor area ratio 0.2*
Taxable value per sf $200
Estimated taxable value $129,193,733
*If the floor area ratio (FAR) can be increased to 0.3, then the estimated total taxable value would increase to
nearly $194 million
For purposes of analysis, this report assumes that the majority of the development takes place in the
unincorporated County, as it has the largest amount of vacant acres. The table below shows projections of
roughly $2 million per year in additional property tax revenues from this area.
7
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
TABLE 7: PROJECTIONS OF FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
Tax Rates - ACT Incremental Revenues Generated
Salt Lake County 0.001777 $262,416
Multi-County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000012 $1,772
County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000196 $28,944
Granite School District 0.007105 $1,049,222
Central Utah Water Conservancy District 0.0004 $59,069
Salt Lake County Municipal-Type Services 0.000051 $7,531
Unified Fire Service Area 0.001594 $235,392
Salt Lake Valley Law Enforcement Service Area 0.001973 $291,360
Salt Lake County Library 0.000474 $69,997
TOTAL 0.013582 $2,005,705*
*If the industrial development assumptions are increased to a FAR of 0.3, rather than 0.2, then annual incremental
property tax revenues generated increase to nearly $2.9 million annually.
A portion of these revenues could be allocated to a CRA for a period of time in order to pay for needed
improvements and infrastructure in the area.
TRANSPORTATION REINVESTMENT ZONE (TRZ)
A TRZ is one type of area that can be formed where tax increment can be used to accelerate development
within the defined project area. According to Utah Code §11-13-103(22), “Transportation Reinvestment
Zone” means an area created by two or more public agencies by interlocal agreement to capture increased
property or sales tax revenue generated by a transportation infrastructure project. TRZs are ideal for
projects such as Frontrunner, light rail, or major arterials that span multiple jurisdictions.
Any two or more public agencies may enter into an agreement to create a transportation reinvestment
zone but one of these entities must have land use authority over the TRZ area – in other words, Salt Lake
City must be a partner in this endeavor.
8
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
A TRZ is much like a Community Reinvestment Area (CRA) in that a portion of tax increment is pledged to
the project for a specified period of time. The agreement between the two or more public entities must
include the following, as specified in Utah Code §11-13-227(2):
Define the transportation need and proposed improvement
Define the boundaries of the zone
Establish terms for sharing sales tax revenue among the members of the agreement, if sales tax is
to be included
Establish a base year to calculate the increase of property tax revenue within the zone
Establish terms for sharing any increase in property tax revenue within the zone
Hold a public hearing regarding the details of the TRZ
Property tax revenues that are shared between members of the agreement are required to be incremental
(Utah Code §11-13-227(2)(e). In order to identify incremental revenues, a “base year” needs to be
established. The law clearly allows for the sharing of both sales tax and property tax revenue among the
members of the agreement.
There are advantages to governance with TRZs, as compared to CRAs, for projects that span multiple
jurisdictions. In fact, there are only a few redevelopment areas in Utah that currently overlap multiple
communities. While such are allowed by law, governance can be tricky. For example, in a CRA spanning two
cities, each city would have its own redevelopment agency. Who then governs the project area? Joint RDA
board meetings can be held, each agency board can meet separately, or there can be a MOU designating
one of the RDA boards as the lead agency. Experience dictates that concerns often arise when more tax
increment is generated in one jurisdiction of the project area than in another. There are often concerns
about equity in spending funds in the same jurisdiction from which they come. Each redevelopment agency
involved has to submit its annual report detailing the increment generated and how funds were spent,
further exacerbating this concern.
The TRZ overcomes many of these problems. First, with a TRZ, there is no requirement for RDA
involvement, and therefore no need for RDA meetings. The TRZ is simply governed by an interlocal
agreement signed by the parties. TRZs have proven effective in other states when projects cross multiple
jurisdictions. With a TRZ there is no requirement to measure in which community increment is generated
and where funds are spent. The purpose is simply to achieve an overall project. And only one annual report
has to be filed for the TRZ – not separate reports for each participating entity.
Another advantage to TRZs is the ability to obtain the commitment of transportation agencies, such as
UDOT or UTA, for specific projects. Interlocal agreements between the public entity with the land-use
authority and a transportation agency will identify the specific projects associated with the TRZ. This will
add another level of certainty to local planning efforts and will give these public entities some additional
leverage in prioritizing needed transportation projects.
9
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Advantages and Disadvantages
The following table lists the advantages and disadvantages of funding transportation projects with tax
increment generated in Transportation Reinvestment Zones:
TABLE 8: TRANSPORTATION REINVESTMENT ZONES AS A FUNDING SOURCE FOR TRANSPORTATION PROJECTS.
Advantages
Transportation Reinvestment Zones
Disadvantages
Transportation Reinvestment Zones
Creates a new revenue stream.Revenue directed to transportation projects will not be
available to provide other services.
Relatively easy to create.Requires cooperation between at least two entities.
Projected to produce substantial revenue stream over
time.
Must find a nexus with transportation projects to justify
use of the increment.
No affordable housing requirement.Revenues may take years to build up as development
occurs over time.
TAX INCREMENT BONDS
Tax increment Bonds were developed in California in 1952 as an innovative way of raising local matching
funds for federal grants. They became increasingly popular in the 1980s and 1990s, when there were
declines in subsidies for local economic development from federal grants, state grants, and federal tax
subsidies (especially industrial development bonds).
Tax Increment Bonds are collateralized by the incremental growth in property taxes within a given project
area. They capture the future tax benefits of real estate improvements to pay the present cost of those
improvements. It is a financing strategy designed to make improvements to a targeted project area or
district without drawing on general fund revenue or creating a new tax.
Ratings on tax increment bonds are tied to the performance of the area or district, not to the creating
government’s general fund. As a result, the ratings differ from those of the creating entity’s general
obligation rating. The rating of tax increment bonds hinges on local economics, trends, and taxpayer
diversity, with taxpayer diversity being the most highly correlated statistic.
Rating agencies evaluate whether the tax increment revenues could survive the loss of one or more top
taxpaying property owners, how debt service could be managed in the case of broad-based decline of
assessed value, real estate trends and historical assessed values in the designated area, and the types of
properties located or being developed in the tax increment area. The assessed value of hotels is the most
volatile, followed by warehouses, commercial, condos, and last residential.
Many issuers opt to offer tax increment bonds on a non-rated basis. It is virtually impossible to secure a
rating for or sell a tax increment bond before the increment is actually flowing, unless there is recourse to
the local government’s credit or some other enhancement.
10
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Typically, tax increment bonds carry longer terms (anywhere from 10 to 30 years) and are purchased at a
fixed rate using larger denominations of $100,000. There is usually no recourse to either the issuer or the
developers who may benefit from the bonds. Pledged revenues vary, but a typical pledge is a senior
security interest in the tax increment revenues as well as any debt service reserve funds. The bonds are
often offered via a limited public offering and most often sold to institutional buyers (primarily mutual
funds and occasionally property/casualty insurers) using a limited offering memorandum.
It is typical to see interest capitalized for at least two to three years to allow increment to begin flowing
before debt service payments are required from that increment. Unspent proceeds, capitalized interest and
reserve funds are held by a Trustee. Debt service coverage covenants vary based on type of tax increment
revenue and other security features associated with the bonds, but minimum coverage requirements are
almost always at least 1.25 times annual debt service.
Advantages and Disadvantages
The following table lists the advantages and disadvantages of funding with tax increment bonds:
TABLE 9: TAX INCREMENT BONDS AS A FUNDING SOURCE
Advantages
Tax Increment Bonds
Disadvantages
Tax Increment Bonds
Create a new revenue stream that can fund capital
improvements and economic development.Tend to carry higher interest and costs of issuance.
Creating entity does not have to bear financial burden
alone but can share it with other taxing entities within a
project area.
Often require the cooperation and agreement of
multiple taxing entities to generate sufficient
incremental revenues to finance the desired
infrastructure.
Tax increment revenues can be used to pay for
administrative expenses.
Bonds can’t be sold unless the tax increment is already
flowing or is imminent and nearly certain to flow or is
enhanced by a government’s credit or other
mechanism.
Financial and legal liability is limited by having a
redevelopment agency.2
Typically take longer from start to finish than other
financing types.3
Creating entity may gift tax revenues or property to
provide incentives for development.
Critics of Tax Increment Bonds sometimes assert that
tax increment is just a reallocation of tax revenues by
which some municipalities win, and others lose.4
2 An RDA is a separate political subdivision which can enter into agreements with developers and issue the bonds.
3 It is difficult to estimate the time required for the “political” side of the process, which often requires significant information sharing
between local government and developers, including a public hearing for approval of the Project Area Plan and Budget. Setting aside
the political requirements, the bond issuance process usually takes three to five months.
4 Critics of Tax Increment Bonds sometimes assert that some or all the increment is not attributable to the creation of the tax increment
area and that the new property value growth would have occurred anyway.
11
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Advantages
Tax Increment Bonds
Disadvantages
Tax Increment Bonds
Creating entity may be able to encourage or accelerate
the timeframe of desired development types through
offering tax increment incentives to the developer.
Mortgage on the property can also be given as bond
security under Utah law in addition to incremental
revenue.
PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE DISTRICTS (PIDs)
PIDs are generally most successful in larger, undeveloped areas where there are significant infrastructure
needs. Because the unanimous consent of all property owners is required for the creation of a PID, it is
difficult to establish PIDs in areas with numerous property owners. However, portions of the study area
could be included – especially those areas with larger parcels, fewer property owners, and significant
infrastructure needs.
If created, a PID can be combined with other revenue sources such as tax increment and those revenues
could be used to pay the PID bonds. These funding tools may further facilitate development and increase
property values, which may in turn provide for more opportunities to fund basic infrastructure (through tax
increment financing or general tax collection). The PID tool allows for creation of a separate taxing entity in
order to fund public infrastructure. Ultimate users of the property pay for the improvements via the taxing
entity through property assessments. These assessments permit for bonding, allowing for covering upfront
infrastructure expenses that are repaid over periods typically near 30 years. This tool results in higher
property taxes for property owners/users in the defined district.
Consequently, benefits beyond the improved infrastructure can be included in the area. This can be in the
form of better landscaping, street lighting, public spaces, parks, trails, finishes, etc. These benefits aid in
creating property appeal, property value increases and in attracting top quality businesses.
The PID tool also represents a valuable option for cities who are reticent to bond with property tax
revenues in a standard tax increment collection area. Bonding permits for upfront infrastructure costs to be
covered, oftentimes expediting development that may not have otherwise occurred. A city may create a
PID with no increase in the tax rate and use the PID as a conduit to issue bonds. In this approach, the city is
not financially responsible for the bond payments, and the bonding does not affect the city’s credit rating.
The process for starting a Public Infrastructure District begins with a citywide policy. This represents a
“30,000-foot” view of the tool for the municipality and merely outlines the guidelines as to how a
developer should submit for a PID. The PID policy may incorporate specific goals and vision statements of
the city. Once a policy is adopted, a developer may submit a letter of intent to create a PID. This is reviewed
by the city, and if approved, governing documents are required to be submitted and approved
12
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
by the City Council. The simple passing of a general PID policy does not require the City Council to approve
governing documents or letters of intent.
Consequently, the PID policy represents another tool that can be used when appropriate. As of 2022,
several cities throughout Utah have adopted PID policies and multiple public infrastructure districts have
been formed.
TABLE 10: PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE DISTRICTS AS A FUNDING SOURCE
Advantages
PIDs
Disadvantages
PIDs
Create a new revenue stream that can fund capital
improvements and economic development.Tend to carry higher interest and costs of issuance.
Any debt issued is not on the books of the local
government entity.
Cities may feel it limits public support for future tax rate
increases or bond elections due to the perception of
already-high rates.
Can raise a significant amount of revenue with legally-
allowed tax rates of up to 15 mils.
Requires unanimous support of all taxing entities to put
in place.
Accelerates development timeframe through upfront
funding for capital costs.Ongoing PID governance
Can reduce the need for impact fees.Competitiveness of site with other sites given higher tax
rates
Mortgage on the property can also be given as bond
security under Utah law in addition to incremental
revenue.
Cost is much lower than other development financing.
The current taxable value of North Point is approximately $68,000,000. The maximum mill rate allowed by
Utah law is 0.015; however, districts are choosing to enact much lower rates. Politically, it would be nearly
impossible to obtain the consent of the entire Northpoint area to create a PID. However, smaller sections
that are wanting to encourage economic development could be developed as PIDs. The table below shows
the amount of annual property tax revenues that could be generated for such a district given varying
taxable values and varying tax rates up to the maximum of 0.015.
TABLE 11: PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE DISTRICT ANNUAL REVENUES BASED ON VARYING MILL RATES AND TAXABLE VALUES
Property Taxable Values 0.015 Mill Rate .0075 Mill Rate .004 Mill Rate
$10,000,000 $150,000 $75,000 $40,000
$20,000,000 $300,000 $150,000 $80,000
$30,000,000 $450,000 $225,000 $120,000
SPECIAL ASSESSMENT AREAS (SAAs)
Special Assessment Areas (“SAAs”), formerly known as Special Improvement Districts or “SID”s, are a
financing mechanism that allows governmental entities to designate a specific area for the purpose of
13
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
financing the costs of improvements, operation and maintenance, or economic promotion activities that
benefit property within a specified area. Entities can then levy a special assessment, on parity with a tax
lien, to pay for those improvements or ongoing maintenance. The special assessment can be pledged to
retire bonds, known as Special Assessment Bonds, if issued to finance construction of a project. Utah Code
§11-42 deals with the requirements of special assessment areas.
The underlying rationale of an SAA is that only those property owners who benefit from the public
improvements and ongoing maintenance of the properties will be assessed for the associated costs as
opposed to other financing structures in which all City residents pay either through property taxes or
increased service fees. While more information about SAAs is included below, it could be difficult politically
for the City to obtain support from a large number of property owners.
While not subject to a bond election as is required for the issuance of General Obligation bonds, SAAs may
not be created if 40 percent or more of those liable for the assessment payment5 protest its creation.
Despite this legal threshold, most local government governing bodies tend to find it difficult to create an
SAA if even 10-20 percent of property owners oppose the SAA.
Once created, an SAA’s ability to levy an assessment has similar collection priority / legal standing as a
property tax assessment. However, since it is not a property tax, any financing secured by that levy would
likely be done at higher interest rates than general obligation, sales tax revenue or utility revenue bonds.
Interest rates will depend on a number of factors including the ratio of the market value to the assessment
bond amount, the diversity of property ownership and the perceived willingness and ability of property
owners to make the assessment payments as they come due. Even with the best of special assessment
credit structure, if bonds are issued they are likely to be non-rated and therefore would be issued at rates
quite a bit higher than similar General Obligation Bonds that would likely be rated. All improvements
financed via an SAA must be owned by the City and the repayment period cannot exceed twenty (20) years.
Whenever SAAs are created, entities have to select a method of assessment (i.e. per lot, per unit (ERU), per
acre, taxable value, market value, by linear foot frontage, etc.) which is reasonable, fair and equitable to all
property owners within the SAA. State law does not allow property owned by local government entities
such as cities or school districts to be assessed.
TABLE 12: SPECIAL ASSESSMENT AREAS AS A FUNDING SOURCE
Advantages
SAAs
Disadvantages
SAAs
Bonds are tax-exempt although the interest cost is not
as low as a GO or revenue bond
Forty percent of the assessed liability, be it one
property owner or many could defeat the effort to
create the SAA if they do not want to pay the
assessment
No requirement to hold a bond election but the City
must hold a meeting for property owners to be
assessed before the SAA can be created
Some increased administrative burden for the City
although State law permits an additional amount to be
included in each assessment to either pay the City’s
increased administrative costs or permit the City to hire
an outside SAA administrator
5 Based on the method of assessment selected, i.e., acreage, front footage, per lot, etc.
14
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Advantages
SAAs
Disadvantages
SAAs
Only benefited property owners pay for the
improvements or ongoing maintenance
The City cannot assess government-owned property
within the SAA
Limited risk to the City as there is no general tax or
revenue pledge
Flexibility since property owners may pre-pay their
assessment prior to bond issuance or annually
thereafter as the bond documents dictate – if bonds are
issued
IMPACT FEES
Impact fees are one-time fees paid by new development to offset the capital costs associated with new
development for basic utilities such as water, sewer, storm water, public safety, roads and parks/trails. In
order to collect impact fees, cities must carefully follow the requirements of Utah Code 11-36a which
includes the following major steps.
Prepare and pass a resolution authorizing study of an impact fee
Conduct an impact fee study to determine the appropriate amount of such a fee
Provide public notice of the possible fee 14 days prior to the public hearing
Hold a public hearing to take comment regarding the proposed fee
Salt Lake City has already established impact fees that could be used to generate revenues on projects
developed within its City boundaries. However, Salt Lake County would need to charge impact fees on the
unincorporated areas of North Point. Impact fees collected would need to be spent on capital projects
listed in each respective entity’s Impact Fee Facilities Plans (IFFPs). Therefore, careful coordination would
need to take place between Salt Lake City and the County to ensure that the costs of needed projects are
fairly allocated between the two entities.
Advantages and Disadvantages
The following table lists the advantages and disadvantages of funding projects with impact fees:
TABLE 13: IMPACT FEES AS A FUNDING SOURCE
Advantages
Impact Fees
Disadvantages
Impact Fees
New development pays for its fair share of the costs
incurred by new development Adds additional costs to development
Impact fees are generally paid when building permits
are issued; therefore, funds are often not available
upfront when infrastructure needs are greatest
15
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Advantages
Impact Fees
Disadvantages
Impact Fees
Impact fees cannot be used to cure existing deficiencies
MUNICIPAL ENERGY TAX
Salt Lake City has enacted the municipal energy tax to the full 6 percent allowed by law on all taxable
portions of electric and gas bills. Therefore, any development that takes place in Salt Lake City would
generate this additional revenue that could be used to assist with economic development and
infrastructure costs in Northpoint. The municipal energy tax applies only to development that occurs in Salt
Lake City and not in Salt Lake County.
APPENDIX E
MAJOR STREETS PLAN AMENDMENT
2100 N
~2
9
0
0
W
32
0
0
W
*
22
0
0
W
3300 N
3500 N
2950 N
Salt Lake City Major Street Plan Amendment for Northpoint Area
¯
Legend
Designation
Arterials
Local Streets
Proposed Arterial Streets
0 640 1,280 1,920320
Feet
*3200 W to remain unimproved
Erin Mendenhall DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 445 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145487, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5487 TEL 801.535.7712 FAX 801.535.6269
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
________________________ Date Received: _________________
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: January 17, 2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
__________________________
SUBJECT: PLNPCM2022-00687 – Northpoint Small Area Plan
STAFF CONTACT: Krissy Gilmore, Senior Planner, kristina.gilmore@slcgov.com
801-535-7780
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: That the Council adopt the Northpoint Small Area Plan as
recommended by the Planning Commission.
BUDGET IMPACT: None
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: The Northpoint Small Area Plan is a land use plan for the land
that is generally located between the Salt Lake City International Airport and the northern
boundary of the city along the 2200 West corridor. The Northpoint Small Area Plan was adopted
in April 2000. The update of the plan was funded to provide guidance on anticipated development
in the area and to address annexation-related issues in the area.
The Northpoint Small Area Plan adopted in 2000 includes the following goal:
The purpose of the Northpoint Small Area Plan is to eliminate potential land use
conflicts with the Salt Lake International Airport while preserving and enhancing
the existing agricultural lifestyle.
The original plan identifies land use issues related to the airport, agriculture, business park
development, the environment, and infrastructure. The plan includes a land use map that identifies
most of the land west of 2200 West as Business Park and the majority of the land east of 2200
01-31-2023
01-31-2023
West as Agriculture. The plan
includes land that is located
outside of the city boundaries
for the purpose of future
annexations.
A 2019 development proposal
to develop land in
unincorporated portions of Salt
Lake County along 2200 West
for residential purposes was
submitted to Salt Lake County.
This proposal triggered an
annexation proposal for the
land to be annexed into North
Salt Lake City because both the
county and city land use regulations prohibited residential development so close in proximity to
the airport.
In response to the proposed annexation, the City Council funded an update to the Northpoint Small
Area Plan. The purpose of funding the update was to address development pressure in the plan
area and to address potential annexations of unincorporated land. The RFP process started in
December 2019. The RFP was scheduled to be published at the end of March 2020. Due to
uncertainty related to the pandemic, the RFP was paused and not released to the public. The money
was reallocated to the 2020-2021 budget cycle. The RFP process was relaunched in January 2021
utilizing the same RFP document that was produced in 2020. The RFP selection team included
representatives from the Planning Division, the Airport, Transportation Division, Engineering
Division, and a member of the Westpointe Community Council. After interviews, the selection
committee chose Logan Simpson. The contract with the consultant was finalized in May 2021.
A transmittal was sent to the City Council in July 2021, to satisfy the process identified in
Resolution 14 of 2020. That briefing included the scope of work, timeline, and public engagement
plan.
SMALL AREA PLAN KEY CONCEPTS: The Northpoint Small Area Plan will guide the future
development of the area by presenting a vision map, design standards and guidelines for private
development throughout the area. The plan provides action steps the city can implement to mitigate
the impact of new development on the surrounding natural habitat and existing residential
properties. Key concepts of the draft plan include:
• Identifies appropriate future land use and development characteristics for the area that
can coexist with the wildlife habitat and natural environment of the Great Salt Lake,
and the operations of the Salt Lake City International Airport.
• Identifies appropriate buffering, building design, and development characteristics to
reduce the impacts on residential and agricultural uses, important wildlife habitats, and
other uses within the area.
• Recommends design standards to reduce the negative impacts that future land uses may
have on air quality, water quality, noise, and light.
Image 1: Northpoint general vicinity
• Updates future annexation potential for unincorporated land within Salt Lake County.
• Amends the Major Streets Plan for the area to include a new north-south collector (2900
W), a future airport road going east to west connecting to 2100 North, and to indicate
that 3200 West is to remain an unimproved roadway.
• Recommends a Northpoint-specific development code that codifies the recommended
design standards and includes incentive-based tools for open space preservation.
PROCESS: The plan update process began in 2021 with a series of one-on-one engagement
sessions with residents, developers, environmental groups, and city and county-specific staff. The
goal of these engagement sessions was to provide attendees with a forum to identify the assets and
weaknesses of the plan area and to explore the future of the area. A Steering Committee was also
formed to provide specific guidance on the area and to review draft recommendations for the plan.
The Steering Committee was comprised of representatives from government agencies,
landowners, environmental groups, etc. In addition, the engagement process included a public
open house, two community event pop-up tables, Westpointe Community Council presentations,
two public questionnaires, and a property owner-specific questionnaire.
The Planning Commission met to review the small area plan first through a work session on July
27, 2022, and then again on October 26th, 2022 for a recommendation to the City Council. The
Planning Commission tabled the draft plan at that meeting with direction to allow additional time
for public input and to consider revisions to the recommended wetland buffer. In response,
Planning Staff met with the Westpointe Community Council at their November 9th meeting and
engaged with stakeholders through email and one-on-one meetings. Modifications were made to
the draft in response to the direction received from the Planning Commission and additional public
input. Key changes included the addition of an action item to develop a Northpoint -specific
development code, revisions to the wetland buffers that would allow some flexibility in buffer
width in exchange for mitigation measures, and the addition of language that would limit
distribution and logistical land use and promote manufacturing land uses.
The Planning Commission reopened the Public Hearing at their December 14, 2022 meeting.
During the meeting, the Planning Commission discussed the proposed limit on distribution land
uses, if this limitation was necessary, and if there is a market for the area to be primarily
manufacturing land uses. While there was some disagreement among members on this subject,
they ultimately voted to remove the limitation on distribution land uses. The Commission also
discussed wetland buffers and emphasized that open space preservation around wetlands is of high
priority and recommended a 300-foot buffer rather than 200 feet. Planning Staff also recommended
some minor changes to the draft in the Staff Report that were brought up in public comments. The
Commission did not report concern with these changes, and the conversation generally indicated
support. The Commission voted to forward a positive recommendation to the City Council (7-2)
with the following modifications:
- The limit on distribution land uses be removed.
- The wetland buffer is expanded to up to 300 feet instead of up to 200 feet.
Based on the conversation, the Commissioners who voted no did so because one would like to see
more open space preserved and does not support the vision for light -industrial development, and
the other indicated that they were not in support of removing the limitation on distribution uses.
PROPOSED DRAFT: The draft forwarded to the City Council includes modifications to the draft
plan that address the conditions of approval by the Planning Commission, as well as the
recommended changes proposed by Planning Staff based on public comment:
- Page 10: “The Plan Area…is nestled between wetland spillover from the Great Salt
Lake…”
o Deleted the word “spillover” as it implies excess, wasted, low value, and is not an
ecological term.
- Page 24: Added "and other contrast mitigation building and landscape features" to the
sentence addressing building color and materials. While colors that blend in with the
natural surroundings are essential, there may be additional contrast mitigation techniques
that are necessary and appropriate in specific areas such as the land close to 3200 West.
- Page 32: Evaluate the Feasibility of Acquiring Sensitive Lands as City-Owned Open Space
o In addition to lands adjacent to the Jordan River mentioned in the text, open land
and wetlands along 3200 W was also added as an area for priority open space
preservation.
- Included the notation on the vision map regarding wetland applicability (jurisdictional and
non-jurisdictional) on page 35 as well.
Planning Commission (PC) Records
a) PC Agenda for July 27, 2022 (Click to Access)
b) PC Minutes for July 27, 2022 (Click to Access)
c) PC Staff Report for July 27, 2022 (Click to Access)
d) PC Agenda for October 26, 2022 (Click to Access)
e) PC Minutes for October 26, 2022 (Click to Access)
f) PC Staff Report for October 26, 2022 (Click to Access)
g) PC Agenda for December 14, 2022 (Click to Access)
h) PC Minutes for December 14, 2022 (Click to Access)
i) PC Staff Report for December 14, 2022 (Click to Access)
EXHIBITS:
1) Chronology
2) City Council Public Hearing Notice
3) Northpoint Small Area Plan Draft
4) Public Comments Received
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
OFFICE OF THE MAYOR
P.O. BOX 145474
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 306
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5474
WWW.SLCMAYOR.COM
TEL 801-535-7704
January 30, 2022
Dear City Councilmembers:
As you consider adoption of the Northpoint Small Area Plan, per City Code section 2.06.035.C.2,
I am submitting a letter for your consideration. Section2.06.035 allows the city administration
to provide a different recommendation than the Planning Commission by submitting a letter
outlining the mayor’s position as part of the administrative transmittal. The Northpoint Small
Area Plan is such a case.
On December 14, 2022, the Planning Commission recommended the City Council approve the
Northpoint Small Area Plan with two modifications. First, to remove Planning Staff’s
recommendation to limit distribution land uses in the plan area; and second, to increase the
development buffer from wetlands from 200 feet to 300 feet. I applaud the Planning
Commission for their dedication to preserving and protecting wetland areas by increasing the
buffer width; however, I am concerned that removing the limit on distribution land uses will
negatively impact the existing rural characteristics of the area, potentially increase the amount
of air pollution generated by the future use of land in the area, and expand the amount of land in
the City that is available for warehouse and distribution uses.
The Northpoint plan boundary is unique within Salt Lake City and any future planning should
be sensitive to the existing context and rural nature of the area. While development of the area is
ongoing and that pressure will likely continue in the future, planning should promote an
appropriate transition of land uses that can coexist with the existing rural residential and
agricultural uses, as well as minimize impacts to the environment and natural habitat. Planning
must also consider appropriate land uses to reduce exposure to air pollution created by
airplanes taking off and landing from the Salt Lake City International Airport, especially as the
airport considers lengthening existing runways that will further impact the Northpoint area.
There are nearly 17,000 acres of land in Salt Lake City that are currently zoned M-1 Light
Industrial Zoning District. It is the largest zoning district in the city in terms of acreage, while
also one of the least restrictive in permitted and conditional land uses. There are no limitations
on warehousing or distribution uses. If more area is allowed to develop with these uses it likely
increases the amount of air pollution generated in the city through an increase in semi-truck
traffic and requires more resources to maintain city streets.
I recommend that the City Council consider Planning Staff’s recommendation to limit
distribution land uses to prevent the area from becoming primarily a warehouse and
distribution center. This could be achieved by limiting the development of such uses where they
are not currently allowed by zoning. This is a vital step to implementing the city’s vision – one
that respects the existing residential and agriculture properties, the environment, and wildlife,
while allowing for appropriate light-manufacturing development.
This vision can be achieved through prioritizing and expanding the recommended Northpoint
specific development code, which is identified as a critical action item in the plan. Expansion of
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
OFFICE OF THE MAYOR
P.O. BOX 145474
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 306
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5474
WWW.SLCMAYOR.COM
TEL 801-535-7704
the code recommendation could include limiting building footprints, lot coverage, and building
height to encourage a greater mix of land uses and prevent large scale buildings that are only
suitable for distribution. Additionally, the Council could consider restricting or limiting the uses
in the land use tables within the Northpoint development code.
In addition to my recommendation above, please consider the Northpoint Small Area Plan
guidance for zoning assignment of annexation in the area. In future review of annexation
petitions, I request that the Council also consider the recommended Northpoint Small Area Plan
policies and development code in any development agreement to ensure the vision for the area is
respected and realized.
Thank you for your consideration,
Erin Mendenhall
Mayor
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. _____ of 2023
(Adopting the Northpoint Small Area Plan)
An ordinance adopting the Northpoint Small Area Plan as part of Salt Lake City’s general
plan.
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission held a hearing on December 14,
2022 on a petition by the City Council to adopt an update to the Northpoint Small Area Plan as a
geographically-specific part of Salt Lake City’s general plan required by Part 4 of Utah Code
Chapter 10-9a; and
WHEREAS, at its December 14, 2022 meeting, the Planning Commission voted in favor
of forwarding a positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) on said
petition; and
WHEREAS, after holding a public hearing on this matter, the City Council has
determined that adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. Adopting the Northpoint Small Area Plan. That the Northpoint Small
Area Plan provided in Exhibit “A” attached hereto is adopted as part of Salt Lake City’s general
plan as required by Part 4 of Utah Code Chapter 10-9a.
SECTION 2. Effective Date. This ordinance shall become effective on the date of its
first publication.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ______________,
2023.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
Mayor's Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
______________________________
MAYOR
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ________ of 2023.
Published: ______________.
Ordinance adopting the Northpoint Small Area Plan
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:__________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Katherine D. Pasker, Senior City Attorney
December 16, 2022
EXHIBIT “A”
Northpoint Small Area Plan
1. CHRONOLOGY
Northpoint Small Area Plan
Project Chronology
PLNPCM2022-00687
May 2021: Contract with the consultant, Logan Simpson, finalized
July 22, 2021: City Council briefing
August 2021: An informational postcard was mailed to property owners within the study area
informing them of the project and stakeholder interview opportunities
August 2021: Logan Simpson (consultant) held one-on-one meetings
August 2021: Logan Simpson and Salt Lake City Planning Staff attended the Westpointe
Night Out event.
August 12, 2021: Steering Committee meeting
November 10, 2021: Westpointe Community Council presentation
February 17, 2022: Steering Committee meeting
April 4, 2022: Steering Committee meeting
April 29, 2022: An informational postcard was mailed to property owners within the study
area informing them of the upcoming workshop and providing them with a QR code to obtain
more information and take a property owner questionnaire.
March 2 – 30, 2022: Property Owner Questionnaire
March 9, 2022: Westpointe Community Council presentation
May 16, 2022: Draft Concepts public workshop
May 17 – June 30: Draft Concepts Online Questionnaire was available to the public
June 27, 2022: Steering Committee meeting
July 22, 2022: Draft Plan published and noticed for public review
July 27, 2022: Planning Commission briefing
August 2, 2022: Logan Simpson and Salt Lake City Planning Staff attended the Westpointe
Night Out event.
September 20, 2022: City Council briefing on the draft plan
October 18, 2022: Revised Draft Plan published for Planning Commission public hearing
October 26, 2022: Planning Commission Public Hearing
November 9, 2022: Westpointe Community Council presentation
November 16, 2022: Revised Draft Plan published for Planning Commission public hearing
December 14, 2022: Planning Commission Public Hearing and Recommendation
December 15, 2022: Ordinance request sent to City Attorney’s Office
December 16, 2022: Signed ordinance received from City Attorney’s Office
2. CITY COUNCIL PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING
The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2022-00687 – Northpoint Small
Area Plan – A request by the City Council to revise and complete an update to the Northpoint
Small Area Plan. The Northpoint Small Area Plan is a land use plan for the land that is generally
located between the Salt Lake City International Airport and the northern boundary of the city
along the 2200 West corridor. The Northpoint Small Area Plan was adopted in April 2000. The
updated plan will provide guidance on existing and anticipated development in the area, as well as
annexation-related issues. As part of the plan update, the Salt Lake City Major Streets Plan will be
amended to reflect recommended roadway alignments. Information on the proposal can found on
the City’s webpage for the proposal at the following link:
https://www.slc.gov/planning/2022/10/13/northpoint-small-area-plan/
As part of their review, the City Council is holding an advertised public hearing to receive
comments regarding the petition. During this hearing, anyone desiring to address the City Council
concerning this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The hearing will be held
electronically:
DATE:
TIME: 7:00 p.m.
PLACE: Electronic and in-person options.
451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah
** This meeting will be held via electronic means, while also providing for an in-person
opportunity to attend or participate in the hearing at the City and County Building, located at 451
South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah. For more information, including WebEx
connection information, please visit www.slc.gov/council/virtual-meetings. Comments may also
be provided by calling the 24-Hour comment line at (801) 535-7654 or sending an email to
council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments received through any source are shared with the
Council and added to the public record.
If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please call
Krissy Gilmore at 801-535-7780 between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through
Friday or via e-mail at Kristina.Gilmore@slcgov.com. The application details can be accessed at
https://citizenportal.slcgov.com/ , by selecting the “Planning” tab and entering the petition number
PLNPCM2022-00687.
People with disabilities may make requests for reasonable accommodation, which may include
alternate formats, interpreters, and other auxiliary aids and services. Please make requests at least
two business days in advance. To make a request, please contact the City Council Office at
council.comments@slcgov.com, 801-535-7600, or relay service 711. (P 19-19)
4. NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN DRAFT
NORTHPOINT
Small Area Plan
Salt Lake City
Adoption Draft, January 2023
DRAFT
2
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Introduction ....................................................4
Location .................................................................................................................6
Plan Context and Purpose .....................................................................................7
Guide to this Plan ...................................................................................................8
Executive Summary .............................................................................................10
Chapter 2 The Vision ....................................................12
Constraints to the Vision .....................................................................................14
Land Use Categories ............................................................................................15
Vision Map ...........................................................................................................16
Design Standards ................................................................................................18
Chapter 3 Implementation ...........................................30
Critical Path Implementation Items ....................................................................32
Additional Implementation Items ........................................................................34
Chapter 4 The Toolkit ....................................................36
Using the Toolkit ..................................................................................................38
Land Preservation Tools .......................................................................................40
Financial Implementation Tools ..........................................................................46
DRAFT
Appendix A Existing Conditions
Appendix B Public Input
Appendix C Constraints Analysis
Appendix D Full Financial Analysis
Appendix E Major Streets Plan Amendment
DRAFT
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
6
Location
The Northpoint Plan Area is located just north of
Downtown Salt Lake City, near Farmington Bay
and the Great Salt Lake. The Plan Area is bounded
to the east by Interstate 215 and is comprised
of mainly agricultural, industrial and residential
uses.
Northpoint lies within the northwest quadrant
of Salt Lake City, adjacent to vital environmental
resources including the Jordan River and playas
and wetlands associated with the Great Salt Lake.
Over half of the property in Northpoint is currently
under the jurisdiction of Salt Lake County and
consists of agricultural uses, business park
development, industrial and commercial zoning.
Environmental considerations greatly influence
the future growth and development of the area.
Directly south of Northpoint is Salt Lake City
International Airport, which provides opportunities
for and constraints to the potential development
within Northpoint. The airport continues to expand
through ongoing renovations and is currently
being guided by the 2022 Salt Lake International
Airport Master Plan. Its proximity is a defining
factor of the Plan Area.
Northpoint is also adjacent to several recreational
areas including the Wasatch Mountain Range,
with its many trails, the Jordan River OHV State
Recreation Area, and the Salt Lake City Regional
Athletic Complex.
Introduction Overview
Graphic 1.1 | Northpoint Plan Area
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 7
Esri,H ERE,Garmin,(c)OpenStreetMapc ontributors,andt he GISu serc ommunity
Jurisdiction
Plan Context and Purpose
In 2000, a Northpoint Small Area Plan was
adopted with goals to eliminate potential land
use conflicts between the Salt Lake International
Airport, future development, and the existing
agricultural lifestyle. Other notable planning
efforts for this region include the 1992 Northwest
and the Jordan River/Airport Plan which address
the Northpoint Plan Area, the Great Salt Lake
wetlands and Jordan River, the Salt Lake Airport,
and surrounding land; the 2020 Blueprint Jordan
River Plan which illustrates a cohesive vision
for the River as it stretches through multiple
jurisdictions; the 2021 Salt Lake City International
Airport Master Plan; and the 2021 Salt Lake County
West General Plan.
The northwest portion of Salt Lake City is
limited by multiple layers of constraints, mostly
environmental, but also due to airport activity,
connectivity, and social equity issues. It is one
of the largest growth areas for the City, but quite
possibly, the most difficult to develop. This
Plan addresses the natural environment, built
environment, and community attributes. Many
factors contribute to constraints facing the area,
however many attributes act as opportunities.
The Northpoint Small Area Plan Update is a
response to the rapid pace of growth and change
in the northwest portion of Salt Lake City and the
anticipated new business park and light industrial
uses in the area. The key goals of this Plan are to:
»Identify appropriate future land use and
development characteristics for the area
that can coexist with the wildlife habitat
and natural environment of the Great Salt
Lake, and the operations of the Salt Lake
City International Airport.
»Update future annexation potential for
unincorporated land within Salt Lake
County.
»Identify appropriate infrastructure
requirements, including utilities and
roadways, to support the future land use in
the area.
»Identify appropriate buffering, building
design, and development characteristics
to reduce the impacts to residential and
agricultural uses, important wildlife habitat,
and other uses within the plan area.
»Recommend methods to reduce the
negative impacts that future land uses may
have on air quality, water quality, noise, and
light.
Graphic 1.2 | Northpoint Jurisdictions
Salt Lake City
Salt Lake County
DRAFT
8
Guide to This Plan
Plan
Salt Lake
Northpoint
Small Area Plan
Land Use Code and Zoning
Ordinances
Design
Standards Incentives Tools and
Actions
Introduction
This document is intended to support Salt Lake City’s overarching vision established in Plan Salt Lake
while also providing tailored tools to help the Plan Area grow appropriately. Once the Northpoint Small
Area Plan is adopted, its supplemental recommendations will guide applicants to develop within
the scope of the Community’s Vision. This plan should be referenced when discretionary land use
decisions are being made. These recommendations include, design standards, land acquisition tools,
regulatory tools, and incentive based tools.
Master plans detail the vision, policy, and framework of the community that will guide growth and
development over time. As the plan area transitions from greenfield and rural residential to industrial
and business park, this plan outlines specific design standards and action steps the City can implement
to mitigate the impact of new development on the surrounding natural habitat and existing residential
properties.
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 9
Public Process
This planning process included one-
on-one interviews with residents,
developers, environmental
groups, and City and ounty staff,
a public open house, two public
questionnaires, and a property owner-
specific questionnaire. With several
applications active in the Plan Area
at the time this project started,
it became apparent early on that
habitat preservation and residential
quality of life were primary concerns.
This shaped the Plan, shifting focus
from land use recommendations to
tools available to the City to preserve
habitat, mitigate impacts of new
development on residents, water and
air quality, and wildlife, and determine
appropriate improvements to existing
infrastructure.
195
820
DRAFT
10
Executive Summary
The Northpoint Small Area Plan is a detailed master plan for the Northwestern Community of Salt
Lake City. The Plan Area contains large amounts of underdeveloped land, nestled between wetlands
from the Great Salt Lake to the west and urban growth to the east. Additionally, parts of the Plan Area
are fragmented with unincorporated County land and airport-owned property. A clear plan is needed
to address the development pressures in the Plan Area, which continue to increase despite natural
constraints. The Northpoint Small Area Plan aims to guide future development based on the previously
adopted community plans and future land uses that the City has identified as appropriate to the area.
While many property owners intend to retain their property as agricultural land, redevelopment and
new development is anticipated to be primarily light industrial and manufacturing. The Plan contains
three elements to guide growth into the future:
Vision Map
The Northpoint area has experienced growth that can conflict; industrial development adjacent to
agriculture and residential uses, and developments adjacent to or abutting critical habitat areas
(i.e. wetlands and upland). Industrial development has begun, and is expected to continue, to creep
into this area of Salt Lake City. Understanding this reality, the Northpoint Vision is to balance the
anticipated growth of light industrial and manufacturing uses with the existing and continued
residential and agricultural uses of the area. This will be accomplished through outlining mitigation
strategies for high-impact development directed at preserving quality of life for residents and the
natural environment.
Design Standards
The design standards are directly connected to the anticipated future development in the area.
Building and site design have the ability to affect built environments in impactful ways. When applied
with a clear vision in mind, design standards can shape development that reduces visual and physical
land use conflicts. The standards touch on each land use designation and provide clear direction as
to how the area should be built. Although the standards are separately outlined in the plan, they are
implied to be implemented with the other action items.
Implementation
What separates the plan from a design standards manual, is the comprehensive action items that are
addressed in the implementation chapter. The action items range from strategies to best preserve
open space and critical habitats, recommends further study for service and infrastructure needs,
annexation of unincorporated properties within the Plan Area, and funding tools that will help the Plan
Area grow responsibly. These elements can be applied to the area as a whole and provide different
initiatives aside from traditional zoning regulation guidance. There are three action items identified as
“critical path”, being the most critical to complete once this plan is adopted. These action items are:
»Services and Infrastructure | Evaluate Funding Solutions to Redesign 2200 W and Construct
2900 W
»Built Environment and Design | Adopt Development Code Updates and Codify the Design
Standards Herein
»Natural Environment and Preservation | Evaluate the Feasibility of Acquiring Sensitive Lands as
City-Owned Open Space
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 11
Goals of this Plan
»Identify appropriate future land use and development characteristics for the area that can
coexist with the wildlife habitat and natural environment of the Great Salt Lake, and the
operations of the Salt Lake City International Airport.
»Update future annexation potential for unincorporated land within Salt Lake County.
»Identify appropriate infrastructure requirements, including utilities and roadways, to support
the future land use in the area.
»Identify appropriate buffering, building design, and development characteristics to reduce
the impacts to residential and agricultural uses, important wildlife habitat, and other uses
within the corridor.
»Recommend methods to reduce the negative impacts that future land uses may have on air
quality, water quality, noise, and light.
Vision Map Categories
See more on page 16
Key Design Standards
See more on page 20
Critical Implementation
See more on page 32
NATURAL OPEN SPACE
Areas where development is limited
to passive recreational amenities
TRANSITIONAL
Areas that are currently residential.
New development will be subject to
impact mitigation measures
BUSINESS PARK/INDUSTRIAL
Areas anticipated to develop as
Business Park and Light Industrial
AIRPORT
Areas owned by the Salt Lake City
International Airport
Limit maximum building frontage
along 2200 W
Maintain buffers between new
development and existing
wetlands, canals, drains, and the
Jordan River
Maintain a 65-foot buffer
between new development and
existing residential
Allow clustering of buildings to
maximize buffers
Emphasize appropriate building
materials and encourage native
landscaping
Services and Infrastructure
Evaluate funding solutions to
redesign 2200 W and construct
2900 W
Built Environment and Design
Create a Northpoint specific
development code and codify the
Design Standards
Natural Environment/Preservation
Evaluate the feasibility of
acquiring sensitive lands as
city-owned open space
How Will We Get There?DRAFT
CHAPTER 2
THE VISION
14
Constraints to the Vision
As discussed in Chapter 1, the Plan
Area consists of several development
constraints ranging from sensitive
wetland habitat to airport influence
zone regulations. Mapping these
constraints is a crucial first step in
determining the areas most suitable for
new development and identifying areas
that should be preserved as habitat
and open space. The Constraints Map
illustrates the results of this analysis
and may be used to prioritize sensitive
lands for preservation or acquisition.
For a detailed analysis of development
constraints and opportunities used
in this analysis, see Appendix C.
Constraints reviewed in this analysis
included:
»Designated Wetlands
»Salt Lake City International
Airport-Owned Properties
»Utility and Open Space Easements
»Airport Influence Zones (A, B, C)
»Viable Agriculture
»Airport Noise Contours
Using the Vision Map and
Design Standards
The Vision Map in this chapter is intended to show where additional standards are necessary to
ensure future development is compatible with existing residential, agricultural, and sensitive habitats.
To use this chapter, review the Vision Map and accompanying Design Standards. It is intended that
the following design standards be incorporated into Salt Lake City Zoning and Development Code to
apply to new development in the Plan Area.
The Northpoint Vision Overview
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
¯
Most suitable
for development
Least suitable
for development
NORTHPOINT CONSTRAINTS MAP
Graphic 2.1 | Constraints Analysis for Northpoint
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 15
Natural Open Space
Purpose: Natural Open Space areas are those that should be preserved as natural open space
and prohibit development. The Natural Open Space district aims to connect critical habitats in
the least fragmented way possible considering development trends in the Plan Area.
Applicability: These areas include designated wetlands, uplands, existing recreational amenities,
and areas connecting them. All designated wetlands, uplands, and other sensitive lands fall
under the Natural Open Space district.
Use Standards: Development in these areas should be limited to passive recreational opportunities,
trailheads, and small parking areas to serve recreational uses. Adjacent land uses will be subject
to mitigation.
Transitional
Purpose: The purpose of this zone is to mitigate the impacts of Business Park/Industrial
development on residential and agricultural properties.
Applicability: New development is anticipated to be primarily light industrial with a focus on
manufacturing land uses. There are no properties in the Plan Area that are identified for new
residential development.
Use Standards: Residential properties shall be subject to natural habitat impact mitigation
standards such as buffering critical areas from all development. Should any residential
properties transition to BP/Industrial, all BP/Industrial standards will apply.
Business Park/Industrial
Purpose: Business and light industrial development is anticipated in the Plan Area. The majority
of the Plan Area will convert to light industrial, manufacturing, or business properties.
Applicability: The BP/I district applies to properties that do not contain significant constraints
such as wetlands, uplands, existing residential, or other major limitations.
Use Standards: Development in these areas will be reviewed closely for impact to existing
residents and sensitive lands and may require additional mitigation designs focused on
protecting the natural environment and quality of life of existing residents.
Airport
Purpose: These areas are owned by the Salt Lake International Airport, though there are no plans
currently to develop these areas.
Applicability: The Airport district applies to properties that are owned by the Salt Lake International
Airport.
Use Standards: Development in these areas should be limited to passive recreational opportunities,
natural open space, and utility and infrastructure needed for the Salt Lake International Airport.
Land Use Categories
DRAFT
16
Protected
Open Space
22
0
0
W
29
0
0
W
W Center St
32
0
0
W
(
u
n
p
a
v
e
d
)
3200N
2670N
2100N
1700N
3130N
J
o
r
d
a
n
R
i
v
e
r
R
u
d
y
C
a
n
a
l
Recla
i
m
a
t
i
o
n
D
i
t
c
h
Ci
t
y
D
r
a
i
n
W
e
s
t
B
r
a
n
c
h
Le
g
a
c
y
P
k
w
y
Rocky
M
o
u
n
t
a
i
n
Power
E
a
s
e
m
e
n
t
Roc
k
y
M
o
u
n
t
a
i
n
Pow
e
r
E
a
s
e
m
e
n
t
215
215
Graphic 2.2 | Northpoint Vision Map
NORTHPOINT VISION MAP
Water
Designated Wetland*
Natural Open Space
Business Park / Industrial
Transitional
Land UsesProtected
Open Space
22
0
0
W
29
0
0
W
W Center St
32
0
0
W
(
u
n
p
a
v
e
d
)
3200N
2670N
2100N
1700N
3130N
J
o
r
d
a
n
R
i
v
e
r
R
u
d
y
C
a
n
a
l
Recla
i
m
a
t
i
o
n
D
i
t
c
h
Ci
t
y
D
r
a
i
n
W
e
s
t
B
r
a
n
c
h
Le
g
a
c
y
P
k
w
y
Rocky
M
o
u
n
t
a
i
n
Power
E
a
s
e
m
e
n
t
Roc
k
y
M
o
u
n
t
a
i
n
Pow
e
r
E
a
s
e
m
e
n
t
215
215
Airport
*Wetlands include both jurisdictional and non-jurisdictional wetlands. The Vision
Map is intended as a general guide for wetland areas, but specific wetland
delineation should be done when land is developed. Identification of wetlands
primarily involves the determination of three factors: the predominance of
wetland vegetation, hydric (wetland) soils, and signs of hydrology.
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 17
Without Design Standards With Design Standards
Smaller buildings facing existing residential and major roadways, largest buildings in the middle of development.
Greater attention to building design (i.e. building materials, lighting, landscaping, etc.).
Allow clustering of buildings in favor of preserving connected habitat and critical open space.
No restrictions on building size near/facing existing residential.
Typical industrial development styles can disturb natural habitat with disruptive materials, lighting, hazardous landscaping and fencing, etc.
Minimum lot sizes and open space requirements force buildings to be oriented in an inefficient way, taking up more native land than needed.
EFFECT OF DESIGN STANDARDS
DRAFT
18
Design Standards
Land Use
Business Park/
Industrial Transitional
Minimum Setback of New Development
Designated Wetlands up to 300 ft1, 2 75 ft1, 2
Canals and Drains 75 ft 75 ft
Jordan River 100 ft1, 2 75 ft1, 2
Existing Residential 65 ft 65 ft
Maximum Continuous Building Frontage on 2200 W 400 ft 250 ft
1 | Should preserve uninterrupted connection between wetlands and uplands
2 | Should include and maintain a planted stormwater mitigation element such as a bioswale
Setbacks and Buffers
Buffers and setbacks are intended to reduce the adverse impacts of adjacent land uses and provide important habitats for wildlife that utilize buffer areas. While setbacks shown in this document are intended to extend from the natural feature (i.e., designated wetland or canal) to any impervious built surface of new development (i.e., sidewalks, parking lots), specific details will be determined when the setback is adopted into code. Setbacks from natural features may include landscaping and stormwater management.
Required setbacks for new development adjacent to existing residential are intended to extend from new structure to existing residential structure(s). Setbacks from residential structures may include sidewalks, parking lots, etc.
A maximum building length along 2200 West is recommended to reduce the impact of large-scale industrial development on longstanding agricultural and residential uses, as well as maintain habitat connections.
Smaller setbacks in the transition area are intended to allow flexibility for residential development under the existing zoning. As development intensity increases with the development of business park or light industrial land uses, the greater setbacks apply.
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 19
Preferred Buffer for Development Adjacent to Wetlands/Uplands
* When buffer is applied during development of a property the City must consider the potential
for a regulatory taking of property. DRAFT
20
Design Standards
1 | Habitat Mitigation Standards
1.1 | Grading Limitations
Considering limitations to grading can help
minimize impacts to native vegetation. It is
important for only areas planned for development
to be cleared and graded as it can allow for natural
drainage courses to be maintained and reduces
the need to manage stormwater flows.
◊ Soil cover or ramps shall be included to
allow for movement of wildlife through the
drainages.
◊ Excavation methods such as installation of
underdrains should be considered.
◊ Vertical drop structures and concrete lined
channels should be avoided.
◊ Use of large angular rip-rap for erosion control
should be limited.
◊ Non-structural features that also provide
riparian habitat should be considered.
◊ Where possible, development should relate
the building to the natural site by stepping
buildings and avoiding mass leveling of the
site.
1.2 | Fencing and Walls
Fences and walls can be barriers to wildlife and
impede the movement of wildlife between habitat
areas. Although fencing can be used to exclude
wildlife, it should be applied in very specific areas
that do not restrict larger wildlife movement
and migration patterns or access to food, water,
shelter, or potential mates.
◊ Fencing shall be permeable to allow for the
safe passage of animals and facilitate wildlife
movement through existing or constructed
wildlife corridors.
◊ Natural barriers for privacy purposes shall
consist of natural materials where possible,
such as boulders, densely-planted vegetation,
or rip-rap.
◊ Decorative fencing features that could be
hazardous to wildlife shall be prohibited
including:
»Pointed or narrow extensions at the top of
fences.
»Wires that may entangle animals.
»Hollow fence posts that are open at the
top when birds or other small animals may
become entrapped in an open cavity.
Standards for All New Development
Graphic 2.3 | Native Landscaping
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 21
1.3 | Dark Sky Lighting
Lighting is an important element in built environments that allows for a perceived sense of safety
at night. However, without appropriate design and placement, outdoor light fixtures can sometimes
be inefficient. Outdoor lighting in the Plan Area should be designed in a way that benefits the built
environment without negatively impacting the natural environment. Artificial lighting can disrupt
wildlife’s natural patterns and behaviors.
Graphic 2.4 | Dark Sky Friendly Lighting
◊ Lighting in non-functional spaces is prohibited
(i.e. architectural and landscape lighting is not
necessary for function of built environments).
◊ Light fixtures with motion or heat sensor may
be used to keep lights off when lighting is not
required.
◊ Lighting should consist of International Dark
Sky Association (IDA) approved fixtures.
◊ Electronic message centers (EMC) shall
be switched off completely after 11pm (or
30 minutes after the close of business for
on-premises signs, whichever is later), and
remain off until one hour before sunrise.
◊ EMCs applications for traffic and safety
information shall be exempt from
curfew.
◊ Light fixtures shall be selectively placed and
fully shielded (i.e. light shall only be emitted
downward and not above an imaginary
horizontal plane passing through the light
source).
◊ Lights shall be directed away from natural
areas.
◊ Lighting shall use timers to automatically
turnoff outside of hours of operation.
◊ Outdoor lighting shall be a color temperature
of 3,000 kelvin or less.DRAFT
22
Design Standards
2 | Water Conscious Development
2.1 | Landscaping
Regulating native species in landscape design
can lead to low-maintenance and water-wise
environments that reflect the natural environment
in the built environment. Additionally, habitat
value can be increased when landscaping isn’t
overly manicured. However, weeds and invasive
species should be controlled so that they do not
compete with native species for necessary water
and nutrients.
◊ Landscaped areas shall follow Low Impact
Develpoment (LID) principles.
◊ Landscaping shall consist of native, adaptive,
and drought-tolerant plantings.
◊ New construction shall follow the Salt Lake
City Tree Protection and Preservation Policy.
◊ Landscaping shall not require modifications to
the native soil.
◊ Minimize irrigated landscape areas and utilize
naturalized swales.
◊ Fertilizers and herbicides shall be prohibited.
◊ Development adjacent to wetlands
and uplands shall adhere to the buffer
requirements herein and include on-site
stormwater management.
Graphic 2.5 | Stormwater Runoff Design
2.2 | Stormwater Management
As undeveloped land becomes developed with
hard surface materials, loss of permeable
surfaces will have a direct affect on stormwater
runoff. It is essential to avoid stormwater contact
with industrial materials and activities and to
avoid point-source pollution and degradation of
the wetlands, uplands, and other natural habitat.
There are comprehensive best management
practice guides that can help applicant navigate
the best solution for the specific use.
◊ Significant new development resulting
in a change of land use shall include
environmental impact mitigation measures
and align them with current executive orders
and master plans.
◊ Embankments and spillways shall be
designed and approved by engineers that
specialize in stormwater management and
ecologically friendly design.
◊ Stormwater systems shall not diminish water
flow to wetlands.
◊ Sedimentation systems may be used.
»Sediment systems are more efficient with
pollutants associated with metals, organic
compounds, and other oxygen-demanding
substances. There are limitations with
sediment systems as small particles do not
always settle therefore the substances in
the industrial stormwater discharge should
be evaluated prior to implementation.
◊ Detention ponds may be utilized with an
underdrain to outlet to allow water to slowly
release into proper stormwater systems.
◊ Retention ponds may be utilized to regularly
contain water on site and via infiltration.
◊ Infiltration systems may be utilized to capture
and infiltrate runoff in order to reduce runoff
volume.
»i.e. Infiltration Trenches, basins, bio-retention
systems and underground infiltration tanks.
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 23
Graphic 2.9 | Porous Surface Street Edge
Graphic 2.8 | Native Landscaping
Graphic 2.7 | Bioswale
Graphic 2.6 | Bioswale
3 | Airport Conflict Mitigation
Aviation adjacent to the Plan Area has been around for many
years. Similarly to the rest of Salt Lake Valley, the Airport, too,
has grown and anticipates further growth into the future. It is
important to account for current and future impacts.
3.1 | Noise
Regulation programs like Federal Aviation Regulation (FAR) Part
150 Noise, should be implemented on airport owned properties as
to mitigate the impacts of noise. This program was established
by the Aviation Safety and Noise Abatement Act of 1979 and
sets forth the measure that a specific airport operator has taken
to reduce the impacts of noise.
3.2 | Land Use Compatibility
Local land use planning such as this plan can better prepare for
the implications of planning around airports, and other airport-
related development. Land use decisions around the airport
properties should account for the impacts and determine
whether the proposed use is appropriate. This can be hindered
when multiple jurisdictions regulate the surrounding lands,
however, there are tools such as annexation to consolidate
regulatory authority and ensure that only appropriate land use
decisions are made.DRAFT
24
Graphic 2.10 | Natural Design Elements
Graphic 2.11| Natural Building Materials
Graphic 2.12 | Interior Courtyard
4 | Visual Design
Conscious design can help enhance compatibility
between various uses and ensure that development fits
in with the surrounding natural environment as best as
possible.
◊ Units (and open space required by code) shall be
organized or “clustered” in an efficient manner on
properties where doing so will allow for larger habitat
buffers.
◊ Building frontages along 2200 W shall not exceed
400 ft in length.
◊ Uninterrupted horizontal expanses of 100 ft in length
of any opaque material, including opaque glass,
shall be prohibited on building frontages visible from
public streets.
◊ Natural building materials, colors, and other contrast
mitigation building and landscape features shall be
included in the exterior of buildings to mitigate the
contrast of the built and natural environment.
◊ Mirrored or highly reflective glass is prohibited.
◊ Mechanical systems/equipment shall be shielded
with barriers such as foliage and fences.
◊ Common design elements shall be included in
Business Park-zoned development.
»Designs should have a variety of unit sizes to
accommodate different uses and the structural
layout should also allow for flexibility.DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 25
Standards for Transitional Areas
Development within Transitional Areas will be held to the standards previously mentioned with the
following additional standards.
1 | Industrial Land Use Mitigation
As industrial developments increase in the Plan Area, it is
essential to recognize the compatibility issues associated
with industrial land uses and be able to mitigate issues
through building and site design. Industrial developments
intrinsically contain issues with noise, odor, dust, traffic, light,
air quality, and visual/design elements, therefore mitigation
is necessary.
1.1 | Noise
Industrial uses can have implications on noise that can
affect adjacent land uses and also the natural environment.
Noise can be classified into two different types: airborne and
structure borne. Airborne is from the source to the receiver
and can travel in all directions whereas structure-borne is
vibrations through materials. Regardless of noise type,
mitigation efforts should be in place prior, during, and after
development. The following strategies are ways to mitigate
the unwanted and unnecessary noise impacts due to industrial development.
◊ Noise impacts shall be mitigated by absorption, barriers, and/or damping.
»Absorption works towards dissipating airborne acoustic sound waves. The best sound-absorbing
materials are acoustic foam, fabric panels, or underlayment. Common building materials do
not absorb most sound whereas softer materials, such as carpet, foam padding, and fiberglass
insulation are more efficient in dissipating noise.
»Physical barriers such as a berm or spatial separation that account for height, distance, thickness,
and material type can contribute to the extent of mitigation.
»Damping reduces acoustic vibration within a structure or wall.
◊ Building masses such as U or L shaped forms are preferred as they can contribute to noise
mitigation through spatial separation.
◊ Interior courtyards or garden spaces should be incorporated as they can be an effective noise
mitigation strategy by providing quiet and light-filled spaces.
◊ Vegetation should be high and dense when used for noise mitigation for significant effectiveness.
◊ Air-conditioning units should be substituted for pressurized plenum space where possible. A
plenum is a separate interior space provided for air circulation for heating, ventilation, and air-
conditioning.
Graphic 2.13 | Existing Residential in the Plan AreaDRAFT
26
Design Standards
1.2 | Odor
Unlike other externalities of industrial uses, odor can be difficult to measure due to its subjective
nature. However, there are some measures that can be taken to address the duration, frequency,
intensity, and location of noxious odors.
◊ Mitigating odor should start at the source of the emitter, such as food operations, traffic
emissions, chemical facilities, mechanical equipment pollution, and material handling.
Operational and engineering best practices can mitigate odors prior to being released in the
environment.
◊ If emissions cannot be prevented, various solutions can be applied such as:
»Plantings and trees to absorb and mask unpleasant smells as well as act as visual screening.
Additionally, plantings can act as ozone generator which eliminates odorous substances through
oxidation and are low maintenance. (Odor mitigation foliage include field maples, peace lily,
serviceberry, sansevieria).
»Dispersion to reduce consolidated emissions. Dispersion can look like increased separation
between odor source and receivers to allow for dilution or contain the dispersion in an enclosure
to prevent odors dispersing.
»Location of open tanks and storage piles. Limit the presence of smells such as locating open
tanks and storage piles away from residential and high-occupancy areas.
»Structure design elements. The operability and placement of windows and doors can also
prevent intrusion of odors.
1.3 | Air Quality
Encouraging and supporting occupants that engage in sustainable processes and produce minimal
emissions is the most effective way to mitigate air quality issues. In circumstances where this is
unavoidable, exhausting air with ventilation can be effective and dilution can be used to mitigate the
impacts ventilation can have on the surroundings.
◊ Apply in-room air cleaners and vegetation barriers to help mitigate localized air pollution.
◊ Use air filters and electronic air cleaners such as ionizers in duct-mounted and portable cleaners.
»i.e. activated carbon is an adsorbent media air filter.
◊ Green roofs may be incorporated to address on-site and off-site disturbances.
◊ Extensive venting should be used when possible.
◊ Operable windows should be used to provide direct ventilation where they do not conflict with
noise mitigation strategies.
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 27
1.4 | Traffic and Loading
Industrial development brings different vehicular traffic
expectations. The challenge lies in balancing street level,
building, and occupant needs. It is essential that industrial
land uses contain loading and unloading infrastructure as
the traffic associated with the use can have compatibility
issues with adjacent non-industrial uses. Certain elements
such as parking, loading bays, elevators, access points,
noise, and aesthetic can have implications on the area.
Establishing design standards can allow for the mitigation
of incompatibilities between the movement of people,
vehicles, and goods.
◊ Spatial Separation: Land uses that produce heavier traffic scenarios shall be placed away from
residential units.
◊ Vertical Stacking: Flat-roof style structures may be implemented for upper-floor parking and
loading.
◊ Access: Access shall be allowed from more than one side of a site to allow for better separation
of pedestrian, cycling, and vehicle access to reduce the risk of collisions and large distribution
vehicles.
◊ Laneways: Laneways shall be sensitive to pedestrian spaces by carving out walkable space
in the building mass. This includes vegetation, dark sky-friendly lighting, and amenities for
pedestrian use.
◊ Shared lobbies: Mixed-use buildings (including industrial and/or office spaces) may require
shared lobbies to foster community and interaction among tenants.
»It is important to ensure that there are not substantial conflicts between uses that have safety
implications.
◊ Location: Additional considerations for industrial and non-industrial compatibilities includes
proximity to future public transit which can reduce parking demands and activate streets for
more complete neighborhoods. These locations should be evaluated if public transit plans are
implemented in the Plan Area.
Graphic 2.14 | SLC Air Quality
DRAFT
28
Design Standards
Standards for Natural Open
Space
Natural open space consists of critical habitat, regionally
significant agriculture, and connecting open spaces.
Development in these areas is restricted to passive
recreational amenities.
1 | Wetland Design Standards
1.1 | Planting
Wetlands are home to very beneficial habitats that can
support carbon sequestration and improve water quality. As
development increases, mitigating the impacts on wetlands
is essential for the area. Plant species is an example of
a simple design standard that can be incorporated into
properties in a close proximity to this critical habitat.
◊ Encouraging and/or requiring native plant species
can promote healthy wetland habitat in the face of
increasing development.
◊ Non-native/invasive species mitigation: Upkeep of
vegetated areas should be a continuous effort of
property owners. This includes proper management of
invasive and non-native plant species that may have a
negative impact on the natural wetland habitat.
»Utilizing natural mitigation techniques should be
encouraged as to avoid run-off from herbicide and
pesticide product.
Graphic 2.15 | Outdoor Pavilion
Graphic 2.16 | Natural Landscaping
Graphic 2.17 | Nature-Inspired Design
Graphic 2.18 | Birds at the Great Salt Lake Graphic 2.19 | Education Center
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 29
1.2 | Trails and Boardwalks
Integrating boardwalks and trails adjacent and into wetlands can
provide educational and leisure activities for the community in
and beyond the Plan Area. Access to these critical areas must
be designed in a way that protects the natural habitat while also
providing experiences that are otherwise experienced by only a
few individuals. It is important to take inventory of the wetland
and partner with ecologists before implementing a trail system.
◊ Working group: Educational and recreational programming is
a welcomed amenity, however, start up can be difficult without
willing partners and active volunteers. Establishing a working
group can help implement a well-rounded, comprehensive
wetland program.
◊ Trail Kiosk and Parking: Integrating educational and
recreational opportunities with the wetlands can benefit those
beyond the Plan Area. Therefore, establishing a trail kiosk
and parking area will provide more convenient access to this
amenity area.
◊ Connectivity: Connecting the wetlands to the upland
environment can help the user experience the relationship
between the two environments.
◊ Signage: Creating a recognizable sign program can help users
identify the trails and remain on trail. The program can also
include interpretive signage that indicates points of interest,
or educational information about the wetlands and uplands.
◊ Trail type: It is important to evaluate what type of trails
are appropriate in and around the wetland to mitigate the
impacts on the natural environment. Purposeful design can
also help mitigate unnecessary costs for development and
maintenance.
»Trails rather than boardwalks are appropriate in areas where
there is raised ground through the wetland or around the
wetland. Soft-surface trails require little investment.
»Boardwalks are needed where adjacent lands are flat
(vegetation is tall) and allows for the ground beneath to
remain somewhat natural.
Graphic 2.23 | Wildlife Viewing and Fishing Access
Graphic 2.22 | Informational Signage
Graphic 2.21 | Boardwalk-Style Trail
Graphic 2.20 | Natural Multiuse Trail
DRAFT
CHAPTER 3
IMPLEMENTATION
32
Implementing the Vision
Implementation refers to the actions Salt Lake City should take to ensure the Plan Area develops in a
way that is consistent with the community’s vision. The most time-sensitive implementation actions
are included as critical path items. Following the critical path items is a list of additional action items
recommended to achieve the vision of this Plan.
A critical element in planning for any area is considering water sources and needs. Any development
in this area must adhere to Salt Lake City water-related plans and policies.
Critical Path Items
Critical path items are actions that should be abided by the City prior to and as development occurs.
Each critical path item will fall into at least one of the following categories: built environment/design,
services and infrastructure, and natural environment/preservation. These categories were identified
throughout the planning process and are integrated into the various sections of the Plan. The following
items are classified as an immediate need, as development pressures area already present in the Plan
Area.
Services and Infrastructure
Evaluate Funding Solutions to Redesign 2200 W and Construct 2900 W
Timeframe: Immediate
Responsibility: Various City Departments
2900 W is intended to be developed with the Scannell-Swaner Subdivision and will serve as an additional
major arterial road in this Plan Area. The redevelopment of 2200 W and the construction of 2900
W should consider increased vehicle volumes and incorporate pedestrian and biking infrastructure.
Below is a list of potential funding opportunities for this action. For a detailed analysis of these tools
and their applicability in the Plan Area, see the Financial Implementation Analysis in Appendix D.
»Tax Increment Areas
»Public Infrastructure Districts (PIDs)
»Special Assessment Areas (SAAs)
»Impact Fees
»Municipal Energy Tax
Natural Environment/Preservation
Evaluate the Feasibility of Acquiring Sensitive Lands as City-Owned Open Space
Timeframe: Immediate
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Council
There has been a large amount of support for the preservation of open space in the Plan Area, as it
serves as a cultural and historical landmark for the region and critical habitat for wildlife. Acquiring
and preserving available open space in this area for passive recreation is a high priority. Land adjacent
to the Jordan River and open land and wetlands adjacent to 3200 West should be a high priority for
preservation. For a list of recommended land acquisition tools, see Chapter 4.
Implementation Overview
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 33
Built Environment/Design
Adopt Development Code Updates
Timeframe: Immediate
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Council
There are several zoning designations within the Plan Area including Light Manufacturing (M-
1), Business Park (BP), and Agricultural/Rural Residential (AG-2, AG-5, and Salt Lake County A-2).
Although some properties will likely remain agricultural or rural residential, it is anticipated that this
area will slowly redevelop into primarily light manufacturing with some preserved open space areas.
General Development Code Updates
The simplest way to encourage development consistent with the City’s vision for the Plan Area is to
adopt minor edits to these zoning categories. While the City Council may eventually adopt an overlay
for the Plan Area, the following Zoning Code updates are “low-hanging fruit” the City can quickly
implement.
»Review landscape requirements to prohibit turf lawns and encourage native plantings in keeping
with wetland preservation, particularly in interface areas.
»Consider a reduction in minimum lot size if clustering for preservation areas.
»Reconsider setbacks in the zoning code if preserving native habitat, allow more flexibility of the
building envelope.
»In the BP zone, eliminate the requirement of an agricultural buffer in favor of an environmental
buffer (keep residential proximity protections when agriculture is a residential use).
»Amend the Riparian Corridor Overlay zone to include wetland protection buffers.
»Amend the Lowland Conservancy Overlay zone to include canals and drains in the Plan Area.
Northpoint Specific Development Code
The preferred approach to implement the vision for the Plan Area is a Northpoint-specific development
code. A Northpoint-specific code should include:
»Adopting the Design Standards from Chapter 2 of this document, which includes the recommended
setbacks and buffer areas, landscape requirements, building materials and design standards,
etc.
»Incentive-based tools for preserving open and sensitive lands, such as allowing an increase in
the maximum building façade length if preserving a larger amount of open space or buffer area
than required.
DRAFT
34
Create a local area utility plan
Timeframe: Immediate
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Department of Public Utilities
Require a local area utility plan to determine future Salt Lake City Department of Public Utilities
(SLCDPU) service availability and to ensure utility services can be provided based on the anticipated
future land use associated with new development. City policy is that upon the development of a
property, the developer will be required to identify and provide all utilities necessary to serve their
development, including water, sewer, and stormwater. A local area utility plan shall be provided to
SLCDPU for review to support any development application, to ensure adequate service availability,
and to identify impacts on existing systems.
Amend the Major Streets Plan
Timeframe: Immediate
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Planning Department and Transportation Division
Amend the Major Streets Plan to reflect the removal of 3200 W as a major road. While shown as a
local road on the proposed amended map, it is anticipated that 3200 W will remain an unimproved
dirt road and barrier for adjacent wetlands to the west. New development should be prohibited from
facing 3200 West. Additionally, the amended map includes the proposed roadway alignment of 2900
W and the realignment of 2100 North to access the airport. See Appendix E for the recommended
amendments.
Develop environmental impact standards and align them with current executive orders and master plans.
Timeframe: Short Term
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Planning Department
Create standards for new development that mitigate the impact of said development on nearby habitat
and sensitive areas. These standards may include elements such as water saving best practices, dark
sky ordinances, landscaping requirements, etc.
Additional Implementation Items
The following list includes recommended key action items to achieve the vision for the Northpoint
Plan Area.
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 35
Require a buffer of at least 75 feet between wetlands/uplands and any site development (e.g. buildings, parking, site features, and amenities) within the Northpoint Plan Area.
Timeframe: Short Term
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Planning Department
The Great Salt Lake is a complex and delicate ecosystem and impact to this habitat area by new
development should be carefully mitigated. A critical part of this mitigation is ensuring there is an
adequate buffer between development and the wetland/upland ecosystem. Wetlands include both
jurisdictional and non-jurisdictional wetlands. The Plan identifies up to a 300 foot buffer from wetland
areas. This should be implemented through either an update to the City’s existing Riparian Overlay
Zone or a new Northpoint specific development code.
In developing the updated code, the City should consider identifying priority wetland areas and applying
the maximum buffer to the highest priority wetlands. Reduced buffer widths may be appropriate based
on the condition, function, and goal of the specific wetland buffer. Additionally, the City should allow
flexibility of wetland buffers through incentive based tools. For example, the buffer width could be
reduced through mitigation measures that include native vegetation restoration.
Coordinate with Salt Lake County to provide efficient police and fire services in the Plan Area.
Timeframe: Short Term
Responsibility: City Council
To provide adequate emergency services to this area, the development of a joint Police/Fire station
may be required in the Plan Area. Coordinate with the Police and Fire Department to acquire funding
and land in the Plan Area for a new shared facility.
Support the annexation of contiguous parcels within the Plan Area.
Timeframe: Ongoing
Responsibility: Salt Lake City Planning Department
The City supports the annexation of contiguous parcels in this Plan Area for future development and
redevelopment.
DRAFT
CHAPTER 4
TOOLKIT
38
Using the Toolkit
The Northpoint Small Area Master Plan process spanned
fifteen months and included one-on-one interviews,
workshops, and other public events. As expressed by project
participants, key desired outcomes for the future of the Plan
Area include:
»Create a program to support a variety of incentives to
maintain or improve property values while preserving
open space.
»Identify a future land use plan that allows industrial
and business development while maintaining quality
of life for existing residential areas and preserving
natural habitat.
»Locate future development in a manner that can
support the efficient provision of city services.
»Identify appropriate buffering, building design, and
development characteristics to reduce impacts to the
environmental features and wildlife habitat associated
with the Great Salt Lake.
»Recommend methods to reduce the negative impacts
that future land uses may have on air quality, water
quality, noise, and light.
»Recommend tools to acquire and/or preserve open
space.
»Recommend strategies to improve traffic flow and
safety on 2200 W.
These desired outcomes suggest that while development
in the Plan Area is in high demand, policies and strategies
need to ensure that development is designed and arranged
in a manner that respects the area’s sensitive landscape.
Toolkit Overview
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 39
A variety of tools have been developed to protect
natural open space and locate, configure, and
design new development in a manner that
protects both existing habitat and natural open
spaces. The preservation tools described and
analyzed in this Chapter represent existing and
potential strategies for the protection of habitat
and open space in the Plan Area. Tools have
been categorized as regulatory, incentive, or land
acquisition. This is not an all-inclusive listing of
tools, but an inventory that details each potential
tool, and provides examples.
In addition to land preservation tools, this
chapter covers financial tools available to fund
improvements to or reconstruction of 2900 W.
The benefits and limitations of each tool have
been compiled from a number of sources,
including university research, other localities’
experiences, practical knowledge, and reports by
individuals who have made their own evaluations.
The implementation tools presented in this
Chapter constitute a menu of options that can be
considered to achieve the objectives of this Plan.DRAFT
40
Land Preservation Tools
Regulatory based tools may be used to protect sensitive lands and agricultural areas within
the Plan Area. These tools could be implemented by Salt Lake City through adoption of new
zoning and subdivision ordinances.
Development Code Updates
Code updates establish supplemental land development requirements within a specific area requiring
special attention, such as an environmentally sensitive area.
Clustering of Lots and Open Space/Cluster Development
Clustering is defined as a development pattern typically for residential use, in which homes are grouped
together rather than evenly dispersed over the land as in a conventional development.
Benefits Limitations
»Easily implemented
»Allows flexibility in design for developers
»Can apply to multiple areas within a city
»Time and cost effective
»Additional zoning requirements
»Not a permanent solution to protect land
from development pressures
Benefits Limitations
»Protects the natural resources of an area
»Creates wider wildlife buffers
»Creates opportunity for greater profits by
consolidating required open space into larger,
more impactful sizes
»Reduces impact of development on
watersheds
»Reduces cost to provide municipal public
services depending on how clustering is
accomplished
»Additional zoning requirements
»Not a permanent solution to protect land from
development pressures
»May not be a mandatory tool; thus there may
not be assurance that desired project designs
will be implemented by developersDRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 41
Special Standards and Design Guidelines
Additional regulations in new development or redevelopment projects can include standards for
elements like lighting, landscaping, building materials, noise, and landscape buffers.
Benefits Limitations
»Helps mitigate impacts of new development
on existing habitat and wildlife
»Easily implemented
»Allows flexibility in site design while preserving
area character and sensitive lands
»Additional zoning requirements
»May not be a mandatory tool; thus there may
not be assurance that desired project designs
will be implemented by developers
»Can be difficult for local officials to enforce
unless bonus criteria are clearly spelled out in
an ordinance or policy document
Sensitive Landscape Studies
Studies can determine additional steps that should be taken to mitigate impact of new development
to existing habitat.
Benefits Limitations
»Helps mitigate impacts of new development
on existing habitat and wildlife
»Easily implemented
»Offers insight into specific site requirements
for mitigation
»Additional zoning requirements
»Can be difficult for local officials to enforce
because requirements and study results may
vary based on specific sites
of participants were in support
of clustering lots and open space
of participants were in support
of development code updates
of participants were in support
of sensitive landscape studies
of participants were in support
of special standards
47%
30%
62%
37%
Regulatory Based Tools
DRAFT
42
Incentive Based Tools
Conservation Easements
Conservation easements are voluntary and legally binding agreements between a landowner (public
or private) and a qualifying organization (also public or private), in which permanent limitations are
placed on a property’s use and development. Conservation easements limit land to uses identified in
the easement, and thus protect it from development.
Benefits Limitations
»Permanently protects land from development
»Landowners may receive income, estate, and/
or property tax benefits
»Land remains in private ownership and on the
tax rolls
»Tax incentives may not provide enough
compensation for many landowners
»Since program is voluntary, it can be
challenging to preserve large tracts of
contiguous land or specific areas to be
protected
Transfer of Development Rights (TDR)
TDRs are tools that establish areas within a community for preservation (sending zones), and
additional growth (receiving zones). Sending zones can be areas of agricultural land, open space, or
other properties important to preserve. Receiving zones are areas that the community has designated
as appropriate for additional or increased development.
Benefits Limitations
»Permanently protects land from development
pressures
»Landowner is paid to protect their land
»Local government can target locations
effectively
»Utilizes free market mechanisms
»Land remains in private ownership and on tax
rolls
»Can be complex to administer
»Receiving area must be willing to accept
higher densities
»Can be a difficult program to establish,
especially in areas without city zoning
»May require cooperative agreements among
several local governments to establish sending
and receiving zones
Incentive based tools are voluntary and mostly based on the willingness of the landowner
to sell title or an easement on their property. Where public access and use are desired, fee-
simple ownership control is preferred through donation, purchase, or bargain sale of land to
a government entity, conservation organization, or public charity.
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 43
Purchase of Development Rights (PDR)
PDRs refer to the purchase of development rights on certain parcels of land by a unit of government
or a non-profit entity. Once purchased, a conservation easement is placed on the property.
Benefits Limitations
»Permanently protects land from development
»Landowner is paid to protect their land, while
allowing for ongoing use
»Local government can target desirable locations
effectively
»Land remains in private ownership and on the
tax rolls
»Program is voluntary
»Can be costly for local unit of government,
therefore land is generally protected at a
slower rate
»Land remains in private ownership, typically
with no public access
»Because the program is voluntary, it can
be challenging to preserve large tracts of
contiguous land
Preferred Development Sites
Also known as priority or target development areas, these are locations that have been identified
by a local government as favored for residential, commercial, and office growth based on adopted
growth management policies and plans. Development can involve new construction, redevelopment,
and/or adaptive reuse of buildings. Local governments may offer incentives, such as reduced fees or
increased housing density to developments in these areas in order to make them more attractive to
developers.
Benefits Limitations
»Land remains in private ownership and on the
tax rolls
»Local government can target locations
effectively
»Can be low cost to local unit of government
»Can be a difficult program to establish and
administer
»Not a permanent solution, delays development
in sensitive areas
»Tax incentives may not provide enough
compensation for many landowners
of participants were in support
of conservation easements
of participants were in support
of TDR Programs
of participants were in support
of PDR Programs
of participants were in support
of Preferred Development Sites
56%
30%
47%
25%
DRAFT
44
Land Acquisition Tools
Mutual Covenant
A mutual covenant is an agreement between adjoining landowners to control future land uses through
mutually agreed upon restrictions.
Lease
A lease is an agreement between agency and landowner to rent the land in order to protect and
manage sensitive resources.
Benefits Limitations
»Permanent covenants can be enforced by any
of the landowners or future landowners of the
involved properties
»Significant incentive to comply with restrictions,
since all parties are aware of use controls
»Can reduce property taxes
»Loss in market value from mutual covenants
does not qualify as a charitable deduction for
income tax purposes
»High cost
Benefits Limitations
»Low cost approach to site protection
»Landowner receives income and retains
control of property
»An alternative for preservation-minded
landowners not ready to commit to sale of
permanent easement
»Restrictions can be included in the lease to
direct the activities of the conservation agency
on the land
»Short-term protection strategy
»Leases are not permanent
Acquisition and management of open space can be combined with regulatory measures to
broaden the effectiveness of a preservation program. These tools preserve open space and
their functions in the long-term. Although typically the most expensive solution, acquisition
is the strongest and surest means of protection.
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 45
Land Exchange
Land exchange is the process by which land sought to be protected may be exchanged for another
parcel that is more suitable for development
Benefits Limitations
»Lower acquisition costs
»Scattered properties can be exchanged for a
single, larger parcel
»Complicated process
»Not widely known and rarely used
»Subject to IRS regulations
»Property owners must be willing to participate,
and properties must be of equal value
»High cost
Land Banking/Land Purchase
Land banking occurs when land is purchased and reserved for later use or development. Land could be
leased for immediate use (e.g. agriculture or athletic fields) or held for eventual resale with restrictions.
The local government functions as a land trust.
Benefits Limitations
»Local government proactively identifies and
purchases resource land
»Lowers future preservation costs by working
as a defense against future increases in
land prices, speculation, and inappropriate
development
»High cost
»Requires large upfront expenditures
»Public agency must have staff to handle land
trust functions of acquisition, management,
lease, or resale
of participants were in support
of Lease Agreements
of participants were in support
of Mutual Covenants
of participants were in support
of Land Banking
of participants were in support
of Land Exchange
29%
31%
27%
38%
DRAFT
46
Financial Tools
Overview
Northpoint represents an opportunity for Salt
Lake City to encourage economic development
that is compatible with the unique natural and
built environment of the area, including proximity
to the Salt Lake City International Airport. This
area is best suited for business park and industrial
development yet is hampered by the lack of
significant infrastructure including transportation
options and high-quality fiber broadband to the
area. To realize its potential, the area requires
substantial infrastructure improvements.
Funding options for these improvements are
discussed in this section of the report.
It is a challenging time to fund infrastructure as
construction costs are rising rapidly, along with
interest rates. Infrastructure is generally needed
before development can occur, which means
that revenues generated by the project are not
available for funding at the time they are most
needed. Rather, other funding means must be
identified, with revenue streams generated from
development used later as a payback mechanism.
Economic development is a key component
of generating new revenue streams and is
addressed in the full Financial Implementation
Report in Appendix D. This chapter contains with
the potential funding mechanisms that such
development could enable.
Market Analysis
Northpoint is suitable for industrial and
agricultural use, with limited residential. The area
is proximate to the Salt Lake City International
Airport and, as such, experiences high noise levels
that make residential development difficult.
The industrial market is strong in Salt Lake
County, with a vacancy rate of only 2.2 percent
and rising lease rates which have increased from
an average (NNN) rate of $0.53 in 4th quarter
2020 to $0.63 in 4th quarter 2021. Total Salt
Lake County inventory approximates 135 million
square feet, with 9 million square feet of space
under construction. In the northwest quadrant of
Salt Lake County, the vacancy rate is 2.65 percent,
with year-to-date (YTD) absorption of 7.5 million
square feet and an average asking rate of $0.60
(NNN).
Based on vacant acreage in the Plan Area that
the Salt Lake County Assessor’s Office currently
classifies as industrial, the area could absorb an
additional 650,000 to 1,000,000 square feet of
industrial space. This appears reasonable given
current absorption patterns and the shortage
of industrial space in the market. The biggest
obstacles to industrial development appear to be
supply chain shortages, rising construction costs
and rapidly escalating interest rates.DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 47
Financial Tool | Tax Increment Areas
Through the creation of a tax increment area, tax revenues generated within the designated Plan Area
are split into two components:
»(i)Base Revenues | The amount available before the tax increment area is established. Base
revenues are shared among a mix of local governments that have the power to assess taxes
such as schools, cities, counties, and special districts; and
»(ii)Incremental Revenues | These are tax revenues in excess of the base revenues that are
generated by new growth in the Plan Area. If a Plan Area is created, the incremental tax revenues
can flow to the Plan Area for a period of time to encourage economic development.
Some states, including Utah, allow incremental local sales tax revenues, as well as property taxes, to
flow to a Plan Area for a period of time. By giving exclusive use of incremental revenues to the Plan
Area, the creation of a successful tax increment area generates a new revenue stream that can be
used to pay for projects, provide incentives to developers, or collateralize tax increment bonds.
The most common uses of tax increment have been for infrastructure such as roads, utilities,
telecommunications, electrical upgrades and burying power lines, and parking structures. Tax
increment has also been used for demolition, tenant improvements, land acquisitions, environmental
cleanup, trails, lighting, signage, playgrounds, incentives to developers, economic development
activities and housing.
Utah currently allows for the enactment of three types of tax increment areas:
»Community Reinvestment Areas (CRAs)
»Transportation Reinvestment Zones (TRZs)
»Housing & Transit Reinvestment Zones (HTRZs)
Of these three types of tax increment areas, CRAs and TRZs could be used as financing tools for
the Plan Area. HTRZs rely on density of housing and this type of development is not suitable for
Northpoint.
DRAFT
48
Community Reinvestment Areas (CRA)
In Utah, tax increment areas have been known by a wide variety of names over time – RDAs, URAs, EDAs,
CDAs, and now as CRAs or Community Reinvestment Areas. As of 2016, the Legislature combined all
types of Plan Areas—urban renewal, economic development, and community development into a new
single “Community Reinvestment Plan Area” (CRA). Existing Plan Areas will be allowed to continue,
but all new Plan Areas will be known as CRAs.
The CRA Budget may either be approved by a Taxing Entity Committee (TEC) or through Interlocal
Agreement with taxing entities, except where the Agency chooses to conduct a blight study to
determine the existence of blight and to utilize limited eminent domain powers, which requires the
approval of the TEC of both blight and the budget.
If there is a finding of blight, 20 percent of the tax increment must be set aside for affordable housing.
For all other projects, 10 percent of the tax increment is required to be set aside for affordable housing,
if the annual increment is over $100,000. However, housing funds may be spent for affordable housing
statewide and are not limited to being spent within a Plan Area. Noticing and hearing requirements
apply with the CRA designation.
After the tax increment collection period has expired, the tax increment dollars that previously flowed
to the CRA will flow to the taxing entities that levy the property taxes within the Plan Area. In most
cases, taxing entities receive more property tax revenues annually following expiration of the tax
increment collection period than before, as property values are likely to have increased significantly
through the redevelopment process.
Benefits Limitations
»Creates a new revenue stream. »Requires cooperation of other taxing entities.
»Relatively easy to create. »10% of revenues must be directed to
affordable housing.
»Flexible uses of funds. »Revenues may take years to build up as
development occurs over time.
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 49
Transportation Reinvestment Zone (TRZ)
A TRZ is one type of area that can be formed where tax increment can be used to accelerate development
within the defined Plan Area. According to Utah Code §11-13-103(22), “Transportation Reinvestment
Zone” means an area created by two or more public agencies by interlocal agreement to capture
increased property or sales tax revenue generated by a transportation infrastructure project. TRZs
are ideal for projects such as Frontrunner, light rail, or major arterials that span multiple jurisdictions.
Any two or more public agencies may enter into an agreement to create a transportation reinvestment
zone but one of these entities must have land use authority over the TRZ area – in other words, Salt
Lake City must be a partner in this endeavor.
Benefits Limitations
»Creates a new revenue stream. »Revenue directed to transportation projects
will not be available to provide other services.
»Relatively easy to create. »Requires cooperation between at least two
entities.
»Projected to produce substantial revenue
stream over time.
»Must find a nexus with transportation projects
to justify use of the increment.
»No affordable housing requirement. »Revenues may take years to build up as
development occurs over time.
DRAFT
50
Tax Increment Bonds
Tax Increment Bonds were developed in California in 1952 as an innovative way of raising local
matching funds for federal grants. They became increasingly popular in the 1980s and 1990s, when
there were declines in subsidies for local economic development from federal grants, state grants,
and federal tax subsidies (especially industrial development bonds).
Tax Increment Bonds are collateralized by the incremental growth in property taxes within a given
Plan Area. They capture the future tax benefits of real estate improvements to pay the present cost
of those improvements. It is a financing strategy designed to make improvements to a targeted Plan
Area or district without drawing on general fund revenue or creating a new tax.
Benefits Limitations
»Create a new revenue stream that can
fund capital improvements and economic
development.
»Tend to carry higher interest and costs of
issuance.
»Creating entity does not have to bear financial
burden alone but can share it with other taxing
entities within a Plan Area.
»Often require the cooperation and agreement
of multiple taxing entities to generate
sufficient incremental revenues to finance the
desired infrastructure.
»Tax increment revenues can be used to pay for
administrative expenses.
»Bonds can’t be sold unless the tax increment
is already flowing or is imminent and
nearly certain to flow or is enhanced by a
government’s credit or other mechanism.
»Financial and legal liability is limited by having
a redevelopment agency.
»Typically take longer from start to finish than
other financing types.
»Creating entity may gift tax revenues
or property to provide incentives for
development.
»Critics of Tax Increment Bonds sometimes
assert that tax increment is just a reallocation
of tax revenues by which some municipalities
win, and others lose.
»Creating entity may be able to encourage
or accelerate the timeframe of desired
development types through offering tax
increment incentives to the developer.
»Mortgage on the property can also be given
as bond security under Utah law in addition to
incremental revenue.
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 51
Financial Tool | Public Infrastructure Districts (PIDs)
PIDs are generally most successful in larger, undeveloped areas where there are significant
infrastructure needs. Because the unanimous consent of all property owners is required for the creation
of a PID, it is difficult to establish PIDs in areas with numerous property owners. However, portions of
the study area could be included – especially those areas with larger parcels, fewer property owners,
and significant infrastructure needs.
If created, a PID can be combined with other revenue sources such as tax increment and those revenues
could be used to pay the PID bonds. These funding tools may further facilitate development and
increase property values, which may in turn provide for more opportunities to fund basic infrastructure
(through tax increment financing or general tax collection). The PID tool allows for creation of a
separate taxing entity in order to fund public infrastructure. Ultimate users of the property pay for the
improvements via the taxing entity through property assessments. These assessments permit for
bonding, allowing for covering upfront infrastructure expenses that are repaid over periods typically
near 30 years. This tool results in higher property taxes for property owners/users in the defined
district.
Benefits Limitations
»Create a new revenue stream that can
fund capital improvements and economic
development.
»Tend to carry higher interest and costs of
issuance.
»Any debt issued is not on the books of the
local government entity.
»Cities may feel it limits public support for
future tax rate increases or bond elections due
to the perception of already-high rates.
»Can raise a significant amount of revenue with
legally-allowed tax rates of up to 15 mils.
»Requires unanimous support of all taxing
entities to put in place.
»Accelerates development timeframe through
upfront funding for capital costs.
»Ongoing PID governance
»Can reduce the need for impact fees. »Competitiveness of site with other sites given
higher tax rates
»Mortgage on the property can also be given
as bond security under Utah law in addition to
incremental revenue.
»Cost is much lower than other development
financing.
DRAFT
52
Special Investment Areas (SAAs)
Special Assessment Areas (“SAAs”), formerly known as Special Improvement Districts or “SID”s, are
a financing mechanism that allows governmental entities to designate a specific area for the purpose
of financing the costs of improvements, operation and maintenance, or economic promotion activities
that benefit property within a specified area. Entities can then levy a special assessment, on parity
with a tax lien, to pay for those improvements or ongoing maintenance. The special assessment can
be pledged to retire bonds, known as Special Assessment Bonds, if issued to finance construction of
a project. Utah Code §11-42 deals with the requirements of special assessment areas.
The underlying rationale of an SAA is that only those property owners who benefit from the public
improvements and ongoing maintenance of the properties will be assessed for the associated costs
as opposed to other financing structures in which all City residents pay either through property taxes
or increased service fees. While more information about SAAs is included below, it could be difficult
politically for the City to obtain support from a large number of property owners.
Benefits Limitations
»Bonds are tax-exempt although the interest
cost is not as low as a GO or revenue bond
»Forty percent of the assessed liability, be it one
property owner or many could defeat the effort
to create the SAA if they do not want to pay
the assessment
»No requirement to hold a bond election but the
City must hold a meeting for property owners
to be assessed before the SAA can be created
»Some increased administrative burden for the
City although State law permits an additional
amount to be included in each assessment to
either pay the City’s increased administrative
costs or permit the City to hire an outside SAA
administrator
»Only benefited property owners pay for the
improvements or ongoing maintenance
»The City cannot assess government-owned
property within the SAA
»Limited risk to the City as there is no general
tax or revenue pledge
»Flexibility since property owners may pre-pay
their assessment prior to bond issuance or
annually thereafter as the bond documents
dictate – if bonds are issued
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 53
Impact Fees
Impact fees are one-time fees paid by new development to offset the capital costs associated with
new development for basic utilities such as water, sewer, storm water, public safety, roads and parks/
trails. In order to collect impact fees, cities must carefully follow the requirements of Utah Code 11-
36a which includes the following major steps.
»Prepare and pass a resolution authorizing study of an impact fee
»Conduct an impact fee study to determine the appropriate amount of such a fee
»Provide public notice of the possible fee 14 days prior to the public hearing
»Hold a public hearing to take comment regarding the proposed fee
Salt Lake City has already established impact fees that could be used to generate revenues on projects
developed within its City boundaries. However, Salt Lake County would need to charge impact fees
on the unincorporated areas of North Point. Impact fees collected would need to be spent on capital
projects listed in each respective entity’s Impact Fee Facilities Plans (IFFPs). Therefore, careful
coordination would need to take place between Salt Lake City and the County to ensure that the costs
of needed projects are fairly allocated between the two entities.
Benefits Limitations
»New development pays for its fair share of the
costs incurred by new development
»Adds additional costs to development
»Impact fees are generally paid when building
permits are issued; therefore, funds are often
not available upfront when infrastructure
needs are greatest
»Impact fees cannot be used to cure existing
deficienciesDRAFT
APPENDIX A
EXISTING CONDITIONS
56
Water and Air Quality
Air Quality
Salt Lake City is often faced with some of the
worst air quality in the world. Major declines in air
quality typically occur during the summer or winter
due to the Salt Lake Valley’s unique geographical
makeup and position. In the summer, wildfire
smoke often travels east from California, Oregon,
and the region’s mountain ranges adding to
pollution from cars, industry, and other elements
leading to harmful ozone levels. In the winter,
close proximity to the Wasatch Mountains leads
to temperature inversions in which cold air gets
trapped under a layer of warm air, acting like a
lid keeping pollutants from escaping. During the
winter, air pollution sources are transportation
(50%); area sources (e.g. gas stations, auto-body
shops, etc.) (35%); and industry (15%).
The Plan Area experiences these same seasonal
issues with air quality, as well as consistent
impacts due to proximity of both the Salt Lake
City International Airport, and I-215.
I-215 limits connectivity to residential
neighborhoods and services in both Salt Lake City
and North Salt Lake City. With few daily services,
such as grocery stores, within the expanded area,
residents contribute to higher trips and higher
mile traveled, exacerbating air quality issues.
Graphic 1.3 | Regional Air Quality | Source: AirNow.Gov Graphic 1.4 | SLC Air Quality | Source: Scott Winterton Deseret News
Existing Conditions
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 57
Water and Wetlands
The presence of wetlands adjacent to the Jordan River
Delta and at the edge of the Great Salt Lake is the most
pertinent environmental issue in the area. Roughly 75% of
Utah’s wetlands surround the Great Salt Lake, providing
environmental and socioeconomic benefit.
The wetlands surrounding the Northpoint Subarea are part
of an intricate and diverse ecosystem. Wetlands benefit
the environment by acting as sponges to capture, store,
and slowly release water, storm buffers, groundwater and
aquifer recharge, and sediment traps. Wetlands also serve as
critical habitat areas by providing food, shelter, and resting
places. Wetland benefits extend to provide recreational and
agricultural opportunities.
Graphic 1.5 | Wetlands Surrounding Northpoint | Source: National Wetlands Inventory
A portion of these wetlands are
designated playas, categorized by
their dry, hollowed-out form that fill
with water during rainstorms and by
underlying aquifers. The Great Salt
Lake is the largest saltwater lake in the
Northern Hemisphere, meaning as the
playas fill and eventually evaporate,
they leave large salt deposits behind.
Freshwater forested and shrub
wetlands are found adjacent to the
area, and are typically associated with
woody plants such as willows.
The current historic high water
elevation for the Great Salt Lake is
4,211 feet last reached in 1986, and
causing dramatic flooding. As of
November 2021, the Lake’s water
level has dropped to the lowest in
recorded history at 4,190 feet, likely
due to the extreme drought conditions
the state is facing. In response to
the unpredictability of the Lake,
most planning agencies identify the
contour of 4,217 feet, as the limit of
safe development. There are no sites
within the Plan Area that fall below
this elevation. DRAFT
58
Soil Types
The soil types within Northpoint vary and provide
considerations for the types of development that
can be accommodated in the Plan Area. The soil
types dominating the area are fine sandy loam,
silt loam and silty clay loam. Most of these soils
have a water table depth between zero and fifty
inches and are subject to the effects of frost.
These high water table depths affect drainage and
compressibility which impact new development
potential. In addition, the soil types that dominate
the area can cause problems for septic systems
and filter fields, making it harder to maintain water
quality.
Natural Environment
Graphic 1.6 | Recreational and Natural Landmarks Near Northpoint
Graphic 1.6 | Prime Agricultural Soil | Source: National Resource Conservation Service
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 59
Hazards
The greater Salt Lake City area faces natural
hazards that impact rate and location of
development. As climate change continues to
exacerbate extreme weather events, planning
with these common hazards in mind can
help maintain the safety and comfort of the
community.
Clean air and water supply are among the top
concerns of Salt Lake residents. In August
of 2021, Salt Lake City was ranked the worst
air quality of any major city in the world by
IQAir.com, prompting residents to take extra
precautions. The Salt Lake County Health
Department released tips to stay safe during
extreme air conditions such as staying indoors
with windows shut, avoiding exercise, and
wearing masks outdoors.
The area, along with many other parts of the
state, is currently under exceptional drought
conditions, with fire restrictions and irrigation
allotment reductions in place. Salt Lake City
also experiences threats of extreme heat,
wildfire, debris flows, flooding and earthquakes.
Graphic 1.7 | Utah Drought Conditions | Source: National Drought
Mitigation Center at University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 2021.
Summer 2021 Drought Conditions
The City of Salt Lake has proposed land use amendments to prevent large water users from being located within The City that may have a significant impact on The City’s water resources. The new limit for industrial and commercial land uses is 300,000 GPD (based on an annual average) of potable/culinary water. The limit applies to existing and new uses on a temporary basis until January 2022.
DRAFT
60
Wildlife and Habitat
The Great Salt Lake and surrounding wetlands
are a crucial habitat for many species of animals.
With 400,000 acres of wetlands, birds of regional
and national importance are drawn to the area as
a sanctuary for breeding and eating. Every year,
millions of birds from 338 different species stop
here to feed during migrations. Among the most
common species observed in the Plan Area are
the European Starling, Red-winged Blackbird,
Yellow-headed Blackbird, Northern Pintail, and
Canada Goose.
Although the Farmington Bay area is classified
as freshwater, the northern-most regions of the
Great Salt Lake can be composed of nearly 28%
salt. This creates a wide diversity of habitats
for many different plants, invertebrates, reptiles,
amphibians, mammals, birds, and insects such
as the Monarch Butterfly which is now on the
endangered species list.
European
Starling
DOMINANT BIRD TYPES IN
NORTHPOINT
Canada
Goose.
Red-winged
Blackbird
Yellow-headed
Blackbird
Northern
Pintail
DWR Bird Habitat Boundaries
Graphic 1.8 | Dominant Bird Species in Northpoint Graphic 1.9 | Bird Habitat | Source: Department of Wildlife Resources GIS
Data
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 61
Organizations
There are many organizations with interest in the
Plan and surrounding areas, including the Duck
Clubs, Salt Lake City International Airport, and
Friends of the Great Salt Lake. The Friends of Great
Salt Lake is a nonprofit organization founded in
1994 to protect the Great Salt Lake ecosystem
and increase public awareness and appreciation.
The Rudy Duck Club, founded in 1909 and named
after the original land owner Frank Rudy, acquired
land and associated water rights in the early
1900s to preserve the ecosystem for private duck
hunting.
Agriculture
The top producing crops in Salt Lake City,
according to the 2017 Census of Agriculture, are
wheat, hay, vegetables, pumpkins, and sweet corn.
Within the Plan Area, current residents also own
a variety of livestock. The majority of the housing
stock supports the agricultural uses surrounding
them. Within these lots there has been a pattern
of subdividing larger lots into small lots for family
members. There is a rich history of the agricultural
lifestyle within Northpoint that the community
desires to be preserved. According to the State
Soil Conservation Service, the Plan Area contains
prime farmland located north of 2800 North on
the eastern side of 2200 West.
Water Related Land Uses
Graphic 1.10 | Water-Related Land Uses | Source: ESRI Living Atlas
DRAFT
62
Built Environment
Airport
The Salt Lake International Airport, located just
south of the Plan Area, is one of the busiest airports
in North America. The airport is also a major hub
for Delta airlines and provides approximately 370
flights per day from its location. As the airport
inherently produces high noise volumes and air
quality issues, it has a significant impact on the
surrounding areas and determining appropriate
land uses in Northpoint.
The Salt Lake Airport recently adopted a new
Master Planing process, the first since 1998, to
provide guidelines for future airport development
and to optimize existing facilities for future
aviation demand and increase airport capacity.
The resulting strategic vision illustrates locations
for a third parallel runway and Concourse C which
are not anticipated to be built within the next
twenty years.
The City has formally regulated the land uses
surrounding the airport to protect the greater
community and reduce negative impact. In 1971,
zoning ordinances were adopted allowed within
Northpoint and in 1983, the zoning ordinances
were supplemented with regulations that
prohibited incompatible uses like residential
housing.
Development Constraints
Existing development within Northpoint
experience consequences from their proximity to
the airport and overhead flights. Some existing
residences face increased risk for airplane
crashes and high noise levels from the consistent
flights. The Department of Airports recommends
limiting the number of new residences allowed
in Northpoint to reduce harm for the community
in the future. The Federal Housing and Urban
Development Department (HUD) does not provide
any assistance, subsidy or insurance for projects
located in Runway Clear Zones, Clear Zones and
Accident Potential Zones. As a result, this Plan
considers alternative uses within those zones.
The Salt Lake International Airport and Salt Lake
City own several parcels surrounding the airport
that were purchased to preserve as undeveloped.
This, along with noise contours and influence
zones limits development potential in the Plan
Area.
Northpoint lies within Influence Zone A/B
meaning, the aircraft noise from overhead flights
can interfere with daily living activities including
sleep, conversations and listening to media. The
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) requires
that each airport study the noise impacts and
create a Noise Compatibility Program associated
with alleviating noise issues.
The Salt Lake City Noise Compatibility Program
has implemented measures to increase
compatibility with surrounding land uses
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
NORTHPOINT
BOUNDARY
SLC Airport-Owned Parcels
Graphic 1.11 | Parcels Owned by the Salt Lake City International
Airport | Source: Assessors Parcel Data
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 63
including maximization of flight times between
7am and 10pm. It has also implemented adjusted
flight routes in pursuit of reduced disruption.
As residential uses should be limited in Northpoint
because of these constraints, there are other uses
and opportunities for development that are more
compatible with the airport.
Economic Contribution
The Salt Lake City International Airport, is a key
driver of the local and regional economy. Through
protecting airport infrastructure and facilities
from adjacent land uses that reduce or eliminate
its ability to function at the highest capacity, the
Salt Lake City International Airport can continue
to act as an asset to the greater community.
SLC Airport Noise Contours SLC Airport Protection Overlays
Graphic 1.12 | SLC Airport Noise Contours | Source: SLC GIS Data Graphic 1.13 | SLC Airport Overlays | Source: SLC GIS Data
DRAFT
64
Land Use
Industrial and Business Uses
Within the Plan Area, there lies existing manufacturing zoning (M-1) that serves as a buffer between
the airport and Interstate 215 (I-215). In July 2016, the City Council changed the zoning of properties
located along 2200 W between 2100N and North Temple Street to Light Manufacturing (M-1) to
implement area master plans and maximize economic development potential.
Light Manufacturing (M-1) allows for light industrial uses that produce little to no impact on neighboring
properties and results in a clean, attractive industrial setting. This use is compatible with the adjacent
airport and is less impacted by the negative aspects of nearby I-215 than residential uses. The M-1
designation allows more types of business than the Business Park (BP) designations. The more
significant differences between the two zoning districts are related to open space and building location
requirements. The BP designation requires 15% open space, while M-1 requires no open space. M-1 also
has reduced setback requirements.
Approximately half of the Plan
Area is designated BP. The intent
of the BP designation is to provide
an attractive environment for
modern offices, light assembly and
warehouse development, and to
create employment and economic
development opportunities in a
campus-like setting.
Graphic 1.14 | SLC and SLCo Zoning | Source: SLC, SLCo, and North Salt Lake GIS Data
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 65
Agricultural and Residential Uses
The Plan Area contains several agricultural
zones under both City and County jurisdiction,
including Salt Lake City’s (SLC) AG-5 and AG-2,
and Salt Lake County’s (SLCo) A-2 zone preserves
agricultural uses on lots no less than two acres
and, similarly, AG-5 provides for agricultural uses
on no less than five acres. The A-2 zone allows for
low-density residential and supporting agriculture
as a conditional use, on a minimum lot size of one
acre.
Zone Minimum
Lot Area
Front
Setback Primary Uses
M-1
(SLC)
10,000
sq.ft.15 ft.Light
Manufacturing
BP
(SLC)
20,000
sq.ft.30 ft.Business/
Office
AG-2
(SLC)2 acres 30 ft.Agriculture/
Single-Family
AG-5
(SLC)5 acres 30 ft.Agriculture/
Single-Family
A-2
(SLCo)1 acre 30 ft.Single-Family
Graphic 1.15 | Residential in the Plan Area
DRAFT
66
Utilities
Broadband
The Plan Area is serviced by a mix of fixed wireless and wireline (cable, dsl and fiber)broadband
internet. Within the census tract that Northpoint occupies, 10.60% of households are without internet
access. The companies serving the area are Centurylink for local exchange, Rocky Mountain Power for
electric utility territory and Dominion Energy for natural gas. The Utah Broadband Plan adopted in
January 2020 set a goal to “Utilize best practices to encourage continued expansion of broadband
deployment and increase speeds for everyone to 25 Mbps or better in communities throughout Utah”.
The Plan Area currently has network speeds of 90.47/28.05 Mbps and its max advertised consumer
download speeds are 10,000.00 Mbps.
Active Building Permits and Recent Development
There are currently a few active building permits within
Northpoint that congregate along the 2200 W roadway
and fall under the M-1 and BP zoning designations.
A new development called Moonlake Farms has an
active engineering permit and is among one of ten
active permits for growing cannabis in Utah. There is
also a new Industrial Building being built just north
of the Sherwin Williams. Along the 2100N roadway,
two new multi-tenant warehouse building have active
permits as well.
A key development proposal currently is the Swaner
Subdivision, a 434-acre master planned development
with about 5 million square feet of industrial on the
C shaped parcel shown to the right currently zoned
BP. This development would likely be cause for
improvements on 2200 West to account for new
increase in traffic.
Another development conversation in this area is
an proposed annexation petition for the land in the
northeast section of the plan area. This proposed
annexation was initiated by the landowners who wish
to annex their land into Salt Lake City for the purpose
of light industrial. A prior annexation conversation
contemplated residential, however, that annexation
was not pursued since Salt Lake City has determined
that new residential would not be supported in the
Plan Area.
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
Ut
a
h
I
n
l
a
n
d
Po
r
t
A
u
t
h
o
r
i
t
y
Proposed Swaner
Subdivision
Proposed North
Salt Lake
Annexation
22
0
0
W
2100 N
3200 N
Graphic 1.16 | Active Applications DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 67
Industrial Wastewater
The Salt Lake City Corporation’s pretreatment
program oversees industrial wastewater
discharged into the City’s sanitary sewer system.
Industrial wastewater treatment, to reduce or
eliminate conventional and toxic pollutants, prior
to discharge into to the POTW (publicly owned
treatment works) is required and regulated under
the Clean Water Act.
Salt Lake City is also undergoing redevelopment
of its Water Reclamation Facility. The wastewater
system will address new regulation from the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and
Utah’s Department of Water Quality to reduce
pollution and transform aging infrastructures.
The Water Reclamation Center is located about a
mile to the east of Northpoint and is replacing the
old structure, which was 55 years old.
Service Areas
The Salt Lake City Public Utilities service area
covers most of Northpoint with the exception of
a portion to the north, just south of the Jordan
River and a portion on the southern boundary.
The remaining area is considered unincorporated
territory. Though there are few sewer lines to
this area, development is encroaching from the
southeast and slowly extending utilities with it.
Many residential and agricultural properties in
this area rely on septic sewer systems.
Street Lighting
Public Utilities within Salt Lake manages and
maintains more than 15,000 street lights,
including those in Northpoint. The few residences
and commercial customers within the area
support street lighting through a monthly user fee,
included in the bill for drinking water, wastewater,
stormwater and sanitation services.
The initial capital improvement program for street
lighting in 2012 included a metric of converting
the City’s entire inventory to high-energy efficiency
LED lamps by the end of 2021. The continuous
lighting maps do not extend into the Plan Area
likely due to the lack of development in the area
and the irregular Salt Lake City boundary.
Irrigation Canals
There are several irrigation canals running through
Northpoint that serve the greater Salt Lake City
area. The Rudy Drain runs diagonally across the
study area from its connection to the Greater Salt
Lake in the upper northwest quadrant to the lower
southeast quadrant. Running along the western
boundary is the Salt Lake City Canal Sewage. The
southern boundary has a Reclamation ditch just
north of the international airport.
Graphic 1.17 | Utilities in Northpoint | Source: SLC GIS Data
DRAFT
68
Transportation
The eastern edge of the Plan Area runs along I-215, which
acts as the main transportation route for the larger area.
As Northpoint currently has little development beyond a
small portion of residential housing to the northwest and
light industrial to the south, the transportation routes
within the Plan Area consist mainly of gravel roads. 2200
W divides the area into clear sections which suggest
an informal development boundary along the roadway.
Recent development in the area has almost exclusively
been, between the roadway and I-215. Other roads in the
2019 Average Annual Daily Traffic Counts
Plan Area include 3200W, a gravel
road with minimal traffic that serves
as the western boundary of the Plan
Area, 3500N at the northern boundary,
2100N at the southern boundary, and
several gravel and paved residential
and commercial driveways.
The main entries to the Plan Area are
the exit from I-215 to 2100N from the
south, and Center Street/3500N from
the north. With increasing development
pressure in the Plan Area, it will become
increasingly important to make
improvements to these interchanges
and enhancements to 2200 W.
Public Transportation
The public transportation options that
connect the Plan Area are limited. The
454 Green bus line extends to Airport
Station on the south side of Salt Lake
City International Airport but does not
reach the Plan Area. The closest bus
line to the area is the F522 Line running
north/south on 2200 W. This bus line
reaches the southern boundary and its
final stop is near the Boeing warehouse.
This bus line offers access to the light
industrial and commercial businesses.
This accessibility suggests that
increasing the amount of industrial and
commercial centers within the southern
half of Northpoint would be supported
by public transportation.
Route 200 extends along Redwood
Road to the southeast of Northpoint.
However, this adjacent route is not
Graphic 1.18 | Average Annual Daily Trips | Source: UDOT
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 69
accessible within a 15-minute walk of current
homes of businesses within Northpoint.
Bike Accessibility
The major bikeways extending through the Plan
Area are the Jordan River Trail, Parkway Trail,
and a bike lane along 2200 W and 2100N. The
bikeways along 2200 W and 2100N are designated
medium comfort by Bike SLC. The painted bike
lane disappears as the surroundings become
more rural moving northbound through the Plan
Area. These routes do not have high traffic but
bikers must share the roads with vehicles in the
same lanes.
Economic Impact of Transportation
Limited access to public transportation and the
barrier of I-215 require households in the Plan Area
to rely on personal vehicles or rideshare options
to commute to and from work, errands, and
schools. The Center for Neighborhood Technology
recommends a household spend no more than
15% of their annual income on transportation.
For a regional-typical household in this area, that
means no more than $9,329. Households in this
census block spend an average of $16,167- 175%
higher than this benchmark. This is also higher
than the Salt Lake City average of $13,211.
Graphic 1.19 | Annual Driving Costs per Household | Source: Center for
Neighborhood Technology
Graphic 1.20 | Utah Transit Authority Bus
DRAFT
70
Less ResidentsM ore Residents
70
Northpoint Community
Demographics
Over the last decade, Salt Lake City has grown
by roughly 14,000 new residents. Most of this
growth has been concentrated in downtown Salt
Lake City, Central City, and Sugarhouse, each of
which grew by over 2,000 residents between 2010
and 2020. Northpoint falls within the Westpointe
Community Council area, which saw a population
decrease (-1.6%) over the last decade.
Approximately 140 people live within the Plan Area
in roughly 60 households. City Council District 1,
which encompasses the Plan Area boasts the
largest share of Hispanic or Latino Population
(48%) of all Council Districts.
Economy
105 people are employed within the Plan Area
but live elsewhere, and 74 Northpoint residents
commute out of the area for work. No residents
both live and work within the Plan Area.
Of the jobs within the Plan Area boundary,
Wholesale Trade (30% of the jobs) and
Transportation and Warehousing (22%) are the
most common industries. In 2018, about 54% of
those jobs within the Plan Area boundary provided
less than $40,000 per year in salary, roughly 63%
of the median household income for overall Salt
Lake City residents at $63,971.
105 People Commute
IN for work
74 People Commute
OUT for work
0 People Live and
Work in the Area
Population by TAZ
Graphic 1.21 | Commuting Patterns and Population | Source: U.S. Census 2019
Less Residents More Residents
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 71
Within and immediately outside of the Plan
Area, major employers include the Salt Lake City
International Airport, Amazon, and the Salt Lake
Mosquito Abatement Center.
Those who live in the Plan Area have a higher
median household income than the City as
a whole at $75,791 and tend to work in the
service industry, transportation and utilities, or
manufacturing.
Housing
There are about 60 homes within the Plan Area
and 1,487 housing units in the associated census
tract. Housing is concentrated east of 2200 W due
to environmental constraints and airport impacts.
Housing within the Plan Area is comprised entirely
single-family housing units, some of which are
agricultural properties.
The Plan Area has a high rate of owner-occupied
units at 85.4% and an average home value of
$438,000. This is higher than the median price for
the zip code as a whole at $346,900. The zip code
saw a 24% increase in home prices between 2020
and 2021.
The Center for Neighborhood Technology
estimates that households within the Plan Area
are spending on average, 47% of their income on
housing and transportation costs every month.
As Salt Lake County grows and expands west,
combining housing and transportation costs
into one number offers an expanded view of
affordability by showing the impacts of a longer
daily commute on the affordability of a community.
The Center for Neighborhood Technology sets a
housing and transportation spending benchmark
of no more than 45% of a household’s income,
rather than using the traditional rule of no more
than 30% on housing alone.
Funding the Future
Salt Lake City Council approved a 0.5% sales tax
increase in May 2018. This increase will typically
generate about $34 million a year in ongoing
funding and is the first part of a funding strategy
to address street conditions, affordable housing,
public transit, and neighborhood safety. The Plan
Area could benefit from funding for an affordable
housing program and increased neighborhood
safety.
47%
Housing: 23%
Transportation:
24%
Graphic 1.22 | Housing and Transportation Costs as Percent of Income Per Household | Source: Center for Neighborhood Technology
DRAFT
72
Community Amenities
The Plan Area is bordered by the Jordan River
connecting Utah Lake to the Great Salt Lake,
and passing through three counties. Many
sections of the Jordan River have access trails
running parallel to the river and connect nearby
parks. Although the Plan Area lies adjacent
to the River, the formal trail stops to the to the
east of I-215. Directly east of the Plan Area are
the Regional Athletic Complex, Jordan River
OHV State Recreation Area, Westpointe Park,
Northstar Elementary School, and Northwest
Middle School. Only one crossing of I-215 allows
for access to these areas. As shown below, I-215
severely limits access to community resources
like schools, religious organizations, recreation,
and other gathering areas.
JORDAN RIVER OHV
STATE RECREATION AREA
JORDA
N RIVER
CENTER STREET TRAILHEAD
COLISEUM FITNESS
SPECTRUM ACADEMY
FOXBORO
ELEMENTARY
NORTHWEST MIDDLE SCHOOL
NORTHSTAR
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL
ROSEWOOD PARK
GUADALUPE SCHOOL
SALT LAKE CENTER FOR SCIENCE EDUCATION
REGIONAL ATHLETIC COMPLEX
UNITY BAPTIST CHURCHWESTPOINTE
PARK
Graphic 1.23 | Amenities near the Plan Area
I
2
1
5
B
A
R
R
I
E
R
DRAFT
SALT LAKE CITY NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN 73
Graphic 1.24 | Trailhead map of the Jordan River
DRAFT
APPENDIX B
PUBLIC INPUT
Appendix B: Public Input
The public input process included various opportunities for engagement. One-on-one
interviews with residents, developers, environmental groups, and city and county staff were
conducted throughout the summer of 2021. Over 30 people attended a public open house in
the spring of 2022, and two public questionnaires and a property owner-specific
questionnaire were distributed over the course of the Northpoint Small Area project.
The following is a record of the engagement and materials from the open house and survey
results.
Open House and Questionnaire Comments
Report for Northpoint Property
Owner Questionnaire
Completion Rate:85.7%
Complete 18
Partial 3
Totals: 21
Response Counts
1. What is your relationship with the Northpoint area? (select all that
apply)
Percent
I own property here I live here I own a business here I work here
0
20
40
60
80
100
Value Percent Responses
I own property here 100.0%17
I live here 70.6%12
I own a business here 17.6%3
I work here 11.8%2
2. In the Northpoint area how important is the conservation of habitat
and ecosystems to you?
77% Highly Important77% Highly Important
6% Somewhat Important6% Somewhat Important
12% Neutral12% Neutral
6% Somewhat Not Important6% Somewhat Not Important
Value Percent Responses
Highly Important 76.5%13
Somewhat Important 5.9%1
Neutral 11.8%2
Somewhat Not Important 5.9%1
Totals: 17
3. In the Northpoint area how important is commercial and residential
development to you?
41% Highly Important41% Highly Important
6% Somewhat Important6% Somewhat Important18% Somewhat Not Important18% Somewhat Not Important
35% Highly Not Important35% Highly Not Important
Value Percent Responses
Highly Important 41.2%7
Somewhat Important 5.9%1
Somewhat Not Important 17.6%3
Highly Not Important 35.3%6
Totals: 17
4. Would you support conservation methods and tools that could
provide financial compensation to landowners for the preservation of
natural lands and habitats instead of development?
59% Highly Support59% Highly Support
6% Somewhat Support6% Somewhat Support
24% Neutral24% Neutral
12% Highly Not Support12% Highly Not Support
Value Percent Responses
Highly Support 58.8%10
Somewhat Support 5.9%1
Neutral 23.5%4
Highly Not Support 11.8%2
Totals: 17
5. Would you support the continuation of existing land uses such as
grazing, agriculture, habitat conservation, rural residential, and
wildlife?
77% Highly Support77% Highly Support
6% Somewhat Support6% Somewhat Support
12% Neutral12% Neutral
6% Highly Not Support6% Highly Not Support
Value Percent Responses
Highly Support 76.5%13
Somewhat Support 5.9%1
Neutral 11.8%2
Highly Not Support 5.9%1
Totals: 17
ResponseID Response
4 No.
7 I am highly against any further building on the agricultural land out here.
8 The area is too close to the airport not to take advantage of this proximity to
lessen the burden on existing infrastructure and lessen pollution. This can
be done preserving habitat closer to the Great Salt Lake.
10 We need clean air and less big heavy trucks in this tiny road. We can't handle
it. We pay our taxes just like everyone eon the east side we deserve more
from the city.
13 Just because land in the area has always been zoned Business Park, it does
not mean it should stay that way. I don't see how it was ever zoned BP or
anything other than conservation when it is directly next to ecosystems that
will be negatively impacted by development. I appreciate you asking for our
opinions and for keeping the survey short, but I am somewhat disappointed
in this survey as it feels lacking. It's not ideal to ask double barreled
questions in surveys if you want honest answers. For example, my answer to
supporting residential development is different than my answer to
commercial development, but this survey can't reflect that.
14 I operate a recording studio off of 2200w and construction of anything will
shut me down during construction and possibly forever.
15 Construction on 2200w is dangerous without some sort of alternate
construction road in place before construction begins.
16 The area of 2200 west to 3200 west and 2100 north to 3300 north is a bird
and wildlife refuge and one of the last open spaces in SL county. It needs to
be preserved and not just overdeveloped like the rest of the valley is
becoming. Thank you for your time. Robert Taylor
17 It would be the advantage of the area and ecology to think about NOT
developing every lat inch of open space. This is a sensitive area. There is a
high saturation of wildlife, migration and nesting areas here. It's a wetland.
In a meet the committee was surprised to hear about the existence of
wildlife. We see and experience it everyday. The delineation of preexisting
residential areas should be recognized. This area was settled by ranchers
and farmers who understood the doom of development. This area is a
treasure and should be left alone OR very thoughtfully and carefully
developed. The rate with which it is occurring now is always met with
contempt and disagreement. There is another way and we should make a
plan of best outcomes.
6. Is there anything you'd like to add?
20 I think the area can do both commercial and have some open space.. This
area is not for residential? My opinion. I have seen residential next to
airports and it's not nice at all..
21 My family has been here for over 100 years. A lot of the older homes were
built by family. Now with the restrictions of building and septic use. You can't
let your children build a house on a 1/4 acre lot. I have had to have children
move to wood cross to have there own home. The current restrictions render
the ground useless for building anything. Yet keeping some space still for AG
use. The bigger lots have all ready been sold to developers, the people left
will be left with your open space weed patch and no money to move any
where.
ResponseID Response
7. Are you interested in recieving further information about this project
and ways to get involved?
78% Yes please78% Yes please
22% No, thank you22% No, thank you
Value Percent Responses
Yes please 77.8%14
No, thank you 22.2%4
Totals: 18
Report for Northpoint Small Area
Plan Questionnaire
Completion Rate:54.7%
Complete 41
Partial 34
Totals: 75
Response Counts
1. What is your affiliation with the Northpoint area?
Percent
I am a resident I work in the
area
I own property I am interested
in owning
property
I am a business
owner
I visit the area Other - Write In
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Value Percent Responses
I am a resident 29.7%19
I work in the area 17.2%11
I own property 31.3%20
I am interested in owning property 18.8%12
I am a business owner 9.4%6
I visit the area 25.0%16
Other - Write In 14.1%9
2. What is your level of support for special standards and design
guidelines as a regulatory conservation tool?
Percent
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
3. What is your level of support for requiring sensitive landscape
studies as a regulatory conservation tool?
Percent
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
10
20
30
40
4. What is your level of support for development code updates as a
regulatory conservation tool?
Percent
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
5. What is your level of support for the clustering of lots and open
space as a regulatory conservation tool?
Percent
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
6. What is your level of support for conservation easements as an
incentive-based conservation tool?
Percent
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
7. What is your level of support for purchase of development rights
(PDR) as an incentive-based conservation tool?
Percent
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
8. What is your level of support for transfer of development rights as an
incentive-based conservation tool?
Percent
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
9. What is your level of support for preferred development sites as an
incentive-based conservation tool?
Percent
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
10
20
30
40
10. What is your level of support for lease agreements as a land
acquisition conservation tool?
Percent
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
10
20
30
40
50
11. What is your level of support for mutual covenants as a land
acquisition conservation tool?
Percent
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
10
20
30
40
50
12. What is your level of support for land banking as a land
acquisition conservation tool?
Percent
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
10
20
30
40
13. What is your level of support for land exchange as a land
acquisition conservation tool?
Percent
0 1 2 3 4 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
14. What open space interaction elements would you like to see in the
Northpoint Area? (select all that apply)
22% amenitizedtrailheads2.jpg22% amenitizedtrailheads2.jpg
49% Multi-Purpose Natural Trails49% Multi-Purpose Natural Trails
59% Fishing Access Along the
River
59% Fishing Access Along the
River
37% Wildlife Viewing Areas37% Wildlife Viewing Areas
49% Trails Along Natural
Resources
49% Trails Along Natural
Resources
22% Interpretive/Education Center22% Interpretive/Education Center
27% Interpretive/Educational
Signage
27% Interpretive/Educational
Signage
29% Boardwalks29% Boardwalks
Value Percent Responses
amenitizedtrailheads2.jpg 22.0%9
Multi-Purpose Natural Trails 48.8%20
Fishing Access Along the River 58.5%24
Wildlife Viewing Areas 36.6%15
Trails Along Natural Resources 48.8%20
Interpretive/Education Center 22.0%9
Interpretive/Educational Signage 26.8%11
Boardwalks 29.3%12
ResponseID Response
My emphasis on maintaining open-space natural area rather than developing
a park-like area.
None
Great ideas for the community.
This is such a treasure that is Salt Lake City. The land needs to be preserved
for future generations, plus people are not having children there may not be
the need for more development such as empty commercial buildings. Once
you destroy land for development, you cant reverse the damage.
All of the above amenities are wonderful. However, who maintains them and
fronts the development costs? The land being discussed does not naturally
produce any of the above items pictured. We are old salt flats that grow
things with a lot of encouragement. We have been trying to improve the
ground for 50 years and have done a lot of good. However, one year of not
planting and working hard takes away 50 years of work. The farms out here
would not be successful if all of the farmers did not have other larger farms
somewhere else or other businesses that help support the farm. I support
whatever developments come to this area that give the land owners the best
benefits of their property. I know everyone wants what improves their
community but don't forget the land owners and the work they have done for
lifetimes and they need their rights reserved as well.
This ground work for homes and businesses family like the Rudy's
.Drechsel's.Swaner's Hinkley's family farmed this ground but it's no longer
feasible for making a living and the ground is there retirement you want to
take it from them shame on you
None - not appropriate in industrial areas.
none - not appropriate in industrial areas
None. Not applicable for an industrial area.
Restrooms. Solar panels on roof. Art. Shade
none, not appropriate for industrial area
none, not appropriate for industrial area
none not appropriate on my land no water or for industrial area
Most of these are not appropriate for an industrial area.
15. What open space interaction elements would you like to see in the
Northpoint Area? (select all that apply) - comments
None, not appropriate for industrial area
none-not appropriate for industrial area
ResponseID Response
16. When imagining the future of the Northpoint area, how do you want
to see 2200 WEST improved or enhanced? Which do you think may be
most appropriate to the Northpoint area? (select all that apply)
15% Painted Bike Lane15% Painted Bike Lane
12% Buffered Bike Lane12% Buffered Bike Lane
17% Roundabout with Integrated
Trail Alignments
17% Roundabout with Integrated
Trail Alignments
22% Street with Flat Drain Pan
Edge
22% Street with Flat Drain Pan
Edge
49% Street with Porous Surface
Edge
49% Street with Porous Surface
Edge
29% Parkways Planted with Native
and Low-Water Species
29% Parkways Planted with Native
and Low-Water Species
5% Crosswalks with Striping and
Planters
5% Crosswalks with Striping and
Planters
20% Typical Curb and Gutter
Street
20% Typical Curb and Gutter
Street
Value Percent Responses
Painted Bike Lane 14.6%6
Buffered Bike Lane 12.2%5
Roundabout with Integrated Trail Alignments 17.1%7
Street with Flat Drain Pan Edge 22.0%9
Street with Porous Surface Edge 48.8%20
Parkways Planted with Native and Low-Water Species 29.3%12
Crosswalks with Striping and Planters 4.9%2
Typical Curb and Gutter Street 19.5%8
ResponseID Response
Most of these options do not seem appropriate for 2200 West. What ever the
design needs to implemented consistently rather than in piecemeal blocks.
Such approach expensive and dangerous.
We really don't need curb and gutter or sidewalks unless this area gets over
developments by commercial buildings then we will need more for the
residents.
I do not think traditional curb and gutter are needed for the area, but some
sort of drainage is needed. It is a popular biking path that needs more safety
for cyclists.
17. When imagining the future of the Northpoint area, how do you want
to see 2200 WEST improved or enhanced? Which do you think may be
most appropriate to the Northpoint area? (select all that apply) -
comments
18. What design elements are appropriate for new business and
industrial development in the Northpoint area?
22% Integration of Community
Solar or Solar Gardens
22% Integration of Community
Solar or Solar Gardens
24% LID/LEED Elements (i.e.
Green Roofs)
24% LID/LEED Elements (i.e.
Green Roofs)
51% Wildlife-Friendly Lighting51% Wildlife-Friendly Lighting
27% Two-Story Live/Work
Industrial Residential
27% Two-Story Live/Work
Industrial Residential
29% Increased habitat/Wildlife
Buffers
29% Increased habitat/Wildlife
Buffers76% Integrated Xeriscape and
Native Landscaping
76% Integrated Xeriscape and
Native Landscaping
34% Wildlife-Friendly Fencing34% Wildlife-Friendly Fencing
29% Noise Mitigation Design
Elements (e.g. textured noise
walls)
29% Noise Mitigation Design
Elements (e.g. textured noise
walls)
22% Thematic Sitting Areas
Blended with Landscape
22% Thematic Sitting Areas
Blended with Landscape
24% Natural Building Materials24% Natural Building Materials
Value Percent Responses
Integration of Community Solar or Solar Gardens 22.0%9
LID/LEED Elements (i.e. Green Roofs)24.4%10
Wildlife-Friendly Lighting 51.2%21
Two-Story Live/Work Industrial Residential 26.8%11
Increased habitat/Wildlife Buffers 29.3%12
Integrated Xeriscape and Native Landscaping 75.6%31
Wildlife-Friendly Fencing 34.1%14
Noise Mitigation Design Elements (e.g. textured noise walls)29.3%12
Thematic Sitting Areas Blended with Landscape 22.0%9
Natural Building Materials 24.4%10
ResponseID Response
Empyhasis on keeping natural habitat and implementing "green" approaches
Wildlife and nature are friendly.
dense and limited cars/roads
One of the major safety issues would be for the migratory birds, because this
area is wetlands that is being destroyed. You would have to put the lights
and windows in consideration.
Again, all very nice, all of the ideas that have been presented over the last
several years get voted down. It seems impossible to present something
that people will get on board with. I want the land owners to be able to
develop their properties with the highest value and regular farming is just
not a viable option economically.
Walkable design. Sustainable design. No grass.
19. What design elements are appropriate for new business and
industrial development in the Northpoint area? - comments
ResponseID Response
5 Place a moratorium on development until the plan is in place.
6 The construction of 2800W to pull traffic off of 2200W
7 3200 West should remain unpaved. There should be a buffer/natural area
along the eastern side of 3200 West.
10 Affordable Housing. Salt Lake City is missing a big opportunity to fill the gap
in affordable housing by using the acreage in this area. We are in a housing
crisis, there is almost no land left to build in Salt Lake, this is a HUGE
opportunity that Salt Lake could miss to build more units that are
desperately needed. This is not the time for us to complain about open
space. Look at the Governor's initiatives and play your part. The mayor and
city council of Salt Lake are all about helping the homeless, but if we don't
build more housing units the homeless population will only rise. I think the
direction that it appears we are heading with this questionnaire needs to be
reconsidered to include more, dense residential units for Salt Lake City and
Salt Lake County
12 Need to address annexation issues and multi-jurisdictional service
coordination issues NEED TO SAVE CROSS E RANCH possibly by having SL
County purchase property with funding from a variety of institutional
entities including USU, LDS Church, SLCity, Davis County, NSLCity, and Open
Lands foundationsl Need 6 mo. moratorium on new development until
Northpoint Small Area Plan is completed.
13 Plan is a waste of tax payer dollars. The market will decide the highest and
best use of land in the area.
16 Ive researched what has been going on out here over the last few years, with
some property owners exploring being annexed into North Salt Lake because
of the regulation barriers that Salt Lake City has shown. Find compromise
with the landowners or SLC may lose some of this unincorporated land and
development opportunity in this area.
19 This is an industrial area and business park zoning already exists and makes
sense for this project. There are already protections in place of wetlands and
habitats of threatened and endangered species. 2200W is already master
planned with a 90' ROW road section. Developers who develop with frontage
along 2200W are already required to improve and widen the sections of 2200
W that abut their property. Many of the single family home-owners in this
area are already under contract to sell their property to business park
developers. There is no reason to plan this area with the preservation of
existing single family homes as a goal.
20. What else should the Northpoint Small Area Plan address?
22 The valley and particularly the westside is already saturated with air quality
issues. Any commercial development should exclude air pollution inputs.
Additionally, water supply and quality are major issues for the state and
communities which callks for restrictions on water use and waste.
24 Update the community.
26 density and walkability is best for wildlife
28 Wetlands and the fact that they are endangered. There is becoming less
space for wildlife. USDA has programs for Urban Agriculture.
31 Please don't forget about the residents! This survey was focused on business
development and none of the questions focused on also preserving the
residential zoning in the area. We are already being bullied by developers to
sell our land so they can rezone for business. PLEASE DO NOT ALLOW
REZONING FOR BUSINESSES IN THE VERY SMALL REMAINING RESIDENTIAL
ZONED AREAS. There are plenty of open spaces for developers to build that
don't require forcing us out of our homes.
33 Setbacks and landscape areas along major roads.
34 Three points: 1. Leave 3200 West unimproved. 2. Restrictions on zoning
changes until master plan is complete 3. Set aside buffer/open space lands
clustered east of 3200 West.
37 The small area plan needs to think about both sides. There are a lot of
neighbors talking about conservation of their lifestyle but I'm pretty sure
none of them is making their living from farming. I love this area more than
the average person but, I also know the realities of farming and maintaining
a farm and or open space. The county could maintain or develop some trails
and require certain landscaping. I know that those kinds of requirements
exist in all developments. I prefer they allow the land owners the right to
sell/develop their properties. There are many options for good development
in this area. Residents (37ish houses) along 2200 west have been against a
business park development, industrial, and residential. They want it to
remain the same as always. However, that cannot happen nor should it.
39 The homeowner and people that own businesses out there
48 Zoning of specific areas to BP or M1
52 Designate this land as light industrial in the future land use map.
54 Designate this land as light industrial in the future land use map.
ResponseID Response
58 This area should be light manufacturing/industrial. With the 435 acres of BP,
this whole area should follow suit. More tax basis for city, great area for
business, less water usage than farmers, etc.
59 Water use.
60 Designate this land as light industrial in the future land use map
61 Designate this land as light industrial in the future land use map
63 Designate this land as light industrial in the future land use map
64 Designate this land as Business Park and/or Light Industrial
67 With the business park areas that have been approved, it makes the most
sense for SLC to default to Business Park zoning for this North Point area.
70 Designate this land as light industrial in the future land use nap
71 Designate this land as light
75 Do we have the water to build more? How will building in this area further
impact the Great Salt Lake? Very concerned about maintaining open space
and not further taxing our diminishing water systems.
ResponseID Response
21. Would you like to stay involved with this planning process? Please
leave your email below!
APPENDIX C
CONSTRAINTS
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
Legend
NorthPoint_Boundary
-9 to -8
-7 to -6
-5
-4 to -3
-2
-1
0
1 to 2
3 to 4
5 to 7 ¯
Northpoint Opportunity Areas
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
Legend
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
NorthPoint_Boundary ¯
Northpoint Constraint Areas
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Wetlands (-3)Airport Owned (-3)Easements (-2)
Airport Influence Zones (-2, -1)Prime Ag Soil (-1)
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Noise Contours (-1)
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
Legend
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
NorthPoint_Boundary ¯
Northpoint Opportunity Areas
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors,and the GIS user community
Proximity to Services (+3)Underutilized (+2)Vacant (+1)
Large Parcels (+1)Access to Transportation (+1)
APPENDIX D
FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
1
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND FUNDING OPTIONS
Northpoint represents an opportunity for Salt Lake City to encourage economic development that is
compatible with the unique natural and built environment of the area, including proximity to the Salt Lake
City International Airport. This area is best suited for business park and industrial development yet is
hampered by the lack of significant infrastructure including transportation options and high-quality fiber
broadband to the area. To realize its potential, the area requires substantial infrastructure improvements.
Funding options for these improvements are discussed in this section of the report.
It is a challenging time to fund infrastructure as construction costs are rising rapidly, along with interest
rates. Infrastructure is generally needed before development can occur, which means that revenues
generated by the project are not available for funding at the time they are most needed. Rather, other
funding means must be identified, with revenue streams generated from development used later as a
payback mechanism.
Economic development is a key component of generating new revenue streams and is addressed in this
report, along with the potential funding mechanisms that such development could enable.
MARKET ANALYSIS
Northpoint is suitable for industrial and agricultural use, with limited residential. The area is proximate to
the Salt Lake City International Airport and, as such, experiences high noise levels that make residential
development difficult.
The industrial market is strong in Salt Lake County, with a vacancy rate of only 2.2 percent and rising lease
rates which have increased from an average (NNN) rate of $0.53 in 4th quarter 2020 to $0.63 in 4th quarter
2021. Total Salt Lake County inventory approximates 135 million square feet, with 9 million square feet of
space under construction. In the northwest quadrant of Salt Lake County, the vacancy rate is 2.65 percent,
with year-to-date (YTD) absorption of 7.5 million square feet and an average asking rate of $0.60 (NNN).1
Based on vacant acreage in the Northpoint area that the Salt Lake County Assessor’s Office currently
classifies as industrial, the area could absorb an additional 650,000 to 1,000,000 square feet of industrial
space. This appears reasonable given current absorption patterns and the shortage of industrial space in
the market. The biggest obstacles to industrial development appear to be supply chain shortages, rising
construction costs and rapidly escalating interest rates.
1 Source: Colliers, Salt Lake County Industrial Market Report 4Q 2021.
2
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
COMBINED COMPONENTS FOR FUNDING OPTIONS
The available tools and issuing entities discussed in this report may be combined in a variety of viable
options to arrive at the desired funding level for the Northpoint area. Possible funding mechanisms include
the following, each of which is discussed in more detail in following sections.
Tax Increment Areas
o Community Reinvestment Areas (CRAs)
o Transportation Reinvestment Zones (TRZs)
o Tax Increment Bonds
Public Infrastructure Districts (PIDs)
Special Assessment Areas (SAAs)
Impact Fees
Municipal Energy Tax
TAX INCREMENT AREAS
Through the creation of a tax increment area, tax revenues generated within the designated project area
are split into two components:
(i)Base Revenues – The amount available before the tax increment area is established. Base
revenues are shared among a mix of local governments that have the power to assess taxes
such as schools, cities, counties, and special districts; and
(ii)Incremental Revenues – These are tax revenues in excess of the base revenues that are
generated by new growth in the project area. If a project area is created, the incremental tax
revenues can flow to the project area for a period of time to encourage economic
development.
Some states, including Utah, allow incremental local sales tax revenues, as well as property taxes, to flow to
a project area for a period of time. By giving exclusive use of incremental revenues to the project area, the
creation of a successful tax increment area generates a new revenue stream that can be used to pay for
projects, provide incentives to developers, or collateralize tax increment bonds.
The most common uses of tax increment have been for infrastructure such as roads, utilities,
telecommunications, electrical upgrades and burying power lines, and parking structures. Tax increment
has also been used for demolition, tenant improvements, land acquisitions, environmental cleanup, trails,
lighting, signage, playgrounds, incentives to developers, economic development activities and housing.
Utah currently allows for the enactment of three types of tax increment areas:
Community Reinvestment Areas (CRAs)
Transportation Reinvestment Zones (TRZs)
Housing & Transit Reinvestment Zones (HTRZs)
3
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Of these three types of tax increment areas, CRAs and TRZs could be used as financing tools for the
Northpoint area. HTRZs rely on density of housing and this type of development is not suitable for
Northpoint.
COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT AREAS (CRAS)
In Utah, tax increment areas have been known by a wide variety of names over time – RDAs, URAs, EDAs,
CDAs, and now as CRAs or Community Reinvestment Areas. As of 2016, the Legislature combined all types
of project areas—urban renewal, economic development, and community development into a new single
“Community Reinvestment Project Area” (CRA). Existing project areas will be allowed to continue, but all
new project areas will be known as CRAs.
The CRA Budget may either be approved by a Taxing Entity Committee (TEC) or through Interlocal
Agreement with taxing entities, except where the Agency chooses to conduct a blight study to determine
the existence of blight and to utilize limited eminent domain powers, which requires the approval of the
TEC of both blight and the budget.
If there is a finding of blight, 20 percent of the tax increment must be set aside for affordable housing. For
all other projects, 10 percent of the tax increment is required to be set aside for affordable housing, if the
annual increment is over $100,000. However, housing funds may be spent for affordable housing statewide
and are not limited to being spent within a project area. Noticing and hearing requirements apply with the
CRA designation.
After the tax increment collection period has expired, the tax increment dollars that previously flowed to
the CRA will flow to the taxing entities that levy the property taxes within the project area. In most cases,
taxing entities receive more property tax revenues annually following expiration of the tax increment
collection period than before, as property values are likely to have increased significantly through the
redevelopment process.
TABLE 1: COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT AREAS – ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES
Advantages
Community Reinvestment Areas
Disadvantages
Community Reinvestment Areas
Creates a new revenue stream.Requires cooperation of other taxing entities.
Relatively easy to create.10% of revenues must be directed to affordable
housing.
Flexible uses of funds.Revenues may take years to build up as development
occurs over time.
The Northpoint area contains roughly 1,323 acres and five tax districts. All of the tax districts are within Salt
Lake City, with the exception of Tax District ACT that is found within unincorporated Salt Lake County.
4
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
TABLE 2: NORTH POINT EXISTING MARKET VALUES AND ACREAGE
Property Values # of Parcels Total Market Value Residential Market Value Acres
Tax District 13 63 $74,752,600 $30,700,900 666.83
Tax District 13 Q 3 $7,927,300 17.37
Tax District 13 I 3 $51,954,200 27.26
Tax District 13 R 14 $21,076,200 $1,529,600 27.01
Tax District ACT 47 $27,957,700 $12,251,900 584.37
TOTAL 130 $183,668,000 $44,482,400 1,322.84
Although there are five separate tax districts, districts 13 and 13Q include the same taxing entities; districts
13I and 13R also have the same taxing entities. The taxing entities and their tax rates are as follows:
TABLE 3: TAX DISTRICTS AND TAXING ENTITIES
Tax Rate
Tax District 13 and 13Q
Figure 1: Northpoint Tax Districts
5
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Tax Rate
Salt Lake County 0.001777
Multi-County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000012
County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000196
Salt Lake City School District 0.004809
Salt Lake City 0.003424
Salt Lake City Library 0.000652
Metropolitan Water District Salt Lake 0.000253
Salt Lake City Mosquito Abatement 0.000115
Central Utah Water Conservancy District 0.0004
TOTAL 0.011638
Tax District 13I and 13R
Salt Lake County 0.001777
Multi-County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000012
County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000196
Granite School District 0.007105
Salt Lake City 0.003424
Salt Lake City Library 0.000652
Metropolitan Water District Salt Lake 0.000253
Salt Lake City Mosquito Abatement 0.000115
Central Utah Water Conservancy District 0.0004
TOTAL 0.013934
Tax District - Unincorporated
Salt Lake County 0.001777
Multi-County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000012
County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000196
Granite School District 0.007105
Central Utah Water Conservancy District 0.0004
Salt Lake County Municipal-Type Services 0.000051
Unified Fire Service Area 0.001594
Salt Lake Valley Law Enforcement Service Area 0.001973
Salt Lake County Library 0.000474
TOTAL 0.013582
The market value of the property is much higher than the taxable value in the area for several reasons.
First, primary residential development is taxed at 55 percent of market value. Agricultural property is in
greenbelt status and taxed at extremely low rates, and public properties are tax exempt. Therefore, while
the market value is nearly $184 million, taxable value is estimated at roughly $67.9 million.
6
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
TABLE 4: ESTIMATED NORTHPOINT TAXABLE VALUE
Estimated Taxable Value
Tax Districts 13 and 13Q $37,500,000
Tax Districts 13 I and 13 R $20,400,000
Tax District ACT $10,000,000
Total Taxable Value $67,900,000
Taxable value will increase as development occurs in Northpoint. Of the 1,323 acres in Northpoint,
approximately 437 acres are either vacant or held in agricultural use.
TABLE 5: VACANT ACRES
Vacant Acres Tax Districts 13 and
13Q
Tax Districts 13I and
13R Tax District ACT Total
Residential 8.34 19.81 28.15
Industrial 17.40 14.19 42.56 74.15
Agricultural 111.68 223.04 334.72
TOTAL Acres 137.42 14.19 285.41 437.01
For purposes of estimating future tax revenues, this study assumes that the residential and industrial
vacant acres are developed as residential and industrial respectively and makes no assumptions about
future development of the agricultural property.
TABLE 6: PROJECTIONS OF FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
Amount
Residential Development
Undeveloped acres 28.15
Units per Acre 2
Units developed 56
Average market value per unit $600,000
Average taxable value per unit $330,000
Total residential taxable value $18,480,000
Industrial Development
Undeveloped acres 74.15
Floor area ratio 0.2*
Taxable value per sf $200
Estimated taxable value $129,193,733
*If the floor area ratio (FAR) can be increased to 0.3, then the estimated total taxable value would increase to
nearly $194 million
For purposes of analysis, this report assumes that the majority of the development takes place in the
unincorporated County, as it has the largest amount of vacant acres. The table below shows projections of
roughly $2 million per year in additional property tax revenues from this area.
7
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
TABLE 7: PROJECTIONS OF FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
Tax Rates - ACT Incremental Revenues Generated
Salt Lake County 0.001777 $262,416
Multi-County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000012 $1,772
County Assessing & Collecting Levy 0.000196 $28,944
Granite School District 0.007105 $1,049,222
Central Utah Water Conservancy District 0.0004 $59,069
Salt Lake County Municipal-Type Services 0.000051 $7,531
Unified Fire Service Area 0.001594 $235,392
Salt Lake Valley Law Enforcement Service Area 0.001973 $291,360
Salt Lake County Library 0.000474 $69,997
TOTAL 0.013582 $2,005,705*
*If the industrial development assumptions are increased to a FAR of 0.3, rather than 0.2, then annual incremental
property tax revenues generated increase to nearly $2.9 million annually.
A portion of these revenues could be allocated to a CRA for a period of time in order to pay for needed
improvements and infrastructure in the area.
TRANSPORTATION REINVESTMENT ZONE (TRZ)
A TRZ is one type of area that can be formed where tax increment can be used to accelerate development
within the defined project area. According to Utah Code §11-13-103(22), “Transportation Reinvestment
Zone” means an area created by two or more public agencies by interlocal agreement to capture increased
property or sales tax revenue generated by a transportation infrastructure project. TRZs are ideal for
projects such as Frontrunner, light rail, or major arterials that span multiple jurisdictions.
Any two or more public agencies may enter into an agreement to create a transportation reinvestment
zone but one of these entities must have land use authority over the TRZ area – in other words, Salt Lake
City must be a partner in this endeavor.
8
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
A TRZ is much like a Community Reinvestment Area (CRA) in that a portion of tax increment is pledged to
the project for a specified period of time. The agreement between the two or more public entities must
include the following, as specified in Utah Code §11-13-227(2):
Define the transportation need and proposed improvement
Define the boundaries of the zone
Establish terms for sharing sales tax revenue among the members of the agreement, if sales tax is
to be included
Establish a base year to calculate the increase of property tax revenue within the zone
Establish terms for sharing any increase in property tax revenue within the zone
Hold a public hearing regarding the details of the TRZ
Property tax revenues that are shared between members of the agreement are required to be incremental
(Utah Code §11-13-227(2)(e). In order to identify incremental revenues, a “base year” needs to be
established. The law clearly allows for the sharing of both sales tax and property tax revenue among the
members of the agreement.
There are advantages to governance with TRZs, as compared to CRAs, for projects that span multiple
jurisdictions. In fact, there are only a few redevelopment areas in Utah that currently overlap multiple
communities. While such are allowed by law, governance can be tricky. For example, in a CRA spanning two
cities, each city would have its own redevelopment agency. Who then governs the project area? Joint RDA
board meetings can be held, each agency board can meet separately, or there can be a MOU designating
one of the RDA boards as the lead agency. Experience dictates that concerns often arise when more tax
increment is generated in one jurisdiction of the project area than in another. There are often concerns
about equity in spending funds in the same jurisdiction from which they come. Each redevelopment agency
involved has to submit its annual report detailing the increment generated and how funds were spent,
further exacerbating this concern.
The TRZ overcomes many of these problems. First, with a TRZ, there is no requirement for RDA
involvement, and therefore no need for RDA meetings. The TRZ is simply governed by an interlocal
agreement signed by the parties. TRZs have proven effective in other states when projects cross multiple
jurisdictions. With a TRZ there is no requirement to measure in which community increment is generated
and where funds are spent. The purpose is simply to achieve an overall project. And only one annual report
has to be filed for the TRZ – not separate reports for each participating entity.
Another advantage to TRZs is the ability to obtain the commitment of transportation agencies, such as
UDOT or UTA, for specific projects. Interlocal agreements between the public entity with the land-use
authority and a transportation agency will identify the specific projects associated with the TRZ. This will
add another level of certainty to local planning efforts and will give these public entities some additional
leverage in prioritizing needed transportation projects.
9
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Advantages and Disadvantages
The following table lists the advantages and disadvantages of funding transportation projects with tax
increment generated in Transportation Reinvestment Zones:
TABLE 8: TRANSPORTATION REINVESTMENT ZONES AS A FUNDING SOURCE FOR TRANSPORTATION PROJECTS.
Advantages
Transportation Reinvestment Zones
Disadvantages
Transportation Reinvestment Zones
Creates a new revenue stream.Revenue directed to transportation projects will not be
available to provide other services.
Relatively easy to create.Requires cooperation between at least two entities.
Projected to produce substantial revenue stream over
time.
Must find a nexus with transportation projects to justify
use of the increment.
No affordable housing requirement.Revenues may take years to build up as development
occurs over time.
TAX INCREMENT BONDS
Tax increment Bonds were developed in California in 1952 as an innovative way of raising local matching
funds for federal grants. They became increasingly popular in the 1980s and 1990s, when there were
declines in subsidies for local economic development from federal grants, state grants, and federal tax
subsidies (especially industrial development bonds).
Tax Increment Bonds are collateralized by the incremental growth in property taxes within a given project
area. They capture the future tax benefits of real estate improvements to pay the present cost of those
improvements. It is a financing strategy designed to make improvements to a targeted project area or
district without drawing on general fund revenue or creating a new tax.
Ratings on tax increment bonds are tied to the performance of the area or district, not to the creating
government’s general fund. As a result, the ratings differ from those of the creating entity’s general
obligation rating. The rating of tax increment bonds hinges on local economics, trends, and taxpayer
diversity, with taxpayer diversity being the most highly correlated statistic.
Rating agencies evaluate whether the tax increment revenues could survive the loss of one or more top
taxpaying property owners, how debt service could be managed in the case of broad-based decline of
assessed value, real estate trends and historical assessed values in the designated area, and the types of
properties located or being developed in the tax increment area. The assessed value of hotels is the most
volatile, followed by warehouses, commercial, condos, and last residential.
Many issuers opt to offer tax increment bonds on a non-rated basis. It is virtually impossible to secure a
rating for or sell a tax increment bond before the increment is actually flowing, unless there is recourse to
the local government’s credit or some other enhancement.
10
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Typically, tax increment bonds carry longer terms (anywhere from 10 to 30 years) and are purchased at a
fixed rate using larger denominations of $100,000. There is usually no recourse to either the issuer or the
developers who may benefit from the bonds. Pledged revenues vary, but a typical pledge is a senior
security interest in the tax increment revenues as well as any debt service reserve funds. The bonds are
often offered via a limited public offering and most often sold to institutional buyers (primarily mutual
funds and occasionally property/casualty insurers) using a limited offering memorandum.
It is typical to see interest capitalized for at least two to three years to allow increment to begin flowing
before debt service payments are required from that increment. Unspent proceeds, capitalized interest and
reserve funds are held by a Trustee. Debt service coverage covenants vary based on type of tax increment
revenue and other security features associated with the bonds, but minimum coverage requirements are
almost always at least 1.25 times annual debt service.
Advantages and Disadvantages
The following table lists the advantages and disadvantages of funding with tax increment bonds:
TABLE 9: TAX INCREMENT BONDS AS A FUNDING SOURCE
Advantages
Tax Increment Bonds
Disadvantages
Tax Increment Bonds
Create a new revenue stream that can fund capital
improvements and economic development.Tend to carry higher interest and costs of issuance.
Creating entity does not have to bear financial burden
alone but can share it with other taxing entities within a
project area.
Often require the cooperation and agreement of
multiple taxing entities to generate sufficient
incremental revenues to finance the desired
infrastructure.
Tax increment revenues can be used to pay for
administrative expenses.
Bonds can’t be sold unless the tax increment is already
flowing or is imminent and nearly certain to flow or is
enhanced by a government’s credit or other
mechanism.
Financial and legal liability is limited by having a
redevelopment agency.2
Typically take longer from start to finish than other
financing types.3
Creating entity may gift tax revenues or property to
provide incentives for development.
Critics of Tax Increment Bonds sometimes assert that
tax increment is just a reallocation of tax revenues by
which some municipalities win, and others lose.4
2 An RDA is a separate political subdivision which can enter into agreements with developers and issue the bonds.
3 It is difficult to estimate the time required for the “political” side of the process, which often requires significant information sharing
between local government and developers, including a public hearing for approval of the Project Area Plan and Budget. Setting aside
the political requirements, the bond issuance process usually takes three to five months.
4 Critics of Tax Increment Bonds sometimes assert that some or all the increment is not attributable to the creation of the tax increment
area and that the new property value growth would have occurred anyway.
11
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Advantages
Tax Increment Bonds
Disadvantages
Tax Increment Bonds
Creating entity may be able to encourage or accelerate
the timeframe of desired development types through
offering tax increment incentives to the developer.
Mortgage on the property can also be given as bond
security under Utah law in addition to incremental
revenue.
PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE DISTRICTS (PIDs)
PIDs are generally most successful in larger, undeveloped areas where there are significant infrastructure
needs. Because the unanimous consent of all property owners is required for the creation of a PID, it is
difficult to establish PIDs in areas with numerous property owners. However, portions of the study area
could be included – especially those areas with larger parcels, fewer property owners, and significant
infrastructure needs.
If created, a PID can be combined with other revenue sources such as tax increment and those revenues
could be used to pay the PID bonds. These funding tools may further facilitate development and increase
property values, which may in turn provide for more opportunities to fund basic infrastructure (through tax
increment financing or general tax collection). The PID tool allows for creation of a separate taxing entity in
order to fund public infrastructure. Ultimate users of the property pay for the improvements via the taxing
entity through property assessments. These assessments permit for bonding, allowing for covering upfront
infrastructure expenses that are repaid over periods typically near 30 years. This tool results in higher
property taxes for property owners/users in the defined district.
Consequently, benefits beyond the improved infrastructure can be included in the area. This can be in the
form of better landscaping, street lighting, public spaces, parks, trails, finishes, etc. These benefits aid in
creating property appeal, property value increases and in attracting top quality businesses.
The PID tool also represents a valuable option for cities who are reticent to bond with property tax
revenues in a standard tax increment collection area. Bonding permits for upfront infrastructure costs to be
covered, oftentimes expediting development that may not have otherwise occurred. A city may create a
PID with no increase in the tax rate and use the PID as a conduit to issue bonds. In this approach, the city is
not financially responsible for the bond payments, and the bonding does not affect the city’s credit rating.
The process for starting a Public Infrastructure District begins with a citywide policy. This represents a
“30,000-foot” view of the tool for the municipality and merely outlines the guidelines as to how a
developer should submit for a PID. The PID policy may incorporate specific goals and vision statements of
the city. Once a policy is adopted, a developer may submit a letter of intent to create a PID. This is reviewed
by the city, and if approved, governing documents are required to be submitted and approved
12
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
by the City Council. The simple passing of a general PID policy does not require the City Council to approve
governing documents or letters of intent.
Consequently, the PID policy represents another tool that can be used when appropriate. As of 2022,
several cities throughout Utah have adopted PID policies and multiple public infrastructure districts have
been formed.
TABLE 10: PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE DISTRICTS AS A FUNDING SOURCE
Advantages
PIDs
Disadvantages
PIDs
Create a new revenue stream that can fund capital
improvements and economic development.Tend to carry higher interest and costs of issuance.
Any debt issued is not on the books of the local
government entity.
Cities may feel it limits public support for future tax rate
increases or bond elections due to the perception of
already-high rates.
Can raise a significant amount of revenue with legally-
allowed tax rates of up to 15 mils.
Requires unanimous support of all taxing entities to put
in place.
Accelerates development timeframe through upfront
funding for capital costs.Ongoing PID governance
Can reduce the need for impact fees.Competitiveness of site with other sites given higher tax
rates
Mortgage on the property can also be given as bond
security under Utah law in addition to incremental
revenue.
Cost is much lower than other development financing.
The current taxable value of North Point is approximately $68,000,000. The maximum mill rate allowed by
Utah law is 0.015; however, districts are choosing to enact much lower rates. Politically, it would be nearly
impossible to obtain the consent of the entire Northpoint area to create a PID. However, smaller sections
that are wanting to encourage economic development could be developed as PIDs. The table below shows
the amount of annual property tax revenues that could be generated for such a district given varying
taxable values and varying tax rates up to the maximum of 0.015.
TABLE 11: PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE DISTRICT ANNUAL REVENUES BASED ON VARYING MILL RATES AND TAXABLE VALUES
Property Taxable Values 0.015 Mill Rate .0075 Mill Rate .004 Mill Rate
$10,000,000 $150,000 $75,000 $40,000
$20,000,000 $300,000 $150,000 $80,000
$30,000,000 $450,000 $225,000 $120,000
SPECIAL ASSESSMENT AREAS (SAAs)
Special Assessment Areas (“SAAs”), formerly known as Special Improvement Districts or “SID”s, are a
financing mechanism that allows governmental entities to designate a specific area for the purpose of
13
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
financing the costs of improvements, operation and maintenance, or economic promotion activities that
benefit property within a specified area. Entities can then levy a special assessment, on parity with a tax
lien, to pay for those improvements or ongoing maintenance. The special assessment can be pledged to
retire bonds, known as Special Assessment Bonds, if issued to finance construction of a project. Utah Code
§11-42 deals with the requirements of special assessment areas.
The underlying rationale of an SAA is that only those property owners who benefit from the public
improvements and ongoing maintenance of the properties will be assessed for the associated costs as
opposed to other financing structures in which all City residents pay either through property taxes or
increased service fees. While more information about SAAs is included below, it could be difficult politically
for the City to obtain support from a large number of property owners.
While not subject to a bond election as is required for the issuance of General Obligation bonds, SAAs may
not be created if 40 percent or more of those liable for the assessment payment5 protest its creation.
Despite this legal threshold, most local government governing bodies tend to find it difficult to create an
SAA if even 10-20 percent of property owners oppose the SAA.
Once created, an SAA’s ability to levy an assessment has similar collection priority / legal standing as a
property tax assessment. However, since it is not a property tax, any financing secured by that levy would
likely be done at higher interest rates than general obligation, sales tax revenue or utility revenue bonds.
Interest rates will depend on a number of factors including the ratio of the market value to the assessment
bond amount, the diversity of property ownership and the perceived willingness and ability of property
owners to make the assessment payments as they come due. Even with the best of special assessment
credit structure, if bonds are issued they are likely to be non-rated and therefore would be issued at rates
quite a bit higher than similar General Obligation Bonds that would likely be rated. All improvements
financed via an SAA must be owned by the City and the repayment period cannot exceed twenty (20) years.
Whenever SAAs are created, entities have to select a method of assessment (i.e. per lot, per unit (ERU), per
acre, taxable value, market value, by linear foot frontage, etc.) which is reasonable, fair and equitable to all
property owners within the SAA. State law does not allow property owned by local government entities
such as cities or school districts to be assessed.
TABLE 12: SPECIAL ASSESSMENT AREAS AS A FUNDING SOURCE
Advantages
SAAs
Disadvantages
SAAs
Bonds are tax-exempt although the interest cost is not
as low as a GO or revenue bond
Forty percent of the assessed liability, be it one
property owner or many could defeat the effort to
create the SAA if they do not want to pay the
assessment
No requirement to hold a bond election but the City
must hold a meeting for property owners to be
assessed before the SAA can be created
Some increased administrative burden for the City
although State law permits an additional amount to be
included in each assessment to either pay the City’s
increased administrative costs or permit the City to hire
an outside SAA administrator
5 Based on the method of assessment selected, i.e., acreage, front footage, per lot, etc.
14
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Advantages
SAAs
Disadvantages
SAAs
Only benefited property owners pay for the
improvements or ongoing maintenance
The City cannot assess government-owned property
within the SAA
Limited risk to the City as there is no general tax or
revenue pledge
Flexibility since property owners may pre-pay their
assessment prior to bond issuance or annually
thereafter as the bond documents dictate – if bonds are
issued
IMPACT FEES
Impact fees are one-time fees paid by new development to offset the capital costs associated with new
development for basic utilities such as water, sewer, storm water, public safety, roads and parks/trails. In
order to collect impact fees, cities must carefully follow the requirements of Utah Code 11-36a which
includes the following major steps.
Prepare and pass a resolution authorizing study of an impact fee
Conduct an impact fee study to determine the appropriate amount of such a fee
Provide public notice of the possible fee 14 days prior to the public hearing
Hold a public hearing to take comment regarding the proposed fee
Salt Lake City has already established impact fees that could be used to generate revenues on projects
developed within its City boundaries. However, Salt Lake County would need to charge impact fees on the
unincorporated areas of North Point. Impact fees collected would need to be spent on capital projects
listed in each respective entity’s Impact Fee Facilities Plans (IFFPs). Therefore, careful coordination would
need to take place between Salt Lake City and the County to ensure that the costs of needed projects are
fairly allocated between the two entities.
Advantages and Disadvantages
The following table lists the advantages and disadvantages of funding projects with impact fees:
TABLE 13: IMPACT FEES AS A FUNDING SOURCE
Advantages
Impact Fees
Disadvantages
Impact Fees
New development pays for its fair share of the costs
incurred by new development Adds additional costs to development
Impact fees are generally paid when building permits
are issued; therefore, funds are often not available
upfront when infrastructure needs are greatest
15
Northpoint Small Area Master Plan | DRAFT Economic Development and Funding Options
Zions Public Finance, Inc. | May 2022
Advantages
Impact Fees
Disadvantages
Impact Fees
Impact fees cannot be used to cure existing deficiencies
MUNICIPAL ENERGY TAX
Salt Lake City has enacted the municipal energy tax to the full 6 percent allowed by law on all taxable
portions of electric and gas bills. Therefore, any development that takes place in Salt Lake City would
generate this additional revenue that could be used to assist with economic development and
infrastructure costs in Northpoint. The municipal energy tax applies only to development that occurs in Salt
Lake City and not in Salt Lake County.
APPENDIX E
MAJOR STREETS PLAN AMENDMENT
2100 N
~2900 W
3200 W
2200 W
3300 N
3500 N
2950 N
Salt Lake Ci ty Major Street Plan Amendm en t for Nor th p oin t A r ea
¯
Legend
Designation
Arterials
Loc al Streets
Propos ed Arterial Streets
0 640 1,280 1,920320
Feet
5. PUBLIC COMMENTS RECEIVED
The first public draft of the Northpoint Small Area Plan was online and available for public comment
from July 26, 2022 – September 19, 2022. The plan received 685 views and 195 total comments during
this time. The majority of the comments were left directly on the draft using the software Konveio and
can be viewed by visiting this link:
https://acrobat.adobe.com/link/review?uri=urn:aaid:scds:US:9d257aa8-60d8-39d9-ab70-
8aa9c2005923
All other written public comments are included in either the Staff Report published on October 26,
2022 or the Staff Report published for the December 14, 2022 meeting. Public comments that were
received following the publishing of those staff reports are included on the following pages.
From:cindy cromer
To:Norris, Nick; Oktay, Michaela
Cc:Martinez, Diana; Gilmore, Kristina
Subject:(EXTERNAL) Fw: request to recall: Northpoint Small Area Plan
Date:Tuesday, January 10, 2023 7:39:08 AM
Please forward to members of the Planning Commission, via their e mail addresses if
possible.
To Chairman Bachman and Members of the Salt Lake City Planning Commission
From Cindy Cromer
RE your vote on the Northpoint Small Area Plan, 12/14
I am asking the Commission to recall its vote on the Northpoint Small Area Plan on 12/14 (5-2)
prior to approving the minutes at your meeting on 1/11. I have made a similar request once
before, in July 2021, but in that case, the Commission had failed to follow the adopted
ordinance. I knew that you had to consider my request and you did. In the case of the Small
Area Plan, you have not violated any ordinances but have instead set the stage for
consequences in the foreseeable future which I doubt that any of you would support and
which I know the overwhelming majority of Salt Lake's voters would not support. There are
two issues which have led me to ask you to recall your vote.
The first issue is the relationship between Northpoint and the Inland Port. Of greatest
concern was the Commission's decision to ignore the staff recommendation regarding
distribution centers. That change led me to ask about the history of Northpoint relative to the
Inland Port. According to people involved for decades, Northpoint was previously part of the
Port. Former City Council Member James Rogers was also the City's representative on the
Inland Port and had Northpoint removed. He then initiated the Small Area Plan with funding
through the City Council. That must have been in 2019.
Inserting distribution centers as an allowed use into the Small Area Plan creates the potential
for Northpoint to resemble the Inland Port as it redevelops and be annexed back into the Port
by the State. Given what has already happened, this possibility is real. Given the resources
that the City has devoted over the past 2 Administrations to protecting the City's interests in
the Port, it is unconscionable that the Commission would do anything to facilitate the future
expansion of the Port.
Secondly, in the executive session a member of the Commission speculated that there was
rampant cultivation of alfalfa and significant waste of water in current agricultural uses. So
far, I have been able to identify 1 property owner growing alfalfa and the water being used is
untreated, not water from Salt Lake City Public Utilities.
My criticism of your recommendation began 1/3 at the City Council's meeting and is included
below (last paragraph). You have failed to protect Northpoint from predictable overreach by
the State government, if not now, then in the foreseeable future. You failed to seek
information about the basis for the staff recommendation regarding distribution centers and
instead dismissed the staff recommendation. You appeared to accept inflammatory, generic
statements about the cultivation of a crop which as far as I can determine is not grown
commonly in Northpoint. You failed to verify the relevance of those generic statements to a
highly specific planning document. These are shortcomings from my perspective which are
not prohibited by the City's ordinances.
You can of course ignore my cautions, as you did my comments on 12/14, and persist with
your recommendation to the City Council. I am writing to let you know that I too can persist in
my objections and will continue to ask the members of the City Council to ignore your
recommendation of 12/14.
From: cindy cromer
Sent: Tuesday, January 3, 2023 4:07 PM
To: Petro-Eschler, Victoria <victoria.petro-eschler@slcgov.com>; alejandro.puy@slcgov.com
<alejandro.puy@slcgov.com>; dan.dugan@slcgov.com <dan.dugan@slcgov.com>; Fowler, Amy
<amy.fowler@slcgov.com>; Mano, Darin <darin.mano@slcgov.com>; Chris Wharton
<chris.wharton@slcgov.com>; Valdemoros, Ana <ana.valdemoros@slcgov.com>
Cc: Fullmer, Brian <Brian.Fullmer@slcgov.com>; Pantle, Brian <Brian.Pantle@slcgov.com>; Benson,
Jenna <Jenna.Benson@slcgov.com>; Tuuao, Priscilla <priscilla.tuuao@slcgov.com>; Thomas, Blake
<blake.thomas@slcgov.com>; Gilmore, Kristina <Kristina.Gilmore@slcgov.com>;
michaela.oktay@slcgov.com <michaela.oktay@slcgov.com>; cindy gust-jenson <cindy.gust-
jenson@slcgov.com>
Subject: Fw: Northpoint Small Area Plan: comment to the City Council 1/3/23
40 Years of Showing Up Late or Not at All: The Northwest Quadrant
In the late 1980's, the Northwest Quadrant was the only part of the city without a master
plan. At some point during the early 1990's, Doug Wheelwright on the Planning staff wrote a
proposed plan with traditional single-family houses. Then, Genevieve Atwood presented the
findings of her dissertation (published 2006). I was standing next to Doug at the back of the
room during Genevieve's presentation. He only said, "This changes everything." Nothing
else.
Through the 1990's and early 2000's, Salt Lake City still did not have a plan for the Northwest
Quadrant. Then the State started talking about relocating the prison. Once again Frank Gray
came to the City's rescue and drafted a plan for the Northwest Quadrant adopted in 2016.
The State proceeded with the relocation of the prison any way. And then the State decided
to locate the Intermodal Hub near the airport. Once again the City mustered its best
arguments after the fact. Then James Rogers got the funding for the small area plan, but the
effort stalled with the RFP. I am still trying to piece together the City's response to a proposed
annexation.
My point is that the City has always failed to plan for this area in a timely manner. It shows up
late over and over again. At times, it has had talented planners and attorneys assigned to the
task. They have attempted to outmaneuver the State.
The City has criticized the State for the Inland Port, but now the Planning Commission appears
to put its blessing on a similar redevelopment of Northpoint. I am hoping that someone will
explain to me how the development of distribution and manufacturing in Northpoint is
different from the Inland Port in any way except that the City would retain, only for the
immediate future, receipt of the property taxes. That of course assumes that the State
doesn't swoop in and claim them, as it has with the Inland Port. I have no doubt that if
Northpoint resembles the Inland Port in the future, the State will intervene again. I am asking
you to ignore the recommendation from the Planning Commission. The Commissioners seem
oblivious of the predictable outcome.
4858-3336-8894
NorthPoint Small Area Plan
Salt Lake City
PETITION IN SUPPORT OF THE NORTHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN DATED OCTOBER 2022.
The undersigned supports the amended NorthPoint Small Area Plan as presented to the Salt Lake City Planning
Commission on October 26, 2022 and request that the Planning Commission approve such plan on the meeting
to be held on December 14, 2022 with no additional limitations on distribution uses. The undersigned attests
that they are residents of the NorthPoint Small Area located in Salt Lake City, have personally signed this
petition on the date indicated, and reside or work at the stated address.
Signature: ____________ ___________________
Address: ________________________________
Date: ________________________________
DocuSign Envelope ID: 568F1AB3-E460-43A1-A68A-1E452DE9445C
12/3/2022
2680 N 2200 W Salt Lake City, UT 84116
Krissy Gilmore
Salt Lake City
Senior Planner
kristina.gilmore@slcgov.com
Victoria Petro Eschler
Salt Lake City
District #1 Councilmember
victoria.petro-eschler@slcgov.com
RE: SUPPORT FOR THE NORHPOINT SMALL AREA PLAN
As a resident of the NorthPoint Small Area, I am writing to document my support for the Northpoint
Small Area Plan as presented to the Salt Lake City Planning Commission on October 26, 2022. I would highly
recommend the Planning Commission approve the plan with no additional limitations to distribution uses in its
December 14th meeting and that City Council adopt this plan as currently scheduled in January 2023. The
Northpoint Small Area Plan outlines several reasons to transition the land use from agricultural to industrial
while allowing landowners to participate in the economic growth of the area.
Additionally, to ensure the greatest potential for economic growth in the area, we encourage the
Planning Commission and/or City Council remove any limitations on the distribution uses allowed in the area.
Not only would these limitations exclude the vast majority of small businesses seeking industrial space, but
they would continue to drive rental rates higher for already struggling small businesses. Any limitation
imposed on distribution uses would devalue the land, restrict economic growth, and increase rental rates for
small businesses in the area.
Thank you,
Signature: ________________________________
Address: ________________________________
Date: ________________________________
DocuSign Envelope ID: 568F1AB3-E460-43A1-A68A-1E452DE9445C
12/3/2022
2680 N 2200 W Salt Lake City, UT 84116
From:Denise Payne
To:Planning Public Comments
Subject:(EXTERNAL) Denise and John Payne 2848 North 2200 West
Date:Wednesday, December 14, 2022 2:34:50 PM
My husband has lived on 2200 west for 45 years and I have lived here for 33 years. I oppose
the transitional land use verbiage in the Master Plan and I oppose the annexation, rezoning or
Area Master Plan changes which changes current zoning M1 or BP. This would jeopardize
open space along the Jordan River with agriculture becoming industrial areas. Such changes
not only significantly impact North Point residents but the residents of surrounding westside
neighborhoods. As stated in the Tribune the West side is the highest in air pollution in the
area.
Industrial zoning around our home condemns is to a lower quality of life, decreases our
property value and will force is to move. This does not support new housing at all income
levels.” This housing gap/shortage dwarfs the city’s apparent desire for more warehouses and
other commercial structures. City Council just approved funding for affordable housing.
Approving M1 is going against new affordable housing.
Other negative impacts to the entire westside include:
Increased air pollution, noise pollution, light pollution
Unsustainable traffic
Watershed pollution and destruction of natural habitat
Reduction of home ownership in the city
--
Have an awesome day.......
Denise Payne
From:
To:Planning Public Comments
Subject:(EXTERNAL) Northpoint Small Area Plan Comments for Dec. 14
Date:Wednesday, December 14, 2022 3:26:06 PM
Attachments:Northpoint Small Area Plan Comments 12-13-2022.docx
Hello,
FYI, Attached are the comments I submitted yesterday to Krissy Gilmore.
I understand that comments will be read to the planning commission if they are under two minutes.
Below are the comments I would like to have read at the meeting tonight.
Dear Salt Lake City Planning Commission Members, My name is Wayne Martinson. I worked for National Audubon Society for25 years, retiring in 2016. During this period, I worked extensively onissues regarding the Great Salt Lake, including the Gillmor Sanctuary, thenorthwest quadrant plan and the south shore of Great Salt Lake. Last night I submitted comments to Krissy Gilmore. I hope you considerthose comments in full. The following provides three specific comments:
1. I support the Westpointe Board statement on the Proposed NorthPoint Small Area Plan. In particular, I support their statement in theletter dated January 11, 2022, that the Planning Commission is urged“to continue to table action on the North Point Master Plan until suchcitizen input can be incorporated into the plan.”
2. I support the comments made by Heidi Hoven, ConservationSpecialist, Gillmor Sanctuary, National Audubon, in her letter to you,dated Dec. 2, 2022. The following comments in particular should befully addressed: “The wetlands bordering the west side of Northpoint Small Area shouldbe treated delicately and provided a minimum buffer of 300 feet, whichcan be backed by studies that consider ecological preservation and theother functions that wetlands provide. Likewise, the Jordan Rivershould also be treated as highest priority as it is a major source ofwater to Great Salt Lake and its wetlands with a 300 foot buffer(highest quality buffer recommended in Blueprint Jordan River).
3. Regarding the minimum buffer of 300 feet, it could be useful to puttogether a committee that would fully address this buffer. Thiscommittee could work on the wetland buffer during the same timethat citizen input is being incorporated into the plan.
Thank you for considering these comments. Wayne Martinson
Dec. 13, 2022
Kristina Gilmore, AICP
Senior Planner
Planning Division
Department of Community and Neighborhoods
Salt Lake City Corporation
kristina.gillmore@slcgov.com
Dear Kristina:
Subject: Northpoint Small Area Plan Comments
Thank you for the opportunity to comment on the Northpoint Small Area Plan
The following provides Personal Background and then General and Specific
comments.
Personal background:
From 1991 to 2016, I worked for the National Audubon Society, first as Utah
Wetlands Coordinator and then as Utah Important Bird Areas Coordinator.
Much of my time was focused on the Great Salt Lake, including working with
Ella Sorensen regarding the Gillmor Sanctuary as well as the wetlands on the
south shore of Great Salt Lake. I have been a resident of Salt Lake City since
1978.
General Comments:
Some of the first meetings I attended when starting with National Audubon in
the early 1990’s were about the Northwest Quadrant Plan. Some of the last
meetings I attended in 2016 were related to the completion of the Northwest
Quadrant Plan. It can take a long time to complete a plan.
One of the major components addressed in the Northwest Quadrant Plan was
developing the Natural Areas. These Natural Areas provide a buffer for the
wetlands of the Great Salt Lake, including the areas owned and managed by
Kennecott Copper (Inland Sea Shorebird Reserve) National Audubon Society
(Gillmor Sanctuary) and the duck clubs. Numerous meetings were held
between landowners who wanted to develop and landowners who wanted to
preserve the wildlife values before an agreement was reached regarding the
Natural Areas.
The value of natural areas in or adjacent to the Northpoint Small Area Plan is
very high. Often when I was asked about the major issues regarding the Great
Salt Lake, my response was (and still is) water quantity, water quality, and
preserving wetland and upland buffers for the Great Salt Lake.
The Northpoint Small Area Plan has similarities to the Northwest Quadrant
Plan. One of them is that development is proposed right next to the wetland
and upland areas that are managed for wildlife. Every attempt should be
made to become familiar with and supportive of these wetland and upland
buffers.
Specific Comments:
1. I support the Westpointe Board statement on the Proposed North Point
Small Area Plan. In particular, I support their statement in the letter
dated January 11, 2022, that the Planning Commission is urged “to
continue to table action on the North Point Master Plan until such
citizen input can be incorporated into the plan.”
2. I support the comments made by Heidi Hoven, Conservation Specialist,
Gillmor Sanctuary, National Audubon Society, in her letter to you, dated
Dec. 2, 2022. The following comments in particular should be fully
addressed:
“The wetlands bordering the west side of Northpoint Small Area should be
treated delicately and provided a minimum buffer of 300 feet, which can
be backed by studies that consider ecological preservation and the other
functions that wetlands provide (e.g., groundwater recharge, improved
water quality, flood attenuation, dissipation of noise, motion, and light
disturbances to wildlife, and many habitat benefits to wildlife). Likewise,
the Jordan River should also be treated as highest priority as it is a major
source of water to Great Salt Lake and its wetlands with a 300 foot buffer
(highest quality buffer recommended in Blueprint Jordan River).
3. Regarding the minimum buffer of 300 feet, it could be useful to put
together a committee that would fully address this buffer. This
committee could work on the wetland buffer during the same time that
citizen input is being incorporated into the plan.
In summary, the Northpoint Small Area Plan should be tabled until citizen
input can be more fully considered and incorporated into the plan. Also, the
wetland and upland areas that are part of and/or are adjacent to the
Northpoint Small Area Plan are an important component of the Great Salt
Lake wetlands. Every effort should be made to preserve and protect these
areas.
Thank you for the opportunity to comment:
Sincerely,
Wayne Martinson
Cc: Heidi Hoven, Conservation Specialist National Audubon Society
Ella Sorensen, Gillmor Sanctuary Manager, National Audubon Society
Dorothy Owen, Westpointe Community Council Board of Directors
Jack Ray, Rudy Duck Club
1
Clark, Aubrey
From:
Sent:Monday, December 12, 2022 10:49 AM
To:Gilmore, Kristina
Cc:Norris, Nick; Clark, Aubrey; Petro-Eschler, Victoria; Puy, Alejandro; Dugan, Dan; Otto, Rachel
Subject:(EXTERNAL) WESTPOINTE BOARD STATEMENT ON PROPOSED NORTH POINT SMALL AREA PLAN--
for submission to Planning Commission for Dec 14 public hearing
Attachments:Westpointe Board of Directors Statement regarding proposed North Point Small Area Master Plan
.pdf; house with warehouse.JPG; lovelyhome.JPG
Importance:High
The Westpointe Community Council Board of Directors has now completed their analysis of the residents’ petition
and unanimously voted to support their proposed changes to the current draft of the North Point Small Area
Master Plan. The attached statement includes this analysis and our comments to the Planning Commission for
their Dec 14 public hearing. This augments the Nov 30th email comments previously sent. Since a picture is worth
a thousand words, we are also including a few photos—one of a current house at risk and one of a home that
reflects the reality of the proposed “transition.” Additional photos are available but did not want to overwhelm
people at this time.
Thank you for your assistance and for forwarding this information to the Planning Commission members. While we
regret that this review and vote could not be completed sooner, we are pleased with the resulting statement and
photos. We hope this will clarify the major issues at stake.
January 11, 2022
Salt Lake City Planning Commission
451 S. State Street
Salt Lake City, Utah 84111
Subject: Westpointe Board statement on North Point Small Area Planning effort
We had hoped this planning effort would result in a number of planning scenarios
generating serious community discussions and eventually, a workable vision for the
area. This has yet to occur. Rather, the proposed “vision map” accepts outdated
assumptions and planning limitations as a “given” that does not need justification.
Planning efforts were instead devoted to developing mitigation strategies to counter
this vision’s negative impacts.
We concur with Dr. Luke Garrott’s assessment that the proposed plan , if implemented, will
result in an “inherently unsustainable and unwalkable land use-a warehouse and trucking
ghetto.“ ( https://buildingsaltlake.com/hot-market-for-warehouses-is-driving-a-trucking-ghetto-into-
slcs-last-agricultural-land-and-right-through-the-citys-draft-master-plan/ ). The draft plan seeks to
soften this result by identifying “transitional” lands, implying that mitigation measures will
allow current residents to stay in the area and that any change will be a gradual shift. This
blatantly contradicts written developer comments that homes will be gone within five years
and that many proposed mitigation efforts will be unnecessary as a result.
It would be cruelly ironic for Salt Lake City to now adopt such a “demolition” approach after
Councilman James Rogers convinced the Utah State Legislature to withdraw this unique area
from the jurisdiction of the Utah Inland Port Authority (UIPA). This allowed North Point to avoid
M1 rezoning unlike the remaining UIPA area.
Recently, area residents circulated a petition proposing an alternative vision for North Point.
After reviewing this proposal (see attachment) the Board of Directors voted to support it. We
therefore urge the Planning Commission to continue to table action on the North Point Master
Plan until such citizen input can be incorporated into the plan.
Sincerely,
Westpointe Community Council Board of Directors
Dorothy P. Owen Sharon Pohlman Todd Hadden
Lynn Skidmore Jessica Esparza Annette Richards
ANALYSIS OF RESIDENT PROPOSAL FOR NORTH POINT MASTER PLAN
The west side of 2200 West maintain its business park (BP) development zoning
while the East side of 2200 W keeps its current AG zoning This allows current
residential/agricultural uses as well as future low density residential development.
This proposal reflects a factual understanding of the area, and of the families who live there.
• The North Point community has about 140 people living in about 60 homes which are entirely
single-family housing units. 85 % of these units are owner occupied with an average home
value of $438,000. This compares to the $ 346,900 median price for the zip code as a whole.
( Source: Existing Condition Report Dec 2021 pg . 21 Logan Simpson Consulting)
• People living in the area tend to work in the services industry, transportation and utilities or
manufacturing. They have a higher median household income than the City as a whole.
(Source: Current Conditions Report Dec 2021 pg. 21. Logan Simpson Consulting)
• Housing is “concentrated east of 2200 West due to environmental constraints and airport
impacts. “ The majority of the housing stock supports the agricultural uses surrounding
them. Within the area there is a rich agricultural history that the community desires to
preserve. (Source: Current Conditions Report Dec 2021 pg. 21 Logan Simpson Consulting)
• The Scannell properties in municipal Salt Lake City are zoned BP (business park). The City has
already approved up to 20 warehouses in this area. This warehouse development west of
2200 W will encompass approximately 40% of North Point’s total land area.
(Source: Current Conditions Report Dec 2021 pg. 16 Logan Simpson Also City Planning)
• All of Salt Lake County’s jurisdictional lands in this area are zoned A-2, low-density
residential with supporting agriculture as a conditional use. Over 50% of North Point is within
unincorporated Salt Lake County. ( Source: Current Conditions Report Dec 2021 Logan
Simpson. Pg. 5 & 15) The City should consider adopting the County’s zoning approach rather
than zoning for more warehouses.
This proposal supports the findings & recommendations of the City’s “Thriving in Place”
Displacement Study. Applicable recommendations include:
• There are not enough housing units overall in Salt Lake City. It therefore recommends support
for new housing at all income levels.
• It further recommends efforts to minimize displacement from new development and
discourage new development where it will do the most harm.
• It supports locally owned businesses, public spaces and cultural institutions that help
communities thrive in place. All of these currently exist within North Point area and will be
harmed by the proposed vision.
This proposal is a workable compromise. It reflects commitments to existing residents
and new developers. It allows for preservation and development. It is not based on
outdated assumptions.
• 2200 W divides the area into “clear sections which suggest an informal development
boundary along the roadway. “ (Source: Current Conditions Report Dec 2021 pg. Logan
Simpson) The draft plan does not use this demarcation as a source for compromise.
• Dr. Robert C. Leachman, professor of industrial engineering & operations research, University
of California Berkeley, authored a recent (Sept 12, 2022) report analyzing the prospects for
import and export business at the Utah Inland Port Authority (UIPA). His report indicates that
a proposed logistics facility is “simply not a value proposition.” As a result, prior
development assumptions have been called into question and the multi-million-dollar facility
has been put on hold. Instead, he recommends consideration of regional distribution centers
on the South side of I-80 near Union Pacific facilities. North Point is located North of 1-80.
• UIPA contains 16,000 acres of which 87% is within Salt Lake City’s borders. Most of it is
zoned M1. New building within this zoning is primarily warehouses which require less work,
time, and money to develop. Recently, UIPA has made significant management and statutory
changes as it re-evaluates past efforts and assumptions. A new UIPA Master Plan for the area
is being developed. These new trends need to be considered by SLC as it plans for North Point.
.
We the undersigned residents of North Point, respectfully oppose annexation, rezoning or Area Master
Plan changes which in current zoning becoming M1 or BP. This includes opposing the master plan’s
proposed “transitional” land use category as well as recent changes which envision open space along
the Jordan River becoming industrial areas. Such changes not only significantly impact North Point
residents but the residents of surrounding westside neighborhoods.
Industrial zoning around existing homes condemns them to a lower quality of life, decreases their
property values and will force residents to move. This directly goes against Salt Lake City’s “Thriving in
Place” initiative which seeks to reduce housing displacement and support “new housing at all income
levels.” This housing gap/shortage dwarfs the city’s apparent desire for more warehouses and other
commercial structures. It is the City’s duty to protect residential housing from speculative industrial
developers, especially when taxpayers are already paying for an Inland Port that is designed to house
such industries.
Other negative impacts to the entire westside include:
Increased air pollution, noise pollution, light pollution
Unsustainable traffic
Watershed pollution and destruction of natural habitat
Reduction of home ownership in the city
Instead, we are proposing the West side of 2200 West maintain its business park (BP) where it is
currently zoned while the East side of 2200 West keep its current AG zoning which allow current
residential/agricultural uses as well as future low density residential developments.
Name Address
Item F1
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Ben Luedtke
Budget & Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: Certification of the Downtown Plan
MOTION 1 – ADOPT RESOLUTION
I move that the Council adopt a resolution certifying the Downtown Plan’s compliance with Utah Code
to have station area plans for each transit station.
MOTION 2 – NOT ADOPT
I move that the Council proceed to the next agenda item.
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
Date Received: _________________ ________________________
Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: October 30.2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
__________________________
SUBJECT: Certification of Downtown Plan
STAFF CONTACT: Nick Norris, Planning Director at 801-535-6173 or nick.norris@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Resolution
RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt the attached resolution.
BUDGET IMPACT: None
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: This is an updated transmittal. The document that was
attached to the resolution was updated at the request of Wasatch Front Regional Council to add
more details about actions that the city has taken to implement the Downtown Plan and more
info about development activities that have occurred. In addition, some corrections were made to
directions that were wrong. After discussing this with council staff and the Attorney’s Office, it
was mutually decided to send an updated transmittal with the corrected document.
The following information is unchanged from the original transmittal:
In 2022 the Utah Legislature adopted a bill that requires cities with a fixed rail transit station to
adopt station area plans for each fixed rail transit station that is located within the city and for
any fixed rail transit station that is within ½ mile of the city boundary when the station is not
located in the city. The bill resulted in Utah Code Section 10-9a-403.1. The bill recognized that
some cities may have already taken action to achieve the same objectives outlined in the bill and
provided a process for cities to certify existing plans. The bill requires the city’s legislative body
rachel otto (Oct 30, 2023 16:48 MDT)10/30/2023
10/30/2023
to adopt a resolution acknowledging the objectives in 10-9a-403.1 that the existing plan(s)
address the objectives.
There are 34 Trax or Frontrunner stations that Salt Lake City is responsible for certifying station
area plans. Twenty-eight of these stations are within the city, while six stations are outside the
city but there is land that is within ½ mile radius of the station that is in Salt Lake City. To date,
the Ballpark Station Area Plan has been certified. This transmittal includes a resolution to certify
the Downtown Plan as the station area plan for the 13 stations that are located within the
geographic boundaries of the Downtown Plan.
The station area plan area defined in Utah Code 10-9a-403.1 includes all the area within a ½ mile
radius of the station. Due to the location of the stations and the geography of the Downtown
Plan, the ½ mile radius around each station in the Downtown Plan extends beyond the
boundaries of the plan. As a result, this resolution includes information about the surrounding
community plans that support the objectives of the station area plan outlined in the Utah Code.
The attached document includes an analysis of how each of the surrounding plans aligns with the
objectives. This information was included to ensure that the full ½ mile radius was addressed in
the certification process.
PUBLIC PROCESS: None. The purpose of this resolution is to certify plans that have already
been adopted by the city and does not include the creation of any new policies.
EXHIBITS:
1) Resolution Certifying the Downtown Plan
Exhibit 1
RESOLUTION _____ OF 2023
CERTIFYING THE DOWNTOWN PLAN’S COMPLIANCE WITH UTAH CODE
REQUIREMENTS FOR STATION AREA PLANS FOR EACH TRANSIT STATION
WHEREAS, Utah Code 10-9a-403.1 requires cities to adopt station area plans for each
transit station that is located within the city or within ½ mile radius of the city; and
WHEREAS, Utah Code Subsection 10.9a.403.1(2)(b)(1) provides a process for cities to
certify that plans adopted prior to June 1, 2022 comply with the requirements of Section 10-9a-
403.1; and
WHEREAS, the 900 South, 600 South, Courthouse, Gallivan, City Center, Temple
Square, Arena, Planetarium, Old Greek Town, Salt Lake Central Trax, Salt Lake Central
Frontrunner, North Temple Trax, and North Temple Frontrunner stations are located within or on
the boundary of the area covered by the Downtown Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Downtown Plan was recommended, after multiple public hearings, for
adoption by the Salt Lake City Planning Commission on August 26, 2015; and
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) adopted the Downtown Plan on
May 24, 2016; and
WHEREAS, the Utah Code Subsection 10-9a-403.1(2)(b)(2) allows a municipal
legislative body to adopt a resolution that certifies that the objectives in Utah Code Subsection
10-9a-403.1(7)(a) have been promoted for plans the city adopted prior to June 1, 2022 instead of
requiring the city to adopt new station area plans; and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that the objectives in Utah Code Subsection10-9a-
403.1(7)(a) have been and are promoted by the Downtown Plan for all of the transit stations
identified in this resolution and that the city has taken appropriate actions that demonstrate that
the Downtown Plan and subsequent actions to implement the plan as indicated in Attachment A
are still relevant to making meaningful progress towards achieving the objectives in said section
of Utah Code.
WHEREAS, the requirement for a station area plan under Utah Code Section 10-9a-403.1
requires a station area plan to include all of the land within ½ mile radius of the transit station;
and
WHEREAS, the city has evaluated the station area plans adjacent to the Downtown Plan
where the ½ mile radius extends beyond the boundaries of the Downtown Plan, that all of the
adjacent plans were adopted prior to June 1, 2022, or are other station area plans that have
already been certified by the Wasatch Front Regional Council, and has found that these plans and
subsequent actions to implement these plans promote the objectives of Utah Code Subsection 10-
9a-403.1(7)(a).
NOW, THEREFORE, be it resolved by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah that the
City Council hereby certifies that the Downtown Plan and surrounding station area plans have
substantially promoted and continue to substantially promote the objectives set forth in Utah
Code Subsection 10-9a-403.1(7)(a).
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah this ___ day of _____________,
2023.
______________________________________
DARIN MANO, CHAIR
ATTEST:
_________________________
CITY RECORDER
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:__________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Paul C. Nielson, Senior City Attorney
September 18, 2023
Attachment A
1
OCTOBER 17
Salt Lake City Planning Division
Nick Norris, Planning Director
nick.norris@slcgov.com
Downtown Station Area Plan Certification
Salt Lake City Corporation
Dept. of Community and Neighborhoods
2
Introduction
Salt Lake City is seeking certification of the Downtown Plan and the surrounding plans to satisfy the
Station Area Plan requirements outlined in Utah Code 10-9a-403.1(2)(b)(i) for plans adopted prior to
June 1, 2022. This proposal would essentially use these plans to satisfy the station area plan
requirement for 13 different stations:
• 900 South
• 600 South
• Courthouse
• Gallivan Plaza
• City Center
• Temple Square
• Arena
• Planetarium
• Old Greek Town
• Salt Lake Central
o Trax
o Frontrunner
• North Temple
o Trax
o Frontrunner
The City respectfully asks you to accept this document as the required submission for certifying the
plans for these stations. To address the entire ½ mile radius that a station area plan is required to
consider under state code, the city must provide information from seven different community plans.
The community plans collectively establish the City’s land use element of our general plan.
Submitting the required information using the provided submission sheet is cumbersome and
challenging due to the number of plans that are included, and the city has produced this document to
demonstrate that the requirements have been fulfilled.
3
Background
The Downtown Plan was adopted prior to Utah Code 10-9a-403.1. There are 13 transit
stations within the Downtown Plan area. A ½ mile radius extends beyond the boundary of
the Downtown Plan. Seven additional plans have been adopted by the city, including policies
supporting the objectives in 10-9a-403.1. This document provides land use policies from
those other adopted plans to satisfy the intent and purpose of the station area plan
requirements in the Utah Code. For certification, Salt Lake City views the downtown area as
one large station area that includes each of the stations. The Downtown Plan and
Surrounding Plans map provides a visual reference for context.
The map shows the Downtown Plan Future Land Use Map in shades of red and includes five
future land use designations:
• High-Rise Core
• Mid-Rise Transit Oriented
• Mid-Rise Corridor
• Mid-Rise Streetcar
• Low-Rise Transit Oriented
Each of these designations allows mixed-use development. Residential density is regulated by
building height and setbacks and not by lot area. The primary difference between the
designations is building height.
On the low end, the Low-Rise Transit Oriented designation allows buildings up to 50 feet in
height. This is primarily oriented around the 900 South Station. Form-based zoning has
been adopted that is capable of producing densities of up to 45 dwelling units per acre.
Buildings are currently under construction in the High-Rise Core, which will have densities
that exceed 500 dwelling units per acre.
The map shows the adjacent plans in shades of blue. The surrounding plans are shown
because the ½ mile radius requirement in Utah Code 10-91-403.1 for a station area plan
extends beyond the boundaries of the Downtown Plan. Salt Lake City seeks to certify the
entire ½ mile radius area by providing descriptions from the surrounding plans that support
the objectives for station area plans identified in Utah Code. This is done rather than seeking
an exception of impracticability because these areas do support the objectives and have been
planned and zoned to accomplish this. Three of the areas that are outside the downtown plan
boundaries but within the ½ mile radius have existing station area plans that will be certified
through a separate process. The plans, referred to as periphery plans in this document,
include:
• The Ballpark Station Area Plan (certified in 2023) to the south of 900 South.
• Westside Plan, to the west.
• The North Temple Boulevard Plan to the west and north.
• Capitol Hill to the north.
4
• Avenues Community Plan to the north and northeast.
• Central Community Plan to the east.
The Station Area Map above shows the downtown future land use designations in shades of
red and the surrounding community plans in shades of blue.
5
The below chart shows which plans apply to each station:
Station Down-
town
Avenues Ballpark
SAP
Capitol
Hill
Central
Community
North
Temple
Boulevard
Westside
900 South
600 South
Courthouse
Gallivan
City Center
Temple
Square
Arena
Planetarium
Old Greek
Town
SL Central
(Trax)
SL Central
(Frontrunner)
North Temple
(Trax)
North Temple
(Frontrunner)
There is not a single station in Downtown that falls completely within the boundaries of the
Downtown Plan. This document provides information to certify existing, adopted plans that
cover 13 of the transit stations within the city.
Each of the plans listed in the table is referenced at the end of this document. The reference
includes a list of policies related to each of the station area plan objectives listed in Utah Code
10-9a-403.1(7)(a). The future land use map for each plan is also provided.
6
Certifying Existing Plans and Actions
Utah Code 10-9a-403.1(2)(b) outlines the requirements to certify plans that were adopted
prior to June 1, 2022. The Downtown Plan and the surrounding plans were adopted prior to
2022 except for the Ballpark Station Area Plan, which was certified in 2023. This section of
Utah Code is applicable to cities that have already adopted plans or ordinances, approved
land use applications, approved agreements or financing, or investments that have been made
prior to June 1, 2022. This section means that the city can use any, but doesn’t need to
include all, of these actions listed that are still relevant to achieving the objectives outlined in
Utah Code.
To certify an existing plan, the city must demonstrate that the plan substantially promotes the
objectives of Utah Code 10-9a-403.1(7)(a). The objectives listed in this section include:
1) Increasing the availability and affordability of housing, including moderate-income
housing;
2) Promoting sustainable environmental conditions;
3) Enhancing access to opportunities; and
4) Increasing transportation choices and connections.
Each of these objectives is discussed below, with specific references to the location in the
Downtown Plan where the objective is discussed, and has associated policies, or action items.
The plans on the periphery of each station will also be cited under each objective.
In addition to demonstrating that the objectives are promoted, the city shall also demonstrate
that the plans, ordinances, approved land use applications, approved agreements or
financing, or investments are still relevant to making meaningful progress towards achieving
the objectives. It should be noted that Downtown Salt Lake City has been the epicenter in the
state of Utah for housing, commerce, transportation, and sustainable building practices since
it was founded and continues to be a leader in implementing these objectives. This has
occurred over generations, dating to the Plat of Zion, the 1919 City Plan, the Second Century
Plan, the 1995 Downtown Plan, and the current Downtown Plan, adopted in 2016. It is Salt
Lake City’s position that Downtown Salt Lake City is the most significant example of urban
planning in Utah and the Intermountain West and has a long track record of plan
implementation. No other station area plan (or a plan by any other name) can demonstrate
the objectives to the scale, extent, and long-term commitment in the same manner as
Downtown Salt Lake City and we appreciate the plans being certified expeditiously.
7
Promotion of Objectives
This section describes how the Downtown Plan, periphery plans, ordinances, and actions
support and promote the objectives identified in Utah Code 10-9a.403.1(7)(a). Each of the
objectives focuses on the Downtown Plan and then follows with a short explanation of the
associated policies found in the periphery plans. The policies in the Downtown apply to all 13
stations seeking certification. Policies that relate to a specific station will be identified under
each objective. Information about policies found in the periphery plans will identify which
stations the policies apply to.
Objective 1: Increasing the availability and affordability of housing, including
moderate-income housing. (Utah Code Section 10-9a-403.1(7)(i)
The Downtown Plan has a specific goal of 10,000 housing units downtown by 2040. This
includes increasing the number of all housing types and sizes, with specific mention of
dwellings with three or more bedrooms. As used in the plan “housing choice” incorporates
housing at all levels of affordability and includes initiatives to incentivize housing needs. The
plan includes initiatives related to providing supportive housing for the homeless population
as well. Pages 39-41 of the plan are specific housing-related policies. The policies are also
anchored into each district within Downtown.
To implement this policy, the city has taken the following actions:
• Established financing tools to help lower the cost of housing at various levels below the
current market rate. The tools are funded through various financing tools available to
the city, including tax increment financing through the city’s redevelopment agency,
the “Funding our Future” program that allocates a % of property tax to affordable
housing, and utilizing state and federal tax dollars allocated to the city and to
affordable housing developers.
• Adopted zoning amendments that:
o Increase building heights to promote more housing in all the downtown zoning
districts;
o Removed minimum parking requirements in all the downtown zoning districts;
o Allowed a variety of housing types throughout the downtown.
• Zoning amendment policies that are in process:
o Affordable Housing Incentives: increases development potential and reduces
approval processes for proposals that include a certain level of affordable housing.
It is anticipated that these actions will help achieve the goal of 10,000 housing units
Downtown by 2040. As of the end of 2022, there are 9,076 housing units in the area covered
by the Downtown Plan. The Downtown Plan and subsequent actions to implement the plan
aligned with favorable market conditions to nearly complete a 25-year goal in 6 years. The
success of achieving this goal demonstrates that the actions in the plan are still relevant
towards achieving this objective because of the approved land use applications and building
permits that have included dwelling units.
8
The following is a discussion of the periphery plans that address land use policies for areas
that are within ½ mile of each station but fall outside the boundaries of the Downtown Plan.
900 South Station:
• Ballpark Station Area Plan: BSAP was certified in 2023 and covers the area that is
within ½ mile radius of the 900 South Station. That plan includes land use policies
to support increased housing supply and affordable housing in the area. Zoning
amendments to implement the plan are underway and expected to be adopted in
2024.
• Central Community: Approximately 2 acres of the land on the east side of State
Street is located within ½ mile radius of the station but outside of the boundaries
of the Downtown Plan. The Central Community Plan identifies this land as
“Medium Density Mixed Use” with a recommended residential density of up to 50
dwelling units per acre. This policy aligns with the goal of increasing residential
densities within the station area. This area is zoned a combination of two different
zones, which allows residential without density limitations and building heights
between 45 and 125 feet in height.
600 South, Courthouse, Gallivan Station
• The area between 200 East and 300 East and 700 South and 100 South is within
the Central Community Plan. This area is identified as “Residential High Mixed
Use,” “High Density Residential,” “Medium Density Mixed Use,” or Institutional
uses. The recommended residential density is at least 50 dwelling units per acre in
the High Mixed use and High-Density categories. These densities support the
objective of expanding housing options within ½ mile of the identified stations.
City Center:
• Central Community Plan: the same land use designations that apply to the 600
South, Courthouse, and Gallivan Station apply to this station.
• Avenues: A small portion of the Avenues neighborhood is located within ½ mile of
this station. The Avenues Plan designates the area as “High Density” and defines
that as 20 dwellings per acre or more. This area is also a local historic district with
very little opportunity for redevelopment. One surface parking lot has been
approved for redevelopment with more than 50 dwelling units per acre. This area
of the Avenues has an existing density that ranges from 18-70 dwelling units per
acre, which promotes this objective.
• Capitol Hill: Most of the land within 1/2 mile of the City Center station that is
located on Capitol Hill is institutional or open space. North of the institutional land
is a historic district with a high concentration of historic buildings. This area is
dense, with densities ranging between 18 dwellings per acre on some blocks up to
smaller areas with densities over 50 dwellings per acre.
Temple Square and Arena Stations:
9
• Capitol Hill: about 30% of the land within ½ mile of the station is in the Capitol
Hill Plan. Most of the land north of South Temple is Institutional and owned by the
LDS Church and contains ecclesiastical land uses. The future land use designations
on the land north of North Temple are Density or High-Density Mixed Use, both of
which recommend residential densities that exceed 50 dwelling units per acre.
• North Temple Boulevard Plan: this plan was adopted as a series of station area
plans prior to the opening of the light rail line to the airport. The area of the plan
that is within ½ mile of the Temple Square station calls for dense development. A
lot of the land is owned by the Salt Lake City School District or by the LDS church.
However, land that is developable for other uses has a recommended density of
over 50 dwelling units per acre and nearly 1,700 housing units have been built.
Some of these housing units are in the Arena and North Temple station areas as
well. Transit-oriented zoning is in place.
Planetarium
• North Temple Boulevard Plan: Some of the area north of North Temple is within ½
mile of the Planetarium Station. All the area is located within the North Temple
Boulevard Plan. That plan has land use policies that support densities over 50
dwelling units per acre. Transit-oriented zoning is in place. The zoning in this area
supports high density and approximately 15 residential or mixed-use buildings
have been constructed within this station area.
Old Greek Town
• North Temple Boulevard Plan: Some of the area north of North Temple and west of
I-15 is within ½ mile of the Old Greek Town Station. All the area is located within
the North Temple Boulevard Plan. That plan has land use policies that support
densities over 50 dwelling units per acre. Recent construction within this station
area has demonstrated that the zoning is still valid and supports this objective.
Salt Lake Central (this includes a Trax station and a Frontrunner Station)
• North Temple Boulevard Plan: Some of the area south of North Temple and west of
I-15 is within ½ mile of the Salt Lake Central Station. Most of the area north of this
station is included in other station areas discussed above. All the area is located
within the North Temple Boulevard Plan. That plan has land use policies that
support densities over 50 dwelling units per acre. Transit-oriented zoning is in
place.
• Westside Plan: The Westside Plan is located west of I-15 and south of I-80.
Although relatively close to these stations, it is separated from each station by I-15
and the freight rail corridor that runs along 600 West. The only connections to the
stations are 400 South over the bridge to 500 West and then back towards the
station. Even though the area is within a ½ mile radius of the station, it is nearly a
one mile walk to get to the station. However, the area that is within ½ mile of the
station is identified as a neighborhood node in the Westside plan, which
recommends densities of at least 20 dwelling units per acre with a mix of uses. The
10
zoning to support these policies has been adopted. The city is currently working
through a federal grant to study options for improving connectivity in this area.
North Temple (this includes a Trax Station and a Frontrunner Station)
• North Temple Boulevard Plan: About half of the land within ½ mile of this station
is in the North Temple Boulevard plan. This includes all the land north of North
Temple. The plan supports intense development near this station, with densities
above 50 dwelling units per acre and taller buildings. This transitions down
towards the edge of the ½ mile radius. The blocks within ½ mile of the station
contain some of the areas north of North Temple and west of I-15 within ½ mile of
the Old Greek Town Station, which have been discussed above. All the area is
located within the North Temple Boulevard Plan. That plan has land use policies
that support densities over 50 dwelling units per acre. There are nearly 2,000
dwellings that have been constructed since this plan was adopted, with hundreds
more under construction or entitled. This plan clearly supports this objective.
Objective 2: Promoting sustainable environmental conditions. (Utah Code
Section 10-9a-403.1(7)(ii)
The Downtown Plan supports this objective by supporting housing, jobs, daily needs, culture,
and entertainment near transit and bike paths to reduce the need to drive. There are multiple
policies that relate to this, including an entire section on livability and urban design to
facilitate a sustainable living environment downtown (pages 16-21).
The Downtown Plan also includes specific sections that are related to this objective. Goal 2
on page 40 lists six different initiatives that promote sustainable living. Uniting City and
Nature, found on pages 71-77, includes sustainability-related goals and action items. The
development of the Green Loop, a linear park that surrounds downtown, is identified as a
catalytic project to increase green space, reduce the heat island effect, and help manage
stormwater in the downtown area (pages 86-87).
The city has also adopted citywide policies promoting sustainable environmental conditions
that apply to all the community and station area plans. The City’s vision plan, Plan Salt Lake,
addresses sustainable issues with guiding principles related to water quality and
conservation, air quality, sensitive land preservation, and smart growth. These principles
include:
• Placemaking;
• Diverse mix of uses within neighborhoods;
• Connectivity and circulation;
• Density;
• Compatibility;
11
• Maximizing public investments;
• Responsive and resilient infrastructure; and
• Green Building.
Since the adoption of Plan Salt Lake, the city has updated zoning to align with these principles
including:
• Capping the amount of water any single land use can use per day to conserve water;
• Updating landscaping requirements to promote water-wise approaches, including
limiting the amount of non-functional turf grass citywide;
• Eliminating parking requirements in Downtown and near transit while reducing
parking requirements in the rest of the city;
• A demolition and construction waste recycling program to reduce the amount of
waste from redevelopment going to landfills;
• Removing or drastically reducing minimum lot widths and lot sizes in the
downtown area; and
• Requiring midblock walkways throughout the downtown.
These policies and zoning changes include the areas covered by the periphery plans and all
the land within ½ mile of the transit stations listed in this report.
Salt Lake City is also investing in improvements to outdoor space for the growing population.
The city has allocated money to improve Pioneer Park to expand the recreation opportunities.
The city is also in the middle of creating an implementation plan for the Green Loop, which
will add dozens of acres of park space within the existing rights of way that surround
downtown. The City’s RDA is going through a consultant-driven process to develop Station
Center which will include public, outdoor space.
Objective 3: Enhancing access to opportunity. (Utah Code Section 10-9a-
403.1(7)(iii)
This section of the state code lists several ways that this objective can be achieved:
• maintaining and improving the connections between housing, transit, employment,
education, recreation, and commerce;
• encouraging mixed-use development;
• enabling employment and educational opportunities within the station area;
• encouraging and promoting enhanced broadband connectivity; or
• any other similar action that promotes the objective described in Subsection
(7)(a)(iii)
The entire Downtown Plan includes land use policies related to encouraging mixed-use
development and the connections between them. Pages 13-14 of the plan provide the intent of
the Downtown Plan as it directs growth and development. The plan defines livability on page
16. The plan establishes 10 values for downtown, all of which relate to enhancing access to
opportunity. Pg 37 outlines the values, and each value has a series of goals, initiatives, and
metrics. The detailed goals, initiatives, and metrics can be found on pages 38-77. The
12
Downtown is divided into districts, and these values are also reflected in district-specific goals
found on pages 90-131.
In addition to the policies in the Downtown Plan, Plan Salt Lake lists city-wide goals related
to access to opportunity. Both documents have led to numerous implementation actions
related to this objective:
• requirements for including midblock walkways that connect through the 10-acre
blocks downtown;
• updating land use regulations for tech-related land uses to ensure these uses,
particularly biotech have options to locate throughout the city;
• Increasing building heights to support more mixed-use neighborhoods in the
downtown area;
• Removing zoning barriers to support the reuse of office space for other uses,
including eliminating parking requirements.
Some of these zoning changes also relate to the other periphery plans that cover some of the
lands within ½ mile radius of the stations Downtown.
900 South Station: (Ballpark Station Area Plan)
• Certified in 2022 and covers this objective.
• The 900 South Station includes land subject to the Ballpark Station Area Plan.
600 South, Courthouse, Gallivan, and City Center Stations: (Central Community Plan)
• The area between 200 East and 300 East and 700 South and South Temple is
within the Central Community Plan. This area is identified as “Residential High
Mixed Use,” “High-Density Residential,” “Medium Density Mixed Use,” or
Institutional uses. The recommended residential density is at least 50 dwelling
units per acre in the High Mixed use and High-Density categories. These densities
support the objective of expanding access to opportunity by encouraging mixed-use
development and enabling access to job opportunities. The City’s Transit Plan and
Pedestrian and Bicycle Plan establish future improvements to this area through
enhanced bus access (demonstrated by the improvements under construction on
200 South) and building cycling infrastructure on 900 South with the 9Line, 800
South, 500 South, 300 South, and 200 South as well as Main Street, 200 East, and
300 East.
City Center Station: (Avenues Plan)
• The primary role that the area within ½ mile of the City Center station that is
located within the Avenues Plan is to provide density to link housing close to the
central business district. The blocks in the southwest corner of the Avenues are
some of the densest in the city. The Avenues also provide connections to Memory
Grove Park and City Creek Canyon, which are important recreation opportunities
for the northern part of Downtown and one of the few car-free areas in the city. The
Avenues plan supports the preservation of the open space in Memory Grove and
City Creek Canyon.
13
Temple Square, North Temple Trax, and Frontrunner Stations: (Capitol Hill Plan)
• The land use policies of the Capitol Hill plan are like those of the Avenues, but the
plan also supports the large institutional uses and cultural facilities that dominate
North Temple. Capitol Hill is also home to schools for students who live in the
Downtown area. The plan supports improving connections to both schools along
200 West and 400 West as well as an under-construction pedestrian and bicycle
bridge over the freight rail lines and Frontrunner rail line.
North Temple Trax, North Temple Frontrunner, Arena, Old Greek Town, Planetarium,
Central Station Trax, Central Station Frontrunner, and Temple Square Stations: (North
Temple Boulevard Plan)
• The land use policies in the North Temple Boulevard Plan support a mix of uses.
The plan also includes a connectivity map that recommends improved connections
through the neighborhood to access transit. These connections also improve
mobility throughout the neighborhood, whether it is the mentioned bridge, cycling
infrastructure on 600 West, or the improved sidewalks leading from Frontrunner
to 400 West and south to 500 West. Additionally, the plan recognizes establishing
the Folsom Corridor Trail, which has recently been constructed, linking the stations
to the neighborhoods to the west.
Central Station Trax and Central Station Frontrunner Stations: (Westside Plan)
• There is a small amount of land that is within ½ mile of the Central Station Trax
and Front Runner Stations. This land is identified as a community node, which
promotes mixed-use development.
Objective 4: Increasing transportation choices and connections. (Utah Code
Section 10-9a-403.1(7)(iv)
The Downtown Plan includes specific sections related to transportation choice and
connection:
• The “Is Connected” section of the plan (pages 59-61) and the “Is Walkable” section
of the plan (pages 62-65) establish specific policies related to how people move
around through downtown.
• The plan includes several key moves related to mobility: Downtown Streetcar, Trax
Extension, and Green Loop (pages 79-87) including specific actions related to this
objective.
• The Mid-Block Walkway map on page 99 shows the location of all future midblock
connections.
As with the other objectives, connectivity and mobility are mostly guided by citywide plans
related to transit, pedestrian, and bicycling infrastructure. These plans are intended to
connect where people live to where they work, shop, recreate, and attend to other daily needs.
These plans include specific actions related to improved connections to and through the
periphery plans, including:
• Expanding the frequency of bus lines;
14
• The improvements to 200 South;
• The Green Loop;
• the 300 South and 200 West protected bicycle lanes;
• The completion of the 9 Line and the Folsom Corridor trails; and
• The trails that connect Memory Grove to the foothills.
Many of these features connect multiple planning communities and are therefore more
appropriately placed in city-wide plans. These plans include the Salt Lake City
Transportation Plan, which is currently being updated. The Salt Lake City Transit Plan and
the Salt Lake City Bicycle and Pedestrian Plan include policies that connect all neighborhoods
within the city through transit, cycling, and walking infrastructure.
As a result, the reference provided herein is to those plans instead of repeating each item
associated with each of the periphery plans and within each station area. The city is working
on a long-term plan to reallocate space on Main Street to convert it into a pedestrian and
bicycling street with limited access to daily deliveries, service, and public safety. In addition,
the city is working with a Reconnecting Communities Grant to improve connections from
Downtown to the neighborhoods west of I-15.
Links and References
Downtown Plan: http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/MasterPlansMaps/Downtown.pdf
Avenues Plan http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/MasterPlansMaps/Aves.pdf
• Objective 1: Future Land Use Map: Page 7 (includes density descriptions)
• Objective 2: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 5, 6, and 7.
• Objective 3: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
Ballpark Station Area Plan:
http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/Master%20Plans/Central%20Community/22-10-
27_Ballpark.pdf
• Certified in 2023
• See certification for references for how the plan satisfies objectives.
Capitol Hill Plan http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/MasterPlansMaps/Cap.pdf
• Objective 1: Future Land Use Map: Page 2 (includes density descriptions)
• Objective 2: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 5, 6, and 7.
• Objective 3: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
Central Community Plan http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/MasterPlansMaps/cent.pdf
• Objective 1: Future Land Use Map: Page 2 (includes density descriptions)
• Objective 2: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 5, 6, and 7.
• Objective 3: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
15
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
North Temple Boulevard Plan
http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/MasterPlansMaps/NTMP.pdf
• Objective 1: Future Land Use Map: Pages 28-29 for North Temple Trax and
Frontrunner Station; pages 51-53 for 800 West Station Area (includes density
descriptions).
• Objective 2: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 5, 6, and 7.
• Objective 3: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
Westside Plan http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/MasterPlansMaps/WSLMPA.pdf
• Objective 1: Future Land Use Map: Page 37 (community node designation); page 48 for
description and future density.
• Objective 2: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 5, 6, and 7.
• Objective 3: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
Transit Master Plan: https://www.slc.gov/transportation/wp-
content/uploads/sites/11/2021/07/SLC_TMP_FULL_FINAL.pdf
• Objective 3: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
Bicycle and Pedestrian Master Plan: https://www.slc.gov/transportation/plans-
studies/pbmp/
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
Plan Salt Lake: http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/Projects/PlanSaltLake/final.pdf
• Objective 1: Guiding Principle 1 and 2
• Objective 2: pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 5, 6, and 7.
• Objective 3: pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
• Objective 4: Guiding Principal 1, 2, and 4
Next Steps
Salt Lake City has 34 stations that are either within the city boundary or within ½ mile of a
station located outside the city boundary. This would be a hard barrier for any city to
accomplish and has required decades of commitment, resources, and partnerships to build.
Capturing those efforts and justifying the actions is best realized by simply looking at the
downtown area. Putting that history into a document for the purpose of complying with a
recently adopted state statute should be as easy as possible and require little effort. In putting
together this document, the city hopes to demonstrate to others that this work is bigger than
what can be captured by state statute. Putting together a plan is the easy part. Building
16
partnerships, committing to goals through actions, dedicating resources, and doing that
consistently over time is much more difficult. Fortunately, Salt Lake City has a long history of
planning for density, affordable housing, sustainability, transportation, and expanding access
to opportunity. As this document demonstrates, the city has been doing this type of work
under different names for decades, if not longer.
The city will be seeking certification of existing plans for the 400 South corridor east of
downtown as well as the North Temple corridor within the next 18 months. This document
demonstrates the complexity of reviewing station areas that often include multiple plans and
doing so does not align with the one-size-fits-all approach outlined in Utah Code. Similar
documents should be expected for certifying those plans and associated actions.
The city will be seeking an exception due to the impracticability of development for stations
located at the Salt Lake City International Airport, five stations on the campus of the
University of Utah, and one station in West Valley City where a small portion of the land is
within SLC but separated by SR-201, where it is a limited access highway and creates a major
barrier between the station and the land within Salt Lake City boundaries. This is anticipated
to be forwarded to the Wasatch Front Regional Council soon.
One station is going through the process of developing a station area plan for the
Centerpointe station. That is expected to be completed in 2024.
In all, the city should have station area plans for 28 of the 34 stations (certified as existing
plans or new plans) or an exception granted in the next 18 months. The only remaining
stations that would need to be addressed are the stations along the S Line, some of which are
outside the city boundary. The city has not yet determined how to approach these stations
and is likely to take a break from certifying station area plans so that resources can be
directed towards updating other plans that need updates and updating zoning regulations to
implement existing plans.
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
________________________ Date Received: _________________
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: September 19, 2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
__________________________
SUBJECT: Certification of Downtown Plan
STAFF CONTACT: Nick Norris, Planning Director at 801-535-6173 or nick.norris@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Resolution
RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt the attached resolution.
BUDGET IMPACT: None
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: In 2022 the Utah Legislature adopted a bill that requires
cities with a fixed rail transit station to adopt station area plans for each fixed rail transit station
that is located within the city and for any fixed rail transit station that is within ½ mile of the city
boundary when the station is not located in the city. The bill resulted in Utah Code Section 10-
9a-403.1. The bill recognized that some cities may have already taken action to achieve the
same objectives outlined in the bill and provided a process for cities to certify existing plans.
The bill requires the city’s legislative body to adopt a resolution acknowledging the objectives in
10-9a-403.1 that the existing plan(s) address the objectives.
There are 34 Trax or Frontrunner stations that Salt Lake City is responsible for certifying station
area plans. Twenty-eight of these stations are within the city, while six stations are outside the
city but there is land that is within ½ mile radius of the station that is in Salt Lake City. To date,
the Ballpark Station Area Plan has been certified. This transmittal includes a resolution to certify
the Downtown Plan as the station area plan for the 13 stations that are located within the
geographic boundaries of the Downtown Plan.
Lisa Shaffer (Sep 20, 2023 09:58 MDT)
09/20/2023
09/20/2023
The station area plan area defined in Utah Code 10-9a-403.1 includes all the area within a ½ mile
radius of the station. Due to the location of the stations and the geography of the Downtown
Plan, the ½ mile radius around each station in the Downtown Plan extends beyond the
boundaries of the plan. As a result, this resolution includes information about the surrounding
community plans that support the objectives of the station area plan outlined in the Utah Code.
The attached document includes an analysis of how each of the surrounding plans aligns with the
objectives. This information was included to ensure that the full ½ mile radius was addressed in
the certification process.
PUBLIC PROCESS: None. The purpose of this resolution is to certify plans that have already
been adopted by the city and does not include the creation of any new policies.
EXHIBITS:
1) Resolution Certifying the Downtown Plan
Exhibit A
RESOLUTION _____ OF 2023
CERTIFYING THE DOWNTOWN PLAN’S COMPLIANCE WITH UTAH CODE
REQUIREMENTS FOR STATION AREA PLANS FOR EACH TRANSIT STATION
WHEREAS, Utah Code 10-9a-403.1 requires cities to adopt station area plans for each
transit station that is located within the city or within ½ mile radius of the city; and
WHEREAS, Utah Code Subsection 10.9a.403.1(2)(b)(1) provides a process for cities to
certify that plans adopted prior to June 1, 2022 comply with the requirements of Section 10-9a-
403.1; and
WHEREAS, the 900 South, 600 South, Courthouse, Gallivan, City Center, Temple
Square, Arena, Planetarium, Old Greek Town, Salt Lake Central Trax, Salt Lake Central
Frontrunner, North Temple Trax, and North Temple Frontrunner stations are located within or on
the boundary of the area covered by the Downtown Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Downtown Plan was recommended, after multiple public hearings, for
adoption by the Salt Lake City Planning Commission on August 26, 2015; and
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) adopted the Downtown Plan on
May 24, 2016; and
WHEREAS, the Utah Code Subsection 10-9a-403.1(2)(b)(2) allows a municipal
legislative body to adopt a resolution that certifies that the objectives in Utah Code Subsection
10-9a-403.1(7)(a) have been promoted for plans the city adopted prior to June 1, 2022 instead of
requiring the city to adopt new station area plans; and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that the objectives in Utah Code Subsection10-9a-
403.1(7)(a) have been and are promoted by the Downtown Plan for all of the transit stations
identified in this resolution and that the city has taken appropriate actions that demonstrate that
the Downtown Plan and subsequent actions to implement the plan as indicated in Attachment A
are still relevant to making meaningful progress towards achieving the objectives in said section
of Utah Code.
WHEREAS, the requirement for a station area plan under Utah Code Section 10-9a-403.1
requires a station area plan to include all of the land within ½ mile radius of the transit station;
and
WHEREAS, the city has evaluated the station area plans adjacent to the Downtown Plan
where the ½ mile radius extends beyond the boundaries of the Downtown Plan, that all of the
adjacent plans were adopted prior to June 1, 2022, or are other station area plans that have
already been certified by the Wasatch Front Regional Council, and has found that these plans and
subsequent actions to implement these plans promote the objectives of Utah Code Subsection 10-
9a-403.1(7)(a).
NOW, THEREFORE, be it resolved by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah that the
City Council hereby certifies that the Downtown Plan and surrounding station area plans have
substantially promoted and continue to substantially promote the objectives set forth in Utah
Code Subsection 10-9a-403.1(7)(a).
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah this ___ day of _____________,
2023.
______________________________________
DARIN MANO, CHAIR
ATTEST:
_________________________
CITY RECORDER
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:__________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Paul C. Nielson, Senior City Attorney
September 18, 2023
Attachment A
1
SEPTEMBER 18
Salt Lake City Planning Division
Nick Norris, Planning Director
nick.norris@slcgov.com
Downtown Station Area Plan Certification
Salt Lake City Corporation
Dept. of Community and Neighborhoods
2
Introduction
Salt Lake City is seeking certification of the Downtown Plan and the surrounding plans to satisfy the
Station Area Plan requirements outlined in Utah Code 10-9a-403.1(2)(b)(i) for plans adopted prior to
June 1, 2022. This proposal would essentially use these plans to satisfy the station area plan
requirement for 13 different stations:
• 900 South
• 600 South
• Courthouse
• Gallivan Plaza
• City Center
• Temple Square
• Arena
• Planetarium
• Old Greek Town
• Salt Lake Central
o Trax
o Frontrunner
• North Temple
o Trax
o Frontrunner
The City respectfully asks to accept this document as the required submission for certifying the plans
for these stations. To address the entire ½ mile radius that a station area plan is required under state
code to consider, the city must provide information from seven different community plans. The
community plans collectively establish the City’s land use element of our general plan. Submitting the
required information using the provided submission sheet is cumbersome and challenging due to the
number of plans that are included.
3
Background
The Downtown Plan was adopted prior to Utah Code 10-9a-403.1. There are 13 transit
stations within the Downtown Plan area. A ½ mile radius extends beyond the boundary of
the Downtown Plan. Seven additional plans have been adopted by the city, including policies
supporting the objectives in 10-9a-403.1. This document provides land use policies from
those other adopted plans to satisfy the intent and purpose of the station area plan
requirements in the Utah Code. For certification, Salt Lake City views the downtown area as
one large station area that includes each of the stations. The Downtown Plan and
Surrounding Plans map provides a visual reference for context.
The map shows the Downtown Plan Future Land Use Map in shades of red and includes five
future land use designations:
• High-Rise Core
• Mid-Rise Transit Oriented
• Mid-Rise Corridor
• Mid-Rise Streetcar
• Low-Rise Transit Oriented
Each of these designations allows mixed-use development. Residential density is regulated by
building height and setbacks and not by lot area. The primary difference between the
designations is building height.
On the low end, the Low-Rise Transit Oriented designation allows buildings up to 50 feet in
height. This is primarily oriented around the 900 South Station. This area has form-based
zoning in place that is capable of producing densities of up to 45 dwelling units per acre.
Buildings are currently under construction in the High-Rise Core, which will have densities
that exceed 500 dwelling units per acre.
The map shows the adjacent plans in shades of blue. The surrounding plans are shown
because the ½ mile radius requirement in Utah Code 10-91-403.1 for a station area plan
extends beyond the boundaries of the Downtown Plan. Salt Lake City seeks to certify the
entire ½ mile radius area by providing descriptions from the surrounding plans that support
the objectives for station area plans identified in Utah Code. This is done rather than seeking
an exception of impracticability because these areas do support the objectives and have been
planned and zoned to accomplish this. Three of the areas that are outside the downtown plan
boundaries but within the ½ mile radius have existing station area plans that will be certified
through a separate process. The plans, referred to as periphery plans in this document,
include:
• The Ballpark Station Area Plan (certified in 2023) to the south of 900 South.
• Westside Plan, to the west.
• The North Temple Boulevard Plan to the west and north.
• Capitol Hill to the north.
4
• Avenues Community Plan to the north and northeast.
• Central Community Plan to the east.
The Station Area Map above shows the downtown future land use designations in shades of
red and the surrounding community plans in shades of blue.
5
The below chart shows which plans apply to each station:
Station Down-
town
Avenues Ballpark
SAP
Capitol
Hill
Central
Community
North
Temple
Boulevard
Westside
900 South
600 South
Courthouse
Gallivan
City Center
Temple
Square
Arena
Planetarium
Old Greek
Town
SL Central
(Trax)
SL Central
(Frontrunner)
North Temple
(Trax)
North Temple
(Frontrunner)
There is not a single station in Downtown that falls completely within the boundaries of the
Downtown Plan. This document provides information to certify existing, adopted plans that
cover 13 of the transit stations within the city.
Each of the plans listed in the table is referenced at the end of this document. The reference
includes a list of policies related to each of the station area plan objectives listed in Utah Code
10-9a-403.1(7)(a). The future land use map for each plan is also provided.
6
Certifying Existing Plans
Utah Code 10-9a-403.1(2)(b) outlines the requirements to certify plans that were adopted
prior to June 1, 2022. The Downtown Plan and the surrounding plans were adopted prior to
2022 except for the Ballpark Station Area Plan, which was certified in 2023.
To certify an existing plan, the city must demonstrate that the plan substantially promotes the
objectives of Utah Code 10-9a-403.1(7)(a). The objectives listed in this section include:
1) Increasing the availability and affordability of housing, including moderate-income
housing;
2) Promoting sustainable environmental conditions;
3) Enhancing access to opportunities; and
4) Increasing transportation choices and connections.
Each of these objectives is discussed below, with specific references to the location in the
Downtown Plan where the objective is discussed, and has associated policies, or action items.
The plans on the periphery of each station will also be cited under each objective.
In addition to demonstrating that the objectives are promoted, the city shall also demonstrate
that the plans, ordinances, approved land use applications, approved agreements or
financing, or investments are still relevant to making meaningful progress towards achieving
the objectives. It should be noted that Downtown Salt Lake City has been the epicenter in the
state of Utah for housing, commerce, transportation, and sustainable building practices since
it was founded and continues to be a leader in implementing these objectives. This has
occurred over generations, dating to the Plat of Zion, the 1919 City Plan, the Second Century
Plan, the 1995 Downtown Plan, and the current Downtown Plan, adopted in 2016. It is Salt
Lake City’s position that Downtown Salt Lake City is the most significant example of urban
planning in Utah and the Intermountain West and has a long track record of plan
implementation. No other station area plan (or a plan by any other name) can demonstrate
the objectives to the scale, extent, and long-term commitment in the same manner as
Downtown Salt Lake City and we appreciate the plans being certified expeditiously.
7
Promotion of Objectives
This section describes how the Downtown Plan and periphery plans support and promote the
objectives identified in Utah Code 10-9a.403.1(7)(a). Each of the objectives focuses on the
Downtown Plan and then follows with a short explanation of the associated policies found in
the periphery plans. The policies in the Downtown apply to all 13 stations seeking
certification. Policies that relate to a specific station will be identified under each objective.
Information about policies found in the periphery plans will identify which stations the
policies apply to.
Objective 1: Increasing the availability and affordability of housing, including
moderate-income housing. (Utah Code Section 10-9a-403.1(7)(i)
The Downtown Plan has a specific goal of 10,000 housing units downtown by 2040. This
includes increasing the number of all housing types and sizes, with specific mention of
dwellings with three or more bedrooms. As used in the plan “housing choice” incorporates
housing at all levels of affordability and includes initiatives to incentivize housing needs. The
plan includes initiatives related to providing supportive housing for the homeless population
as well. Pages 39-41 of the plan are specific housing-related policies. The policies are also
anchored into each district within Downtown.
To implement this policy, the city has taken the following actions:
• Established financing tools to help lower the cost of housing at various levels below the
current market rate. The tools are funded through various financing tools available to
the city, including tax increment financing through the city’s redevelopment agency,
the “Funding our Future” program that allocates a % of property tax to affordable
housing, and utilizing state and federal tax dollars allocated to the city and to
affordable housing developers.
• Adopted zoning amendments that:
o Increase building heights to promote more housing in all the downtown zoning
districts;
o Removed minimum parking requirements in all the downtown zoning districts;
o Allowed a variety of housing types throughout the downtown.
• Zoning amendment policies that are in process:
o Affordable Housing Incentives: increases development potential and reduces
approval processes for proposals that include a certain level of affordable housing.
It is anticipated that these actions will help achieve the goal of 10,000 housing units
Downtown by 2040. As of the end of 2022, there are 9,076 housing units in the area covered
by the Downtown Plan. The Downtown Plan and subsequent actions to implement the plan
aligned with favorable market conditions to nearly complete a 25-year goal in 6 years. It is
highly likely that the goal of 10,000 housing units has been exceeded at this point.
8
The following is a discussion of the periphery plans that address land use policies for areas
that are within ½ mile of each station but fall outside the boundaries of the Downtown Plan.
900 South Station:
• Ballpark Station Area Plan: BSAP was certified in 2023 and covers the area that is
within ½ mile radius of the 900 South Station. That plan includes land use policies
to support increased housing supply and affordable housing in the area. Zoning
amendments to implement the plan are underway and expected to be adopted in
2024.
• Central Community: Approximately 2 acres of the land on the east side of State
Street is located within ½ mile radius of the station but outside of the boundaries
of the Downtown Plan. The Central Community Plan identifies this land as
“Medium Density Mixed Use” with a recommended residential density up to 50
acres. This policy aligns with the goal to increase residential densities within the
station area.
600 South, Courthouse, Gallivan Station
• The area between 200 East and 300 East and 700 South and 100 South is within
the Central Community Plan. This area is identified as “Residential High Mixed
Use,” “High Density Residential,” “Medium Density Mixed Use,” or Institutional
uses. The recommended residential density is at least 50 dwelling units per acre in
the High Mixed use and High-Density categories. These densities support the
objective of expanding housing options within ½ mile of the identified stations.
City Center:
• Central Community Plan: the same land use designations that apply to the 600
South, Courthouse, and Gallivan Station apply to this station.
• Avenues: A small portion of the Avenues neighborhood is located within ½ mile of
this station. The Avenues Plan designates the area as “High Density” and defines
that as 20 dwellings per acre or more. This area is also a local historic district with
very little opportunity for redevelopment. One surface parking lot has been
approved for redevelopment with more than 50 dwelling units per acre. This area
of the Avenues has an existing density that ranges from 18-70 dwelling units per
acre, which promotes this objective.
• Capitol Hill: Most of the land within 1/2 mile of the City Center station that is
located on Capitol Hill is institutional or open space. North of the institutional land
is a historic district with a high concentration of historic buildings. This area is
dense, with densities ranging between 18 dwellings per acre on some blocks up to
smaller areas with densities over 50 dwellings per acre.
Temple Square and Arena Stations:
• Capitol Hill: about 30% of the land within ½ mile of the station is in the Capitol
Hill Plan. Most of the land north of South Temple is Institutional and owned by the
LDS Church and contains ecclesiastical land uses. The future land use designations
9
on the land north of North Temple are Density or High-Density Mixed Use, both of
which recommend residential densities that exceed 50 dwelling units per acre.
• North Temple Boulevard Plan: this plan was adopted as a series of station area
plans prior to the opening of the light rail line to the airport. The area of the plan
that is within ½ mile of the Temple Square station calls for dense development. A
lot of the land is owned by the Salt Lake City School District or by the LDS church.
However, land that is developable for other uses has a recommended density of
over 50 dwelling units per acre and nearly 1,700 housing units have been built.
Some of these housing units are in the Arena and North Temple station areas as
well. Transit-oriented zoning is in place.
Planetarium
• North Temple Boulevard Plan: Some of the area north of North Temple and west of
I-15 is within ½ mile of the Planetarium Station. All the area is located within the
North Temple Boulevard Plan. That plan has land use policies that support
densities over 50 dwelling units per acre. Transit-oriented zoning is in place.
Old Greek Town
• North Temple Boulevard Plan: Some of the area north of North Temple and west of
I-15 is within ½ mile of the Old Greek Town Station. All the area is located within
the North Temple Boulevard Plan. That plan has land use policies that support
densities over 50 dwelling units per acre.
Salt Lake Central (this includes a Trax station and a Frontrunner Station)
• North Temple Boulevard Plan: Some of the area north of North Temple and west of
I-15 is within ½ mile of the Planetarium Station. All the area is located within the
North Temple Boulevard Plan. That plan has land use policies that support
densities over 50 dwelling units per acre. Transit-oriented zoning is in place.
• Westside Plan: The Westside Plan is located west of I-215 and north of I-80.
Although relatively close to these stations, it is separated from each station by I-15
and the freight rail corridor that runs along 600 West. The only connections to the
stations are on 400 South over the bridge to 500 West and then back towards the
station. Even though the area is within a ½ mile radius of the station, it is nearly a
one mile walk to get to the station. However, the area that is within ½ mile is
identified as a neighborhood node in the Westside plan, which recommends
densities of at least 20 dwelling units per acre with a mix of uses. The zoning to
support these policies has been adopted.
North Temple (this includes a Trax Station and a Frontrunner Station)
• North Temple Boulevard Plan: About half of the land within ½ mile of this station
is in the North Temple Boulevard plan. This includes all the land north of North
Temple. The plan supports intense development near this station, with densities
above 50 dwelling units per acre and taller buildings. This transitions down
towards the edge of the ½ mile radius. The blocks within ½ mile of the station
contain Some of the areas north of North Temple and west of I-15 within ½ mile of
10
the Old Greek Town Station. All the area is located within the North Temple
Boulevard Plan. That plan has land use policies that support densities over 50
dwelling units per acre. There are nearly 2,000 dwellings that have been
constructed since this plan was adopted, with hundreds more under construction or
entitled. This plan clearly supports this objective.
Objective 2: Promoting sustainable environmental conditions. (Utah Code
Section 10-9a-403.1(7)(ii)
The Downtown Plan supports this objective by supporting housing, jobs, daily needs, culture,
and entertainment near transit and bike paths to reduce the need to drive. There are multiple
policies that relate to this, including an entire section on livability and urban design to
facilitate a sustainable living environment downtown (pages 16-21).
The Downtown Plan also includes specific sections that are related to this objective. Goal 2
on page 40 lists six different initiatives that promote sustainable living. Uniting City and
Nature, found on pages 71-77, includes sustainability-related goals and action items. The
development of the Green Loop, a linear park that surrounds downtown, is identified as a
catalytic project to increase green space, reduce the heat island effect, and help manage
stormwater in the downtown area (pages 86-87).
The city has also adopted citywide policies promoting sustainable environmental conditions
that apply to all the community and station area plans. The City’s vision plan, Plan Salt Lake,
addresses sustainable issues with guiding principles related to water quality and
conservation, air quality, sensitive land preservation, and smart growth. These principles
include:
• Placemaking;
• Diverse mix of uses within neighborhoods;
• Connectivity and circulation;
• Density;
• Compatibility;
• Maximizing public investments;
• Responsive and resilient infrastructure; and
• Green Building.
Since the adoption of Plan Salt Lake, the city has updated zoning to align with these principles
including:
• Capping the amount of water any single land use can use per day to conserve water;
• Updating landscaping requirements to promote water-wise approaches, including
limiting the amount of non-functional turf grass citywide;
• Eliminating parking requirements in Downtown and near transit while reducing
parking requirements in the rest of the city;
11
• A demolition and construction waste recycling program to reduce the amount of
waste from redevelopment going to landfills;
• Removing or drastically reducing minimum lot widths and lot sizes in the
downtown area; and
• Requiring midblock walkways throughout the downtown.
These policies and zoning changes include the areas covered by the periphery plans and all
the land within ½ mile of the transit stations listed in this report.
Objective 3: Enhancing access to opportunity. (Utah Code Section 10-9a-
403.1(7)(iii)
This section of the state code lists several ways that this objective can be achieved:
• maintaining and improving the connections between housing, transit, employment,
education, recreation, and commerce;
• encouraging mixed-use development;
• enabling employment and educational opportunities within the station area;
• encouraging and promoting enhanced broadband connectivity; or
• any other similar action that promotes the objective described in Subsection
(7)(a)(iii)
The entire Downtown Plan includes land use policies related to encouraging mixed-use
development and the connections between them. Pages 13-14 of the plan provide the intent of
the Downtown Plan as it directs growth and development. The plan defines livability on page
16. The plan establishes 10 values for downtown, all of which relate to enhancing access to
opportunity. Pg 37 outlines the values, and each value has a series of goals, initiatives, and
metrics. The detailed goals, initiatives, and metrics can be found on pages 38-77. The
Downtown is divided into districts, and these values are also reflected in district-specific goals
found on pages 90-131.
In addition to the policies in the Downtown Plan, Plan Salt Lake lists city-wide goals related
to access to opportunity. Both documents have led to numerous implementation actions
related to this objective:
• requirements for including midblock walkways that connect through the 10-acre
blocks downtown;
• updating land use regulations for tech-related land uses to ensure these uses,
particularly biotech has options to locate throughout the city;
• Increasing building heights to support more mixed-use neighborhoods in the
downtown area;
• Removing zoning barriers to support the reuse of office space for other uses,
including eliminating parking requirements.
Some of these zoning changes also relate to the other periphery plans that cover some of the
lands within ½ mile radius of the stations Downtown.
900 South Station: (Ballpark Station Area Plan)
12
• Certified in 2022 and covers this objective.
• The 900 South Station includes land subject to the Ballpark Station Area Plan.
600 South, Courthouse, Gallivan, and City Center Stations: (Central Community Plan)
• The area between 200 East and 300 East and 700 South and South Temple is
within the Central Community Plan. This area is identified as “Residential High
Mixed Use,” “High-Density Residential,” “Medium Density Mixed Use,” or
Institutional uses. The recommended residential density is at least 50 dwelling
units per acre in the High Mixed use and High-Density categories. These densities
support the objective of expanding access to opportunity by encouraging mixed-use
development and enabling access to job opportunities. The City’s Transit Plan and
Pedestrian and Bicycle Plan establish future improvements to this area through
enhanced bus access (demonstrated by the improvements under construction on
200 South) and building cycling infrastructure on 900 South with the 9Line, 800
South, 500 South, 300 South, and 200 South as well as Main Street, 200 East, and
300 East.
City Center Station: (Avenues Plan)
• The primary role that the area within ½ mile of the City Center station that is
located within the Avenues Plan is to provide density to link housing close to the
central business district. The blocks in the southwest corner of the Avenues are
some of the densest in the city. The Avenues also provide connections to Memory
Grove Park and City Creek Canyon, which are important recreation opportunities
for the northern part of Downtown and one of the few car-free areas in the city. The
Avenues plan supports the preservation of the open space in Memory Grove and
City Creek Canyon.
Temple Square, North Temple Trax, and Frontrunner Stations: (Capitol Hill Plan)
• The land use policies of the Capitol Hill plan are like those of the Avenues, but the
plan also supports the large institutional uses and cultural facilities that dominate
North Temple. Capitol Hill also is home to schools for students who live in the
Downtown area. The plan supports improving connections to both schools along
200 West and 400 West as well as an under-construction pedestrian and bicycle
bridge over the freight rail lines and Frontrunner rail line.
North Temple Trax, North Temple Frontrunner, Arena, Old Greek Town, Planetarium,
Central Station Trax, Central Station Frontrunner, and Temple Square Stations: (North
Temple Boulevard Plan)
• The land use policies in the North Temple Boulevard Plan support a mix of uses.
The plan also includes a connectivity map that recommends improved connections
through the neighborhood to access transit. These connections also improve
mobility throughout the neighborhood, whether it is the mentioned bridge, cycling
infrastructure on 600 West, or the improved sidewalks leading from Frontrunner
to 400 West and south to 500 West. Additionally, the plan recognizes establishing
13
the Folsom Corridor Trail, which has recently been constructed, linking the stations
to the neighborhoods to the west.
Central Station Trax and Central Station Frontrunner Stations: (Westside Plan)
• There is a small amount of land that is within ½ mile of the Central Station Trax
and Front Runner Stations. This land is identified as a community node, which
promotes mixed-use development.
Objective 4: Increasing transportation choices and connections. (Utah Code
Section 10-9a-403.1(7)(iv)
The Downtown Plan includes specific sections related to transportation choice and
connection:
• The “Is Connected” section of the plan (pages 59-61) and the “Is Walkable” section
of the plan (pages 62-65) establish specific policies related to how people move
around through the downtown.
• The plan includes several key moves related to mobility: Downtown Streetcar, Trax
Extension, and Green Loop (pages 79-87) including specific actions related to this
objective.
• The Mid-Block Walkway map on page 99 shows the location of all future midblock
connections.
As with the other objectives, connectivity, and mobility are mostly guided by citywide plans
related to transit, pedestrian, and bicycling infrastructure. These plans are intended to
connect where people live to where they work, shop, recreate, and attend to other daily needs.
These plans include specific actions related to improved connections to and through the
periphery plans, including:
• Expanding the frequency of bus lines
• The improvements to 200 South
• The Green Loop,
• the 300 South and 200 West protected bicycle lanes
• The completion of the 9 Line and the Folsom Corridor trails
• The trails that connect Memory Grove to the foothills
Many of these features connect multiple planning communities and are therefore more
appropriately placed in city-wide plans. These plans include the Salt Lake City
Transportation Plan, which is currently being updated. The Salt Lake City Transit Plan and
the Salt Lake City Bicycle and Pedestrian Plan include policies that connect all neighborhoods
within the city through transit, cycling, and walking infrastructure.
As a result, the reference provided herein is to those plans instead of repeating each item
associated with each of the periphery plans and within each station area. The city is working
on a long-term plan to reallocate space on Main Street to convert it into a pedestrian and
bicycling street with limited access to daily deliveries, service, and public safety.
14
Links and References
Downtown Plan: http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/MasterPlansMaps/Downtown.pdf
Avenues Plan http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/MasterPlansMaps/Aves.pdf
• Objective 1: Future Land Use Map: Page 7 (includes density descriptions)
• Objective 2: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 5, 6, and 7.
• Objective 3: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
Ballpark Station Area Plan:
http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/Master%20Plans/Central%20Community/22-10-
27_Ballpark.pdf
• Certified in 2023
• See certification for references for how the plan satisfies objectives.
Capitol Hill Plan http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/MasterPlansMaps/Cap.pdf
• Objective 1: Future Land Use Map: Page 2 (includes density descriptions)
• Objective 2: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 5, 6, and 7.
• Objective 3: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
Central Community Plan http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/MasterPlansMaps/cent.pdf
• Objective 1: Future Land Use Map: Page 2 (includes density descriptions)
• Objective 2: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 5, 6, and 7.
• Objective 3: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
North Temple Boulevard Plan
http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/MasterPlansMaps/NTMP.pdf
• Objective 1: Future Land Use Map: Pages 28-29 for North Temple Trax and
Frontrunner Station; pages 51-53 for 800 West Station Area (includes density
descriptions).
• Objective 2: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 5, 6, and 7.
• Objective 3: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
Westside Plan http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/MasterPlansMaps/WSLMPA.pdf
• Objective 1: Future Land Use Map: Page 37 (community node designation); page 48 for
description and future density.
• Objective 2: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 5, 6, and 7.
• Objective 3: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
15
Transit Master Plan: https://www.slc.gov/transportation/wp-
content/uploads/sites/11/2021/07/SLC_TMP_FULL_FINAL.pdf
• Objective 3: See Plan Salt Lake pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
Bicycle and Pedestrian Master Plan: https://www.slc.gov/transportation/plans-
studies/pbmp/
• Objective 3:
• Objective 4: See the Transit Master Pan and Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
Plan Salt Lake: http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/Projects/PlanSaltLake/final.pdf
• Objective 1: Guiding Principle 1 and 2
• Objective 2: pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 5, 6, and 7.
• Objective 3: pages 9-10 and Guiding Principles 1-4 and 10-13.
• Objective 4: Guiding Principal 1, 2, and 4
Next Steps
Salt Lake City has 34 stations that are either within the city boundary or within ½ mile of a
station located outside the city boundary. Fortunately, the city has a long history of planning
for density, affordable housing, sustainability, transportation, and expanding access to
opportunity and many of these stations already have supportive land use policies within
existing plans. The city will be seeking certification of existing plans for the 400 South
corridor east of downtown as well as the North Temple corridor within the next 18 months.
The city will be seeking an exception due to the impracticability of development for stations
located at the Salt Lake City International Airport, five stations on the campus of the
University of Utah, and one station in West Valley City where a small portion of the land is
within SLC but separated by SR-201, where it is a limited access highway and creates a major
barrier between the station and the land within Salt Lake City boundaries. This is anticipated
to be forwarded to the Wasatch Front Regional Council soon. One station is going through
the process of developing a station area plan for the Centerpointe station. The only remaining
stations that would need to be addressed are the stations along the S Line, some of which are
outside the city boundary, and some are within the city. The city has not yet determined how
to approach these stations. In all, the city should have station area plans for 28 of the 34
stations (certified as existing plans or new plans) or an exception granted in the next 18
months. At that point the city is likely to take a break from certifying station area plans so
that resources can be directed towards updating other plans that need updates and updating
zoning regulations to implement existing plans.
Item F2
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Allison Rowland
Budget and Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: ORDINANCE: OPEN SPACE AMENDMENTS
Staff note: At the Council’s request, the ordinance has been updated by the Attorney’s Office to state
that a land exchange involving a parcel of not more than ¼ acre and substantially similar in use or
character may be authorized only by the Mayor.
MOTION 1 – AUTHORIZE RESOLUTION
I move that the Council adopt the ordinance amendments that would change processes for the
disposition of certain interests in City open space lands and govern their removal from the official City
Open Space Inventory.
MOTION 2b – NOT ADOPT
I move that the Council not adopt the resolution, and move on to the next item.
1
1
2 SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
3 No. ______ of 2023
4
5 (Exception to mandatory process for sale of significant parcels of real property
6 and removal of lands from the open space lands inventory)
7
8 An ordinance amending Section 2.58.040 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the sale
9 of significant parcels of real property, and Section 2.90.070 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating
10 to the removal of lands from the open space lands inventory.
11 WHEREAS, the City desires to make certain changes relating to an exemption, for
12 certain easements to public utility providers, from the mandatory procedures of those sections;
13 and
14 WHEREAS, the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, desires to amend Section 2.58.040
15 and Section 2.90.070 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to such changes.
16 NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah that:
17 SECTION 1. Section 2.58.040 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the sale of
18 significant parcels of real property, is amended as follows:
19 2.58.040: SALE OF SIGNIFICANT PARCELS OF REAL PROPERTY; NOTICE AND
20 HEARING:
21
22 A. A significant parcel of real property owned by the City or any significant legal interest
23 therein shall not be sold, traded, leased or otherwise conveyed or encumbered until the City has
24 provided reasonable notice to all interested parties and held at least one public hearing on the
25 proposed conveyance as set forth herein. Reasonable notice of the proposed conveyance shall
26 follow the process outlined in state code for public notice.
27 B. Reasonable notice of the proposed conveyance shall .include the following:
28 1. Notice of the proposed conveyance shall be mailed to all abutting property owners.
2
29 2. Notice of the proposed conveyance shall be delivered to the Office of the City Council,
30 posted in the Office of the City Recorder, delivered to a local media representative, and posted
31 on the City's website.
32 C. No significant parcel of City owned real property identified in section 2.58.035, including
33 table 2.58.035C, of this chapter may be conveyed until after a public hearing has been held
34 before one or more of the following as may be applicable: the City Council, the Planning
35 Commission, the Airport Board, the Public Utilities Advisory Committee, the Golf Enterprise
36 Fund Advisory Board, or the Parks, Natural Lands, Trails, and Urban Forestry Advisory Board.
37 DC. In addition to the public hearing required above, the City Council may also request a
38 second public hearing before the conveyance of the property. Any request for a hearing before
39 the City Council must be delivered to the Office of the Mayor no less than fifteen (15) days after
40 delivery of the notice to the Office of the City Council pursuant to subsection B2 of this section.
41 If no request for a hearing is made within that time period, the City Council shall be deemed to
42 have waived any right to request a hearing.
43 If a written call for hearing has been made by the City Council, the Mayor or his or her designee
44 shall attend the hearing to hear and consider comments upon proposals to convey the property
45 specified in the notice. The hearing shall take place before, after or in conjunction with during a
46 regularly scheduled City Council meeting, as determined by the Mayor.
47 E. Any notice of a proposed conveyance of a significant parcel of City owned real property
48 shall specify the following:
49 1. A description of the property to be conveyed or encumbered;
50 2. The nature of the proposed conveyance or encumbrance, whether the property is to be
51 sold, traded or encumbered, including the nature of the conveyance if the property is to be sold,
3
52 or if a trade or lease of property is contemplated, a brief summary of the proposed transaction;
53 3. Persons to whom interests are to be conveyed;
54 4. Any consideration tendered;
55 5. The name of the person, department or entity requesting such action;
56 6. The basis upon which the value of the interest has been determined by the City;
57 7. The date, time and location of the public hearing to be held before the City Council, the
58 Planning Commission, Airport Board, Public Utilities Advisory Committee, Golf Enterprise
59 Fund Advisory Board, or Parks, Natural Lands, Trails, and Urban Forestry Advisory Board, as
60 applicable. The notice shall further state that interested persons may appear and comment upon
61 the proposal.
62 F. The conveyance or encumbrance of a significant parcel of real property of the City may be
63 finalized:
64 1. By the Mayor, at his/her discretion following notice and any public hearings required by
65 this section; or
66 2. By the Mayor, if the transfer is revocable and the Mayor has determined that an
67 unanticipated combination of facts and conditions of pressing necessity has emerged that
68 requires that action be taken before a City Council hearing. Such conditions shall not be deemed
69 to arise unless it appears that delay from the notice or a City Council hearing would produce:
70 a. Great or irreparable injury to persons seeking the conveyance or encumbrance, with
71 negligible impact upon City interests;
72 b. Serious detriment to the social or economic interest of the community as whole; or
73 3. Substantial economic loss to the City.
74 G. Any decision by the Mayor to forego the City Council hearing provisions of this section
4
75 shall be made in writing to the City Council, stating the specific reasons upon which the decision
76 was based.
77 H. The following shall be exempt from the mandatory procedures of this section:
78 1. The leasing of existing buildings, infrastructure, or facilities;
79 2. Special events lasting (a) less than twenty-one (21) days or (b), with the approval of the
80 Mayor for a reason identified by the Mayor in writing, more than twenty (20) days but less than
81 thirty-one (31) days;
82 3. The leasing of recreation areas in accordance with their intended use;
83 4. The selling of burial rights in the Salt Lake City Cemetery; and
84 5. The granting of easements or other rights that service the property, including grants in
85 connection with utilities or safety equipment such as traffic signal poles. Any such easement or
86 use right must be, which must be primarily for the benefit of the City, and the granting of
87 easements or other use rights to public utility providers for public utility purposes. Any such
88 easement or use right must not interfere with the intended use or character of the property as
89 determined by the City. With respect to open space land under chapter 2.90 of this title, such
90 easement or use right may be granted only with the approval of the director of the City’s public
91 lands department or their designee in their sole discretionCity’s Open Space Lands Manager.
92 6. A land exchange for a de minimis parcel of land owned by the City for another de
93 minimis parcel of land where the intended use or character of the parcels is substantially similar
94 to each other. For purposes of this section, a de minimis parcel is one consisting of not more than
95 ¼ of an acre. With respect to open space land under chapter 2.90 of this title, such exchange
96 made be made only with the approval of the Mayor.
5
97 SECTION 2. Section 2.90.070 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the removal of
98 lands from the open space lands inventory, is amended as follows:
99 2.90.070: REMOVAL OF LANDS FROM THE OPEN SPACE LANDS INVENTORY:
100
101 A. Open space lands, conservation easements or other interests in open space land placed in the
102 open space lands inventory shall remain in the inventory in perpetuity unless: 1) they are
103 transferred to a qualified public or nonprofit land conservation entity; or 2) a sale, conversion
104 from undeveloped open space land to developed open space land, exchange, or other transfer of
105 the land, conservation easement or other interest in land is approved by the mayor, subsequent to
106 the following mandatory procedures:
107 1. Any proposal to sell or transfer open space land must be in writing, signed by the mayor,
108 and must include a description of the land to be sold or transferred, the purpose of the proposed
109 sale or transfer, the proposed purchaser of the land, the amount of the proposed purchase price,
110 the anticipated future use of the land, any anticipated change in zoning that would be required to
111 implement that proposed future use, and a statement by the mayor explaining why the proposed
112 sale or transfer of the open space land is in the best interest of the City.
113 2. Holding a public hearing before the mayor and the city City Council.
114 3. Providing notice of the proposed sale or transfer and the public hearing through the
115 process outlined in state code for public notice.by:
116 a. Publication of a notice for two (2) successive weeks, beginning at least thirty (30) days
117 in advance of the hearing, in a newspaper of general circulation in the city, no less than one-
118 fourth (1/4) page in size, with type no smaller than 18-point, surrounded by a one-fourth inch
119 (1/4") border, in a portion of the newspaper other than where the legal notices and classified
120 advertisements appear, containing the information set forth in the form below;
6
121 b. Posting two (2) signs measuring at least two feet by three feet (2' x 3') each, on the land
122 proposed for sale or transfer at least thirty (30) days in advance of the hearing, containing the
123 information set forth in the form below; and
124 c. Mailing notice, at least thirty (30) days in advance of the hearing, to all property owners
125 of record within one thousand feet (1,000') of the land proposed for sale or transfer, containing
126 the information set forth in the form below.
127 d. Any notice published, posted or mailed pursuant to this section shall state substantially
128 as follows:
129 NOTICE OF PROPOSED SALE OR TRANSFER OF PUBLICLY OWNED OPEN SPACE
130 LAND
131 The Mayor of Salt Lake City is proposing to sell or transfer certain Open Space Lands
132 owned by Salt Lake City located at [street location] for $[proposed amount of
133 considerationsale] to [proposed buyertransferee] for future use as [proposed future use].
134 A public hearing on this proposal will be held before the Mayor and the City Council on
135 [date of hearing] at the Salt Lake City & County Building, 451 South State Street, room 315, Salt
136 Lake City, Utah, at [time of hearing] p.m.
137 Any individual wishing to address this proposal is invited to attend participate and to
138 express their views to the Mayor and the City Council at that hearing.
139 4. Following the public hearing, the City Council may elect to conduct an advisory vote as
140 to the proposed sale or transfer of the open space land.
141 5. No sale or transfer of open space land may occur until at least six (6) months after the
142 conclusion of the public hearing in order to provide an opportunity to explore other alternatives
143 to the proposed sale or transfer of the open space land.
7
144 B. Any open space lands, conservation easements or other interests in open space land: 1)
145 acquired by the city in partnership with other entities, units of government, or other parties; or 2)
146 received by donation, bequest, devise, or dedication, may only be authorized for sale, conversion
147 from undeveloped open space land to developed open space land, exchange or other transfer if
148 such action is allowed for in the instrument under which the open space land, conservation
149 easement or other interest in open space land was conveyed to, or acquired by, the city.
150 C. The following shall be exempt from the mandatory procedures of this section:
151 1. The leasing of existing buildings, infrastructure, or facilities.;
152 2. Special events lasting (a) less than twenty-one (21) days or (b), with the approval of the
153 mayor for a reason identified by the mayor in writing, more than twenty (20) days but less than
154 thirty-one (31) days.;
155 3. The leasing of recreation areas in accordance with their intended use.;
156 4. The selling of burial rights in the Salt Lake City Cemetery.
157 5. The granting of easements or other rights that service the property, including grants in
158 connection with utilities or safety equipment such as traffic signal poles, which . Any such
159 easement or use right must be primarily for the benefit of the city, and the granting of easements
160 or other use rights to public utility providers for public utility purposes. Any such easement or
161 use right must not interfere with the intended use or character of the property as determined by
162 the City. With respect to open space land under this chapter, such easement or use right may be
163 granted only with the approval of the city's open space lands managerdirector of the City’s public
164 lands department or their designee in their sole discretion.
165 6. A land exchange for a de minimis parcel of open space land owned by the City for
166 another de minimis parcel of open space land where the intended use or character of the parcels
8
167 is substantially similar to each other, provided that such exchange may be made only with the
168 approval of the Mayor. For purposes of this section, a de minimis parcel is one consisting of not
169 more than ¼ of an acre.
170 SECTION 3. This ordinance shall take effect immediately after it has been published or
171 posted in accordance with Utah Code section 10-3-711 and recorded in accordance with Utah
172 Code section 10-3-713.
173 Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ____________,
174 2023.
175 ____________________________
176 CHAIRPERSON
177 ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
178
179 ___________________________
180 CITY RECORDER
181
182 Transmitted to Mayor on ______________________.
183
184 Mayor’s Action: __________ Approved. ___________ Vetoed.
185
186
187 ____________________________
188 MAYOR
189
190
191
192 ___________________________
193 CITY RECORDER
194
195
196 (SEAL)
197
198
199 Bill No. ______ of 2023.
200 Published: _____________________.
201
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Approved As To Form
By: _______________________
Kimberly Chytraus
Date: __________________
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC LANDS
MAYOR KRISTIN RIKER
DIRECTOR
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION WWW.SLCGOV.COM
1965 WEST 500 SOUTH TEL: 801-972-7800
SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84104 PAGE 1 OF 2
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
____________________________ Date Received: _______________
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: ___________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: August 14, 2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Kristin Riker, Director, Department of Public Lands ________________
SUBJECT: Open Space Lands Amendment 2.58.040 and 2.90.070
STAFF CONTACTS: Kristin Riker
Public Lands Director
Kristin.Riker@slcgov.com
Tyler Murdock
Public Lands Deputy Director
Tyler.Murdock@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION:
SLC Public Lands Department recommends that City Council approve the proposed
amendments to the Open Space Ordinance outlined in section 2.58.040 (Sale of Significant
Parcels of Real Property; Notice and Hearing) and 2.90.070 (Removal of Lands from the
Open Space Lands Inventory).
BUDGET IMPACT: N/A
Lisa Shaffer (Aug 25, 2023 11:39 MDT)08/25/2023
08/25/2023
Open Space Lands Amendment 2.58.040 and 2.90.070
Transmittal to City Council
Page 2 of 3
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION:
The Salt Lake City Open Space Lands Program was established to facilitate the City’s
acquisition, management, promotion, preservation, protection, and enhancement of open
space lands and to encourage public and private gifts of land, money, securities, or other
property to be used to preserve the natural, scenic, historic, and important neighborhood
open space lands (Ord. 52-15, 2015). The purpose of this transmittal is to amend the Open
Space Lands Ordinance related to the sale or disposal of significant parcels of real property
and removal of lands from the Open Space Inventory.
The proposed amendment revises three key sections outlined in the attached redlined copy
in attachment 3 and located in sections 2.58.040 (Sale of Significant Parcels of Real
Property; Notice and Hearing) and 2.90.070 (Removal of Lands from the Open Space Lands
Inventory).
Easement Amendments: Amendment revisions to allow the City greater flexibility in
approving necessary utility easements which must be for the primary benefit of the City and
which must not interfere with the intended use or character of the property as determined
by the City and the Public Lands Director.
THE GRANTING OF EASEMENTS OR OTHER USE RIGHTS TO PUBLIC UTILITY PROVIDERS FOR PUBLIC
UTILITY PURPOSES. ANY SUCH EASEMENT OR USE RIGHT MUST NOT INTERFERE WITH THE INTENDED
USE OR CHARACTER OF THE PROPERTY AS DETERMINED BY THE CITY. WITH RESPECT TO OPEN SPACE
LAND UNDER CHAPTER 2.90 OF THIS TITLE, SUCH EASEMENT OR USE RIGHT MAY BE GRANTED ONLY
WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE CITY’S PUBLIC LANDS DEPARTMENT OR THEIR
DESIGNEE IN THEIR SOLE DISCRETION.
Land Exchange for De Minimis Parcels: Amendment revisions to allow the City
greater flexibility in approving land exchanges of de minimis open space parcels (less than
¼ acre) of similar character and intended use as determined by the City and the Public
Lands Director.
A LAND EXCHANGE FOR A DE MINIMIS PARCEL OF LAND OWNED BY THE CITY FOR ANOTHER DE
MINIMIS PARCEL OF LAND WHERE THE INTENDED USE OR CHARACTER OF THE PARCELS IS
SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO EACH OTHER. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION, A DE MINIMIS PARCEL IS
ONE CONSISTING OF NOT MORE THAN ¼ OF AN ACRE. WITH RESPECT TO OPEN SPACE LAND UNDER
CHAPTER 2.90 OF THIS TITLE, SUCH EXCHANGE MADE BE MADE ONLY WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE
DIRECTOR OF THE CITY’S PUBLIC LANDS DEPARTMENT OR THEIR DESIGNEE IN THEIR SOLE
DISCRETION.
Public Noticing Requirements: Amendment revisions to public noticing requirements
for sale or disposal of real property within the Open Space Inventory to align with public
noticing requirements in state code.
PROVIDING NOTICE OF THE PROPOSED SALE OR TRANSFER AND THE PUBLIC HEARING THROUGH THE
PROCESS OUTLINED IN STATE CODE FOR CLASS A PUBLIC NOTICE.
Open Space Lands Amendment 2.58.040 and 2.90.070
Transmittal to City Council
Page 3 of 3
PUBLIC PROCESS:
Parks, Natural Lands, Trails and Urban Forestry Advisory Board: TBD
Planning Commission Public Hearing: TBD
City Council Public Hearing: TBD
EXHIBITS:
A. Amending 2.58.040 and 2.90.070 Final Approved
B. Amending 2.58.040 and 2.90.070 Clean
C. Amending 2.58.040 and 2.90.070 Redline
EXHIBIT A
Amending 2.58.040 and 2.90.070 Final Approved
1
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. ______ of 2023
(Exception to mandatory process for sale of significant parcels of real property
and removal of lands from the open space lands inventory)
An ordinance amending Section 2.58.040 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the sale
of significant parcels of real property, and Section 2.90.070 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating
to the removal of lands from the open space lands inventory.
WHEREAS, the City desires to make certain changes relating to an exemption, for
certain easements to public utility providers, from the mandatory procedures of those sections;
and
WHEREAS, the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, desires to amend Section 2.58.040
and Section 2.90.070 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to such changes.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah that:
SECTION 1. Section 2.58.040 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the sale of
significant parcels of real property, is amended as follows:
2.58.040: SALE OF SIGNIFICANT PARCELS OF REAL PROPERTY; NOTICE AND
HEARING:
A. A significant parcel of real property owned by the City or any significant legal interest
therein shall not be sold, traded, leased or otherwise conveyed or encumbered until the City has
provided reasonable notice to all interested parties and held at least one public hearing on the
proposed conveyance as set forth herein.
B. Reasonable notice of the proposed conveyance shall follow the process outlined in state
code for class A public notice.
C. No significant parcel of City owned real property identified in section 2.58.035, including
table 2.58.035C, of this chapter may be conveyed until after a public hearing has been held
2
before one or more of the following as may be applicable: the City Council, the Planning
Commission, the Airport Board, the Public Utilities Advisory Committee, or the Parks, Natural
Lands, Trails, and Urban Forestry Advisory Board.
D. In addition to the public hearing required above, the City Council may also request a
second public hearing before the conveyance of the property. Any request for a hearing before
the City Council must be delivered to the Office of the Mayor no less than fifteen (15) days after
delivery of the notice to the Office of the City Council pursuant to subsection B2 of this section.
If no request for a hearing is made within that time period, the City Council shall be deemed to
have waived any right to request a hearing.
If a written call for hearing has been made by the City Council, the Mayor or his or her designee
shall attend the hearing to hear and consider comments upon proposals to convey the property
specified in the notice. The hearing shall take place during a regularly scheduled City Council
meeting.
E. Any notice of a proposed conveyance of a significant parcel of City owned real property
shall specify the following:
1. A description of the property to be conveyed or encumbered;
2. The nature of the proposed conveyance or encumbrance, whether the property is to be
sold, traded or encumbered, including the nature of the conveyance if the property is to be sold,
or if a trade or lease of property is contemplated, a brief summary of the proposed transaction;
3. Persons to whom interests are to be conveyed;
4. Any consideration tendered;
5. The name of the person, department or entity requesting such action;
6. The basis upon which the value of the interest has been determined by the City;
3
7. The date, time and location of the public hearing to be held before the City Council, the
Planning Commission, Airport Board, Public Utilities Advisory Committee, Golf Enterprise
Fund Advisory Board, or Parks, Natural Lands, Trails, and Urban Forestry Advisory Board, as
applicable. The notice shall further state that interested persons may appear and comment upon
the proposal.
F. The conveyance or encumbrance of a significant parcel of real property of the City may be
finalized:
1. By the Mayor, at his/her discretion following notice and any public hearings required by
this section; or
2. By the Mayor, if the transfer is revocable and the Mayor has determined that an
unanticipated combination of facts and conditions of pressing necessity has emerged that
requires that action be taken before a City Council hearing. Such conditions shall not be deemed
to arise unless it appears that delay from the notice or a City Council hearing would produce:
a. Great or irreparable injury to persons seeking the conveyance or encumbrance, with
negligible impact upon City interests;
b. Serious detriment to the social or economic interest of the community as whole; or
c. Substantial economic loss to the City.
G. Any decision by the Mayor to forego the City Council hearing provisions of this section
shall be made in writing to the City Council, stating the specific reasons upon which the decision
was based.
H. The following shall be exempt from the mandatory procedures of this section:
1. The leasing of existing buildings, infrastructure, or facilities;
2. Special events lasting (a) less than twenty-one (21) days or (b), with the approval of the
4
Mayor for a reason identified by the Mayor in writing, more than twenty (20) days but less than
thirty-one (31) days;
3. The leasing of recreation areas in accordance with their intended use;
4. The selling of burial rights in the Salt Lake City Cemetery; and
5. The granting of easements or other rights that service the property, including grants in
connection with safety equipment such as traffic signal poles, which must be primarily for the
benefit of the City, and the granting of easements or other use rights to public utility providers
for public utility purposes. Any such easement or use right must not interfere with the intended
use or character of the property as determined by the City. With respect to open space land under
chapter 2.90 of this title, such easement or use right may be granted only with the approval of the
director of the City’s public lands department or their designee in their sole discretion.
6. A land exchange for a de minimis parcel of land owned by the City for another de
minimis parcel of land where the intended use or character of the parcels is substantially similar
to each other. For purposes of this section, a de minimis parcel is one consisting of not more than
¼ of an acre. With respect to open space land under chapter 2.90 of this title, such exchange
made be made only with the approval of the director of the City’s public lands department or
their designee in their sole discretion.
SECTION 2. Section 2.90.070 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the removal of
lands from the open space lands inventory, is amended as follows:
2.90.070: REMOVAL OF LANDS FROM THE OPEN SPACE LANDS INVENTORY:
A. Open space lands, conservation easements or other interests in open space land placed in the
open space lands inventory shall remain in the inventory in perpetuity unless: 1) they are
transferred to a qualified public or nonprofit land conservation entity; or 2) a sale, conversion
5
from undeveloped open space land to developed open space land, exchange, or other transfer of
the land, conservation easement or other interest in land is approved by the mayor, subsequent to
the following mandatory procedures:
1. Any proposal to sell or transfer open space land must be in writing, signed by the mayor,
and must include a description of the land to be sold or transferred, the purpose of the proposed
sale or transfer, the proposed purchaser of the land, the amount of the proposed purchase price,
the anticipated future use of the land, any anticipated change in zoning that would be required to
implement that proposed future use, and a statement by the mayor explaining why the proposed
sale or transfer of the open space land is in the best interest of the City.
2. Holding a public hearing before the City Council.
3. Providing notice of the proposed sale or transfer and the public hearing through the
process outlined in state code for class A public notice.
a. Any notice published, posted or mailed pursuant to this section shall state substantially
as follows:
NOTICE OF PROPOSED SALE OR TRANSFER OF PUBLICLY OWNED OPEN SPACE
LAND
The Mayor of Salt Lake City is proposing to sell or transfer certain Open Space Lands
owned by Salt Lake City located at [street location] for $[proposed amount of consideration] to
[proposed transferee] for future use as [proposed future use].
A public hearing on this proposal will be held before the Mayor and the City Council on
[date of hearing] at the Salt Lake City & County Building, 451 South State Street, room 315, Salt
Lake City, Utah, at [time of hearing] p.m.
6
Any individual wishing to address this proposal is invited to participate and to express
their views to the Mayor and the City Council at that hearing.
4. Following the public hearing, the City Council may elect to conduct an advisory vote as
to the proposed sale or transfer of the open space land.
5. No sale or transfer of open space land may occur until at least six (6) months after the
conclusion of the public hearing in order to provide an opportunity to explore other alternatives
to the proposed sale or transfer of the open space land.
B. Any open space lands, conservation easements or other interests in open space land: 1)
acquired by the City in partnership with other entities, units of government, or other parties; or 2)
received by donation, bequest, devise, or dedication, may only be authorized for sale, conversion
from undeveloped open space land to developed open space land, exchange or other transfer if
such action is allowed for in the instrument under which the open space land, conservation
easement or other interest in open space land was conveyed to, or acquired by, the City.
C. The following shall be exempt from the mandatory procedures of this section:
1. The leasing of existing buildings, infrastructure, or facilities.
2. Special events lasting (a) less than twenty-one (21) days or (b), with the approval of the
mayor for a reason identified by the mayor in writing, more than twenty (20) days but less than
thirty-one (31) days.
3. The leasing of recreation areas in accordance with their intended use.
4. The selling of burial rights in the Salt Lake City Cemetery.
5. The granting of easements or other rights that service the property, including grants in
connection with safety equipment such as traffic signal poles, which must be primarily for the
benefit of the City, and the granting of easements or other use rights to public utility providers
7
for public utility purposes. Any such easement or use right must not interfere with the intended
use or character of the property as determined by the City. With respect to open space land under
this chapter, such easement or use right may be granted only with the approval of the director of
the City’s public lands department or their designee in their sole discretion.
6. A land exchange for a de minimis parcel of open space land owned by the City for
another de minimis parcel of open space land where the intended use or character of the parcels
is substantially similar to each other, provided that such exchange may be made only with the
approval of the director of the City’s public lands department or their designee in their sole
discretion. For purposes of this section, a de minimis parcel is one consisting of not more than ¼
of an acre.
SECTION 3. This ordinance shall take effect immediately after it has been published or
posted in accordance with Utah Code section 10-3-711 and recorded in accordance with Utah
Code section 10-3-713.
8
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ____________,
2023.
____________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
___________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on ______________________.
Mayor’s Action: __________ Approved. ___________ Vetoed.
____________________________
MAYOR
___________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ______ of 2023.
Published: _____________________.
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Approved As To Form
By: _______________________
Kimberly Chytraus
Date: __________________ June 23, 2023
EXHIBIT B
Amending 2.58.040 and 2.90.070 Clean
1
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. ______ of 2023
(Exception to mandatory process for sale of significant parcels of real property
and removal of lands from the open space lands inventory)
An ordinance amending Section 2.58.040 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the sale
of significant parcels of real property, and Section 2.90.070 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating
to the removal of lands from the open space lands inventory.
WHEREAS, the City desires to make certain changes relating to an exemption, for
certain easements to public utility providers, from the mandatory procedures of those sections;
and
WHEREAS, the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, desires to amend Section 2.58.040
and Section 2.90.070 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to such changes.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah that:
SECTION 1. Section 2.58.040 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the sale of
significant parcels of real property, is amended as follows:
2.58.040: SALE OF SIGNIFICANT PARCELS OF REAL PROPERTY; NOTICE AND
HEARING:
A. A significant parcel of real property owned by the City or any significant legal interest
therein shall not be sold, traded, leased or otherwise conveyed or encumbered until the City has
provided reasonable notice to all interested parties and held at least one public hearing on the
proposed conveyance as set forth herein.
B. Reasonable notice of the proposed conveyance shall follow the process outlined in state
code for class A public notice.
C. No significant parcel of City owned real property identified in section 2.58.035, including
table 2.58.035C, of this chapter may be conveyed until after a public hearing has been held
2
before one or more of the following as may be applicable: the City Council, the Planning
Commission, the Airport Board, the Public Utilities Advisory Committee, or the Parks, Natural
Lands, Trails, and Urban Forestry Advisory Board.
D. In addition to the public hearing required above, the City Council may also request a
second public hearing before the conveyance of the property. Any request for a hearing before
the City Council must be delivered to the Office of the Mayor no less than fifteen (15) days after
delivery of the notice to the Office of the City Council pursuant to subsection B2 of this section.
If no request for a hearing is made within that time period, the City Council shall be deemed to
have waived any right to request a hearing.
If a written call for hearing has been made by the City Council, the Mayor or his or her designee
shall attend the hearing to hear and consider comments upon proposals to convey the property
specified in the notice. The hearing shall take place during a regularly scheduled City Council
meeting.
E. Any notice of a proposed conveyance of a significant parcel of City owned real property
shall specify the following:
1. A description of the property to be conveyed or encumbered;
2. The nature of the proposed conveyance or encumbrance, whether the property is to be
sold, traded or encumbered, including the nature of the conveyance if the property is to be sold,
or if a trade or lease of property is contemplated, a brief summary of the proposed transaction;
3. Persons to whom interests are to be conveyed;
4. Any consideration tendered;
5. The name of the person, department or entity requesting such action;
6. The basis upon which the value of the interest has been determined by the City;
3
7. The date, time and location of the public hearing to be held before the City Council, the
Planning Commission, Airport Board, Public Utilities Advisory Committee, Golf Enterprise
Fund Advisory Board, or Parks, Natural Lands, Trails, and Urban Forestry Advisory Board, as
applicable. The notice shall further state that interested persons may appear and comment upon
the proposal.
F. The conveyance or encumbrance of a significant parcel of real property of the City may be
finalized:
1. By the Mayor, at his/her discretion following notice and any public hearings required by
this section; or
2. By the Mayor, if the transfer is revocable and the Mayor has determined that an
unanticipated combination of facts and conditions of pressing necessity has emerged that
requires that action be taken before a City Council hearing. Such conditions shall not be deemed
to arise unless it appears that delay from the notice or a City Council hearing would produce:
a. Great or irreparable injury to persons seeking the conveyance or encumbrance, with
negligible impact upon City interests;
b. Serious detriment to the social or economic interest of the community as whole; or
c. Substantial economic loss to the City.
G. Any decision by the Mayor to forego the City Council hearing provisions of this section
shall be made in writing to the City Council, stating the specific reasons upon which the decision
was based.
H. The following shall be exempt from the mandatory procedures of this section:
1. The leasing of existing buildings, infrastructure, or facilities;
2. Special events lasting (a) less than twenty-one (21) days or (b), with the approval of the
4
Mayor for a reason identified by the Mayor in writing, more than twenty (20) days but less than
thirty-one (31) days;
3. The leasing of recreation areas in accordance with their intended use;
4. The selling of burial rights in the Salt Lake City Cemetery; and
5. The granting of easements or other rights that service the property, including grants in
connection with safety equipment such as traffic signal poles, which must be primarily for the
benefit of the City, and the granting of easements or other use rights to public utility providers
for public utility purposes. Any such easement or use right must not interfere with the intended
use or character of the property as determined by the City. With respect to open space land under
chapter 2.90 of this title, such easement or use right may be granted only with the approval of the
director of the City’s public lands department or their designee in their sole discretion.
6. A land exchange for a de minimis parcel of land owned by the City for another de
minimis parcel of land where the intended use or character of the parcels is substantially similar
to each other. For purposes of this section, a de minimis parcel is one consisting of not more than
¼ of an acre. With respect to open space land under chapter 2.90 of this title, such exchange
made be made only with the approval of the director of the City’s public lands department or
their designee in their sole discretion.
SECTION 2. Section 2.90.070 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the removal of
lands from the open space lands inventory, is amended as follows:
2.90.070: REMOVAL OF LANDS FROM THE OPEN SPACE LANDS INVENTORY:
A. Open space lands, conservation easements or other interests in open space land placed in the
open space lands inventory shall remain in the inventory in perpetuity unless: 1) they are
transferred to a qualified public or nonprofit land conservation entity; or 2) a sale, conversion
5
from undeveloped open space land to developed open space land, exchange, or other transfer of
the land, conservation easement or other interest in land is approved by the mayor, subsequent to
the following mandatory procedures:
1. Any proposal to sell or transfer open space land must be in writing, signed by the mayor,
and must include a description of the land to be sold or transferred, the purpose of the proposed
sale or transfer, the proposed purchaser of the land, the amount of the proposed purchase price,
the anticipated future use of the land, any anticipated change in zoning that would be required to
implement that proposed future use, and a statement by the mayor explaining why the proposed
sale or transfer of the open space land is in the best interest of the City.
2. Holding a public hearing before the City Council.
3. Providing notice of the proposed sale or transfer and the public hearing through the
process outlined in state code for class A public notice.
a. Any notice published, posted or mailed pursuant to this section shall state substantially
as follows:
NOTICE OF PROPOSED SALE OR TRANSFER OF PUBLICLY OWNED OPEN SPACE
LAND
The Mayor of Salt Lake City is proposing to sell or transfer certain Open Space Lands
owned by Salt Lake City located at [street location] for $[proposed amount of consideration] to
[proposed transferee] for future use as [proposed future use].
A public hearing on this proposal will be held before the Mayor and the City Council on
[date of hearing] at the Salt Lake City & County Building, 451 South State Street, room 315, Salt
Lake City, Utah, at [time of hearing] p.m.
6
Any individual wishing to address this proposal is invited to participate and to express
their views to the Mayor and the City Council at that hearing.
4. Following the public hearing, the City Council may elect to conduct an advisory vote as
to the proposed sale or transfer of the open space land.
5. No sale or transfer of open space land may occur until at least six (6) months after the
conclusion of the public hearing in order to provide an opportunity to explore other alternatives
to the proposed sale or transfer of the open space land.
B. Any open space lands, conservation easements or other interests in open space land: 1)
acquired by the City in partnership with other entities, units of government, or other parties; or 2)
received by donation, bequest, devise, or dedication, may only be authorized for sale, conversion
from undeveloped open space land to developed open space land, exchange or other transfer if
such action is allowed for in the instrument under which the open space land, conservation
easement or other interest in open space land was conveyed to, or acquired by, the City.
C. The following shall be exempt from the mandatory procedures of this section:
1. The leasing of existing buildings, infrastructure, or facilities.
2. Special events lasting (a) less than twenty-one (21) days or (b), with the approval of the
mayor for a reason identified by the mayor in writing, more than twenty (20) days but less than
thirty-one (31) days.
3. The leasing of recreation areas in accordance with their intended use.
4. The selling of burial rights in the Salt Lake City Cemetery.
5. The granting of easements or other rights that service the property, including grants in
connection with safety equipment such as traffic signal poles, which must be primarily for the
benefit of the City, and the granting of easements or other use rights to public utility providers
7
for public utility purposes. Any such easement or use right must not interfere with the intended
use or character of the property as determined by the City. With respect to open space land under
this chapter, such easement or use right may be granted only with the approval of the director of
the City’s public lands department or their designee in their sole discretion.
6. A land exchange for a de minimis parcel of open space land owned by the City for
another de minimis parcel of open space land where the intended use or character of the parcels
is substantially similar to each other, provided that such exchange may be made only with the
approval of the director of the City’s public lands department or their designee in their sole
discretion. For purposes of this section, a de minimis parcel is one consisting of not more than ¼
of an acre.
SECTION 3. This ordinance shall take effect immediately after it has been published or
posted in accordance with Utah Code section 10-3-711 and recorded in accordance with Utah
Code section 10-3-713.
8
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ____________,
2023.
____________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
___________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on ______________________.
Mayor’s Action: __________ Approved. ___________ Vetoed.
____________________________
MAYOR
___________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ______ of 2023.
Published: _____________________.
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Approved As To Form
By: _______________________
Kimberly Chytraus
Date: __________________
EXHIBIT C
Amending 2.58.040 and 2.90.070 Redline
1
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE 1
No. ______ of 2023 2
3
(Exception to mandatory process for sale of significant parcels of real property 4
and removal of lands from the open space lands inventory) 5
6
An ordinance amending Section 2.58.040 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the sale 7
of significant parcels of real property, and Section 2.90.070 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating 8
to the removal of lands from the open space lands inventory. 9
WHEREAS, the City desires to make certain changes relating to an exemption, for 10
certain easements to public utility providers, from the mandatory procedures of those sections; 11
and 12
WHEREAS, the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, desires to amend Section 2.58.040 13
and Section 2.90.070 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to such changes. 14
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah that: 15
SECTION 1. Section 2.58.040 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the sale of 16
significant parcels of real property, is amended as follows: 17
2.58.040: SALE OF SIGNIFICANT PARCELS OF REAL PROPERTY; NOTICE AND 18
HEARING: 19
20
A. A significant parcel of real property owned by the City or any significant legal interest 21
therein shall not be sold, traded, leased or otherwise conveyed or encumbered until the City has 22
provided reasonable notice to all interested parties and held at least one public hearing on the 23
proposed conveyance as set forth herein. 24
B. Reasonable notice of the proposed conveyance shall follow the process outlined in state 25
code for class A public notice.Reasonable notice of the proposed conveyance shall .include the 26
following: 27
1. Notice of the proposed conveyance shall be mailed to all abutting property owners. 28
2
2. Notice of the proposed conveyance shall be delivered to the Office of the City Council, 29
posted in the Office of the City Recorder, delivered to a local media representative, and posted 30
on the City's website. 31
C. No significant parcel of City owned real property identified in section 2.58.035, including 32
table 2.58.035C, of this chapter may be conveyed until after a public hearing has been held 33
before one or more of the following as may be applicable: the City Council, the Planning 34
Commission, the Airport Board, the Public Utilities Advisory Committee, the Golf Enterprise 35
Fund Advisory Board, or the Parks, Natural Lands, Trails, and Urban Forestry Advisory Board. 36
D. In addition to the public hearing required above, the City Council may also request a 37
second public hearing before the conveyance of the property. Any request for a hearing before 38
the City Council must be delivered to the Office of the Mayor no less than fifteen (15) days after 39
delivery of the notice to the Office of the City Council pursuant to subsection B2 of this section. 40
If no request for a hearing is made within that time period, the City Council shall be deemed to 41
have waived any right to request a hearing. 42
If a written call for hearing has been made by the City Council, the Mayor or his or her designee 43
shall attend the hearing to hear and consider comments upon proposals to convey the property 44
specified in the notice. The hearing shall take place before, after or in conjunction with during a 45
regularly scheduled City Council meeting, as determined by the Mayor. 46
E. Any notice of a proposed conveyance of a significant parcel of City owned real property 47
shall specify the following: 48
1. A description of the property to be conveyed or encumbered; 49
2. The nature of the proposed conveyance or encumbrance, whether the property is to be 50
sold, traded or encumbered, including the nature of the conveyance if the property is to be sold, 51
3
or if a trade or lease of property is contemplated, a brief summary of the proposed transaction; 52
3. Persons to whom interests are to be conveyed; 53
4. Any consideration tendered; 54
5. The name of the person, department or entity requesting such action; 55
6. The basis upon which the value of the interest has been determined by the City; 56
7. The date, time and location of the public hearing to be held before the City Council, the 57
Planning Commission, Airport Board, Public Utilities Advisory Committee, Golf Enterprise 58
Fund Advisory Board, or Parks, Natural Lands, Trails, and Urban Forestry Advisory Board, as 59
applicable. The notice shall further state that interested persons may appear and comment upon 60
the proposal. 61
F. The conveyance or encumbrance of a significant parcel of real property of the City may be 62
finalized: 63
1. By the Mayor, at his/her discretion following notice and any public hearings required by 64
this section; or 65
2. By the Mayor, if the transfer is revocable and the Mayor has determined that an 66
unanticipated combination of facts and conditions of pressing necessity has emerged that 67
requires that action be taken before a City Council hearing. Such conditions shall not be deemed 68
to arise unless it appears that delay from the notice or a City Council hearing would produce: 69
a. Great or irreparable injury to persons seeking the conveyance or encumbrance, with 70
negligible impact upon City interests; 71
b. Serious detriment to the social or economic interest of the community as whole; or 72
3. Substantial economic loss to the City. 73
G. Any decision by the Mayor to forego the City Council hearing provisions of this section 74
4
shall be made in writing to the City Council, stating the specific reasons upon which the decision 75
was based. 76
H. The following shall be exempt from the mandatory procedures of this section: 77
1. The leasing of existing buildings, infrastructure, or facilities; 78
2. Special events lasting (a) less than twenty-one (21) days or (b), with the approval of the 79
Mayor for a reason identified by the Mayor in writing, more than twenty (20) days but less than 80
thirty-one (31) days; 81
3. The leasing of recreation areas in accordance with their intended use; 82
4. The selling of burial rights in the Salt Lake City Cemetery; and 83
5. The granting of easements or other rights that service the property, including grants in 84
connection with utilities or safety equipment such as traffic signal poles. Any such easement or 85
use right must be, which must be primarily for the benefit of the City, and the granting of 86
easements or other use rights to public utility providers for public utility purposes. Any such 87
easement or use right must not interfere with the intended use or character of the property as 88
determined by the City. With respect to open space land under chapter 2.90 of this title, such 89
easement or use right may be granted only with the approval of the director of the City’s public 90
lands department or their designee in their sole discretionCity’s Open Space Lands Manager. 91
6. A land exchange for a de minimis parcel of land owned by the City for another de 92
minimis parcel of land where the intended use or character of the parcels is substantially similar 93
to each other. For purposes of this section, a de minimis parcel is one consisting of not more than 94
¼ of an acre. With respect to open space land under chapter 2.90 of this title, such exchange 95
made be made only with the approval of the director of the City’s public lands department or 96
their designee in their sole discretion. 97
5
SECTION 2. Section 2.90.070 of the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the removal of 98
lands from the open space lands inventory, is amended as follows: 99
2.90.070: REMOVAL OF LANDS FROM THE OPEN SPACE LANDS INVENTORY: 100 101
A. Open space lands, conservation easements or other interests in open space land placed in the 102
open space lands inventory shall remain in the inventory in perpetuity unless: 1) they are 103
transferred to a qualified public or nonprofit land conservation entity; or 2) a sale, conversion 104
from undeveloped open space land to developed open space land, exchange, or other transfer of 105
the land, conservation easement or other interest in land is approved by the mayor, subsequent to 106
the following mandatory procedures: 107
1. Any proposal to sell or transfer open space land must be in writing, signed by the mayor, 108
and must include a description of the land to be sold or transferred, the purpose of the proposed 109
sale or transfer, the proposed purchaser of the land, the amount of the proposed purchase price, 110
the anticipated future use of the land, any anticipated change in zoning that would be required to 111
implement that proposed future use, and a statement by the mayor explaining why the proposed 112
sale or transfer of the open space land is in the best interest of the Ccity. 113
2. Holding a public hearing before the mayor and the Ccity Ccouncil. 114
3. Providing notice of the proposed sale or transfer and the public hearing through the 115
process outlined in state code for class A public notice.by: 116
a. Publication of a notice for two (2) successive weeks, beginning at least thirty (30) days 117
in advance of the hearing, in a newspaper of general circulation in the city, no less than one- 118
fourth (1/4) page in size, with type no smaller than 18-point, surrounded by a one-fourth inch 119
(1/4") border, in a portion of the newspaper other than where the legal notices and classified 120
advertisements appear, containing the information set forth in the form below; 121
6
b. Posting two (2) signs measuring at least two feet by three feet (2' x 3') each, on the land 122
proposed for sale or transfer at least thirty (30) days in advance of the hearing, containing the 123
information set forth in the form below; and 124
c. Mailing notice, at least thirty (30) days in advance of the hearing, to all property owners 125
of record within one thousand feet (1,000') of the land proposed for sale or transfer, containing 126
the information set forth in the form below. 127
ad. Any notice published, posted or mailed pursuant to this section shall state substantially 128
as follows: 129
NOTICE OF PROPOSED SALE OR TRANSFER OF PUBLICLY OWNED OPEN SPACE 130
LAND 131
The Mayor of Salt Lake City is proposing to sell or transfer certain Open Space Lands 132
owned by Salt Lake City located at [street location] for $[proposed amount of 133
considerationsale] to [proposed buyertransferee] for future use as [proposed future use]. 134
A public hearing on this proposal will be held before the Mayor and the City Council on 135
[date of hearing] at the Salt Lake City & County Building, 451 South State Street, room 315, Salt 136
Lake City, Utah, at [time of hearing] p.m. 137
Any individual wishing to address this proposal is invited to attend participate and to 138
express their views to the Mayor and the City Council at that hearing. 139
4. Following the public hearing, the Ccity Ccouncil may elect to conduct an advisory vote 140
as to the proposed sale or transfer of the open space land. 141
5. No sale or transfer of open space land may occur until at least six (6) months after the 142
conclusion of the public hearing in order to provide an opportunity to explore other alternatives 143
to the proposed sale or transfer of the open space land. 144
7
B. Any open space lands, conservation easements or other interests in open space land: 1) 145
acquired by the cCity in partnership with other entities, units of government, or other parties; or 146
2) received by donation, bequest, devise, or dedication, may only be authorized for sale, 147
conversion from undeveloped open space land to developed open space land, exchange or other 148
transfer if such action is allowed for in the instrument under which the open space land, 149
conservation easement or other interest in open space land was conveyed to, or acquired by, the 150
city. 151
C. The following shall be exempt from the mandatory procedures of this section: 152
1. The leasing of existing buildings, infrastructure, or facilities.; 153
2. Special events lasting (a) less than twenty-one (21) days or (b), with the approval of the 154
mayor for a reason identified by the mayor in writing, more than twenty (20) days but less than 155
thirty-one (31) days.; 156
3. The leasing of recreation areas in accordance with their intended use.; 157
4. The selling of burial rights in the Salt Lake City Cemetery. 158
5. The granting of easements or other rights that service the property, including grants in 159
connection with utilities or safety equipment such as traffic signal poles, which . Any such 160
easement or use right must be primarily for the benefit of the cCity, and the granting of 161
easements or other use rights to public utility providers for public utility purposes. Any such 162
easement or use right must not interfere with the intended use or character of the property as 163
determined by the City. With respect to open space land under this chapter, such easement or use 164
right may be granted only with the approval of the city's open space lands managerdirector of the 165
City’s public lands department or their designee in their sole discretion. 166
8
6. A land exchange for a de minimis parcel of open space land owned by the City for 167
another de minimis parcel of open space land where the intended use or character of the parcels 168
is substantially similar to each other, provided that such exchange may be made only with the 169
approval of the director of the City’s public lands department or their designee in their sole 170
discretion. For purposes of this section, a de minimis parcel is one consisting of not more than ¼ 171
of an acre. 172
SECTION 3. This ordinance shall take effect immediately after it has been published or 173
posted in accordance with Utah Code section 10-3-711 and recorded in accordance with Utah 174
Code section 10-3-713. 175
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ____________, 176
2023. 177
____________________________ 178
CHAIRPERSON 179
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN: 180
181
___________________________ 182
CITY RECORDER 183
184
Transmitted to Mayor on ______________________. 185
186
Mayor’s Action: __________ Approved. ___________ Vetoed. 187
188
189
____________________________ 190
MAYOR 191
192
193
194
___________________________ 195
CITY RECORDER 196
197
198
(SEAL) 199
200
201
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Approved As To Form
By: _______________________
Kimberly Chytraus
Date: __________________
9
Bill No. ______ of 2023. 202
Published: _____________________. 203
204
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM:Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:November 14, 2023
RE: 711 and 721 South 1200 East Zoning Map and Master Plan Amendments
PLNPCM2023-00496/00639
The Council will be briefed about a proposal to amend the zoning map for properties at 711 and 721 South
1200 East from their current R-2 (Single- and Two-Family Residential) zoning to I (Institutional). In
addition, the proposal calls for amending the Central Community Master Plan future land use
designations from Low-Density Residential to Institutional. Private K-12 schools are not a permitted use in
the existing R-2 zoning district but are in the proposed Institutional zone. The proposed amendments
would allow expansion of the McGillis School campus for classes, meetings, assemblies, and
administration.
While the properties are zoned R-2, the building on the property has been the historic Douglas Ward
Building (an Institutional use). The McGillis School is under an agreement to purchase the currently
unused church building from the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. In their application, the
petitioner stated an intent to repurpose the building built in 1950 for the school rather than demolish it and
construct another building. There is some urgency to the request as the agreement stipulates that the
entitlement period ends December 9, 2023. The School is requesting Council action on the rezone and
master plan amendment prior to that date.
Combined, the two parcels are approximately 0.57 acres and the historic building’s footprint is roughly
8,800 square feet. The parcels are in a residential area primarily zoned R-2 shown in the zoning map
below, with single-family homes, duplexes, and an apartment building nearby. The McGillis School’s other
building is at the corner of 1300 East and 700 South, approximately 0.2 miles away as shown in the image
below. It is anticipated that student drop off and pick-up will happen at the 1300 East building, and those
participating in classes or other activities at the 1200 East building will walk between the two. This will
reduce traffic impact to the surrounding neighborhood. There are sidewalks and a marked crosswalk
Item Schedule:
Briefing: November 14, 2023
Set Date: November 14, 2023
Public Hearing: December 5, 2023
Potential Action: December 5, 2023
Page | 2
between the two buildings. The McGillis School committed to necessary safety measures for students
traveling between the buildings.
Area zoning map with the subject parcels shown in red. Note-the McGillis School’s
property is shaded in blue in the upper right corner of the image.
Image (looking east) showing church building outlined in yellow, and McGillis School outlined in blue.
Image courtesy of Salt Lake City Planning Division.
The Planning Commission reviewed this proposal during its October 25, 2023 meeting and held a public
hearing at which seven people, including a representative of the East Central Community Council, spoke.
Six of the commenters were supportive of the proposal, and one was opposed. The person who spoke
Page | 3
against the proposal cited concerns with additional foot and vehicle traffic. The Commission voted 8-0
to forward a positive recommendation to the City Council for both the zoning map and
future land use map amendments with an additional recommendation that the Council
discuss a potential development agreement or restrictive covenant limiting use of the
property to a school or similar institutional function.
Goal of the briefing: Review the proposed zoning and future land use map amendments, determine if
the Council supports moving forward with the proposal.
POLICY QUESTIONS
1. The Council may wish to discuss whether to include a condition recommended by the Planning
Commission that the petitioner enter into a development agreement or restrictive covenant with
the City limiting use of the property to a school or similar institutional function if the Council
adopts the proposed zoning map and master plan amendments.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Council is only being asked to consider rezoning the property and amending the future land use map.
Because zoning of a property can outlast the life of a building, any rezoning application should be
considered on the merits of changing the zoning of that property, not simply based on a potential project.
KEY CONSIDERATIONS
Planning staff identified three key considerations related to the proposal which are found on pages 5-10 of
the Planning Commission staff report and summarized below. For the complete analysis, please see the
staff report.
Consideration 1 – Compliance with the Standards for General Amendments
Planning staff found the proposed zoning map amendment complies with standards outlined below and
found in attachment D (pages 54-57) of the Planning Commission staff report.
Consideration 2 – Compliance with City Goals, Policies, and General Plans
It is Planning staff’s opinion that the proposals align with goals and principles found in Plan Salt Lake and
the Central Community Master Plan including:
•Maintain neighborhood stability and character.
•Preserve and enhance neighborhood and district character.
•Retain areas and structures of historic and architectural value.
•Prohibit the location or expansion of institutional facilities that displace or remove residential uses.
•Improve and strengthen relationships between institutions and residential neighborhoods.
Consideration 3 – Impact on Adjacent Property Owners
In their review of the proposals, Planning staff considered impact on adjacent property owners in three
areas: height and setbacks, parking and traffic, and land use.
Height and Setbacks
As shown in the table below, building height in the I zone is a maximum of 35 feet, with additional height
up to 75 feet through design review. For each foot above 35 feet all required yards must be increased by one
foot. This is intended to move the height toward the center of the property, and away from adjacent
properties. Planning staff found that the I zone’s height requirements and design review process will help
mitigate height impacts to adjacent properties if a future change of use is requested. It is worth noting that
the church building’s steeple has been removed.
Page | 4
Parking and Traffic
When an expansion of a zoning district is proposed, the City requires a traffic and parking study along with
the application. The McGillis School believes that using the church building as a school will not
significantly impact traffic or parking. The City Zoning Administrator reviewed the application, and
following department comments that did not include parking and traffic concerns, waived the requirement
for a study.
A building permit would be required before using the church building as a school. McGillis would also
apply for a shared or offsite parking agreement with the existing school. This can be done because the two
buildings are so close to each other. As discussed above, under the proposal student drop-off and pick-up
will continue at the existing school, and students will walk from one building to the other. Only a few
administrative parking spaces are anticipated to be needed at the subject property which can be
accommodated with existing spaces.
Land Use
Planning staff believes that use of the existing church as part of The McGillis School will allow for
compatible use while preserving the building. It is their opinion that such a use will strengthen the school’s
connections with the neighborhood.
ZONING COMPARISON
Attachment E (pages 58-61) of the Planning Commission staff report includes a comparison of existing R-2
and proposed I zoning. It is replicated here for convenience.
Regulation Existing Zoning (R-2)Proposed Zoning (I)
Lot Area/Width Places of worship:
12,000 square feet /80 feet)
Other uses:
20,000 square feet/100 feet
20,000 square feet /100 feet
Building Height The maximum height of buildings with
pitched roofs is 28 feet, or the average
height of other principal buildings on
the block face, while the maximum
height of a flat-roofed building is 20
feet.
35 feet, with approval for heights over
35 feet but not exceeding 75 feet
through design review. Provided, that
for each foot of height over thirty-five
feet (35'), each required yard shall be
increased one foot (1').
Front Yard/Setback For buildings legally existing on
April 12, 1995, the required front
yard shall be no greater than the
established setback line of the
building.
Twenty feet (20')
Side Yard/Setback Four feet (4'); provided, that on
interior lots one yard must be at least
ten feet (10')
Twenty feet (20')
Rear Yard/Setback Twenty five percent (25%) of the
lot depth, but not less than fifteen
feet (15') and need not exceed twenty-
five feet (25').
Twenty-five feet (25')
Parking The parking regulations for places of
worship are 1 space per 6 seats or 1
space per 300 sq. ft., whichever is less.
The square footage of the church
building is 8781 therefore
Minimum Parking Requirement for
K–12 private schools, elementary or
middle, is 1 space per 20 students. The
enrollment at McGillis School is
approximately 430 students;
Page | 5
approximately 29 spots would be
required. There are 9 spots onsite.
9/29 as a percentage is 31%. For the
use as a private school the parking
requirement would be about 22 stalls.
therefore, the parking requirement
would be 22 stalls.
Other uses in the I Zone may have
more stringent parking requirements.
Lot Coverage For lots with buildings legally existing
on April 12, 1995, the coverage of
existing buildings shall be considered
legal conforming.
N/A
Open Space See Lot Coverage The minimum open space area for any
use shall not be less than forty percent
(40%) of the lot area
Maximum exterior wall height Exterior walls must be 20 feet adjacent
to interior side yards, with height
increasing by 1 foot for each foot of
increased setback beyond the
minimum required side yard. If
approved with a reduced setback, wall
height decreases by 1 foot.
No limit.
Landscape The landscaping required by this
chapter shall be provided as a
condition of building permit issuance
for any addition, expansion or
intensification of a property that
increases the floor area and/or
parking requirement by fifty percent
(50%) or more. The zoning
administrator may waive the
landscaping requirement if an existing
building is located in an area of the lot
that is required to be landscaped and
compliance with the landscaping
requirements of this chapter
necessitates removing all or a portion
of an existing building.
The landscaping required by this
chapter shall be provided as a
condition of building permit issuance
for any addition, expansion or
intensification of a property that
increases the floor area and/or
parking requirement by fifty percent
(50%) or more. The zoning
administrator may waive the
landscaping requirement if an existing
building is located in an area of the lot
that is required to be landscaped and
compliance with the landscaping
requirements of this chapter
necessitates removing all or a portion
of an existing building.
Analysis of Factors
Attachment E (pages 54-57) of the Planning Commission staff report outlines master plan and zoning map
amendment standards that should be considered as the Council reviews this proposal. Please see the Planning
Commission staff report for additional information.
Factor Finding
Whether a proposed map amendment is consistent
with the purposes, goals, objectives, and policies of
the city as stated through its various adopted
planning documents.
Complies
Whether a proposed map amendment furthers the
specific purpose statements of the zoning ordinance.
Complies
The extent to which a proposed map amendment will
affect adjacent properties.
Complies
Whether a proposed map amendment is consistent
with the purposes and provisions of any applicable
overlay zoning districts which may impose additional
standards.
Complies
The adequacy of public facilities and services
intended to serve the subject property, including, but
Complies
Page | 6
not limited to, roadways, parks and recreational
facilities, police and fire protection, schools,
stormwater drainage systems, water supplies, and
wastewater and refuse collection.
City Department Review
During City review of the petitions, no responding departments or divisions expressed objections to the
proposal, but additional comments will be provided if the proposals are approved, and the property use is
changed from a church to a private school.
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
• June 23, 2023 – Petition for the zoning map amendment received by Planning Division.
• July 18, 2023 – Petition assigned to Megan Booth, Principal Planner. Planning staff recommended
the petitioner apply for a general plan amendment in addition to the zoning map amendment.
• August 8, 2023 – Master plan amendment received by Planning Division.
• August 10, 2023 – Notice sent to the East Central Community Council.
• August 15, 2023 –
o Early notification sent to property owners and residents within 300 feet of the proposal.
o Proposal posted for an online open house.
• September 29, 2023 – 45-day public comment period for recognized organizations ended.
• October 13, 2023 – Planning Commission public hearing notices emailed to interested parties and
residents/property owners who requested notice. Agenda posted to the Planning Commission
website and the State of Utah Public Notice webpage.
• October 14, 2023 – Public hearing notice sign with project information and notice of the Planning
Commission public hearing physically posted on the property.
• October 25, 2023 – Petitions reviewed by the Planning Commission and a public hearing was held.
The Commission voted 8-0 to forward a positive recommendation to the City Council for both the
zoning map and future land use map amendments with an additional recommendation that the
Council discuss a potential development agreement or restrictive covenant limiting use of the
property to a school or similar institutional function.
• October 26, 2023 – Draft ordinance sent to the City Attorney’s Office and the signed ordinance
was received the same day.
• October 30, 2023-Transmittal received in City Council Office.
Jim Brewer
Head of School
values
McGillis...
committed to
395
STUDENTS
34th
SCHOOL YEAR
21
YEARS IN THE DOUGLAS NEIGHBORHOOD
McGillis...
adapting
and
expanding
The McGillis School
Douglas
Ward
McGillis...
adapting
and
expanding
1915
2023
preservation
McGillis
has a history of
2020 2021 2022 2023
FEBRUARY
Douglas
Neighborhood
contacts McGillis
regarding
potential sale of
the Ward building.
SEPTEMBER
McGillis tours
Douglas Ward
building with
neighbor and ward
member.
NOVEMBER
McGillis officially
expresses interest
in purchasing the
ward property.
JANUARY
McGillis submits 1st
offer to purchase
Douglas Ward.
FEBRUARY
Seller chooses
competing offer.
MARCH
McGillis submits
2nd offer to
purchase Douglas
Ward.
APRIL
Seller chooses
competing offer.
FEBRUARY
Seller contacts
McGillis with
approval to sell the
Douglas Ward to
McGillis.
MARCH
McGillis submits 3rd
and final offer.
JUNE
McGillis signs and
submits PSA to
seller.
DECEMBER
Entitlement period
ends, closing
deadline 12/9.
OCTOBER
Planning
Commission
meeting to review
and vote on
zoning.
timeline
Acquisition
Activating
space
Expanding
culture
community
McGillis...
committed to
Thank you!
DOUGLAS WARD GENERAL PLAN AND ZONING MAP AMENDMENTS
PLNPCM2023-00639
PLNPCM2023-00496
•McGillis School (668 South 1300
East) is purchasing the Douglas
Ward property at 711 and 721 S
1200 East for an expansion of the
school
•Plan is to reuse the existing church
building
•A rezone is required to allow a
school on the property
Salt Lake City // Planning Division
PROJECT REQUEST
Salt Lake City // Planning Division
700 South
1
3
0
0
E
a
s
t
McGillis
School
Current zoning district:
R-2 Single- and Two- Family Residential
District (Yellow)
Proposed zoning district:
I Institutional (Light Blue)
Salt Lake City // Planning Division
EXISTING AND PROPOSED ZONING
Salt Lake City // Planning Division
MASTER PLAN
The Central Community Master Plan
designates the properties as low-density
residential. (Yellow)
The applicant requests the Central Community
Future Land Use Map Designation be
amended to Institutional. (Blue)
Salt Lake City // Planning Division
INSTITUTIONAL VS. R2 ZONES
Land Uses
•R2 – Predominately residential (single-family and duplexes)
•Institutional – Schools, Medical Facilities, Offices, Assisted Living Residential
Building Height
•R2 – 28 feet
•Institutional – 35 feet or up to 75 feet with Design Review approval
Bottom Line
•R2 zone is a typical low density residential district
•Institutional zone allows a higher intensity of development (Uses that cater to more people that are located in bigger, taller buildings)
Salt Lake City // Planning Division
PLANNING COMMISSION DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATION
Discussion Points
•Impacts of uses allowed in the Institutional zone on adjacent
properties
•Reuse of existing building
Recommendation
•Recommended approval of amendments
•Recommended that the Council discuss restricting use of the
property to a school or similar institutional use
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
Date Received:
Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff Date sent to Council:
10/30/2023
10/30/2023
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: October 30, 2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
_
SUBJECT: PLNPCM2023-00639, Douglas Ward General Plan Amendment
PLNPCM2023-00496, Douglas Ward Zoning Map Amendment
STAFF CONTACT: Meagan Booth, Principal Planner, meagan.booth@slcgov.com, 801-535-721
or Wayne Mills, Planning Manager, wayne.mills@slcgov.com, 801-535-7282
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: The City Council follows the recommendation of the Planning
Commission to approve the requested Zoning Map and General Plan amendments.
BUDGET IMPACT: None.
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: Jim Brewer, representing the McGillis School, is requesting
a General Plan and Zoning Map Amendment for the properties located at 711 S 1200 East and
721 S 1200 East. The subject properties are the location of the Douglas Ward House, a now
vacant building formerly used as a church. McGillis School intends to purchase the properties
and use the existing building as a school. The properties are currently zoned R-2 Single and
Two-Family Residential District. Schools are not an allowed use in this zone, so the applicant is
proposing to rezone the properties to I Institutional where schools are a permitted use. The
applicant is also proposing to change the future land use designation in the Central Community
Master Plan from Low-Density Residential to Institutional to ensure consistency between the
City’s general plan and zoning.
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
rachel otto (Oct 30, 2023 16:20 MDT)
For specific information regarding the proposal, please refer to the Planning Commission Staff
Report.
The Planning Commission discussed the petition at their October 25, 2023 meeting and held a
public hearing. The Planning Commission voted (7:0) to recommend approval of the Zoning Map
and General Plan amendment to the City Council. As part of their motion, the Planning
Commission recommended that the City Council discuss a possible development agreement or
restrictive covenant limiting the long-term use of the property to a school or similar institutional
function. The discussion focused on the possibility that the property could be sold in the future,
and then any use allowed in the Institutional zone would be allowed at this location. They stated
in the discussion that some of the uses permitted uses in the I zone could have negative impacts
on the neighborhood. The Planning Commission did not vote on a specific condition. They just
recommended that the City Council raise the issue as a discussion point. The entire public meeting
can be viewed using this link at the 1:49:00 mark.
PUBLIC PROCESS:
• The Planning Division provided a 45-day comment period notice to the East Central
Community Council who held a public meeting and input opportunities related to the
proposed project.
• Staff sent an early notification announcement of the project to all residents and
property owners living within 300 feet of the project site providing notice about the
proposal and information on how to give public input on the project on August 15
2023.
• An online open house has been posted to the Planning Division’s webpage August 15,
2023 through September 29, 2023.
• Public noticing of the Planning Commission hearing was completed on October 13,
2023.
• Public comments were received before the Planning Commission hearing and
included in the Staff Report. The public comments during the meeting were both in
support and against the rezoning amendment. The theme of the comments was what
happens if the McGillis School vacates the property in the future and impacts the
neighborhood. Some parents of students at the McGillis School fully support the
expansion of the McGillis School into the Douglas Ward Building.
Planning Commission (PC) Records
a) PC Agenda of October 25, 2023 (Click to Access)
b) PC Minutes of October 25, 2023 (The transmittal was completed prior to adoption of the
minutes. The minutes are scheduled to be adopted on November 8, 2023 and will be
available here - https://www.slc.gov/planning/public-meetings/planning-commission-
agendas-minutes/)
c) Planning Commission Staff Report of October 25, 2023 (Click to Access Report)
EXHIBITS
1. Chronology
2. Notice of City Council Hearing
3. Petition Application
4. Mailing List
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. of 2023
(Amending the zoning map pertaining to two parcels located at
711 and 721 South 1200 East Street to rezone those parcels
from R-2 Single- and Two-Family Residential District to I Institutional District,
and amending the Central Community Master Plan Future Land Use Map)
An ordinance amending the zoning map pertaining to parcels located at 711 and 721
South 1200 East Street to rezone those parcels from R-2 Single- and Two-Family Residential
District to I Institutional District pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00496 and amending
the Central Community Master Plan Future Land Use Map with respect to those properties to
change the future land use designation from Low Density Residential to Institutional pursuant to
Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00639.
WHEREAS the Salt Lake City Planning Commission (“Planning Commission”) held a
public hearing on October 25, 2023 on petitions submitted by Jim Brewer (“Applicant”) on
behalf of the property owner to rezone parcels located at 711 and 721 South 1200 East Street (the
“Properties”) to rezone those parcels from R-2 Single- and Two-Family Residential District to I
Institutional District pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00496 and to amend the Central
Community Master Plan Future Land Use Map with respect to the Properties to change the
future land use designation from Low Density Residential to Institutional pursuant to Petition
No. PLNPCM2023-00639; and
WHEREAS, at its October 25, 2023 meeting, the Planning Commission voted in favor of
forwarding a positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) on said
petitions; and
WHEREAS, after a public hearing on this matter the city council has determined that
adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. Amending the Zoning Map. The Salt Lake City zoning map, as adopted
by the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the fixing of boundaries and zoning districts, shall be and
hereby is amended to reflect that the Properties described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, shall
be and hereby are rezoned from R-2 Single- and Two-Family Residential District to I
Institutional District.
SECTION 2. Amending the Central Community Master Plan. The Future Land Use
Map of the Central Community Master Plan shall be and hereby is amended to change the future
land use designation of the Properties identified in Exhibit “A” attached hereto from Low
Density Residential to Institutional.
SECTION 3. Effective Date. This ordinance shall become effective on the date of its
first publication.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this day of ,
2023.
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on .
Mayor's Action: Approved. Vetoed.
MAYOR
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. of 2023.
Published: .
Ordinance amending zoning and MP 711 and 721 S 1200 E
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date: _October 27, 2023
By:
Paul C. Nielson, Senior City Attorney
Exhibit “A”
Legal Descriptions of
Properties to be rezoned to I Institutional District.
Parcel 1 (Tax ID No. 16-08-230-010-0000):
Lots 16 through 21 inclusive, in Block 10, ARLINGTON HEIGHTS Subdivision, according to
the official plat thereof on file and of record in the SALT LAKE County Recorder's Office.
TOGETHER WITH one-half of the vacated alley abutting the property on the East.
Parcel 2 (Tax ID No. 16-08-230-035-0000):
Beginning at the Northwest Corner of Lot 23, Block 10, ARLINGTON HEIGHTS Subdivision
and running thence North 89°57’27” East 34.257 feet; thence South 00°00’28” West 25.177 feet;
thence North 89°42’34 East 36.257 feet; then South 00°00’28” West 25.00 feet; thence South
89°57’27” West 70.514 feet; thence North 00°00’28” East 50.015 feet to the point of beginning.
1) CHRONOLOGY
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
Petition: PLNPCM2023-00496 & PLNPCM2023-00639
June 23, 2023 Application for a Zoning Map Amendment was received.
July 18, 2023 Petition PLNPCM2023-00496 was assigned to Meagan Booth, Principal
Planner, for staff analysis and processing. Staff discussed the petition with
the applicant and recommended they apply for a General Plan Amendment
in addition to the zoning map amendment. Staff waited for this application
in order to route the two applications concurrently.
August 8, 2023 Master Plan Amendment Application PLNPCM2023-00639 was received.
August 10, 2023 Notice was sent to Recognized Community Organization (RCOs) informing
them of the petitions. The RCO was the East Central Community Council.
August 15, 2023 Early notification of the project was also sent to property owners and
residents within 300 feet of the proposal.
August 15, 2023 The proposal was posted for an online open house. The proposal can still be
viewed online.
September 29, 2023 The 45-day public comment period for Recognized Organizations ended.
October 13, 2023 Planning Commission public hearing notices emailed to interested parties
and residents/property owners who requested notice. Agenda posted to the
Planning Commission website and the State of Utah Public Notice
webpage.
October 14, 2023 Public hearing notice sign with project information and notice of the
Planning Commission public hearing physically posted on the property.
October 20, 2023 Planning Commission Staff Report was posted.
October 25, 2023 Planning Commission held a public hearing and made a recommendation to
the City Council to approve the proposed map amendment.
October 26, 2023 Draft Ordinance sent to the Attorney’s Office and the final ordinance was
received the same day
2) NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING
The Salt Lake City Council is considering petitions PLNPCM2023-00496 & PLNPCM2023-00639,
a request by Jim Brewer, Head of the McGillis School, to change the general plan and rezone the
properties at 711 and 721 South 1200 East. The purpose of the amendments is to use the existing church
building as a school.
1. Zoning Map Amendment (PLNPCM2023-00496): The subject properties are currently zoned R-
2 Single and Two-Family Residential District. Schools are not an allowed use in this zone; therefore,
the applicant is proposing to change the zoning of the properties to I Institutional.
2. General Plan Amendment (PLNPCM2023-00639): The applicant is requesting to amend the
future land use designation of the properties in the Central Community Master Plan from Low-
Density Residential to Institutional to ensure consistency between the City’s general plan and zoning.
As part of their study, the City Council is holding an advertised public hearing to receive comments
regarding the petitions. During the hearing, anyone desiring to address the City Council concerning
this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The Council may consider adopting the ordinance
the same night of the public hearing. The hearing will be held:
DATE: TBD
TIME: 7:00 PM
PLACE: Electronic and in-person options.
451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah
** This meeting will be held via electronic means, while also providing for an in-person
opportunity to attend or participate in the hearing at the City and County Building, located at
451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah. For more information, including
WebEx connection information, please visit www.slc.gov/council/virtual-meetings. Comments
may also be provided by calling the 24-Hour comment line at (801) 535-7654 or sending an
email to council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments received through any source are shared
with the Council and added to the public record.
If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please contact
Meagan Booth at 801-535-7213 or meaagan.booth@slcgov.com, or Wayne Mills at 801-535-7282 or
wayne.mills@slcgov.com. The application details can be accessed at https://citizenportal.slcgov.com/,
by selecting the "Planning" tab and entering the petition numbers PLNPCM2023-00496 &
PLNPCM2023-00639.
People with disabilities may make requests for reasonable accommodation, which may include
alternate formats, interpreters, and other auxiliary aids and services. Please make requests at least two
make a request, please contact the City Council Office at council.comments@slcgov.com,
(801)535-7600, or relay service 711.
3) PETITION APPLICATION
DocuSign Envelope ID: C26CC5AA-27E0-4337-B7E2-ED6DBD6F6552
DocuSign Envelope ID: C26CC5AA-27E0-4337-B7E2-ED6DBD6F6552
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
This is to certify that I am making an application for the described action by the City and that I am responsible for
complying with all City requirements with regard to this request. This application will be processed under the name
provided below. By signing the application, I am acknowledging that I have read and understood the instructions provided
by Salt Lake City for processing this application. The documents and/or information I have submitted are true and correct
to the best of my knowledge. I understand that the documents provided are considered public records and may be made
available to the public. I understand that my application will not be processed until the application is deemed complete by
the assigned planner from the Planning Division. I acknowledge that a complete application includes all of the required
submittal requirements and provided documents comply with all applicable requirements for the specific applications. I
understand that the Planning Division will provide, in writing, a list of deficiencies that must be satisfied for this
application to be complete and it is the responsibility of the applicant to provide the missing or corrected information. I
will keep myself informed of the deadlines for submission of material and the progress of this application. I understand
that a staff report will be made available for my review prior to any public hearings or public meetings. This report will be
on file and available at the Planning Division and posted on the Division website when it has been finalized.
AFFIRMATION OF SUFFICIENT INTEREST
I hereby affirm that I am the fee title owner of the below described property or that I have written authorization from the
owner to pursue the described action.
Legal Description of Subject Property:
N me of Owner:
Mailing Address Street Address:
JDR
JDR
Date:
Jun 21, 2023
The following shall be provided if the name of the applicant is different than the name of the property owner:
1. If you are not the fee owner attach a copy of your authorization to pursue this action provided by the fee owner.
2. If a corporation is fee titleholder, attach copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the action.
3. If a joint venture or partnership is the fee owner, attach a copy of agreement authorizing this action on behalf of
the joint venture or partnership 4.
stating they have notified the owners of the proposed application. A vote should be taken prior to the submittal and a
statement of the outcome provided to the City along with the statement that the vote meets the requirements set
forth in the CC&Rs.
Be advised that knowingly making a false, written statement to a government entity is a crime under Utah Code
Chapter 76-8, Part 5. Salt Lake City will refer for prosecution any knowingly false representations made pertaining to
s the subject of this application.
Updated 9/14/22
FEE TITLE OWNER SIGNATURE
SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
DocuSign Envelope ID: C26CC5AA-27E0-4337-B7E2-ED6DBD6F6552
Project Description (please electronically attach additional sheets. See Section 21A.50 for the
Amendments ordinance.)
A statement declaring the purpose for the amendment.
A description of the proposed use of the property being rezoned.
List the reasons why the present zoning may not be appropriate for the area.
Is the request amending the Zoning Map?
If so, please list the parcel numbers to be changed.
Is the request amending the text of the Zoning Ordinance?
If so, please include language and the reference to the Zoning Ordinance to be changed.
WHERE TO FILE THE COMPLETE APPLICATION
Apply online through the Citizen Access Portal. There is a step-by-step guide to learn how to submit online.
INCOMPLETE APPLICATIONS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED
I acknowledge that Salt Lake City requires the items above to be submitted before my application can be processed. I
understand that Planning will not accept my application unless all of the following items are included in the submittal
package.
Attachment to Zoning Amendment
Salt Lake City Rezoning of the Douglas Ward located at 721 South 1200 East, Salt Lake City, Utah
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE “DOUGLAS WARD”
That certain real property located in Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County, Utah, described and generally
depicted as follows:
Parcel 1:
Lots 16 through 21 inclusive, in Block 10, ARLINGTON HEIGHTS Subdivision, according to the
official plat thereof on file and of record in the SALT LAKE County Recorder's Office.
TOGETHER WITH one-half of the vacated alley abutting the property on the East.
Parcel 2:
Beginning at the Northwest Corner of Lot 23, Block 10, ARLINGTON HEIGHTS Subdivision and
running thence North 89°57’27”East 34.257 feet; thence South 00°00’28”West 25.177 feet; thence North
89°42’34 East 36.257 feet; then South 00°00’28”West 25.00 feet; thence South 89°57’27” West 70.514
feet; thence North 00°00’28” East 50.015 feet to the point of beginning.
Tax Parcels Nos. 16-08-230-035-0000 and 16-08-230-010-0000. The legal description of the Property shall
be determined by the Title Report.
PURPOSE STATEMENT
The purpose of this amendment to the Zoning Map is to permit a school on the Douglas Ward property.
Thus, we request the zoning be changed from R2 to Institutional (I). This zoning is consistent with The
McGillis School located at 668 South 1300 East and other private schools in Salt Lake City. This new
use has support from neighbors and Council Member Ana Valdemoros has offered to help The McGillis
School with this Zoning Map Amendment and Master Plan Amendment, see attached letter.
DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED USE OF THE PROPERTY BEING REZONED
The McGillis School currently operates a school located at 668 South 1300 East in Salt Lake City, Utah.
The McGillis School desires to acquire the Douglas Ward and use said property as an extension of their
existing school. As desired by The McGillis School, the Douglas Ward property will be used for classes,
meetings, assemblies, and administration.
LIST THE REASONS WHY THE PRESENT ZONING MAY NOT BE APPROPRIATE FOR
THE AREA
The Douglas Ward is currently zoned R-2. The McGillis School intends to use the property as an
extension of their existing school. Although schools like The McGillis School are frequently located in
residential areas, Salt Lake City Land Use Tables for permitted and conditional uses for residential
districts show that the proposed use is not a permitted use or a conditional use. Thus, it is necessary to
amend the Zoning Map and Master Plan so The McGillis School may use the building as a school.
LIST THE PARCEL NUMBERS TO BE CHANGED AS PART OF THE REZONING
Tax Parcels Nos. 16-08-230-035-0000 and 16-08-230-010-0000.
1632662.1CHL
DocuSign Envelope ID: DBDB2B4F-E47F-46CF-848B-5983DBA4435F
PLANNING PROCESS GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT
ABOUT THE APPLICATION
Thank you for your interest in submitting a General Plan Amendment application. The following packet will provide
general information to get started on your project and guide you through the application process from start to finish.
The package is broken down into three sections: Information about the application, a visual diagram of the application
process, and the application form.
We highly encourage you to work with our Planning staff prior to submitting an application. For questions
regarding any of the information listed in this packet or to set up a pre-submittal meeting please contact us at
zoning@slcgov.com or give us a call at 801.535.7757.
G) .......
0
� ......
, ....a ...> '--···□ 0
f--fi
0
Important Process
Information
PLANNING DIVISION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET ROOM 406
PO BOX 145480
SALT LAKE CITY. UT 84114-5480
Process Timeline Application Form
SLC.GOVIPLA /J:'J!NG
ZONING@SLCGOV.COM
TEL 801-535-7757 ..........................................................................................
GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT PROCESS PLANNING DIVISION// v7.1.23
DocuSign Envelope ID: DBDB2B4F-E47F-46CF-848B-5983DBA4435F IMPORTANT PROCESS INFORMATION ORDINANCE
Utah Code 10-9a-4
PURPOSE & INTENT OF THE PROCESS
The general plan of the city includes any citywide plan, community plan, small area plan,
corridor plan, or other plan that fits the requirements and definitions of a general plan under
Utah Code 10-9a.
Utah State Law requires every municipality to prepare and adopt a comprehensive,
long-range general plan for:
a. present and future needs of the municipality; and
b. growth and development of all or any part of the land within the municipality.
B--
EFFECT OF ADOPTED MASTER PLANS OR GENERAL PLANS (21A.02.040)
All master plans or general plans adopted by the Planning Commission and City Council for
the City, or for an area of the City, shall serve as an advisory guide for land use decisions.
Amendments to the zoning text or zoning map should be consistent with the purposes, goals,
objectives and policies of the applicable adopted master plan or general plan of Salt Lake City.
CONSULTATION
If you have questions regarding the General Plan Amendment regulations or process, please
contact the Salt Lake City Planning Counter staff at zoning'.§lslcgov.com or give us a call at
801-535-7757. If you would like to discuss your development plan in more detail, you can
request a pre-submittal meeting with Planning staff by contacting the Planning Counter.
Pre-submittal meetings are held on Thursdays in 30 minute slots between 1:30 and 3:30 pm.
......................................................................................... .
GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT PROCESS 2 PLANNING DIVISION// v7.1.23
DocuSign Envelope ID: DBDB2B4F-E47F-46CF-848B-5983DBA4435F
PROCESS TIMELINE TIME FRAME
0 6-12 MONTHS
• APPLICANT
• STAFF
- ································8 ·(014days}.
APPLICATION RECEIVED
Application submitted and pre-screened to ensure
submittal requirements are met and fees are paid.
PLANNER ASSIGNED
Application reviewed by Planner to ensure complete
documentation (if incomplete, the applicant will be
provided a list of missing info to submit).
,,..
.. ·••• ••• • ••···• � ••••••••• • • • • ••••• -(04Sdays)-8 <{/ .............
APPLICATION MODIFICATIONS
Modifications based on public input & City Department
review comments (if needed, applicant must submit
updates). Minor issues will be conditions of approval.
000
PUBLIC NOTICE
Public notices sent to nearby neighbors, property owners
and Community Councils (when required by ordinance).
Application routed to City Departments for review.
i1
0::::0 0 0
• •( 0 21 days)·• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 0 • ( 0 21 days) ..
PLANNING COMMISSION
Public hearing scheduled, notices sent, staff report
produced, and commission recommendation made.
TRANSMITTAL TO COMMUNITY
AND NEIGHBORHOODS (CAN)
Commission minutes approval and public record
are assembled by staff. After review, the package is
transmitted to City Council.
....................................
....,.
CITY COUNCIL PROCESS
City Council holds a briefing with staff during work
session. Public hearing and action follows.
Timeline determined by City Council office.
U}UJIU.sfc.q1 J1.�/���n,,tc·il.
..........................................................................................
DISCLAIMER: APPLICATION TIME FRAMES MAY VARY DEPENDING ON CURRENT WORKLOAD AND COMPLEXITY OF APPLICATIONS. INCOMPLETE OR
MISSING INFORMATION ON DRAWINGS AND APPLICATION FORMS WILL DELAY THE PROCESS.
0
DocuSign Envelope ID: DBDB2B4F-E47F-46CF-848B-5983DBA4435F
GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
D CD
CONSULTATION
Available prior to submitting an
application. For questions regarding
the requirements, email us at
zoning@slcgov.com.
SUBMISSION
Submit your application online
through the Citizen Access Portal.
Learn how to submit online by
following the step-by-step fil,!ide.
REQUIRED FEES
' $1,138 filing fee, plus $121 per
acre (in excess of 1 acre).
' Additional required notice fees
will be assessed after submission.
APPLICANT INFORMATION
PROJECT NAME (OPTIONAL)
McGillis School Rezone
ADDRESS OF SUBJECT PROPERTY
721 South 1200 East Salt Lake City, Utah
REQUEST
Master Plan Amendment from "Low Density Residen�al" to "Ins�tu�onal"
NAME OF APPLICANT PHONE
The McGillis School Jim Brewer 313-909-7672
MAI LING ADDRESS EMAi L
668 South 1300 East Salt Lake City, Utah 84102 jbrewer@mcgillisschool.org
APPLICANT'S INTEREST IN PROPERTY('"m!laer'; eol,se,11: rnquirn<I) IF OTHER, PLEASE LIST
Owner Architect* Contractor* • Other*
NAME OF PROPERTY OWNER (i/rliJTernrti'Jrnm 1.tppli.:unt:)
The Church of Jesus Christ of Later-day Saints
MAILING ADDRESS
50 East North Temple Street Salt lake City, Utah 84111L
Purchasing the property
PHONE
801-240-1000
EMAi L
kylehamblin@churchofjesuschrist.org
OFFICE USE
CASE NUMBER RECEIVED BY DATE RECEIVED
TYPE OF AMENDMENT General Plan Text Land Use Map
DISCLAIMER: PLEASE NOTE THAT AOOITIONALINFORMATION MAY BE REQUIRED BY THEPROJECTPLANNERTO ENSURE ADEQUATE INFORMATION IS
PROVIDEDFORSTAFF ANALYSIS. ALL INFORMATION REQUIREDFOIITAFF ANALYSIS WILL BECOPIED AND MADE PUBLIC, INCLUDING PROFESSIONAL
ARCHITECTURAL00 ENGINEERING DRAWINGS,FORTHEPURPOSES OFPUBLIC REVIEW BY ANY INTERESTED PARTY.
1 1111111111111111111111111111111111 I I II 1 1111111111111111111111111111111111111 I 11111
GENERALPLAN AMENDMENTPROCESS 4 PLANNING DIVISION//v7.1.23
DocuSign Envelope ID: DBDB284F-E47F-46CF-848B-5983DBA4435F
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
1. This is to cer�fy that I am making an applica�on for the described ac�on by the City and that I am responsible
for complying with all City requirements with regard to this request. This applica�on will be processed under
the name provided below.
2. By signing the applica�on, I am acknowledging that I have read and understood the instruc�ons provided for
processing this applica�on. The documents and/or informa�on I have submited are true and correct to the
best of my knowledge. I understand that the documents provided are considered public records and may be
made available to the public.
3. I understand that my applica�on will not be processed un�l the applica�on is deemed complete by
the assigned planner from the Planning Division. I acknowledge that a complete applica�on includes all of
the required submital
requirements and provided documents comply with all applicable requirements for the specific applica�ons.
I understand that the Planning Division will provide, in wri�ng, a list of deficiencies that must be sa�sfied for
this applica�on to be complete and it is the responsibility of the applicant to provide the missing or corrected
informa�on. I will keep myself informed of the deadlines for submission of material and the progress of this
applica�on.
4. I understand that a staff report will be made available for my review prior to any public hearings or public
mee�ngs. This report will be on file and available at the Planning Division and posted on the Division website
when it has been finalized.
NAME OF APPLICANT EMAI L
The McGillis School Jim Brewer jbrewer@mcgillisschool.org
MAILING AD D RE S S PH ONE
668 South 1300 East Salt Lake City, Utah 84102 313-909-7672
APPLICATION TYPE DATE
Master Plan Amendment "Low Density Residen�al" to "lns��onal" 8/2/2023
LEGAL PROPERTY OWNER CONSENT
If the applicant is not the legal owner of the property, a consent from property owner must be provided. Proper�es
with a single fee �tle owner may show consent by filling out the informa�on below or by providing an affidavit.
Affirma�on of sufficient interest: I hereby affirm that I am the fee �tle owner of the below described property
or that I have writen authoriza�on from the owner to pursue the described ac�on.
Owner's authoriza�on to applicant to submit this applica�on is subject to the LEGAL DES C R I PTION OF SUBJE C T P R OPE R TY terms and condi�ons
contained in the Purchase and Sale Agreement between
See Atached applicant and Owner in connec�on with the Property.
NAME OF OWNER EMAI L
The Church of Jesus Christ of Later-day Saints kylehamblin@churcho�esuschrist.org
MAILING AD D RE S S S IGNATU RE JDRJDR DATE
50 East North Temple Street Salt lake City, Utah 84111 L Kyle Hamblin (Aug 4, 2023 15:07 MDT) Aug 4, 2023
Kyle Hamblin
Real Estate Manager
1. If a corpora�on is fee �tleholder, atach copy of the resolu�on of the Board of Directors authorizing the ac�on.
2. If a joint venture or partnership is the fee owner, atach copy of agreement authorizing ac�on on behalf of the
joint venture or partnership.
3. If a Home Owner's Associa�on is the applicant then the representa�ve/president must atach a notarized
leter sta�ng they have no�fied the owners of the proposed applica�on. A vote should be taken prior to
the
submital and a statement of the outcome provided to the City along with the statement that the vote meets
the requirements set forth in the CC&Rs.
DISCLAIMER: BEA DVISED THAT KNOWINGLYM AKING A FALSE, WRITTEN STATEMENT TOA GOVEMENTENTITYI S A CRIMEU NDER UTAH CODE CHAPTER
76-8, PART 5. SALT LAKE CITY WILL REF ER FOR PROSECUTION ANY KNOWING.Y FALSE REPRESENTATIONS MADE PERTAINING TO THEA PPLICANT'S INTEREST
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .................................................................. IN THE PROPERTY THAT IS THE SUBJECT OF
THIS APPLICATION •
GENERAL PLANA MENDMENT PROCESS 5 PLANNING DIVISION // v7.1.23
DocuSign Envelope ID: DBDB284F-E47F-46CF-8488-5983DBA4435F
SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
. lease provide the c,llowing :nfo1·mation with y, 1i 1r application. Confirm that you ha·;e included
each of the requirements listed below by adding a check mark for each item.
CHECK REQUIREMENTS (DISCRETIONARY PROCESS DETERMINED BY CITY COUNCIL)
Q Project Description:
• Describe the proposed general plan amendment.
• A statement declaring the purpose for the amendment.
• Declare why the present general plan requires amending.
• Is the request amending the Land Use Map? If so, please list the parcel numbers to be changed.
• Is the request amending the text of the general plan? If so, please include the exact language
to be changed.
INCOMPLETE INFORMATION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED
INITIALS DISCLAIMER: I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT SALT LAKE CITY REQUIRES THE ITEMS ABOVE TO BE SUBMITTED BEFORE MY APPLICATION CAN
BE PROCESSED.I UNDERSTAND THAT PLANNING WILL NOT ACCEPT MY APPLICATION UNLESS ALL OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE
INCLUDED IN THE SUBMITTAL PACKAGE.
■ 11, • • • ■ ■ • e • • e + I I I I • ■ • ■ I lo • • • ■ • • ■ ■ ■ • • • ■ ■ • ■ • ■ ■ + • e ■ ■ • ■ ti ■ ■ ■ • I • ■ ■ e ■ ti ti ■ • I ■ ■ ■ e + • ti I I • ■ ■ • • ■ • ■ • • • ■ • • ■ •
GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT PROCESS 6 PLANNING DIVISION II v7.1.23
Attachment to Master Plan Amendment
Salt Lake City Master Plan Amendment of the Douglas Ward located at 721 South 1200 East, Salt Lake
City, Utah
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF SUBJECT PROPERTY
Tax Parcels Nos. 16-08-230-035-0000 and 16-08-230-010-0000
That certain real property located in Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County, Utah, described and generally
depicted as follows:
Parcel 1:
Lots 16 through 21 inclusive, in Block 10, ARLINGTON HEIGHTS Subdivision, according to the
official plat thereof on file and of record in the SALT LAKE County Recorder's Office.
TOGETHER WITH one-half of the vacated alley abutting the property on the East.
Parcel 2:
Beginning at the Northwest Corner of Lot 23, Block 10, ARLINGTON HEIGHTS Subdivision and
running thence North 89°57’27” East 34.257 feet; thence South 00°00’28” West 25.177 feet; thence
North 89°42’34” East 36.257 feet; then South 00°00’28” West 25.00 feet; thence South 89°57’27” West
70.514 feet; thence North 00°00’28” East 50.015 feet to the point of beginning.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT ACCOMPANYING
THE ZONING MAP AMENDMENT
This Master Plan Amendment is necessary to accompany the Zoning Map Amendment to permit The
McGillis School to rezone the Douglas Ward property for use as a school. The Zoning Map Amendment
requests a change from Residential (R2) to Institutional (I). This Master Plan Amendment requests a
change to the designation of the property in the "Future Land Use Map" of the plan from "Low Density
Residential" to "Institutional."
STATEMENT DECLARING AMENDMENT PURPOSE
The McGillis School currently operates a school located at 668 South 1300 East, Salt Lake City, Utah.
The McGillis School desires to acquire the Douglas Ward and use said property as an extension of their
existing school. As desired by The McGillis School, the Douglas Ward property will be preserved and
used for classes, meetings, assemblies, administration and community events.
AMENDMENT REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH GENERAL PLAN
The Douglas Ward is currently zoned R-2. The McGillis School intends to use the property as an
extension of their existing school. Although schools like The McGillis School are frequently located in
residential areas, Salt Lake City Land Use Tables for permitted and conditional uses for residential
districts shows that the proposed use is not a permitted use or a conditional use. Thus, it is necessary to
amend the Zoning Map and the Future Land Use Map so The McGillis School may use the building as a
school. This requested change is consistent with the Central Community Master Plan and will prolong
the buildings useful life.
The Central Community Master Plan “…encourages diversity of use, preservation of historic
neighborhoods and buildings, and design excellence to maintain and enhance the quality of living in the
Central Community.” The Master Plan desires to preserve and “enhance neighborhood character and
historical integrity….”
The East Central South neighborhood enjoys fairly homogeneous Low to High Density single-family
residential dwellings intermixed with Public Lands and Institutional Lands as depicted on the map below.
This Master Plan Amendment is consistent with the guiding principles of the Central Community Master
Plan. This requested change will: 1) maintain the Central Community’s historic fabric; 2) support quality
living without doing harm to citizens; and 3) preserve historic structures and residential neighborhoods.
If The McGillis School does not purchase the Douglas Ward and use the building as a school, the building
will most likely be demolished changing the historic fabric and creating undesirable impacts to the
neighborhood. Preserving the building by changing its use is far more desirable. This requested change
is consistent with Residential Land Use Policy (RLU) 1.1 which desires to preserve low-density
residential areas and keep them from being replaced by higher density residential and commercial uses.
The requested change to Institutional Land Use is also consistent with the Central Community Master
Plan’s Institutional Land Use policies and goals. Institutional Land, in this case a school, is intended to
serve the general public and may be operated by either a public or private entity. The Institutional section
of the Master Plan acknowledges that “Many institutional structures have historical significance and are
worthy of preservation.”
The McGillis School’s desired use of the Douglas Ward as a private elementary school is one of the six
permitted uses in the Institutional Land Uses zone. The Master Plan acknowledges that “schools are an
important part of the community fabric and an essential component of viable and sustainable
neighborhoods.” The Master Plan encourages the city to keep schools “within neighborhoods as a
community anchor and serve as a resource for residents of all ages.”
The McGillis School’s desire to repurpose the Douglas Ward is consistent with Institutional Land Use
Policy (INSLU) 1.4 which provide for appropriate “re-use of abandoned or vacant religious facilities with
day care and other social services, residential or open space land use.”
The McGillis School feels strongly that the Institutional zone would be more appropriate than the Public
Lands zone. This amended application has been submitted to change to the Institutional zone. Section
21A.32.080 (E) requires a minimum of 40% open space. Section 21A.32.080(F) requires Interior Side
Yard setbacks of 20’ and Rear Yard setbacks of 25’. Section 21A.32.080(G) requires landscaping Side
Yard setbacks of 8’ and Rear Yard setbacks of 8’. The Douglas Ward is an existing structure and does
not comply with these provisions. That said, the Applicant believes that the net benefit of keeping the
existing structure with the requested zoning changes, outweighs the potential benefits that would be
derived from enforcing these requirements. Many of these nonconformities would exist under the Public
Lands zone (although the measurements maybe slightly different). Thus, the Applicant requests approval
despite these nonconformities.
Although many of the requirements of the two zones are very similar, the Institutional zone appears to
require a traffic and parking study. The McGillis School intents to have their students dropped off and
picked up at their existing school. Thus, the traffic and parking at the Douglas Ward will consist largely
of staff parking. In this case, although the use will change, the Applicant believes that the new use will
not significantly impact the traffic or parking. Thus, the Applicant requests the Zoning Administrator
waive the requirement for a traffic and parking study.
As outlined above, this Master Plan Amendment and accompanying Zoning Map Amendment are
consistent with Salt Lake City ordinances and policies and are supported by the community because the
request will preserve the existing neighborhood.
This Master Plan Amendment does not amend the text of the General Plan.
1632662.1CHL
Attachment to Zoning Amendment
Salt Lake City Rezoning of the Douglas Ward located at 721 South 1200 East, Salt Lake City, Utah
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE “DOUGLAS WARD”
That certain real property located in Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County, Utah, described and generally
depicted as follows:
Parcel 1:
Lots 16 through 21 inclusive, in Block 10, ARLINGTON HEIGHTS Subdivision, according to the
official plat thereof on file and of record in the SALT LAKE County Recorder's Office.
TOGETHER WITH one-half of the vacated alley abutting the property on the East.
Parcel 2:
Beginning at the Northwest Corner of Lot 23, Block 10, ARLINGTON HEIGHTS Subdivision and
running thence North 89°57’27”East 34.257 feet; thence South 00°00’28”West 25.177 feet; thence North
89°42’34 East 36.257 feet; then South 00°00’28”West 25.00 feet; thence South 89°57’27” West 70.514
feet; thence North 00°00’28” East 50.015 feet to the point of beginning.
Tax Parcels Nos. 16-08-230-035-0000 and 16-08-230-010-0000. The legal description of the Property shall
be determined by the Title Report.
PURPOSE STATEMENT
The purpose of this amendment to the Zoning Map is to permit a school on the Douglas Ward property.
Thus, we request the zoning be changed from R2 to Institutional (I). This zoning is consistent with The
McGillis School located at 668 South 1300 East and other private schools in Salt Lake City. This new
use has support from neighbors and Council Member Ana Valdemoros has offered to help The McGillis
School with this Zoning Map Amendment and Master Plan Amendment, see attached letter.
DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED USE OF THE PROPERTY BEING REZONED
The McGillis School currently operates a school located at 668 South 1300 East in Salt Lake City, Utah.
The McGillis School desires to acquire the Douglas Ward and use said property as an extension of their
existing school. As desired by The McGillis School, the Douglas Ward property will be used for classes,
meetings, assemblies, and administration.
LIST THE REASONS WHY THE PRESENT ZONING MAY NOT BE APPROPRIATE FOR
THE AREA
The Douglas Ward is currently zoned R-2. The McGillis School intends to use the property as an
extension of their existing school. Although schools like The McGillis School are frequently located in
residential areas, Salt Lake City Land Use Tables for permitted and conditional uses for residential
districts show that the proposed use is not a permitted use or a conditional use. Thus, it is necessary to
amend the Zoning Map and Master Plan so The McGillis School may use the building as a school.
LIST THE PARCEL NUMBERS TO BE CHANGED AS PART OF THE REZONING
Tax Parcels Nos. 16-08-230-035-0000 and 16-08-230-010-0000.
1632662.1CHL
Attachment to Master Plan Amendment
Salt Lake City Master Plan Amendment of the Douglas Ward located at 721 South 1200 East, Salt Lake
City, Utah
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF SUBJECT PROPERTY
Tax Parcels Nos. 16-08-230-035-0000 and 16-08-230-010-0000
That certain real property located in Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County, Utah, described and generally
depicted as follows:
Parcel 1:
Lots 16 through 21 inclusive, in Block 10, ARLINGTON HEIGHTS Subdivision, according to the
official plat thereof on file and of record in the SALT LAKE County Recorder's Office.
TOGETHER WITH one-half of the vacated alley abutting the property on the East.
Parcel 2:
Beginning at the Northwest Corner of Lot 23, Block 10, ARLINGTON HEIGHTS Subdivision and
running thence North 89°57’27” East 34.257 feet; thence South 00°00’28” West 25.177 feet; thence
North 89°42’34” East 36.257 feet; then South 00°00’28” West 25.00 feet; thence South 89°57’27” West
70.514 feet; thence North 00°00’28” East 50.015 feet to the point of beginning.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT ACCOMPANYING
THE ZONING MAP AMENDMENT
This Master Plan Amendment is necessary to accompany the Zoning Map Amendment to permit The
McGillis School to rezone the Douglas Ward property for use as a school. The Zoning Map Amendment
requests a change from Residential (R2) to Institutional (I). This Master Plan Amendment requests a
change to the designation of the property in the "Future Land Use Map" of the plan from "Low Density
Residential" to "Institutional."
STATEMENT DECLARING AMENDMENT PURPOSE
The McGillis School currently operates a school located at 668 South 1300 East, Salt Lake City, Utah.
The McGillis School desires to acquire the Douglas Ward and use said property as an extension of their
existing school. As desired by The McGillis School, the Douglas Ward property will be preserved and
used for classes, meetings, assemblies, administration and community events.
AMENDMENT REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH GENERAL PLAN
The Douglas Ward is currently zoned R-2. The McGillis School intends to use the property as an
extension of their existing school. Although schools like The McGillis School are frequently located in
residential areas, Salt Lake City Land Use Tables for permitted and conditional uses for residential
districts shows that the proposed use is not a permitted use or a conditional use. Thus, it is necessary to
amend the Zoning Map and the Future Land Use Map so The McGillis School may use the building as a
school. This requested change is consistent with the Central Community Master Plan and will prolong
the buildings useful life.
The Central Community Master Plan “…encourages diversity of use, preservation of historic
neighborhoods and buildings, and design excellence to maintain and enhance the quality of living in the
Central Community.” The Master Plan desires to preserve and “enhance neighborhood character and
historical integrity….”
The East Central South neighborhood enjoys fairly homogeneous Low to High Density single-family
residential dwellings intermixed with Public Lands and Institutional Lands as depicted on the map below.
This Master Plan Amendment is consistent with the guiding principles of the Central Community Master
Plan. This requested change will: 1) maintain the Central Community’s historic fabric; 2) support quality
living without doing harm to citizens; and 3) preserve historic structures and residential neighborhoods.
If The McGillis School does not purchase the Douglas Ward and use the building as a school, the building
will most likely be demolished changing the historic fabric and creating undesirable impacts to the
neighborhood. Preserving the building by changing its use is far more desirable. This requested change
is consistent with Residential Land Use Policy (RLU) 1.1 which desires to preserve low-density
residential areas and keep them from being replaced by higher density residential and commercial uses.
The requested change to Institutional Land Use is also consistent with the Central Community Master
Plan’s Institutional Land Use policies and goals. Institutional Land, in this case a school, is intended to
serve the general public and may be operated by either a public or private entity. The Institutional section
of the Master Plan acknowledges that “Many institutional structures have historical significance and are
worthy of preservation.”
The McGillis School’s desired use of the Douglas Ward as a private elementary school is one of the six
permitted uses in the Institutional Land Uses zone. The Master Plan acknowledges that “schools are an
important part of the community fabric and an essential component of viable and sustainable
neighborhoods.” The Master Plan encourages the city to keep schools “within neighborhoods as a
community anchor and serve as a resource for residents of all ages.”
The McGillis School’s desire to repurpose the Douglas Ward is consistent with Institutional Land Use
Policy (INSLU) 1.4 which provide for appropriate “re-use of abandoned or vacant religious facilities with
day care and other social services, residential or open space land use.”
The McGillis School feels strongly that the Institutional zone would be more appropriate than the Public
Lands zone. This amended application has been submitted to change to the Institutional zone. Section
21A.32.080 (E) requires a minimum of 40% open space. Section 21A.32.080(F) requires Interior Side
Yard setbacks of 20’ and Rear Yard setbacks of 25’. Section 21A.32.080(G) requires landscaping Side
Yard setbacks of 8’ and Rear Yard setbacks of 8’. The Douglas Ward is an existing structure and does
not comply with these provisions. That said, the Applicant believes that the net benefit of keeping the
existing structure with the requested zoning changes, outweighs the potential benefits that would be
derived from enforcing these requirements. Many of these nonconformities would exist under the Public
Lands zone (although the measurements maybe slightly different). Thus, the Applicant requests approval
despite these nonconformities.
Although many of the requirements of the two zones are very similar, the Institutional zone appears to
require a traffic and parking study. The McGillis School intents to have their students dropped off and
picked up at their existing school. Thus, the traffic and parking at the Douglas Ward will consist largely
of staff parking. In this case, although the use will change, the Applicant believes that the new use will
not significantly impact the traffic or parking. Thus, the Applicant requests the Zoning Administrator
waive the requirement for a traffic and parking study.
As outlined above, this Master Plan Amendment and accompanying Zoning Map Amendment are
consistent with Salt Lake City ordinances and policies and are supported by the community because the
request will preserve the existing neighborhood.
This Master Plan Amendment does not amend the text of the General Plan.
1632662.1CHL
Welcome to McGillis
AN INDEPENDENT PRIVATE SCHOOL FOR KINDERGARTEN THROUGH 8TH GRADE
Where community is a core value
October 18, 2023
Dear Salt Lake City Planning Commission,
As Head of School at The McGillis School, and on behalf of the School’s Board of Trustees, I write to ask for your
consideration in our application for Rezone and General Plan Amendment for the Douglas Ward property. I am
also writing to share with you some background on The McGillis School and why we wish to acquire the Douglas
Ward Building.
Rooted in Jewish culture and values, our independent private school is open to all children and serves
Kindergarten through 8th Grade. McGillis believes in creating community (kehilah), repairing the world (tikkun
olam), and doing good and kind deeds (gemilut hasadim). We are currently in our fourth decade of operations in
Salt Lake City and have called the former Douglas Elementary School building our home since 2001.
We feel honored by the opportunity to add the Douglas Ward Building to our school community for many
reasons. The Ward meetinghouse, located at 721 South 1200 East, is just one block from our school, and we were
fortunate enough to temporarily hold classes and activities there in 2010, while our current building underwent
construction for a major addition.
Beyond that direct connection, we have long appreciated and nurtured our relationship with our immediate
neighborhood, including the Douglas Ward and the East Central Community Council. We are invested in this
neighborhood and wish to continue being a good neighbor. As demonstrated in how we approached our
building’s expansion in 2010, we also have a proven history of preserving local architecture. We took great pride
then in matching the exterior of our addition to the original building, creating a seamless look for the campus that
we call home today.
Finally, we have expanded our offerings in recent years and need more space. In the fall of 2020, McGillis opened
its doors to students with language-based learning differences (dyslexia, dysgraphia, and dyscalculia) by offering
a program called The Learning Center (TLC), the only school-within-a-school model in the state of Utah. In just
three years, this program, which began with 11 students, has tripled in size and will graduate its first 8th Grade
class in May 2024. We anticipate the demand for this unique program to continue to grow year over year.
I invite you to review the pages that follow, which demonstrate more about the history of McGillis. Please feel
free to reach out to me directly should you have questions or wish to discuss further.
Sincerely,
Jim Brewer
Head of School
jbrewer@mcgillisschool.org
Vision, Purpose, Mission, and Values
Our VISION is to inspire and prepare our community for a lifetime of creating a better world.
Our PURPOSE is to create individuals committed and able to repair the world.
Our MISSION is to educate children and instill in our students a love of learning and the abilities to
think critically, live ethically, and appreciate the value of each individual.
McGillis Values
Our teaching and our community are grounded in the fundamental values found in the Jewish culture
and shared by all who seek to better the world. We celebrate Jewish traditions and holidays and bring
the values they represent to life in the ways we educate our children, build our community, govern our
school, and utilize our resources.
Tzedakah
Giving to others
Tikkun Olam
Repairing the world
Gemilut Hasadim
Doing good and kind deeds
Limud L’shma
Learning for the sake of learning
Derech Eretz
Having respect for all
Kehilah
Our community
Lower School
Kindergarten – Grade 5
Middle School
Grades 6 - 8
Three Divisions, One Community
Recognizing that each child is unique in their development, our grade-level teams collaborate as we
think about how we implement classroom instruction. With various structures, students receive the
personal support they need to achieve success and develop core skills. We have a vertical curriculum
that is aligned around priority standards taught with fidelity at each grade level using a range of
teaching methods, instructional materials and student groupings.
The academic program, while sophisticated, is not
based on a linear approach to curriculum. Rather,
the emphasis is on inquiry-based learning and
designed to broaden conceptual experience and
create opportunities for students to construct
highly personal and meaningful understanding.
Classes are taught by masters in the fields of:
• Science
• Math
• Ethics & Culture
• Service Learning
• Social-Emotional Learning
• Outdoor Environmental Education
• Language
• Art
• Music
• Drama
• Physical Education
STUDENTS OF
JEWISH DESCENT 15%
STUDENTS
OF COLOR
GRADES K-8
STUDENTS
STUDENT TO
FACULTY
RATIO 8:1
AVERAGE
CLASS
SIZE 19
The Learning Center
Differences
• Health & Wellness
Respecting and Preserving
Local history matters to our community
Excerpt from Utah Heritage Foundation article:
The McGillis School's renovation of the historic Douglas School is a wonderful example of how old
school buildings can meet the needs of modern educators and students.
On a tight timeline and budget, The McGillis School team successfully addressed many of the issues
used to justify tearing down historic schools. For example, the McGillis project used center-core drilling
to economically and effectively address seismic safety concerns. A wireless broadcast network
eliminated the need for rewiring the building to accommodate new technologies. Sensitive alterations,
including a new elevator and raised front entrance, made the school ADA accessible.
The McGillis School used the original plans for Douglas School to guide its renovation and preserve
much of the building's historic fabric. The original maple floors in the halls were refinished. Drop ceilings
in the classrooms were raised to expose beautiful tall windows to their full height. On the exterior, water-
damaged concrete was painstakingly repaired. An unobtrusive aluminum cap on the roof's parapet wall
will protect it from further damage.
The McGillis School used
the original plans for
Douglas School to guide
its renovation
and preserve much of the
building's historic fabric.
More than just a great building, the former Douglas School is also a
landmark on 1300 East and the namesake of the Douglas
neighborhood. When Salt Lake City School District announced
plans to sell the building, many worried it would be demolished for
new development. Fortunately, The McGillis School and the
Douglas Neighborhood Association shared the goal of preserving
the building and its surrounding open space. With its modern
amenities in a welcoming historic setting, The McGillis School
offers a wonderful environment for learning and preserves a
neighborhood legacy.
Article source: http://utahcfa.org/project/douglas-mcgillis-school
Original Douglas School Building, 1915 Present-day McGillis School Building, 2023
2020 2021 2022 2023
FEBRUARY
Douglas
Neighborhood
contacts McGillis
sale of the
Ward building.
SEPTEMBER
McGillis tours
Douglas Ward
building with
member.
JANUARY
offer to purchase
Douglas Ward.
FEBRUARY
Seller contacts
McGillis with
Douglas Ward to
McGillis.
offer to purchase
Douglas Ward.
JUNE
McGillis signs and
APRIL
Seller chooses
AUGUST
non-refundable.
OCTOBER
Planning
zoning.
DECEMBER
ends, closing
deadline 12/9.
Acquisition Timeline
NOVEMBER
McGillis officially
purchasing the
property.
FEBRUARY
Seller chooses
and final LOI and
offer to purchase
Douglas Ward.
Cory Sinclair
Board Chair
Let’s Connect!
Brewer
Head of School
Michael VanTyne
Director of Operations
Letters of Support
Jason Stevenson
McGillis Parent and former Chair of East Liberty Park Community Organization (ELPCO)
Esther Hunter
East Central Community Council (ECCC)
Frederick Stagbrook de Clairmont
Neighbor
Brandy Strand
Preservation Utah
*Ana Valdemoros
Salt Lake City Council
*William McClelland
Former Bishop of Douglas Ward
*Letters written in 2022 addressed to seller in previous acquisition effort.
October 5, 2023
Dear Salt Lake City Planning Commissioners:
I am writing in support of the Douglas Ward rezone and general plan amendment proposed by The
McGillis School (PLNPCM2023-00496 and PLNPCM2023-00639).
I want to disclose that two of my children started attending McGillis school this year, giving me a stake as
a parent affiliated with this school.
I also have a community connection to this project. Last October I stepped down after serving for six
years as the co-chair of the East Liberty Park Community Organization (ELPCO), the community council
located two blocks south of the East Central neighborhood where this project is located. At ELPCO, I
engaged with multiple land use and zoning applications that came before our council and this
commission. I saw The Good. The Bad. And the Ugly.
The application by The McGillis School is in the “Good” category.
First, this proposal will extend the active lifespan of the Douglas Ward for many years. During multiple
community meetings, residents told McGillis and community leaders that their primary goal was the
preservation of the Douglas Ward building. The McGillis School intends to renovate and update the ward
building to use as an extension of their existing school.
McGillis has already demonstrated their willingness to preserve buildings with local significance through
their skillful renovation of the Douglas School, which now houses their lower grade classrooms. McGillis
purchased the 1916-era Douglas School in 2002 and completed renovation and seismic retrofitting to
open the new school in time for students by the next fall. When McGillis needed to expand in 2010, they
maintained the original Douglas School and constructed a modern architectural mirror of the building on
adjacent land and connected the buildings with interior walkways.
Second, McGillis has proven itself as a reliable and accessible community partner. The school routinely
hosts community council meetings as well as PCE plume information sessions and special events, such as
a city council and mayoral candidate forum earlier this month. The goodwill generated by the school’s
approachability has led to widespread support for this project from neighbors and the East Central
Community Council.
Third, the traffic and parking impacts of this application have been addressed thoroughly in the
application. McGillis plans to use the Douglas Ward for staff parking, keeping the current pick-up and
drop-off locations for students at the existing school. Based on my experience with my own kids at
McGillis this year, the school devotes significant time and attention to planning and improving parking,
traffic, congestion, and student safety.
Based on these points, plus the broad community support that accompanies this application, I urge you
to support the Douglas Ward rezone and general plan amendment proposed by The McGillis School.
Sincerely,
Jason Stevenson
September 29, 2023
Meagan Booth
Principal Planner, Planning Division
Department of Community & Neighborhoods
Meagan.booth@slcgov.com
801.535.7213
Salt Lake City Planning Commission
Salt Lake City Corporation
Regarding: 721 S. 1200 E. - PLNPCM2023-00496 & PLNPCM2023-00639
Dear Planning Staff and Planning Commissioners,
The East Central Community is in complete unanimous support of the McGillis School rezone
and master plan amendment for the Douglas Ward property.
The ECC has had a longstanding positive and trusting relationship with McGillis. We cannot say
enough good about this school, their benefit to our neighborhood and the thoughtful way they
conduct all aspects of their property/school in the neighborhood. They are great neighbors.
It is for this reason when the Douglas Ward building was being vacated by The Church of Jesus
Christ of Latter-day Saints, the ECC approached the McGillis administration to explore the
possibility of their needing this additional space. We are very pleased that this opportunity is
becoming a reality.
This proposal was reviewed during the August 10th general membership meeting of the ECC
with approximately 72 neighbors present. After the presentation it was proposed that a
positive recommendation be forwarded to the city by acclamation. The vote was 72 to 0 in
favor of the recommendation with no conditions.
Prior to the ECC meeting the proposal was also distributed to the proprietary email list of 7052
ECC members requesting feedback on the proposal. Thirteen positive comments were received
along with one question related to future uses of the zone should McGillis sell the property in
the future.
This proposal was also reviewed against neighbor, neighborhood, master plan, traffic, all other
existing city plans for potential impacts and implications by the ECC Community Development
and Land Use Committee who gave their full endorsement of the proposal.
With best regards,
Esther Hunter
Chair, and on behalf of the East Central Community Council
eastcentralcommunity@gmail.com
30th September 2023
Dear Salt Lake City zoning and planning team members,
Like many fellow residents in our neighbourhood, I am delighted that McGillis school has been
able to buy the old, disused Douglas ward chapel.
As a resident of the Douglas neighbourhood I support McGillis school's request for a zoning
change from 'R2' to 'institutional'.
Best regards,
Frederick Stagbrook de Clairmont
801-231-4782
reservatiori Utah
October 1, 2023
Salt Lake City Planning Commission
451 S State Street
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
Dear Planning Commission,
Since its congregation vacated it in 2019, Preservation Utah has been deeply
concerned about the future of the historic Douglas Chapel located at 721 South 1200
East, Salt Lake City. Dating back to its dedication in 1953 by President David O McKay
and continuing until very recently, the Douglas Chapel has served as a vital center for
the surrounding community, fostering gatherings, education, and acts of service.
Moreover, with its distinctive blend of American Colonial and midcentury architectural
elements, this chapel has proudly stood as a dignified neighborhood landmark,
embodying a legacy of faith and community service thanks to the members of The
Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints who funded its construction and maintained
it for over seven decades.
On behalf of Preservation Utah, I express our wholehearted support for the proposal put
forth by the McGillis School for the adaptive reuse of the Douglas Chapel. The McGillis
School envisions a future where the Douglas Chapel continues to play a vital role as a
community gathering place, albeit with a fresh purpose. Their proposal seeks to
transform the chapel into an educational center catering to students with language-
based learning differences. This initiative preserves the chapel's association with
education and community service and ensures its continued significance as a cherished
neighborhood landmark.
I am confident that the members of the Douglas Ward will welcome the McGillis
School's stewardship of the Douglas Chapel, given the school's strong commitment to
community relationships and historic preservation. Over the years, our team has
engaged in discussions with the school's administration, trustees, and members of the
Douglas Neighborhood Council. This proposal is mutually beneficial for The Church of
Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, the McGillis School, the Douglas Neighborhood, the
Salt Lake City preservation community, and, most importantly, the underserved
population of students who will ultimately benefit from this revitalized space.
If our team can provide any further information, please do not hesitate to contact me.
Sincerely,
13_v{a Brandy Strand
Executive Director
17:'> i•,J Cnnyon f d, S/llt l.n ,,, City, U I 8410.1 (f'OI) 533-0EISH p10.SP!VcJ1ionuloh 'ltn
[5>
DocuSign Envelope ID: C26CC5AA-27E0-4337-B7E2-ED6DBD6F6552
March 22, 2022
Dear Friends of the Church of Jesus Christ and Latter-Day Saints:
As the representative of District 4, I write to offer my full support of The McGillis School in their pursuit
of the purchase of the Douglas Ward. I am fully aware of the alignment of the school’s vision and purpose with the
history of the Ward, and the wishes of the neighborhood.
This opportunity arrives at an ideal time for McGillis. The school launched a new division - The Learning
Center - which serves students with dyslexia and other language-based learning differences. The Learning Center
is unlike any other program in the Mountain West and has doubled in size in its second year. To accommodate
future growth and serve more learners and families who need these unique educational services, the school
requires additional space. The Douglas Ward offers 20% additional space to the school’s existing facilities with
space for public gatherings, performances, and indoor play space. Exactly what any school could need.
Over the past months, District Four community voiced their support during various council meetings for
The McGillis School to acquire the Douglas Ward. The school’s contributions to our local community align with
our vision and needs for our neighborhood. I have attended these meetings and directly heard from my
constituents of their full support and desire for McGillis to grow in the neighborhood. The School and the Douglas
Neighborhood have taken good care of one another for decades, both bringing value to the neighborhood. The
school has a record of preserving places that matter to its nearby residents and welcoming neighbors to their
campus.
It has been brought to my attention that zoning changes may be necessary to accommodate the needs of
McGillis should they acquire the Douglas Ward. The school has my full support should rezoning be necessary. I
am confident that support would extend to my peers on the Council to help McGillis achieve the zoning necessary
to perform their educational vision at the Douglas Ward.
Sincerely,
Ana Valdemoros
Salt Lake City Council Member
Council District Four
AV/pt
OFFICE OF THE CITY COUNCIL WWW.SLCCOUNCIL.COM
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304 TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
PO BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5476 EMAIL: COUNCIL.COMMENTS@SLCGOV.COM
January 14, 2022
Dear Church Real Estate Department,
Over the years, the Douglas Ward members and Community have enjoyed a great relationship
of working together with the McGillis School. We have shared our Ward house many times for their
school activities, and we have used their facilities for community meetings. The McGillis School has done
a lot of outreach in the community, for example, annually they have provided leaf raking for
neighborhood residents. As a Ward I know it would be a very positive outcome to have the McGillis
School purchase the property because there is already a family and community connection.
The feeling of the ward members, especially those who have called the Douglas Building their
home from its construction, remember watching parents and other Ward members work together
digging foundations, putting on bake sales, rummage sales and Ward dinners to contribute funds to the
construction costs. The McGillis School management will maintain the physical and emotional essence
of the building. The concern is that another party will not do the same and indeed destroy the building
in favor of an apartment complex.
I appreciate your kind consideration of this matter on behalf of the Douglas members.
Bishop William McClelland (erit6)
u' --t/_/41v-v-c/L
_L_=-_, <C,._===--=-=...L=--- -= ----- lL,
6th January 2022
We, neighbors of the McGillis School, strongly support the school's desire to purchase the
Douglas Ward.
McGillis School has been a great and reputable institution within our neighborhood for many,
many years. Furthermore, we feel that the school's intention to use the chapel to expand its
special-needs programme is a worthy cause.
We also feel that preserving the building is important to us, for it has been part of our
neighborhood for many decades.
The signatures below unquestionably represent the general sentiment of our neighborhood.
l--- l,Q::!..._ L :..J.. /....j_ =-- !_-'---1.-t._.. -l-- - l � t
v
A (Cl
---------------
I I - N 2-.Z-
I
q /1?-Z
f------=-..z= :--"-J.-i,+1./,L-L-------I-I-WL--==::::..; --=--.- / ;;z_
;5'LL 'g<//0,2_ ro(J_, J)t ?> [c1
1------++--...,.,._�-----.------'--------'---_....:....-- . --==--..:'.....l L ) V\ yL-f 6;71.,.
LC, urgt/1
i-\:::�.J....l,_!_....,q-=.,.-=,t1�"---l,.i.::....s,L_-'--=-���!::Ll..4----?+-...:.. -=----=.,....:::i.-Ll '6 (;I o7
i----�----'---'-!.------1.,.4-..!£...._-U-. :_���L._:....:_....=...L-....JC. -.L--:-£.---=LL:{=::..J 9.Lj/ 0;>--
1-----""-= ....,,....--1- .!<...:........------=--- ::::.....:..... ------------------ l
L t: j,_ ...::: L ::::_: J_..4..L.::¥, 'd...Lk,.. .s.t :::_Jl_'LC-==---i g- '/- I cJ z. ,
'S i_ e.. Bt+I o ?._,
4) MAILING LIST
NAME ADDRESS UNIT CITY STATE ZIP
Current Occupant 1203 E 700 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 1237 E 700 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 1158 E 700 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 729 S ELIZABETH ST Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 724 S 1200 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 768 S 1200 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 730 S 1200 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 721 S 1200 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 771 S 1200 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 1221 E 800 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 1229 E 800 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 1233 E 800 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 749 S 1200 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 756 S DOUGLAS ST #NFF1 Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 711 S 1200 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 1208 E 700 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 763 S 1200 E #NFF Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 731 S DOUGLAS ST Salt Lake City UT 84102
NAME ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP
ANDERSON, DORTHY A 1528 E ARLINGTON DR SALT LAKE CITY UT 84103
BAILEY, JAMES A & ANDREA E 711 S ELIZABETH ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
BIG CHAINRING VENTURES, LLC 12553 S HERITAGE HILL CT HERRIMAN UT 84096
BLACKHAM, SONJA M JTBLACKMAN, BRIAN JT 1084 E THIRD AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84103
BRUCE THOMAS SHIELDS & DIANA HET AL 1234 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
CAROLYN ABRAVANEL TRABRAVANEL, CAROLY 1235 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
CASTLETON, JASON D &MEGHAN L S; JT 4756 S QUAIL POINT RD MILLCREEK UT 84124
CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OFLATTER-DAY SAIN 50 E NORTHTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84150
CLAYTON, DALE H; TRET AL 738 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
DAY, REBECCA W; TR(RWD TR) 760 S 1200 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
DIBBLEE, RICHARD C; TR(R&HD FAM TRUST) 721 S ELIZABETH ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
FOGELSON, AARON L &FEDER, DEBORAH S; JT 354 S 1100 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
GAWRON, LORI; JTGAWRON, ANDREW; JT 709 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
GERSTENBERGER, JOHN; JTGERSTENBERGER, M1180 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
HANSEN, AMY L 1215 E 800 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
HLP HODINGS IV LLC 9351 S SUNSET RIDGE CIR SANDY UT 84092
HORNE, CHRISTIE D 7259 S VIANSA CT MIDVALE UT 84047
HSU, TUNG & RU-LIN (JT) 737 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
IWASAKI, MARK & JODI L (JT) 720 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
JENSEN, ERIC A 746 S 1200 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
KARAS, LAUREN E 761 S 1200 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
KATZ, BRADLEY J; JTCONRAD-KATZ, TRACEY E; J 1225 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
KEPNER-SYBOUNMY, KIMBERLY; JTSYBOUNMY 760 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
KNETTLES, KIMBERLEY M 1212 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
LAMARCHE, SHAUN P; JTREES, ANASTACIA; JT 741 S ELIZABETH ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
LONG, LARRY 721 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
LONGO, SIMONE;ET AL 1207 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
LUND, JOHN M 731 S 1200 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
MACEY, STEPHEN JBUTLER, LAUREN M 1646 N PLUM CT CANBY OR 97013
MASHKURI, PARI L 743 S 1200 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
MAYEDA, SHAUNA R 717 S ELIZABETH ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
MCCLELLAND, WILLIAM &DORI L; JT 747 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
MCKELLAR, MARK 728 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
PARLIAMNET LLC 1239 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
PARRISH, TYLER; JTPARRISH, ANGELIA L; JT 4826 S QUAIL POINT RD MILLCREEK UT 84124
PEERS, THERESA M; JTPEERS, MATTHEW L; JT 740 S 1200 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
PERFUMO, PIETRO &CARRARA, MARIA PIA; JT 720 S 1200 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
POLLARD, AARON W; JTPOLLARD, ERIKA V M; J 676 S 1200 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
PURSER, JAMES E 1204 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
RASSIAH, PREMAVATHY 715 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
REEVE, MARK; TCREEVE, ROSEMARY; TC 753 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
REID, JULIA E &LUNBECK, JAMES E; JT 761 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
RYBALKIN, ANDREY 1221 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
S T TR;ET AL 724 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
SALAZAR, DALE C &VASQUEZ, ANNA M; JT 754 S 1200 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
SCHWARZ, MARTIN R &BETH ANN; JT 705 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
SERIES THREE, AN INDIVIDUALPROTECTED SERI 347 RANCH DR ALPINE UT 84004
SHEA, TIMOTHY M &SCHWARTZ-SHEA, PEREGR 1172 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
SMITH, WHITNEY R; JTSMITH, TYLER B; JT 1213 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
SNOW, DANIEL W &JACCI L; JT 737 S 1200 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
SUNDER LLC 3135 S METROPOLITAN WY MILLCREEK UT 84109
SVENDSEN, KATHLEEN A; TR(KS LIV TRUST) 1164 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
TELFER, DIANA L 744 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
TRABERT, BRITTON L 766 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
VELA ASSET PROTECTION TRET AL 1228 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
WALDRON, JOY; TR 1216 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
WILLIAM MULLIGAN & KIMBERLYKERNAN REV 741 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
WINTER-DUNN REV TRET AL 750 S DOUGLAS ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
WOO, WEI-CHI J 1222 E 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
Date Received: ____________________ ________________________
Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff Date sent to Council: ____________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: October 6, 2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
________________________
SUBJECT: Tony Sieverts Zoning Map Amendment (PLNPCM2023-00236)
STAFF CONTACT: Aaron Barlow, Principal Planner, 801-535-6182 or aaron.barlow@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council follows the Planning Commission’s recommendation
and approves the requested Zoning Map Amendment.
BUDGET IMPACT: None
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION:
Salt Lake City has received a request from Tony Sieverts of Gladiola Street, LLC, the property owner, to rezone
the property at approximately 680 South Gladiola Street from M-2 Heavy Manufacturing District to M-1
Light Manufacturing District. The stated intent of the proposed rezoning is to enable the use of the
property as a commercial truck driving school (classified as a vocational school with outdoor activities),
which is permitted within the M-1 Light Manufacturing zoning district and not within the M-2 Heavy
Manufacturing district.
The project area is roughly 4.79 acres or 208,652 square feet.
The applicant has not included development plans with this request. If the Salt Lake City Council adopts
the rezone request, the applicant would then need to submit the necessary development applications, and
the development proposal would need to comply with all applicable regulations within the Salt Lake City
Zoning Ordinance. Additional details regarding this request can be found in Planning Staff’s report for the
Planning Commission
rachel otto (Oct 9, 2023 11:19 MDT)10/09/2023
10/09/2023
PUBLIC PROCESS:
For a full project timeline, please refer to Exhibit 1
• June 20, 2023 – Staff sent the 45-day required notice for recognized community organizations to
the Glendale Community Council. Neither council provided feedback on the proposal.
• June 20, 2023 – Property owners and residents within 300 feet of the development were provided
early notification of the proposal.
• June 26, 2023 – The project was posted to the Online Open House webpage. All projects west of
2200 W require an Online Open House post.
• August 4, 2023 – The required 45-day notice period ended.
• August 10, 2023 – Public hearing notice mailed, posted on City and State websites, and
distributed through the Planning Division’s email listserv.
• August 11, 2023 – Public Hearing Notice signs posted on the property.
PLANNING COMMISSION HEARING AND RECOMMENDATION
On August 23, 2023, the Planning Commission reviewed the proposal and held a public hearing. The
hearing can be viewed here beginning at 1:39:34. One individual commented expressing concern that the
rezone would affect his ability to continue his asphalt and concrete recycling facility (a use permitted only
in the M-2 district).
Location Map of subject property
The Planning Commission voted unanimously to forward a recommendation of approval as proposed.
Planning Commission (PC) Records
a) PC Agenda of August 23, 2023 (Click to Access)
b) PC Minutes of August 23, 2023 (Click to Access)
c) Planning Commission Staff Report of August 23, 2023 (Click to Access Report)
EXHIBITS:
1) Project Chronology
2) Notice of City Council Public Hearing
3) Mailing List
4) Original Petitions
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. _____ of 202__
(An ordinance amending the zoning of property located at approximately 680 South Gladiola
Street from the M-2 Heavy Manufacturing District to the M-1 Light Manufacturing District)
An ordinance amending the zoning map pertaining to the property located at
approximately 680 South Gladiola Street from the M-2 Heavy Manufacturing District to the M-1
Light Manufacturing District pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00236.
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission (”Planning Commission”) held a
public hearing on August 23, 2023, on an application submitted by Tony Sieverts of Sieverts
Property Holdings, LLC to amend the zoning map from the M-2 Heavy Manufacturing District
to the M-1 Light Manufacturing District for a parcel located at approximately 680 South
Gladiola Street (Tax ID No. 15-08-503-002-0000) (the “Property”), pursuant to Petition No.
PLNPCM2023-00236.
WHEREAS, at its August 23, 2023, meeting, the Planning Commission voted in favor of
forwarding a positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) on said
application; and
WHEREAS, after a public hearing on this matter, the City Council has determined that
adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. Amending the Zoning Map. The Salt Lake City zoning map, as adopted
by the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the fixing of boundaries and zoning districts, shall be and
hereby is amended to reflect that the Property, identified on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, shall be
and hereby is rezoned from the M-2 Heavy Manufacturing District to the M-1 Light
Manufacturing District.
SECTION 2. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall become effective on the date of its
first publication.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ______________,
20___.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
Mayor's Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
______________________________
MAYOR
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ________ of 20___.
Published: ______________.
Ordinance rezoning 680 Gladiola Street
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:__________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Katherine D. Pasker, Senior City Attorney
September 26, 2023
EXHIBIT “A”
Legal Description of Property to be Rezoned:
Tax ID 15-08-503-002-0000
A part of the Northeast Quarter of Section 8, Township 1 South, Range l West, Salt Lake Base &
Meridian, more particularly described as follows:
Beginning at a point located on the westerly right-of-way of Gladiola Street, said point also being
S0°11'17"W 1324.80 feet and West 22.50 feet from the Centerline monument located at the
intersection of 500 South and Gladiola Street, said point also being S89°37'35"E 1404.96 feet
along the Section line and S0°22'25"W 47.54 feet from the North Quarter Corner of Section 8,
Township I South, Range 1 West, Salt Lake Base & Meridian; and running thence southerly along
said westerly right-of-way S0°11'17"W 254.67 feet to a point located on the northerly subdivision
line of Sorenson Technology Park Plat 3, recorded as Entry No. 7095353 in Book 98-9P at Page
263, Date: September 23, 1998 on file with the Salt Lake County Recorder; thence running along
said subdivision line the following two (2) courses: (1) S89°53'16"W 1379.40 feet; thence (2)
N0°03'15"W 41.18 feet to the southerly right-of-way of the Union Pacific Railroad, said point
being located 50' perpendicular from the centerline of the existing railroad track; thence
N81°05'54"E 1397.10 feet to said westerly right of way, said also being the point of beginning.
Contains 4.68 acres more or less
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1) PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
2) NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL PUBLIC HEARING
3) MAILING LIST
4) ORIGINAL PETITIONS
1. PROJECT
CHRONOLOGY
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
Petition: PLNPCM2023-00236
March 24, 2023 Application submitted.
April 20, 2023 Petition assigned to staff.
April thru June 2023 Planning Staff worked with applicant to remedy application
deficiencies.
May 3, 2023 Petition routed for Department Review Comments.
June 20, 2023 Staff sent the 45-day required notice for recognized community
organizations to the Community Councils.
June 20, 2023 Neighbors within 300 feet of the development were provided early
notification of the proposal.
August 4, 2023 45-day public comment period for recognized organizations ended.
August 10, 2023 Public hearing notice mailed. Public notice posted on City and
State websites and Planning Division listserv.
August 11, 2023 Public hearing notice sign posted on the property.
August 23, 2023 Planning Commission held a public hearing and made a
recommendation to the City Council to approve the proposed
amendments.
September 4, 2023 Draft ordinance requested from City Attorney’s office.
XXXX XX, 2023 Draft ordinance received from City Attorney’s office.
2. NOTICE OF CITY
COUNCIL HEARING
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING
The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2023-00236 Sieverts Zoning Map
Amendment. Tony Sieverts, the property owner of 680 South Gladiola Street, has submitted this
request to rezone his property from M-2 Heavy Manufacturing District to M-1 Light Manufacturing
District. The stated intent of the proposed rezoning is to enable the use of the property as a commercial
truck driving school (classified as a vocational school with outdoor activities), which is permitted
within the M-1 Light Manufacturing zoning district and not within the M-2 Heavy Manufacturing
district. The project is within Council District 2, represented by Alejandro Puy.
As part of their study, the City Council is holding an advertised public hearing to receive comments
regarding the petition. During this hearing, anyone desiring to address the City Council concerning
this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The hearing will be held:
DATE:
PLACE: Electronic and in-person options.
451 South State Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
** This meeting will be held via electronic means, while also providing for an in-person
opportunity to attend or participate in the hearing at the City and County Building, located at
451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah. For more information, including WebEx
connection information, please visit www.slc.gov/council/virtual-meetings. Comments may also
be provided by calling the 24-Hour comment line at 801.535.7654 or sending an email to
council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments received through any source are shared with the
Council and added to the public record.
If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please call Aaron
Barlow at 801.535.6182 between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, or by
e-mail at aaron.barlow@slcgov.com. The application details can be accessed at
https://citizenportal.slcgov.com, by selecting the “Planning” tab and entering the petition number
PLNPCM2023-00236.
The City & County Building is an accessible facility. People with disabilities may make requests for
reasonable accommodation, which may include alternate formats, interpreters, and other auxiliary aids
and services. Please make requests at least two business days in advance. To make a request, please
contact the City Council Office at council.comments@slcgov.com, 801-535-7600, or relay service
711.
3. MAILING LIST
NAME ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP
ALLIED WASTE TRANSFERSERVICES OF UTAH INC 18500 N ALLIED WAY PHOENIX AZ 85054
BTBW, LLC 4835 S VIEWMONT ST HOLLADAY UT UT 84117
C1 SLC III‐V, LLC PO BOX A3879 CHICAGO IL 60690
CLCJ LAND INVESTMENTS, LLC 606 S GLADIOLA ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
CTC PROPERTIES, LLC 529 E OAKHOLLOW CT BOUNTIFUL UT 84010
Current Occupant 3611 W 500 S Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 3720 W 800 S Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 3763 W 700 S Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 615 S GLADIOLA ST Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 622 S GLADIOLA ST Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 632 S GLADIOLA ST Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 650 S GLADIOLA ST Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 655 S GLADIOLA ST Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 670 S FULTON ST Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 675 S GLADIOLA ST Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 680 S GLADIOLA ST Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 715 S GLADIOLA ST Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 720 S GLADIOLA ST Salt Lake City UT 84104
DREDGE MANAGEMENT, LLC 1770 W ALEXANDER ST WEST VALLEY UT 84119
FREMONT PEAK, LLC 3073 E DIMPLE DELL CIR SANDY UT 84092
GFP ALLIANCE SALT LAKE, LLC PO BOX 460189, Dept 126 HOUSTON TX 77056
MICHAEL & JULIE HUISH REV TRET AL PO BOX 271067 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84127
NEW PRIME, INC 2740 N MAYFAIR AVE SPRINGFIELD MO 65803
QUESTAR GAS COMPANY PO BOX 27026 RICHMOND VA 23216
ROBINSON FANS WEST, INC 725 S GLADIOLA ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
SIEVERTS, TONY R 10084 S Altavilla Dr SANDY UT 84092
UNION PACIFIC RAIL ROADCOMPANY 1400 DOUGLAS ST STOP 1640 OMAHA NE 68179
4. ORIGINAL PETITIONS
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
Date Received: ____________________ ________________________
Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff Date sent to Council: ____________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: October 6, 2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
________________________
SUBJECT: TAG 1380 Zoning Map Amendment (PLNPCM2032-00172)
STAFF CONTACT: Aaron Barlow, Principal Planner, 801-535-6182 or aaron.barlow@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council follows the Planning Commission’s recommendation and
approves the requested Zoning Map Amendment.
BUDGET IMPACT: None
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION:
Drake Powell of TAG SLC, LLC, representing several property owners, has submitted a request for a
Zoning Map Amendment for the properties listed below:
•1380 South 900 West (Parcel ID 15-14-202-014-0000)
•1361 South 1000 West (Parcel ID 15-14-202-026-0000)
•1367 South 1000 West (Parcel ID 15-14-202-028-0000)
This Zoning Map Amendment request is to rezone the above-listed properties from R-1/7,000 Single-
Family Residential to RMF-30 Low Density Multi-Family Residential.
The project area is roughly 1.34 acres or 58,292 square feet.
A formal development petition has not been submitted at this time. Preliminary Plans, including the
applicant’s description of the proposal, can be found in the Planning Commission Staff Report. The
applicant owns the property located at 1380 South 900 West and intends to only develop that property. The
other two properties (1361 & 1367 South 1000 West) are owned by a separate organization that asked to
be included in this request to enable additional development flexibility.
rachel otto (Oct 9, 2023 11:24 MDT)10/09/2023
10/09/2023
HOUSING LOSS MITIGATION
Per Chapter 18.97 of City Ordinance, any petition for a zoning change that would permit a nonresidential
use of land, that includes within its boundaries residential dwelling units, may not be approved until a
housing mitigation plan is approved by the city. The applicant submitted a housing loss mitigation plan,
which can be found in the Planning Commission Staff Report, that satisfied Housing Loss Mitigation
requirements. Because the cost to replace the one dwelling situated on the subject site is greater than the
assessed value, no mitigation is required. The final plan was evaluated and approved by the Community
and Neighborhoods Director, Blake Thomas, prior to the Planning Commission’s review of this petition.
PUBLIC PROCESS:
For a full project timeline, please refer to Exhibit 1
•May 3, 2023 – Staff sent the 45-day required notice for recognized community organizations to the
Glendale Community Council. Neither council provided feedback on the proposal.
•May 3, 2023 – Property owners and residents within 300 feet of the development were provided
early notification of the proposal.
•June 17, 2023 – The required 45-day notice period ended.
The above map shows the location and current zoning of the properties that are a part of this request.
•July 28, 2023 – Sale of property and transfer of application from Trille Properties (the original
applicant) to TAG SLC, LLC (the current applicant) confirmed by Planning Division.
•August 10, 2023 – Public hearing notice mailed, posted on City and State websites, and
distributed through the Planning Division’s email listserv.
•August 11, 2023 – Public Hearing Notice sign posted on the property.
Planning Commission Hearing and Recommendation
On August 23, 2023, the Planning Commission reviewed the proposal and held a public hearing. The
hearing can be viewed here beginning at 1:13:22. Two public comments were read into the record. Both
expressed concerns about the proposed rezone citing, parking, privacy, and property values. The
Comments are included in Exhibit 4.
The Planning Commission voted unanimously to forward a recommendation of approval as proposed.
Planning Commission (PC) Records
a)PC Agenda of August 23, 2023 (Click to Access)
b)PC Minutes of August 23, 2023 (Click to Access)
c)Planning Commission Staff Report of August 23, 2023 (Click to Access Report)
EXHIBITS:
1)Project Chronology
2)Notice of City Council Public Hearing
3)Mailing List
4)Comments Received During and After Public Hearing
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. _____ of 202__
(An ordinance amending the zoning of properties located at approximately 1380 South 900 West,
1361 South 1000 West, and 1367 South 1000 West from the R-1/7,000 Single Family
Residential District to the RMF-30 Low Density Multi-Family Residential District)
An ordinance amending the zoning map pertaining to the properties located at
approximately 1380 South 900 West, 1361 South 1000 West, and 1367 South 1000 West from
the R-1/7,000 Single Family Residential District to the RMF-30 Low Density Multi-Family
Residential District pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00172.
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission (”Planning Commission”) held a
public hearing on August 23, 2023, on an application submitted by Drake Powell of TAG SLC,
LLC, (“Applicant”) on behalf of several property owners to amend the zoning map from the R-
1/7,000 Single Family Residential District to the RMF-30 Low Density Multi-Family Residential
District for three parcels located at approximately 1380 South 900 West, 1361 South 1000 West,
and 1367 South 1000 West (Tax ID Nos. 15-14-202-014-0000, 15-14-202-028-0000, & 15-14-
202-026-0000) (collectively, the “Property”), pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2023-00172.
WHEREAS, at its August 23, 2023, meeting, the Planning Commission voted in favor of
forwarding a positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Council (“City Council”) on said
application; and
WHEREAS, after a public hearing on this matter, the City Council has determined that
adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. Amending the Zoning Map. The Salt Lake City zoning map, as adopted
by the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the fixing of boundaries and zoning districts, shall be and
hereby is amended to reflect that the Property, identified on Exhibit “A” attached hereto, shall be
Ordinance rezoning 1380 South 900 West, 1361 South 1000 West,
and 1367 South 1000 West
Salt Lake City Attorney's Office
Date:�
By:���----�---Katherine D. Pasker,
EXHIBIT “A”
Legal Description of Property to be Rezoned:
Tax ID 15-14-202-014-0000
Beginning 825 feet east, and 188.10 feet south, and 9.91 feet West from the northwest corner of
the Northeast quarter of Section 14, Township 1 South, Range 1 West, Salt Lake Base and
Meridian, and running thence south 0°56'36" west 109.68 feet; thence south 0°12'09" east 9.31
feet; thence west 354.31 feet, thence north 118.96 feet, thence east 356.09 feet to the point of
beginning.
0.97 acres more or less
Tax ID 15-14-202-028-0000
Lot 3, Three Eagles Subdivision according to the official plat thereof on file and of record in the
office of the Salt Lake County Recorder.
Together with a 20 foot access and utility easement as shown on the official record plat of Three
Eagles subdivision, recorded February 17, 2023, as entry number 14073617, book 2023P, page
39.
0.178 acres more or less
Tax ID 15-14-202-026-0000
Lot 2, Three Eagles Subdivision according to the official plat thereof on file and of record in the
office of the Salt Lake County Recorder.
Together with a 20 foot access and utility easement as shown on the official record plat of Three
Eagles subdivision, recorded February 17, 2023, as entry number 14073617, book 2023P, page
39.
0.191 acres more or less
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1)PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
2)NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL PUBLIC HEARING
3)MAILING LIST
4)COMMENTS RECEIVED DURING AND AFTER PUBLIC HEARING
5)ORIGINAL PETITIONS
1. PROJECT
CHRONOLOGY
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
Petition: PLNPCM2023-00172
March 3, 2023 Applications submitted by Trille Property Solutions, LLC.
April 4, 2023 Petition assigned to staff.
April 4, 2023 Petition routed for Department Review Comments.
April 4 to May 1, 2023 Staff worked with applicant to remedy deficiencies in application.
May 3, 2023 Staff sent the 45-day required notice for recognized community
organizations to the Community Councils.
May 3, 2023 Neighbors within 300 feet of the development were provided early
notification of the proposal.
June 23, 2023 45-day public comment period for recognized organizations ended.
July 28, 2023 Sale of property and transfer of application from Trille Properties
(the original applicant) to TAG SLC, LLC (the current applicant)
confirmed by Planning Staff
August 10, 2023 Public hearing notice mailed. Public notice posted on City and
State websites and Planning Division listserv.
August 11, 2023 Public hearing notice sign posted on the property.
August 23, 2023 Planning Commission held a public hearing and made a
recommendation to the City Council to approve the proposed
amendments.
September 4, 2023 Ordinance requested from City Attorney’s office.
September 26, 2023 Ordinance received from City Attorney’s office.
2. NOTICE OF CITY
COUNCIL HEARING
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING
The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2023-00172 TAG 1380 Zoning Map
Amendment Drake Powell of TAG SLC, representing the various property owners, has submitted this
request for three separate properties located at 1380 S 900 W, 1361 S 1000 W, and 1367 S 1000 West.
Approval of this request would rezone these properties from R-1/7,000 (Single Family Residential) to
RMF-30 (Low Density Multi-Family Residential). The intent of this amendment request is to
accommodate a redevelopment proposal to be submitted at a later date. The project is within Council
District 2, represented by Alejandro Puy.
As part of their study, the City Council is holding an advertised public hearing to receive comments
regarding the petition. During this hearing, anyone desiring to address the City Council concerning
this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The hearing will be held:
DATE:
PLACE: Electronic and in-person options.
451 South State Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
** This meeting will be held via electronic means, while also providing for an in-person
opportunity to attend or participate in the hearing at the City and County Building, located at
451 South State Street, Room 326, Salt Lake City, Utah. For more information, including WebEx
connection information, please visit www.slc.gov/council/virtual-meetings. Comments may also
be provided by calling the 24-Hour comment line at (801) 535-7654 or sending an email to
council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments received through any source are shared with the
Council and added to the public record.
If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please call Aaron
Barlow at 801.535.6182 between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, or by
e-mail at aaron.barlow@slcgov.com. The application details can be accessed at
https://citizenportal.slcgov.com, by selecting the “Planning” tab and entering the petition number
PLNPCM2023-00172.
The City & County Building is an accessible facility. People with disabilities may make requests for
reasonable accommodation, which may include alternate formats, interpreters, and other auxiliary aids
and services. Please make requests at least two business days in advance. To make a request, please
contact the City Council Office at council.comments@slcgov.com, 801-535-7600, or relay service
711.
3.MAILING LIST
NAME ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP
AGUILERA, PAULO 945 W 1400 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
BARLOW FAM TR 1364 S 1000 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
BENJAMIN KUNZ 941 W 1400 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
BOLINDER, DAVID V 2045 E 6060 S HOLLADAY UT 84121
CHRISTENSEN, ERIC &TATEVIK; JT 551 W CEPHUS RD DRAPER UT 84020
CLAYNE O WAYMAN FAM TRET AL 1367 S 1100 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
CRESLAND ACQUISITION, LLC 1265 S CONCORD ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
Current Occupant 956 W CALIFORNIA AVE Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 928 W CALIFORNIA AVE Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 1388 S 1000 W Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 1354 S 1000 W Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 1368 S 1000 W Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 1400 S 1000 W Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 939 W CALIFORNIA AVE Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 1380 S 900 W Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 1392 S 900 W Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 941 W CALIFORNIA AVE Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 953 W CALIFORNIA AVE Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 1409 S 1000 W Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 1425 S 1000 W Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 937 W 1400 S Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 1414 S 900 W Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 941 W 1400 S UT 84104
Current Occupant 1410 S 800 W Salt Lake City UT 84104
Current Occupant 855 W CALIFORNIA AVE Salt Lake City UT 84104
DALTON, DAVID I & GEORGIA P;JT 7885 W MAYTIME DR MAGNA UT 84044
EMERY, CODY &MARTHA; JT 1540 E WILLIAMSON CIR SANDY UT 84092
ESTRADA, BENJAMIN &MALDONADO, MARIO; JT 1008 W CALIFORNIA AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
FOSTER, JULEE L 932 W 1400 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
GUTIERREZ, JOSE E 1408 S 900 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
HEGERHORST, WALTER F &ORA M; TRS 3541 W WHEATWOOD CIR WEST JORDAN UT 84084
HERNANDEZ, CELIA; JTHERNANDEZ, JESUS A; JT 1389 S 1000 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
INGERSOLL, BRIAN D & KATHY M;JT 951 W CALIFORNIA AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
INGERSOLL, SONYA T 924 W CALIFORNIA AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
JONES, JOY R 1420 S 1000 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
JONES, STEPHEN C &CYNTHIA C (JT)1402 S 1000 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
KEFU, MANISELA; JTET AL 1420 S 900 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
KLAIN, ELAINE &FIGUEROA, EDGAR; JT 944 W 1400 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
KNUDSEN, JANET 1018 W CALIFORNIA AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
LEATUTUFU, SUSITINA; JTLAITA, FAGALII; JT 1404 S 1000 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
LONGLEY, MICHELLE L 950 W CALIFORNIA AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
LOSCHER, HAROLD P &SHARON F; TRS 1403 S 1000 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
LOSCHER, TERESA A &KENT D; JT 929 W CALIFORNIA AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
LYON, GABRIELE C 938 W 1400 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
MAURICIO, PEDRO 966 W CALIFORNIA AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
MCQUEEN, MIKE 959 W CALIFORNIA AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
MIDDLETON, WAYNE PO BOX 9948 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84109
MONTANO, RANDOLPH &LORRAINE; JT 950 W 1400 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
NGUYEN, LIEM T &LE, DAO; JT 963 W CALIFORNIA AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
PADILLA, IVANI O 933 W 1400 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
RAMIREZ, MARCELINO &MARIA P; JT 1131 W EMERY CIR SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
ROJAS, EDUARDO & ESTELLA;JT 1328 S 900 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
SALAZAR, CARL R &ROBIN A; JT 1180 S 900 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
SANDERSON, JONATHAN 936 W CALIFORNIA AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
SITAUTI, SIOELI H &RAINA K; JT 1889 W SPRINGFIELD RD SALT LAKE CITY UT 84116
SOUTHWORTH, WHITNEY B 1336 S 900 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
THACATUS, LLC 407 E 300 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
THE BOARD OF EDUCATION OF SLC 440 E 100 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
TOMSETT, ANDREW &BUCKSTAD, LISA; JT 1000 W CALIFORNIA AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
TRAN, HUNG VAN PO BOX 651237 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84165
TRILLIE PROPERTY SOLUTIONS,LLC 1375 S 1000 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
URZUA, DIEGO C; JTDUNN, JAIMIE; JT 1386 S 900 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
VANLEEUWEN, JOHN I &KERRY; JT 923 W CALIFORNIA AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
VEA, CAPE 1350 S 900 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
WILLIAMS, CAMERON 1358 S 900 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
WOOD, DALLIN A; JTWOOD, NATALY; JT 1362 S 900 W SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104
5.ORIGINAL PETITIONS
DocuSign Envelope ID : 1309F8CE-6924-4A65-80BB-7AC9E4AF5EB0
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
This is to certify that I am making an application for the described action by the City and that I am responsible for
complying with all City requirements with regard to this request. This application will be processed under the name
provided below. By signing the application, I am acknowledging that I have read and understood the instructions
provided by Salt Lake City for processing this application. The documents and/or information I have submitted are true
and correct to the best of my knowledge. I understand that the documents provided are considered public records and
may be made avai lable to the public. I understand that my application will not be processed until the application is
deemed complete by the assigned planner from the Planning Division. I acknowledge that a complete application
includes all of the required submittal requirements and provided documents comply with all applicable requirements for
the specific applications. I understand that the Planning Division will provide, in writing, a list of deficiencies that must
be satisfied for this application to be complete and it is the responsibility of the applicant to provide the missing or
corrected information. I will keep myself informed of the deadlines for submission of material and the progress of this
application. I understand that a staff report will be made available for my review prior to any public hearings or public
meetings. This report will be on file and available at the Planning Division and posted on the Division website when it has
been finalized.
APPLICANT SIGNATURE
Name of Applicant: Application Type: Trillie Property Solutions LLC / Trent Hatch Zonning Amendment
Mailing Address: Po Box, 2058 Orem, UT 84059
Email: Tj@Teillieproperties.com
Signature: DocuSigne<l by:
21 E8DD80A0EG485 ...
AFFIRMATION OF SUFFICIENT INTEREST
Phone: 801-319-5915
Date: 03/03/23
I hereby affirm that I am the fee title owner of the below described property or that I have written authorization from
the owner to pursue the described action.
The following shall be providea if the name of the applicant is different than the name of the property owner:
1.If you are not the fee owner attach a copy of your authorization to pursue this action provided by the fee owner.
2.If a corporation is fee titleholder, attach copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the action.
3.If a joint venture or partnership is the fee owner, attach a copy of agreement authorizing this action on behalf of
the joint venture or partnership
4.If a Home Owner's Association is the applicant than the representative/president must attach a notarized letter
stating they have notified the owners of the proposed application. A vote should be taken prior to the submittal
and a statement of the outcome provided to the City along with the statement that the vote meets the
requirements set forth in the CC&Rs.
Be advised that knowingly making a false, written statement to a government entity is a crime under Utah Code
Chapter 76-8, Part 5. Salt Lake City will refer for prosecution any knowingly false representations made pertaining to
the applicant's interest in the property that is the subject of this application.
Updated 9/14/22
Property purchased by TAG SLC on June 8, 2023
DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE
POLICY AND BUDGET DIVISION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET
PO BOX 145467, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5455
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
MARY BETH THOMPSON
Chief Financial Officer
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
___________________________________ Date Received: _______________
Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff Date sent to Council: __________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: October 31, 2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Mary Beth Thompson, Chief Financial Officer
SUBJECT: FY24 Budget Amendment #3
SPONSOR: NA
STAFF CONTACT: Greg Cleary (801) 535-6394 or Mary Beth Thompson (801) 535-6403
DOCUMENT TYPE: Budget Amendment Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: The Administration recommends that subsequent to a public hearing,
the City Council adopt the following amendments to the FY 2024 adopted budget.
BUDGET IMPACT:
REVENUE EXPENSE
GENERAL FUND $0.00 $1,430,731.89
FLEET FUND $20,000.00 $20,000.00
CIP FUND $205,000.00 $205,000.00
IMPACT FEES FUND $0.00 $6,527,961.00
IMS FUND $12,000.00 $4,531,083.00
MISCELLANEOUS GRANTS FUND $1,705,700.79 $2,234,473.29
CDBG FUND $0.00 $46,642.50
TOTAL $1,942,700.79 $14,995,891.68
Greg Cleary (Oct 31, 2023 16:51 MDT)
Greg Cleary
Alejandro Sanchez (Nov 1, 2023 08:54 MDT)
rachel otto (Nov 1, 2023 08:55 MDT)11/01/2023
11/01/2023
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION:
Revenue for FY 2024 Budget Adjustments
The chart below presents General Fund Projected Revenues for FY 2024.
Due to the timing of this budget amendment, there are no updates to the FY 2024 revenue
projections. Revenues are trending as expected are there are no reasons to assume any variance
to the initially adopted projections. The City has begun closing out the financials for Fiscal Year
2023, and will provide updates to Council as the audit progresses and is finalized.
Revenue FY23-FY24 Annual Budget FY23-24 Amended Budget Revised Forecast
Amended Variance
Favorable
(Unfavorable)
Revenue FY22-FY23 Annual Budget FY22-FY23 Amended Budget Revised Forecast Amended Variance
Property Taxes 129,847,140 129,847,140 129,847,140 -
Sale and Use Taxes 117,129,000 117,129,000 117,129,000 -
Franchise Taxes 12,348,127 12,348,127 12,348,127 -
Payment in Lieu of Taxes 1,905,573 1,905,573 1,905,573 -
Total Taxes 261,229,840 261,229,840 261,229,840 -
Revenue FY22-FY23 Annual Budget FY22-FY23 Amended Budget Revised Forecast Amended Variance
Licenses and Permits 40,878,104 40,878,104 40,878,104 -
Intergovernmental Revenue 5,134,621 5,134,621 5,134,621 -
Interest Income 8,000,000 8,000,000 8,000,000 -
Fines 4,063,548 4,063,548 4,063,548 -
Parking Meter Collections 2,801,089 2,801,089 2,801,089 -
Charges, Fees, and Rentals 4,881,922 4,881,922 4,881,922 -
Miscellaneous Revenue 3,502,359 3,502,359 3,502,359 -
Interfund Reimbursement 26,131,213 26,131,213 26,131,213 -
Transfers 9,938,944 9,938,944 9,938,944 -
Total W/O Special Tax 366,561,640 366,561,640 366,561,640 -
ObjectCodeDescription FY22-23 Annual Budget FY22-23 Amended Budget Revised Forecast Amended Variance
Additional Sales Tax (1/2%)49,084,479 49,084,479 49,084,479 -
Total General Fund 415,646,119 415,646,119 415,646,119 -
The table below presents updated Fund Balance numbers and percentages, based on the proposed changes
included in Budget Amendment #3.
With the adoption of Budget Amendment #3, the available fund balance will adjust to 13.89 percent of the FY
2024 Adopted Budget.
FOF GF Only TOTAL FOF GF Only TOTAL
Beginning Fund Balance 18,395,660 141,728,022 160,123,682 13,132,752 97,874,345 111,007,097
Budgeted Change in Fund Balance (2,100,608) (20,736,262) (22,836,870) (3,657,641) (29,211,158) (32,868,799)
Prior Year Encumbrances (3,162,300) (17,260,909) (20,423,209) (1,879,654) (10,259,789) (12,139,443)
Estimated Beginning Fund Balance 13,132,752 103,730,851 116,863,603 7,595,457 58,403,398 65,998,855
Beginning Fund Balance Percent 29.60%27.04%27.30%14.51%14.89%14.85%
Year End CAFR Adjustments
Revenue Changes - - - - - -
Expense Changes (Prepaids, Receivable, Etc.) (2,257,746) (2,257,746) (2,257,746) (2,257,746)
Fund Balance w/ CAFR Changes 13,132,752 101,473,105 114,605,857 7,595,457 56,145,652 63,741,109
Final Fund Balance Percent 29.60%26.45%26.78%14.51%14.32%14.34%
Budget Amendment Use of Fund Balance
BA#1 Revenue Adjustment - (475,000) (475,000) - - -
BA#1 Expense Adjustment - - - -
BA#2 Revenue Adjustment - - - - (754,483) (754,483)
BA#2 Expense Adjustment - - - - 187,250 187,250
BA#3 Revenue Adjustment - 6,000,000 6,000,000 - - -
BA#3 Expense Adjustment - (6,538,000) (6,538,000) - (1,430,732) (1,430,732)
BA#4 Revenue Adjustment - 194,600 194,600 - - -
BA#4 Expense Adjustment - (7,584,328) (7,584,328) - - -
BA#5 Revenue Adjustment - - - - - -
BA#5 Expense Adjustment - (5,940,349) (5,940,349) - - -
BA#6 Revenue Adjustment - 19,120,198 19,120,198 - - -
BA#6 Expense Adjustment - (11,719,731) (12,219,731) - - -
BA#7 Revenue Adjustment - - - - - -
BA#7 Expense Adjustment - - - - - -
Change in Revenue - - - - - -
Change in Expense
Fund Balance Budgeted Increase - - - - - -
- - Adjusted Fund Balance 13,132,752 94,530,495 107,163,247 7,595,457 54,147,687 61,743,144
Adjusted Fund Balance Percent 29.60%24.64%25.04%14.51%13.81%13.89%
Projected Revenue 44,364,490 383,650,846 428,015,336 52,338,120 392,166,803 444,504,923
Salt Lake City
General Fund
TOTAL
Fund Balance Projections
FY2024 BudgetFY2023 Budget Projected
The Administration is requesting a budget amendment totaling $1,942,700.79 in revenue and
$14,995,891.68 in expenses. The amendment proposes changes in seven (7) funds, with an
increase of nine (9.0) FTEs. The proposal includes 28 initiatives for Council review.
A summary spreadsheet outlining proposed budget changes is attached. The Administration
requests this document be modified based on the decisions of the Council.
The budget amendment is separated in eight different categories:
A. New Budget Items
B. Grants for Existing Staff Resources
C. Grants for New Staff Resources
D. Housekeeping Items
E. Grants Requiring No New Staff Resources
F. Donations
G. Council Consent Agenda Grant Awards
I. Council Added Items
PUBLIC PROCESS: Public Hearing
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. ______ of 2023
(Third amendment to the Final Budget of Salt Lake City, including
the employment staffing document, for Fiscal Year 2023-2024)
An Ordinance Amending Salt Lake City Ordinance No. 29 of 2023 which adopted the
Final Budget of Salt Lake City, Utah, for the Fiscal Year Beginning July 1, 2023, and Ending
June 30, 2024.
In June of 2023, the Salt Lake City Council adopted the final budget of Salt Lake City,
Utah, including the employment staffing document, effective for the fiscal year beginning July 1,
2023, and ending June 30, 2024, in accordance with the requirements of Section 10-6-118 of the
Utah Code.
The City’s Budget Director, acting as the City’s Budget Officer, prepared and filed with
the City Recorder proposed amendments to said duly adopted budget, including the amendments
to the employment staffing document necessary to effectuate any staffing changes specifically
stated herein, copies of which are attached hereto, for consideration by the City Council and
inspection by the public.
All conditions precedent to amend said budget, including the employment staffing
document as provided above, have been accomplished.
Be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. Purpose. The purpose of this Ordinance is to amend the final budget of
Salt Lake City, including the employment staffing document, as approved, ratified and finalized
by Salt Lake City Ordinance No. 29 of 2023.
SECTION 2. Adoption of Amendments. The budget amendments, including any
amendments to the employment staffing document necessary to effectuate staffing changes
2
specifically stated herein, attached hereto and made a part of this Ordinance shall be, and the
same hereby are adopted and incorporated into the budget of Salt Lake City, Utah, including any
amendments to the employment staffing document described above, for the fiscal year beginning
July 1, 2023 and ending June 30, 2024, in accordance with the requirements of Section 10-6-128
of the Utah Code.
SECTION 3. Filing of copies of the Budget Amendments. The said Budget Officer is
authorized and directed to certify and file a copy of said budget amendments, including any
amendments to the employment staffing document, in the office of said Budget Officer and in
the office of the City Recorder which amendments shall be available for public inspection.
SECTION 4. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall take effect upon adoption.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this _____ day of __________, 2023.
________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to the Mayor on __________________
Mayor’s Action: ____ Approved ____ Vetoed
_________________________
MAYOR
ATTEST:
_______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. _________ of 2023.
Published: ___________________.
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Approved As To Form
___ _______
Jaysen Oldroyd
Initiative Number/Name Fund Revenue Amount
Expenditure
Amount Revenue Amount
Expenditure
Amount
Ongoing or One-
time FTEs
1 Fire Department Single-Role Paramedics GF - 150,119.00 Ongoing 4.00
1 Fire Department Single-Role Paramedics GF - 10,400.00 One-time -
2 ARPA Employee Expenses Misc Grants - 14,225.00 One-time -
3 Withdrawn Prior to Transmittal
4 City Attorney's Office Legislative Division GF - 297,220.40 Ongoing 4.00
4 City Attorney's Office Legislative Division GF - 12,000.00 One-time -
4 City Attorney's Office Legislative Division IMS 12,000.00 12,000.00 One-time -
4 City Attorney's Office Legislative Division GF 20,000.00 One-time
5 Streets Impact Fee Funding for 2100 South
Reconstruction Project Impact Fees - 3,323,590.00 One-time -
6 Streets Impact Fee Funding for 600/700 North
Reconstruction Project Impact Fees - 3,204,371.00 One-time -
7 Access Control System Upgrade - Security GF - 400,000.00 One-time -
8 Compliance Electric Vehicle Funds Transfer to Fleet GF - (20,000.00)One-time -
8 Compliance Electric Vehicle Funds Transfer to Fleet GF - 20,000.00 One-time -
8 Compliance Electric Vehicle Funds Transfer to Fleet Fleet 20,000.00 20,000.00 One-time -
9 Road Marking Maintenance GF - 200,000.00 Ongoing -
10 Paystation Replacement GF - 135,992.49 One-time -
11 Rail Spur Removal GF - 205,000.00 Ongoing -
11 Rail Spur Removal CIP 205,000.00 205,000.00 One-time -
12 Temporary Shelter Community Misc Grants - 500,000.00 One-time -
13 Grant Employee - Finance - 6 Months @ 75%CDBG Grants - 43,642.50 Ongoing 0.75
13 Grant Employee - Finance - 6 Months @ 25%Misc Grants - 14,547.50 Ongoing 0.25
13 Grant Employee - Finance - One-time Costs CDBG Grants - 3,000.00 One-time -
14 Consulting for the Enterprise Billing Systems IMS - 250,000.00 One-time -
1
Move Funding for Downtown Central Precinct Tenant
Improvements for North Temple Substation and
Downtown Central Project
GF - (513,208.00)One-time -
1
Move Funding for Downtown Central Precinct Tenant
Improvements for North Temple Substation and
Downtown Central Project
GF - 513,208.00 One-time -
2 IMS FY 2023 Encumbrance Roll Forward IMS - 4,269,083.00 One-time -
3 Move Cultural Core Funding to Non-Departmental
from Arts Council Cost Center GF (250,000.00)One-time -
3 Move Cultural Core Funding to Non-Departmental
from Arts Council Cost Center GF 250,000.00 One-time -
Section E: Grants Requiring No New Staff Resources
-
Fiscal Year 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Council ApprovedAdministration Proposed
Section A: New Items
Section D: Housekeeping
Section F: Donations
Section C: Grants for New Staff Resources
Section B: Grants for Existing Staff Resources
1
Fiscal Year 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Consent Agenda #2
1 Utah Department of Natural Resources/Forestry Misc Grants 200,000.00 200,000.00 One-time -
2 Department of Workforce Services Know Your Neighbor Misc Grants 100,000.00 100,000.00 One-time -
3 EPA Salt Lake City Schovaers Cleanup Misc Grants 495,200.00 495,200.00 One-time -
4 Emergency Management Performance Grant (EMPG Grant)Misc Grants 38,000.00 38,000.00 One-time -
5 Victims of Crime Act (VOCA) SLCPD Victim Advocates Misc Grants 346,131.80 346,131.80 One-time -
6 Edward Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Grant
(JAG)Misc Grants 386,620.00 386,620.00 One-time -
7 Rocky Mountain Power Make Ready Rosewood Park Misc Grants 29,507.51 29,507.51 One-time -
8 Rocky Mountain Power Make Ready Riverside Park Misc Grants 20,517.38 20,517.38 One-time -
9 Rocky Mountain Power Make Ready Regional Athletic
Complex Misc Grants 12,881.77 12,881.77 One-time -
10 Rocky Mountain Power Make Ready Day Riverside Library Misc Grants 22,642.33 22,642.33 One-time -
11 FEMA Power Poles Cameras Misc Grants 39,200.00 39,200.00 One-time -
12 Utah Internet Crimes Against Children Task Force Misc Grants 15,000.00 15,000.00 One-time -
Total of Budget Amendment
Items
1,942,700.79 14,995,891.68 - - 9.00
Initiative Number/Name Fund Revenue Amount
Expenditure
Amount Revenue Amount
Expenditure
Amount
Ongoing or One-
time FTEs
Total by Fund, Budget Amendment #1:
General Fund GF - 1,430,731.89 - - 8.00
Fleet Fund Fleet 20,000.00 20,000.00 - - -
CIP Fund CIP 205,000.00 205,000.00 - - -
Impact Fees Fund Impact Fees - 6,527,961.00
IMS Fund IMS 12,000.00 4,531,083.00 - - -
Miscellaneous Grants Misc Grants 1,705,700.79 2,234,473.29 - - 0.25
CDBG Operating Fund CDBG Grants - 46,642.50 - - 0.75
Total of Budget Amendment Items 1,942,700.79 14,995,891.68 - - 9.00
Administration Proposed Council Approved
Section I: Council Added Items
Section G: Council Consent Agenda -- Grant Awards
2
Fiscal Year 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Current Year Budget Summary, provided for information only
FY 2023-24 Budget, Including Budget Amendments
Revenue FY 2023-24 Adopted Budget
- Revenue BA #1 Total BA #2 Total BA #3 Total BA #4 Total BA #5 Total Total Revenue
General Fund (Fund 1000)448,514,918 0.00 - 448,514,918.00
Curb and Gutter (FC 20)3,000 3,000.00
DEA Task Force Fund (FC 41)1,397,355 1,397,355.00
Misc Special Service Districts (FC 46)1,700,000 - 0.00 1,700,000.00
Street Lighting Enterprise (FC 48)4,681,185 4,681,185.00
Water Fund (FC 51)176,637,288 176,637,288.00
Sewer Fund (FC 52)289,941,178 289,941,178.00
Storm Water Fund (FC 53)19,865,892 19,865,892.00
Airport Fund (FC 54,55,56)403,513,000 403,513,000.00
Refuse Fund (FC 57)25,240,459 25,240,459.00
Golf Fund (FC 59)12,710,067 12,710,067.00
E-911 Fund (FC 60)3,925,000 3,925,000.00
Fleet Fund (FC 61)32,108,969 36,800.00 20,000.00 32,165,769.00
IMS Fund (FC 65)36,254,357 9,000.00 6,000.00 12,000.00 36,281,357.00
County Quarter Cent Sales Tax for
Transportation (FC 69)9,700,000 9,700,000.00
CDBG Operating Fund (FC 71)5,597,763 - 5,597,763.00
Miscellaneous Grants (FC 72)8,919,917 16,197,423.00 1,705,700.79 26,823,040.79
Other Special Revenue (FC 73)400,000 62,416.00 462,416.00
Donation Fund (FC 77)500,000 500,000.00
Housing Loans & Trust (FC 78)14,659,043 14,659,043.00
Debt Service Fund (FC 81)32,341,586 32,341,586.00
CIP Fund (FC 83, 84 & 86)30,199,756 218,000.00 25,485,893.25 205,000.00 56,108,649.25
Governmental Immunity (FC 85)3,888,581 3,888,581.00
Risk Fund (FC 87)60,932,137 60,932,137.00
Total of Budget Amendment Items 1,623,631,451 263,800.00 41,751,732.25 1,942,700.79 - - 1,667,589,684.04
3
Fiscal Year 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Expenditure FY 2023-24 Adopted
Budgetg - Expense BA #1 Total BA #2 Total BA #3 Total BA #4 Total BA #5 Total Total Expense
General Fund (FC 10)448,514,918 204,200.00 (763,950.00)1,430,731.89 449,385,899.89
Curb and Gutter (FC 20)3,000 3,000.00
DEA Task Force Fund (FC 41)1,397,355 1,397,355.00
Misc Special Service Districts (FC 46)1,700,000 664,293.70 2,364,293.70
Street Lighting Enterprise (FC 48)6,044,119 6,044,119.00
Water Fund (FC 51)177,953,787 177,953,787.00
Sewer Fund (FC 52)301,832,622 301,832,622.00
Storm Water Fund (FC 53)22,947,474 22,947,474.00
Airport Fund (FC 54,55,56)520,438,997 520,438,997.00
Refuse Fund (FC 57)28,263,792 28,263,792.00
Golf Fund (FC 59)17,938,984 17,938,984.00
E-911 Fund (FC 60)3,800,385 3,800,385.00
Fleet Fund (FC 61)32,498,750 14,461,793.00 20,000.00 46,980,543.00
IMS Fund (FC 65)38,702,171 9,000.00 6,000.00 4,531,083.00 43,248,254.00
County Quarter Cent Sales Tax for
Transportation (FC 69)9,700,000 9,700,000.00
CDBG Operating Fund (FC 71)5,597,763 46,642.50 5,644,405.50
Miscellaneous Grants (FC 72)8,919,917 16,197,423.00 2,234,473.29 27,351,813.29
Other Special Revenue (FC 73)400,000 65,472.00 465,472.00
Donation Fund (FC 77)500,000 500,000.00
Housing Loans & Trust (FC 78)10,212,043 10,212,043.00
Debt Service Fund (FC 81)34,894,979 6,732,961.00 41,627,940.00
CIP Fund (FC 83, 84 & 86)29,708,286 218,000.00 25,485,893.25 55,412,179.25
Governmental Immunity (FC 85)3,370,012 3,370,012.00
Risk Fund (FC 87)63,574,655 63,574,655.00
- Total of Budget Amendment Items 1,768,914,009 14,892,993.00 41,655,131.95 14,995,891.68 - - 1,840,458,025.63
Budget Manager
Analyst, City Council
Contingent Appropriation
4
Salt Lake City FY 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Initiative Number/Name Fund Amount
1
Section A: New Items
A-1: Fire Department Medical Response Paramedics GF $150,119.00
GF $10,400.00
Department: Fire Prepared By: Chief Karl Lieb / Clint
Rasmussen
For questions, please include Chief Lieb, Clint Rasmussen, Greg Cleary and Mary Beth Thompson
Current Status
The Salt Lake City Fire Department (SLCFD) currently operates three Medical Response Teams (MRTs) with another
funded at the Salt Lake City Airport beginning in January of 2024 for a total of four MRTs. Each MRT is comprised of 4
Firefighters (FFs), for a total of 16 FFs allocated and funded for the MRT program. All FFs currently allocated to the MRT
are Emergency Medical Technicians (EMTs). By staffing a MRT with 3 EMTs and 1 Paramedic, rather than 4 EMTS, the
response capability would increase by
Replacing one of the EMTs as a Paramedic (Advanced Life Support or ALS) would increase the capability of the MRTs by
approximately 30% and allow them to perform more advanced patient assessments.
Paramedics are currently at a premium nationwide. Fortunately, SLCFD trains and remains appropriately staffed with
Paramedics on our Medic Engines (4-handed) for our optimal response model - two Paramedics on each of eight daily
Medic (ALS) Engines within SLC. These Medic Engines respond to the most serious medical and fire calls and should
remain staffed in this configuration as a 4-handed unit for maximum capability.
Proposal
This item it to establish 4 new FTEs (Medical Response Paramedics) and reclassify 4 existing FTEs (Firefighters) to
Medical Response Paramedics.
The SLCFD proposes to diversify our current MRT model by replacing and displacing a total of eight (8) MRT FF EMTs
with Medical Response Paramedics (SRPs). This would ideally staff one (1) Paramedic on each unit of four daily operating
MRTs.
The transition would expand the current MRTs response capability with an ALS component while maintaining the integrity
of the MRT as a FD resource responding from and residing within select SLCFD fire stations.
The SRPs would be civilian, potentially sworn, and eligible to participate in the Firefighters or Tier 2 Public
Safety/Firefighter retirement systems.
The SRPs would participate in a training regimen developed by the SLCFD for their specific role within our EMS response
model. SRPs will serve under a new job title, new wage schedule, and possibly as part of SLCFD’s Local 81 labor group.
Process
The SLCFD would realize eight (8) Medical Response Paramedics through a combination of additional FTEs and
conversion of existing FTEs:
1. SLCFD is requesting four (4) additional FTEs in the form of Medical Response Paramedics at a half-year cost $150,119
plus some start-up costs of $10,400. Full year funding for FY25 would be an additional budget increase of $142,519. No
new equipment (radio’s, tablets, vehicles, etc.) is required. These new positions would be funded for six months beginning
January 2024.
2. SLCFD would retain the option to convert four (4) existing vacant FF positions currently funded for the MRT to SRPs by
the end of calendar year 2023.
3. The remaining four FFs displaced by the four requested SRPs would be utilized to fill 4 -handed vacancies or additional
resources throughout Salt Lake City in an effort to reduce OT and consistently staff SLCFD heavy apparatus.
Salt Lake City FY 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Initiative Number/Name Fund Amount
2
A-2: ARPA Employee Expenses Misc. Grants $14,225.00
Department: Finance & Economic Development Prepared By: Mary Beth Thompson
Funding in the amount of $14,225.00 is being requested to cover expenses for one grant employee for the remainder of the
Fiscal Year. Throughout the year, staffing levels have been in flux to support this ongoing need . The additional amount will
sufficiently cover the personnel expenses, factoring in vacancies savings, to support Economic Development’s ongoing
ARPA grant activity.
A-3: Withdrawn Prior to Transmittal
A-4: City Attorney’s Office Legislative Division GF $297,220.40
GF $12,000.00
IMS $12,000.00
GF $20,000.00
Department: City Attorney Prepared By: Katherine Lewis
For questions, please include Mary Beth Thompson, Greg Cleary, Katie Lewis
This funding is to establish and support four (4) new FTEs, creating the Legislative Division within the City Attorney’s
office. The primary focus of this division will be on legislative affairs, with special focus on the legislative session and the
various impacts to Salt Lake City. The proposed funding in the amount of $297,220.40 assumes the positions to be filled
for six-months in Fiscal Year 2024, with a hire date in January. The four (4) positions are to be ongoing, with a financial
impact of $594,440.79 annually beginning if FY25. The four proposed positions are as follows:
• Legislative Affairs Director (E34)
• Senior City Attorney (E39)
• Special Projects Analyst (E26)
• Administrative Assistant (N21)
The supporting Ordinance:
• Establishes that because the City Attorney manages the legal affairs of both the executive and legislative branches
of government, she reports to both the Mayor and Council chair, and can be removed at the discretion of the
Mayor.
• Clarifies that the City Attorney supervises the Recorder’s Office, Risk Management Division and Division of
Legislative Affairs.
• Clarifies that the City Attorney may retain outside counsel on behalf of the City, if she concludes that the City
Attorney’s Office has a conflict of interest, is unable, or is unavailable to perform that legal work for the City.
• Creates the Division of Legislative Affairs, which will be responsible for monitoring state and federal legislation
and engaging in advocacy, collaboration, and tracking of all legislative matters for the City.
• Establishes the director of legislative affairs, who will work with both branches of government on the City’s
legislative agenda, and will report to both branches of government on legislative priorities and policies.
This initial funding request accounts for one-time expenses for staff equipment such as computers ($12,000), funding via a
Non Departmental Transfer ($12,000), and a tenant improvement to established workspaces and necessary equipment
($20,000).
Salt Lake City FY 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Initiative Number/Name Fund Amount
3
A-5: Streets Impact Fee Funding for 2100 South
Reconstruction Project
Impact Fees $3,323,590.00
Department: Public Services – Engineering Prepared By: Mark Stevens
For questions, please include Mark Stevens, Mike Atkinson, Jordan Smith, Jorge Chamorro
Engineering and Transportation are requesting a budget amendment to increase the appropriation of Streets Impact Fees
for the 2100 South Reconstruction Project. Multiple departments (Engineering, Transportation, the Finance Capital Asset
Planning Team, and the Office of the City Attorney) have conducted an analysis of the 2100 South Reconstruction Project,
and based on the increase in overall cost and the increase in the portion of the project related to Complete Streets, this
project is eligible for an additional $3,323,590 of Streets Impact Fees.
A-6: Streets Impact Fee Funding for 600/700 North
Reconstruction Project
Impact Fees $3,204,371.00
Department: Public Services – Engineering Prepared By: Mark Stevens
For questions, please include Mark Stevens, Mike Atkinson, Jordan Smith, Jorge Chamorro
Engineering and Transportation are requesting a budget amendment to increase the appropriation of Streets Impact Fees
for the 600 North/ 700 North Reconstruction Project . Multiple departments (Engineering, Transportation, the Finance
Capital Asset Planning Team, and the Office of the City Attorney) have conducted an analysis of the 600 North/ 700 North
Reconstruction Project, and based on the increase in overall cost and the increase in the portion of the project related to
Complete Streets, this project is eligible for an additional $3,204,371 of Streets Impact Fees.
A-7: Access Control System Upgrade – Security GF $400,000.00
Department: Public Services Prepared By: Jorge Chamorro
For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro
The current access control system and devices across City buildings are now considered outdated and vulnerable, and staff
are proposing this be addressed before the system fails. This system is used for access badges issued to all City employees
to scan at certain doors to gain access to a given space. The Safety and Security Program proposes continuing the transition
to the S2 control access system as a City-wide standard.
With the recent allocation of funding from Council, the Public Safety Buildi ng and City Hall have upgraded their back-end
software. The funding requested for the next phase should transition Plaza 349 and the Justice Courts. Additionally, access
cards and card readers will be purchased for all four buildings. This project scope has been developed with staff from
various departments, including IMS, to ensure standards and needs are met. The estimated cost for this project is
$400,000.
A-8: Compliance Electric Vehicle Funds Transfer to Fleet GF ($20,000.00)
GF $20,000.00
Fleet $20,000.00
Department: Public Services – Compliance Prepared By: Erik O’Brien / Julie
Crookston
For questions please include Erik O’Brien, Julie Crookston, Nancy Bean, Denise Sorensen
Public Services - Compliance is requesting a transfer of $20,000 to the Fleet Replacement Fund helping cover the
difference in cost to purchase two electric trucks instead of the originally funded smaller vehicles.
Fleet has been presented with an opportunity to order these electric trucks. One of the vehicles is part of the replacement
cycle, upgrading the originally intended vehicle to a more capable one, and will allow for Parking Enforcement operations
to continue during winter snow events, especially in areas like the Avenues. Additionally, the extra cargo space is needed to
transport equipment such as pay station kiosks and equipment as needed. In addition to these advantages, the second
Salt Lake City FY 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Initiative Number/Name Fund Amount
4
vehicle will provide adequate space to transport three (3) mitigation officers (FTEs recently approved) and their supplies
for our Long-Term Parking Mitigation Team. The addition of these 2 EVs will bring Compliance closer to their goal to have
a 100% electric fleet.
A-9: Road Marking Maintenance GF $200,000.00
Department: Public Services – Streets Prepared By: Jorge Chamorro
For question, please include Jorge Chamorro
Over the past few years the Transportation Division has been successful in obtaining funding for special road markings
through the CIP process, which include green paint on certain bike lanes .
After assessing the current inventory of assets made up of 1010 bike racks and 3.23 miles of green-painted bike lanes and
markings, staff has concluded that this ongoing maintenance need should no longer rely on the CIP process but rather be
added to the Streets operating budget. At this time the need does not justify upfront cost of equipment procurement,
Streets will develop a maintenance schedule and oversee a contract to perform the necessary maintenance work. If funding
is approved for this item, though most of the work would not occur in the winter, contract development and work
scheduling could be done in the meantime with work happening as weather allows.
The Streets Division is requesting $200,000 to be added to their budget for ongoing maintenance of road markings and
assets recently inventoried.
A-10: Pay Station Replacement GF $135,992.49
Department: Public Services/Finance
The current pay stations were purchased over 10 years ago. Due to their age, they are past the end of their useful life and a t
risk of failure. New pay stations will allow the City to modernize the services offered to end users. The new pay stations
will provide more features for the public including parking payment, information sharing about events going on city wide,
the capability to pay by license plate technology, potential pollution sensors, and other innovative features. The
modernization of the pay stations will allow for smoother staff operations and continued service to end users. City Finance
is recommending a 7-year amortization rather than using the General Fund for one-time payment.
The amortization schedule is attached and includes a 7-year payment schedule, with $135,992.49 due in Year 1, and
$271,984.98 due in years two (2) through year seven (7). This includes an interest rate of 4.60%. The Council may consider
a 5-year schedule which is also attached, with an interest rate of 4.77%.
This item is being brought forward with Budget Amendment 3 due to the Request for Proposal process and market
conditions around equipment. At the time of budget development, staff did not have clear insight into the cost or timeline
of pay station procurement and delivery. Following the completion of the RFP process, staff feel it is best to proceed with
the selected vendor for the reasons outlined above.
A-11: Rail Spur Removal GF $205,000.00
CIP $205,000.00
Department: Public Services – Engineering Prepared By: Jorge Chamorro / JP Goates
For questions, please include Jorge Chamorro and JP Goates
Housekeeping request to move $205,000, approved by Council on BA#1 of FY23, item A -7, but placed on a GF cost center,
and were recaptured at the end of FY23, from Fund Balance to a Capital Project Cost Center for Engineering to initiate the
project.
An overview of the original request is below.
Salt Lake City FY 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Initiative Number/Name Fund Amount
5
The property on which this rail spur is located, 535 S. 600 W., was conveyed in 1997 by the City to a private party, with
partial consideration for this conveyance being an easement to construct, ope rate, and maintain a railroad spur and
associated facilities. Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Easement and Boundary Line Agreement, executed on July 3,
2000, the easement shall terminate if the City ceases to use the rail spur for more than one year, a nd that the City shall
remove the related infrastructure at the City’s expense. Since the rail spur has not been used for over one year, the City is
contractually obligated to remove it.
A-12: Temporary Shelter Community (Sanctioned Camping) Misc. Grants $500,000
Department: Police Department Prepared By: Greg Cleary/Shellie
Dietrich
Staff is requesting a budget amendment in the amount of $500,000 to support startup costs associated with city efforts
around a Temporary Shelter Community or Sanctioned Camping. This funding will allow staff to roll out the program, with
ongoing assessment in needs, service levels, and funding being further developed in the coming months.
Specifically, the $500,000 will support the Police Departments role in this effort, with overtime staffing of offers at the
temporary shelters. In addition to the program, the most effective and efficient police staffing levels will also be assessed.
The Police Department will look to savings in other areas of the budget to help support the program, notably with the
savings realized with any vacant positions. Staff will return to council in the coming months with additional funding
requests as needed, and once there is better data and information available on what the program is to entail and what
might be needed to fund the ongoing efforts. Attached to this item is an ARPA financial reconciliation.
A-13: New Financial Grant Analyst – Housing Stability
Program Support
CDBG Grants $46,642.50
Misc. Grants $14,547.50
Department: CAN Prepared By:
This request is for funding to support one FTE for the remainder of Fiscal Year 2024, which is intended to oversee the
grant allocation from the ARPA program, supporting the Housing Stability Program. The proposed Finance Grant Analyst
will work under the direction of the Deputy Director of Finance and will assist in the financial monitoring of multiple
grants to ensure compliance with city financial processes as well as state and federal grant requirements . The position will
be split across two grant funding sources – 75% CDBG and 25% Misc. Grants. A job description for this position is
attached.
A-14: Consulting for Enterprise Billing Systems IMS $250,000.00
Department: IMS Prepared By: Joseph Anthony / Gloria
Cortes
This item provides funding for consulting services for the Enterprise Billing systems for PUBS which is primarily used by
Sustainability and Public Utilities. PUBS needs to be replaced or upgraded, and the consultant work includes an analysis of
the city's needs and compare that to best practices and make a recommendation on where the city should be moving with
regards to future decisions. Microsoft’s has the city’s current solution mapped at the end of life by FY2025. Therefore, staff
are initiating the work to finding a solution in the current year have an adequate platform it in place by the beginning of
FY2025.
The proposal and expenses will be paid for by the annual allocation that IMS uses to collect its revenue on an annual basis
and is estimated based on 1,000 hours of work, at $250 per hour.
Section B: Grants for Existing Staff Resources
Section C: Grants for New Staff Resources
Salt Lake City FY 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Initiative Number/Name Fund Amount
6
Section D: Housekeeping
D-1: Moving Funding for Downtown Central Precinct Tenant
Improvements for North Temple Substation and Downtown
Central Project
GF ($513,208.00)
GF $513,208.00
Department: CAN Prepared By: Brent Beck
For question, please include Brent Beck, Blake Thomas, Tammy Hunsaker, JP Goates
Funding for the Downtown Central Precinct Tenant Improvements for North Temple Sub Station and Downtown Central
Project in the amount of $513,208 was added by the Council to the CAN budget during the budget decision making
process. However, this funding should have gone to Public Services since it will be the Facilities division that will be
managing the improvements. This item does not allocate any additional funding, but simply moves funding from one
department to another for the same work.
D-2: IMS FY 2023 Encumbrance Roll Forward IMS $4,269,083.00
Department: IMS Prepared By: Joseph Anthony / Gloria
Cortes
For questions, please include Joseph Anthony, Gloria Cortes, Aaron Bentley
IMS has encumbered money that was expected to be paid out of the FY23 funds and either will need to be paid, or has
already been paid in FY24. These encumbrances are listed in the Carry Over Encumbrance reports. All of these items have
been approved for purchase by central finance in a prior year. These expenses will be paid for by the annual allocation that
IMS uses to collect it's revenue on an annual basis.
D-3: Move Cultural Core Funding to Non-Departmental from
Arts Council Cost Center GF ($250,000.00)
GF $250,000.00
Department: Non-Departmental, Economic Development Prepared By: Greg Cleary
For questions, please include: Mary Beth Thompson, Lorena Riffo -Jenson, Felicia Baca
This item is to move funds from the Art’s Council Division to the Economic Development’s Non-Departmental budget. This
is an effort to align funding with the appropriate cost center within the new financial system.
Section E: Grants Requiring No Staff Resources
Section F: Donations
Section G: Consent Agenda
Consent Agenda
G-1: Utah Department of Natural Resources/Forestry Misc. Grants $200,000.00
Department: Public Lands Prepared By: Amy Dorsey
The Division of Forestry, Fire and State Lands (FFSL) has awarded Salt Lake City $200,000 for the purposes of removing
navigational hazards, including downed trees, garbage, and other debris from the Jordan River from 2100 South to 2400
North. This funding will provide for safer conditions on the river channel for recreational boaters.
Public hearing was held on September 19, 2023
Salt Lake City FY 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Initiative Number/Name Fund Amount
7
No match is required.
G-2: Department of Workforce Services-- Know Your
Neighbor Misc. Grants $100,000.00
Department: Mayor’s Office Prepared By: Amy Dorsey
DWS is extending the Salt Lake City's Know Your Neighbor contract. The original contract was for $100,000 to pay for the
salary and benefits of a full-time volunteer coordinator from October 1, 2022, to September 30,2023. The extension will
include an increase of $100,000 to extend the period for one year starting October 1, 2023, and ending September 30,
2024. Thus, making the total amount of the contract $200,000. This is a refugee volunteer program that runs through the
Mayor’s office. This program benefits refugee clients as well as people from the larger community who volunteer to help.
Public Hearing will be held November 7, 2023
No Match is required.
G-3: EPA Salt Lake City Schovaers Electronics Cleanup Misc. Grants $495,200.00
Department: RDA Prepared By: Amy Dorsey
This is one of two Brownfields grants awarded by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to the S alt Lake City area for
the purpose of cleaning up land of hazardous substances, pollutant or contaminants for the revitalization of the
properties. These grants are part of the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act (IIJA). This grant has been awarded to
Salt Lake City in the amount of $495,200 to conduct remediation activities at the former Schovaers site (22 South Jeremy
Street) in Salt Lake City. A second grant for $1 million was awarded to Salt Lake County for the assessment and cleanup
projects in Magna Township.
Public hearing was held on December 13, 2022
No Match is required.
G-4: Emergency Management Performance Grant (EMPG) Misc. Grants $38,000.00
Department: Fire Prepared By: Amy Dorsey
The Emergency Management Performance Grant (EMPG) provides state, local, tribal and territorial emergency
management agencies with the resources required for implementation of the National Preparedness System and works
toward the National Preparedness Goal of a secure and resilient nation. This is the annual allocation from the state and will
be used to support Emergency Management functions and programs.
A public hearing was held on May 16, 2023.
A 50% match is required.
G-5: Victims of Crime Act (VOCA) - SLCPD Victim Advocates Misc Grants $346,131.80
Department: Police Prepared By: Amy Dorsey
The Salt Lake City Police Department is requesting continuation funding for our SLCPD VOCA grant funded Victim
Advocate positions. Additionally, there are emergency funds for assisting victims included in the application.
The grant will continue to fund 2.69 existing FTEs and includes emergency funds that will be used to help victims. This is a
two-year grant. The period of performance starts July 1, 2023, and ends June 30,2025.
Public hearing will be on November 7, 2023.
No match is required.
G-6: Edward Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Grant
(JAG) Misc. Grants $386,620.00
Department: Police Prepared By: Amy Dorsey
Salt Lake City FY 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Initiative Number/Name Fund Amount
8
The Edward Byrne Memorial Justice Assistance Grant Program (JAG) allows states and local governments to support a
broad range of activities to prevent and control crime and to improve the criminal justice system, some of which could have
environmental impacts.
The Salt Lake City Police Department will use this money for the following :
• Professional Travel Training for Sworn and Civilian Staff - $40,125
• Pole Cameras - $20,000
• High Speed License Plate Recognition (+Accessories) - $22,970
• Climbing Equipment - $20,160
• Night Vision Goggles and Mounts - $49,098
• Optics - $11,192
• Ballistic Rated Windshields - $19,500
• Surveillance Trailer Maintenance and Replacement - $14,000
• K9 GPS and Narcotics Enforcement Supplies - $6,132
• Community Policing and Targeted Enforcement Overtime - $76,100
• Subaward to Salt Lake County (BJA allocation) - $53,672
• Subaward to Unified Police Department (BJA allocation) - $53,671
No new staff members are proposed as part of this item.
A public hearing was held on September 19, 2023.
No match is required.
G-7: Rocky Mountain Power Make Ready Rosewood Park Misc. Grants $29,507.51
Department: Sustainability Prepared By: Amy Dorsey
This item supports necessary infrastructure for the installation of one (1) approved dual port charger at Rosewood Park,
located at 1400 North 1200 West in Salt Lake City. This charger will be available to the public 24/7. There is no cost related
to the charger in this incentive. Accepting the incentive payment obligates the participant to maintain functioning chargers
and allow public access 24/7 for a minimum of five years, starting from the date of the incentive payment.
The maintenance cost of this item is the lesser of the following: $29,507.51 or 80% of the total project cost.
A public hearing was held on July 18, 2023
No match is required.
G-8: Rocky Mountain Power Make Ready
Riverside Park Misc. Grants $20,517.38
Department: Sustainability Prepared By: Amy Dorsey
This item supports necessary infrastructure for the installation of one (1) dual port AC Level 2 charger at Riverside Park,
located at 1450 West Leadville Avenue in Salt Lake City. This charger will be available to the public 24/7. There is no cost
related to the charger in this incentive. Accepting the incentive payment obligates the participant to maintain functioning
chargers and allow public access 24/7 for a minimum of five years, starting from the date of the incentive payment. No new
staff positions.
The maintenance cost of this item is lesser of the following: $20,517.38 or 80% of the total project cost.
A public hearing was held on July 18, 2023.
No match is required.
Salt Lake City FY 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Initiative Number/Name Fund Amount
9
G-9: Rocky Mountain Power Make Ready Regional Athletic
Complex Misc. Grants $12,881.77
Department: Sustainability Prepared By: Amy Dorsey
This item supports the necessary infrastructure for the installation of one (1) approved dual port AC Level 2 charger at the
Regional Athletic Complex, located at 2080 Rose Park Lane in Salt Lake City. This charger will be available to the public
24/7. There is no cost related to the charger in this incentive. Accepting the incentive payment obligates the participant to
maintain functioning chargers and allow public access 24/7 for a minimum of five years, starting from the date of the
incentive payment. No new staff members.
The maintenance cost of this item is the lesser of the following: $12,881.77 or 80% of the total project cost.
A public hearing was held on July 18, 2023.
No match is required.
G-10: Rocky Mountain Power Make Ready Day Riverside
Library Misc. Grants $22,642.33
Department: Sustainability Prepared By: Amy Dorsey
This item supports the necessary infrastructure for the installation of two (2) approved dual port AC Level 2 chargers at the
Day Riverside Library, located at 1575 West 1000 North in Salt Lake City. The project will result in a total of four (4) char ging
ports. The chargers will be available to the public 24/7. There is no cost related to the in this incentive. Accepting the incentive
payment obligates the participant to maintain functioning chargers and allow public access 24/7 for a minimum of five years,
starting from the date of the incentive payment. No new staff members.
The maintenance cost of this item is the lesser of the following: $22,642.33 or 80% of the total project cost.
A public hearing was held on July 18, 2023.
No match is required.
G-11: FEMA Power Poles Cameras Misc. Grants $39,200.00
Department: Fire Prepared By: Amy Dorsey
FEMA is providing funding to the Fire Department for the temporary installation of cameras onto existing powers poles as
needed.
A public hearing was held May 16, 2023.
No match is required.
G-12: Utah Crimes Against Children Task Force Misc. Grants $15,000.00
Department: Police Prepared By: Amy Dorsey
The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) has created the Utah Internet Crimes Against Children
(ICAC) Task Force Program, which is a national network of state and local law enforcement cybercrime units. The national
ICAC program assists state and local law enforcement agencies to develop an effective response to cyber enticement, sexual
exploitation of a minor, and other child sexual abuse material cases. The Police Department will utilize this funding to
support its ongoing efforts to protect children from cybercrime.
Public Hearing was held on August 15, 2023.
No match is required.
Section I: Council Added Items
Salt Lake City FY 2023-24 Budget Amendment #3
Initiative Number/Name Fund Amount
10
Impact Fees - Summary Confidential
Data pulled 07/20/2023
Unallocated Budget Amounts: by Major Area
Area Cost Center UnAllocated
Cash Notes:
Impact fee - Police 8484001 1,402,656$
Impact fee - Fire 8484002 273,684$ B
Impact fee - Parks 8484003 16,793,487$ C
Impact fee - Streets 8484005 6,304,485$ D
24,774,312$
Expiring Amounts: by Major Area, by Month
202207 (Jul2022)2023Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202208 (Aug2022)2023Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202209 (Sep2022)2023Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202210 (Oct2022)2023Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202211 (Nov2022)2023Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202212 (Dec2022)2023Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202301 (Jan2023)2023Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202302 (Feb2023)2023Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202303 (Mar2023)2023Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202304 (Apr2023)2023Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202305 (May2023)2023Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202306 (Jun2023)2023Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Current Month
202307 (Jul2023)2024Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202308 (Aug2023)2024Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202309 (Sep2023)2024Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202310 (Oct2023)2024Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202311 (Nov2023)2024Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202312 (Dec2023)2024Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202401 (Jan2024)2024Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202402 (Feb2024)2024Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202403 (Mar2024)2024Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202404 (Apr2024)2024Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202405 (May2024)2024Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202406 (Jun2024)2024Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202407 (Jul2024)2025Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202408 (Aug2024)2025Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202409 (Sep2024)2025Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202410 (Oct2024)2025Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202411 (Nov2024)2025Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202412 (Dec2024)2025Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202501 (Jan2025)2025Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202502 (Feb2025)2025Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202503 (Mar2025)2025Q3 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202504 (Apr2025)2025Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202505 (May2025)2025Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202506 (Jun2025)2025Q4 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202507 (Jul2025)2026Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202508 (Aug2025)2026Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202509 (Sep2025)2026Q1 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202510 (Oct2025)2026Q2 -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
202511 (Nov2025)2026Q2 -$ -$ -$ 1,103,628$ 1,103,628$
202512 (Dec2025)2026Q2 -$ -$ -$ 113,748$ 113,748$
202601 (Jan2026)2026Q3 -$ -$ -$ 3,960$ 3,960$
202602 (Feb2026)2026Q3 -$ -$ -$ 26,929$ 26,929$
202603 (Mar2026)2026Q3 -$ -$ -$ 95,407$ 95,407$
202604 (Apr2026)2026Q4 -$ -$ -$ 1,065,383$ 1,065,383$
202605 (May2026)2026Q4 -$ -$ -$ 95,762$ 95,762$
202606 (Jun2026)2026Q4 -$ -$ -$ 53,972$ 53,972$
Total, Currently Expiring through Jun 2026 -$ -$ -$ 2,558,788$ 2,558,788$
FY
2
0
2
3
Calendar
Month
FY
2
0
2
4
FY
2
0
2
5
FY
2
0
2
6
Fiscal
Quarter
E = A + B + C + D
Police Fire Parks Streets
Total
Impact Fees Confidential
Data pulled 07/20/2023 AAA BBB CCC DDD = AAA - BBB - CCC
Police Allocation
Budget Amended
Allocation
Encumbrances YTD Expenditures
Allocation
Remaining
Appropriation
Values
Description Cost Center
Sum of Police Allocation
Budget Amended
Sum of Police Allocation
Encumbrances
Sum of Police Allocation YTD
Expenditures
Sum of Police Allocation
Remaining Appropriation
IFFP Contract - Police 8423003 9,000$ -$ -$ 9,000$
Grand Total 9,000$ -$ -$ 9,000$
A
Fire Allocation
Budget Amended
Allocation
Encumbrances YTD Expenditures
Allocation
Remaining
Appropriation
Values
Description Cost Center
Sum of Fire Allocation
Budget Amended
Sum of Fire Allocation
Encumbrances
Sum of Fire Allocation YTD
Expenditures
Sum of Fire Allocation
Remaining Appropriation
Fire Training Center 8417015 (499,533)$ -$ (499,533)$ -$
Fire'sConsultant'sContract 8419202 3,079$ 3,021$ -$ 58.00
IFFP Contract - Fire 8423004 9,000$ -$ -$ 9,000$ B
IF Excess Capacity - Fire 8423006 2,200,000$ -$ 2,200,000$ -$
Grand Total 1,712,546$ 3,021$ 1,700,467$ 9,058.00
Parks Allocation
Budget Amended
Allocation
Encumbrances YTD Expenditures
Allocation
Remaining
Appropriation
Values
Description Cost Center
Sum of Parks Allocation
Budget Amended
Sum of Parks Allocation
Encumbrances
Sum of Parks Allocation YTD
Expenditures
Sum of Parks Allocation
Remaining Appropriation
Fisher Carriage House 8420130 261,187$ -$ 261,187$ -$
Emigration Open Space ACQ 8422423 700,000$ -$ 700,000$ -$
Waterpark Redevelopment Plan 8421402 16,959$ 1,705$ 15,254$ -$
JR Boat Ram 8420144 3,337$ -$ 3,337$ -$
RAC Parcel Acquisition 8423454 395,442$ -$ 395,442$ 0$
Park'sConsultant'sContract 8419204 2,638$ 2,596$ -$ 42$
Cwide Dog Lease Imp 8418002 23,262$ 23,000$ -$ 262$
Rosewood Dog Park 8417013 1,056$ -$ -$ 1,056$
Jordan R 3 Creeks Confluence 8417018 1,570$ -$ -$ 1,570$
9line park 8416005 16,495$ 855$ 13,968$ 1,672$
Jordan R Trail Land Acquisitn 8417017 2,946$ -$ -$ 2,946$
ImperialParkShadeAcct'g 8419103 6,398$ -$ -$ 6,398$
Rich Prk Comm Garden 8420138 12,431$ 4,328$ -$ 8,103$
FY IFFP Contract - Parks 8423005 9,000$ -$ -$ 9,000$
Redwood Meadows Park Dev 8417014 9,350$ -$ -$ 9,350$
9Line Orchard 8420136 156,827$ 132,168$ 6,874$ 17,785$
Trailhead Prop Acquisition 8421403 275,000$ -$ 253,170$ 21,830$
Marmalade Park Block Phase II 8417011 1,042,694$ 240,179$ 764,614$ 37,902$
IF Prop Acquisition 3 Creeks 8420406 56,109$ -$ 1,302$ 54,808$
Green loop 200 E Design 8422408 608,490$ 443,065$ 93,673$ 71,752$ C
FY20 Bridge to Backman 8420430 156,565$ 44,791$ 30,676$ 81,099$
Fisher House Exploration Ctr 8421401 555,030$ 52,760$ 402,270$ 100,000$
Cnty #1 Match 3 Creek Confluen 8420424 254,159$ 133,125$ 13,640$ 107,393$
UTGov Ph2 Foothill Trails 8420420 122,281$ -$ 1,310$ 120,971$
Three Creeks West Bank NewPark 8422403 150,736$ -$ -$ 150,736$
Rose Park Neighborhood Center 8423403 160,819$ -$ 2,781$ 158,038$
Historic Renovation AllenParK 8422410 420,000$ 156,146$ 104,230$ 159,624$
RAC Playground with ShadeSails 8422415 179,323$ -$ 712$ 178,611$
Bridge to Backman 8418005 266,306$ 10,285$ 4,262$ 251,758$
900 S River Park Soccer Field 8423406 287,848$ -$ -$ 287,848$
Lighting NE Baseball Field 8423409 300,000$ -$ 678$ 299,322$
Open Space Prop Acq-Trails 8423453 300,000$ -$ -$ 300,000$
SLC Foothills Land Acquisition 8422413 319,139$ -$ -$ 319,139$
Parley's Trail Design & Constr 8417012 327,678$ -$ -$ 327,678$
Jordan Prk Event Grounds 8420134 428,074$ 5,593$ 23,690$ 398,791$
Wasatch Hollow Improvements 8420142 446,825$ 18,467$ 14,885$ 413,472$
Open Space Prop Acq-City Parks 8423452 450,000$ -$ -$ 450,000$
Jordan Park Pedestrian Pathway 8422414 510,000$ 9,440$ 34,921$ 465,638$
Gateway Triangle Property Park 8423408 499,563$ -$ 106$ 499,457$
RAC Playground Phase II 8423405 521,564$ -$ -$ 521,564$
Mem. Tree Grove Design & Infra 8423407 867,962$ -$ 2,906$ 865,056$
Marmalade Plaza Project 8423451 1,000,000$ -$ 3,096$ 996,905$
SLCFoothillsTrailheadDevelpmnt 8422412 1,304,682$ 41,620$ 62,596$ 1,200,466$
GlendaleWtrprk MstrPln&Rehab 8422406 3,177,849$ 524,018$ 930,050$ 1,723,781$
Pioneer Park 8419150 3,149,123$ 69,208$ 94,451$ 2,985,464$
Glendale Regional Park Phase 1 8423450 4,350,000$ -$ -$ 4,350,000$
Grand Total 24,106,716$ 1,913,351$ 4,236,078$ 17,957,287$
Streets Allocation
Budget Amended
Allocation
Encumbrances YTD Expenditures
Allocation
Remaining
Appropriation
Values
Description Cost Center
Sum of Street Allocation
Budget Amended
Sum of Street Allocation
Encumbrances
Sum of Street Allocation YTD
Expenditures
Sum of Street Allocation
Remaining Appropriation
Transportation Safety Improvem 8417007 1,292$ -$ 1,292$ -$
500/700 S Street Reconstructio 8412001 15,026$ 11,703$ 3,323$ -$
Trans Safety Improvements 8419007 13,473$ -$ 13,473$ -$
900 S Signal Improvements IF 8422615 70,000$ -$ 70,000$ -$
Corridor Transformations IF 8422608 25,398$ 25,398$ -$ -$
Trans Master Plan 8419006 13,000$ -$ 13,000$ -$
9 Line Central Ninth 8418011 63,955$ -$ 63,955$ -$
Local Link Construction IF 8422606 50,000$ -$ 50,000$ -$
Gladiola Street 8406001 16,109$ 12,925$ 940$ 2,244$
Transportatn Safety Imprvmt IF 8422620 44,400$ -$ 38,084$ 6,316$
Urban Trails FY22 IF 8422619 6,500$ -$ -$ 6,500$
Street'sConsultant'sContract 8419203 29,817$ 17,442$ -$ 12,374$
Complete Street Enhancements 8420120 35,392$ -$ 16,693$ 18,699$
500 to 700 S 8418016 22,744$ -$ -$ 22,744$ D
900 South 9Line RR Cross IF 8422604 28,000$ -$ -$ 28,000$
Transp Safety Improvements 8420110 58,780$ 17,300$ 11,746$ 29,734$
1700S Corridor Transfrmtn IF 8422622 35,300$ -$ -$ 35,300$
200S TransitCmpltStrtSuppl IF 8422602 37,422$ -$ -$ 37,422$
300 N Complete Street Recons I 8423606 40,000$ -$ -$ 40,000$
1300 S Bicycle Bypass (pedestr 8416004 42,833$ -$ -$ 42,833$
400 South Viaduct Trail IF 8422611 90,000$ -$ -$ 90,000$
Neighborhood Byways IF 8422614 104,500$ -$ -$ 104,500$
Transit Cap-Freq Trans Routes 8423608 110,000$ -$ -$ 110,000$
TransportationSafetyImprov IF 8421500 281,586$ 124,068$ 40,300$ 117,218$
Indiana Ave/900 S Rehab Design 8412002 124,593$ -$ -$ 124,593$
Bikeway Urban Trails 8418003 181,846$ -$ 542$ 181,303$
200 S Recon Trans Corridor IF 8423602 252,000$ -$ -$ 252,000$
Street Improve Reconstruc 20 8420125 780,182$ 46,269$ 393,884$ 340,029$
IF Complete Street Enhancement 8421502 625,000$ -$ -$ 625,000$
Traffic Signal Upgrades 8421501 836,736$ 55,846$ 45,972$ 734,918$
700 South Phase 7 IF 8423305 1,120,000$ -$ 166$ 1,119,834$
1300 East Reconstruction 8423625 3,111,335$ 1,192,649$ 224,557$ 1,694,129$
Grand Total 8,267,218$ 1,503,600$ 987,926$ 5,775,692$
Total 34,095,480$ 3,419,972$ 6,924,471$ 23,751,037$
E = A + B + C + D
TRUE TRUE TRUE TRUE
8484002
24,774,312$
8484003
8484005
16,793,487$
6,304,485$
$273,684
UnAllocated
Budget
Amount
8484001
1,402,656$
Attachments
A-1
RESOLUTION NO. _____ OF 2023
(Requesting Admission to the Firefighters Retirement System)
WHEREAS, Utah Code Sections 49-23-101 et seq. authorize an employer of emergency
medical service personnel to elect to include such personnel in the Tier 2 Firefighter Retirement
system with the Utah Retirement System; and
WHEREAS, employers of full time emergency medical service personnel including
paramedics for interfacility transport, including Salt Lake City Corporation (“City”), are
authorized to elect to include such personnel in the Tier 2 Firefighter Retirement system with the
Utah Retirement System; and
WHEREAS, it is in the public interest to provide benefits authorized by Utah state law for
the public safety personnel by the City; and
WHEREAS, it is the intent of the City Council of Salt Lake City (“City Council”) to
exercise the election authorized by statute to approve and authorize coverage under the Fighters
Retirement Systems for City firefighter and emergency medical services personnel, including the
City’s social workers who provide emergency response services.
THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, as
follows:
1. Election and Authorization. The City Council hereby elects to cover the City’s
emergency service personnel, also including the City’s social workers who provide emergency
response services, who can be qualified for such coverage pursuant to Utah Code Sections 49-23-
101 et seq. in the Tier 2 Firefighter Retirement System with the Utah Retirement System. The
Mayor is hereby authorized to undertake all of the necessary actions to enroll the City in the benefit
programs of the Firefighters Retirement Systems offered by Utah Retirement Systems, including
the retirement coverage and death benefit coverage for qualified employees under the laws and
regulation of the Utah Retirement Systems.
2. Effective Date. This Resolution shall become effective immediately upon passage.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this _____ day of _________, 2023.
SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
By: ______________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST:
____________________________
CITY RECORDER
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
______________________________
Jaysen Oldroyd, Senior City Attorney
Date: ______October 9, 2023________
Medical Response Paramedic
Job Profile Summary Under the supervision of a Fire Department Officer and the direction of emergency room medical personnel, and in compliance with Utah State and Fire Department operating procedures, provides basic and advanced life support and medical care to victims of sudden illness and accident, at the emergency scene, and during transport to an appropriate medical facility. This is a specialized work performed in accordance with National and Salt Lake City Fire Department performance and training standards.
Job Description
TYPICAL DUTIES:
• Responds to medical emergencies in fire department vehicle with EMT partner. Examines
patient at emergency scene and establishes priorities for treatment. Communicates with
appropriate hospital emergency room. Provides all treatment according to orders from
hospital staff or standing orders, including ECG monitoring, administering IV fluids and
medications, defibrillation intubation, splinting and bandaging, extraction, and other
treatments necessary for stabilization of patients prior to arrival at emergency room. May
transport patients with assistance from contracted ambulance company.
• Performs daily medical equipment checks, cleans, and makes equipment used at medical
scene serviceable after each call. Keeps record of each medical emergency and patient on
forms provided by Utah State Division of Health. Maintains company medical logbook.
• Responds to other emergencies with assigned partner as dispatched, carries out orders of
company/division officer and other activities necessary for handling an emergency. Acts to
maintain safety for self and other members of the team.
• Participates in drills and classes as provided by the department or company officer.
Participates in physical fitness training. Demonstrates medical skills as required by
appropriate authority. Fulfills paramedic certification requirements as established by the
State of Utah. Conducts periodic medical training for members as assigned.
• Complies with city and department policies and procedures. Completes daily job
assignments from company officer to maintain fire station, grounds, and equipment in
clean and serviceable condition. Meets with company officer to assess job performance.
• Maintains the ability to perform medical activities and participates in all functions
required of a paramedic on the Salt Lake City Fire Department.
• Performs other duties as required.
MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS:
• Successful completion of paramedic training and maintenance of certification and licensure
as a Utah State Paramedic, including CME attendance and all required testing. Such
certification must be in good standing at all times.
• Must satisfy the medical condition requirements of National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA) Standard 1582.
• Possession of valid driver license.
WORKING CONDITIONS:
• Considerable exposure to stressful situations as a result of human behavior while
responding to emergency and non-emergency situations.
Medical Response Paramedic
• Moderately heavy physical activity. Required to stand, walk, or sit uncomfortably for
extended periods. Exposure to disagreeable elements such as cold, dampness, toxic
fumes, smoke, and noise. Intermittent exposure to infectious diseases, emotionally upset
patient, and relatives. Frequent exposure to extreme weather conditions.
• May be subjected to lifting weights of 50 pounds or more, aroused out of sleep by fire alarm
gongs. Subjected to rapid changes in temperature by responding from station facilities to
outside temperatures. May be required during prolonged emergency operations to work
without sleep for extended periods. Subjected to traffic hazards during emergency
responses through city traffic.
The above statements are intended to describe the general nature and level of work being performed by
persons assigned to this job. They are not intended to be an exhaustive list of all duties, responsibilities
and skills required of personnel so classified.
All requirements are subject to possible modification to reasonably accommodate individuals with
disabilities.
Attachments
A-4
1
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. ___ of 2023
(Division of Legislative Affairs and City Attorney Reporting)
An ordinance amending chapter 2.08.040 of the Salt Lake City Code to add a division of
legislative affairs to the Department of the City Attorney and to clarify the City
Attorney’s reporting obligations to both branches of government.
WHEREAS, Salt Lake City Corporation is the capitol city and engages in year-
round efforts to collaborate with and advocate before the Utah legislature.
WHEREAS, the Utah legislature is meeting more frequently and opening more
bill files that affect Salt Lake City and all Utah municipalities.
WHEREAS, Salt Lake City has a strong interest in monitoring trends in federal
legislation.
WHEREAS, given the City’s legislative goals, the City is committed to
establishing a fulltime staff of City employees who are engaged in and supporting the
City’s legislative interests.
WHEREAS, the City Council and the Mayor have a significant interest in equally
participating in the direction of the City’s collaboration and advocacy for the City’s
legislative interests.
WHEREAS, under City Code 2.08.040, the Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office is
responsible to both the Mayor and the City Council, and the executive and legislative
branches enjoy equal and independent access to the services of the City Attorney’s
Office.
2
WHEREAS, the City Council of Salt Lake City now desires to amend city code to
create a division of legislative affairs within the Department of the City Attorney.
WHEREAS, the division of legislative affairs will direct the City’s legislative
advocacy and collaboration efforts, and will be equally responsible to the Mayor and the
City Council.
WHEREAS, the City Council of Salt Lake City also desires to clarify the
Department of the City Attorney’s reporting obligations to both branches of government
and clarify the instances in which the City may hire outside counsel.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. That section 2.08.040 of the Salt Lake City Code is hereby
amended to read as follows:
2.08.040: OFFICE OF CITY ATTORNEY:
A. Functions:
1. The city attorney shall be the chief legal officer of the city and shall be
responsible to the mayor and city council for the proper administration of the
legal affairs of the executive and legislative branches of city government. The
city attorney shall report to both the mayor and the council chair and may be
removed at the discretion of the mayor.
2. The executive and legislative branches of government shall enjoy equal and
independent access to the services of the office of the city attorney with reference
to their respective functions and duties. It shall be the responsibility of the city
attorney to administer the office of the city attorney in a manner which will enable
the mayor and city council to fulfill their respective duties in a timely fashion.
3. The foregoing notwithstanding, the city attorney shall not in any instance, either
personally, or by his or her deputies, act as both prosecutor and advocate before
(and at the same time advisor to) any board, commission, agency, officer, official
or body of the city. In cases where such a conflict shall arise, special counsel may
be employed who shall not be subject to the control or direction of the city
attorney in such matter, and who shall provide the legal service to or before such
board, commission, agency, officer, official or body.
3
4. Supervise the office of the city recorder, the risk management division, and the
division of legislative affairs.
B. Outside Executive Or Legislative Counsel: Nothing in this chapter shall be construed
to prohibit the city attorney from retaining outside counsel for either the city council or
mayor from appropriated funds, provided, however, that the city attorney will retain
outside counsel for either the mayor or city council only after he/she concludes that the
office of city attorney has a conflict of interest, is unable, or is unavailable to perform the
legal work requested on behalf of such branch of city government.
C. City Recorder:
1. The city recorder shall be assigned to the office of the city attorney and be under
the administrative direction of the city attorney; however, the recorder shall be
responsible to the city council, which shall have equal and independent access for
services with respect to legislative functions.
2. The city recorder shall keep the corporate seal, the official papers and records of
the city, as required by law; the record of the proceedings of the city, as required
by law; and shall attest legal documents of the city and do those other matters
prescribed by law.
D. Division of Legislative Affairs.
1. The division of legislative affairs will be responsible for monitoring state and
federal legislation and engaging in advocacy, collaboration, and tracking of all
legislative matters for the city.
2. The director of legislative affairs will be responsible for working with the
executive and legislative branches of city government to craft a legislative agenda
for the city and will report to both branches of city government on legislative
priorities and policies.
SECTION 2. That this ordinance shall become effective immediately upon
publication.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah this ___ day of __________________
2023.
____________________________________
Darin Mano, Council Chair
ATTEST:
4
_________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on ____________________________.
Mayor’s Action: _________ Approved. ____________ Vetoed.
_______________________________________
MAYOR
_________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. _______ of 2023.
Published: __________________
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Date:__________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Katherine Lewis, City Attorney
Katherine Lewis (Oct 25, 2023 14:59 MDT)
October 25, 2023
911 BUREAU Job Title Grade
911 DISPATCH DIRECTOR 041X
911 COMMUNICATIONS DEPUTY DIRECTOR 032X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
AIRPORT
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OF AIRPORTS 041X
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER, AIRPORT 040X
DIRECTOR AIRPORT DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT 039X
DIRECTOR AIRPORT MAINTENANCE 039X
DIRECTOR FINANCE/ACCOUNTING AIRPORT 039X
DIRECTOR OF AIRPORT ADMINISTRATION/COMMERCIAL SERVICES 039X
DIRECTOR OF AIRPORT INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 039X
DIRECTOR OF AIRPORT PLANNING & CAPITAL PROJECTS 039X
DIRECTOR OF OPERATIONS - AIRPORT 039X
DIRECTOR OF OPERATIONAL READINESS & TRANSITION 039X
DIRECTOR COMMUNICATIONS & MARKETING 038X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
CITY ATTORNEY
CITY ATTORNEY 041X
DEPUTY CITY ATTORNEY 040X
CITY RECORDER 035X
LEGISLATIVE AFFAIRS DIRECTOR 034X
CITY COUNCIL
COUNCIL MEMBER-ELECT N/A*
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR CITY COUNCIL OFFICE 041X
COUNCIL LEGAL DIRECTOR 039X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR - CITY COUNCIL 039X
ASSOCIATE DEPUTY DIRECTOR COUNCIL 037X
LEGISLATIVE & POLICY MANAGER 037X
SENIOR ADVISOR CITY COUNCIL 037X
SENIOR PUBLIC POLICY ANALYST 033X
COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTOR CITY COUNCIL 031X
PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT & COMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST III 031X
COMMUNITY FACILITATOR 031X
OPERATIONS MANAGER & MENTOR – CITY COUNCIL 031X
PUBLIC POLICY ANALYST 031X
POLICY ANALYST/PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT 028X
PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT & COMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST II 028X
CONSTITUENT LIAISON/POLICY ANALYST 027X
CONSTITUENT LIAISON 026X
PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT & COMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST I 026X
ASSISTANT TO THE COUNCIL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 025X
COUNCIL ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT/AGENDA 024X
COUNCIL ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT 021X
COMMUNITY & NEIGHBORHOODS
DIRECTOR OF COMMUNITY & NEIGHBORHOODS 041X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR - COMMUNITY & NEIGHBORHOODS 037X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR - COMMUNITY SERVICES 037X
DIRECTOR OF TRANSPORTATION (ENGINEER) 037X
PLANNING DIRECTOR 037X
BUILDING OFFICIAL 035X
DIRECTOR OF HOUSING & NEIGHBORHOOD DEVELOPMENT 035X
DIRECTOR OF TRANSPORTATION (PLANNER) 035X
YOUTH & FAMILY DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
APPENDIX B – APPOINTED EMPLOYEES BY DEPARTMENT
Effective June 25, 2023
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
DIRECTOR OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 041X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 037X
ARTS DIVISION DIRECTOR 033X
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT DIVISION DIRECTOR 033X
FINANCE
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 041X
CITY TREASURER 039X
DEPUTY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 039X
CHIEF PROCUREMENT OFFICER 036X
FIRE
FIRE CHIEF 041X
DEPUTY FIRE CHIEF 037X
ASSISTANT FIRE CHIEF 035X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
HUMAN RESOURCES
CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER 041X
DEPUTY CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER 037X
CIVILIAN REVIEW BOARD INVESTIGATOR 035X
TRANSITION CHIEF OF STAFF 041X*
TRANSITION COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTOR 039X*
TRANSITION EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X*
INFORMATION MGT SERVICES
CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER 041X
CHIEF INNOVATIONS OFFICER 039X
DEPUTY CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER 039X
JUSTICE COURTS
JUSTICE COURT JUDGE 038X
JUSTICE COURT ADMINISTRATOR 037X
MAYOR
CHIEF OF STAFF 041X
CHIEF ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER 041X
COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTOR 039X
DEPUTY CHIEF ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER 039X
DEPUTY CHIEF OF STAFF 039X
SENIOR ADVISOR 039X
COMMUNICATIONS DEPUTY DIRECTOR 030X
POLICY ADVISOR 029X
REP COMMISSION POLICY ADVISOR 029X
COMMUNITY LIAISON 026X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
OFFICE MANAGER - MAYOR'S OFFICE 024X
COMMUNITY OUTREACH - EQUITY & SPECIAL PROJECTS
COORDINATOR
024X
COMMUNICATION AND CONTENT MANAGER - MAYOR'S OFFICE 021X
ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT 019X
CONSUMER PROTECTION ANALYST 016X
POLICE
CHIEF OF POLICE 041X
ASSISTANT CHIEF OF POLICE 039X
DEPUTY CHIEF POLICE 037X
ADMINISTRATIVE DIRECTOR - COMMUNICATIONS 037X
ADMINISTRATIVE DIRECTOR - INTERNAL AFFAIRS 037X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
PUBLIC LANDS
PUBLIC LANDS DIRECTOR 041X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR, PUBLIC LANDS 037X
GOLF DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
PARKS DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
URBAN FORESTRY DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
PUBLIC SERVICES
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC SERVICES 041X
CITY ENGINEER 039X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF OPERATIONS 038X
SAFETY & SECURITY DIRECTOR 037X
FACILITIES DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
FLEET DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
STREETS DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
COMPLIANCE DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
PUBLIC UTILITIES
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC UTILITIES 041X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC UTILITIES 039X
FINANCE ADMINISTRATOR PUBLIC UTILITIES 039X
CHIEF ENGINEER - PUBLIC UTILITIES 037X
WATER QUALITY & TREATMENT ADMINSTRATOR 037X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY
DIRECTOR, REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY 041X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR, REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY 037X
SUSTAINABILITY
SUSTAINABILITY DIRECTOR 041X
SUSTAINABILITY DEPUTY DIRECTOR 037X
WASTE & RECYCLING DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
Except for a change in job title or reassignment to a lower pay level, no appointed position on this pay plan may be added, remov
or modified without approval of the City Council.
* Compensation for transitional positions, including city council member‐elect, is set as provided under Chapter 2.03.030 of the
Salt Lake City Code. Benefits for transitional employees are equivalent to those provided to full‐time employees. Except for leave time, benefits for city council
members‐elect are also equivalent to those provided to full‐time employees.
ed
911 BUREAU Job Title Grade
911 DISPATCH DIRECTOR 041X
911 COMMUNICATIONS DEPUTY DIRECTOR 032X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
AIRPORT
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OF AIRPORTS 041X
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER, AIRPORT 040X
DIRECTOR AIRPORT DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT 039X
DIRECTOR AIRPORT MAINTENANCE 039X
DIRECTOR FINANCE/ACCOUNTING AIRPORT 039X
DIRECTOR OF AIRPORT ADMINISTRATION/COMMERCIAL SERVICES 039X
DIRECTOR OF AIRPORT INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 039X
DIRECTOR OF AIRPORT PLANNING & CAPITAL PROJECTS 039X
DIRECTOR OF OPERATIONS - AIRPORT 039X
DIRECTOR OF OPERATIONAL READINESS & TRANSITION 039X
DIRECTOR COMMUNICATIONS & MARKETING 038X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
CITY ATTORNEY
CITY ATTORNEY 041X
DEPUTY CITY ATTORNEY 040X
CITY RECORDER 035X
LEGISLATIVE AFFAIRS DIRECTOR 034X
CITY COUNCIL
COUNCIL MEMBER-ELECT N/A*
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR CITY COUNCIL OFFICE 041X
COUNCIL LEGAL DIRECTOR 039X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR - CITY COUNCIL 039X
ASSOCIATE DEPUTY DIRECTOR COUNCIL 037X
LEGISLATIVE & POLICY MANAGER 037X
SENIOR ADVISOR CITY COUNCIL 037X
SENIOR PUBLIC POLICY ANALYST 033X
COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTOR CITY COUNCIL 031X
PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT & COMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST III 031X
COMMUNITY FACILITATOR 031X
OPERATIONS MANAGER & MENTOR – CITY COUNCIL 031X
PUBLIC POLICY ANALYST 031X
POLICY ANALYST/PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT 028X
PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT & COMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST II 028X
CONSTITUENT LIAISON/POLICY ANALYST 027X
CONSTITUENT LIAISON 026X
PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT & COMMUNICATIONS SPECIALIST I 026X
ASSISTANT TO THE COUNCIL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 025X
COUNCIL ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT/AGENDA 024X
COUNCIL ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT 021X
COMMUNITY & NEIGHBORHOODS
DIRECTOR OF COMMUNITY & NEIGHBORHOODS 041X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR - COMMUNITY & NEIGHBORHOODS 037X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR - COMMUNITY SERVICES 037X
DIRECTOR OF TRANSPORTATION (ENGINEER) 037X
PLANNING DIRECTOR 037X
BUILDING OFFICIAL 035X
DIRECTOR OF HOUSING & NEIGHBORHOOD DEVELOPMENT 035X
DIRECTOR OF TRANSPORTATION (PLANNER) 035X
YOUTH & FAMILY DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
APPENDIX B – APPOINTED EMPLOYEES BY DEPARTMENT
Effective June 25, 2023
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
DIRECTOR OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 041X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 037X
ARTS DIVISION DIRECTOR 033X
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT DIVISION DIRECTOR 033X
FINANCE
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 041X
CITY TREASURER 039X
DEPUTY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 039X
CHIEF PROCUREMENT OFFICER 036X
FIRE
FIRE CHIEF 041X
DEPUTY FIRE CHIEF 037X
ASSISTANT FIRE CHIEF 035X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
HUMAN RESOURCES
CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER 041X
DEPUTY CHIEF HUMAN RESOURCES OFFICER 037X
CIVILIAN REVIEW BOARD INVESTIGATOR 035X
TRANSITION CHIEF OF STAFF 041X*
TRANSITION COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTOR 039X*
TRANSITION EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X*
INFORMATION MGT SERVICES
CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER 041X
CHIEF INNOVATIONS OFFICER 039X
DEPUTY CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER 039X
JUSTICE COURTS
JUSTICE COURT JUDGE 038X
JUSTICE COURT ADMINISTRATOR 037X
MAYOR
CHIEF OF STAFF 041X
CHIEF ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER 041X
COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTOR 039X
DEPUTY CHIEF ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER 039X
DEPUTY CHIEF OF STAFF 039X
SENIOR ADVISOR 039X
COMMUNICATIONS DEPUTY DIRECTOR 030X
POLICY ADVISOR 029X
REP COMMISSION POLICY ADVISOR 029X
COMMUNITY LIAISON 026X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
OFFICE MANAGER - MAYOR'S OFFICE 024X
COMMUNITY OUTREACH - EQUITY & SPECIAL PROJECTS
COORDINATOR
024X
COMMUNICATION AND CONTENT MANAGER - MAYOR'S OFFICE 021X
ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT 019X
CONSUMER PROTECTION ANALYST 016X
POLICE
CHIEF OF POLICE 041X
ASSISTANT CHIEF OF POLICE 039X
DEPUTY CHIEF POLICE 037X
ADMINISTRATIVE DIRECTOR - COMMUNICATIONS 037X
ADMINISTRATIVE DIRECTOR - INTERNAL AFFAIRS 037X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
PUBLIC LANDS
PUBLIC LANDS DIRECTOR 041X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR, PUBLIC LANDS 037X
GOLF DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
PARKS DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
URBAN FORESTRY DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
PUBLIC SERVICES
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC SERVICES 041X
CITY ENGINEER 039X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF OPERATIONS 038X
SAFETY & SECURITY DIRECTOR 037X
FACILITIES DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
FLEET DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
STREETS DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
COMPLIANCE DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
PUBLIC UTILITIES
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC UTILITIES 041X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC UTILITIES 039X
FINANCE ADMINISTRATOR PUBLIC UTILITIES 039X
CHIEF ENGINEER - PUBLIC UTILITIES 037X
WATER QUALITY & TREATMENT ADMINSTRATOR 037X
EXECUTIVE ASSISTANT 026X
REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY
DIRECTOR, REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY 041X
DEPUTY DIRECTOR, REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY 037X
SUSTAINABILITY
SUSTAINABILITY DIRECTOR 041X
SUSTAINABILITY DEPUTY DIRECTOR 037X
WASTE & RECYCLING DIVISION DIRECTOR 035X
Except for a change in job title or reassignment to a lower pay level, no appointed position on this pay plan may be added, remov
or modified without approval of the City Council.
* Compensation for transitional positions, including city council member‐elect, is set as provided under Chapter 2.03.030 of the
Salt Lake City Code. Benefits for transitional employees are equivalent to those provided to full‐time employees. Except for leave time, benefits for city council
members‐elect are also equivalent to those provided to full‐time employees.
ed
Director of Legislative and Government Affairs
The Director of Legislative and Government Affairs reports to the City Attorney and is responsive
to both the Legislative and Administrative branches of Salt Lake City government.
The Director is responsible for monitoring and interpreting state legislation, appropriations and
authorizations, and proposed or existing state regulations, keeping both the Legislative and
Administrative branches of Salt Lake City government informed of legislative impacts to the City,
and advising and developing policy responses.
Incumbent must be able to work extended hours and on weekends as needed, especially while the
Legislature is in session.
Duties:
- Helps ensure City departments are apprised of existing and proposed state regulations and
laws and ensures such regulations and laws are fully implemented.
- Knows City legislative priorities and advocates for City legislative priorities before the
State legislature.
- Communicates effectively between the Administrative and Legislative branches of Salt
Lake City government to ensure that the City’s legislative priorities are agreed-upon and
clearly communicated internally and externally.
- Knows City department-specific legislative priorities and negotiates the acceptable City
priority when multiple departments have different/conflicting priorities.
- Ensures City departments and Administrative and Legislative branches of government
timely receive information necessary to understand and participate in City legislative
priorities.
- Participates with City elected officials and department leadership in establishing direction,
goals, and policies.
- Meets with staff in both branches of City government to determine needs and challenges.
- Oversees staff in the Office of Legislative Affairs and outside contracted lobbyists, and
helps set goals for performance.
- Ensures compliance with applicable federal and/or state laws, regulations, and/or City
rules, standards and guidelines, etc.
- Represents City interests on key legislative issues, task forces, committees, etc. and/or
drafts legislation, find sponsors, proposes amendments, etc.
- Ensures that legislation is implemented and followed.
- Works with both branches of City government and legislators if there are concerns in
implementation.
- Identify and prioritize system changes and improvements in legislative processes.
- Demonstrate and utilize knowledge and understanding of best practices in working with
the legislature.
- Supervise subordinate personnel including hiring, determining workload and delegating
assignments, training, monitoring and evaluating performance, and initiating corrective or
disciplinary actions.
- Gives recommendations to both branches of City government regarding implementation of
passed legislation.
- Tracks current events, legislation and other issues of interest to both branches of City
government.
- Other duties as assigned.
Qualifications:
- Sufficient education to demonstrate an aptitude to perform above and related duties; AND
minimum of six (6) years of progressively responsible experience directly related to
municipal government administration, and state and local legislative processes; OR An
equivalent combination of education and experience.
- Thorough knowledge of principles and practices of city government and legislative
processes; Utah laws, regulations, and guidelines governing all aspects of municipal
operations; legal and political issues affecting city operations and management.
- Considerable skill in the art of diplomacy and cooperative problem solving; establishing
and maintaining effective working relationships with state, federal, and other local
officials, elected officials and City residents.
- Ability to understand and interpret complex laws, rules, regulations, policies, and
guidelines; establish and maintain effective working relationships with employees, other
entities and the public; communicate effectively, verbally and in writing; implement
cooperative problem-solving processes.
- The ability to communicate information and ideas so others will understand, including the
ability to adapt communication.
- Collaborative with stakeholders and both branches of City government.
- The ability to think critically to help solve problems.
- The ability to tell when something is wrong or is likely to go wrong and help pull the right
people together to solve it.
- Experience working with diverse communities.
- Strong planning/project management skills.
Attachments
A-13
Salt Lake City Corporation, Human Resources Department
Job Title: Finance Grant Analyst
Job Code Number: 002589 FLSA: Exempt
Pay Level: 27 EEO Code: 2
Bargaining Unit: 600 Benchmark: Research Analyst Grant Prog. Mgr.
JOB SUMMARY:
The Finance Grant Analyst will be under the general direction of the Deputy Director of Finance. The
Finance Grant Analyst will assist in the financial monitoring of multiple grants to ensure compliance
with city financial processes as well as state and federal grant requirements. ,
TYPICAL DUTIES:
Assist the Deputy Controller with Financial support for Housing grants. This includes, but limited to:
• Working alongside other financial professionals.
• Preparing calculations in Excel
• Managing and approving payments through Workday
• Reviewing, reconciling, and administering controls for grant funds
• Analyzing, summarizing and/or reviewing data
• Reporting findings, interpreting results and/or making recommendations
• Collaborating with other team members
• Work to ensure budgets and budget amendments are reconciled.
• Assist in entering grants into Workday and managing the Workday Grants process.
Assist the Grant Manager with reporting and monitoring of grants. This includes, but not limited to:
• Assisting the Housing Stability division with City contracts and processes.
• Reviewing subrecipient contracts to ensure grant compliance.
• Serves as a liaison to provide administrative and technical guidance.
• Identifies, resolves, and ensures system compliance issues to follow State and Federal
regulations, as well as City policies, procedures, and ordinances.
• Organizes and reviews grant files to ensure documentation is complete, maintained, and
retained for appropriate audit trails.
• Prepares and presents reports for informational briefings and status updates.
• Performs other duties as assigned.
MINIMUM OUALIFICATIONS:
1. Bachelor’s Degree from an accredited College or University in a related field su ch as accounting,
business or finance and four years of years in contract and/or grant experience. Education and
experience may be substituted on a year-for-year basis
2. Knowledge of finance and accounting theory, including generally accepted accounting principles.
3. Knowledge of administering and managing grants and contract policy, procedure, and guidelines
under City, State, and Federal laws and regulations.
4. Knowledge of 2 CFR 200 Federal grant regulations.
5. Ability to communicate effectively both orally and in writing and build consensus with diverse
backgrounds, with varied organizational needs and differing priorities.
6. Ability to coordinate with and instruct others, as necessary, to ensure compliance and accuracy.
7. Ability to independently bring tasks and projects to meet successful and timely resolution.
8. May require minimum amounts of travel to and from meetings, trainings, and conferences.
9. Occasional non-traditional working hours, which may include evening and weekend meetings.
PREFERRED OUALIFICATIONS:
1. Experience in federal grant administration.
WORKING CONDITIONS:
1. Light physical effort, comfortable working conditions, handling of light weights, intermittent sitting,
standing and walking.
2. Considerable exposure to stressful situations as a result of report deadlines and human behavior.
Offers of employment are contingent on successful completion of a criminal background check
in accordance with City policy and applicable law. Criminal offenses will be reviewed on a
case-by-case basis and do not automatically disqualify a candidate from City employment.
The above statements are intended to describe the general nature and level of work being performed by
persons assigned to this job. They are not intended to be an exhaustive list of all duties, responsibilities
and skills required of personnel so classified.
All requirements are subject to possible modification to reasonably accommodate individuals with
disabilities.
Position Review Information
Date: 10/28/2023
Departmental Approval: Mary Beth Thompson
HR Consultant Approval: Mike Sanchez
Compensation Approval: David Salazar
Notes: Update to minimum qualifications
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
OFFICE OF THE MAYOR
P.O. BOX 145474
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 306
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5474
WWW.SLCMAYOR.COM
TEL 801-535-7704
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
______________________________ Date Received: 11/06/2023
Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff
Date Sent to Council: 11/06/2023
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE 11/06/2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff
Office of the Mayor
SUBJECT: Board Appointment Recommendation: City and County Building Conservation and
Use Committee
STAFF CONTACT: April Patterson
April.Patterson@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Board Appointment Recommendation: City and County Building
Conservation and Use Committee
RECOMMENDATION: The Administration recommends the Council consider the
recommendation in the attached letter from the Mayor and appoint Robyn Taylor-Granda member
of the City and County Building Conservation and Use Committee
.
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
OFFICE OF THE MAYOR
P.O. BOX 145474
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 306
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5474
WWW.SLCMAYOR.COM
TEL 801-535-7704
November 6, 2023
Salt Lake City Council
451 S State Street Room 304
PO Box 145476
Salt Lake City, UT 84114
Dear Council Member Mano,
Listed below is my recommendation for the membership appointment for City and County
Building Conservation and Use Committee.
Robyn Taylor-Granda to be appointed for a four year term starting from date of City Council
advice and consent and ending on July 19, 2027.
I respectfully ask for your consideration and support for this appointment.
Respectfully,
Erin Mendenhall, Mayor
cc: file
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
OFFICE OF THE MAYOR
P.O. BOX 145474
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 306
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5474
WWW.SLCMAYOR.COM
TEL 801-535-7704
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
______________________________ Date Received: 11/03/2023
Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff
Date Sent to Council: 11/03/2023
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE 11/03/2023
Darin Mano, Chair
FROM: Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff
Office of the Mayor
SUBJECT: Board Appointment Recommendation: Planning Commission
STAFF CONTACT: April Patterson
April.Patterson@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Board Appointment Recommendation: Planning Commission
RECOMMENDATION: The Administration recommends the Council consider the
recommendation in the attached letter from the Mayor and appoint Landon Kraczek member of the
Planning Commission.
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
OFFICE OF THE MAYOR
P.O. BOX 145474
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 306
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5474
WWW.SLCMAYOR.COM
TEL 801-535-7704
November 3, 2023
Salt Lake City Council
451 S State Street Room 304
PO Box 145476
Salt Lake City, UT 84114
Dear Council Member Mano,
Listed below is my recommendation for the membership appointment for Planning Commission.
Landon Kraczek to be appointed for a four year term starting from date of City Council advice
and consent.
I respectfully ask for your consideration and support for this appointment.
Respectfully,
Erin Mendenhall, Mayor
cc: file